(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A dictionary of the Hawaiian language, to which is appended an English-Hawaiian vocabulary and a chronological table of remarkable events"

:^,.^wwawyN;»^^ 



^™H^Vyvw 






^,\jvy."-M^. 



,;^^WW^^^^^V^ 



^^S^>^S^^ 



"^wgwWWOw^^i 


















V^vi^^^is/i^^ 



,'^"v^ 









Vwi'/^,v,r)^r 



y-'^m/'m-.-M 






VVVv 






;:-.i::«yy."vVyUyyu\ !V.-:, :V,;, ■ *VVl lU\j. 












v^^'yfe,'-' 









,^:,:.^V^WS 









f.OJ^ 



JIONERS- 

iONOLULU^J 










Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2008 with funding from 

IVIicrosoft Corporation 



http://www.archive.org/details/dictionaryofhawaOOandrrich 



DICTIONARY 






OF THE 



HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE, 



TO WHICH 13 APPENDED AN 



ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN VOCABULARY 



AND A 



CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 



BY LORRIN ANDREWS/^'' '"^^^^ 



HONOLULU, H. L 
PRINTED BY HENRY M. WHITNEY 
1865. 



IV 



l^G 



O 



To THE 



FOREIGN RESIDENTS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 

THE 
BY THEIR 

FELLOW'CITIZEN AND HUMBLE SERVANT. THE AUTHOR. 



1 5055* 

Bancroft Library 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE 



It was the intention of the Author of this volume to make some extended 

remarks concerning the character, peculiarities and extent of the Hawaiian 

Language, by way of Preface or Introduction; but the want of physical strength, 

and especially of mental energy, has induced him to forego such an attempt and 

^^ be contented with a mere History of the manner in which this Dictionary has 

<3^ come into existence. The History of Hawaiian Lexicography is short. For 

""- the first effort the Author will quote from the preface of "A Vocabulary of 

^ Words in the Hawaiian Language " as follows : 

J " At a General Meeting of the Mission in June, 1834, it was voted, ' That Mr. Andrews 

^ prepare a Vocabulary of the Eaicaiian Language.^ At the same time a wish was earnestly 
~^ expressed and often repeated, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed 
yj as soon as possible ; and it was fully understood and expected that the work would neces- 
sarily be an imperfect one. 
«|« " On receiving the above appointment from the Mission, the Compiler set about a review 
i of his materials for the compilation of a Vocabulary. The materials at hand and from 
which the following work has been compiled were the following : 

T '* 1. A vocabulary of words collected mostly, it is believed, by Mr. Loomis, formerly a 
■X member of this Mission. This was transcribed by the Compiler on his voyage from the 
V^i United States, and put to use in 1828. In using it, his object was to insert every new word 
-^ which he saw in print or understood in conversation or could obtain in any other way, 
besides correcting such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr. 
Loomis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing, however, 
to his ignorance of the Language at the time, many mistakes were made both in the orthog- 
raphy of the words and in the definitions. 

'* 2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely. at the request of 
the Mission, and finished by Mr. Bishop, A copy of this was received and transcribed by 
the Compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of 
new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In 
using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the Vocabulary of Mr. Loomis. 
5^' New words and new definitions ot words before collected, increased the size of the book to 
a considerable extent. 

" On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the 
labor of a thorough examination of every word, either by consulting intelligent Natives or 
by examining the usus loquendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the 
books that had been printed, must necessarily be a very protracted labor — the labor of 
some years at least. In consideration, therefore, of the urgent desire that something should 
be commenced in the form of a Vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to 
perfection must be slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion — and as the Com- 
piler was burdened with labors of another kind— he judged it best to reduce the materials 



iv * AUTHOR'S PREFACE. . >:, ^ % 

he had on hand to order in the best manner his time would permit. He has done so, with- 
out looking for any new words or extending the definitions of such as were collected, or 
consulting any native with regard to the propriety or impropriety of any definition. He 
feels it his duty, therefore, to forewarn those who may consult the following Vocabulary 
that they will often be disappointed. It is by no means a peifeci Vocabulary of the Hawaiian 
Language." 

Such is the History of the Vocabulary. The printing was commenced at 
Honolulu in 1835, but finished at the press of the then High School at Lahaina- 
luna and published early in 1836. It consisted of 132 pages octavo, and con- 
tained a little over 6,000 words, and has been the principal Vocabulary in use 
until the present time. 

OF THE PRESENT DICTIONARY. 

As soon as the aforementioned Vocabulary was published, the Author had 
several copies bound with blank leaves for making corrections and inserting new 
words, and continued his reading of Hawaiian documents both printed and 
written — giving the preference in all cases to such as were written by Chiefs to 
other Chiefs, and such as were written by one intelligent Hawaiian to another. 
As many of these written documents were never printed and were ephemeral in 
their nature, no reference could be made to them except by quoting a short sen- 
tence containing the word in question. No works of Foreign Authors — i. e., 
Foreigners writing Hawaiian — have been referred to except a very few school 
books, such as the Anahonua (Surveying), the Anatomia, a short treatise on 
Anatomy by Dr. Judd ; Hoikehonua (Geography), and a few others. The trans- 
lation of the Bible, however, from the great care exercised in translating — the 
frequent and thorough reviews by parties distinct from the original translators — 
and in all cases with Hawaiians sitting by and assisting, who were distinguished 
for intelligence and skill in their own language — is the principal exception. That 
has been considered and treated as a classic^ and numerous references have been 
made to it accordingly. It may be remarked, however, that as the Hawaiian Bible 
has been under a revision for two or three years past, and is now being printed 
in the United States, some of the references in the Dictionary may not apply to 
this new edition of the Bible. With these exceptions, the authorities for the defi- 
nition of words, so far as the Author is concerned, have been drawn from Manu- 
scripts written by Hawaiians or from printed pages originally written by such. 
The Author has ever sought after the best and purest Hawaiian he could obtain. 
As he has had no use for the low, filthy, vulgar language of ignorant and sensual 
depravity that must ever exist where there is no purifying principle to counter- 
act it, his book may appear deficient in low terms, too common even now. A 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE. ▼ 

good many, it is to be feared, have crept in unawares along with better company, 
but they have never been sought after. 

Besides two interleaved volumes filled up by the Author himself, he has been 
permitted to draw from the following sources : 

1st. From a Manuscript of Dr. Baldwin, of Lahaina. This manuscript was 
especially useful, not so much for definitions fully written out, as for its sugges- 
tions of what might be and what should be further investigated. In noting 
down the ideas that appeared to belong to the word under review, he appears to 
have had a shrewd Hawaiian at his elbow. Some of his definitions have been 
copied in entire, but the most are mixed up with those of the Author, making 
the article more full. Hence this general acknowledgment is all that can appear 
in the work. 

2d. Mr. Richards' book. This was a printed volume of the Vocabulary bound 
up like the Author's with blank leaves. In his Missionary work, and especially 
after he became a Teacher for the Chiefs, Mr. Richards obtained quite a stock 
of new words ; but it is to be regretted that his engagements did not allow him 
time to define them well. He frequently obtained a new word, but instead of 
giving a radical definition, merely mentioned that the Princess or Hoapili or 
some other Chief used the word, apparently meaning so and so, leaving the 
Author to find out as best he could the real meaning of the word. It was, 
however, of considerable help to the Author. 

3d. The volume of Rev. A. Bishop has also rendered assistance to the Author. 
Having a blank interleaved book, he corrected or improved many definitions of 
the printed Vocabulary, and also added upwards of two hundred new words. 

4th. The Author is also indebted to Dr. Judd in the same way: i. e., by 
allowing the Author the use of his interleaved Vocabulary. Besides his work 
on Anatomy into which he introduced the Hawaiian names of the bones, muscles 
and ligaments of the human system, he has collected in his Vocabulary a good 
number of words belonging to the colloquial department. 

5th. The Vocabulary of S. M. Kamakau. This w^as designed to be a vocab- 
ulary of Hawaiian v(rords with Hawaiian definitions. This work was com- 
menced and carried on by Mr. Kamakau through the instigation, i^ not the ex- 
pense of the Rev. J. S. Emerson while Professor at the Seminary of Lahaina- 
luna. Its value as a vocabulary is diminished, not for want of information in 
the writer, but for want of skill in making definitions. Instead of giving a defi- 
nition in other words, he merely added the synonyms of the word in question. 
The work, however, was of value to the Author, for these synonyms increased 
the number of words which finally found their way into the Dictionary. For 
all these helps, the Author desires to make due acknowledgment. 



vi AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 

Still there has been ample room for the exercise of the Author's own Judg- 
ment. The different departments in which he has been called to act, as that of 
a Missionary, a Teacher in the Seminary at Lahainalana, a Magistrate in the 
difl^erent Courts of the Kingdom and Secretary of the Privy Council, in all which 
the Hawaiian Language was used, have brought before him a great variety of 
forms of speech, and perhaps also, a greater variety of the senses in which many 
words are used than could have been obtained had he been confined to any one 
department. But after all, as he reviews his Dictionary, he feels that he has 
nothing to boast of. The deficiencies are still great. Much will remain for the 
Author's successors to do before the genius, extent and peculiarities of the 
Hawaiian Language will be fully developed. 

There are several departments of the language the words of which are but 
feebly represented in this Dictionary. That which relates to the imaginative 
in the Kaaos or Legends of different classes, — that which relates to what may 
be termed their philosophical views, i. e., their mode of accounting for natural 
phenomena, as the creation of their own islands, — the Origin of their Keligious 
rites, — and especially the power of imagination displayed in their Meles and the 
consequent richness of their language for expressing the nicest shades of love^ 
of hatred, of jealousy and revenge, and the language employed by the priests 
when drawing on their gods for assistance, are but partially presented in the 
definitions of this Dictionary. The Kaao of Laieikawai is almost the only spec- 
imen of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many 
fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are neither 
seen nor regarded by the foreign community. Volumes more of the same qual- 
ity as Laieikawai might be collected and printed and whose moral influence 
would be no worse on Hawaiian minds than the famous Scott's Novels are on 
English readers. The study of these Kaaos would demonstrate that the Hawai- 
ians possessed a language not only adapted to their former necessities, but capa- 
ble of being used in introducing the arts of civilized society, and especially of 
pure morals, of law and the religion of the Bible. 

The number of words in this Dictionary is about 15,500. The Author would 
here state that four-fifths of the work were completed before he had any intima- 
tion that it would ever be printed. It was written solely for his own amuse- 
ment and information, and preparatory to a more full investigation of those 
departments of the language above mentioned. He has been desirous for many 
years of going more fully into the study of Hawaiian poetry, and as a prepara- 
tion to it he was induced to collect specimens of the language of common life; 
hence the origin of this Dictionary. An appropriation of money for a Dictionary 
passed by the Legislature of 1860 without his knowledge, was the first intima- 



AUTHOR'S PREFACK vil 

tion the Author had that such a work was desired by the Foreign community 
on the Islands. 

Much praise is due to the Managers of the Office of the Advertiser for the 
correctness of the printing. Seldom is a book of this size printed with so few 
typographical errors. The public will also feel indebted to Professor Alexander 
for assiduous attention not only in one reading of each proof sheet, but in sug- 
gesting improvements in the language of definitions. The work is now sub- 
mitted to a candid public. The Author hopes and prays that as God has spared 
his life to bring it to a close, he will in some way make it useful to the increase 
of intelligence in this Hawaiian Kingdom. 

LORRIN ANDREWS. 
Honolulu, April, 1865. 



Vlll 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 



NOTICES TO THE READER. 

The Reader will notice that the Order of words in the Dictionary does not 
follow the order of letters in the English Alphabet, but they follow the order in 
which they stand in the Hawaiian ^r^^ books for children, viz. : 1st, the vowels; 
2d, the Hawaiian consonants, and 3d, such foreign consonants as have been in- 
troduced in connection with foreign words. (See the Alphabet below.) 

In arranging the definitions, where there are several attached to a word, the 
Author has endeavored first to ascertain, if possible, the radical idea of the word 
in its simplest form, and from that he has used his best judgment in arranging 
in the order of their sequence the various derived significations. How far he 
has succeeded must be left to the judgment of the Reader. 

The Reader of Hawaiian will notice that many words begin with the letters 
hoo. In looking in the Dictionary for such words, he may not find them ; thus, 
hoonaauao will not be found under the letter H. Throw oflf then the hoo and 
look for naauao, v., and there it will appear, and so of many others. 

The sounds of the vowels will appear in the Alphabet below, and in the same 
order as they stand in the Dictionary. 

^ A as heard in arch, ask, dec. 
1 E as in hate, late, &c. 
Hawaiian Vowels. \\ as in ee in English, or as i in pique. 
I O as long in note. 
J U as 00 in coo. 



Hawaiian 
Consonants 



H 


, 


" 


E 


K 
L 




Foreign 
Consonants 


I 


-M . 

N 


as in English. 


pronounced 
as in 


.R 

S. 


P 
W 




English. 


T 

V 

z 



L. A 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 



The Hawaiian is but a dialect of the great Polynesian language, which is 
spoken with extraordinary uniformity over all the numerous islands of the Pacific 
Ocean between New Zealand and Hawaii. Again, the Polynesian language is 
but one member of that wide-spread family of languages, known as the Malayo- 
Polynesian or Oceanic family, which extends from Madagascar to the Hawaiian 
Islands, and from New Zealand to Formosa. 

The Hawaiian dialect is peculiarly interesting to the philologist from its 
isolated position, being the most remote of the family from its primeval seat in 
South-Eastern Asia, and leading as it were the van while the Malagasy brings 
up the rear. We will first give a brief account of what has been done for these 
languages, chiefly by European scholars. 

The similarity of the Polynesian dialects to one another is so striking that it 
did not escape the notice of the first discoverers in this Ocean. Dr. Reinhold 
Forster, the celebrated naturalist of Captain Cook's second voyage, drew up a 
table containing 47 words taken from 11 Oceanic dialects, and the corresponding 
terms in Malay, Mexican, Peruvian and Chilian. From this table he inferred 
that the Polynesian languages afford many analogies with the Malay, while 
they present no point of contact with the American languages. After him Mr. 
Anderson, in a comparative table, which was published at the end of Cook's 
third voyage, drew attention to the striking resemblance of the Polynesian 
numerals to those of the Malay archipelago and Madagascar. 

According to Max Muller, it was the Abbe Lorenzo Hervas who first made 
what he calls "one of the most brilliant discoveries in the histor\^ of the science 
of language, the establishment of the Malay and Polynesian family of speech, 
extending from the Island of Madagascar over 208 degrees of longitude to Easter 
Island," &c. From what has been said, however, it is evident that the credit 
of this discovery is really due to Forster and Anderson. Hervas was a Spanish 
Jesuit, who spent several years as a missionary in South America, where his 
attention was drawn to the comparative study of languages. After his return 
to Europe, he lived chiefly at Rome, where his correspondence with Jesuit mis- 
sionaries in all parts of the world gave him great assistance in his philological re- 
searches. In his "Catalogue of Languages," published in the year 1800. he clearly 
stated this relationship, which it was reserved for a Humboldt to demonstrate. 

A few years later William Marsden, who was the first to investigate with 



X INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

accuracy the history of the East Indian Archipelago, arrived independently at 
the same conclusions. He considered all the insular nations as colonies from 
the Malays, whose original home was the Island of Sumatra, and their common 
speech he termed the Great Polynesian. 

John Crawford, in his great work on the East Indian Archipelago, published 
in 1820, in which he gave a valuable comparative vocabulary, advanced a very 
different theory, w^hich has occasioned a great deal of discussion, and is not 
without its advocates even at the present day. He supposed that the basis of 
each barbarous language was originally distinct, each tribe being a distinct race, 
and properly indigenous. The common words in each dialect he supposed to 
have been derived from a foreign language, which he calls the Great Polynesian, 
and which was spread, as he imagined, by a more civilized people, through 
conquest and commercial intercourse, over the w^hole Archipelago. On this 
subject we briefly remark that his theory affords no explanation of the dispersion 
of the Polynesian race over the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Besides we have 
good reason to believe that whatever superiority in civilization is enjoyed by the 
East Indian islanders, was derived by them from Continental India, long after 
the dispersion of the insular races from their common center, and not from his 
imaginary Great Polynesian. Again, the words which are common to all these 
languages are such as are least likely to have been borrowed by one race from 
another, as the pronouns, the numerals, the names of family relations, of parts 
of the body, of the great objects of nature, and all the simplest ideas of every- 
day life. The Saxons, for example, learned to use many Norman-French words, 
but most of their household words remained Saxon. So did their numerals, so 
did their pronouns, and so in the highest degree did their grammar. 

Dumont d'Urville's report on the Philology of the French Exploring Expedi- 
tion, during the years 1825-1829, published in 1833, reflects great credit on its 
author. Besides other valuable materials, it contains a comparative vocabulary 
of seven Oceanic languages, comprising over eight hundred words in the Mada- 
gascar, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaiian and Malay languages. 

In the able essay which accompanied it, he drew attention to the fact that a 
class of words common to the Malagasy and the Polynesian are wanting in the 
Malay; which confirmed, as he justly thought, Forster's opinion that "all these 
languages were derived from one very ancient tongue, now lost," which held 
towards them all the relation of a common parent, the Polynesian having re- 
mained nearest to the original type, while the Malay has been greatly modified 
by the influence of the Sanscrit, and the Malagasy by the African and Arabic 
languages. M. d'Urville then goes on to advance an ingenious hypothesis, 
which, however, will not stand the test of examination, that a continent like 
Australia, or at least an archipelago, once occupied part of Polynesia, inhabited 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. Xl 

by a people of whom the Polynesian tribes are but the remnant that have sur- 
vived some great convulsion of the globe. In that case the Malays would have 
been but colonists from the supposed Polynesian continent, who had followed 
the general course of the trade winds. 

The earliest really scientific analysis of the structure of a Polynesian language, 
with which we are acquainted, is the work on the Hawaiian language published 
at Berlin in 1837, by Adalbert von Chamisso, the poet, who had been the natu- 
ralist of the Russian Exploring Expedition, under Kotzebue, in the years 1815 
to 1818. It is a work of rare ability, considering the meagre materials which 
the author had at his command. In the year 1838 appeared a work by Baron 
William von Humboldt, the distinguished statesman and scholar, which marked 
a new era in the history of the science of language, and which first fixed on an 
impregnable basis the relationship of the Malayo-Polynesian languages. This 
great work " On the Kawi Language in the Island of Java," which was edited' 
after the author's death by his friend and assistant, M. Buschmann, has ever 
since been regarded as a model and masterpiece of philological research. In 
the words of Professor De Vere, "the Kawi served him as a canvas on which to 
weave those truths and that wisdom, which have placed his name in universal 
comparative philology by the side of that of Leibnitz." 

In this work, which occupies three quarto volumes, he first lays down the 
fundamental principles which govern the development of language, and shows 
the influence of the structure of language on the intellectual development of 
races. JSe then institutes a most minute and searching examination of the nine 
principal languages of the Malay stock, viz.: the Malagasy, Malay, Javanese, 
Bughis, Tagala, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian and Hawaiian, analyzing the 
structure of their roots, and investigating the laws of derivation and euphony, 
in accordance with which the common stock of words is modified in each dia- 
lect. He next proceeds to make a most careful and elaborate analysis of the 
grammatical structure, the particles and formatives of each language, after which 
he makes a comparison of the numerals, and of 131 primitive words in all the 
nine languages mentioned above. The result of this extensive and laborious 
analysis is to prove that there is not only a fundamental and close affinity be- 
tween these languages in respect to their vocabulary, but that their construction 
is so similar that they may be considered as belonging to one and the same 
grammatical system, and pervaded by the same modes of thought. Humboldt 
also showe^ that the Tagala, the leading language of the Philippine Islands, is 
by far the richest and most perfect of these languages, and that it may even be 
considered as the type of the family. "It possesses," he said, "all the forms 
collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects ; and it 
has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions unbroken, and in entire har- 
mony and symmetry. * * * Jt was necessary, in order to display the high- 



xii INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

est perfection of which the organism of this stock of languages is capable, to 
exhibit the system of verbs in the Tagala." 

The languages of the Oceanic region have been divided into six great groups: 
1st, the Polynesian ; 2d, the Micronesian ; 3d, the Melanesian or Papuan ; 4th, 
the Australian ; 5th, the Malaysian, and 6th, the Malagasy, as the language of 
Madagascar is called. In regard to these different groups our limits will not 
allow us to go into any details. Suffice it to say of the Australians that their 
languages appear to be radically distinct from the Malayo-Polynesian family, 
though they have left some traces of former contact on the dialects of the small 
islands ^^est of New Guinea. The Melanesian or Papuan languages present 
but very slight points of resemblance to the Malay or Polynesian, and differ 
greatly among themselves. If, as is generally supposed, the black race were the 
first settlers in the Pacific, the wave of immigration which peopled Polynesia 
must have swept around them to the north, and at a later period the Microne- 
sians may have moved in and closed up the rear. 

Of the languages of Malaysia, those of the Moluccas approach the nearest to 
Polynesian. Those islands then may be considered as the probable starting 
point of the ancient Polynesian emigrants. The languages of Micronesia unmis- 
takably belong to the great Malay family, and in their grammatical structure 
resemble the East Indian languages more than the Polynesian. 

The remarkable fact that the language of Madagascar belongs to this great 
family was first established by William Humboldt in his great work on the 
Kawi language. The Malagasy has no resemblance to the South African lan- 
guages. In its grammatical structure it approaches nearest to the Tagala, but 
it contains several Polynesian words which are wanting in the intervening Malay 
languages. The first ten numerals in Malagasy are " Rec or isa, rua, telu, efat, 
dimi, enim, fitu, valu, sivi, fulu." In Malay they are " Satu, dua, tiga, ampat, 
lima, anam, tujuh, delapan or walu, sambilan, sa-puluh." The original Poly- 
nesian forms are " Tasi, lua, tolu, fa, lima, ono, fitu, valu, siwa, fulu." Com- 
pare the Malagasy word for " heaven," langits, with the Malay langit, the Poly- 
nesian langi or la^ii ; the Malagasy word 7ii/i, a "tooth," with the Polynesian 
nifo or ?iiho ; the Malagasy uvi, a " yam," with the Polynesian i/Ji or 7ihL In- 
deed some words, such as mate, " dead," «fec., are found in the same identical 
forms throughout this whole circle of languages. Many other examples might 
be given if they were needed to illustrate the connection of these languages. 

The Polynesian language is, as has been before remarked, an extremely 
ancient and primitive member of the great Malay family. 

It was observed by Humboldt that the introduction of Sanscrit words into the 
Javanese and Malay must have been centuries before the Christian era, and that 
the separation between the different branches of the Malay family must have 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. xiii 

taken place at a still earlier period. It has also been seen that the internal 
structure of the Polynesian language indicates its high antiquity. It was the 
belief of William Humboldt that the Polynesians exhibit the original state of 
civilization of the Malay race, when they first settled in the Indian Archipelago, 
and before they had been changed by foreign influence. The unity of the Poly- 
nesian dialects is still an astonishing fact. Tribes like the Hawaiians and New 
Zealanders, separated from each other by one-fourth of the circumference of the 
globe in space, and thousands of years in time, speak dialects of one language, 
and have the same customs and mythology. The laws of euphony in the sev- 
eral dialects which regulate the changes of consonants are so fixed and uniform, 
that a New Zealand or Samoan word being given, we can generally tell with 
certainty what its form will be in each of the other dialects. The conclusion 
that the course of migration in the Pacific was from west to east might be de- 
duced from an examination of the comparative grammar and vocabularies of the 
different dialects. We find in those of the western groups many forms which 
are entirely wanting in the eastern dialects, while others which are complete in 
the former are found in the latter defective or perverted from what was evidently 
their original meaning. 

The New Zealand dialect, on the whole, is the most primitive and entire in 
its forms. The Hawaiians, Marquesans and Tahitians form a closely related 
group by themselves. For example, the Marquesan cou'/erts are using Hawai- 
ian books, and the people of the Austral Islands read the Tahitian Bible. 

Although, in a scientific point of view, the Hawaiian may seem lo be one of 
the most attenuated and degenerate dialects of this family, we believe it to be 
practically one of the most copious and expressive, as well as the richest in 
native traditional history and poetry. 

The Samoan and Tongan languages have probably been modified, by a later 
importation from the East Indies. They contain several Malay words which 
are wanting in the eastern dialects. The Tongan in particular has several 
Feejee traits not found elsewhere in Polynesia. 

The Feejee or Viti seems to form the transition between Polynesian and 
Papuan, where the two streams of colonization met and mingled. The princi- 
ples of its grammar and one-fifth of its words are Polynesian. Among the re- 
maining four-fifths are several pure Malay words, such as viila, the moon, lako, 
to go, masima, salt, &c., while many of its peculiar words are also found in the 
Kingsmill Group, and some, e. g. dra, blood, kana, to eat, tina, mother, can even 
be traced into Micronesia. The Kingsmill Group, as far as its language is con- 
cerned, has a closer connection with Polynesia than Micronesia, though consid- 
erably modified by mixture with the latter as well as with the black race. To- 



XIV INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

gether with the Feejee and Kotuman it retains some characteristics of Eastern 
Malaysia, particularly of Aru-Sambawa, and even some traces of Australian. 
The native traditions show that they are a mixed race sprung from Samoan and 
Micronesian colonists. 

At the south-east extremity of Polynesia the Pa'umotu or Dangerous Archi- 
pelago, presents a curious problem for the philologist. While the grammar and 
most of the vocabulary is Tahitian, the numerals and a large number of the 
most common words are utterly unlike every other Oceanic language with which 
we are acquainted, although Logan finds many of them " recognizable as Indo- 
nesian or Indian words." Their canoes and some of their manufactures are of 
the Micronesian pattern, though there is nothing in their language that points 
in that direction. 

A few words should be added on the peculiar genius and structure of the 
Polynesian Language in general, and of the Hawaiian dialect in particular. 

It is a law of all Polynesian languages that every word and syllable must end 
in a vowel, so that no two consonants are ever heard without a vowel sound be- 
tween them. Most of the radical words are dissyllables, and the accent is gen- 
erally on the penult. The Polynesian ear is as nice in marking the slightest 
variations of vowel sound as it is dull in distinguishing consonants. No Poly- 
nesian dialect, for instance, makes any distinction between h and j9, d and t, g 
and k, I and r, or v and w. Besides I is often sounded like d and t like k, which 
latter was unfortunately adopted in the written language of the Hawaiian Islands 
to represent the same element which is represented by t throughout the rest of 
Polynesia. 

As was said before, the laws which regulate the changes of consonants in the 
different dialects are remarkably uniform. In Hawaiian both / and s are changed 
into h, ng is softened into n, k at the beginning of a word is dropped, but in the 
middle of a word is represented by a peculiar guttural catch or break, and w is 
used for v, though the sound is properly intermediate between the two. 

The following table from Hale shows the number of consonants in each dia- 
lect, and the changes which they undergo in passing from one dialect to another. 
The guttural break, which takes the place of /i, is represented by an apostrophe. 



Fakaafo. 


Samoan. 


Tongan. 


New Zealand. 


Rarotongan. 


Tahitian. 


Hawaiian. 


Marquesan. 


F. 


F. 


F. 


Wor 


H. 


Wanting. 


F or H. 


H. 




F or H. 


K. 


? 


K. 


K. 




K. 


J 


? 




K. 


L. 


L. 


L. 


R. 




R. 


R. 


L. 




Wanting. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 




M. 


M. 


M. 




M. 


N. 


N. 


N. 


N. 




N. 


N. 


N. 




N. 


NG. 


NG. 


NG. 


NG. 




NG. 


Dropped. 


N. 




NG. N or K. 


P. 


P. 


PorB. 


P. 




P. 


P. 


P. 




P. 


S. 


S. 


H. 


H. 




Wanting. 


H. 


H. 




H. 


T. 


T. 


T. 


T. 




T. 


T. 


Tor 


K. 


T. 


V. 


V. 


V. 


W. 




V. 


V. 


\{. 




V. 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 



XV 



The vowels undergo but few changes, and these chiefly in consequence of 
consonant changes. E. g. fetu^ a star, and fenua, land, in Hawaiian become 
hoku, and honua^ and the omission of k produces similar changes, so that meika, 
a banana, becomes mai'a, and meitaki, good, becomes maikaH. It will be ob- 
served that in consonant sounds the Hawaiian is one of the softest and most 
attenuated of the dialects, being surpassed in that respect only by the effeminate 
Marquesan. The following examples show the changes which words undergo 
in passing from one dialect to another. 



Fakaafo. 


Sainoan. 


Tonga n. 


New Zealand. 


Foe. 


Foe. 


Foe. 


Hop. 


Tonga. 


Tonga. 


Tonga. 


Tonga, 


iSina. 


Sina. 


II ilia. 


llina. 


Ika. 


I'a. 


Ika. 


Ika. 


Vaka. 


Va'a. 


Vaka. 


Waka. 


Songi. 


Songi. 


Ilongi. 


Ilongi. 


Tiifuriga. 


Tufunga. 


Tufunga. 


Tohunga. 


Kupeiiga. 


'Upenga. 


Kupenga. 


Kupenga. 



Rarotongan. 


Tahitian. 


Oe. 


Iloe. 


Tonga. 


Toa. 


Ina. 


Ulna. 


Ika. 


I'a. 


Vaka. 


Va'a. 


Ongi. 


Iloi. 


Taunga. 


Tahua. 


Kupenga. 


'Upe'a. 



Hawaiian. 


Nukuliivan. 


Hoe. 


Iloe. 


Kona. 


Tonga, tona. 


llina. 


Hina. 


I'a. 


Ika. 


Wa'a. 


Vaka. 


lioni. 


Hoiifci. 


Kahuna. 


Tuhuna. 


Ipena. 


Kupeka, *c. 



The vocabulary of the Hawaiian is probably richer than that of most other 
Oceanic tongues. Its child-like and primitive character is shown by the absence 
of abstract words and general terms. As has been well observed by M. Gaussin, 
there are three classes of words, corresponding to as many different stages of 
language : 1st, those that express sensations, 2d, images, and 3d, abstract ideas. 
The Polynesian vocabulary was originally composed chiefly of words of the 
first two classes. As languages grow older, words acquire a figurative sense, 
and the original meaning is gradually forgotten. In English, for instance, how 
many are aware that tribulation originally meant threshing, respect, looking 
back, reveal to draw back a vail, affront to strike in the face, and insult to leap 
upon the body of a prostrate foe ? Now there were comparatively few Hawai- 
ian words that had gone through this process. 

Not only are names wanting for the more general abstractions, such as space, 
nature, fate, &c., but there are very few generic terms. For example there is 
no generic term for animal, expressing the whole class of living creatures, or for 
insects or for colors. At the same time it abounds in specific names and in nice 
distinctions. 

The first step in the formation of language was no doubt the employment of 
particular names to denote individual objects. It was only afterwards by a pro- 
cess of abstraction that these individual objects were classified by those qualities 
which are common to a number of them. It is from the specific that we ascend 
to the general. The same principle applies to verbs or names of actions as well 
as to nouns. The savage has in his mind a picture of the whole action, and 
does not always abstract or separate the principal circumstance from the acces- 
sory details. This is true of uncultivated languages in general, and is not pecu- 
liar to Hawaiian. Thus the Javanese has ten words to express as many different 



XVI INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

modes of standing, and twenty of sitting. The Feejee has sixteen words mean- 
ing to strike, and eight to wash, " according as it affects the tiead, face, hands, 
feet or body of an individual, or his clothes, dishes or floor." So in Hawaiian 
everything that relates to their every-day life or to the natural objects with 
which they were conversant is expressed with a vivacity, a minuteness and 
nicety of coloring which cannot be reproduced in a foreign tongue. Thus the 
Hawaiian was very rich in terms for every variety of clouds. It has names for 
every species of plant on the mountains or fish in the sea, and is peculiarly copi- 
ous in terms relating to the ocean, the surf and waves. The ancient Hawaiians 
were evidently close observers of nature. For whatever belonged to their reli- 
gion, their wars, their domestic life, their handicrafts or their amusements, their 
vocabulary was most copious and minute. Almost every stick in a native house 
had its appropriate name. Hence it abounds in synonyms, which, however, are 
such only in appearance, and on which a volume might be v^Titten. E. g. To 
be broken as a string is moku, to be broken as a dish naha, as a stick haki, to 
fall from an upright to a horizontal position as a wall is hina^ to fall from a 
height through the air haule; auamo means to carry on the shoulder with a 
stick, kaHka'i in the hands. Mi as a child in the arms, koi on a stick between two 
men, haawe on the back, hali to carry in general, &c. 

Besides the language of every day life, there Avas a style appropriate to ora- 
tory, and another to religion and poetry. This latter is known to but few na- 
tives of the present generation, and is fast disappearing. The same thing is 
taking place in New Zealand and Tahiti. 

The above mentioned characteristics make it a pictorial and expressive lan- 
guage. It still has the freshness of childhood. Its words are pictures rather 
than colorless and abstract symbols of ideas, and are redolent of the mountain, 
the forest and the surf. It was completely adapted to the country and the circle 
of ideas in which the people lived, and bore no trace of a higher civilization or 
of foreiofn influence. Far be it from us however to deny its capability for higher 
development. Its characteristics are such as belong to all languages in a certain 
stage of growth. It has been and is successfully used to express the abstrac- 
tions of mathematics, of English law, and of theology. 

We regret that our limits forbid our adding any remarks on the grammatical 
structure of the Polynesian languages. 

W. D. ALEXANDER. 

Honolulu, April, 1865. 



A DICTIONARY 



OF THE 



IIAWAUAN LANGUAGE. 



4 in Hawaiian, as in most other ]an- 
*"^) gua«,'es, in the first k'tter of the alpha- 
bet ; " because, if pronounced open as a in 
father, it is the simplest and easiest of all 
sounds." Encyc.Amer. Its sound, in Ha- 
waiian, is generally that of a in father, ask. 
pant. &c. ; but it has, sometimes, when 
standing before the consonants k, I, m. n. 
&nd p, a short sound, somewhat resembling 
the short u, as in nudter, but not so short. 
TbuspaAa. malimaU, lama, inana,napenape. 
are pronounced somewhat as we should 
pronounce pukka. muUymully, Zu?nma, 
munna. imppynvppy, &c. ; reference being 
had only to the first vowel of each word. 
It has also in a few words, a sound nearly 
resembling (but not so strong) that of au 
or OAO in English ; as iwaho, mawaho, pro- 
nounced somewhat as iwauho, mawauho. 
To foreigners who merely read the lan- 
guage, the common pronunciation of a as 
in father is near enough for all practical 
purposes ; b\it to those who wish to speak 
it, the mouth of a Hawaiian is the best 
directory. 
A is used for various parts of speech, 

and, of course, has various significations. 
A, adv. When ; then ; there ; until. 
With verbs in a narrative tense, it signifies 
when, and when, &c. ; as, a hiki mai ia, 
when he arrived. With ml it signifies a 
•designation of place, as mai a nri aku, from 
J]ere"(this place) onward. Until, as noho 
•oia malaila a make, he lived there tintU 
he died. N(»te. — A nei is often written as 
one word, and then it signifies A^rf^, present 
place. A when pronounced with a pro- 
tracted sound, signifies a protracted pe- 
riod of time, or distance, or a long contin- 
ued action ; as,holo ae la ia a — (ihiki i ka 
aina kahiki, he sailed a long time (or a 
long distance) Mritil he reached a foreign 
country. 

A, conj. And ; and then ; and when. 
When it connects verbs, it usually stands 
by itself; as, holo ka waa. a komo iho, 
the canoe sailed and sank. When it cou- 

3 



nects nouns, it is usually joined with me; 
as, haawi mai oia i ka ai a taf ke kajia, he 
furnished food and clothing. A with >/i€ 
signifies and. and also, besides, together 
with, Ac. When emphatic, it is merely a 
disjunctive. Lank. 6:;'.!>. Note. — In nar- 
ration, it frequently stan«ls at the begin- 
ning of sentences or paragraphs, and 
merely refers to what has been said, with- 
out any very close connection with it. In 
many cases, it is apparently euphonic, or 
seems to answer no purpose, except as a 
jireparatory sound to somet'^ing that may 
follow ; as. akahi no oukou a hele i keia 
ala. never before have you passed this 
road. Gram. § 166. 

A, prep. Of; to; in connection with mo- 
tion, e hoi oe a ka hale, return to the 
house, (hlkl i) understood. Laieik. 12. 
Unto ; at ; belonging. It designates tbc 
properties of relation, possession and 
place ; and is often synonymous with o, 
but more generally distinct, giving another 
shade of meaning and imj>lying a more 
close connection. Gj-am. § 6b. 3. 

A, int. Lo ; behold. It is expressive of 
surprise, disappointment. a.stonishment or 
admiration. It is similar in meaning to 
aki /("!*, eia hoi. ala ka. 

A, V. To bum, as a fire ; ua a mai ke 
ahi. the fire burns : ua n mai ke ahi ma 
ka waha. the fire burned in their mouths. 

2. To burn, as a lamp : to blaze, as a 
flame. 

3. Fic. To burn. as jealousy. }IaL79:5. 
As anger. Xah. 11:1. 

4. Hoo or ho. To cau.se to burn. i. e.. to 
kindle : to light, as a lamp ; to kindle, as a 
fire. Also with ho doubled, as hohoa. to 
dry: na hua i hoho^i ia. dried fruits. Oihk. 
2:14. See the reduplicate form Aa and 
Hoo. Gram. § 212. 

A, adj. Fiery ; burning ; he lua a, a 

fiery j»it. 
A, s. The jawbone ; the cheek bone. 

i/c]. 3:7. .4 luna.upper jaw : alalo. lower 

jaw. 



AA 



18 



AAE 



A, s. The name of an instrument made 
of smooth bone, and used formerly for 
jiiorcing or killing an unborn child. It 
was called the a oo,, the piercing a; also a 
koholua. See Koholua. 

A, s. Name of broken lava from the 
volcano ; probably so called from being 
burnt. See A, v. Ke a o Kaniku a me 
Napuuapele. 

A, s. Name of the white spots that ap- 
pear in poi when pounding. 

A, s. Name of a large sea bird often 
caught by natives ; also called aaianuhea- 
kane, feathers white. 

A, s. Name ^f a small fish that bites 
at a hook ; called also aakiniakau. 

A, s. Name of the Hawaiian alphabet; 
also the first sheet on which it was printed. 

A-A, V. A doubled. See A, verb, before. 
To burn fiercely or furiously, as a fire ; to 
burn constantly. Olhk. 6:9. 

2. Fig. To kindle ; to burn furiously, 
as anger. Kah. 11:33. 

3. lioo. To cause to kindle ; to burn, as 
a fire ; to light, as a lamp. 

4. Fig. To burn, as anger. Kin. 30:2. 

5. To rcige ; to be angry. 

A-A, adj. Burning ; raging, as a fire, he 

ahi aa loa ; also as anger. 
A-A, s. A burning ; a lighted fire, &c. 

Lnieik. 78. 
A-A, V. To be bold ; to dare. Nah. 14:44. 

2. To tempt; to challenge. Puk. 17:2. 
To defy. 1 Sam. 17:10. 

3. To venture, ua aa anei oe e hele i ke 
kaua ? Ua aa anei oe e hele i ke alii ? 

4. To accept a challenge ; to act pre- 
sumptuously. Kanl. 1:43. He aa ka ma- 
nao ; he wiwo ole. 

A-A,.?. A daring; tempting. iVa^. 14:22. 
A-A, adj. Spiteful; quick angry; also 

roguish : mischievous. 
A-A, V. To gird ; tie around, as a loose 

garment. 
A-A, s. A belt ; a girdle. 
A-A, V. To make a noise, as in trying .to 

speak, as a dumb person ; hence, 
2. To be dumb, ua aa ka leo. 
A-A, adj. Silent ; still ; lonely, as a 

house uninhabited ; he aa ko ka hale, the 

people of the house are silent. 
A-A, s. Dumbness ; inability to speak 

intelligibly ; also a dumb person. Puk. 

4:11. I loheia e na aa lololohe ; i man 

aa lolo kuli. 
A-A, 5. The small roots of trees or 

plants. loh. 8:17. Also called weli. 
2. The veins or arteries for blood, from 

their resemblance to the fine roots of trees, 

aole lakou i ike ke koko maloko o na aa. 

Anat 1. 



3. Fig. The lower part of the neck. 

4. Offspring. 

A-A, s. A pocket; a bag. lob. 14:17. 

Syn. with eke. Aa moni, a purse ; a scrip ; 

a bag to carry provisions in for a journey ; 

aole kanaka aa ole, no mari without his 

scrip ; a bag for weights (of money.) 

Ka7il. 25:13. The name of the envelop for 

a foetus. Laleik. 190. Kuu kaikaina i ka 

aa hookahi. 
A-A, s. A dwarf; a small person. Oikk. 

21:20. Kanaka poupou aa; ua ike au i 

kahi keiki i komoiii, aa no hoi ke kino. 
A-A, 5. See A above. Broken lava, i. e., 

sand, earth, stones and melted lava, cooled 

and broken up ; hence 
A-A, adj. Stony ; abounding with lava ; 

rough with broken lava, as ground to walk 

over, or to work in. See A, broken lava, 

above. 
A-A, s. A covering for the eyes. 
A-A, s. See A above. Name of a bird 

that hunts fish during the day, but flies 

back to the mountains in the evening. 
A-A, s. The caul of animals ; aa ma- 

luna ke eke. the caul above the liver. 

Puk. 29:13. The midrift; Oihk. 3:4. 
A-A, s. Name of a sea breeze at La- 

haina and some other places on the islands. 
A-A, s. Name of the cloth-like covering 

near the roots of cocoanut leaves, aa niu. 

Hence, 

2. The name of a coarse kind of cloth, 
he aa haole. 

3. The outer husk of the cocoanut ; the 
skin of the banana, same as paaa. 

A-A, s. Chaff; hulls; the outside of 

seeds or fruit. ler. 23:28. 
A-A, s. Name of a reddish fish. See A 

above. 
A-A, V. To send love in compliment ; 

as, e aa mai ana o mea ma ia oe ; the 

answer would be, Anoai wale laua, or 

welina wale laua. or aloha wale laua. 
A-A-A, adj. Hospitable; friendly; kind 

to strangers, he makamaka aloha ; Syx. 

with haaa. 

A-A-A, adj. Uninhabited, as a house or 

village ; lonely. 
A-A-A, s. A house without inhabitants ; 

also a low or humble dwelling, he hale 

aaa, aole kiekic 

A-A-A-Ki, V. To bite often. See Aki, to 

bite. 
A-A-E, s. See Aa, fine roots. A kalo 

patch where the kalo is pulled. 

2. The young shoots of kalo remaining 

in the ground after the old is pulled. Syx. 

with oha, 8s, pau ke kalo i ka hukiia, o ka 

oka wale no koe, oia ka aae. 



AAU 



19 



AAH 



A-AE, s. A certain form of commencing 

worship anciently. 

Jiae, e kaulei, e lelei, e ku i kiona 
la oe e Kahamuili. 

A-AE-A, s. A word used by children in 
addressing parents before they can speak 
plainly. 

A-Ai, V. See Ai, to eat. To eat to sati- 
ety ; to consume much. 

2. To increase or grow, as an ulcer. 

3. To ulcerate ; to eat or make progress, 
as a sore. 

4. Fig. To give pain ; irritate. 2 Tim. 
2:17. Aole hoi e aal ka li.'wa iloko o ka 
poe e ku paa ana, sin will not increase in 
those who stand fast. 

A-Ai,adj. Eating; increasing; continu- 
ing, as a sore; he mai aai, an increasing 
sore, he lepera aai ia. Oihk. 13:51. 

A-Ai, s. The progress or continuance of 
a sore. 

A-AI, s. The action of the surf at high 
tide, when dashing ashore and then reced- 
ing, thus wearing away the gravel ; spelled 
also aei. 

A-AI, s. Name of the net used to catch 
the fish opelu and maoraao ; as, aai opelu, 
the opelu net ; aai maomao, the maomao 
net ; also written aei. 

A-A-iA-NU-HEA-KA-NE, 5. Name of a bird. 
See A above. 

A-A-i-o-LE, adj. Aai, to grow, and ole, 
not. Falling before ripe, as bread-fruit ; 
applied to men who die before their time, 
i. e., before maturity. 

A-A-i-o-LE, s. The bread-fruit which is 
ripe and fallen down of itself. 

A-A-i-NA, adv. Loudly ; strongly, as a 
sound, kani «aina; also continually. See 
Aai, to increase. 

A-Ao, adj. Greedy, as dogs ; always 
ready to eat. or seize food. 

Aa-0, adj. A species of tall, wild ba- 
nana, he maia aao. 

A-a-0-ko-ko, adj. Aa, vein or artery, 
and koko, blood. Epithet of any substance 
red hot. as fire, iron, stone. Arc. ; probal)ly 
from the raging or ra])id How of blood. 

A-Air, s. See Au. To swim dispers- 
edly ; a flock, as of Idrds when fright- 
ened ; a school, as of fish as they come to- 
gether and frightened ; suddenly separate. 
2. A slight ripple on the surface of calm 
water by a light breeze. 

A-AU, V. To ripple mildly, as a calm 
sea, by a slight wind. 

2. To separate, as a flock of birds when 
frightened, or a school of fish. 
Ka lele aau o ka manu o Kiwaa, 
The frightened flight of tlie birds of Kiwaa. 
K:i aau mai Kukona ke koae, 
Tlie flock from Kukoua, the koae. 



Ke koae nui hulu meaniea, 
The great feathered koae. 

A-AU-A, s. Epithet of a woman as she 
begins to advance in age, has wrinkles 
about llie eyes, &.c. 

A-AU-A, adj. Strong scented, as the skin 
of a hog in dressing. 

A-A-HA, s. Name of some kind of out- 
side covering for a dish. He ipu i hanaia 
i lea aaha a i)aa. the cup was held with the 
aaha. and tightly. 

A-A-Hi, s. A, bag, and aki, fire. A basr 
in which fire and fire materials were car- 
ried ; lie kieke aid. 

A-A-iii, s. Name of the iliahi or san- 
dal-wood when young. 

A-A-ni, V. See definition of Aamoo. 
Perhaps a and ahi. to l)urn, as with lust. 

A-A-Ho, V. To put up pia in small pack- 
ages, that it may keep sweet. 

A-A-Ho, s. A container in which pia is 
put up. 

A-A-HU, s. See Aa, kind of cloth, and 
Auu.a finemat. An outside garment. A'jx, 
27:15. A cloak ; a garment thrown loosely 
over the shoulders. 

2. A robe. Inh. 29:14. A covering for 
ornament ; aahu kapa maikai. the dress of 
a dandy, i. e., dandjism. Note. — The aahu 
was formerly some kind of kapa ; mamua. 
aahu kapa, mahope, aahu lole. 

3. The bark of the mulberry soaked in 
water for making kapa. 

4. Aahu kaua. armor. 1 Sayn. 17:38. 
A-A-HU, V. To cover with kapa; to 

cover, as with a cloak. 

2. To put on or wear clothes ; to put on 
one's garment. 

3. YiG. lob. 29:14. Aahu iho au i ka 
pono. I have clothed myself with righte- 
ousness. 

4. IIoo. To clothe one: to provide clothes 
for one. Kin. 3:21 ; Oihk. 8:7. Syx. with 
hookomo kapa. 

A-A-HU-A, V. Pass of the foregoing for 
aahuia. Gram.^2\\. Clothed; dressed; 
covered. 

A-A-HU-A, V. To speak reproachfully ; 
to use words of strong contempt for one. 

A-A-HU-A-Lii, adj. Aa, dwarf, and hua- 
lli. diminutive. Small ; low in stature : 
defective in bodily structure : noinoi. 

A-A-HU-A-Lii, s. The name of a god. 

A-A-Hu-A-Foo, s. Aahu, covering, and 
poo. head. A covering or clothing for the 
head : a defense in time of peril ; a shield 
in war. 2 Oihl 14:8. A buckler. 2 Oihl 
23:9. Connected with mahiole and pale- 
kaua. 

A-A-HU-i, s. Aa. vein, and hui, pain, 
ache. 



AAK 



20 



AAL 



1. Lit. An aching vein. 

2. A desire for pleasure, attended with 
some sense of pain. Pan ke aahui, ke aa- 
koni oloko, the painful desire within has 
ceased. 

A-A-HU-u-LA, s. Aahu and ula, red. A 
cloak or royal dress adorned with red 
feathers, considered very valuable ; o ka 
aahuula, he waiwai makamae nui ia. 

A-A-HU-KA-pu, s. Aahu, gannent, and 
kajtu, forbidden. A consecrated or holy 
garment. Puk. 28:2. 

A-A-Hu-MA-KA-LOA, V. Aahu, garment, 
■uialo and loa, long malo. To clothe one, 
or put on the long malo ; iia aahuia ka 
maloloa. nolaila. he aahumakaloa. 

A-A-Hu-MA-no, s. Aahu and maino, a yel- 
low bird. A large yellow robe worn by 
the king or high chief; no ka hanohano 
nui o ka aahamajno. 

A-A-HU-PA-WE-HE, 5. Aahu, gannent, 
and paioehe, which see. A garment made of 
a kind of liiat called pawehe ; nolaila i ole- 
loia'i i aahupaicehe hiwa na ka makani. 

A-A-KA, V. To complain, as a person of 
a perverse or sour temper ; to grnmlile ; 
chide : find fault ; to strive. JS^ah. 20:lo. 
lole makou e aaka a koea iho, that we may 
not think hard and refuse. 

2. To be very dry; to be exceedingly 
thirsty. 

3. to burst or crack open, as a ripe 
melon or banana. 

4. To be hard, severe, as labor or toil ; 
aole i aakaia ka hana a na haku, the work 
for the lords was not hard. 

A-A-KA, 5. Harsh speaking against one; 
a grumbling ; a fault-finding. 

A-A-KA, 5. Name of a species of san- 
dal-wood. When young it is called naio ; 
when old and when mature, it is odorifer- 
ous. It is very durable when used for 
house posts. 

A-A-KA, adj. Coarse; illiberal; fiiult- 
finding ; hard ; severe. Sol. 8:1.3. 

2. Peeled ; skinned, as a banana. 

3. Dry, as the coral of the reef at low 
tide. 

A-A-KA, u. 5th conj. of a7i<z. See Gram. 
§ 209. To langh at ; to ridicule. 

A-A-KA-KA, s. A, to bum, and akaka, 
clearly. The clear burning or splendor of 
the heavenly bodies in a clear night. 

A-A-Ki, V. 5th conj. o{ aki. To bite fre- 
quently ; to bite in two ; to )»ite, as the 
bark fi'om a stick, or the rind from sugar- 
cane. 

2. To grate the teeth ; ua aakl ke kui, ua 
make loa, lie <;rat€s his teeth, he is dying, 
o. To feel the severe pangs of child-birth. 
A-ArKi, V. To surround or come upon 



one, as darkness ; ua pouli loa, ke aaki 
mai nei ka poeleele. 

2. To experience palpable darkness. 
Puk. 10:21. 

3. To be caught or held by a thing ; ua 
holo ia kanaka i ka moana, ua aaki i ke 
koa a paa, that man sailed out upon the 
ocean, he is caught in the coral, and is fast. 

4. to come upon, as a fit of love ; ua 
aaki paa ia ke aloha wela iluna ona. 
Laieik. 197, 

A-A-KI, adj. Thick; obscure, as dark- 
ness, lob. 38:9. 

A-A-Ki, s. A biting ; ka naho manini nui, 
he aaki nei i ka limu. 

A-A-Ki-MA-KAU, s. A hoolv-biting fish ; 
the name of a small fish noted for its read- 
iness to bite at a hook. See A. 

A-A-Ko, V. 5th conj, of ako. To cut or 
clip off, as the spray of the sea when the 
surf strikes against a bluff of perpendicidar 
rocks and is met by a wind from the land, 
and cuts or clips off the spray. 

A-A-KO, V. Used in the imperative ; be 
quick ; go to work, &c. 

A-A-KO, s. Ako, the name of a disease, 

1. The furor uteriensis of females ; insa- 
tiable desire of coition ; aako kahi mai i ka 
hana hewa, 

2. The itch ; he maneo ; he lalawe. This 
last form of the Avord expresses the name 
of the last stage of the disease, followed 
by death. A primary stage is expressed 
by ako, to itch. 

A-A-KO-KO, s. Aa, vein, and koko, blood, 
A vein ; a blood vein. Anat. 45. 

A-A-Ko-Ni, s. Aa, vein, and koni, to 
throb. Hence, an artery, perhaps ; pauke 
aahui, ke aalihui, ke aakoni oloko. 

A-A-LA, V. 5th conj. o[ ala, to perfume. 
To emit a perfume ; to be fragrant. Isa. 
3:24. 

2. To smell of perfumery. Hal 45:8. 
Aala i ka ihuana ka uka o Kawela. 

A-A-LA, adj. Ala, odoriferous ; aala ka 
hala, sweet the hala ; aala ka rose, sweet 
the rose ; o na kaikuwahine aala o Aiwo- 
hikupua. Laieik. 62. 

A-A-LA, s. Ala. An odor, 

2. A kind of scrofulous sore, so called 
from the smell, 

3. Fig. He aa?a no oKaahumanu, a sweet 
perfume is Kaahumanu. 

A-A-LA-i-o-A,5. Name of a wild ferocious 
man who lived in the forest ; hence, 

2. Wildness ; ferocity ; a savage appear- 
ance ; kuku ka aalaioa. 

A-A-LA-i-Hi, s. A species of fish, small 

and yellow, 
A-A-LA-KAi, adj. See Alakai. Large; 

plump ; full fleshed. 



AAN 



21 



AE 



A-A-LE-LE, s. Aa, vein, and 
jump. An artery, from its motion 



lele, to 

Anat. 8. 
A-A-Li, s. A small or low place between 

two larger ones ; he puali. 
A-A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber; 

laorc generally alii. 
A-A-Li-NA-Nui, «c?;'. Large, fat and weak, 

as a fat man. 
A-A-LO, V. 5th conj. of ah. To dodge 

oitcn ; to dodge, as on(; does a stone. 
A-A-Lo-LE, s. Aa^ cloth of cocoanut 

leaves. The name first given to cloth ))y 

the people of Katiai. 
A-A-Lo-Lo, s. Aa and lolo, the brain. A 

nerve ; aa/o/o hoao. Anat.7. Aalolo \ohe, 

the auditory nerve. 
A-A-LT7,s. Dim.ofaZz^. A ravine ; a small 

brook, valley or ravine. 
A-A-MA, V. To stretch out the hands for 

the purpose of catching something. 
2. To steal small articles ; to ])ilfer. 
A-A-MA, s. That motion of the hands 

when a person would try to seize hold of 

something while it rolls down a pali. 

2. The act of stealing or pilfering. 

3. A black crab living on a rocky shore. 

4. Name of a four-footed animal in the 
sea, 

A-A-MA, s. A person who speaks rap- 
idly, concealing from one and communi- 
cating to another. 

2. One who is expert in gaining knowl- 
edge. 

A-A-Mo, adj. Insatiable in lust; never 
satisiied ; applied to females ; he wahine 
aamo, ana ole. 

A-A-MOO, s. See Aa. The cloth-sub- 
stance around cocoanut leaves ; a veil : 
thin white cloth ; o ka mea keokeoelalahi 
ana i ka woo, he mea lahilahi a puaweawe ; 
whatever is light, thin, as thin clotli. 

A-A-MOO, ac?;'. Light; thin, as cloth; o 
ka inoa o ka lole laltilahi loa. 

A-A-NA, V. To speak angrily ; to fret ; 
clelo aana mai oia. 

A-A-NA-puu, V. To crook in different 
directions ; to be small and large, i. e., to 
be uneven in size, as a rope. 

A-A-NEi, adv. An interrogative adverb, 
and marks a question like anel ; sometimes 
it is used of place, as pehea aanci la oe? 
where are you in the matter ? 

A-A-NE-MA, V. To be jealous of a man's 
fi'iend. or to discov<'r jealousy. 

A-A-No, V. The 7th conj. of aiio. Hoo. 
To change one's form ; to become another 
in appearance : ua hooano no oukou he poe 
ako.mai ; to feign ; to pretend to be some- 
t".:ng one is not. 

A-A-Ni-u, s. See Aa and Niir, cocoa- 



nut. The covering like a coarse cloth 

around cocoanut leaves : a hookahekabe 

ma ka aan'm. 
A-A-PA, adj. Presumptuous, as when a 

drunken man lies d(jwii on a j»recipice. 
A-A-Pi, V. 5th conj. o( apt. To bend, as 

the gills of a fish ; to spring or warp, as 

a board. 
A-A-po, V. 5th conj. of apo, to catch. 

To snatch, as several i)ersons at once ; 

to catch at, as several hands at the anuie 

thing. 
2. To receive readily in the mind ; to 

grasp mentally, as a truth ; ke aapo nei 

makou a mala ma. 
A-A-po, adj. Ready, quick to receive 

knowledge ; quick at apprehen.^ion : he 

aa])o ka naau o na kamalii. 
A-A-PO, s. One who snatches. 

2. One who learns quickly ; a ready 

scholar. 
A-A-poo, s. The skin, flesh and sinews 

on the back of the neck : he aapoo ka mea 

ma ka ai he ruipoo bipi. Koh\. 
A-A-PU, s. See Apu, a cup. A thin 

piece of wood, such as will bend up. 

2. A concave vessel. 

3. A valve of a vein. Anai. 45. 
A-A-PU, V. To warp or bend, as a board 

in the sun. 

2. To wrinkle or ruffle, as cloth; mimino. 
See Aapi. 

3. 7ioo. To turn the hollow of the hand 
upward ; e hooaapu ae i kou poho lima. 

A-A-pu-A, s. Aa, bag, and pua, an ar- 
row. An arrow case ; a quiver. io6. 39:23; 
Kin. 27:3. 

A-A-puu-PUU, s. A capsular licrament. 
Dr. J. 

A-A-WA, s. See Awa. Name of a spe- 
cies of fish, reddish and striped ; be ia 
kokoke like ke ano me ko ka ea. 
2. Also the name of a tree. 
:5. Name of an insect that destroys sweet 
l)0tat(ies : ua make ka mala uala i ka hoo- 
palu. i ke pat. i ka ])eelua a nu> ka ana-n. 

A-A-WE, V. 5th conj. o{ aioe. Used im- 
peratively with 7/ia/. bring here ; with aku, 
take away. 

A-E, V. To pass, physically or men- 
t^iUy. from one state, condition, or place, 
to another. 

1. Spfcifically. to break a kapu. ua ae 
lakou iluiia o kahi laa : to violate a law or 
agreement, i. e.. to transgress, as a law. to 
break a covenant. los. 7.11 : IM. 89:34. 

2. To pass over, as the mind. i. e.. to 
yield assent to the thought or opinion of 
another ; to assent to the request of an- 
other : to say yes to a reediest or to an i-f- 
tirmation. 

3. To permit, grant permission for a tbirig 



AEA 



22 



AES 



to be done ; he mea ae la, a thing per- 
mitted or allowed. 

4. To pass physically from one place to 
another, from one situation to another, as 
from land on board a ship ; ua ae aku lakou 
iluna o ka moku, iiuna o ka lio, to emhark. 
to mount a horse. Hoo., conj. 3. To cause 
to pass from one place to another, from one 
person to another ; to transfer. 

5. To raise or lift up, as the head, with 
joy, e ae ko oukou poo no ka olioli. 

6. To mount, as a horse or a mule. 2 
Sam. 13:29. 

7. To be sea-sick ; to throw up from the 
the mouth ; to vomit ; he mealuai ka moku, 
ka ae wale aku no. 

A-E, s. Assent, expressed by one per- 
son to the thought or opinion of another ; 
approval of the conduct or opinion of an- 



other ; consent ; agreement. 



he 



A-E, adj. Consenting ; agreeing . 
olelo ae like, an agreement. 

A-E, s. Name of an east wind. 
2. A species of sea moss. 

A-E, s. The water or liquid as wrung 
from the leaves of vegetables, as kalo,&c. ; 
he ae kalo. he ae wauki, he ohi. 

A-E, s. An irregular movement of the 
ocean ; he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a ma 
ka ae kai, a ma ka aina. 

2. The coming in and receding of the 
sea upon the shore ; the flux and reflux of 
the tide. See Aekai. 

A-E, verbal directive. Gram. § 234, 4. 
Itnplies an oblique motion of the verb, 
either up, down, or sideways. It often fol- 
lows after nouns, also adjectives, as aohe 
kanaka e ae, there is no other man. 

A-E, adv. See verb 2. Yes; the ex- 
pression of affirmation, approbation or con- 
sent ; opposed to aoie, or «o/i.e. Withpa/ia, 
as ae palm, a polite way of assenting when 
iali Ijelief is Avithheld ; ae ka palia, even 
so, be it so. 

A-E -A, V. To wander away from a place ; 
mai ko'u alo aku, aole oe e aea, from my 
presence, do not wander away ; to wan- 
der from place to place. Nali. 14:33. 

2. To wander ; go astray morally. Ilal. 
58:3. 

3. To remove ; to be removed ; to go to 
another place, ler. 4:1. 

4. To live unsteadily ; as, i kona wa i ona 
ai, nui kona aea ana, in his seasons of drunk- 
enness, he lived }>rincipally here and there. 

5. To toss or throw back the head, as a 
person with pride, as a horse on putting 
on a bridle ; e aea ae ke poo o ka lio i ke 
kaulawaha. 

A-E -A, s. A vagabond ; an outcast. Isa. 
11:12. lie po^ am, fugitives. Lnnk.\2-A. 
2. The name of the rope connecting two 
fish nets. See Kukaf. 



A-E-A, adj. Wandering; unstable; shift- 
ing a place ; he one aea ke one o Hoo- 
hihi ; unsettled, as kanaka aea; a vaga- 
bond ; wandering about. Kin. 4:12. 

A-E -A, adj. Wanderingly, in a loose 
unstable manner. 

Ae-ae, v. Conj. 13 of ae, 4. To be a 
frequent transgressor, he aeae oe maluua o 
kahi kapu. 

2. To step over a thing often, 

3. To work over and over, as in pound- 
ing poi, until very fine. 

4. To be or become very small or fine, 
as dust. 2 Nal 23:6. 

5. To interrupt one in his speech. 
Ae-ae, adj. Comminuted; small or fine, 

as dust ; fine, as poi well pounded ; be poi 
aeae, he poi uouo. he wall. 

2. Dark, obscure, as a vision, indistinctly 
seen ; po aeae, a night of indistinct vision, 
not totally dark, i. e., light and darkness 
mixed. 

Ae-ae-kai, !;. See Ae, before. The ebb- 
ing and flowing of the sea. 

A-Ei, s. Name of the net used in catch- 
ing the opelu and the maomao. 

2. A kind of rope of the medium size. 

A-Ei, s. See Aai, before. Oia ka ma- 
lama e kalai ai i ka kuku aei o Pelu. 

A-Ei-o-LE, s. See Aaiole. Bread-fruit, 
ripe and fallen down, he ulu haule wale. 

Ae-o-ka-ha-lo-a, s. a kind of kapa 
made of wauke, and colored with charcoal, 
kuina aeokahaloa. 

Ae-kai, s. The name of the place in 
the sea wiiere the surf Ijreaks ; o kahi o ke 
kai i poi iho ai, he aekai ka inoa. 

A-E-Lo, adj. Rotten ; applied to eggs. 
Fig. Ua like makou me na hua aelo. 

Ae-lo-a, s. The north-east trade wind 
on the ocean ; same as moae. 

Ae-nei, v. To be here ; to be present ; 
to be in existence^ Mat. 2:18. Note. — 
This word seems to be compounded of ae. 
No. 4, expressive of a passing or transfer, 
and nei, which refers to present time or 
present place ; something not fixed or ex- 
actly defined, but near by, either in time 
or place, as at this present. 

Ae-nei, adv. Now, i. e., about this time, 
just now, within a short time i)ast or future. 
2. Here ; hereabouts ; near by ; not far 
oft'; ua holo aenei, he has just now sailed ; 
ua olelo aenei, he has lately spoken ; ua 
make aenei no ke alii, the king died a 
short time ago ; ua hele aenei no kahi i 
noho ai.he is gone a little ways to his place 
of residence. 

A-E-NEi, s. Bread-fruit. See Aainei. 

Ae-se-lo-na, s. Heh. Name of an un- 
clean bird, so translated in Kanl. 14:13. 



AIA 



2^ 



AIA 



A-E-To, s. Gr. An eagle. Puk. 19:4; 

Hoik. 12:14. 
Ai, V. To eat ; to consume food, as 

persons or animals. 
^. To dovour. as animals. 

3. To destroy, consume, as fire. Xah. 
16:35. 

4. To consume ; spoken of the sword, 2 
Sara. 2:2(i. 

5. To eat, consume, as a sore ; aole ai ka 
mai. the disease has made no advance. 
Olhk. 13:5. 

G. To taste, eat. enjoy the benefits of, have 
the profits of. as land ; e ai i ka aina. Nnh. 
32 ; IDth conj.. 3d hoo. 

7. To cause to eat. i. e.. comjiel or induce 
to eat; huhu loa ia (Kckuokalani) i kwlKKu 
noa ana a lakou i ke ;ilii (Liholiho.) lie was 
vei-y angry at them for causing the king- 
to eat freely, 1. e., contrary to kapu. 

8. To have sexual intercourse ; applied 
to both sexes ; also to animals. Kin. 30:41. 

Ai, s. Food ; vegetable food, in dis- 
tinction from la. meat. Ai oo, ripe food ; 
ai maloo. dried food ; ni maka. green food, 
vegetables. Note — Ai. food, is the repre- 
sentative of property generally. 

Ai, adj. Consuming; destroying; spo- 
ken of fire. 

Ai, adv., for aia. There ; near by, but 
not in contact ; ai no iloko o ka hale, there 
in the house. 

2. There, at another place, however dis- 
tant ; there : Avhen ; as, Auhea o Kekuao- 
kalani ? Ai ae no mauka mai. Where is 
Kekuaokalani ? There he is coming by 
land. 

Ai, verbal directive. Grajn. ^ 242. It 
has reference, generally, to a preceding 
noun, verb or adverb, expressive of time, 
place, cause, manner or instrument; often 
contracfed. thus, hana'i. for hana ai. 

A-i, s. The neck; he a-i ko ke kanaka, 
oia kahi e hui ai ke poo me ke kino, man 
has a neck, it is that which unites the head 
with the bod3^ A-i oolea. a stiff neck. 

2. FigurailreJy. perverseness ; disobedi- j 
ence. Pvk. 33:3. 

A-i-A, V. To be or show one's self con- 
trary to the gods. 

2. To disregard the will of the gods ; to 
be ungodly in practice. 

3. To have tlie character of an ungodly 
person. ler. 23:11. See H vth.via. ' \ 

A-I-A, s. An unprincipled or ungodly | 

person. IM. 14:1. | 

2. The practice of ungodliness itself; he ' 

hoomaloka : he hoole akua. i 

X'i-A,adj. Ungodly; irreligious. 

2. Bad. sore, watery, as the eye ; onohi 
ala. a sore or watery eye. 

A-I-A, adv. There, referring to place : 



ala mulaila ka hana ana, H-iere the work is 

doing. 

2. Then, referring to time, generally in 

connection with some other event. Xah. 

10:3. 
A-I-A, interj. Expressive of admiration 

or surprise, of triumph or contempt. Aia 

hoi, behold! see there ; ala ka. there now! 

los. 9:12. Aia la, there you have it! an 

expression of triumph with contempt. Hal. 

35:21. 
Ai-Ai, V. To reduce to ver^' small par- 
ticles ; to make small. Kiiid.^d:l\. To r<'- 

duce to powder. 
Ai-Ai, 0. Found only in 15th conj. Hoo. 

To make whit<* ; splendid ; to beautify ; e 

hooalai ana i ke kula o Lele, beautifying 

the upland of Lele. 
Ai-Ai,5. Brightness; clearness; ua like 

ke keokfo me k:i nl<n. P>ik. 24:10. 
Ai-Ai, adj. Bright, as moonlight ; fair; 

white. Job. 25:5. He m;ilamalama alai. 

2 Sara. 23:4. Pure, as milk. 1 Pet. 2:2. 

Clear, a.s glass. Hoik. 21:18. Pure, an 

gold. Hofk.-n-.-I]. White, clean, as linen. 

Hoik. 1J):8. 
A-i-Ai, adv. Nearly. 
Ai-Ai-A-KU-u-LA, s. Name of a god, the 

son of Hinahele. his mother, and Kuula. 

his father. He was a god of fishermen ; he 

akua lawaia. 
Ai-Ai-NA, V. Ai, to eat, and aina, land. 

Lit. To eat the land. i. e.. to enjoy, to pos- 
sess land ; to own land : aole ia i aiaina, 

he did not possess land. 
Ai-AU, V. To pray or poison to death, 

as was formerly i)racticed. 

2. To show covetousness in asking : as. 

ua aiau aku i ka liai. he coveted what was 

another's. Similar to aluna and inak<»'. 
Ai-A-HU-A, V. To break secretly the 

kapus of the gods, l)ut to ob.serve them 

ojienly ; ti^ act hypocritically. 

2. to conspire secretly against one. 

3. To defiaud one's landlord bv with- 
holding the tax and ii-ing it himself. 

4. To pray to death. Similar to anaaua. 

Ai-A-HU-A, s. A term applied to those 
who disregard the kapu while others ob- 
serve it. When the kapu is generally 
disregarded it is called ahma : hence. 
2. A hypocrite : an irreligious person. 

Ai-A-HU-A, arf/. Irreligious; unmindful 
of the kiipu ; nani ko kanaka aiahna. See 

AlAHLl.L'. 

Ai-A-HU-LU, V. To pray or poison to 
death. 

2. To procure the death of another by 
any fraudulent means, or for any political 
or selfish purpose. Note. — The agent of 
the intrigue is called kalaiino, niania. pao- 



AIE 



24 



AIH 



paonohonia. See these words in their 
places. 

Ai-A-HU-Lir, s. Food baked a long time 
in the oveu till it is brown. 

Ai-A-HU-PU-AA, adj. See Ai and Ahcj- 
ruAA. A division of couniry ; he alii^ ala- 
hupuaa, enjoying the office and perquisites 
of an overseer of land. Laieik. 34. 

Ai-A-KA-KAi, s. Ai, food, and akakai, a 
rush. New. fresh, sweet food, like poi 
newly pounded ; he ai hou, he ai manalo. 
Huch food is also called pololeL 

Ai-A-LA-A-LA, s. Ai, to eat, and ala, or 
alaala, odoriferous. The scrofula. 

Ai-A-Lii, V. Ai and alii, chief. E hooha- 
nohano, to enjoy the ease, honor and dig- 
nity of a chief; 'to act the chief. See Nau- 

NATJ. 

Ai-A-Lo, s. Ai, to eat, and alo, in front. 
To eat ])efore. 

1. The people about the chief; bis at- 
tendants, in distinction from the poe maka- 
ainana ; kanaka aialo no ke alii. 

2. A prince or princess ; those about a 
king. Sol. 31:4. Pau loa na makaainana 
a me na alaJo i ka pii iuka, all the common 
people and those about the chief went up 
the mountain. 

3. A small division of land less than an 
ahupuaa ; na kanaka o na aina, a me na ahu- 
puaa, a me na aialo. 

4. One who is a hanger on and lives 
lazily with a chief and eats his food. 

Ai-A-NA, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of iron ; a flat iron. 

Ai-A-NA, adj. Walking wearily up and 
down precipices ; he hole aikcna. he ma- 
loeloe. 

Ai-A-NEi, adv. There ; just by ; not far 
off. 

Ai-E, V. Ai, to eat, and e, before hand, 
i. e., to eat or en]oy a thing before it is paid 
for ; from the custom of paying for work 
before it was done, and the pay consumed. 

1. To owe ; to be indebted ; aole oia (o 
Kamehameha) i ale. he (Kamehameha) 
never went into debt. 

2. To enjoy something yet to be paid 
for : e lawe e i ka waiwai a mahope hookaa. 

Ai-E, s. Indebtedness ; the state of being 
in debt ; he poe ak kakou, we are debtors. 
2. A debt ; that which is due for any 
cause; e lawe aie,io go in debt for a thing. 
Nch. 5:2. E haawi ale, to give (lend) on 
usury. Kanl 23:20. 

Ai-E, adj. In debt; owing; under ob- 
ligation to render some equivalent for 
something received. 

Ai-E, ado. E haawi aie, to give to be 
paid again. 

Ai-EA, 5. Fatigue; weariness. 



Ai-EA, $. Name of a species of tree found 
on Lanai and other islands used for finish- 
ing off canoes. 

Ai-i-Li-Lo-Ko, V. Ai, to enjoy, Hi, the 
skin, surface (of land.) loko, that whiih is 
contained in something else. To have or 
possess a division of land less than an ahu- 
puaa. 

Ai-0, V. The exclamation of one who 
commands others to pull, or lift altogether ; 
e holo, e ale, e mi!) a. aio ! 

A-i-oE-oE, s. A-i, the neck, and ceoe, 
long. A long neck ; applied, 

1. To animals, as to nene, a goose, a ter- 
rapin, the camelopard. 

2. To persons. Note..^ — This was the dis- 
tinctive appellation which the Hawaiians 
first gave to the missionaries' wives, on ac- 
count of the fashion of their bonnets (in 
1820.) which gave them the appearance of 
long necks. No ka loloa o ka a-i a me ka , 
ocoe o ka papale, kapa aku na kanaka ia 
lakou, Aloeoe. Moooklo Hawaii, p. 39. 

Ai-0-HA-HA, s. Ai, food, and oJiaka, 
plump. Vegetables, kalo or potatoes, full 
sized and good. 

Ai-0-HA-LAU, s. Ai, food, and oha, the 
lower part of kalo tops, and lau, leaf. Food, 
of the kalo to])S, often fed to swine. 

A-i-u-HA-u-HA, s. A-i, the neck, and tiha- 
uha. A stiff ur cramped neck. 

Ai-u-HA-u-HA, s. Ai, to eat, and ttka- 
uha. riotous. Epithet of a lower class of 
cliiefs ; eating riotously, or riotous eaters. 

Ai-HA-HA, s. Ai, food, and haha, skin 
of kalo tops. The food of poor people ; e 
aihaha ana na luwahine. 

Ai-HA-LA-LE, V. Ai, eat, and kalale, to 
sup up, as a liquid. To be lazy ; to do 
nothing ; to be the reproach of others ; to 
eat the food of others without work. See 

LoMALOMAAIHAI.ALE. 

Ai-HA-MU, s. Ai, food, and hamii, rem- 
nants of food. 

1. The food left after a meal, especially 
when little is left. 

2. Crumbs and scrapings, that which is 
burned on to the stones of the oven. 

Ai-HA-MU, tJ. Ai, to eat, and hamu, 
refuse food. 

1. To eat refuse food. 

2. To eat up clean ; ua alhamuia kau 
mala uala. 

3. Applied as an epithet of reproach to 
the poe kahuna u;iaana, tlie priests who 

I XH-acticed sorcery. 

Ai-HE-A, int. adv. Ai, there, and kea, 
wht'i'e. At. or towards what place? the 
answer, ailalla, there. Notk. — The a may 
be a No. 2. Notk. — And ihea the auialo of 
kea. See Gi-am. § 165, p. 93. 



AIK 



25 



AIL 



Ai-Hu-A-WAA, V. To pass from one place 
to another and find a dwelling place. 

Ai-Hu-A-WAA, adj. He poe aihuatvaa, 
wanderers that have not settled down in 
a»y place. 

Ai-HU-E, V. Ai, food, and hue, to steal. 
Lit. To steal food. But al represents 
property of all kinds. See Ai, s. Note. — 
Hence, to st<!al generally ; to take another's 
property secretly and without leave 5 to 
steal a person. JuinL 21:7. 

Ai-Hu-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 



Al-HU-E-A, 
Al-HU-E-IA, 
Al-HU-E-HI-A, 
Al-HU-E-LI-A, 



V. These are all passive 
forms of the verl) aihue ; 
to-be stolen. For these 
forms, see Gi-am. § 211 : 
1st, 2d. 
Ai-Hu-E, adj. Found in all the above 

forms. Stolen ; taken secretly. 
Al-KA-HA-U-LA, S. See MOEKAHAULA. A 
dreaming of committing adultery or forni- 
cation ; a lascivious dream. 
Ai-KA-NE, V. Ai, No. S, and kane, male. 

1. To cohabit, as mule with male, or 
female with female. 

2. To commit sodomy ; hence 
Ai-KA-NE, s. An intimate friend of the 

same sex ; a friend or companion of the 
same sex. 

2. Those who mutually give and receive 
presents, being of the same sex. 

3. Sodomy; dissoluteness of habit. 
Ai-KA-PA, V. Ai, to enjoy, and kapa, side, 

edge, border. To own one-half of a thing ; 
applied to anything of which one-half be- 
longs to one person and one-half to an- 
other. 
Ai-KA-pu, V. Ai, to eat, and kapu, forbid- 
den. 

1. To eat according to the restrictions 
of the ka])u. 

2. To obey the rules of the tabu (kapu) 
system, i. e., to observe the ceremonies of 
the kapu. Note. — It is the opposite of 
ainoa. 

Ai-KA-pu, s. The observance of the rules 
of the kapu ; yielding obedience to them ; 
hooikaika lakou ia ia e hoopaakiki me ka 
aikapuAhcy encouraged him to be lirmby 
the kapu. 

Ai-KE-NA, V. To compel to work when 
one is already fatigued ; to cause a groan- 
ing or complaint for hard usage. 

Ai-KE-PA, V. Ai and kepa, to scrape off, 
as dirt from a stone. 

1. To level off; to rabbet, as the edge 
of a board. 

2. To lap over ; to cut a thing off ob- 
liquely so as to make uneven parts. 

Ai-KE-PA, adj. Being cut obliquely off, 
so as to make uneven parts ; ko'u ia, ua 



oki aikepa ia aku nei a nuku loa. my fish, 

it is cut off ohliqiix'y^ and is very small; 

he lole i oki aikqyx ia a pono ole. the cloth 

is cut 0^ ohUqaely. and not straight. 
Ai-KE-PA-KE-PA, V. To quarrel, as a man 

and his wife when another intercedes ; he 

wahin(.' nnku aihepakfipa bia. 
Ai-Ki, V. Abbreviation of the word koa- 

iki. To peep privately, or to look slyly ; 

i lele i ke ka])u a pa i ka alkl. 
Ai-Ko-LA, V. See Akola. Used only in 

conj. 13. Iloo. To despise; to spurn from; 

to triumph over ; to treat contemptuously. 

JIal. 22:24. 
2. Fig. Applied to trees; to rejoice over, 

in view of victory. Isa. 14:8. See also 

lIooNAiKOLA, another form of the same 

word. 
Ai-KO-LA, s. Iloo. The subject of scorn 

or derision ; he mea Ao'/'Auw a akaaka hoi. 

a subject of scorn and deri.sion. JIal 79: 

4. See HoAiKoLA. 
Ai-Ko-LA, i7it. An expression of triumph 

mixed with contempt, as fJui! Ezek.liy.'S. 
Ai-KU, r. Ai, to eat, and ku, to stand. 

Lit. To eat standing. 

1. To eat in an improper manner. 

2. Fig. To do a thing contiary to rule 
or ceremony. 

3. To break a kapu; similar to a«a. Aiku 
was an offense against the gods. 

A-i-KU, s. A-i, the neck, and lm,Xo stand. 
A standing collar for a jacket. 

Ai-KU, s. Name of a disease ; the croup, 
from the dispositiitn to hold the hi-ad erect. 

Ai-KTJ-Ku-Ku, V. To be sick with swell- 
ing in the mouth and legs ; ua aikukuku 
ma ka waha. he has a swelling in the 
mouth; ua aikukfiku ma ka wawae, aole 
ola, he has swelh-d legs, ho will not live. 

Ai-Ku-KU-KU, s. The swelling and sore- 
ness of the mouth and legs, like the large 
itcl). 

Ai-KU-Puu, s. Ai, food, and kupuu. Dry 
food, as baked kah^ or other vegetables. 

Ai-LA, s. Eng. Oil ; aila kukui, lamp 
oil: a//amura. ointment. So/. 27:9. Note. — 
The Hawaiian words are momona. koaa- 
Jiua. &c. 

Ai-LA, s. The name of a tree ; called 
also koU. 

Ai-LAi-LA, adv. Ai (see Ai, adr.) and 
Jaifa. there. In answer to the interrogative 
aUn^a : there : l)y the side of : in that place ; 
thi're ; there it is. 

Ai-LA-LO, adc. Ai, adv., and lalo, down. 
Down : down under ; down there ; aUalo 
kahi i make ai, downihere is the place where 
he died. 

Ai-LE-A, I*. Ai, V. S, and lea, pleasure. 



AIL 



26 



AIN 



To copulate, as male and female ; spoken 
of men and animals. 
Ai-LE-PE, V. Ai and lepe^ the comb of a 
cock. 

1. To turn up and back. 

2. To ruck, as the skin when broken, or 
as kapa when ruflfed. 

Ai-LE-PE, «c?/. Turned up ; rucked; as 
the skin when broken ; as kapa when 
ruffed. 

Ai-LE-po, s. Ai, to eat, and lepo, dirt. 
An expression applied to a multitude of 
fish. The application is not clear. 

A-i-Li, V. To pant ; to gasp for breath. 

2. To pull up, as a bush ; e uhuki. 

3. To pull up, as a hook with a fish on 
it ; o ka aili ae no ia i ke aho lou ka ia i 
ka makau, he pulled up his hook line, the 
hook was the fish. See Kaili. 



Al-Ll- 



A, V. 



Pass, of aili for ailiia. 



Ai-Lii, V. Ai and Hi for alii. To enjoy 
the dignity of a chief ; to be noble. 

Ai-Li-Hi, V. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and lihi, a 
border, edge. 

1. To possess or enjoy a piece of land 
only in part, as some corner, end or out- 
side, while the main part is denied. See 

AlKAPA. 

2. To pay only a part of a debt and 
withhold the remainder ; ua hookaa mai i 
kekahi a ua aliM aku no i kekahi, he paid 
some and withheld some (of the debt.) 

3. To disregard the kapu in respect to 
trading. 

Ai-Li-Hi, s. A creditor ; he mea i aili- 
hiia, a person paid only in part ; he inoa 
no kekahi mea. 

Ai-Lo-Lo, s. The name of a religious per- 
formance when a hog was offered in sacri- 
fice ; a part of it was eaten at the time of 
offering. 

Ai-Lo-Lo, v. To teach the art of to and 
the practice of anaana; sorcery and the 
practice of soldiery, so as to be a proficient. 
Ua ao 1 ka lua, a ua make ke kanaka, ua 
ailolo. Ua ao i ka anaana, ua make ke 
kanaka, ua ailolo. Ua ao i ke koa, ua ku i 
ka moku, a ua ailolo. 

Ai-Lo-Lo, adj. Disobedient, as a child, 
and thus destroys himself; one that de- 
stroys himself through his own evil courses; 
it belongs to persons of all classes ; he ke- 
iki hoolohe ole, a ua lele i ka pali no ke 
kolohe, a ua make ailolo ka hookuli, he 
was a disobedient child, he leaped a preci- 
pice through mischief, he died through 
disobedience, &c. ; ua make no ke kanaka 
hewa no ka hookuli ailolo no ia lakou. 

Ai-LO-LO, s. He inoa no kekahi mea. 

Ai-Lu-NA, adv. There above; up 
wards. 



up- 



Ai-MA-HA-HA, s. A kind of hard kalo, 
difficult to make into good poi. 

Ai-MA-LU, V. Ai, to eat, and 7nalu, se- 
cretly. 

1. To transgress or break a law secretly. 

2. To eat with one contrary to kapu; he 
aimalu ka poe ai puupuu o na 'lii, the 
stewards of the chiefs transgressed. 

Ai-Mo-KU, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and moku, 
a district. A person who holds the rank 
of a chief over some district or island ; one 
who enjoys the honors and profits of such 
a post without really owning the land ; e 
pan kona aimoku ana, his authority is 
ended. Laieik. 34. 

Ai-MO-KU, adj. Having the authority of 
a chief ; he kane aimoku, epithet of a per- 
son acting for a chief, a lieutenant, one 
who enjoys the fruits of the land but pays 
a part to the owner ; na 'lii aimoku, gov- 
ernors. Ezr. 8:36 ; Eset 3:12. 

Ai-NA, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and na, con- 
traction of ana (the participial termination 
of words equivalent to Eng. ing. See Gram. 
§ 204, 2.) An eating ; the means of eating, 
i. e., the fruits of the land ; hence, 

1. Land generally ; a farm ; a field ; a 
country; an island. In this sense it is _syx. 
with moku, or mokupuni ; elua inoa i ka- 
paia ma ka mokupuni, he moku kekahi, a 
he aina kekahi, an island has two names, 
too/cm is one, and aina is the other. D. 
Malo. 7:1. 

2. Any taxable privilege, as the right of 
fishing, the right to sell things in market, &c. 

3. Any means of obtaining a living ; e 
kii au e hao i kela waiwai, no ka inea, o 
ko'u aina no o ka hao wale aku, I will go 
and rob that property, because it is my 
means of living to rob. Haw. Hist. 

Ai-NA, 5. A contraction of ai ana. See 
above. An eating ; a meal. 

Ai-NA, adj. Eating; dining; papa aina, 
an eating table ; hale ai^ia, one of the six 
houses of an establishment ; he hale aina 
oia kekahi, the eating house is one. 

Ai-NA, s. The snap of a gun; the jar of 
a door; the report of lightning. See Papa- 

INA. 

Ai-NA, V. Lit. Being eaten. Used pass- 
ively ; to be destroyed ; to be devoured ; 
eaten up. Aina o Hawaii e ka pele, Ha- 
waii is eaten by the volcano ; ai7ia ke ka- 
naka e ka mano, the man was devoured 
by a shark ; aina ka ai e ka puaa, the food 
was eaten by a hog-. 

Ai-NA, s. Pain ; grief; weariness ; disap- 
pointed affection ; he kena, luhi, he lea. 

Ai-NA-0-LE, V. To eat silently, gently, 
without noise ; e ai mahie, e mukamuka, e 
alnaole. 

Ai-NA-Hoo-I-Li-NA, s. Aina, land, and 



AIP 



27 



AO 



hooilina, to inherit. An inheritance, i. e., 
land inherited. 2 Oihl. 20:11. An inher- 
ited portion. loh. 24:8. 

Ai-NA-KE-A, s. Aina, eating, and kea, 
species of cane. See Kokea. The eating of 
sugar-cane till dry and Avhite. 

Ai-NE-A, V. To labor in vain; to be 
weary -with hard toil. See Inea. 

Ai-NE-MA-NE-MA, V. Ai and nema. To 
reproach ; to vility. 

Ai-NO-A, V. Ai, to eat, and 7ioa, free 
from restraint. To eat freely, -wiihont re- 
garding the kapu ; to break kapu by eat- 
ing ; to disregard the kapus in one's man- 
ner of living. 

Ai-NO-A, s. Ai and noa. Implying a re- 
lease from kapu ; the opposite of aikapu; 
freedom from the restraints of kapu ; o ka 
a'moa. oia ka hooraakaaua e pan ai ia mau 
kapu, the eating freely, i.e., (the disregard- 
ing the kapu.) that was the beginning of 
the destruction of the kapu system. Ainoa 
was the general term, and universally ap- 
plied when the nation threw ofiF idolatry. 
Jlaw. Hist. 

Ai-NO-A, s. Name of those persons who 
first ate together, men and women, con- 
trary to the kapu. 

Ai-PA (e-pa), s. Heb. Name of a dry 
measure ; an epha. Xah. 5:15. 

Ai-PAA, s. Ai, food, and paa, hard. 
Hard food ; food, that is, kalo prepared for 
keeping. 

Ai-PA-LAi, s. A name for scrofula. The 
word is said to have originated with Kame- 
hameha I., meaning the same as aialaala. 

Ai-po-0-LA, s. He aipoola, he like me ka 
puupoola i ka raoui. 

Ai-PO-0-LA, s. He hana mahiai, a ma- 
hope kalua ka mea ai no ka luhi o ka hana 
ana ; he kaumuha paha o ka mea i hanaia, 
he aipoola. 

Ai-Po-0-LA, adj. Ua paa i ka hana, he 
hana hoaipoola. 

A-i-puu, s. A-i, neck, and puu, a bunch. 

1. A bunch on the shoulder from carry- 
ing heavy burdens. 

2. Name of the person who has such a 
bunch. 

3. The name of a disease ; also called 
leholeho. Ka pilikia no ke kau ana mai o 
ka mai alpuu a e anai mai. the difficulty 
from the attack of the disease aipuu caus- 
ing waste, &c. ; he kokua leholeho. 

Ai-puu-puu, V. Ai, food, and puupuu, to 
divide out. See Puu. 

1. Hoo. To serve out provisions to oth- 
ers ; to supply with provisions. 

2. To serve or wait on at table. 

3. To act as a servant in any manner. 

Ai-puu-puu, s. A servant who prepares 



food ; a steward ; a cook ; a servant gen- 
erally ; originally, applied to stewards of 
chiefs. 

Ai-PU-Hi-u, s. The release from the re- 
strictions of kapu ; it has the same mean- 
ing as ainoa, but is seldom used. 

Ai-PU-KA, s. See Ipuka, a gate. Ipuka 
is the correct orthography. 

Ai-PU-Ni, V. To go around; to circum- 
ambulate, as a tract of country ; like kaa- 
piuii. 

A-i-wA (e-i-wa), mim. adj. The simple 
form is iwa. Nine ; the number nine. 

A-i-WA-i-WA, V. To be very good, benefi- 
cent and kind, or the contrary. Ahraiwa 
ref»'rs to the excess of character, very good 
or very bad. A'anaiwa ke kanaka akamai 
i ka naauao ; aiicaiica no hoi ke alii loko- 
maikai : ahcahca no hoi ke keiki kolohe. 
Aiicahca refers to a person accomplished 
with learning ; it applies to a very kind- 
hearted chief ; it also applies to a mischiev- 
ous child. 

Ai-WA-i-WA, s. A remarkable person or 
animal ; applied to the fabulous dog Kala- 
humoku. of Tahiti ; a ike aku la ia Kalahu- 
raoku i ke aiicaiica o Tahiti. Laieik. 108. 

Ai-wA-i-WA, V. To look long and stead- 
ily at a person or thing ; aiicaiica nui i ka 
nana loihi a ike, he persevered in looking 
for a long time. 

Ai-WAi-u, adj. Ai, to eat, and ivaiu. 
milk. Milk-eating ; epithet of a sucking 
child ; an infant. Isa. 49:15. Lit. A milk- 
eater. 

Ao, V. To be or become light or day, 
as in the morning ; ua ao ka po, the night 
has become light. Oih. 12:18. 

2. To awake, as from a vision or dream. 

3. To come to one's right mind or self- 
possession. 

4. To teach : instruct. Lnk. 11:1. 

5. To enlighten ; instruct in one's duty 
or conduct. " Oihk. 10:11. 

6. To reprove : take heed ; beware ; to 
warn. Kin. 31:24. 

7. To regard with reverence ; to obey. 

8. To charge strictly. 

9. To learn to do a thing : to learn, to 
study, as a language : e na kumu e. e ao 
oukou i ka olelo Hawaii. teachers, study 
the Hawaiian language. 

10. To copy the example of others. Eanl. 
18:9. In the imperative, e ao. look out; 
watch ; be on vour guard ; take heed. los. 
22:5. 

Ao, V. Found only in hoo., conj. 3. To 
tempt ; to try : to prove. Dan. 12:10. 

2. To try one's conduct or fitness for a 
duty. Lunk. 7:4. 

3. To try ; assay. Eanl. 4:34. 

4. To try to do a thing to ascertaia 



AOA 



28 



AOU 



mamiia a maopopo, a ina maopopo, alalia 
hana. try first whether the thing is feasible, 
if feasible, then do it. 

5. To try ; taste of, i. e., suifer, as pain 
or death. Mat. 1C:18. To tempt, as the 
Holy Spirit. Oih. 5:9. 

6.' To try, i. e., to cohabit before mar- 
riage. 

7. To exhibit or practice the shameless 

conduct of the sexes as in former times. 

Ao, s. Light ; day, in distinction from 

po, night. Ami. 1:5. For the different pe- 

■ riods of time through the night, see Laieik. 

30. 

2. The world. Hal 89:11. ke ao nei, 
keia ao, this world 5 o kela ao, the future 
world ; na wahi ao, heavenly places. £Jpes. 
1:3. 

3. Light; applied to the light-green of 
fresh leaves of plants or trees ; the green 
fresh buds ; a kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a 
muo, a liko ; the middle or new leaf of 
plants ; as, ao ko, ao kalo. 

4. Knowledge ; instruction ; ke ao ana, 
doctrine. 

A-o, s. A cloud. Fuk. 14:19. ^opoiili, 
a dark cloud. Puk. 14:20. Na mea nana 
i ke ao. observers of clouds. Kanl. 18:14. 

Ao, adj. Enlightened ; informed ; in- 
structed ; mostly connected with naau, as 
naauao. and written as one word. 

Ao, s. Dried "kalo or potatoes (i. e., kalo 
or potatoes baked and dried,) used for 
food. 

2. Sea-bread or any hard bread was 
called ao by Hawaiians when they first saw 
it. 

Ao, s. Art., ka. Name of a species of 
bird. Laieik. 29. 

A-o-A, V. To howl, as a dog or wolf. 

2. To howl or wail for grief for the loss 
of friends ; to howl for a calamity that has 
cora8 upon one. Isa. 13:6. 

3. To cry, as one in distress and anguish. 
lak. 5:1. To bowl, as in despair. loel. 1:5. 

A-O-A, s. A howling, as of a dog or 
ravenous beast ; a Availing for the dead. 

A-O-A, adj. Howling, as of a ravenous 
beast. Isa. 13:21. Holoholona aoaoa, 
howling beasts. Hence, cross 5 angry ; 
rough in language. 

A-O-A, s. A snail ; he pupu. 

2. Also the name of a species of small 
fish. 

A-O-A, s. Name of a tree, not found on 

these isl;iiuls,]);it in some foreign country; 
often spoken of in the ancient meles. 

Ao-Ao, s. The side of a thing, as land, 
country ; the coast of a country. Ma ka 
aoao Puna a me Kau ka holo ana. along 
the shore of Puna and Kau was the sailing. 



Pehea na aoao Feraui? what are the 
boundaries of France ? 

2. Tro}). A way, habit, manner, peculiar 
to any one. OUi. 17:2. A course of life. 
Hal 1:1 and 6. 

Ao-Ao, V. To accustom ; to practice ; e 
hoomaamaa. See Maa. To repeat fre- 
quently. 

2. To teach ; to give instruction to one 
bow to act on occasion. Laieik. 12. 

A-o-AO, V. To make one's escape from 
justice ; to depart secretly from fear of 
being taken ; e aoao malu ana, i mahuka, 
to escape secretly, to run away. 

2. To show or point out a way for one to 
go ; aoao aku la mea. eia ko alanui. 

Ao-Ao, s. What one has been taught to 
I say or do ; kahea iho la e like me ke aoao 
ana, he called out as he had been in- 
structed. Laieik. 170. 

A-OA-OA, s. Name of a pleasant sea- 
breeze at Honolulu ; he paa o aoaoa lani. 

Ao-Ao-NU-i, s. The name of a species 
of broad fish ; he ia kino palahalaha. 

Ao-A-KU-A, s. Ao, for wao, a desert 
place, and akua, God. A lonely place ; 
generally a barren place ; a desert. More 
properly written waoakua, the region of 
the gods, ghosts, hobgoblins, &c. See Wao- 
akua. Note. — The proper orthography is 
aaakua. 

Ao-Ao-WE-LA, s. A species of fish of a 
green color. 

A-o-E, adv. One of the forms of the ad- 
verb of negation ; aohe, aole, aoe, no, not, 
nor, a universal negative. 

A-OE, V. See Oe. To move along with 
a rustling, rippling noise, as a wave of the 
sea ; to make a noise like a rippling wave; 
aoe ka ale o ka moana, the slight wave of 
the ocean ripples, &c. ; he hele wale no e 
like me ka aoe. 

A-00, s. See A 00 under A. Name of 
an instrument for destroying unborn chil- 
dren, Arc. See Kouolua. 

A-0-0, adj. See Oo, to be mature. Epi- 
thet of a full grown man when all his fac- 
ulties of body and mind have come to ma- 
turity ; he aoo ia, he is full grown. 

A-0-o-NO-Hi, s. He aoonohi ulaula; an 
expression signifying that a storm is near. 

Ao-0-pu-A, s. Ao, cloud, and pua, an 
arrow. Sharp-pointed clouds as they ap- 
pear in the sky ; me he mau aoopua la e 
kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make 
maluna o na kanaka, as sharp-pointed 
clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs 
over men. 

Ao-u-Li, s. Ao, a cloud, and uli, blue. 
1. A blue cloud, i. e., the sky, the firma- 
ment. 



AOL 



29 



AU 



2. The visible arch of heaven ; aia iluna 
lilo ke aoiiU la, there aljove is the sky. 

3. The stars collectively ; the host of 
heaven. 2 OUiL 33:5. 

4. Heaven itself. Ilnl. 89:0. Notk.— 
In' (jrammar, it is used for mood ; as, aoali 
hai, indicative mooiJ ; aonU kauoha, imper- 
ative ?noofZ ; cfou^/knili('.sii])juiiCiive?/iootZ; 
aoull kuwalc. infhiitivc inodd. 

A-o-HE, adv. No; not; not at all; by- 
no means. See Aolk and Aok. 



Ao-HAA, 
AO-HE-IO, 
Ao-HE-IO-HOl, 
Ao-HE-HOI, 
AO-HE-O-KA-NA-MAI, ^ 



adv. Used as ad- 
verbs and inter- 
jections. What ! 
how great! truly 
so; a confirmation 
of the declaration 
admirable ; 



of another ; also, surprising ; 
never so many. etc. 
Ao-HE-LE, V. Ao, to teach, and hele, to 
go. 

1. To teach as one travels ; to preach 
traveling about; ua aohde o Kaahumanu 
me ka hoohuli i na kanaka a pau ma ka 
pono, Kaahumanu went about teaching the 
people and turning them to do what was 
right. 

2. To declare ; publish, as a law ; as a 
chief when he went from place to place ; 
aohele na -lii i na kanawai. 

Ao-HO-KU, V. Ao, to teach, and hohi, a 
star. To teach astronomy. 

Ao-HO-KU, s. Astronomy as a science ; 
also an astronomer ; pepehiia ae la ke alii 
moku a me ka mea aohoku, the captain of 
the ship was slain and the astronomer. 

Ao-KA, V. To be crushed or chewed 
finely for swallowing. 

A-o-KA-o-KA, V. See Oka. To pulver- 
ize ; make fine ; to bruise or pound fine ; 
aweluawelu. See Ok.voka. 

A-o-KA-A-o-KA, s. Any fine particles of 
matter, as saw-dust, lees of wine, dregs of 
any liquid ; hence. 

2. An otfensive smell, as connected with 
such matter. 

Ao-KA-HA-EA, s. Ao, cloud, and kahaea. 
A kind of cloud as it ai)i)i'ars in the heav- 
ens ; he aol-ahaea i kinohinoliiia. 

Ao-KU, s. The name of a rain ; he ua 
aoku. 

A-o-LE (ole), adv. An adverb of deny- 
ing, refusing ; no : not ; a univi-rsal nega- 
tive ; for euphony's sake, it takes different 
forms; ixs.aohe^aole.olif, ole, and aoo. The 
form ole is privative in its meaning, and 
may be added to almost any adjective, noun 
(pro])er names execpttMl.') or verb in the 
language. It is e((uivalent to tlie F]nglish 
inseparable negative particles, less, in, un, 
&c. " See Ole. 



A-o-LE, v. To not; not to do; aole oia 
i hana, he did it not. 

2. To deny ; refuse to do a thing ; aole 
ae la ia i hoopono ia ia, ia manawa, he re- 
fused (he did not) reform himself at that 
time. 

3. Not to be : no existence. IM. 37:36. 
Aole e ole, a phrase signifying the strong- 
est affirmation, as, it cannot but l)e, it can- 
not be otherwise, it will not fail of being 
so^ there is no not in the case,&c. Xotk. — 
the sense 2, to deny, is more generally 
found under the form ole, v., 3d conj. ho*;., 
which see. 

A-o-LE-E-o-LE, adv. See Aole above. 
It cannot but 1)e. Lit. It cannot be not. 

A-0-le-io-hoi, adv. See under Aohaa. 
How very ! Mat. G:23. Aole loa. God for- 
bid. Lah: '^{):\r,. 

A-o-le-pa-ha, adv. A strong affirma- 
tion ; how true ; true indet'd ; so it is. 

A-0-le-hoi-na, adv. A verj' affectionate 
salutation ; now used only among the old 
people ; the modern term is aloha. 

Ao-loa, s. Ao, cloud, and loa, long. A 
comparison • of clouds, as high and low; 
applied also to men, as more or h-ss honor- 
able ; o Ku ke aoloa, o Ku ke aopoko. Ku 
is the long cloud, Ku is the short cloud. 
See AopoKo. 

Ao-mi-lo, v. To procure abortion ; oo 
no lakou i na keiki, aom'ilo a hahai. ua nui 
na kamalii i make. Notk. — The methods 
of procuring abortion were numerous and 
various. 

A-o-NE, s. Dirt; he lepo, he lau one. 
See OxK. sand. 

A-o-NO, adj. 7iuni. See Ono, the simple 
form. Six ; with other forms. eo7to. ke ono, 
he ono. 

A-0-no-ka, adv. A contracted poetical 
phrase tor aole no ka e kala. not lately 
done, long ago. 

Ao-nu-i-hoo-la-ho-la-ho, s. The name 
of a broad mass of clouds extending over 
a great space. 

2. A nuiss of pillar clouds as seen at 
night. 

Ao-PO-KO, s. See Aoloa. Lit. A short 
cloud. Fkj. Men of little weight of char- 
acter. 

Av,p€rs. pro?i., 1st per. sing. I; when 
prefixed or pn-oedeil I>y the i-mphatic o. as 
au. the com]>ound sound resembles that 
of ic ; hence it has the forms au. o an. icau, 
and o wax : the o is uo part of the word, 
and should be written separately. 

A'u, pro7i. So written for aau, one a 
i dropjH'd and the apostrophe supiilit-d. Ii 
j is the auipUi. one of the oblique cases of 
I au, I. See (^ram. § 124. Of me ; mine. 



AU 



30 



AUA 



There is a sensible break in the pronunci- 
ation, to distinguish it from au, the 1st per- 
son, and from au, of the 2d person next 
below. 

Au, pron. With a more protracted, 
smooth pronunciation than the foregoing, 
one of the auipili cases of the 2d per. sing. 
of oe. Gram. § 132. Thine ; of thee. 

Au, s. The handle or helve of an axe. 
Kanl. 19:5. The staff of a spear. 1 Sam. 
17:7. The handle of a sword. Limk. 3:22. 
The handle of an auger, &c. ; au koi, au 
pahi. 

Au, s. The current in the ocean ; au 
maloko o ka moana ; o kahi o ke kai e will 
ana, he au ia ; he loUi au kahi inoa. 

2. The grain in wood. 

3. The motion of the hand in mixing poi. 

4. An action of the mind 5 as, ke au wale 
nei no ko'u manao e ake e pulelo iki ae, 
my mind is exercising, &c. See Au, v., 
below. 

Au, s. The gall of animals. Oz*M. 3:4; 

lob. 16:13 ; Met. Oih. 8:23. 
Au, s. Time ; a period of time, more or 

less definitely designated, as the reign of a 

king. ler. 28:1. 

2. The time of one's life; i ke aula Kala- 
niopuu ; i ke au Liholiho, in tlie time of 
Kalaniopuu, &c. 

3. A season. Oih. 11:28. A portion of 
time. 

Au, s. A territory; district of country ; 
generally compounded with other qualify- 
ing words ; as, awakua, a desert, a place of 
gods, ghosts, &c. See Auakua. Aukanaka,, 
an inhabited country ; aupnni, a large re- 
gion, &c. Note. — Au is the term repre- 
senting all places where food grows ; as 
kaha represents such places as are on or 
near the shore where food does not grow. 
This applies mostly to the leeward side of 
the isl ands. 

Au, V. To swim; ua au na kanaka i 
ka moana, a pakele i ka make, the people 
swam the ocean and escaped death. 

2. To float on the surface of water ; to 
turn, as the eyes to look at something; ina 
ua ike oe e au ana kona maka. Laieik. 145. 
Syn. with nana ia. 

3. Hoo., 3d conj. To cause to swim, to 
float ; hooauhele aku la i na pahu lakou, 
they floated along their (water) casks. 

4. To convey, as on a raft. 2 Oihl. 2:1G. 

5. To swim through the water by the ex- 
ertions of the arms and other limbs ; poho 
ka uhane o ka poe make i ka moana, aole 
paha e hiki ke au iuka, the souls of those 
who sink in the ocean are lost, they are not 
able to swim ashore. Used imperatively, 
to quicken, to hasten ; more generally 
doubled, as auau, which see. 



Au, s. Name of a fish with a sharp 
nose. 

2. Name of a soft porous stone. 

Au, V. To long after, or be wholly bent 
on ; to be fully engaged in a course of con- 
duct ; alalia, au loa wau i na ino ke ao 
nei, then I was wholly engrossed in the 
vileness of the world ; makemake, pnni, 
lilo loa. See Au, current, above. 

Au-A, V. To dislike to part with prop- 
erty ; to be stingy in giving. 

2. To keep back what should be given 
to another ; to withhold. Sol. 11:24. 

3. Not to give a thing asked for ; to be 
stingy. 

4. To think so much of a thing as not to 
part with it. Kin. 45:20. Ua hewa no kahi 
aua ana o na Lunaauhau, some of the 
stinginess of the Lunaauhaus is wrong. 

5. To look with regret upon a thing. 

6. To forbid ; withhold. Kin. 30:2^ 

7. To refuse assent to a proposal ; not 
to be pleased with it. Laieik. 140. 

Au-A, s. The name of a fish. 
Au-A, s. Stinginess; closeness. 
Au-A, s. The voice of the bird alala. 
Au-A, adj. Close; hard; parsimonious; 

stingy ; he pi, he paa. 
Au-AE, s. See Auwae, the chin. A 

lana ka auae kahi uuku. 
Au-AE, adj. Expert ; cunning ; provi- 
dent. 
Au-AE, V. To be lazy; to spend time 

idly ; e kalauea, e kaialili. 
Au-AE, s. Laziness, indolence ; one who 

spends time idly. 
Au-AE -puu, u. For auwaepuu. Hoo. To 

be lazy, indolent. 
Au-Au, V. Conj. 6 of au, to swim. To 

bathe in water, as a person. Puk. 2:5. 

2. To wash ; cleanse with water. Oihk. 
15:5. 

3. To take out wrinkles from a piece of 
cloth. Hoo., conj. 3. To wash ; cleanse, 
&c. 

4. Used imperatively, to excite; hasten; 
e auaii aku kakou, e wikiwiki ; e auau mai 
oe, come quickly, e wikiwiki mai oe : used 
also with ho. See Hoauau. 

Au-AU, s. A bathing; washing; ua hele 
i ka auau, he is gone to bathe. 

Au-AU, adj. Of, or belonging to bath- 
ing ; as, he wai auau ; wahi auau. 

Au-AU, s. Name of a certain aho (a 
small stick) to be thatched first in the pro- 
cess of building a heiau. 

Au-AU, s. Name of a long slim fish ; 
the guard-fish that swims near the surface 
of the water, 

Au-AU, s. A snare for catching and 



AUA 

killing birds ; he pahele e make ai ka 
manu ; he auau manu. 

Au-AU, 5. The stalk of loulu made into 
a spear ; he ihe. 

Au-AU-NEi. Probably for auanei, which 
see. 

Au-AU-PA-PA-o-HE, V. Also aupapooke. 
Name of a lish, a variety of the species auau. 

Au-AU-WA-HA, s. Au, a place, au dou- 
bled and icaha, a mouth. To dv^ a furrow 
or ditch ; to dig up into furrows, as for 
planting. IIoo. To make a furrow by dig- 
ging. Ilal 14:7. See Auwaua. 

Au-A-KU-A, s. Also written wauakua and 
icaoakwi. Au, a place, and aJaia, a god. 

1. A region remote from inhabitants, and 
supposed to be the haunts of spirits, ghosts, 
hobgoblins, &c. 

2. A desolate place ; uninhabited. Isa. 
13:9. He anoano kanaka ole. 

Au-A-Lii, adj. Name of a kapu sacred 
to Kama, an ancient chief of Maui ; o ka 
noekole aualii kapu o Kama. 

Au-A-LO, 5. Au, place, and alo, in front. 
A shed or verandah adjoining a house for 
storing canoes, calabashes, and other prop- 
erty. 

Au-A-MO, s. Au, a handle, and avio to 
carry. A stick or pole with which burdens 
are carried across the shoulder. 1 Oihl 
15:15. A staff or pole for carrying a bur- 
den. Puk. 25:13. Hale auamo, a palan- 
quin. Mel. Sol 3:9. A yoke. Kanl. 21:3. 
Fig. A burden ; service. 3fat. 11:30. 

Au-A-MO, V. To carry on the shoulders 
or back ; e halihali, e maraaka ; to carry 
on a stick across the shoulder. See above. 

Au-A-Mo-E, V. Auamo, to bear, and e, 
extra. To bear a very heavy load, so as 
to sprain or bruise the neck ; e auamoe me 
ka nanaha o ka a-i. to carry a load with 
the straining of the neck. 

Au-A-NA, V. Also written auicana. Au, 
to swim, and ana, the participial termina- 
tion ing. A swimming off. The word has 
its origin in the overturning of a canoe, 
when men and all the cargo of the canoe 
float off in different directions. 

1. To be scattered : dispersed, as things 
disperse in the upsetting of a canoe. 

2. To go astray, as the mind ; auicana 
bewa ka naau ; to be wandering, as the 
thoughts. 

3. To scatter from each other, as people. 

4. To go here and there in search of 
something. Puk. 5:12. 

5. IIoo. To scatter ; disperse abroad ; to 
^ cause to wander; to go from place to place. 

Kin. 20:13. Ua hooauicanaia ka poe hewa 
i ka make, the wicked are scattered in 
death. See Auwana. 



^1 AUH 

Au-A-NA, adj. Scattered; wandering; 
dispersed. 

Au-A-NEi, adv. Au, time, and a?iei, now, 
here, &c. It refers to an indefinite future 
time, but not far off ; hereafter ; by and 
by ; soon ; used only after verbs. E ua 
auanei, ke opiopi raai nei keao, it will rain 
soon, the clouds are folding up ; e inoawa- 
nd, kc okupukupu mai la ka hao inc. 
Note. — After a word ending with a, it is 
often written uanei. 

Au-E, int. Also auwe. O ; oh ! woe to ; 
alas; O dear; expressive of regret, of 
grief, of pain, of disappointment ; aue ka 
make ! aue ke ano e ! See Auwe. 

Au-E, V. See also Auwe. To cry; to 
weep ; to lament for any loss, suffering or 
calamity. 

Au-i, V. To decline, as the sun in the 
afternoon. 1 Nal. 18:29. 

2. To be turned aside in a course ; a i 
ka moana, auiia ka waa e ka ale, when on 
the ocean, the canoe was turned a.side by 
a wave. 

3. To vary from a direct line ; to turn 
aside, as the head ; ua aui ae nei ka la ; ua 
aui ae nei ka ia. 

4. To swell, as the sea, in great rollers. 

5. To pass by a certain time. 

6. To shun a blow by inclining the head. 

7. To roll up roughly, as high waves of 
the sea ; ke aui mai la ka nalu ; aui mai la 
ka ale o ke kai. Conj. 9. Au-i-au-i, to roll 
up, as the sea, &c. 

Au-i-AU-i, V. See Aui, v., above. To 
roll up, as a high sea. 

Au-i, s. A wave of the sea ; a billow. 
Isa. 48:18. He aui uo ka nalu. 

2. The name for case in grammar. Gram. 
§ 99- 

Au-i-a-le, s. Aui and ale. A swell of 
the sea, not a small wave ; so called from 
the motion, passing by. 

Au-i-NA, s. Aui, to decline, and aim, 
the participial termination. The dt-clining 
or turning aside ; i ka auina la, at sun de- 
clining, tiiat is. in the afternoon. Laieik. 
49. See Auwixa. 

Au-o-Lo, s. Au and olo, to vibrate. A 
tabernacle; a temporary house. lob. 27:18. 
An ottt-house for sheltering canoes; he au- 
olo waa : also written auicolo. 

Au-o-Lo, adj. Belonging to a temporary 
building ; ahaaina auolo, feast of taberna- 
cles. Kanl. 1(>:13. 

Au-HA, s. A shed or house for putting 
canoes to screen them from the sun : he 
auolo no ka waapa. See Auolo. 

Au-HAi, V. To tear; to rend, as clothes. 
See Uhai. 

Au-HAU, V. To put a people under trib- 
ute. Lunk. 1:28. To tax ; assess a tax. 



AUH 



32 



AUK 



2. To exercise lordship ; to exact of one. | 
iVe/i. 5:10. Note. — In ancient times every 
article of value was taxed, to be paid in 
kind 5 at present, the auhau dala is the 
great thing. 

Au-HAU, s. A tax; a revenue for the 
benefit of chiefs ; kahi auhau, a place for 
collecting taxes ; similar to hookapu. 

Au-HAU, 5. Name of a species of wood 
for making spears ; he hau ka ilie e kaua 
ai, he auhau kekahi ihe, the spears for war 
are made of hau, some spears are made of 
auhau. 

Au-HAU-HU-i, s. A religious ceremony 
in the hoopiojpio ; perhaps, to strike regu- 
larly. 

Au-HAU-MA-u-LE, s. I na auhawnaide ka 
pa. ua huna ia malalo o ka weuweu. 

Au-HAU-PU-KA, V. To beg ; to ask for a 
thing. Syn. with noi, but more modest. 
See Noi, Makilo, Apiki, &c. 

Au-HAU-PU-KA, s. A beggar; one who 
solicits favors of chiefs ; he auhaupuka na 
kanaka noi wale. 

2. Beggary ; a system of living by beg- 
gary ; ma ka auhaupuka e loaa ai ka ai a 
me ke kapa, by begging they obtain food 
and clothing. 

Au-HA-KA, s. Epithet of a man with 
long, spindling legs, like the legs of a 
horse ; he kanaka wawae loloa auhaka 
loihi. e like me ka lio wiwi auhaka. 

Au-HA-KA, adj. A man tall, poor and 
thin, especially his legs ; spindle-legged ; 
me he wawae auhaka la ka eaea. 

Au-HE-A, adv. int. Au, place, and hea, 
what. 

1. Where? what place? 

2. A call of attention to what one has to 
say ; auhea oe ? auhea oukou ? where art 
thou ? where are you ? 

Au-HEE, V. Au, to swim, and hee, to 
melt, causing an intensive. 

1. To melt ; to flow, as a liquid. 

2. To flee from one ; to slip off fi'om 
danger ; auhee mai la ka auwaa, the fleet 
of canoes hurried off (from fear :) to flee, 
as from temptation. 

3. To flee or be put to flight in battle. 
]. Olhl.lO:!. To be scattered ; disappear. 

4. Used imperatively, go away ; let me 
alone ; forbear. 2 Olhl. 35:21. 

5. Roo. To put to flight, to rout, as an 
enemy. Oihk. 26:8. 

6. To drive away; to dispel, as dark- 
ness. See Hee. 

Au-HEE, V. To be destitute ; to be be- 
reaved ; to be deprived of all comforts ; to 
make desolate. 

Ua lilo kuu aina, ua auhee au, 

My land is gone, 1 am poor. 

Ua make kuu wahine, ua auhee au, 

My wife is dead, I am bereaved. 



Ua wela kuu hale, ua auhee au, 
My house is burned, I am destitute. 
Ua make kuu alii, ua auhee makou. 
My chief is dead, we are friendless. 

Au-HE-LE, v. Au and hele, to move. 

1. To cut out clothes, i. e., to move round, 
as the shears or scissors in cutting out 
clothes. This is a modern word, or at least 
a modern use of the word ; equivalent to 
helehele. 

2. To sail from one place to another ; 
auhele au ma ka moana. a pae mauka, I 
sailed about on the ocean, and then went 
ashore ; auhele makou a pae i o. 

Au-HO-LA, s. See Hola. The name of 
the plant with which fish are intoxicated 
and caught. See Auhuhu. 

Au-HO-LA, V. From the foregoing. To 
catch fish by means of the auhola or hola. 

Au-HO-NU-A," s. Au, time, and ho?iua, 
earth. The time of the earth, i. e., as long 
as the world has stood, of old time, from 
the beginning. 

Au-HU-HU, s. A shrub ; the name of a 
plant used in poisoning or intoxicating 
fish, that they may be caught. See Auhola. 

Au-HU-LA-A-NA, adj. The act of swim- 
ming round a pali where there is no road ; 
ho poe auhulaana no ka pali ; those swim- 
ming round the pali ; ke hele la ka poe 
auhulaana o Milolii ma Kauai. 

Au-HU-Li, V. Au and huli, kalo tops for 
planting. 

1. To thrust downwards, as in planting 
kalo ; to plant kalo. 

2. To send downwards ; to drive away. 

3. To overturn, as a kingdom. 
Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, V. Pass, of aukuli, with 

h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be overturned; 
to be dispossessed of land and tenements ; 
to be turned oft' or driven from house and 
home; to be driven to ruin. Hal. 9:17. 
AuhulUua ke aupuni a lilo aku i ka mea e, 
the kingdom is overturned and gone to 
another. 

Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, s. A change of govern- 
ments or rulers ; an overtiu-n of govern- 
ment ; a revolution. 

Au-HU-LU, V. To stick together, as lit- 
tle things, by wetting them in the mouth. 

Au-KA, V. To be wearied; fatigued with 
doing a thing. lev. 6:11. 

Au-KA, adj. Tired; weary, as of sitting 
still. 

Au-KA, s. A bar, as of soap. 

2. xV bar of unwrought silver, iron or 
gold. los. 7:21. 

3. In architecture, a fillet. Puk. 27:10. 

4. A bar of a city gate. 1 Nal. 4:13. 
A-u-KA, V. A, prep. ; of and uka, in- 
land. To belong inland, or up country ; 
auka aku nei ma kona hoi mai nei. 



AUK 



33 



AUM 



Au-KA-Hi, adj. 



Au and kahi, to cut 

smooth 

1. Smooth, without knots or protube- 
rances, as a canoe ; he waa aukald, aole 
lala, aole opuupuu. a canoe, smooth, no 
knots, no protuberances. 

2. Level and straight, as a floor ; smooth 
and straight throughout ; hookahi ano o ka 
au ka laau. « 

3. Straight and smooth, as a looking- 
glass. 

4. Applied also to a well composed 
speech; correct; eloquent. 

Au-KA-KA, s. Au, wave, and kaka, hook. 

A place far out at s<'a where fisli are caught; 

o ka pililua o luwaia o ke ankaka. 
Au-KA-KU, s. Name of a fish with a 

sword snout. 
Au-KA-NA-KA, s. Au, placo, and kanaka, 

men. A place or region where men are 

found, in distinction from auakua, region 

of the gods. 

1. jK'/,ij;/iafica%, a thickly peopled place; 
he wahi kanaka, he wahi paapu, a lehu- 
lehu. 

2. The habited world. Mat 24:14. 
Au-KE-LA, V. Au, to swhn, and kela, to 

excel. To swim ahead of others. 

Au-Ki, s. For lauki. The ki leaf; also, 
2. A species of fish. 

Au-Koi, s. A disease in the groin, re- 
sulting from pollution; he ewai, he amcakoi. 

Au-KU, V. Au, to swim, and ku, to stand. 

1. To swim or sail uprightly, as a vessel 
rising and pitching in a heavy sea ; (mku 
ka ibu i ka makani ; to stand up, as the 
bow of a vessel by the wind, from the re- 
semblance to a man's position in swimming 
uprightly in a rough sea. 

2. To toss up the nose, as an expression 
of pride, anger or contempt for a thiug ; 
auku ka ihu o ka wahine huhu wale, the 
angry woman turns up her nose ; auka 
iluna ka ihu o ke kanaka haaheo, the nose 
of the proud man is turned up. 

3. To climb, as a man, up a precipice. 

4. To rise up. as the end of the nose at a 
bad smell, or the end of a canoe in a surf. 

Au-KU, s. Au and ku. A stream, so 
shallow that a person can wade through 
with his clothes ou ; a shallow stream, not 
deep. 

2. Name of a road or path leading up 
hill. 

Au-KU and Au-kuu, .^. Name of a bird 
which makes a loud, yelling noise at night; 
a sea-bird. 

Au-kuu, s. The action of a person vom- 
iting. 

2. A kind of fish-hook. 

Au-kuu, s. The name of a bird ; me he 
aukuu la ke kau i ke ahua. as an aukuu. 

5 



lights on a bank ; ua hoolikeia ke kanaka 
hana hewa me ka aukuu, a bad man is 
likened to an aukuu ; no ka mea. he ahua 
kahi e kau ai kaau/i(«:, because the aukuu 
sits on a bank ; nokiila i olelo mai ka poe 
kahiko ; hence the ancients say : 
Melie aukuu la ke kau i ke ahua. 
As the aukuu sits upon a sand bank, 
Alaalawa na maka me be pueo la, 
Its eyes looking about like an owl. 

Au-ku-ku, s. a swelling up of the 

water of the sea ; the rise and rapid flow 

of water in a river ; moana ke kai kele a 

ka aukuku ke kae ka hohonu. 
Au-LA, adj. Stinted, as vegetables ; bar- 
ren, as ground ; he palakui, he aula, he 

ponalo. 
Au-LAu, s. A bundle of cane or other 

leaves bound together, used in taking fish. 

See AuMAiKWA. 
Au-LA-MA, V. To give or cause light 

around. See Lama. He kolikukui, i au^- 

maia. 
Au-LE-LE, V. To fly off in flocks, as 

many kinds of birds. 
Au-LE-PE, s. Name of a long slim fish. 
Au-Lii, adj. Neat ; nice ; excellent. 
Au-Li-KE, V. Au, to swim, and like, 

alike. To swim evenly ; to SAvim abreast. 

as two or more persons. 
Au-Li-KE, adj. Even and smooth from 

end to end, as a piece of timber ; he laau 

aulike, a straight, smooth piece of timber ; 

he aukahi. 
Au-Li-Ko-LO-MA-NU, s. A beautiful, well- 

formed person. 

2. Any article beautifully made. 

3. An"^ expression of commendation or 
praise, connected with boasting or pride 
of one's circumstances or privileges, as 
being skillful, expert or reflecting. 

Au-Li-MA, s. Au, a handle, and lima, 
the hand. The name of the stick held in 
fhe hand when rubbinsr to produce fire. 
The name of the stick rublied is aunaki. 
NoTK. — The action of rubbing is hia. 

Au-iMA, s. See Paiauma. A person in 
distress or pain, so d^ not to be still. 

Au-MAi-E-WA, s. Many persons engaged 
in taking fish and using tlu* lau halaakia. 

Au-MA-KA, s. Au, a handle, and maka. 
A pole to carry baggage on. See Mamaka. 

Au-MA-KU-A, s. Name of a class of an- 
cient gods who were considered able and 
trustworthy : na akua i ka po. o na auma- 
kua i ke ao. gods of the night, gods of the 
day : o Kilia i ka po, o Liloa 1 ka po. o 
Umi i ka po. o Mea i ke ao. 

Au-MA-KU-A, adj. He akua aumakua, 
able, that may be tnisted as a child trusts 
to a parent ; ua ola ke akua aumaknia. 



AUP 



34 



AUW 



Kukuluia ka hale no ko Kamehameha man 
iwi. i mea e hoolilo ai ia ia i akua auma- 
kun, a house was built for Kamehameha's 
bones that he might become a suhstantial 
god. 
Au-MA-KU-A, s. A person so called who 
provided for a chief or for chiefs; a trusty, 
steadfast servant; one who is not easily 
provoked to leave his place. 
A-u-ME-u-ME, V. A and U7ne^ to pull, 
draw out. To contend, to strive for a 
thing, in order to obtain it from another ; 
to pull from one to another ; aumemne na 
kanaka i ka ia, the people contended for 
the fish ; aumeume na kanaka i ka lole, the 
people contended for the cloth. 
A-U-ME-U-ME, s. A pulling from one 
person to another in contention ; an acting 
with opposition and force; he huki aku, 
huki mai, a puepue, there was pulling this 
way and that with force ; he ola nae, he 
ola aumeume, there was life, however, but 
life with contention. 
Au-Mi-HA, s. Au and miha. To float off 
in the air, as miasma ; contagion ; evil in- 
fluence supposed to attend the graves of 
the dead. 
Au-Mi-Hi, V. Au and mihi. To sorrow; 
to repent ; to grieve for the loss of a thing. 
See Mihi. 
Au-Mi-Ki, s. Water kept in a calabash, 
and the chief drinks awa, (which is very 
bitter,) then drinks this water, which he 
thinks is sweet. 
Au-Mo-A-NA, s. Swimming the ocean; 

name of a class of Kamehameha's laws. 

Au-MOE, .?. Au, time, and moe, to sleep. 

The season when the world is asleep ; 

night. Specifically, midnight. Puk. 11:4. 

Au-MU, s. A place for baking; an oven; 

he wahi e kalua ai i ka ai ; a place for 

cooking food. See Umu and Imu. 

Au-MU, V. To bake; to cook by baking 

or burying under ground. 
Au-mu, adj. Epithet of the stones of 
an oven, that is, oven stones ; pohaku 
aumu. 
Au-NA, s. A collection or flock of birds ; 
as, auna kolea, a flock of koleas ; auna 
kolea e will ana me he auna manu la, a 
flock of koleas mingling together like a 
flock of birds. 
Au-NA-Ki, s. The name of the stick 
rubbed upon in obtaining fire by friction. 
See AtnjMA. 
Au-NEi, SYN. with auanei. A particle 
referring to future time, but not distant. 
l»S'am. 31:4. Soon; pretty soon; by and by. 

Au-^A-PA, V. To be poor ; to lose one's 
property. Fig. Ohina aupapa. the swim- 
ming board is lost. Same as pau ka waiwai. 



Au-PA-PA, adj. A man who, in swim- 
ming on a board through the surf, loses his 
board ; hence, 

2. A person who has lost his property, 
i. e., his board was his dependence. 

Au-PA-PA-0-HE, s. Name of a fish sim- 
ilar to auaupapaohe, a species of the auau. 

Au-PU-LA, V. To catch fish with a net 
when tlie pulale is used ; he mea e loaa'i 
ka ia e like me ka lau, a thing for obtain- 
ing fish like the lau. 

Au-pu-Ni, s. Au, a place, and puni, 
around. 

1. A region of country governed by a 
chief or king. Note. — Originally the word 
did not imply a large country, as there 
were formerly several aupunis on one 
island. At present, the word is used to 
signify, 

2. A kingdom ; the dominion and juris- 
diction of a king. 

Au-PU-Ni, V. To be in an undisturbed 
state ; to be in a state of peace and quiet- 
ness, as a kingdom. 

2. To exist or be known as a kingdom ; 
ua aupuni keia pae aina, these islands are 
at peace. 

3. To become a kingdom. Ezek. 16:13. 
Au-pu-Ni, adj. Relating to the kingdom 

or government; he hana aupuni, govern- 
ment work ; he mau lio aupuni, horses, the 
property of the government. 

Au-wA, V. A different orthography for 
aua. See Aua. To forbid ; refuse a favor 
when asked. Luk. 6:29. 

Au-wAA, s. Au, a place, and waa, a 
canoe. A cluster or fleet of canoes ; o ka 
nui o ka auwaa, ua pau i ka lukuia, the 
greater part of the fleet of canoes was de- 
stroyed ; any number of canoes in com- 
pany ; e hoomakaukau i ko lakou auwaa 
iho, to get ready their own canoes. 

Au-WAA-LAU-Ki, s. Auwaa and lau ki, 
ki leaves. Ki leaves folded up so as to 
sail for children's sport. 

Au-wA-A-LA-LUA, s. The name of a spe- 
cies of fish ; he wahi mea holo maloko o 
ko kai, e like me ka waa, an animal that 
sails in the sea like a canoe. 

Au-WAE, s. The chin of a person ; au- 
icae, kahi malalo o ka waha, the auwae is 
the place below the mouth. 

2. The jog cut in the top of the post of a 
Hawaiian house. See Auae. 

Au-wAE-Ai-NA, s. A present out of re- 
spect to the hakuaina of a hog or other 
fruits of the land. Note. — When a land 
was transferred to a new owner, and he re- 
instated the people upon it. they usually 
bring a present from the land; this present 
of liogs, food, kapa, fish, nets, &c., was 
called auioaeaina. 



AUW 



35 



AHA 



Au-WAE-Puu, s. Laziness; indifference. 
See AuAEPUu. 

Au-wAi, s. Au, furrow, and wai, water. 
A brook ; a small water course. Sol. 21:1. 
The outlet of a pool. Isa. 7:3. The gen- 
eral name for streams used in artificial irri- 
gation. 

Au-wAi-Hi-Ki, or AuwAiAHiKi, s. A run- 
ning disease in the groin from impure 
habits ; he wai ma ke kumu uha. he aukoi. 
he ewai, he auwakoi ; a swelling in the 
groin and under the arms. 

Au-WA-HA, s. Au and waka, mouth. 
An opening of tho grdund. as a furrow ; 
plowed ground. J Sain. 1 1:1 1. A ditcli. 
Sol. 23:27. A channel ; a ])lace dug like a 
pit. Jlal. 7:15. He lua loihi i eli ia a puni 
ke kihapai, a long pit dug around the gar- 
den. See AuAuwAHA. 

Au-WA-HA, V. To make a groove in 
wood ; to cut forked, like the foot of a 
rafter on a Hawaiian house. 

2. IIoo. To make a ditch or furrow, i. c., 
to ploM^ Jof>. 1:11; 3/iA-. 3:12. 

Au-wA-Ko-i, s. He auwaiahiki ; a swell- 
ing in the groin ; a 1)ubo. 

Au-WAA-LA-Ki, s. Name of the little 
ships which children make of cane leaves ; 
auwaalaki hooholoholo. See Auwaalauki. 

Au-WA-NA, V. See Auana. In this, like 
many other cases, the w is a mere expletive, 
as the words may be Avritten both ways and 
the pronunciation continue the same. 

1. To wander ; to go from place to place. 
las. 5:G ; lob. 1:7. 

2. To scatter ; disperse, as an army. 2 
Oihl. 18:16. 

3. IIoo. To cause to wander, &c. Kin. 
20:13. 

4. To go astray morally; to deviate from 
the path of rectitude. lund. 13:0. 

Au-WE, V. Also aiie. To express an af- 
fection of the mind, as love, grief, disap- 
pointment, S:c. 

2. To mourn for one beloved. Kanl 
34:8. 

3. To cry to one for help. 2 Xal. 4:1. 
To cry in great distress. JM. 18:(i. 

4. To groan ; to sigh ; to groan inwardlv. 
loh. 11:33. See Ale. 

Au-WE, s. The cry of persons lament- 
ing for the sick or dying ; lamentation for 
any great loss or calamity. 
2. Affection ; love. 

Au-WE, int. See Aue. An exclamation 
of wonder, of surprise, of fear, of pity or 
affection, as oh! woe! alas! 2 Kal. 6:5. 
Auioe kakou. alas for us! 1 Sam. 4:7, 8. 
Amce ka lehulehu o ka poc i poho, alas for 
tho multitude of those who were lost! 

2. Also an expression of execration or 
cursing. Mai. 1:14. 



Au-wi, V. See Aui. To decline; to in- 
cline from a ]jerpendicular. 

2. To move off"; to pass along, as the 
sun is supposed to do ; to decline, as the 
day. Kom. 13:12. 

Au-wi-Li, s. Au, tide, and will, to turn. 
A returning tide ; he nalu mauka aku, an 
outward current. 

Au-AVi-NA, s. A declining, &c. See Au- 

INA. 

Au-wi-Ni-wi-Ni, s. Au and ivini, sharp 
pointed. The sharp end of a potato leaf 
drooping with the rain ; he aamnhcini ke 
au <> ka uala luea i ka ua. 

Au-wo-LO. See Auolo. 

A-HA, num. adj. See Ha. Four; the 
number four ; also eha. 

A-HA, s. A company or assembly of 
people for any purpose. Puk. 35:1. Oft«'n 
compounded with some qualifying word ; 
as, ahaimia,, a/taolelo, a/takanaka. aJtahoo- 
kolokolo, a/(amokomoko, &c. See these 
compounds, which are sometimes written 
in one word, and sometimes divided. Aha- 
akohipa, a company fdP shearing sheep. 2 
Sam. 13:23. 

A-HA, s. Name of a certain prayer con- 
nected with a kapu ; inawalaauke kanaka 
i ka aha, make no ia, if a man should make 
a noise during the irrnijer. he would die, 
i. e., he would be guilty of an offense for 
which he would forfeit his life. The name 
originated in the fact that cocoanut fibre 
(see Aha, below) is very strong when 
braided into strings ; so this prayer, with 
its rigid kapus, was supposed to be very 
efficacious in holding the kingdom together 
in times of danger. 

2. The success or answer of a prayer, or 
such a proper performance of prayer as to 
insure success ; loaa ka kakou aha. we 
have received our prayer, i. e., the ansicerj 
ua lilo ka aJia. alalia, e pule hou, \ho prayer 
is lost, (of no avail.) then pray again. 

A-HA, s. A cord braided from the husk 
of the cocoanut. 

2. A cord braided from human hair. 

3. Strings made from the intestines of 
animals; ka naau i mea aAa^ioa, the in- 
testines for strings to tie M\U with : he 
a)ta pulu niu ; he aha waa a me k&ah'i hoa 
waa. a cord for tying and strengthening a 
canoe in a storm ; he aJia palaoa, be lau- 
oho i hili uilo ia. 

A-HA, s. Name of a small piece of 
wood, around which was wound a piece of 
kapa. and held in the hand of the priest 
while offering sacrifices. * 

2. Name of a kind of kapa made on 
Molokai. 

A-HA, s. The earwig. 



AHA 



36 



AHA 



2. The name of a species of long fish 

• swimming near the surface of the water. 

A-HA, iiiter. pro7i. Declinable with the 
definite article ; indeclinable with the in- 
definite. Gram. § 159. Heaha, what ? often 
united with the article 5 why? for what 
reason? HaL 68:16. ^0 keaha ? i keaha ? 
It is also used as an interrogative adverb, 
why? 

A-HA, V. To what ; to do, &c. ; e aha 
ana oia ? w^hat shall he do ? Of course it 
is used only in the interrogative. loli. 
20:21. 

A-HA. An interjection of surprise, won- 
der, &c. Ua heluhelu lakou, aha ; ua loaa 
lakou e moe ana, aha. 

A-HA, V. To stretch the cord by which 
the first posts of a house were put down or 
set straight ; e kii i ke kaula e alia ai, fetch 
the rope to make straight with. 

2. Fig. Aha, oia ka ana a me ka aha 
pololei no ke aupuni, aha. that is, to meas- 
ure and direct straightly the government. 

A-HA, s. Used in the expressions, ua 
like na aha, the sides are equal ; aha like, 
meaning side — imasure perhaps. 

A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Aha, a company, and 
aina, eating. 

1. A company for eating. 

2. A feast for pleasure or enjoyment ; 
ahaaina olioli, a joyful feast. 

3. x\ feast as a celebration of a past 
event. Puk. 12:14. Ahaaina is often qual- 
ified by the following word ; as, ahaaina 
hebedoma, a feast of weeks. Fuk. 34:22. 
Ahaaina kauhale lewa, feast of taberna- 
cles. Oihk. 23:34, Ahaaina laa, a solemn 
feast. JVaL 15:3. J./iaama moliaola, feast 
of the passover. 2 Oihl. 35:18. 

4. The food for the company in such 
cases. Ahaaina awakea, a dinner ; aha- 
aina ahiahi, a supper. 

A-HA-Ai-NA, V. Aha, company, and aina, 
to eat. 

1. To collect together for eating. 

2. To eat together ; to feast ; to partake 
of a banquet ; to hold a feast. Puk. 5:1. 

A-HA-A-HA, V. To go or walk in a 
mincing or irregular manner. Ilooahaaha, 
hele hooahaaha, hele hoohaha. 

A-HA-A-HA, adv. Sitting squarely ; up- 
rightly. &c. 

A-HAi, V. To take away j to carry off; 
to bear away. Laitik. 18. Hence, 

2. To flee; to be routed, as men in battle. 

3. To flee from fear ; to forsake the care 
of j ua ahai na makua i na keiki, aole hoi- 
^oi hou mai i ke kula, the parents took no 
care of the children, and did not send them 
back to school. 

4. To arrive, as a set day or proper time 
for doincr a thing : ahai ia ka la e hakaka ai. 



A-HAi, s. The name of a pillar, wood 
or stone, which a chief sets up in memory 
of some great exploit. The exploit itself 
is a pao (arch.) Alalia, kau ka ahai maluna 
iho na pao. 

A-HAI, adj. Breaking off and carrying 
away ; ka manu ahai kanu awa e, the bird 
dipping the twig of a tree and planting it 
elsewhere ; poetical. 

A-HAi-HAi, adj. See above. Ka manu 
ahaihai kanu awa e, the bird breaking oft' 
the awa plants. 

A-HA-i-Ki, s. Aha, assembly, and iki, 
small. A small party for private conver- 
sation ; a small council or collection of 
people 5 a secret council respecting war or 
an emergency. 

A-HAi-Lo-No, s. See Ahai. The person 
who alone survives or escapes after a bat- 
tle, or a canoe out of a fleet, all others be- 
ing taken or lost ; pepehiia a pau, aohe 
ahailono. Laieik. 104. See next page of 
Laieik. 105. 

A-ha-i-nu, v. Aha, a company, and 
hm, to drink. To partake at a drinking 
feast. Eset. 7:1. 

A-HA-I-NU, adj. Relating to banqueting 
or to a drinking feast ; a wine-drinking 
feast. Jer. 51:39. Hsile ahainu. Mel. Sol. 
2:4. 

A-HA-I-NU -A- WA, s. Aha and inu, to 
drink, and awa. An assembly for drink- 
ing awa; he ahainuawa no na kanaka kahu 
akua hoomanamana ia Nahienaena, an as- 
sembly for drinking awa by the protectors 
of the god worshipped by Nahienaena. 

A-HA-i-NU-wAi-NA, s. Aha, inu and 
icaina. A wine feast ; a feast for drinking 
wine. Eset. 7:7. 

A-HA-i-NU-RA-MA, s. An assembly for 
drinking rum or any alcoholic drinks, for- 
merly practiced by chiefs and people. 

A-HA-0-LE-LO, s. Aha, a company, and 
olelo, to speak. 

1. A council ; a body of chiefs assem- 
bled to regulate public affairs. 

2. A consultation. 

3. In modern times, a legislature ; a 
body to consult and enact laws for the 
good of the kingdom. 

A-HA-0-LE-Lo, V. Aha, assembly, and 
olelo, to speak. To take council ; to con- 
sult together to get the united wisdom of 
all present ; ahaolelo iho la na 'lii, the 
chiefs held a consultation. 2 Oihl. 10:6. 
In modern times, to meet and consult, as 
the legislative bodies of Nobles and Rep- 
resentatives, to make and adopt laws for 
the nation. 

A-HA-HA, V. See Ha, to breathe. To 
pant; to breathe hard on account of heat. 
as a iiog or ' 



AHE 



37 



AHI 



ka ilio i ka wela, a i ka maloeloe i ka loa, 
the (log panted hard from heat and from 
long weariness. 

A-HA-KA-NA-KA, s. Aha, assembly, and 
kanaka, men. A great company ; a mul- 
titude ; an assemljly. Lank. 20:2. Na ka- 
naka lehulehu, paapu. 

A-HA-KEA, s. Name of a species of yel- 
lowish wood used for rims of canoes. It 
is also used for making poi boards, canoe 
paddles, &c. 

A-HA-Li-KE, adj. Aha, four, and like, 
alike. Four sides alike or e([ual ; a (jnad- 
rangular ; aoao a/ia/(7.e. P((A'. 28:1(). I^ike 
na aoao, like ka loa me ka laula; four 
square. Ezek. 40:47. 

A-HA-LI-KE, s. Name of the square bone 
in the wrist joint ; he iwi almlike maloko 
o ka pulima. 

A-HA-Lu-A-Li-KE, adj. Foui* sided, with 
two sides parallel. Anah. 4:3. 

A-HA-LU-NA-KA-NA-WAI, S. A COUl't I'DOm; 
a judgment hall. Luk. 22:60. Court ; 
sanhedrim. 

A-HA-MA-HA, s. The part of the face in 
front of the ears ; ma ka aoao elua, ma 
kela maha ma keia maha. 

A-HA-MA-HA, 5. A feint; a show; a sham 
fight. 

A-HA-MA-KA, s. A kapa fastened at each 
end between two posts and swinging be- 
tween ; na kapa e kau ana ma ka manuea 
mai hope a mua. he moe lewa. 

2. A brave man skilled in a knowledge 
of the lua and of war. 

A-HA-MA-KA, s. An assembly for prayers. 

A-HA-Mo-A, s. Name of the assembly 
collected at a cock-fight ; he ahamoa o ka 
naau o ke kanaka ; ua kau ia i aJiamoa. 

A-HA-MO-KO-MO-Ko, s. Aha, meeting, and 
mokomoko, hox'mg. An assembly for box- 
ing ; a boxing match. Lamk. 21. 

A-HA-WA, V. To collect together, as 
water, to overfiow a low place ; ua ahua. 
ua ahawa. 

A-HE, adv. Used for ae, yes. Ae, oia 
no ; (the. he oiaio paha ; yes, so it is ; yes. 
it is perhaps true ; ahe, kuhi au ua hola 
lakou. aole ka! ahe. i)ela kou manao ea? 

A-HE, s. A slight or hacking cough ; 
he aheahe. he mai kunu. 

A-HE, s. Anything light, gentle or soft, 
as a light breeze, ke aJie nuikani puulena. 
La'mk. 34. Ahe koolauwahine, he makani 
aheahe ka makani. 

A-HE, s. A wind ; a slight breeze. 

A-HE-A, int. adv. When ; used only 
with reference to the future. Hal. 101:2. 

A-HE-A, adv. Used only with the future; 
when ? at what time V Ahea ka ina o ke 



keiki e ku imua ; ahea ka inoa o ke alii j 
ahea no la nalo ka moe ke aahi la i ka pili 
ka h^)upo. 

A-he-a-Ihe, s. See Ahe. A light gentle 
breeze. * 

2. A faint diminishing sound ; he ka- 
mumu ke aheahe malie, a sound of a still, 
small voice. 1 Nal. 19:12. Aheahe ka 
makani ma Pu ; aheahe mai ke kaiaulu o 
Waianae. 

A-HE-A-HE, adj. A cough; a hacking 
cough ; i ka nianawaa/ica/i'?, ke kaua/<e«/te 
make o Kahalaiama laua o Ilumi^hume. in 
the time of coughing, there lighted a deadly 
cough upon Kahalaia and Humehume. 

A-HE-A-HE-A, adj. Warm, as water by 
standing in tlie sun. 

A-HE-A-HE, V. To be hungry; he pololi; 
aheahe kahi opu i ka pololi. 

A-HE-A-KA, s. A shade ; shadow. See 
Aka. 

A-HE-Ko-Lo, s. Ahe and kolo, to creep. 
A slight breeze ; ahekolo ka makani, ahe- 
ahe malie, a creeping, gentle wind. 

A-HE-KO-LO, V. To creep ; to crawl 
along ; ke i ae la e ahekolo kana hele, he 
says he walks creeping along. 

A-HE-LE, s. A snare ; used in a former 
translation for pa/ie?e. le?'. 18:22. A snare; 
same as pahele, bat is more used. 

A-HE-WA, V. A and hewa, wrong, sin. 

1. To turn oft' the eyes, as one cross- 
eyed. 

2. To plead against one. 

3. To condemn for a crime or fault. 

4. To cause to be under a curse. Lunk. 
21:18. To condemn one. 2 Sam. 1:16. 
Hoo. Ua hooaheicaia ola e make, he is con- 
demned to die. 

A-HE-wA, s. Evil ; condemnation. ler. 

29:11. 

A-HE-WA. A hanai aku aheica ae ka 
walui loaa ka liale. 

A-HE-WA-iA, 5. Punishment; condemna- 
tion. 1 Sam. 28:10. 

2. The state of being accused or under 
a curse. Kin. 3:14. E ka poe i ahncaia, 
ye cursed. Mat 2.5:41. 

A-HE-WA-HE-WA, s. Name of a tree on 
the mountains. 

A-Hi, s. A fire ; he ahi e a ana, a burn- 
ing fire. 

A-Hi, s. Name of the fish called albi- 
core. 

A-HI- A, adj. See Ahlvhia. 

A-Hi-A (ehia), iiit. adv. How many ? 
Ahia ka nui o ka waiwai ? how many arti- 
cles of property ? See Ehia. Note.— -There 
is a nice distinction in the use of ahia and 
ehia. difficult to understand ; in many cases 
they are synonymous. 



AHI 



38 



AHU 



A-Hi-Ai-Ho-NU-A, s. Ahi, fire, ai, to eat, 
and honua, earth. Epithet of a volcano ; 
earth-eater or consumer. 

4-Hi-Ai-HO-NU-A, adj. Earth-consum- 
ing, as a volcano ; constantly burning ; 
unquenchable. 

A-Hi-A-Hi, 5. The after part of the day ; 
ua aui ai ka la ; the afternoon ; towards 
night ; ua napoo ka la ; evening. Sol. 7:9. 
Note. — When it is dark, it is po. 

A-HI-A-HI, V. To be or become evening ; 
a ahiahi iho la, hoi mai ia, when it was 
evening he returned. 

A-HI-A-HI, V. To spread slanderous re- 
ports ; 6 olelo ino. 

2. To complain falsely of another; e 
niania. 

3. To defame ; to tell tales ; e holoholo- 
olelo, to reveal secrets. 

A-HI-A-HI, s. A false report concerning 

one ; a defamation ; a slander. 
A-Hi-A-Hi-A, adj. Obscure; faded; dim, 

as colors in kapa or calico ; kohu maikai 

ole ; as cloth having lost color ; ahlah'ia 

ke koko, the blood is colorless ; applied to 

the uncolored parts of dyed cloth or kapa ; 

he ahiahia ka palapala, the writing is dim, 

not plain ; ulaula ahiahia, faded red, that 

is, purple. 2 Oihl 3:14. 
A-Hi-u, s. The name of a wind. 
A-Hi-u, adj. Wild ; untamed, as a horse ; 

he aa ; aole laka mai. See Hmiu. 
A-Hi-Hi, V. To be united w^ith another 

or with others in mischief or error. 

2. To conspire with ; to be involved 

with another or others, as in ignorance ; 

ua ahihi pu aim la laua ilaila, they were 

both involved in that matter; ahihi i ka 

naaupo. See Hmi and Hihia. 
A-Hi-Hi, s. Name of a tree or shrub in 

Nuuanu ; he lei no ka huakaihele o Kona. 
A-Hi-Ko-Li, V. To cut off even, as in 

trimming a lamp. 
A-Hi-KU (ehiku), num. adj. Seven; with 

the article, the seventh. Gram. § 110, 1st. 

The root is hiku. 

A-Hi-NA, s. A gray color. 

A-Hi-NA, adj. A and kina, gray hairs. 
Applied to Molokai ; Molokai ahina, gray 
Molokai, from the fog around the top. 

A-Hi-NA, adj. Gray, as the head of an 
old man ; he poo ahina ; applied to a dry 
tree ; he laau ahina. See Hixa and Poo- 

ITIXA. 

A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, s. Name of a species of 
grass. 

^r. Name of a plant living in cold, dry 
places ; so named from its color, a light 
silver gray; known as the " silver sword." 

3. The iife-everlasting plant. 



A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Very light blue; 
gray ; slate color. Oihk. 13:37. 

A-Ho, V. To be patient, submissive, 
humble ; to be merciful, kind ; to be ready 
to do a kind act. See the compounds 
Ahoxui and Aholoa. 

A-HO, V. (Impersonal.) It is easier; it 
is better ; it is less severe ; e aho nau e 
kokua mai ia makou, it is better for you to 
help us ; it implies a comparison. 2 Sam. 
18:3. Ea/ionae ko lakou hope i ko kakou, 
their end, however, will be more tolerable 
than ours ; it is better that, &c. JSxih. 14:2. 
It had been better if, &c. los. 7:7. It is 
better, preferable ; e aho iki no ke hoi 
kakou, it will be a little better for us to 
return ; e aho no ka hele mamuli o ka 
noho ana me ka pilikia, it is better to go 
than to stay in perplexity. 

A-HO, 5. Art.,ke. The natural breathing 
of a person ; the breath ; hence, 

2. Patience ; i nui ke aho, let the breath 
be long, i. e., be patient. 

3. Met. Spirit ; courage. los. 2:11. Res- 
olution ; also kindness. 

A-HO, s. Art., ke. A line ; a cord, as a 
fish line ; ke aho lawaia ; a kite string ; ke 
kakaiapola a me ke aho ; alalia, hoolele 
aku i ka lupe i ka lewa, a paa aku ma ke 
aho, (prepare) the kite tail and the string, 
then send off the kite into the air, but hold 
fast by the string. 

A-HO, s. Art.,k3,. The name of the small 
sticks used in thatching. 

A-Ho-Ai-0-LE, s. An aho or string too 
short ; not long enough for the purpose. 

A-HO-LE, s. Name of a species of white 
fish. 

A-HO-LE-Ho-LE, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See Ahole above. 

A-HO-LOA, adj. Aho, patient, and loa, 
long. Patient; long suffering. See Ahoxui. 

A-HO-LOA, s. 4.ho, a cord, and loa, long. 
A long string for fishing or sounding in 
deep water ; he aholoa loa i ka mio ; he 
aholoa i ka luu ilalo o ka moana. 

A-HO-NA, V. Ahona a kui maoli aku 
kela, lele liilii. Laleik. 42. 

A-Ho-NU-i, V. Aho, patient, and nui, 
much. To be patient, gentle, kind, &c. 1 
Tes. 2:7. See Aholoa. 

A-HO-NU-I, s. Aho, patient, and nui, 

, much. Forbearance ; long suffering ; pa- 
tience. 

A-Ho-NU-i, adj. Patient; enduring; long 
suffering. Puk. 34:0. 

A-Hu, V. To gather or collect together. 
Kin. 43:11. Aim iho la i kahakai, hu ae la 
ka lolo, they gathered them together (dead 
bodies) on the sea shore, the brains flowed; 
to collect one's food where there is little. 



AHU 



39 



AHU 



Ahu iho ka hoka i ka pakai, 
Ku i ka pakai ka mea haku ole, 
Lele ae no ka manu i Houa, 
Hapapa wale iho no ka hokahoka. 

To collect but gaiu little ; ahu wale iho 
no, aole wahi kapa ; ahu \vlile iho, aole ai 5 
ahu wale iho no i ka onoanea. 

2. To lay up. as in a store-house ; to lay 
up for future use, as goods. Mat. 6:19. To 
store in the memory. 

3. To lie strewed over the ground. Puk. 
16:3. 

4. To cover one with a cloak ; to be 
merely covered. lob. 26:6. To clothe. 

5. Hoo. To collect what is scattered. 

6. To fall together, as men slain in bat- 
tle. 

7. To keep ; treasure up, as anger ; Jioo- 
ahu iho la i ka huhu maluna kela poe, 
he kept in reserve his anger for that com- 
pany. 

8. To pile up, as stones. los. 8:29. To 
gather up ; glean, as a field. But. 2:7. 

9. To bring condemnation upon. 

10. To reply to ; to object to something 
said. Bom. 9:20. 
A-HU, s. See Aha. An assemblage or 
collection of things ; ahu ai. a place for 
storing food ; a collection of provisions. 
2 Oihl. 11:11. Wahi ahu, a place for some- 
thing, lob. 28:1. Ahu pohaku, a pave- 
ment ; a heap, as of stones. Ein. 31:46. 

2. A heap of stones as a way mark. 
ler. 31:21. 

3. As a memorial. los. 7:26. 

A-HU, adj. Storing; collecting; hale 
ahu, a store-house. lob. 38:22. 

A-HU, s. A fine mat ; a coarse one is 
moena; a mat for covering a canoe ; ka 
uhi ana i ka ahu, ea, oia ka mea e pale aku 
i kokahi ale, the spreading over a mat, 
that is what will keep off some of the 
waves ; ahuao, ahu mokoloa. 

A-HU-A, s. See Ahu, collection. Any 
place elevated in the manner of a high 
path. 

2. A bank in the sea ; a bank formed by 
the sand at a mouth of a river ; hence, 

3. A ford ; a place for passing a stream 
or river. los. 2:7 ; Lunk. 3:28. He pun ; 
a hillock ; he kiekie ma kekahi aoao. 

A-HU-A, V. To be raised up on a plat- 
form ; ua ahua. ua ahawa. 

A-Hu-Ao, s. The young and tender 
leaves of the haUi for making mats ; ahu 
moena. ahu pawehe. ahuao. 

A-Hu-A-Hu, s. Young sprouts or shoots 
from layers, as from sugar-cane. 

2. A boy or girl that grows up quickly. 

A-HU-A-HU, adj. Angry ; fretful ; un- 
willing, as when one receives orders to 
work, and from fatigue or indolence he is 
unwilling, he is then ahiiahu. 



A-HU-A-HU, V. To be sullen ; umvilling 

to do a thing ordered. 
A-HU-A-HU, a<:Z I". Unwillingly; fretfully. 
A-HU-A-LA-LA, V. To He slain, as many 

bodies slain in battle ; aia hoi, e ahualala 

kukui ana ka heana, behold, they were 

dead bodies fallen to the earth. 2 Oihl. 

20:24. 
A-HU-A-WA, s. A species of strong rush 

of which cords are made ; the leaves are 

made into hats. 

2. ^The name of the cord itself ; mai hoka 

au i ke ahuaica. 
A-HU-E, V. See Hue, to lie. To steal; 

to take without liberty. See Aihue. 
2. To double up ; to turn up, as a piece 

of kapa or pa])er. 
A-HU-i, s. A bunch or cluster of fniit, 

as bananas, grapes, or hala. 
A-Hu-i-Li, V. To lie sick ; to be weak ; 

e ahu'iU auanei ka poe hooko i ka eha. 
A-HU-i-WAi-NA, s. Ahui, a cluster, and 

waina, grapes. A bunch ,or cluster of 

grapes. Hoik. 14:18. 
A-HU-Mo-E-NA, s. A figured, fine mat, 

or a fine mat of small figures of different 

colors. Laie'ik. 112. 
A-HU-u-A, s. A heap ; a pile ; a collec- 
tion of things ; he ahuua waiwai. he ahuua 

kiekie, a pile of goods, a high heap. 
A-HU-U-A, V. To heap up; to put in 

heaps ; ke ahuua mai la. »See Anr. 
A-HU-u-LA, s. Aku, a garment, and ula, 

red. 

1. A red feathered cloak ; a cloak made 
of the feathers of the 00 and the red feath- 
ers of the iiwi. worn by kings aifd high 
chiefs; a gorgeous dress, laieik. 112. 

2. A kind of fish net ; ka upeua puni, a 
haku a maikai. ^ 

A-HU-Hi-xA-Lo, 5. A garment or cloth 
made of the hala leaf. 

A-HU-KU, V. To stone ; to bury with 
stones or other missiles ; e hailuku, e hoo- 
nou. e hooulua. 

A-Hu-LAU, s. A pestilence among men. 
Hub. 3:5. A muiruiu among cattle. Puk. 
9:3. A sickness like a pestilence. Note.-- 
The most destructive raged while Kame- 
hameha lived the first time at Oahu ; Ka- 
mehameha himself was attacked, but re- 
covered. Thousands were swept oflf by it 
at that time : probably in 1804. 

A-HU-LAU, adj. Epidemic; pestilential; 
mai ahnhiu, a pesiilence. Oihk. 26:2.5. 

A-HU-LAU, V. To have -the pestilence ; 
to die with it ; ua ahulau ae la na kanaka 
i ka make. 

A-HU-Li-u, adj. Heated hot, as stones 
in the oven ; heated to whiteness : ahullu 
ka imu, the oven is exceedingly hot. 



AKA 



40 



AKA 



A-HU-LU, V. To be overdone, as food 
cooked too much ; ua ahidu loa ka umii ai, 
ua ulaula ka ai. to be too hot. 

A-HU-LU, adj. Overdone, as food; baked 
too much ; cooked hard. 

2. Spoiled, as eggs, or medicines Iby long 
lying. 

3. Unnatural in appearance ; dirty ; de- 
fective ; ua ahulu ke kai, i. e., dirty or 
green, not blue and clear. 

A-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. A species of small, 

red fish ; some kind of mechanical tool ; 

koi ahuluhulu. 
A-HU-NA-Lii, s. A small chief. 
A-HU-NA-Lii, adj. A colored kapa; he 

mamaki ahunalli, he mamaki i hooluuia, a 

colored mamaki kapa. 
A-HU-PA-WE-HE, s. Aku, mat, and pa- 

loehe. Name of a kind of striped mat made 

on Niihau ; he ahupaioehe no Niihau. 
A-HU-pu-AA, s. Aku, collection, and 

puaa, hog. 

1. Name^of one of the smaller divisions 
of a country, made up of several ili, and 
under the care of a head man ; a hog paid 
the tax of that district to the king. He 
akupuaa o Wailuku ; o na aina maloko o 
Wailuku, he ili, he moo. 

2. A city ; a village ; a settlement, as 
the capital of said ahupuaa. 

A-HU-WAi-WAi, adj. Aku, collection, and 
loaiwai, property. The property of a treas- 
ury 5 belonging to a place for storing 
property. Oihl. 9:26. Hale akuwaiwai, a 
store-house. 

A-Hu-WA-LE, V. To be in plain sight, 
as a»hill, or a house on a hill. 

A-KA, A particle set before verbs to ex- 
press carefulness, regularity of proceed- 
ing, &c. ; as, akaAxele, go carefully ; aka 
holo, sail or run slowly ; aka hana, work 
carefully ; aka noho, sit quietly. 

A-KA, conj. But; if not; on the other 
hand. The word is generally used to ex- 
press strong opposition of idea. 

A-KA, s. The shadow of a person ; the 
figure or outline of a thing ; a similitude 
or likeness. iVaA. 12:8. Note. — The shade 
of a tree or house is malu. 

2. The dawn or light of the moon before 
rising. 

3. The knuckle joints; the protuberances 
of the ankle joints ; the joints of the back- 
bone. 

4. Fig. A shadoAv ; frailty : impotence. 
Isa. 30:2. 

A-KA, V. To light up, as the moon be- 
fore rising; ua aha ka mahina? kokokc; 
puka, ua aka mai la, how is the moon ? it 
is near rising, it lights up. 
2. To go up and down, as on a hilly , 



road. (See No. 2 above, joints of the back- 
bone.) 

3. To be split or peeled up, as the bark 
of a tree. 

4. To be jg)rn oif, as the kaupaku of a 
house ; ua aka ke kaupaku o ka hale. 

A-KA, V. To laugh ; to deride ; i ko'u 
noouoo ana i keia kumu manao, ua aka 
iki mai no ka pono, in thinking of this 
composition, I smiled at its correctness. 
(The 13th conj., akaaka,\s more generally 
used.) 

A-KAA, V. To break open, as a seal. 
Hoik. 5:2. To tear or take up, as a mat. 

A-KAA, adj. Anything broken up ; not 
cohering ; he akaa wale, he pipili ole. 

A-KA-A-KA, V. See Aka, to laugh. To 
laugh; to laugh at. SolAid. Jioo. To cause 
to laugh ; to have joy. Kin. 21:6. 

A-KA-A-KA, s. Laughter ; exhilaration 
of spirits. Hal 126:2. 

A-KAA-KAA, V. See Akaa, to break up. 

To fall off, as the old thatching of a house. 

2. To break up, as the roof or sides of a 

house ; ua akaakaaia e ka mea kolohe, it 

was pulled off by some mischievous one. 

A-KAA-KAA, s. The falling off of the 
scarf-skin after a course of drinking awa. 

Ua mahuna i ka awa, 

Ua akankaa ka ili, 

He puahilohilo ke kua i ka lepo, 

Ua akaakaa. 

A-KAA-KAA, adj. Poor; destitute. 
A-KAA-KAi, s. Bulrushes out of which 

mats and bags are made. 

2. Onions have taken the same name 

from the similarity of the tops. Nah. 11:5. 
A-KA-i-Ki, V. Aka, to laugh, and iki, a 

little. 

1. To be pleased ; to smile ; to be grat- 
ified on receiving a favor ; aka'iki lakou 
me ka olioli no ka loaa o ko lakou waiwai, 
they smiled with pleasure on obtaining 
their property. 

2. To laugh in one^s sleeve ; to laugh 
secretly ; na hoa nohoi i kani ai ka akaikl 
i ua wahi la, the companions also chuckled 
at us in that place. 

3. To sneer at. See Akaaka. 
A-KA-i-Ki, s. A rejoicing in consequence 

of hope ; desire in proportion to the pros- 
pect of receiving a thing. 

A-KA-oo, s. Aka, shadow, and oo, ripe. 
A full grown shadow: applied to a person 
who is close, hard or stingy. 

A-KA-o-LE-LO, V. Aka and olelo. To 
speak cautiously ; to speak deliberately, 
advisedly. 

A-KAu, adj. The right ; on the right ; 
lima akau, the right hand ; ma ka aoao 
akau, on the right "side. In geography, the 
person is supposed to stand with his face 



AKA 



41 



AKE 



to 



the west ; hence the right hand is to- ] A-KA-KA, adj. Rent ; torn ; dead. See 



wards the north, and his left to the south. | 
Aoao akau, north side ; aoao hema. south 
side ; welau dkan, north pole, &c. 

A-KA-HA, s. Name of a tree. One spe- 
cies has long leaves and grows inland; one 
species by the sea. It is a hard tree, like 
the uwea ; also called ekaha. 

A-KA-HAi, V. Aka, with care, and hai, 
to speak. To be tender of heart ; meek. 
2 Nal. 22:19. 

A-KA-HAI, s. Aka, with care, and hai, 
to speak. ,Afcekness: modesty; gentleness. 
Xnli. 12:.'j. r<»(* nkdlud, the meek. Zep. 2:3. 

A-KA-HAI, adj. Modest ; gentle, &c, 
Sol. 1;5:1. Soft in speech. 

A-KA-HE-LE, V. See Aka and Hele, to 
go. To go slo\vly or moderately in doing 
a thing ; to go carefully ; the opposite of 
hikiwaioe. E hikiwawe mai i ka lohe, e 
akahele hoi i ka olelo, be quick to hear, 
but slow to speak. Used also imperatively j 
beware ; be cautious ; e akahele ka pepehi 
mai oukou i ke akua. beware of your 
striking the god ; e akahele ka huhu. mai 
hikiwawe, be slow to anger, not quick. 

A-ka-he-ne-he-ne, v. Aka, to laugh, 
and henehene, to ridicule. To laugh to 
scorn ; to laugh in derision or mockery. 
JVe/t. 2:19. 

A-ka-hi, s. The number one ; root, kaki. 

A-KA-Hi, adv. One ; once ; just now ; 
exprtjssive of greatness or superiority. 
Emphatically, akahi no au i lohe i ka he- 
kili, once liave 1 heard it thunder, i. e., 
thunder loudly ; akahi no au i ike i ka 
ino, once have I witnessed a storm, i. e.. 
never so great a one before. 

A-KA-Hi-A-KA-Hi, ddv. LiT. Once by 
once : of little experience ; a novice. 1 
Tim. 3:6. Aole ka mea akahiakahi e holo 
i ka ino o make auanei i ka moana a pae 

. kupapau aku i Lanai, let not the inexpe- 
rienced sail out in a storm lest he die in 
the ocean and his dead body float ashore 
on Lanai. 
A-KA-KA, V. To be plain ; to be clear, 
as a thought or the expression of an idea ; 
to be distinct, intelligible, as language. 

2. To be clear, transparent, as glass. 
Hoik. 22:1 ; Anal. 2. Clear, as a liquid. 

3. IIoo. To make plain ; to expound, de- 
monstrate ; to bring to light. 

4. To set up boundary lines. 

A-KA-KA, adj. Clear, as water. 

2. Lucid ; bright, as the moon. 

3. Certain ; distinct ; transparent ; he 
akaka. kokoke like me ke aniani kona 
akaka ana, clear, almost like glass. 

A-KA-KA, adv. ilA^aA'a loa, very plainly; 
very clearly. loan. 10:24. 



Nak^vka. 

A-KA-KA-LA-Ni, s. Poetical for akalani. 

A heaven of light ; a great light ; the 

heavens much lighted; he akakalani no ka 

Uhane Ilemolele. Mel. Creat. 

A-KA-KA-NE, s. Name of a small bird 

found in the mountains. 
A-KA-KE, adj. Spry; light, as one walk- 
ing or running ; not loaded ; he akake no 
kau. you are spry, quick at walking. 
A-KA-Ki-wi, V. To set up on the edge. 
A-KA-KU, V. To cease ; to abate ; to 
grow calm, as wind, rain, surf, anger ; ua 
aknku mai ka makani, the wind has abated; 
ua akaka mai ka ua ; akaku mai ka ino o 
ke kaikoo ; to be gentle ; quiet. 
A-KA-KU, s. A subsiding of a stonn, 
wind, &c. 

2. A delirium; a trance. Oih. 10:10. 
An ecstasy ; vision. 2 Oihl. 26:5. He moe 
uhane. iioo. A vision. Oih. 26:19. 
A-KA-KU, adj. Gentle, &c. Tit. 3:2. 
A-KA-Kuu, V. To be settled ; calmed ; 
quieted ; appeased ; ua akakuu mai ka 
huhu ke alii i na kanaka, the anger of 
the chief towards the people is appeased ; 
ua akakuu mai ke alii, aole inu rama hou, 
the mind of the chief is settled, he will 
drink no more rum. 
A-KA-KUU, adj. Gentle ; quiet ; kind ; 

calm. Tit. 3:2. 
A-KA-LA, s. A berry, something like a 

strawberry ; a raspberry. 
A-KA-LA, s. A kind of cloth, e like me 

ka lole alaihi. 
A-KA-LA, s. The end of a house. See 

Kala. 
A-KA-LAU. See Kus'oakalau and Wai- 
lua. a ghost that appears to some people, 
but not to others. 
A-ka-lei, s. See Lei. A lei worn on 

the neck. 
A-ka-la-ni, s. See Akakalani above. 

A heavenly shadow : a splendid light. 
A-KA-MAi, f. To be wise ; makemake 
au e akamai oukou a pan, I wish that you 
may all become wi.«e ; mostly used in the 
causative. Hoo. To be or become wise ; 
to make wise : skillful. Sol. 3:7. To think 
one's self wise. 
A-KA-MAI, s. Wisdom ; skill ; ingenu- 
ity. 7/oo. Exhibiting wisdom. 1 Kor. 2:1. 
A-KA-MAI, adj. Wise; skillful; ingeni- 
ous : expert ; sagacious ; learned ; akamai 
ma ka naau. Puk. 28:3. 

A-KE, V. To desire. Nah. 23:10. To 
wish for a thing ; ake nui no lakou e haule 
ka ua. they greatly desired that rain should 
fall ; to pant after : ake nui kahi poe i ka 



AKE 



42 



AKI 



waiwai, certain people greatly desire prop- 
erty : to wish to do a thiug ; ake no na 
karaalii e paaui ; to be willing ; ake no na 
kanaka i ka hewa. 

A-KE, V. To blab; to tattle ; to prate; 
to slander ; tell lies ; e wahahee ; e imi 
liala ; to go about talking nonsense. 

A-KE, s. A lie; a falsehood; a slan- 
derous report of one ; noho o Laliainaluna 
i ke ake, the people of Lahainaluna live 
under slanderous reports. 

A-KE, s. The liver of an animal. Puk. 
29:13. Akepaa, same. 

A-KE is a general name for several in- 
ternal organs, qualified by different terms; 
see below. 

A-KE -A, adj. Broad ; spacious ; open ; 
not crowded; public; ua kaawale ka hale, 
ua akea oloko. 

A-KE-A, adv. Openly ; publicly ; ua 
hana akea ia, it was done publicly. 

A-KE-A, V. To be broad or wide, as a 
land. 

2. To be separate, as different things, a 
space being betv/een them ; ua akea ka 
aina. aole pilikia. Mostly used in the caus- 
ative sense. 

3. Hoo. To enlarge ; widen out. Isa. 
54:2. 

4. To make room for one, i. e., to set 
free from difficulty, and supply one's wants. 
Kanl 12:20. 

5. To enlarge one's heart. Isa. 60:8. To 
become generous. 

A-KE-A, s. A broad open space ; a place 
not concealed. 

A-KE-A-KA-MAi, s. Ake, desire, and dka- 
mai, skill. A lover of wisdom ; epithet of 
a philosopher. OiJi. 17:18. 

A-KE-A-KE, s. Name of a bird. 

A-KE-A-KE, adj. See Ake, to desire. 
Quick ; ready ; smart, especially to do a 
kindness; cheerful in entertaining stran- 
gers. 

A-KE-A-KE-A, V. To fade, as kapa or 
cloth colored ; to lose the color ; to fade 
out ; he akeakea ka ulaula, he ula akeakea 
ka palapala, the red is faded out, a faded 
red is the printing. 

A-KEU-KEU, adj. Active; ready; skill- 
ful ; receiving kindly one's friends. Syn. 
v/itli he mikimiki. he oleole. See Akeake. 

A-KE-KE, s. A singular little animal of 
the sea. 

2. A small quantity of dust ; aole nui o 
ka lepo. 

A-KE-KE, ) s^ A species of bird. See 

A~KE-KE-KE, ) KekK. 

A-KE-KEE, s. Name of a Uttle brown 
bird resembling the wren found on the 
mountain of Waialeale on Kauai ; it was 



formerly worshipped by the natives as the 

god of the mountain. 
A-KE-LE-KE-LE, s. An escape from great 

danger, as a person in a canoe in a storm ; 

he akelekele wale no ka pakele, mai make. 
A-KE-LOA, ) s. Ake, liver, and loa, 
A-KE-NI-AU, ) long. The spleen. 
A-KE-MA-KA-Ni, s. The lungs. See Ake- 

MAMA. 

A-KE-MA-MA, ) s. Ake, liver, and. 

A-KE-PA-HOO-LA, ) mama, light. The 
lungs ; the lights ; oia ke ake e hanu ai, 
that is the lungs by which Ave breathe. 

A-KE-NA, V. To be proud; boasting; to 
be high minded ; proud of some favor re- 
ceived ; ua akena mai o Poki i na mea 
pono ke Akua ana i ike ai, Poki was 
boasting of the favors which God had per- 
mitted him to see ; akena ia ia iho, to boast 
of one's self; to behave boastingly, as in 
war, joined with singing. 

A-KE-NA, adc. Proudly; loftily; boast- 
ingly. 

A-KE-NA, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; feel- 
ing of superiority over others. 

A-KE-NA-KE-NA. An intensive of the 
foregoing in all its meanings. 

A-KE-NI-AU, s. See Ake loa above. The 
spleen. 

A-KE -PA, s. The name of a bird. 
2. A sprightly, active man. 

A-KE -PA, adj. Sprightly; active; turn- 
ing this way and that. 

A-KE-PA-KE-PA, V. To Stand up every 
w^ay, as uncombed hair ; akepakepa mai la 
na ia ma ke opi a pau, the fish were cut 
cross ways and every way. 

A-KE-PAA, s. The liver. Oihh. 3:4. 

A-KE-PAA-Ho-o-LA, s. The lights, &c. 
See Akkmama. 

A-KE-Ri-DA, s. Heb. Uhini akerida, a 
grasshopper. Oihk. 11:22. 

A-Ki, V. To bite ; to bite in two, as a 
thread ; to bite, as in peeling sugar-cane 
or cocoanut ; e aki i ke ko, e aki i ka niu. 

2. To backbite : to speak reproachfully 
of one behind him; to taunt. Ezek. 5:15. 

3. To spread false reports ; aki wahahee, 
e ake e hewa ka mea hewa ole ; to slander. 
Hal. 50:20. Note. — Some of the meanings 
of aki are similar to ake. This verb has 
various forms ; as, aki, aaki, aaaki, aki- 
aki, which see in their places. 

A-Ki, V. To begin to heal or scar over, 

as a wound. 

2. To lop or double down, as the top of 

a sail when there is much wind ; aki ko 

oukou pea ; from aki, locks of hair. &c. ; 

see below. 
A-KI, s. Locks of hair left behind the 



AKI 



43 



AKO 



head, while all above is shorn off; he laii- 

oho akl loloa mahope ; ka aki lauoho pu- 

puni waiwai. 

2. Backbiting ; speaking ill of another. 
A-Ki, s. The stools on which canoes 

are placed when standing on shore. 
A-Ki, adj. Backbiting ; reviling. Rom. 

1:30. 
A-KI, s. A disease ; the headache. 
A-Ki-A, s. Name of an intoxicating 

shrub ; its qualities are like the aiduihu : 

it is also called haakea. The bark is used 

to poison fish in fresh water as auhuhu is 

in salt. 
A-Ki-A-HA-LA, s. Name of a tree ; also 

called puahanvi. 
A-Ki-A-Ki, i\ See Aki. To bite in two 

repeatedly. 

2. To take away by little and little. 

3. To nibble, as a fish at a hook, 

4. To pilfer ; he aihue liilii. 
A-Ki-A-Ki, s. A backbiter; a re viler ; a 

slanderer. 1 Ivor. 6:10. 

A-Ki-A-Ki, 5. A disease ; the dog colic. 

A-KI-A-KI, s. Name of a species of sea- 
weed adhering to the rocks ; it is eaten for 
food. 

A-Ki-o-HA-LA, s. Name of a plant ; the 
marshraallows ; the same perhaps as alda- 
hala above. 

A-Ki-u, adv. Used in a prayer as fol- 
lows : Akele akiu kelekele ak'm, kau aku 
ak'm iluna ke kau lua he wai akane, &c. 

A-Ki-u-Ki-u, V. See Kiu. To act the 
part of a spy ; to search into : to penetrate. 

A-Ki-u-Ki-u, adj. Searching; penetrat- 
ing ; a me ka makani akiukm kipe pua 
hala Puakei, the searching wind pelting 
the hala blossoms of Puakei. 

A-Ki-Hi-A-LO-A, s. Name of a small yel- 
low bird ; o ka akihkdoa, he manu hulu 
lenalena. 

A-Ki-Hi-po-LE-NA, s. Name of a small 
bird with red feathers. 

A-Ki-Hoo-LA-NA, s. Aki, stools for canoes, 
and hoolana, to float. A dry dock ; ka 
hana ana i ka akihoolana i ke awao Hono- 
lulu, building a dry dock in the harbor of 
Honolulu. 

A-Ki-Ki, s. A dwarf; a person of full 
age. but a child iu size ; he keiki kahiko. 
aole nui. 

A-Kii-Kii, s. Name of a round fish net 
to catch the pahuhu in ; he upena aklikii. 

A-Ki-Lou, s. Aki, to bite, and lou, a 
hook. A hook biter, that is, a thief. 
NoTK. — Thieves formerly supplied them- 
selves with hooked rods to assist in ob- 
taining articles of property ; hence akUou. 
to apply the hook, was to steal. 



A-Ki-Lou, V. Aki and lou, to bend over. 

To eat secretly the food of another. 
A-Ki-Lo-Lo, s. The name of a fish ; a 

species of small Msh. 
A-Ko, V. To cut, as with scissors ; to 

cut. clip off; to crop off. £zek. 17:-1. 

2. To pluck, as flowers or fruit. Hal. 
80:12. To shear, as sheep. Kin. 31:19. 
To cut off, as hair. ler. 7:29. Ua ako ia 
ka lauoho ; ua ako ia i ka hulu o ka hipa : 
ua akoia ka lau o ka nalu i ka makani. 

3. To clip off, as the wind the top of the 
surf 

A-Ko, V. To thatch ; to cover a house 

with thatch ; ua akoia ka hale. 
A;Ko, s. The art of thatching ; ua pau 

ka hale i ke ako ; mea ako hale, a house 

thatcher : mea ako hipa, a sheep shearer. 
A-Ko, s. Name of a disease of females 

of bad character ; he ako na wahine hana 

hewa ; he ako ka mai o na wahine hana 

hewa. 
A-Ko-A, s. Kapa of a snuff color; so 

named from the dye made of the akoa tree; 

he kapa i kuku ia ma ka akoa ; he paupau 

akoa. 
A-Ko-A-Ko, V. See Ako. To move, as 

the lips in speaking to one's self 1 Sam. 

1:13. 

2. To itch in the throat before coughing; 
akahi no ka akoako o kuu puu no ka raa- 
neo, uncommon is the tickling of my throat 
on account of itching. 

3. To have a hacking cough in the throat. 
A-Ko-A-KO, V. Akoako ka ale, to swell 

up, as a wave just before breaking ; kuku 
ka lili ka nalu. 
A-KO-A-Ko-A, V. To assemble, as people 
for business. 

2. To collect together what is separated; 
ua akoakoa na kanaka ma ka hale pule, 
the people are assembled at the meeting 
house. IIoo. To gather together, as men. 
Kin. 34:30. 

3. To collect together, as waters. Puk. 
15:8. To come together again, as a dis- 
persed people. Kanl 30:3. E hoouluula 
ae ma kahi hookahi. 

A-KO-A-KO-A, 0^/. Assembled; collected. 
A-Ko-A-KO-A, adv. Collectively, in heaps; 

e waiho akoakoa. to lay down in heaps. 2 

Oihl. 31:6. 
A-Ko-A-KO-A, s. The horned coral. 

2. Coral generally. Ezek. 27:16. 

3. A precious stone. lob. 28:18. 
A-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. Name of a small 

bird making its nest on the ground. 
A-KO-LA, I'. To triumph over the ills 
or misfortunes of another. Hal. 94:3. To 
triumph, as over an enemy : hooakola mai 
oia ia lakoa me ka oleic ana, akoia! he 



AKU 



44 



AKU 



triumphed over them, exclaiming hurrah ! 
akola! pakele mai nei no au, well done! 
I have just escaped. See Aikola. Ilonai- 
kola is another form. 

A-Ko-LA, int. An exclamation of tri- 
umph of any kind; a word of contempt 
for not gettinpf a thing, or for losing. 

A-Ko-LA, s. Name of a fruit found on 
Hawaii. 

A-Ko-LE, V. See Kole. To make or 
render one's self poor. Syn. with e hooili- 
hune, e hoowaiwai ole. 

A-Ko-LE, adj. Poor, in consequence of 
squandering one's property. 

A-KO-LE-A, s. Name of a species of 
shrub, grass, or fern. 

A-Ko-LO, adv. A cant word, expressive 
of contempt. 

A-Ko-Lo, V. A for aa, and kolo to run. 
To run into small roots, as potatoes, and 
bear no fruit. 

A-Ko-Lo, adj. Running and branching, 
as roots of plants ; good above and small 
below. Syn. with aakolo, he kolo pu. 

A-KO-LOA, s. A species of fern. 

A-KO-LU, adj. num. See Kolu. Three; 
the number three ; also written ekolu. 

A-KU, V. To follow. 

A-KU. A verbal directive. See Gram. ^ 
233, 2, and § 236. In Hawaiian, the mo- 
tion or action of verbs is supposed to be 
towards one {mai,) or from one (aku,) or 
upwards (ae,) or downwards {iho.) or side- 
ways, which is also ae. Aku is mostly 
connected with verbs, sometimes with 
nouns and adverbs ; it implies motion or 
tendency /rom one, onward, &c.; as, e hele 
aku, to go off, go from one ; the opposite 
of e hele mai, to come towards one. In 
narrative tenses the verbal directives are 
generally followed by the syllable la ; as, 
hele aku la oia, he went off; noho iho la 
la, he sat down, or he dwelt. 

A-KU, s. Name of a species of fish, 
smooth, round ; the bonito ; the name of 
one of the two fish that accompanied Pili 
in his voyage to these islands; aku helped 
paddle (haluku) the canoe, and opelu 
calmed the winds when too strong. D. 
Malo 4:13. See Opelu. 

A-KU, adj. Clear; unclouded; spoken 
of the moon when fully up ; he aku ka 
mahina, the moon is clear. 

A-KU-A, s. Among Hawaiians, formerly, 
the name of any supernatural being, the 
object of fear or worship ; a god. The 
term, on the visit of foreigners, was ap- 
plied to artificial objects, the nature or 
properties of which Hawaiians did not un- 
derstand, as the movement of a watch, a 
compass, the self-striking of a clock, &c. 



At present, the word Akua is used for the 
true God, the Deity, the object of love and 
obedience as well as fear. 

2. The name of the night when the moon 
was perfectly full ; a akaka loa o ia poe- 
poe ana, o Akua ia po ; hence it would 
seem that the ancient idea of an Akua era- 
braced something incomprehensible, pow- 
erful, and yet complete, full orbed. The 
names of the four principal gods of the 
Hawaiians were Ku, Lono, Kane, and 
Kanaloa. 

A-KU-A-AU-MA-KU-A, s. Akua, au, time, 
and makua, parent. The ancestors of those 
who died long ago, and who have become 
gods ; the spirits of former heroes. 

A-KU-A-u-LU, s. Akua, god, and ulu, to 
inspire. The god which came upon one 
and inspired him to speak ; the god of in- 
spiration. 

A-Ku-A-HAi-A-Mio, s. Akua, god, kai, to 
speak, and amio, to be silent. A god 
speaking silently. 

A-KU-A-HA-NAi, s. Akua, god, and ha- 
nai, to feed. 

1. The god that fed poison to people; 
the god of poison ; hence, 

2. Poison itself; he akuahanai ka rama, 
rum is a poisonous god, a he moonihoawa 
ka aie, and a poison toothed lizard (ser- 
pent) is going into debt. 

A-KU-A-Hoo-u-NA-u-NA, s. Akua, god, 
and hoouna, to send. A class of gods who 
were sent on errands like Mercury of the 
Greeks ; the names of some of them were 
Keawenuikauohilo, Kapo, Kapua, Kama- 
kukou, and many others. 

A-Ku-A-Kii, s. Akua, god, and Hi, an 
image. 

1. The god represented by an image; 
hence, 

2. An idol ; a god made. Oihk. 26:1 ; 
Isa. 31:7. 

A-KU-A-KU, adv. Up and down, as an 
uneven road ; having the form of stairs ; 
he ala akuaku. 

A-KU-A-KU, adv. Sailing, as over a rough 
sea, or traveling over a rough road ; hele 
akuaku ma ke ala ; holo akuaku ka moku ; 
with one end up, then down. 

A-KU-A-KU, s. A species of rush. 

A-KU-A-KU, adj. Done in a hurry; there- 
fore, badly done ; he akuaku iho kou, you 
were in a great hurry ; he akuaku kana 
hana, his work is badly done. 

A-KU-A-LA-PU, s. Akua, god, and lapu, 
a ghost. A ghost ; a spectre ; an appari- 
tion ; an evil spirit. Note. — According to 
the old people, the poe akualapu were the 
spirits of deceased persons seen in the 
night about burying and other places for 
the purpose of frightening people. 



ALA 



A-Ku-A-LE-LE, s. Akua, god, and lele, 
to fly. A meteor; an ignis fatims. Note. — 
When the Hawaiians were first shown the 
representation or imaginary picture of an 
angel, they at once called it an akualele, a 
flying god. 

A-KU-A-NO-Ho, s. Name of a class of 
gods supposed to be the spirits of men de- 
ceased ; they were supposed to dwell with, 
or be over men as guardians. 

A-Ku-E, s. A short, low woman ; he 
wahine poupou. 

A-KU-i-KU-i, V. See Kui, to strike. To 
strike often, as with a stick in order to 
drive fish into a net. 

A-KU-i-KU-i, s. Name of a particular 
fish net. See AKiiKcr above. Also, the 
name of the stick used to drive fish into 
the hiiJcui. 

A-KU-HE, V. To be black, blue or dark 
colored. See Kukuuk. 

A-KU-KA-Pi-HE, s. The juice of the tree 
called koko, used among Hawaiians as a 
cathartic. 

A-KU-KU, s. The standing up of water 
wlien wind and current are opposite ; me 
he akuku nalu la i poi iloko o ka malama 
Kaulua. Laidk. Ifi7. 

A-KU-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

A-Ku-LE, s. An epithet of an aged per- 
son ; an old man or woman. See Elema- 

KlIJE. 

A-Ku-Li, V. To collect in a stream of 
water, as leaves, blossoms, «S:c. 
_ 2. To dam up the water by such collec- 
tion ; ua akidi ka wai. a ua halana ; a ua 
akidi ka lau o ka laau iloko o ka wai. 

Akuli ka pua o ka laau i ka wai, 

Lulana ahu i ka ae waililua, 

He wai hoopaa ia nolaila 

No ua 'kua la, o Maua, o Limaloa. 

A-KU-Li-KU-Li, s. A kind of water herb, 
perhaps purslain ; he mea ulu ma ka aina, 
ma na aliali. a he papapa kekahi inoa. 

A-KU-LU, s. A species of color or colors; 
he akulu moe wai, a eleele uliuli. 

A-KU-LU, s. Name of a species of fish. 

A-KU-MU, adj. Broken or cut off till 
very short ; applied to anything cut or 
broken otf piece by piece, as a pen in 
mending, or a pencil in sharpening. 

A-LA, V. To wake from sleep ; to watch, 
1. e., to keep from sleep. 

2. To rise up, as from a sleeping pos- 
ture ; e hikilele oia ma ka hiamoe ana. 
Puk. 10:23. Ala ku e, to rise up against 
one. Puk. 15:7. 

3. To rise up. as a new generation of 
people ; to come forward. Lunk. 2:10. 

4. Eoo. To cause one to rise : to lift up ; 
to rise from the dead. 



^5 ALA 

5. To raise up ; excite to action 
up, as the mind. 2 Pet. 3:1. 



to stir 



6. To stir up ; excite to evil. Pak.2Z:l. ' 

7. To raise up, as a deliverer or bene- 
factor. Lunk. 3:9. 

8. To repair, as a broken down wall. 
Keh. 3:4. 

A-LA, r. To anoint; to dress a sore or 
a limb. 2 Sam. 19:24. 

A-LA, V. A round, smooth stone; a 
pebble, such as has been worn by the 
water ; he pohaku maloko o ka muliwai. 
1 Sam. 17:iO and 49. Ala o ka maa, a sling 
stone. Zek. 9:15. 

A-LA, s. A path; way; road; often 
alamd, great road ; it is used in some 
places as synonymous with kuamoo ; he 
kahi e hele ai ; kuu aku ana keia i ke ala ; 
po oloko i ke ala. Laidk. 02. 

A-LA, adj. Round or oval, as a smooth 
stone or bullet ; hence, heavy ; kaumaha, 
e like me ka ala o kahawai, heavy, as a 
smooth stone in a water course. See Ala, 
a round, smooth stone. 

A-LA, adj. Spicy; perfumed; aromatic. 

A-LA, adj. Fair eyed, but blind ; ala 
ka maka, e like me ko ka elemakule, dim 
sighted, as an old person. 

A-LA, s. A variety of kalo, tough and 
stringy. 

A-LA-A, V. To work with the oo in 
cultivating or digging off green sward. 

A-LA-A, s. A kind of tree. 

A-LA- A-LA, s. Ala, round, &c, A scrof- 
ulous sore ; an ulcer, particularly on the 
neck : the ringworm ; poha ka alaala me 
kukae uli. 

A-LA-A-LA, s. A soft substance in the 
squid used for bait in fishing ; he alaalahee. 

2. Soft, flabby flesh ; soft and tough, as 
some kinds of food. 

3. The name of potatoes that grow on 
the leaf of the potato. 

A-LA-A-LA, adj. Scrofulous. 

A-LA-A-LAE, adj. Hard, or half cooked, 

as kalo ; aohe maneo, moa puehuehu, he 

maneo ia. 

Ku i Hawaii ke one, 

Alaatae ke one, 

He pehu ka mai. he liki ka lau. 

A-LA-A-LAi, s. Name of a bird. 

A-LA-A-LAi, s. The name of a kalo 
patch formed by bending down the rushes 
and covering them with dirt and irrigating 
it: hence 

A-LA-A-LAI, s. Argillaceous earth. 

A-LA-A-LA-HEE, s. The spawn or black 
substance found in the squid. See Ai.a- 
Ai^. He alaalahee me kahi kukui inamona, 
the spawn of the squid with kukui nut^ as 
a relish. 



ALA 



46 



ALA 



A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, s. A plant with small 
yellow blossoms ; called also uhola, a spe- 
cies of useless shrub ; auhea o mea? aia i 
kula i ka alaalapuloa, i. e., gone on a wild 
goose chase, or on a fooPs errand. 

A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, s. The name of a 
species of fish of the squid kind ; he alaala- 
puloa me ka wekaweka no. 

A-LA-A-LA-WA, V. The compound, fre- 
quentative, poetical form of aZawa; to look 
frequently one way and the other, as in 
fear of being seen ; alaalawa ka maka o 
ka aihue, alaalawa na maka me he pueo 
la, the eyes of the thief look this way and 
that, they look here and there like an owl. 

A-LA-A-LA-wAi-NUi, s. Name of a large 
tree whose fruit is used in dying. 

A-LA-A-LA-WAi-Nui, s. Name of a small 
plant growing in stony places; he a ahi 
ulu liilii ma ke ahu pohaku. 

A-LA-A-MAO-MAO, s. Name of a god of 
the winds ; ihe Eolus of the Hawaiian 
Islands. 

Huai mai ka ipu makani, 
Alaamaomao ke akua makani. 

A-LA-A-PA-PA, s. The name of a kmd 
of dance ; he alaapapa kahi hula. 

A-LA-A-PA-PA, V. To disclose to an- 
other what one has said of his character. 

A-LAE, s. Name of a bird with a red 
skin on the upper part of its bill ; oia ka 
mea (o Mauiakalani) nana i imi i ke ahi, a 
loaa i ka atoe,he it v/as (Mauiakalani) who 
being in search of fire, found the alae; 
alae, he moa eleele loa, a very black fowl. 
The alae was formerly worshipped as a 
god, especially the alae keokeo, the white 
alae. 

A-LA-EA, s. Red dirt ; a kind of Span- 
ish brown dug from the earth. 

2. Any red coloring matter ; red ochre. 
Isa. 44:13. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Relating to the practice 
of the priest offering the yearly sacrifice ; 
hele mai ke kahuna alaea me ke kanaka, 
nana e lawe ka ipu alaea. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Red, as the flesh of the 
fish aku and ahi. See foregoing. Huki 
koke ka io alaea a me na io a pau ; name 
of a muscle. A7iat. 50. 

A-LA-EA, s. The fore part of the thigh. 

A-LA-EA, s. A family, tribe or clan. 
2. The descendants of servants ; the de- 
scendants of Keopuolani are the alaea of 
Nahicnaena. 

A-LA-E-LA, adv. Poetic for aia la, there 
it is. 

A-LAi, V. To obstruct; to hinder one 
in any way ; ua alai ia e ka hilahila a hiki 
ole ke pane aku. he or she was hindered 
by shame and could not answer. Laieik. 



127. To block up a door or passage by 
sitting down in it. 

2. To form a circle round one for his 
defense in danger. 

3. To defend ; oppose one. 

4. To be so thronged as not to see out. 
Note. — The doable form, alalal. is more 
generally used. Ua alai ia, ua paapu loa, 
aole ike aku kahi mea, he was thronged 
thickly, he could not see out. 

A-LAi-A, s. A small, thin surf board. 

A-LA-i-Hi, s. A species of small red fish. 
2. Name of a red cloth. 

A-LA-i-Ki, s. The practice of quartering 
in one's house or seizing one's property 
when a chief traveled with his people. 

A-LAi-LA, adv. Refers both to time and 
place ; there, when place is referred to ; 
then, when reference is made to time. Like 
many other adverbs, it is declinable with 
the simple prepositions. Gram. § 68 and 
§ 165, 2d. 

A-LA-o, s. Name of a class of heiaus. 

A-LA-o, s. The eating of the oopu or 
other fish raw, and even before dead ; ka 
alao mai no i na wahi oopu, a me na wahi 
opae. 

A-LA-ou. Ua like me alao. See the 
foregoing. 

A-LA-o-LO-Li, s. Ala, path, and ololi, 
narrow. A narrow path ; a lane, as of a 
city. 

A-LA-o-MA, V. To receive into the 
mouth ; to swallow greedily, as a fish the 
bait ; alaoma ka waha o ka oopu a me ke 
aholehole i ke koe; the mouths of the oopu 
and the aholehole greedily swallow the 
worm ; alaume momoni. 

A-LA-u, V. To knock with the knuckle 
on anything hard, as a board ; olou. 

A-LAU, s. Place where a wind is parted, 
as the east wind at Hana, Maui. 

A-LAU -A, V. To look upon one's self 
with admiration ; e alaua ana ia ia iho me 
ka manao ua nani oia. 

A-LAU-KA, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 
vileness ; the offscouring or dregs of soci- 
ety ; he hana inoino pupuka alauka. 

A-LA-U -KA, adj. Vile; bad; worthless; 
slovenly ; negligent ; pupuka. 

A-LA-u-LA, s. Ala, road, and ula, red. 

1. A streak of liglit, such as is seen after 
the setting and before the rising snn. Kin. 
32:24. Hence, 

2. The first dawn of the morning. Hal. 
46:5. The early dawn or first gleam of 
morning light. 2 Pet. 1:19. 

A-LA-u-LA, s. Red dust in a road ; the 
red dust of a pali ; red dnst generally. 

2. A kind of red chalk in which nothing 
will grow. 



ALA 



47 



ALA 



3. A kind of sea-weed, blackish ; a spe- 
cies of limu. 

A-LA-u-ME, V. See Alaoma. 

A-LAU-WA-Hio, s. A species of bird, 
small and yellow, ^ee IjAIwi. 

A-LA-HA-KA, s. Ala, a path, and haka, 
open. 

1. A ladder. Kin. 28:12. 

2. A rough road, with many ravines or 
chasms. LaieiJc. 71. 

A-LA-HEE, s. Name of a tree; a species 
of tree, very hard, of wliicli iiislnnnents 
were made to till the soil with ; o na oo 
mahiai i ka wa kaliiko. o ka uU'i a o ke 
(dahee, the diggers for farming in ancient 
times were mad(! of ulei and (ildlite. 

A-LA-Hii, s. A species of wood; bastard 
sandal-wood. 

2. A row or hem, as on a mat. 

A-LA-Hou-AN-A, 5. Ala, to rise, and hoii, 
again, and the participial termination ana. 
A rising again ; a rising from the dead. 
Oih. 24:15. A resurrection. 

A-LA-Ho-NU-A, s. The south-west direc- 
tion from Hilo ; ke ala ana i ka manawa 
i makemake ole ai ; o ke alahonua ana 
mamua, aole i hiki i ka manawa. 

A-LA-HU-LA, V. To break a certain 
kapu ; ua alahula kahi kapu, ua noa ke 
kanawai. 

2. Alahula Puuloa. he hele na Kaapahau. 

3. To make a road through one's house 
or farm b}^ constantly passing through 

it ; ua lilo i alanui hele man ma ia wahi. 

A-LA-HU-LA, s. A thoroughfare ; a path 
or place much frequented ; ua maa i ka 
ikeia, ua hele pinepine ia. 

2. A road made on a pali on which a 
stranger cannot go, only traveled by resi- 
dents. 

2. A place where it is necessary to swim 
past a cliff that intercepts the passage 
along the beach, as Elelu on Hawaii. 

A-LA-KAi, V. Ala, road, and kai, to lead. 

1. To lead along tlie path ; to guide or 
conduct one on a road. Puk. 13:17. 

2. To lead, as captives. 2 OiM. 6:36. 

3. To take, as a person, from one place 
to another. 2 Olid. 8:11. 

4. To lead, as an animal ; alakai ke ke- 
iki i ka puaa, the child h'ads the hog ; ua 
alakalia ka lio i ka pa. Hoo. To cause to 
lead. Ezek. 39:28. 

A-LA-KAI, s. Ala, path, and kai, the sea. 
He alakai ke alanui hulaana o ua pali, a 
path wliiM-e one must swim around a pro- 
jecting clitT or bluff. 

A-LA-KAI, s. Ala, road, and lai, to lead. 
A leader : conductor ; guide. Heb. 13:7. 

A-LA-KAI, adj. Large ; pot-bellied ;. 
plump. 



A-LA-KAi-MAU-NA, s. Alakai, guide, and 
raauna, mountain. A guide on the moun- 
tains and inland ; what a pilot is on board 
slii]). 

A-LA-KO, V. Ala, path, and ko, to drag 
along. 

1. To drag along the ground. 

2. To lead, as a criminal ; kindred with 
alakai. llal. 28:3. E kauo, e huki. 

3. To trail, as a gown in the dust ; he 
aloko mai i ka lepo, to drag in the dirt. 

4. To draw or infincnce one. llos. 11:4. 
A-LA-LA, s. Name of a bird ; a species 

of rav<Mi on Hawaii ; so named from its 
cry, resembling that of a child. LaleJk. 29. 

A-LA-LA, I'. To cry, as the young of 
animals. Mik. 1:8, 

A-LA-LA, s. The cry of young animals; 
a crying; wet-ping; a Ith-ating, crying, 
Ac, of flocks. 1 tiam. 15:14. The squeal- 
ing of hogs. Laieik. 17. 

A-LA-LA, s. A specie of potato with 
fruit on the leaves. See Alaala. 

A-LA-LAi, V. Ala, road, and lai. 

1. To hinder one from doing a thing. 

2. To obstruct one's road. lob. 19:8. 

3. To be in the way of another ; ua ala- 
lai mai oia i ko'u hele ana, he hindered me 
in my passage ; he keakea. 

A-LA-LAI, V. To consecrate; to render 
sacred by coming in contact with some 
sacred object. 

A-LA-LAU-WA, s. A species of small fish ; 
called so when small or young ; when 
larger or older they are called aiceoiceo. 

A-LA-LA-LA, I'. To spread out tobacco 
leaves over or before a fire to dry for use. 

A-LA-LE-HE, adj. Sick; weak; hungry, 
as a child ; he ukuhi ohemo na keiki, 
omino, alalehe. ka alalehe, ka uwe wale. 

A-LA-LO, s. A, jaw, and lalo, under. 
The lower jaw of men and animals ; the 
lower mandible of a bird. 

A-LA-LO-A, 5. Ala, path, and loa, long, 
a highway ; path, Ac. iSvN. with alanui. 
Nah. 20:17. 

A-LA-MA-A-wE-i-Ki, s. Ala, i^3.ih,jnaawe, 
any small substance, and iki. little. A 
small, narrow, indistinct path ; it is aj)- 
plied to the departure of the soul when one 
dies ; he is said to have gone along the 
alamamceiki, i. e., the untrodden path : he 
alaololi. 

A-LA-MA-KA-Hi-NU, s. Name of a stone 
at Maiao, fiat and shining ; applied to a 
disobedient child ; he alamakahinu i ke 
alii. 

A-LA-ME-A, V. To be too ripe ; rotten, 
as anything lying out in the rain : ua ka- 
pule alamea i ka ua. 

1 A-LA-ME-A, s. The name of a species 



ALA 



48 



ALA 



of hard stone from volcanoes, out of which 

stone axes were made. 
A-LA-MO-LE, s. A species of stone. 
A-LA-NA, s. A present made by a chief 

to a priest to procure his prayers. 

2. A present made to a god; he makana 
e haawi aku ai i ke akua. 

3. An oblation or free will offering for 
any purpose. Fuk. 18:12. 

4. Asacrifice. Puk.2d:28. yltonahoano, 
a holy oblation. Ezek. 48:10. He alana 
ka mea e haawiia aku ai e kalaia mai ai 
ka hala o ka mea lawehala. 

5. A fee prepaid to a physician to at- 
tend upon a sick person. 

A-LA-NA, V. To give or bring a present 
as an offering. Olhk. 12:14. To offer a 
sacrifice. Hal. 66:15. 

A-LA-NA, adj. A and lana, to float. 
Light ; not heavy 5 easily floating on the 
water ; he hookomo ole ; not sinking. 

A-LA-NA, s. Alala, to cry, and a7ia. A 
crying ; the voice of suffering or of com- 
plaint ; ke oho alana makuakahi, the voice 
of complaint from an only parent. 

A-LA-NA-A-Lo-HA, s. Aluna, offering, 
and aloJta. love. A peace offering ; an of- 
fering for making peace with another to 
procure one's favor ; he alana e aloha mai 
o hai ia ia. 

A-LA-NA-KU-Ni, s. AldTia and kuni, to 
burn. An offering to procure the death of 
a sorcerer ; e make ai ka mea nana i ana- 
ana ; a burnt offering. 

A-LA-NA-Mo-Li-A, s. An offering made 
to the gods to procure a curse ; he alana e 
molia i kipi aina, to curse the rebels ; ke 
alana e molia i ka mamala ku i ka pa ; he 
alana e molia i ka olulo pae i kapa. 

A-LA-NE-o, adj. Ala, path, and neo, 
silent. 

1. Clear ; serene ; unclouded, as the at- 
mosphere on the mountains; alaneo ka uka, 
aole ao, clear was the upland, no clouds. 

2. Desolate ; without people, as a coun- 
try; alaneo kauhale, aole kanaka. ler. 50:3. 
See Neoneo. 

A-LA-NE-o, s. The name of a disease 
where the patient is swelled greatly in 
every part except the face ; he olelo a na 
kahuna lapaau ; ina olelo aku i ka mai, 
l)e\a, he alaneo kou mai,o ke ano o ia olelo, 
he mai kanaka ole, aole lehulehu o kanaka 
nana e kii i ka laau. 

2. A class of gods, males only. 

3. The name of a cloak or royal robe 
made of the feathers of the mamo only ; o 
ka aahuula i hanaia i ka hulu mamo wale 
no ua kapaia he alaneo. 

4. Clear weather ; no clouds. 

A-LA-Ni, s. The name of the mountain 
on Lanai and some other places. 



A-LA-Ni, s. Name of a timber tree used 

in fitting np canoes. 
A-LA-NI, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of the word orange,^ an orange, 

a foreign fruit ; also, the name of the tree. 
A-LA-NI, s. Name of a land breeze at 

Lanai, from the name of the mountain. 
A-LA-NI, s. Name of a species of limu, 

bitter, and very similar to the limu lipoa. 
A-LA-Ni-A, adj. Smooth, as the ocean, 

without wave or ripple ; aole apuupuu, he 

kalania. 
A-LA-Ni-Ho, s. Ala, path, and niho, 

tooth. Name of the long strips of tatoo 

made on the skin by means of a shark's 

tooth. 
A-LA-NU-i, s. Ala, path, and nui, large. 

A highway ; a road ; a frequented path. 

See Alaloa. In some places kuamoo is 

used. 
A-LA-PA, adj. Ugly ; poor ; thin in 

flesh, as a hog. 
A-LA-PA-Hi, V. To spread false reports ; 

to slander. 2 Sam. 19:27. 

2. To deceive ; to lead others astray. 

3. To deceive, as a demagogue. 
A-LA-PA-Hi, s. Slander ; detraction ; 

falsehood ; he alapahi moe ipo ka nana ; a 
lie ; false speaking. 

A-LA-PA-HI, adj. Olelo alapahi, a slan- 
derous or false report. Neh. 14:36. 

A-LA-PA-Kui, adj. Exceedingly fragrant, 
too much so, or too strong to be pleasant. 

A-LA-PA-pii-Moo-KU, s. A mean man of 
no character who goes before the king : 
ka mea ino pii i kahi o ke alii. 

A-LA-pii, V. Ala, path, and pii, to as^ 
cend. A ladder ; stairs. 2 Nal. 9.13. An 
ascent. 1 Nal. 10:5. He alahaka, he ala- 
ulii ; he alapii pali ino o Wahinekapu. 

A-LA-pu-KA, adj. Having scrofulous 
sores, as on the neck, legs, &c. 

2. Applied to kalo which has spots of 
dry-rot ; he kalo alapuka. 

A-LA-WA, V. To look on one side, then 
on the other, as one who is afraid of being 
seen ; e hoi oukou me ko oukou maka 
alawa ole io a io. 

2. To look up, as one downcast. 

3. To lift up the eyes in pride. Isa. 
37:23. 

4. To lift up the eyes to see a thing. 
loan. 4:35. To take a survey, ha. 60:4. 

5. To turn the eyes in an oblique direc- 
tion. Kin. 33:5. 

6. To turn one's head to look about. 

7. To be lifted or turned up. as the eyes; 
alawa ae la kona man maka. 

A-LA-WA, s. A turning of the eyes to 
look behind ; he alawa na maka i hope e 
ike i ka poe e hele mai ana. 



ALE 



49 



ALI 



adj. Gr. Alabaster; he 



A-LA-BA-TA, ) 

A-LA-BA-TE-RO, ^ \\)Vi alahdUl. Lak.l.Wi. 

A-LE, V. To swallow, in various senses; 
e moni akn. 

1. When anything disagreeable is to be 
taken. 

2. To drink in, as water. 

3. To drink in, as tlieeaith drinks water. 

4. To swallow up, as the earth. iS'ah. 
16::52. To absorb ; to swallow, as a flood ; 
to destroy. 

5. To overpower, as an army. 2 Bam. 
17:1G. Ale wale, to swallow without chok- 

(>. Ke ah', niai, to eonie uj) into, as tears 
into the eyes ; as poets say. the tears toc/Zet/ 
up in her ('y^'^^. 

A-LE, 5. A wave ; a billow put in mo- 
tion by the wind ; a wave ol tiie sea. lob. 
9:8. Aloia inai ai na ale ino o Lae Ilao. 
having escaped the raging billoios ot Cape 
Horn ; make ilio nei ia iloko o ka ale o 
Pailolo. he was lately drowned in the 
waves of Pailolo ; loi ale no i ke alia o koh). 
Fiu. Ale o ka make. 2 ISam. 22:5. Holo 
pipi ka ale o ka moana, the crest of a wave; 
ka ale, water put in motion ; ka ale wai 
hau a ke 'kua. water of snow of the god. 
Note. — It was supposed that the gods 
made the snow. 

A-LE-A, s. See Lea. Having a pleasant 
voice for singing ; agreeable, as the voice. 

A-LE- A-LE, V. 13th conj. of ale. To 
make into waves ; to stir up. as water ; to 
trouble ; to toss about, as restless waters. 
Epes. 4:14. Aleale ka wai, iia piha a aleak 
ke keakea, IIoo. To stir up, as water. 
loan. 5:4. 

A-LE -A-LE, s. A moving, swelling, stir- 
ring, as the waves of the sea; as water any- 
where. 

A-LE-A-LE-A, s. A sharp, white, small 
shell lish found near the shore ; he pupu 
alealea. 

A-LE-o, adj. High ; applied to a house 
or a room ; a look-out on- a house-top. 

A-LEU-LEU, s. Old kapa or mats ; also 
applied to all kinds of bad kapa. 

A-LE-KU-M.A, ) s. Heb. A later ortho- 

A-LE-GU-MA, ) griiphy Un- a[e(/nina; name 
of a timber tree, as below ; name of a tree 
found in the deserts of Arabia ; the algum 
tree. 2 Oihl. 2:8. Also, by a change of 
letters, alcmuga. See below. Supposed by 
Kitis to be the sandal-wood. 

A-LE-LE, V. To go or act as a messenger. 

2. To go or act as a spy. 

3. To look or examine the condition of 
another. See Lele. 

A-LE-LE, s. See Lele and Elele. A 
messenger ; one sent on business ; he alele 



wau i hoounaia mai nei, I am a messenger 
sent hither. Laielk. 79. See Lina. 
A-LE-LE, s. A messenger of a chief; an 
ambassador. See Elele. 



He kiu ka pua kukui ; 

lie alele hooholo na ke Koolau. 



-Melt. 

noose 



he 



s. See Alekuma above. 



A-LE-HE, s. A snare; 
ahele. he pahele. 

A-LE-LO, s. The tongue, of man or ani- 
mals. Ptik. 1 1 :7 ; 2 tiara. 2H:2. See Elelo. 

A-LE-LO, 5. The tongue ; he alelo wana 
ka ono, he ono ke alelo wana. he okulikuli. 

A-LE-MA-NA-KA, s. Eug. An almanac; 
the (irst was published in Hawaiian in 

18::—. 
A-LE-MO-NE, adj. Eng. of an almond. 
A-LE-MO-NE, s. A hazle. Kin. 30:37. 

The almctnd tree, Kekah. 12:15. 
A-LE-MII-GA, 
A-LE-KU-MA, 

A-LE-PA, s. Gr. Alepa, alpha.; name of 

the first letter of the (ireek al})habet; hence, 
the first, ka mua. Jloik. 21:(). 

A-LE-WA-LE-WA, s. A cloud or smoke 
floating in the atmosphere ; hookaa ka pu- 
nohu ka alewalewa. 

A-LE-Gu-MA, s. See Alekuma above. 

A-Li, s. A scar on the face. Isa. 1:6. 

A-li, v. To have a scar on the cheek ; 
ua all ka papalina i ka mai ; to have a scar 
anywhere. 

2. Hoo. To shake ; to wave ; to move to 
and fro, &c. Nah. 5:25. See Hoali. 

A-Li-A, V. To wait ; to stop one when 
doing a thing; to restrain. 2 tiara. 24:16. 
2. Used imperatively, stop ; wait ; ap- 
plied to a person in the way ; take care ; 
stand aside. 1 Sam. 15:1(5. 

A-LI-A, s. A large flat surface where it 
is white with salt : he alia hoohaahaa 
paakai ; loi ale no i ke al>a okolo. salt bed. 

A-Li-A, s. The name of two sticks car- 
ried by a person befor*' thegodof ihcyear. 

A-Li-A, adv. By and by ; after a little. 

A-Li-A-Li, adj. White, as snow or paper; 
he wai lOAaii. he keokeo ; he huali. 

A-LI-A-LI, V. Ua aliali^ to have scars j 
to be rough with scars ; to be scarred ; ua 
kalikali, kokoke e i)iiKi ; ukali ae no hoi; 
hulihuli. 

A-Li-A-Li-A, s. He alialia paakai, a bed 
where salt is dried : he alialia manu ; na 
alialia o na wai i)una huihui. See Aua 
above. 

2. Ground which is smooth, dry and 
barren, as that which is baked in the sun, 
or covered with salt. 

A-Li-A-NE, adv. A word of similar im- 
port with nane and i naae, let us see, show 



ALI 



50 



ALO 



it to me, &c. ; as aliane. referring to some- 
thing spoken of, let us see ; let me see. 

A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber tree, 
used for posts of houses and other pur- 
poses ; also called aalii. 

A-Lii, s. A chief ; one who rules or has 
authority over other men ; a king, quali- 
fied by various epithets. 

1. Ke alii moi, the supreme executive. 

2. Ke alii aimoku, a chief over a divis- 
ion, i. e., a governor under the alii moi. 

3. Alii koa, a chief over soldiers, i. e., a 
general, leader of an army. 2 Sam. 2:8. 

4. 7l?iiofcana, chief of a district. Luk.d:!. 
A-LII, V. To act the chief; to be chief 

or principal. Kin. 1 :16. To rule over men. 

Oihk. 26:17. To govern. Kin. 87:8. 
2. IIoo. To crown one a king ; to make 

one a king ; to make one's self a king ; to 

rule ; to have power or influence with. 
A-LII, adj. Mea noho aliiy a ruler. Puk. 

22:28. Alii weliweli, king of terrors. loh. 

18:14. 
A-Lii-KOA, s. A general of an army. 2 

Sam. 2:18. 
A-Lii-PA-PA, s. Name of a child where 

the mother was a chief and the father not. 
A-Lii-WA-Hi-NE, s. Alii and wakine, 

woman. A Queen. Mat. 11:44. 
A-Li-u-Li-u, adv. A long time. 
A-Li-Hi, s. H inserted ; a captain of a 

company, /o.s. 10:24. /IZt/iikaua, a general. 
A-Li-Hi, s. The lines of a fish net; o 

ke kaula ma ka pikoni. 

2. The cords holding the sinkers of a net. 

3. The upper part of a calabash strap : 
hQalihi no ke koko o ka umeke ; o kaaK/w 
maluna o ka waa e kalai hou a baahaa ka 
niao o ka alihi maluna o ka umeke; maka 
alilii moana. e pili aku ana i kumu lani. at 
the edge of the ocean, i. e., where the ocean 
and sky meet. D. Malo 5:13. 

A-LI-HI, V. To be ready to work for the 

sake of gain, but at other times absent. 
A-LI-HI, adv. Unwillingly. 
A-Li-Hi-KAu-A, s. Alihi (alii) and kaua, 

war. A general ; commander ; one who 

directs in battle. 1 Nal. lf):l(). 
A-Li-Hi-LA-Ni, s. The horizon. 
A-Li-Hi-LE-LE, s. Name of a drag-net; 

the net for taking the anae. 
A-Li-KA-Li-KA, adj. Clammy; sticky; 

tough, as kalo baked ; as mud. 
2. Stingy ; not liberal. 

A-Li-KE-A-Li-KE, 5. SeeLiKE. Onc-half; 

an equal division of a thing. 
A-Li-Ki-Li-Ki, V. See Liki; see Opuohao. 

To be swelled tight as the skin can hold, 

as in the dropsy. 

2. To be girded tightly. 



A-Li-MA (e-li-ma), adj. Five ; the num- 
ber five. See Lima. 

A-LI-MA, s. See Aulima, the stick held 
in the hand in rubbing to obtain fire. 

A-LI-MA. 

Alima hea ko alakai, 

Ke ani peafii la ia Limaloa 

1 hoapili no manu a kepa ka ua — he. 

A-li-na, V. To be defiled or contam- 
inated, as by marrying one of low birth ; 
mai moe oukou i ka poe keiki a ka poe 
kauwa, o alina auanei ka oukou man keiki; 
applied to a chief who married alow woman 
and had children of low order ; alina oe i 
kou mare ana i kau kauwa. 

2. To be scarred, as one burned badly ; 
to be scarred by scrofula; ua alina oe i ke 
ahi. 

3. To have spots or blemishes on one's 
person. 

4. Morally, to be disgraced or implicated 
in sin. 

5. To be filthy, as food ; ua alina loa o 
Mea ; ua alina ka kakou. ua makole. 

A-Li-NA, s. A low servant ; a slave. 
A-Li-NA, adj. Low; degraded. 
A-Li-NA-Li-NA, s. A shell fish of the 

sea ; the young or small of the opihi. 
2. A mark ; a sign ; nearly syn. with 

hoailona. 
A-Lo, V. To elude or dodge the stroke 

of a weapon. I Sam. \^:\\. 

2. To pass over from one place to an- 
other ; ua alo aku nei na kaulua i na kumu 
i Molokai. 

3. To skip or pass over something ; e alo 
\ kekahi la. e hana i kekahi la. 

4. To pass through the water by swim- 
ming ; to extend the hands in swimming. 

5. To set one's self against; to be op- 
posed to ; e alo ia ia, to face him ; to turn 
and front him;- 

6. To meet some difficulty or resisting 
force or opposition; ua nui ka makouhaua 
i ke alo ana me na haku i ka maka o ko 
kaua, we have much work to do iu resist- 
ing with our masters the front of thiB war. 

7. To resist boldly, as a difficulty ; face, 
as an enemy in danger. los. 8:20. E alo 
i na ino a pau e hiki mai ana e like rae 
kaua i alo hoomanawanui ai i ka la o ka 
makalii. 

8. To double, as a cape ; e aloia mai ai 
na ale o Lae Hao. 

9. To face ; to be against. Lunk. 20:48. 
To resist. Puk. 23:29. 

10. To consume ; devour. 

11. i/oo. To pass away; forget. Isa. 40:27. 

12. To shun ; eschew. 1 Pet. 3:11. 
A-LO, s. The front; the face; the pres- 
ence of one. Kbi. 3:8. Ma ke alo, before ; 
in front. 

I 2. The breast or belly. Kin. 3:14. Ua 



ALO 



51 



ALU 



hiki mai i ko'u alo nei, it has come to ray 
front,!. e.,to me; ma koiia alo iho, directly 
in front of him. Jos. G:20. Ma ke alo alii, 
persons living with and in the favor of the 
chief. 

A-LO, s. The name of a four-footed ani- 
mal in the sea. 

A-LO-A-LO, V. Double form of alo. To 
turn this way and that ; to look one way 
and another, as if in fear, or abont to do 
mischief. Fuk. 2:12. Aloalo na niaka o 
ka aihne. 

A-LO-A-LO, V. See Alo. To dodge; to 
flee from, as a shower, i. e., to rnn from 
one tree to another ; aloalo ua, aloalo ma- 
kani, kipakipa, pukauhale. to dodge the 
rain, &c. 

A-LO-A-Lo, V. To go after, as a servant ; 
to bring things ; to wait on ; heai puupnn, 
he poj pnnpnu. 

A-Lo-E, s. Eng. Aloes. Me/. 5oZ. 4: 14. 

A-Loi-LOT, s. A species of small fish. 

A-Lo-HA, i;. To love ; to regard with 
allection ; to desire. 

2. To have pity or compassion npon. 

3. To show mercy ; to be mercii'nl as a 
habit. 3Iat. 5:7. To spare ; to pity. Ezek. 
7:9. 

4. To salute at meeting or parting. 1 
Sam. 10:4. 

5. To salute conterapiuously ; aloha ino 
kaua, alas for us two. Notk. — Aloha, as a 
word of salutation, is modern ; the ancient 
forms were anoai, welina, &c. 

{]. Hoo. To give thanks as an act of wor- 
ship. 1 Olhl. 25:3. 

A-LO-HA, s. A word expressing different 
feelings ; as, love ; affection ; gratitude ; 
kindness ; pity ; compassion ; grief ; the 
modern common salutation at meeting and 
parting. 

A-LO-HA, adj. Loving; beloved; favored. 

A-LO-HA-iA, A verbal from the verb 
aloha above used as a noun. Favor: kind- 
ness; loaa ia ia ki} alohnla niai.heol)tained 
favor; favor; good will. Kin. 3:?:10. 

A-LO-HA-i-NO, int. Aloha and ino. An 
intentive; it expresses great love, pity or 
compassion for a person in a suffering con- 
dition. It is also used by way of contempt, 
as p'lor fellow! good enongh for you! 

A-Lo-HA-Lo-HA, V. To love much. 

2. Hoo. To give thanks : to express af- 
fection for ; to bless in worship. 2 Sam. 
22:50. 

3. To salute. 2 Sam. 8:10. 

4. To speak kindlvto: toenfreat gentlv. 
Lnk. 15:28. 

A-LO -HI, ?j. To shine; to become shming 
or blight; to reflect brightness. Isa.dl. 
Aluhl e like me ka la i ke awakea. Fkj. 
To shine, as christian character. Pil. 2:15. 



A-Lo-Hi, s. A bright shining; bright- 
ness ; splendor. 

A-Lo-Hi-Lo-Hi, s. Splendor; brightness. 
ILolk.t\:\l. Light. i.9a. 59:9. Sparkling, 
as the eye ; ka inoa he akua i ke alohilohi 
o na maka. I thought th<.'y were gods by 
the bru/hfacss of their (;y<'S. 

A-LO-HI-LO-HI, adj. Malamalama alohi- 
lohi briglit light. Job. 37:21. 

A-LO-HI-LO-HI, V. To shine brightly. 
LhIc. 17:24. To shine, as light. iJ'in. 12:3. 

A-Lo-Lo, adv. Exclamation of triumph 
at the ills of another, as the fall of an en- 
emy. See LoLo. 

A-LO-LU-A, adj. Two-sided ; double- 
faced ; ajjpiied to men and thuigs ; moena 
alolii.a. a doul)le mat, having two faced 
sides. 

A-LO-PE-KE, s. Gr. A fox. Lunk. 15:4. 
A-LO-pi-HE, s. Alo and pihe, the sound 

(if inonrning as it Hniis in tin- air. 
A-LU, V. To combine, as several per- 
sons in aiding another either in a good or 
bad cause. 

2. To give aid or assistance. Oih. 21:28. 
To help, as in quarrels where one is likely 
to be killed and several aid in eflecting 
his escape. 

3. To unite together, as several persons 
for a particular object. 

4. To be connected, as the joints of the 
human body. 

5. To adhere to ; to act with ; e aJu aku 
mahope; make oManono no ka nui o kona 
aluia. Manono died for the strength of her 
adherence to him. 

A-LU, V. To relax ; hang down ; be 
weak. Puk. 17:11. 

2. To bend the knees ; to tourtesy. 

3. To stoop down, as in entering* a low 
door; to stooj) down, as in hiding behind 
a low object ; a/it ae la maua e pee ana. 

. Laieik. 207. 

4. To ruff up, as a mat; ua alu na moena 
i ka naknia. 

5. lloo. To loosen, as the tongue. Mar. 
7:31. 

A-LU, s. The lines of the hand. 

2. A gutter ; a ravi:u' ; kahawai awawa; 
a road descending a hill. 

3. A courtesy. 

4. The nuiscies of the eye. Hal. 76:4. 

5. The skin and soft j)arts of men, fish, 
and all animals, when the bones are taken 
out. See AiA ALU. 

6. A name given to women who have 
j borne children. See Aluau-. 

I A-LU, adj. Combined ; acting together; 
I he man dio ala i kii hakaka. 
I A-LU-A (e-lu-a), num. adj. The number 
I two ; two. See-LiA. 



ALU 



52 



AMA 



A-LU-A, adj. A word signifying admira- 
tion ; it applies to wiiat is good, great, ad- 
mired, ite. ; the a is often dropped ; as, 
aohe ona lua, there is none like him. See 
LuA. Ka inoa o ka ona no kona waiwai 
(iho,) o ka mahuna alua. surely drunken- 
ness (by awa) has its own reward, the \ 
wonderful scaling of the skin. Laieik. 35. j 

A-LU-A-LU, V. ^Zz^, doubled ; 13th conj. ; 
of aht. To come ui)on one. 

2. To follow; pursue; overpower. Kanl. 
32:30. 

3. To pursue, as an enemy. Kin. 14:15; 
1 Sam. 17:52. 

4. To chase. los. 23:10. 

5. To persecute. 1 Tes. 2:15. 

6. To be wrinkled, as the cheeks and 
forehead of old persons. 

A-LU-A-LU, s. The flexible skin or hide 
of an animal ; he alualn bipi. 

2. The soft parts of flesh when the bones 
arc taken out : the appearance is flabby, 
loose and wrinkled, &c. 

3. The fetus of animals or men ; kanuia 
ka alualn i ka lepo, the fetus Avas buried in 
the dust. 

4. The skins, rinds and refuse of melons 
after the substance is eaten ; ua aiia na 
ipu. a ka aluahi wale no koe. 

A-LU-A-LU, adj. Loose; flabby; prema- 1 
ture ; shapeless, as an untimely birth. 
Laieik. 12. Slack, as a rope or string. 

2. Uneven ; rough ; full of lines. 

3. He ili alualu. a loose skin; applied to 
an untimely birth ; he keiki alualu, na like 
me ka iewe ke ano, an imperfect child, like 
a placenta. 

A-LU-A-LU-A, s. A crack, as in the wall 
of a house. Oihk. 14.3. 

2. A rough road, full of ravines and dif- 
ficult passes : he alualu inoino ke alanui e 
hele ai i Kahakuloa. 

3. A second-hand garment, full of wrin- 
kles. 

4. The name given to the numeration 
table, beginning thus : elua lua aha, two 
twos are four ; ma ke alualua ko lakou ao 
ana i ka he'.u. through the multiplication 
table they leurn arithmetic. 

A-LU-HEE, adj. Loose, as a bundle not 

well bound ; hanging flabbily. 
A-LU-KA, V. To jumble together, as 

parts of two stories. 

2. To mix together, as contributions fur 
-different purposes, or different taxes. 

3. To mix together, so as not to distin- 
guish. 

4. Hon. To cause a mixture, as above ; 
e ao o hoa'uka i ka waiwai hookupu : ^i i> 
ilar to hulkai. 

A-LU-KA, s. The uniting or mixing to- 
geiher of Ihings of different or opposite 
qualities ; ke aluka o ka hewa o ka pono. 



A-LU-Li, V. To turn the head on one 

side : he ahdi ke poo, he kekee. 

A-LU-LU, adj. Quick; in a hurry; he 
hopunopu atulu kona hele ana no ka lohe 
ana he make. 

A-LU-LU, adr. Quickly ; hastily ; hole 
hopuhopu aluhi aku la makou a ee raaluna 
o ka waa. 

A-LU-NA, s. A, the jaw, and lumi, upper, 
over. The upper part of the mouili of a 
person ; of the bill of birds : of the mouth 
of animals. Laieik. 104. The roof of the 
mouth. Hal. Vol Si. The upper jaw. 

A-LU-NU, I;. See Lunu. To defraud. 1 
Sam. 12:3, 4. To be overbearing in a bar- 
gain. Oi/ifc. 19:13. To oppress ; to be hard 
upon one. Kanl. 24:14. 

2. To accuse falsely. Luk. 3:14. 

3. To be desirous of possessing property. 
A-LU-NU, s. Oppression. Isa. 30:12. 

Usury. Neh. 5:io. Extortion; covet(/US- 
ness. /.§a. 57:17. He a/itn*^ an extortioner. 

A-LU-NU, adj. Covetous; greedy of gain; 
waiwai alunu, properly luiiawiully taken. 
Puk. 18:2J. VVidwai akinu is also lucre. 1 
Sam.. 8:3. Alunu is opposed to lokomaikal. 
Isa. 32:5. 

A-LU-NU-WA-LE, s. A Strong desire to 
take what is another's: extortion; robbery. 

A-MA, s. The longitudinal stick of the 
(•utriggiM- of a lan -j. 

A-MA, adj. Satisfied ; satiated, as with 
food. 

2. Talkative; revealing secrets; tattling; 
he ahiahi : he waha ama ia hai. a mouth 
revealing to others. See Avia\m\. 

A-MA, u. To offer to the gods ohias and 
melons ; mostly lound in ine conj. haa and 
hoo ; as, hoama, haam.a. &c. ; haama ka 
ohia ; haama i ka ipuhaole ; akahi no a 
haama ae i ka ipu aiinaka. See Amama, to 
offer. &c. 

A-MA-A-MA, V. See Ama 2. To reveal 
secrets ; to tell another s faults ; to slan- 
der ; amaama ka waha i ka hai 1 ka hewa 
ka mea e. 

A-MA-A-MA, adj. Slanderous, as the 
mouth of one ever ready to Sjieak evil ; he 
waha amaama. ka leieoi, ka waha hiki- 
wawe i ke kamailio ma na olelo i manaoia 
e hnna. 

A-ma-a-ma, s. a species of fish; young 
mullet perhai)S. 

A-ma-a-mau, v. Ama, satisfied with 
food, and amau. still. 

1. To eat much ; to be satisfied with 
food ; e ai nui i ka ai me ka amaamau. 

2. To eat quickly or fast, as one who is 
hungry and has a keen appeiile. 

A-mau, V. To hush up; to keep one 
from speaking or complaining ; ua amau 



AMI 



53 



AMO 



aku an e iioho malie, aole pono e pane 

inui. See Hamau. 
A-MA-ui, s. A species of small bird. 
A-MAU-MAU, adj. A god growing among 

the Icriis oil tlie iiioiiiilaiiis ; i na "kuu 

aiaauDMii o k(! kula. 
A-MAU-MAU, s. The fern ; the brake. 
A-MA-KA-Mi-KA, V. See Amika, to desire 

food. To desire food, as we say, his mouth 

waters for it. 

2. To hav(! a desire Ibr that which can- 
not be obtained. 
A-MA-Ki-iii, s. Name of a small yellow 

l)i.(l ; he inami iiulii Icnalena ia. 
A-MA-Ki-KA, s. A species of small bird. 
A-MA-MA, V. Conj. 9th o( ama, to offer, 

&c. To {.i^ive over to the gods in sacrifice. 
2. To olFer sacrifice as an act of worship. 

Hoik. H.3. O ke kino nhane ole e waiho 

ana, amama ae la ke alii, the body lying 

without life the king ofiered in sacrifice ; 

ua amamala aku la i kona akua ia Kaili. 

he was sacrificed to his god Kaili : to offer 

pi'ayers ; amama. ua noa. like our term 

Anien to a priiver. Laicih: 104 
A-MA-MA, s. The offering of a sacrifice ; 

ka niiKuaa ana i ke kanaka i ke akua. 
A-MA-NA, s. Two Sticks crossing each 

other at o'oliciue angles. 

2. The branclfes of a tree in the form of 

the letter Y. 
A-MA-NA, adj. Crossing; put together 

in the form of a cross or gallows ; na laau 

amana i kauia'i o Kuhama ; he aleo kahi 

hitle, he amina kckahi hale. 
A-MA-NA, V. Amana mau ke kani ana 

ka pu; amana mau ke kani o ka pu a ka 
auL'la. 

A-MA-RA, s. Eng. The Hawaiian ortho- 
graphy for the word armorer; a black- 
smith." 1 Sam. 13:19. Notk.— The first ships 
that visited the islands were ships of war 
or of discovery, and their blacksmiths were 
called armorers; lunce the word. 

A-ME-NE, adv. Eng.; from the Heb. 
Auu'ii : so \)v it " y ; pela no. 

A-ME-NE, s. Heb. Ka amene, an epithet 

01 Jesus Christ as a true and faithful 
Savior. Hoik. 3:14. 

A-ME-TQ-SE-TE, s. Gr. An amethyst; a 
piecious stone, lloik. 21:20; also. Puk. 
28:19. 

A-Mi, c. To turn, as upon hinges ; as 
a door : as the lid of a clu-st. vtc; to move 
buck and forwards ; to make any motion 
back and forth ; to swing back and forth, 
as a gate : to move up and down, as the 
chin in eating. 

A-MI, .5. A hinge ; a butt for a door. 
Sol 2(;:U. 
2. A joint of a war harness. 1 Kal. 22:31. 



Joint of an animal. Epes. 4:1G. Joint of a 
limb. Dan. 5:6, 

3. A small worm which, in crawling, 
doubles itself up ; he ))eehTa kuapuu. 

4. A swinging, pendulous motion. 

5. The name of a long slim fish ; he ia 
kino oeoe. 

A-Mi-A-Mi, adj. Elastic ; pendulous. 
2. A ieiHiused to lejiroaidi one just mar- 
ried ; ka amiarni. ana o ka puaa. 

A-Mi-o, v. To walk or move still and 
slyly, so as not to be heard ; maanei no i 
amio iho nei a nalowale. he came here si- 
lently just now and is gone ; mai kukulu 
aku oe i ke kukui ma ka puka : to fiare.as 
the lilaze of a lamp in the wind ; he amio 
ka niakani. e pio auafiei ; to move silently 
this way and that. 

A-Mi-o, s. That which enters silently, 
as death; as a fish floats unseen and c mes 
not to the top: a gentle moving to ai d fro. 

A-Mi-KA, V. To desire food or drink. 

A-Mi-KA, s. A desire or relish for food. 

A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, V. See Amika. To eat, 
but not enough: 'the desire is for more; 
aole i onoono iho kahi puu i ka mea ai, 
aole i nmikamika iho ; aole ona o ka awa, 
aole amikamika iho. 

A-MI-KA-MI-KA, s. A remainder wished 
for. 

A-MO, V. To wink, as the eye. 1 Kor. 
15:52. 

2. To twinkle, as a star; ke amo mui la 
ka hoku ; often doubled, as amoamo : ap- 
plied to the winking of any animal. See 
Imo. 

A-MO, V. To bear or carry a burden on 
the shoulder. Puk. 27:7. To bear or bi ing 
along a weight ; to cany. 

2, Fig, To perform difficult offices of any 
kind. Puk. 18:22. Syx. with lawe. Oihl. 
15:2. 

3. IJoo. To put upon the shouldeis of 
one. Note. — To carry on the back is ha"ire; 
to carry under the arm is hii. 

A-MO, s. A burden carried on the shoul- 
ders. 

A-MO-A, r. Pass, for am 02 a; ahoamuam; 
a double ])assive ua iaweia. 

A-MO-A-MO, V. To be high; to be naised 
up. as a high precipice; to rise high, a.- the 
crest of a wave; amonmo iluna o ka pali 
o Kihioi)ua : amoamo ilnna ka lau o ka 
ualu. 

A-MO-A-MO, V. See Amo, to wink. To 
wink rei)eated!y. 

A-MO-A-MO, s. A winking; a twinkling, 
as of the eye or a star : a sudden cii .ge 
of the wind. 

A-Mo-E, s. For aumoe; midnight ; e 
holo. ua nui ke kai o ke amoe. 



ANA 



54 



ANA 



A-Moo-Moo, s. Work for women; he 

kiiivu amoomoo. ho pdlabolo ke kapa. 

A-Moo-Moo, s. A kind of fish ; a small 
lisii ; also the ulva. 

A-MO-HU-LU, s. E papani ka amokulu o 
ia iu'l : a lascivious word. 

A-Mo-Mo, s. The general name of odor- 
iferous herbs mentioned in llo'ik. 18:1;). 
Latin, amomus. 

A-MO-pu-u, adj. Lean ; thin, in flesh ; 
hakal<:e, olala ; a word used in caviling. 

A-MU, V. To shear or shave the hair 
from the head. OUi. 18:18. To trim the 
hair ; ua kolikollia no a qmu. 

A-MU, adj. Relating to shearing or 
shaving; he pabi amu, a lazor. 1 8am. 
1:11: He lauoho amo no kona, lie has his 
hair cut. 

A-MU, ) y. To use profane lan- 

A-MU-A-MU, ) guage; to revile; amuamu 
i ke Akuii, to blaspheme ; amuamu i ka 
huihaule, to curse the friendless. 

A-MU-A-MU, s. A cursing ; a reviling ; 
reproaching ; ka amuamu ana i ke alii me 
ka boohiki ino, a cursing of the king with 
profanity ; he kuamuamu, a reviling of sa- 
cred things. IM. 10:7. 

Ke amuamuia la i ka ue wale, 

ka ue wala iho no la, 

ka ke kamalii haua-na no ia. 

A-MU-E-MU-E, V. To feel the chilling 

breeze of a cold morning when the skin 
contracts with cold ; to suffer the same 
from being long in the water. 

A-MU-KU, V. See Muku, to cut short. 
To cut off; to cu*^. in pieces. See Omukl'. 

A-MU-MU, adj. Blunt on the edge ; dull, 
as a tool. See Kuvuimu. 

A-MU-MU, s. Bluntness ; dullness, as a 
tool. 

A-MU-pu, s. A word of reproaching or 
rev'ling ; he kanaka amupa. small, insig- 
nificant. 

A-NA, V. To suffer ; to undergo, as an 

experiment of healing in s cka'ss. 

2. To be grieved ; troubled. Olh. 16:18. 

3. To be affected at contempt or vile 
treatment. Hal. l::o:3, 4. 

A-NA, V. To measure. Hoik. 21:16. 

2. To measure in any way ; e hiki ia'u 
ke ana i ka loa. a me ka laula, a me ka 
hoh.)nu, a me ke kiekie o keia mea ; met 

o. Ana wau i kou pono a mi' kou hewa. 
I measured your good and your evil ; no 
ke ana ana. in measuring. O'lhk. 19:35. 
Mea ana bora, a dial. Isa. 38 8. Hoo. To 
set apart; to set aside. Puk. 1{):33. To 
restrain ; keep back. OUi. r»:2. 

A-NA, V. To be satiated ; satisfied, as 

the eye with seeing, Kekah. J :8. 



2. To have a sufficiencv of property. 
KeJi-ah. 5:10. 

3. FiG. To drink sufficiently, as the sword 
drinks blood, i. e., to be revenged. Isa. 
31:6. 

4. Hoo. To satiate, as with food. lev. 
31:25. As with drink. Hal. 104:11. Ua 
ana, it is enou_gh. Sol. 30:15. 

A-NA, adj. Satisfied, as with food, hav- 
ing eaten sufficiently ; maona. 

A-NA, V. To praise much and covet an- 
other's wealth. 

A-NA, s. Grief ; sadness ; sorrow ; 
trouble from the conduct of others. 

2. The feelings of a parent towards a 
child that refuses his instructions; a mixed 
feeling of weariness, anger and love. Olh. 
16:18. 

3. Fatigue from hard labor or toil. 
A-NA, s. A measure, as for cloth. Puk. 

26:2. A measure of any kind. Kanl.2b:lA. 

Ana obe, a measuring rod. Ezek. 40:3. 
A-NA, s. A kind of light stone found 

in the sea. used by nurses to cure the ea, 

or the white fur on the tongue ; also used 

in rublffng and polishing off canoes and 

wooden calabaslies. 
A-NA, s. A cave ; a den formed by 

rocks. Kin. 19:30; los. 10:16. 

2. Name of a hollow^ place in the mouth 
by which the voice is modified. Anat. 11. 

3. A cave for the retreat of the van- 
quished ; a place where the conquered are 
found. 

A-NA, pron. The oblique case of the 
pronoun, third person sing. ; of him ; of 
her ; of it ; his ; hers. Gram. § 139. Aui- 
plli. 

A-NA. The participial termination of 
verbs answering to the Eug. Ing ^ as, lawe 
ana, carry big ; bana ana, working ; but it 
has some peculiarities. 

1. The ana is not united with the verb 
as Ing is in Eng. 

2. The ana may be separated from the 
verb, and any qualifying word or words, 
and also the verbal directives may come 
between. Grayyi. § 233, As, e kukulu bale 
ana ia, he is build house ing ; e hopu bipi 
ana, be is catch cattle ing, &c. In many 
cases the participial termination ana be- 
comes united with a noun and becomes a 
participial noun ; in which case the first a 
of the ana is dropped, or coalesces with 
the last letter of the preceding word, and 
they both become one word ; nshopena for 
Jt.ope ana; haaio'na for haawl ana. &:c. 

A-NA-A-NA, V. To practice divination 
or sorcery by prayer; e anaana aiui ia ka- 
kou.they were practicing sorcery upon us. 

A-NA-A-NA, s. A kind of sorcery or 
prayer used to procure the death or a curse 
upon one, Nah. 22:7. 



ANA 55^ 

1 Sam. 15:23. Divination. 



ANA 



2. Witchcraft 

ler. 14:14. 
A-NA-A-NA, adj. Divining; consulting 

divinations ; kahuna anaana, a diviner. 

Kanl. 18:10. Pule anaana, a praying one 

to death. 
A-NA-A-NA, adj. In small balls, as the 

dung ofsiieep or goats; hcaiUKina l<a lejjo ] 

o ke kao a me ka hipa ; anaana ka le})o i I 



ka ai liilii 
A-NA-A-NA, V. To be in a tremor, as the 

muscles aiXer great futiguc : aaadita pu na 

v/awae i ka mahjt'loc i ka hele ana. 
A-NA-A-NA-pu, V. To undulate, as the 

air under a hot sun. j 

2. To flasli, as lightning ; ka anaanapu j 
ana o ka uila ma ka po ; to send forth light, j 

3. To crook often; to have many crooks, j 
See AwANAi'iu ; also Ax.\i'.\. " { 

A-NA-A-NA-Puu, adj. Bent ; crooked ; ! 
out of a straight line : he k\x\\\\\anaanapua 
o ka hilo ana ; he lopi anaanapuu ana ; he 
anuu hanuu loa o ayinanapuu. 

A-NA-A-NE-A, adj. Stupid; palaka. 

A-NA-A-NAi, f. Frequentative of anai. 

A-NA-Ai-NA, ) s^ An eating circle. 

A-NAI-NA, ) 2. A congregation of peo- 
ple for any purpose, provided a space be 
left in the center ; a congregation. Puk. 
29:4. 

A-NA-Ai-NA, V. Ana, to measure, and 
aina, land. To survey or measure land. 

A-NA-AI-NA, s. Land surveying. See 
above. Anahonua. 

A-NAE, s. Name of a species of fish; o 
Kaulua, oia ka malama e pae mai ai ka 
pua anae. 

A-NA-E, V. See Ana e. Hoo. To set 
aside; to set apart. Pnk. 10:23, 33. 

A-NAE, s. A species of fish; the mullet. 

A-NAi-NA, V. To assemble around a per- 
son or place; to meet around a thing. 
Hoik. 5:11. 

A-NAI-NA, S. 
Ezek. 23:42 
A-NAI, 
A-NA-A-NAI, 



Repeated reflec- 
tion or gleaming of 



An assembly'; a multitude. 



V. To rub ; to rub out 
grain with the hand. Luk. G:l. 

2. To grind ; to scour ; to brush down 
thatching ; to polish : kalai a maikai, anai 
apakika. OiW. G:28. To smooth. A-a. 41:7. 
Hence, 

3. To blot out ; cut off; destrov. Puk. 
17:14. To lav waste, ha. 5:0. * To blot 
out. Olh. 13:19. 

4. Fig. To nullify one's character or 
pretensions. 1 iTor. 1:28. 

A-NA-A-NAI, V. To be angr}'; perhaps 

to nestle. 
A-NA-A-NAI, adj. Angry. 



A-NAi-NA-KA-NA-KA, s. See Anaina. A 

congregation of people. Ual. 7:7. An as- 
sembly of men. Kanl. 31:30. 

A-NAi-NAi, V. To rub often ; to polish, 
&c. See A\.\[, conj. Hth. 

A-NAU, V. To pace, as a horse. 

2. To go about irregularly from house to 
house. 

3. To traipse up and down. 
A-NA-HA, s. The reflection or glancing 

i of light ; the dashing of light. 

i A-NA-HA-NA-HA 

! A-NA-HA-NA-PA 

i light. 

! A-NA-iio-NU-A, V. Ana, to measure, and 

I Jionua. flat land. To survey land. 

A-NA-Ho-NU-A, s. Land measuring ; 
geometry ; me ka ike aku i ke anahunva. 
2. The title of a school })0ok. ti'Mnn'mj. 

A-NA-HU-A, s. A tall man bending over; 

stoop-shouldered : ke kanaloui. he ooiiu. 

A-NA-HU-A, s. The second son of Lua- 
hoomoe ; he kahuna makapo, akaraai, he 
akua no ka poe mahiai ; the god of hixs- 
bandmen. 

A-NA-HU-LU, V. To arrive at, or amount 
to the number ten ; applied to days ; a 
anahulu ae. alalia hiki mai, when tea days 
had passed he arrived. 

A-NA-HU-LU, s. A period of ten days; 
a decade. 1 y^am. 25:38. A malaila i nuho 
loihi ai ekolu anuhnJu. Laicik. 01. 

A-NA-KA, s. Heb. A ferret. OiAA. 11:30, 

A-NA-Ki-MA, s. I eb. Name of a people 
mentioned in the books of Deuteronomy 
and Joshua remarkable for their size. los. 
11:21. They lived mostly in the south and 
south-west parts of Canaan. 

A-NA-Ko-i, s. A swelling in the groin. 
See Hah.vi. 

A-NA-Li-0, s. General name of the stars 
near the hori/.on at any point of the cum- 
pass. See Analii'o. 

A-NA-Li-Po, s. Name of the place sup- 
posed to be beyond the stars, i. e.. oui of 
sight, but really l)elow the horizon. 

A-NA-Mi-u, V. To break oK the root 
whieh unites the potato to the main root; 
e emiemi iho la lakou i ka uala nui ahaliai 
ae la i ke a7iamiu o ka uala. 

A-NA-NA, t\ Conj. 9th of aJia, to meas- 
ure. 

A-NA-NA, s. A common but indefinite 
measure formerly used ; the length of the 
arms and body when both arms were ex- 
tended, to the ends of the longest fingers. 
2. A fathom. 

A-NA-Ni-o, s. The root which holds the 
potato to the main root ; e mohai ke a7ianio. 



ANE 



56 



ANE 



A-NA-NU, s. See Laulele. Name of a 

|)ianL used for food, boiled. 
A-NA-PA, V. To shine with reflected 

ligbt, as the moon retlected from the water: 

like the sun reflected from a mirror. 

2. To flash like lightning, or like the 

burning of gunpowder. 
?>. To light suddenly. 
A-NA-PAo-NA, s. A machine to measure 

weight; a balance. /5'o?. 10:11. 
A-NA-PAU, V. To turn; to bend; to warp; 

to turn, as on hinges ; to crook round. 
A-NA-PAU, s. A crook in a thing; a 

bending ; a turning : a hinge. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. The dazzling of the 

sun on any luminous body, such as strikes 

the eyes with pain. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of tree, the 

bark of which is used for soap. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of limu. 
A-NA-PU,5. A flash of light. Mat. 24:21. 

See Anapa. IIoo. To send forth lightning. 

Hal. 144:6. See Anaanapu. 

2. To burn ; scorch, as the direct rays of 
the sun ; e wela ana ka wawae i ka la. 

3. To quiver, as the rays of the sun on 
black lava. 

A-NA-PU, s. A glimmering, as of light. 

A-NA-puu, V. To crook, as a rafter, or 
as a rope large in some places and small 
in others. 

A-NA-PUU, s. A corner formed by two 
lilies meeting. 

A-NA-PUU, adj. Contorted; blunt. 

A-NA-PU-NA-pu, s. Heat or light re- 
flected, or both ; the light and heat of re- 
flection. 

A-NA-PU-Ni, V. A?ia, to measure, and 
pMil, around. To encompass, as a bound- 
ary line. See An'ahoxua 10. 

A-NA-PU-NI, s. A circle. 

A-NA-WAE-NA, s. Ana, measure, and 
waena, middle. A diameter of a circle. 
Anah. 23. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-LOA, s. As above. Lit. 
A long diameter, that is, the diameter of 
an ellipse the long way. Anah. 24. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-po-Ko, s. The short or 
conjugate diameter of an ellipsis. Anah. 
24.' 

A-NA-To-Mi-A, s. Gr. The science of 
dissecting animal bodies ; applied mostly 
to human bodies. 

2. Name of the book teaching that sci- 
ence. 

A-NE, V. To eat, as small insects eat 
wood. 

2. To be near doing a thing ; to like to 
do it, but not quite ; as, ane aku au e hoo- 
nou i ka pohaku, I was near throwing a 



stone. See Aneane. Ane like iki, it is 
almost like. 
A-NE, s. Name of a small insect that 
eats wood, but is not itself visible. 

2. The worm dust of wood ; powder-post. 

3. The cutaneous disease called ring- 
worm. 

4. A soft stone used in polishing wood ; 
also Aviitten ana. 

A-NE, adj. Light, as worm-eaten tim- 
ber ; noi heavy ; mama. 

A-NE, adv. With difliculty; scarcely; 
nearly; generally followed by ole; ane 
haalele ole ia ia, it hardly leaves him ; ane 
hiki ole ke hall, which can scarcely be car- 
ried. 

A-NE-A, V. For aneia; pass, of ane ; to 
be worm-eaten ; to be light, as worm-eaten 
wood : to be dry, as tinil)er. 

A-NE-A, s. The dry-rot of wood, occa- 
sioned by heat, or the action of insects ; 
applied to timber very old ; also to other 
things. See Axoa. 

A-NE-A, s. The heat of the sun ; more 
properly the apparent vibration of the air 
caused by the lieat of the sun. 

A-NE-A, adj. Insipid ; tasteless, as the 
inside of worm-eaten food, or of poor lx»od; 
applied to persons having no appetite for 
food, on account of oppressive heat ; ex- 
hausted, as men by hunger, by long absti- 
nence, by long sleep, or by diving in deep 
water. See Kanea and Aneaxe. 

A-NE-A-NE, V. To be exhausted, as a 
man with hunger or by long abstinence : 
by long sleep, or by diving in deep water. 

2. To blow softly, as a light breeze or 
zephyr. 

3. To be almost something; to be almost 
at a place. Laieik. 71. Aneane oia e hoo- 
hiki ino aku i kona akua. he almost cursed 
his god. Laieik. 158. Almost to do some- 
thing. Olh. 19:27. See Ane. 

A-NE-A-NE, s. A jest ; a kind of jocose 
denial to a request. 

2. A vacancy of the stomach for want of 
food or from sickness ; he aneane no la ; 
he aneane pupuka no la ; he aneane pono 
la ; he aneane hiki no la. 

A-NE-A-NE, fl^y. See Ane above. Faint; 
feeble ; low ; weak, as a sick person. 

A-NE-A-NE, adv. See Ane. Nearly ; 
almost; in danger of; liable to; applied 
to number : he ayieane pono ole kp'u noho 
ana maanei ; aneane make, unto death, 
almost dead. Ijunk. l(i:lt). 

A-NEE, V. To hitch or move along, like 
a cripple ; to walk on one's knees. 

2. To go about from house to house beg- 
ging ; aia no oia ma ka huahuelo kahi i 
anee ai. 

A-NEE, s. One who goes from house to 



ANI 



57 



ANO 



house telling fortunes, begging, or for any- 
such purpose ; a beggar. 

A-NEE, adj. Moving about from place 
to place ; going about begging ; kanalia 
anee, a beggar ; a fortune telU'r. 

A-NEE-NEE, s. Mats old and worn; he 
wahi moena aiuenee uuku, a small mat 
about a fathom long. 

A-NEi, V. See Nei. To sweep off; to 
cause to disappear. 

A-NEI, adv. The sign of a question, 
used after verbs or nouns ; as. mai unci 
oia? is he sick? ua holo ann ia? has he 
sailed'/ he mai anei?^ 

A-NEI, adv. Here; in this place; like 
maanei ; mai anei aku. Kin. .'>0:2;3. J ko 
kakou hoi ana anei a hiki i Kauai, on our 
returning along this way till we reach 
Kauai. Laieik. 87. 

A-NE-HE, V. To be on the alert; ready 
for a start, as a cat for a mouse ; as a bird 
to fly. 

2. To be ready to seize upon a person or 
thing when circumstances require. 

A-NE-HE-NE-HE, V. The double root of 
the al)ove 5 to be prepared ; all ready to 
do a thing ; to be on the look out to do it. 
Oih. 21:35. 

A-NE-HE-NE-HE, s. Violence ; disorder, 
&c., as of a mob. 

A-NE-Ho, s. He hala. 

A-NE-LA, s. Eng. An angel ; a messen- 
ger from heaven. Puk. 14:19. 

A-NE-NE. See Aneenee. 

A-NE-WA, adj. Indolent ; sleepy. 

A-ne-wa, v. To be inactive, as asleep. 

A-ne-wa-ne-wa, v. To be as dead. 

2. To be in a fainting fit : unconscious, 
as men ; as fish poisoned with hola. 

3. In morals, to be unmindful of evils 
around us. See Kunewaxewa. Ke anewa- 
newa kakou hoolono io ana ke kihi, huna 
pala iki ke akamai. 

A-NE-TE-LO-PE, ) s. Eug. An antelope. 
A-NE-TE-LO-PA, ) Mel Sol 2:7 ;lNal 4:23. 
A-NE-TO, s. Eng. An herb ; anise. 

Mat. 23:23. 
A-Ni, V. To pass over a surface, as the 

hand over a table. 

2. To draw a net over the surface oi' the 
water. 

3. To beckon one with the hand; to make 
signs secretly to one. 

Ani malu ka ike ilaila 
I ka inauli hoaaloha wale. 
Aloha opa, opa he ake. 

4. To blow softly, as a gentle breeze; ke 
ani nei ka makani, ke ani peahi la ia Lima- 
loa, the wind blows softly, it fans Limaloa 
with a fan. 

8 



A-NI, adj. Drawing ; dragging, as a net 
for fish ; he upena ani. 

A-Ni-A, V. To be hard and smooth on 
the surface. 

A-Ni-A, adj. Smooth and even. See 
NiANiA, Amaxta and Maniania. 

A-Ni-A-Ni, s. A glass; a mirror; a look- 
ing-glass. Puk.o^:H. He anta^ii nana hele- 
helena ; he kilo kekahi inoa ; called by 
Hawaiians kilo. 

A-Ni-A-Ni, V. See Ani 4. To cool; to 
refresh one heated ; aniani mai la ka ma- 
kani. Oih. 27:13. To blow gently, as a 
wind ; aniani puka alohi na ka haole paha 
la ; aniani poaeae na maka Kuawili. 

A-Ni-A-Ni, adj. Agreeable; cool; re- 
freshing. 

A-Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. See Ania. Smooth 
and even, as the surface of a planed board; 
smooth, as the sea in a calm ; applied also 
to the skin when burnt hard ; he paapaa 
ili mawaho no ka lapalapa ke ahi. 

A-ni-ha, V. To be provoked at the mis- 
chief of one j to be angry at a person on 
account of lymg and deception. 

2. To be hardened in crime ; capable of 
committing any offense. 

A-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, V. To be near obtaining 
an object and fail ; anihaniha makou e 
pae, a loaa ka makani. 

A-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Easily provoked ; 

captious ; caviling. 
A-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, s. Kalo tops; he kalo, he 

anihinihi, he oha. See Oxixmi. 
A-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Nihi. Near to 

falling off a pali ; to stand in a dangerous 

place. 

A-Ni-Ni, adj. Small; dwarfish; stinted, 
as men or animals. 

A-No, s. Likeness; resemblance; image 
of a thing. 

2. The meaning of a word or phrase. 

3. The moral quality of an action, as 
good or evil, or ihe moral state of the heart. 

4. The character of a jicrson. as to his 
life and manners : the explanation of a 
thing obscure. Kin. 41 :8. 

A-No, V. To have a form or appearance. 

2. With hou. to change the form or aj)- 
pearance of a person or thing ; e ano ae. 
to become new. Oihk. 13:16." To change 
the state of things, 

3. With Jioo, to boast : to glory ; to hal- 
low : to consecrate. Kin. 2:3. 

4. To transform ; to change the external 
appearance. 

5. With e. to set apart to another pur- 
pose : to consecrate. Ral 4:3. 

6. With hou, to change; to transform. 
2 Kor. 11:13. 



ANO 



58 



ANU 



7. With e, to change, as the countenance, 

from mirth to sadness and fear. Dayi. 5:10. 
A-No, s. Fear ; dread ; ua kau mai ke 

a7io ia'u la, fear fell upon me ; ke kau mai 

la ke ano hewa ia oe. 
A-NO, V. To be in fear ; ano wale mai 

la no au. See Ano or Anoano. To be silent; 

solitary, as a deserted village ; ua pau i 

ke kaua, hauaia na kanaka a pau i ka hana. 
A-No, adv. Now; at the present time; 

ano nei, ano la. 1 Sam. 2:16. Soon. 

2. Often used more as an expression 
of earnestness or -certainty of something 
doing, or to be done, than of anything lit- 
erally doing now. Puk. 0:1. 

3. It is used after some other event has 
been spoken of as a consequence. los. 1:2. 
Ina no ano, even now. 1 JVaL 14:14. 

A-NO-A, adv. Same as G7Z0 above. Now; 
at this time ; immediately ; anoa no hele ; 
ahea hele ? anoa no. 

A-NO-Ai, adv. But; except; lest; per- 
haps ; malia paha. 

A-NO-Ai, adv. A warm salutation; as, 
aloha, welina ; a salutation ; a bow ; a 
courtesy. 

A-No-A-No, s. Seeds; the seeds of fruit, 
as apple, onion, melon, &c. Nah. 20:5. 

2. The semen of males. Oihk. 15:16. 

3. Descendants ; children of men. Ezek. 
44:22. Note. — The fruit itself is /ma; also, 
the seeds incased in pods or husks are 
called hua ; anoano oili, seeds destitute of 
meat. 

A-No-A-NO, s. A solemn stillness. 

2. A sacred, hallowed place. See Ano, s., 
fear ; dread. 

A-NO-A-NO, adj. Solitary; still; retired. 
Hal. 17:12. He wahi anoano, mehameha 
loa no ka makau i ka make ; aohe lua o ka 
noho ana i ua kula anoano kanaka ole 
nei. 

A-NO-E, V. To be different from some- 
thing else ; to take a different form or 
character. See Ano and E. 

A-NO-i, V. To desire very strongly ; to 
covet ; e anoi ana na alii wahine. 

A-NO-i, s. A thirst ; a strong desire for 
a thing ; eia ka pono, o ka noonoo, o ka 
anoi. o ke ake e loaa. 

A-No-Ho, s. A custom; a practice, as 
strict as a law ; ina e ku ke kanaka i ka 
anoho ana o ko ke alii ipuwai auau, a me 
ka anoho ana o kona kapa, make no ia. 

A-No-LA-Ni, adj. Ano, character, and 
lani, heaven. A modtra coinel word per- 
haps ; of heavenly character ; good ; pure ; 
he manao anolani, he naau anolani, he kino 
anolani. 1 Kor. 15:40. 

A-NO-NA-No-NA, s. An ant. Sol. 6:6. 

See NoNA.NO>jA. Name of a periodical for- 



merly printed at the islands : aloha oe e 
Anonanona. 
A-NO-Ni, V. To mix together several 
ingredients, as different kinds of food ; to 
make a garment of different textures of 
cloth; to mix together falsehood and truth; 
to corrupt. 2 Kor. 2:17. 

2. To ponder with anxiety, as an act of 
the mind ; to revolve in one's mind. 

3. To be • agitated with anxiety ; to be 
troubled in mind, so as not to sleep. Dan. 
2:1. 

4. To be in doubt or suspense what judg- 
ment to form respecting one's meaning. 
See Anononi. 

A-NO-Ni-NO-Ni, V. See Anoni. To doubt; 
to be in suspense as to the result of a thing; 
ua anoninoni ka pakele ana i ka make. 

A-NO-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Doubtful; uncer- 
tain ; he pono anoninoni na paani nawali- 
wali. 

2. Angry. 

A-No-No-Ni, V. See Anoni. To doubt; 
to hesitate ; to be in suspense, as one in an 
inquiring state of mind. 

A-NU, adj. Cold ; hui, huihui. 

A-nu, s. Cold; the absence of warmth; 
ua make au i ke anu, I am dead with the 
cold ; huihui ko'u mau wawae i ke anu. 

A-NU, V. To be cold ; to feel cold ; ua 
anu au i kahi kapa ole, I am cold, having 
no clothes ; anu aku la o Maunakea i ka 
hoilo, Maunakea feels cold in the winter. 

A-NU-A, s. A pile, as of mats piled one 
upon another. 

A-NU-A-NU, adj. Cold ; huihui. See 
Anu. 

A-NU-A-NU, s. Cold; chilliness. HaL 
147:17. 

A-Nu-A-NU-A, ) s. A rainbow. Kin.^.l^; 

A-NU-E-NU-E, J Ezek. 1:28. 

A-Nuu, V. To sprain, as a muscle; hina 
iho la au raaluna o ka papaa lejTo a amm 
kuu kua, eha loa iho la, I fell upon the 
hard ground and sprained my back, with 
great pain. 

A-NUU, s. A sprain by a false step. 

A-NUU, s. A building in a sacred in- 
closure formed by long poles overhung 
near the top, which also were tied and cov- 
ered with white pieces of kapa. 

2. A high place in the heiau before which 
the idols stood, and where the victims were 
laid. Laieik. 164. 

A-NUU, s. A rest or jog in a wall. T 
Nal. 6:6. 

2. Stairs or steps for ascending a height. 
Ezek. 40:6. Anuu wili, winding stairs, t 
Nal. 6:8. 

3. A ledge of rocks. I Nal. 7:28. 



APA 



59 



APA 



4. Jogs or steps in ascending a steep 
place. 

5. In music, a tone. 

A-Nuu, 5. Name of a ship formerly at 
the islands ; no ka naaupo, ua kapaia aku 
e makou ka moku he amm. Lam. Haw. 
11:4. 3. 

A-Nuu-HA-PA, s. In music, anuu, a tone, 
and fiapa, a part. A semitone. 

A-Nuu-Nuu, V. To strike; to beat; to 
pound, as kapa. 

2. Hoo. EAooa?iwu?iuMai ke poo, to raise, 
to elevate the head. 

A-NUU-NUU, s. See Anuu. Stairs; steps 
for ascending or descending. Xch. 3:15, 
2. A ])laid in a plaided garment. 

A-NUU-NUU, adj. Having steps like 
stairs; provided with or made with steps; 
e ku kakou, a pii aku i ke alanui amiunuu, 
let us arise and go up the road made with 
steps ; formed in the manner of stairs ; he 
papale amiunuu,- rough, as a bad road. 

A-NU-HE (e-nu-he), s. A large worm 
that destroys the leaves of vegetables ; he 
peelua. he poko. 

A-NU-HE -Nu-HE, adj. Rarely done, as 
food not sufficiently cooked. 

2. Rough with cold, anuhenuhe ka ili i 
ke anu, the skin is pimpled with cold. 

A-NU-HE-NU-HE, s. The eating of bad 
food, fish, or meat, that is spoiled. 

A-NU-HE-NU-HE, s. Name of a species 
of fish ; also of limu. 

A-NU-LU, V. To be covetous ; to be 
greedy, &c. See Aluxu, by change of syl- 
lables. 

A-NU-NE-NU-NE, V. To mlx up, as hash; 
awiliwili. 

A-NU-NU, s. Change of n for I. See 
Aluxu. An oppressor; one greedy of gain. 

A-NU-NU, ac?;. SeeALUNU. Oppressive; 
hard ; extortionate ; he makee, he paa. 

A-PA, s. A roll ; a bundle, as a piece 
of cloth, or a ream of paper. 

A-PA, adj. Meddling; officious; busy; 
mischievous, as a child ; careless ; blun- 
dering ; slow ; tardy ; nahili. he lohi. 

A-PAA, s. Name of a wind ; i kuipeia 
e ka makani ajxta, he was knocked down 
flat by the wind apaa. 

2. Name of a region of country below 
the mahi or loaokanaka on the side of the 
mountains. 

A-PA-A-PA, V. To be evilly disposed ; 
to be treacherous ; to deceive ; to be mis- 
chievous. 

A-PA-A-PA, s. Guile ; deceit ; evil gen- 
erally. 1 Pet. 'l\2-l. That which is untrue ; 
false in opposition to tmth and stability. 



Bom. 1:25. Haalele i ka oiaio no ka mea 
ttpaapa, forsook the truth for a false thing. 
2. One who frequently changes his situ- 
ation. 
A-PA-A-PA, adj. Unsettled; unstable; 
irresolute. 

2. Without truth ; deceitful ; lalau wale 
iho no ka olelo. 

3. Careless; without thought; kapulu. 
See Ai'A. 

A-PAA-PAA, s. Name of a wind at Ko- 
hala. 

A-PAA-PAA, adj. Firm ; hard ; compact, 
as a well made road ; he alanui apaapaa, 
aole pueho o ka lepo. 

A-PAA-PAA, s. The name of a species 
offish ; he ula apaapaa. 

A-PAA -PA-Ni, V. To oppose one with 
words ; to reply quickly ; to overwhelm 
with words. 

2. To make one forget the subject of dis- 
pute. 

A-PAA-PA-Ni, s. A speech in opposition ; 
a rapid reply. See Apani. 

A-PAi, s. A deep, long fish net for catch- 
ing the opae. 

A-PA-Hu, V. To cut up ; to cut square 
off. as a piece of timber. 

2. To cut in pieces; to chop off; to cut 
in two. as pieces of wood or sugar-cane. 

3. To stuff food into one's mouth. 
A-PA-HU, s. Pieces cut off or cut in two, 

as wood, sugar-cane, &c. 
2. A kind of pau. 
A-PA-HU, adj. Marked; distinguished 

by some mark or dress or cut of the hair ; 

nani na kanaka apahu. 
A-PA-HU, s. The sound of a trumpet; 

the bursting forth of a sound suddenly ; 

the sqund from a sudden falling of a sub- 
stance. 
A-PA-KAU, V. To seize upon; to lay 

hold of; to hold on to. a> on falling. 

2. To lay hold of things and displace 
them, as a child. 

3. To give thoughtlessly, as a man gives 
away his food until it is all gone. 

A-PA-Li, V. To go into the presence of 
a chief, and on account of shame, return 
without making a request. 

A-PA-Li-PA-Li, V. To hurry; to hasten. 

A-PA-NA, s. A fragment ; a patch ; a 
piece; a slice; a j)iece. as of bread; a por- 
tion ; apana pooliiwi, a shoulder piece for 
a garment. Puk. 39:4. A piece of any 
substance; of a human body. Lunk. 19:29. 
A division of people. 1 Sal. 16:21. Apana 
Y.. a sector of a circle. Anahon. Apana 
uuku. a little piece. loan. 6:7. 

A-PA-NA-PO-Ai, 5. Apaiia and poai, to 
surround. A segment of a circle. Aaah.2'6. 



API 



60 



APO 



A-PA-NE, s. A species of bird much 
valued on account of its red feathers. 

2. A species of the lehua, the ohia, with 
red blossoms, which are food for birds. 

A-PA-NE, adj. Red on the flesh when 
burned ; hence, applied to anger. 
2. Red ; flushed with anger. 

A-PA-Ni, V. To go from house to house 
tattling and doing nothing valuable; he 
mea hele kauhale e apani ana ia hale aku 
ia hale aku me ka holoholo kauhale. 

A-PA-Ni-PA-Ni. See Apani above and 
Apaapani. 

A-PA-PA, V. To deceive. See Apaapa. 

A-PA-PA, s. Name of a strong wind 
blowing over Kohala Point. 

A-p A-PA-NE, s. The name of a bird on 
Hawaii ; a i kani aku ka leo o ka apapane. 
Laieik. 29. It has red feathers. Hulu apa- 
pane, the red feathers of the apapane. 

A-PE, s. A plant with broad leaves, 
acrid to the taste, like kalo, but more so ; 
it is eaten for food in times of scarcity. 

A-PE -A-PE, adj. Full of knots, as a 
string; full of small round stones, as a road. 

A-PE-A-PE, s. The motion of the gills 
of a fish in water ; the breathing of a fish. 
See Api. 

2. The name of a remarkable plant found 
near the top of Waialeale on Kauai; length 
of stalk, twenty feet or over ; leaves, six 
feet in diameter, somewhat resembling, in 
shape, the ape ; the leaf is round and at- 
tached to the stem in the center. 

A-PE-A-PE-A, 5. A species of squid not 
eaten ; he apeapea noloko o ke kai. 

A-PEE-PEE, s. A species of limu; he 
limu apeepee. 

A-PE-u, s. A species of poor mats ; ua 
lawe aku au i ajjeu moena; large mats, but 
very poor ones. 

A-PEU-PEU, adj. See the foregoing. 
Apeupeu applies to kapa as well as mats. 

A-PE-Ri-LA, s. Eng. Name of the month 
April. 

A-pi, V. To gather together, as people 
to one spot ; to bring into a small compass, 
as baggage ; e api mai a uuku. 

A-pi, V. To flap, as the gills of a fish 
when breathing out of water. 

2. To shake, as a cocoanut leaf in the 
breeze. 

3. To tremble, as the liver of a hog when 
killed. 

4. To throb ; to beat, as the pulse. 

5. To be greedy ; to covet this and that 
thing. 

A-PI, s. The gills of a fish; same as 
mahamaha. 
2. The fins with which a fish swims. 



3. The beating of the pulse. 

4. Greediness ; covetousness ; ke api o 
ka ia nui pimoe. 

5. A small net. 

6. The name of a very flat fish. 
A-pi-A-pi, s. The drinking (breathing) 

of a fish in the water. 

2. The flowing of water or of blood in 

the veins. 
A-pii, s. A species of large kalo. 
A-Pii-Pii, s. Name of a species of shrub 

or bush. 
A-Pii-Pii, adj. Curling, as the hair; he 

lauoho apiipii. 
A-Pi-KA-Pi-KA, adj. Spotted. See Opi- 

KOPIKO. 

A-pi-Ki, V. To sport at the expense of 
another ; to be roguish ; to act mischiev- 
ously. 

2. To beg ; to live at the expense of 
others. 

A-pi-Ki, s. Sleight; cunning; craft. 
Eps. 4:14. 

A-PI-KI, adj. Roguish; mischievous; 
lawless ; addicted to roguish tricks. 

2. Deceitful ; he hoopunipuni ; he lei 
apiki, he lei ilima. 

A-PI-KI, adj. Of or belonging to the 
ilima, yellow flowers. &c. 

A-pi-Ki-pi-Ki, V. To fold up, as a piece 
of kapa. 

2. To spread out one upon another for 
the purpose of folding, as sheets of paper, 
kapa, cloth, &c. 

3. To multiply thoughts. 
A-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, s. A kind of agitation of 

the mind ; anxiety ; doubt. 
2. A particular kind of kapa. 

A-Pi-Pi (ho-a-pi-pi), adj. United; joined 
together, as the two canoes of a double 
canoe ; he mau waa elua i hoapipiia. 

A-Po, V. To catch at, as with the hand ; 

to hook in. 

2. To span or reach round. 1 Nal. 7:15. 
To put one's arm around another. Laieik. 
117. 

3. To receive ; to embrace, as a long- 
absent friend. Kin. 29:13. 

4. To fall upon one, as an expression of 
affection. Kin. 33:4. 

5. To contain, hold or encircle. 1 Nal. 
8:27. 

6. To receive, as into the mind ; to ap- 
prehend intellectually. Oih. 8:27. 

7. To receive and embrace, as a truth. 
loan. 17:18. 

8. To receive ; to take out of sight, as a 
cloud. Oih. 1:9. 

A-PO, s. A hoop ; a band ; apo hao, an 
iron hoop ; in grammar, kaha apo, the sign 
of a parenthesis, thus : ( ); a ring or clasp 



APO 



61 



APU 



for the fingers or arm ; a2)0 gala, a golden 
ring. Puk. 25:12. lie apo gala pepeiao, a 
golden ear-ring. Puk. 32:2. In (geometry, 
a circle. Fig. Apo o ka make, bands of 
death. Oih. 2:24. A certain kind of belt 
worn by women. 

Jpo na poe a ka ua kuahine, 
Noho hootnakuf i ka uka o Kahui 
Ka hookohukoliu puahi ole a ka ua. 

A-Po, s. The union of the cheek bone 
with the iwi malia. Anat. 11. 

A-PO, s. A particular variety of sweet 
potatoes. 

A-po-A-po, V. See Apo. To catch at 
frequently ; to snatch or scramble for ; to 
seize upon a })erson or thing ; to seize or 
come upon one. as fear ; apfxipo ka naau i 
ka makau ; to be trouljled with doubt, 
anxiety ; npoapo ka oili ; to be troubled 
with jealousy. Mat. 2:3. Apoapo, lelele 
ka oili, to palpitate, as the heart. 

A-PO-A-Po, s. A catching ; a seizing ; a 
forcing. 

A-po-A-po, s. A bunch, as of kalo ; a 
hill of potatoes ; he apuepue. 

A-poo, V. To go from house to house, 
doing no work ; ua apoo hele i kauhale i 
ka ua. 

A-Poo, s. An idle, lazy person who goes 
from house to house ; aia i ka apoo kauhale. 

A-Poo-poo, s. A deep or hollow place, 
as the hollow of the hand or foot ; the frog 
or hollow place of a horse's foot. 

A-po-HAo, s. Apo, hoop, and hao, iron. 

1. An iron hoop. See Apo. 

2. A name formerly of the king's guard. 
A-Po-KAU, V. To take hold of and dis- 
place. Sec Ai'AKAU. 

A-po-KE, V. To cut up into short pieces. 
A-po-KE, s. A short piece cut off. 
A-PO-Li-MA, s. See Apo and Lima, hand. 

A signet; a finger-ring. /u>i. 38:18. 
A-PO-NO, V. To approve; to treat as 

innocent. 2 Oihl. 0:23. The opposite of 

ahewa. 

2. To justify ; to be accepted. Puk. 
28:38. 

3. Hoc. To exculpate from blame. Kin. 
44:16. 

4. To clear, as one charged with a crime. 
Puk. 34:7. The opposite of hooheica. 

Kanl. 25:1. 

A-PO-NO-iA, 5. Hoo. Justification; treat- 
ment of one as just. Rom. 9:30. 

A-PO-PE-PEi-AO, s. Apo, a ring, and pe- 
peiao, ear. A ring for the ear ; an ear-ring. 

A-po-po, adv. Lit. Wlien the night 
nights.i.e.. to-morrow. i((?)A'. 19:!). Apopo 
kela la aku, daj^ after to-morrow. 

A-po-GU-LA, s. Apo, ring, and gula, gold. 



A gold ring, but often applied to an ear- 
ring of any material. 

A-PU, V. To run after; to chase with 
a design of overtaking another. 
2. To devour food greedily. 

A-PU, s. A cup made of cocoanut shell 
for drinking awa ; he apni ka iwi o ka niu. 

2. A dish : a cup of any material. 

3. Met. Affliction ; suft^ering ; he kiaha ; 
also, 

4. Water in which kalo has been soaked, 
a kind of medicine ; apu kalo, apu laau ; 
the cup gives name to the drink. 

A-pu-A, V. To be disloyal; to disregard 
or disobey the orders of his chief. 

A-PU-A, s. A man who disobeys or dis- 
regards the commands of his chief. 

A-PU-A, s. A shell or cup for scooping 
up the oopu ; he apna oopu. 

A-PU-Ai, s. A variety of kalo. 

^■Pu, ) s. A file ; a rasp. 1 Sam. 

A-PU-A-PU, ) 13:20. 

2. The beard of a fish-hook. 

A-PU-AU-HU-HU, s. Apu, cup, and au- 
huhu, the poison plant. A cup for con- 
taining the auhuhu. 

A-PU-A-PA-LE-LEO, V. Apua, to disobey, 
2)ale, to reject, and leo, voice. To disobey : 
not to comply with a command. 

A-PU-A-PA-LE-LEO, s. Epithet of a chief 
who obeyed not the word of the priest. 

A-PU-A-WA, s. Apu, cup, and awa, a 
plant. The awa cup ; a cup out of which 
awa was drank. 

A-pu-E-pu-E, V. See Pue, to force. To 
solicit one of the other sex. 

2. To strive ; to contend, as two persons 
endeavoring to get the same thing ; apue- 
pue na kanaka i ka ai i ka manawa wi. 

A-PU-E-PU-E, s. Strife between two per- 
sons to get the same thing ; attempting to 
get what another wants. 

2. A difficulty ; a contention ; hikiapue- 
pue, to obtain with difficulty. 

3. A bunch of kalo ; a hill of potatoes. 
See Apoapo. 

A-PU-E-PU-E, adv. With strife ; with 
difficulty. Mat. 19:23. 

A-PUU-puu, adj. See Puu. Rough ; un- 
even, as laud ; as a road. Isa. 45:2. Full 
of hillocks. 

A-PUU-PUU, s. Hillocks; rough places; 
e hoomania i na ap^nipuu a palahalaha ae, 
smooth down the rough places till they are 
smooth. 

A-PU-KA, V. To hide ; to secrete ; to 

steal. 
A-PU-KA, s. Deceit ; treache^}^ 

2. A thief ; e manaoia oia no he apuka, 



AWA 



62 



AWA 



he shall be considered as having stolen. 
Kan. Haio. 
3. Apuka, in laic, is forgery. 
A-PU-Ko-HE-o-HE-0, s. Apu, cup, and 
Jcoheoheo, causing death. 

1. The cup in which deadly ingredients 
were mixed, and out of which they were 
drank, such as auhuhu and awa. 

2. Fig. ka hewa, oia ka apukoheoheo 
e make ai na kanaka a pau i ke ao nei, sin 
is the cup of death causing all people to die. 

A-PU-LU, V. To wax old ; ready to be 
laid aside. Isa. 31:6. 

A-PU-LU, adj. Old; worn out; he waa 
apidu, an old canoe ; he upena apulu, a 
worn out mat ; apulu is applied to things 
as elemakule is to men. 

A-PU-LU, s. A shred, or anything old 
and rotten or decayed, as a garment, a 
house, a canoe, &c. ; he wahi apulu hale, 
the ruins of a house ; he wahi apulu kapa, 
a remnant of a garment, &c. 

A-PU-Ni, s. The name of a day supposed 
to be inauspicious to one's enemies ; e hee 
ai kou hoapaio ia oe, no ka mea o apuni 
keia la, he la hee. 

A-PU-Ni, V. To come together, as two 
persons, and scold and threaten and curse 
one another, but separate without fighting. 

A-wA, V. To converse earnestly. 

A-wA, s. Name of a plant, of a bitter 
acrid taste, from which an intoxicating 
drink is made. 

2. The name of the liquor itself ex- 
pressed from the root of the plant ; the 
drinking of awa causes the skin to crack 
and flake off for a time ; i ka manawa e inu 
ai kekahi i ka awa, he maikai kona ili ke 
nana aku ; a mahope, mahuna ka ili, na- 
kaka, puehoeho, inoino loa ke nana aku. 

3. Bitterness, from the name of the plant. 
A-WA, s. Fine rain ; mist ; he ua awa, 

ma ka mauna ia ua. 
2. A species of fish. 

A-AVA, s. A harbor ; a landing place ; 
an entrance between two reefs ; he awa o 
Kou ma Oahu, he awa ku moku ; he nui 
na awa hookomo waa, there is the harbor 
of Kou on Oahu where ships anchor. 

A-WA-A, V. To dig, as a ditch or a pit ; 
kohi, eli, kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 

A-wAA, s. A ditch, trench or pit dug 
deep ; a hole ; a cave. 

2. A famine, or the consequences of a 
famine. 

A-WAA- WAA, V. To make a groove; 
awaawaa waena, to make a hole in the 
center. 

A-WAA-WAA, V. To dig; to throw up 
dirt : to root, as a hog ; kohi, eli, aAvaa, 
kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 



A-WA-A-WA, adj. Sour; bitter; sharp; 
pungent, as xnim, pepper, orange skin, &c.; 
unpleasant to the taste ; salt, as sea-water ; 
brackish j no ka awaawa o ka wai, hoo- 
koni. 

2. Met. Hard to deal with. 

3. Harsh in manners, as a person. Luk. ^ 
19:21, 22, 

A-WA-A- WA, s. Bitterness ; sourness ; 

pungency to the taste. 
A-WA-A-WA, V. To be bitter, &c. Hoik. 

10:10. See Awa. 
A-WA-A-WA, s. A mist; a spray. See 

Awa above. 
A-wAi, s. Name of a disease ; a swell- 
ing in the groin ; he awai ma ke kumu o 

ka uh^. 

2. A bunch ; a cluster ; he awai kalo, a 

bunch of kalo ; he awai huihui waina, a 

bunch of grapes. 
A-WAI, V. To bind or tie up. 
A-WAi, s. A place to stand on when 

addressing a multitude. Neh. 8:4. 

2. A raised platform ; a scaffold ; a pul- 
pit. 2 Oihl. 6:3. 
A-WAI, s. A bundle or something tied 

up ; lewa ka awai o ka paipu. 
A-WAi-A-Hi-Ki, s. A swelling in the 

groin ; a bubo. See Awai. 
A-WA-HE-WA, V. To miss; to overlook; 

to make a mistake, 
A-WA-HE-WA, s. A mistake; an error, 

when the physician thought that a god had 

the direction of the disease or sent it. 
A-WA-Hi-A, V. The passive of awa for 

awaia, h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be bit- 
ter to the taste. 

2. Fig, Iloo. To make bitter, severe ; to 

be hard in treatment of men. Kol. 3:19. 

Met. To cause to be laborious, painful, 

toilsome. Puk. 1:14, 
A-wA-HiA, s. Bitterness; sourness; ka 

awaawa, ka mulea. 
A-WA-Hi-A, adj. Bitter, like gall; like 

the apuawa ; he mulemule, 
A-WA-HI-A, s. A mist or spray. See 

Awaawa and Awa. 

A-WA-Hu-A, adj. Surly; regardless of 
everybody ; obstinate ; perverse. 

2. Unwilling to attend to one's duty ; 
regardless of the will of the gods and the 
duties of religion ; he aia, lokoino. 

A-WA-KE-A, s. The time of day when 
the sun is the higjiest ; noon ; midday. 

2. The name of the god who opened the 
gate of the sun ; o Awakea ka mea nana i 
wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Ka- 
onohiokala. 

A-WA-KE-AU, s. Living together a great 
distance off and a long time ago ; loihi loa 



AWE 



63 



AWI 



o ka hele ana a me ka noho ana ma kahi 
hookahi ; kabiko. liuliu. 

A-WA-LA, V. To pull steadily and care- 
fully, as a fisherman afraid ol" losing his 
fish. Lam. Haw. 45:43. Aicala i ke aho. 
2. To work steadily and with energy ; 
awala ae la ia me ka huki ae i kana hee 
iluna o ka waa. he pulled st<'adily and 
drew his squid into the canoe. 

A-WA-LE, adj. A, burning, and wale. 
Burnt very much ; burnt of itself. 

A-WA-Lii, s. Name of a hard stone out 
of which kois were made. 

A-WA-LOA, s. A place where the bones 
of chiefs were hid ; he iwi kau 1 \iixawalr>a. 

A-WA-LU, adj. nu7n. Eight; the num- 
ber eight ; also eiodlu. See Walu. 

A-wA-PU-Hi, s. The ginger root; the 
bastard ginger, the smell odoriferous, used 
for dyeing. 

A-WA-WA, s. The opposite of viauna. 
los. 9:1. A valley; he kahawai ; a low, 
level place with high ground on each side. 
Nah. 24:6. 

2. The space between two prominences. 

3. The space between the fingers of the 
hand and the toes of the feet. 

4. The space between the branches of a 
river ; he wahi poopoo loihi, a long deep 
place. See WxV. 

A-WE, V. To carry; to bring, as it is 
followed with mcd or aku; e aioe aku, to 
carry off; e awe mai, to bring here ; gen- 
erally written lawe. Pass. To be borne, 
carried. Isa.i(j:S. Hookahi mea ana iawe 
aku la mai'ko kakou alo aku: alalia, puolo 
ae la a paa, awe mai la aloko nei. then tie 
up the bundle fast, bring it in here. 

A-WE, s. A burden; that which is car- 
ried. 

A-wE, s. The tails of the squid ; na 
rtioe o ka hee. 

A-WE-A-WE, V. Hoo. To make small ; 
to diminish : to render of small account ; 
e raaaw'e. 

A-WE-A-wE, s. The curling of the water 
in the Avake of a ship. 

2. The track or wake of a shij). 

3. The tails or arms of a squid ; he waiu 
no ka hee malalo o ke aweaice. 

A-WE-A-WE, adj. Beautiful; handsome; 

applied to nuui aiul women. 
A-WE-A-WE, adj. White; sUmy, as the 

fa'ces in some diseases. See \yALEWALE, 

adj. 
A-WE-A-WE, 5. Tied up in a bundle; 

bound tight ; he laulau aweawe no ka ha- 

awe. 

A-WE-A-WE, adj. Well mixed; applied 
to poi. 



A-^VE-A-w^E-A, V. To see in a slight de- 
gree : to catch a glimpse of an object. 

2. To act the part of a weawija or pro- 
curer : to act the pimp. See Wkawea. 

A-WE-A-WE-A, s. A glimpse ; a half 
sight of an object. 

A-WE-A--WE-A, adj. Spotted; variegated 
with spots of diflerent colors ; he arceawea 
ulaula ; obscure ; not plain ; aweawea ka 
lohe. 

A-wE-A-w^E-A, s. The seeds of green 
fruit, as squashes, melons. &c. 

A-WE-A-wE-A, adv. Dimly to the sight ; 
not plainly seen ; faintly ; ike aweaioea. 
aku la oia he wahi onohi ma Koolau, o 
Hawaii. Laleik. 20. 

A-wE-o-wE-0, s. A shrub or small tree 
resembling pig-weed, sometinu'S eaten by 
Hawaiians. 

A-WE-o-w^E-0, s. Name of a species of 
reddish fish. See Alai.ai wa. 

A-WE-0-wE-o, adj. Applied to some 
fish ; a iho aku la i ka paeaea aweoweo. 
Laieik. 20(;. 

A-wEU-w^EU, s. A species of wild or 
mountain kalo : called also the mamauen. 

A-WE-KA, )adj. Deceitful; dis- 

A-WE-KA-AVE-KA, j honest: parsimonious. 

A-WE-KA, \s. Deceit; dishon- 

A-WE-KA-WE-KA, 



to pay a forfeit. 
A-WE-LA, 
A-WE-LA-WE-LA, 



esty ; one who refuses 



s. A species of fish ; 
he puhi awela ; a va- 
riety probably of the kala. 
A-WE-LA-WE-LA, adj. Escaping, as a 
fish from a net; ke kukai awelawela ; he 
poniu, he kaihi. 
A-WE-LE, s. The running of a man 
sent on an errand ; aka, i lilo ka awele ka 
pahu i kekahi nana ke eo. 
A-WE-LU, adj. See Welu. Torn; 
ragged; worn to holes, as a kapa: he wahi 
kapa aicelu kona i haawiia'ku. 
A-we-lu-we-lu, v. To be torn; to be 

ragged, as a kapa ; nahaehae. weluwelu. 
A-wi-A-wi, s. A plant, used to stop 

bleeding. 
A-wi-nA, I P. To have a glimpse 

A-WI-HA-wi-HA, ) of a thing. See Awe- 
awe a. 
A-wi-HA, 1 5. A glimpse; an im- 

! A-WI-HA-WI-HA, ) pertVct sight. 
A-wi-Hi, V. To wink ; to ogle ; to look 
I obliquely; to eye; to look atone with jeal- 
! ousy. 1 Sam. 18:9. 

I A-wi-Hi, s. Ka poe aunhi hoowalewale,. 

j enchanters. ler. 27.9. 

' A-wi-Ki, V. Imp, Be quick ; hasten. 



E 



64 



EA 



A-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, s. A vine bearing black 
berries about the size and sbajje of Amer- 
ican blackberries ; they are used as a med- 
icine, operating both as an emetic and 
cathartic ; ke okole o makiki. 

A-wi-Li, V. To mix together different 
ingredients. 

2. To make a garment of dijierent tex- 
tures of cloth. 

3. To wind ; to twist about a thing ; to 
entwine. loh. 8:17. 

4. To be agitated with conflicting emo- 
tions. See Will 

A-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. The intensive of awili 

above. 
A-wi-wi, V. To quicken; to hasten; to 

expedite ; to accelerate. Syn. with wiki- 

wiki. 
A-BA, s. Heh. Father; he makuakane. 



Heb. Name of a month, 
acid : he mea 



A-BI-BA s. 

Puk. 1.3:4. 
A-ci-DA, s. Eng. An 

omo i ka puna. A7iat. 2. 
A-DA-MA, 5. Eng. Adamant. Ze^. 7:12. 
A-DO-Bi-E, s. Sp. A species of brick 

made of earth and water mixed with grass 

or straw and dried in the sun. 
A-GA-TA, s. Eng. An agate ; a precious 

stone. Mek. 27:16. 
A-GA-Ti, s. Eng. Name of a precious 

stone ; an agate. Puk. 28:19. See above. 
A-Go-zA, s. Heb. A nut. Mel.Sol.6:U. 
A-RE-DE-A, s. Heb. Name of an unclean 

bird. Kanl. 14:18. 
A-RE-zA, s. Heb. Name of a tree ; the 

cedar or fir. Lunk. 9:15. 
A-SA-Ri-0,5. Gr. A farthing. Mat.l0:29. 



E. 



Tj^ the second letter of the Hawaiian 

-*-^5 alphabet. It represents the sound of 
the long slender a in English, or its sound 
is like that of e in obey. It is sometimes 
commuted for a, as in the numericals from 
elua. alua, to ema, aiwa ; also in alelo, the 
tongue, elelo ; mahana, Yrarm, mehana. In 
an unaccented syllable at the end of a 
word, its sound is similar to that of the 
English ?/, as ope, opy ; mahope, mahopy, &c. 

E, adv. Synonymous with and a con- 
traction for ae ; yes. £J, yes, is more famil- 
iar, and not so dignified and respectful as 
ae. See Ae. 

E, adv. Other; another; strange; new; 
mea e, a stranger, a strange thing ; kanaka 
e, a stranger ; often syn. with malihini. 
Nah. 15:15. 

E, adv. From; away; e holo e lakou, 
they will flee from ; e puhi e, blow away ; 
i kai lilo e. at sea afar off. 

E, prep. By. As a preposition, it is 
mostly used after passive verbs to express 
the agent ; as, ua ahewaia oia e ke alii, he 
was condemned hy the chief. Many verbs 
have no sign of a passive voice, the con- 
struction of the sentence alone determines 
it, and the e thus situated helps determine 
the point as much as anything ; nui loa hoi 
ka poe daimonio i mahiki aku e ia. Gram. 
§ 105, 11. 

E standing before nouns marks the aui- 
hea or vocative case ; it also often follows 
the same case ; as, e ka lani e, chief. 
Gram. § 105, 8. 

E is used also to call or invite atten- 
tion to what one is about to say ; a con- 



traction, perhaps of ea. Note. — E is mostly 
used at the beginning of an address, and 
ea in the middle, or if a single sentence, 
only at the end. 

E following either active, passive or 
neuter verbs signifies before hand, and 
serves to mark a kind of second future 
tense of the verb ; as, lohe e an, I heard 
before ; hiki e mai oia. he had arrived ^rs^. 
Gram. § 190, 2d. 

E is the sign of the imperative mood, 
and generally of the infinitive also, though 
after hiki and pono the e of the infinitive is 
changed into ke. G^-am. § 191 and 193. E 
is also the sign of the future tense. Gram. 
§ 190, 1. 

'E. After a word ending in «, 'e is a 
contraction for ae. 

E, V. To enter, as into a country or 

city. 

2. To dash upon, as waves upon the deck 
of a ship ; aohe o kana mai o ka nui o na 
ale i e maluna o ka moku. See Ee. 

E-A, V. To raise up, as a person bowed 
down. 

2. To lift or throw up. 

3. To raise up, as from the grave. lob. 7 :9. 

4. To mount or go up upon, as an an- 
cient bed. Hal. 132:3. 

5. To rise up, as water. Puk. 15:8. 

6. Hoo. To be thrown or raised up, as 
land out of the ocean; ua hoea mai na aina 
mai loko mai o ka moana, the land was 
thrown up out of the ocean. 

7. To rise in sight, as a cloud. 1 Nal. 
18:44. To heave in sight, as a ship ; a hoea 



EAE 



65 



EEE 



mai makai aku o Ililo, she hove in sight off 
Hilo. 

8. To rise up, as out of the water. Kin. 
41:2, 3. 

9. To stir up, excite, as the affections ; 
ia manawa ka hoea ana mai o ka hai, at 
that time was th(; exciting of other's love. 

E-A, s. A species of turtle much valued 
on account of tlic shell. 

2. The shell itself; he ea kuu wakawaka. 
Eset. 1:0. Put for ivory. Notk. — The ca 
was forl)idd(!n to women to eat, under the 
kapu system. 
E-A, s. A species of fish somewhat sim- 
ilar to the iiiUi, aawa and poou. 
E-A, s. Takes /j:6! for its article. Spirit; 
vital breath ; the breath of life. 

2. Life itself ; oiai ke ea. while life lasts. 
?>. The natural breath of life. 1 Te.9.2:8. 
E kaili aku ke ea, to die. Kin. 25:8. 

4. The breath of man or beast. Kekah. 
3:21. Nani ka lokomaikai o ke Akua i 
kona haawi ana mai i ke ea o ke kanaka. 
Hal 78:39. Syn. with hanu. Isa. 42:5. 

5. He makani ku malie, oia ka makani e 
hanu ai kakou. the breathal)le air. 

E-A, s. The thrush or aphthae, a dis- 
ease of children ; art., ka. 
E-A, s. Dirt ; dust raised by the wind. 

Ea me he opua hiki kakahiaka la, 
Me he mea la o Hoku o Mahealani 
Ka hukiku o ka waa la i ka lae. 

E-A, adj. Dirty; dusty, as when the 

air is full of dust. 

E-A, int. The expression of a call to 
one's attention, as aloha oukou, ea, to which 
a reply is expected ; generally ae, aloha. 

E-A is used in answer to a call, more 
familiar and disrespectful than eo. Ea is 
also used by a speaker to call the attention 
of his hearers to some particular point 
which he is about to state ; its frequency 
of use is according to the taste of the 
speaker; it is brought out generally, in the 
middle of a sentence. Lunk. 7:3.' Some- 
times it»commences a speech. 1 Sam. 9:5. 

E-A, s. In Tmisic, the highest part; the 

ai7\ 
E-A, adj. Windy; noisy; without ef- 
fect ; he ea ka waha i ke ao ana i ke keiki 
hookuli, wahapaa ; noisy ; clamorous ; as- 
senting to the commands of a parent, but 
not obeying ; disobedient. 



E-A-E-A, s. See Ea, adj., above. The 
strong, offensive smell of meat; eaea, paoa, 
hauna, hohono ; eaea ka iloli o ka mano o 
Koolau ; eaea ka hohono o ka palani (ba- 
rani.) 

E-A-E-A, V. To cover the eyebrows, as 
a fisherman, to shade the eyes while look- 
ing into deep water for fish ; ka lawaia nui 
i eaea na kuemaka i ehuehu na lihilihi. 

E-A-E-A, V. To be covered with dust, 
as one out in the wind where the dust is 
flying ; eaea na kamalii o Lahainaluna i 
ka lepo. 

Ea-ea-kai, s. That which is covered 
with sea drops or the spray of the sea. 

E-A-HA, adv. int. See E. E, sign of 
the future tense, and alui, what. How? 
what? used with the future, as heaha is 
with th(! present and past; eaha ia oe? 
how will it be with you? what will become 
of you? K/.ha ana oukou? what will you 
be about ? 

E-E, V. See E, to dash upon. To 
mount; to get upon anything higher, as a 
horse ; to leap upon ; to g^t on boaid a 
ship ; ee aku la maluna o ka moku ; to get 
into a carriage. 1 Is'al 12:1 8. To go aboard 
a vessel. 

2. Moo, To receive on board a ship ; to 
put upon, as a saddle upon a horse. Kiy\. 
22:3. To set or put one up, as upon a 
horse. Kin. 31:17. 

3. To pass from one carriage to another. 
2 Oihl. 35:24. Ee maluna o ka waa : ee 
maluna o ka lio. See Ae, 4. 

E-E, adj. Out of sight; at a great dis- 
tance. See E, adv. 

E-E, adv. Opposite to ; adversely ; 
against. 1 Tim. (!:20. 

E-E, adj. He hulu ee no ka manu oo, 
that is, the yellow feathers under the wing 
(or the ee) of the oo, oia ka lei hulu maim. 

E-E, adj. Hoo. A rising; a sweeping; 
as, kai hoee. Dan. y:2ti. 

E-E, s. The armpit. See Poee and 
PoAK.vK. Same \inder the wing of fowls. 

E-E, adj. Maloo, kaee ; dry; not wet. 

E-E, adj. Caressing; inviting; kind; 
he makamaka ee. he like, he lokomaikai. he 
koe ole, aole wawau. 

E-E-E, V. To rise up. See Ee, to mount. 
To rise up from one's seat to steal .■some- 
thing, flence, 

2. To be mischievous. 

V. To rise up frequently. See 



E-A, s. Ku ka ea o Lahainaluna i ka 
lepo ; dust raised by the wind, but not a -• 

whirlwind. E-e-a 

E-A, adj. Strong smelling, as meat or ^■^• 

food kept too long. See Eaka. j E-e-a, rtc?/. See the foregoing. Quick; 

E-A-E-A, adj. Dignified ; honorable ; | ^^^'^^^^ 5 ^^xpert. 

high. Syx. with hanohano. hiehie. eaea kai. ! E-E-E-LU, s. The top of a tree when 

Me he wawae, kuhaka la ka eaea. i cut off. 

9 



EEN 



66 



EU 



E-Ei, ) Some of the words of 

E-EI-E-HI-E-HI, > a filthy song sung at a 
E-KI-KI-LAU ) ^^'^^^ ^^J ^^ *^^ Princess. 
E-E-i-NA, V. To creak; to grate, as one 
thing against another ; to crepitate. See 

UUINA. 

E-Eu, adj. Alert; ready to obey orders. 
E-E-Hi, V. To tramp up; to kick up, 

as dust. See Ehi and Hehi._ 
E-E-Hi-A, V. Passive, h inserted, for 

eeia. See E, another ; strange. To fear 

greatly; to be afraid; to be dreadful. Kin. 

28:17. 

2. To lop the ears, as an animal, through 
fear or shame. 

3. Applied to men whose countenances 
droop with fear ; kindred with makau, but 
stronger ; also written ehia. 

E-E-Hi-A, s. Art., ke. Fear; dread; 
reverence ; awe. 2 Oihl. 17:10. 
2. A vision. 
E-E-HI-A, adj. Fearful; dreadful; awful. 
Kin. 28:17. 

2. TrembliHg with fright, occasioned by 
a dream or vision. 
E-E-KE, V. To start away, as a person 
from danger ; to shrink back. 

2. The motion of one's hand when he has 
burnt his finger. 

.3. To twinge or writhe, as with great 
pain. 

4. To start, as with fear ; e puiwa ; eeke 
mai la ia i ka wela i ke ahi. 

E-E-KE, adj. Excellent, &c. See Eke. 
E-E-KE, s. A starting from fear; a 

shrinking from the contact with fire or any 

fearful object. 
2. The shrinking or contracting of a rope 

in length. 
E-E-KE, s. A species of crab in the sea. 
E-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice; applied 

to a canoe, &g. See Eke, adj. 
E-E-KE-Loi (ka-e-ke-loi), s. To drum 

with the fingers on the pahu and sing at 

the same time. 

E-E-Lo-Ko-A, s. A storm at Waimea 

from the north-east. 
E-E-NA, adj. O ka pua eeria ole ia o ka 

moku? Wild; untamed, as children in a 

school. 
2. Skillful ; applied to birds and fish 

that discover the snare or net, 

E-E-NE, V. To tremble for, as for one 
in danger; eene aim i ka mea aneane haule. 

2. To be astonished at, or ashamed of 
one for lying or committing other evil. 

3. To tremble for one violating the kapu 
of the chiefs, as a child ignorantly climb- 
ing on the person of a chief, which was 
death. 



E-E-PA, s. See Epa. Forgery; deceit; 

treachery. 

E-E-wA, V. Ewa, ewaewa ; to mock ; 
to make mouths at ; to vex. 

E-i, adv. A particle of place ; here ; 
similar to ei«y ei ae, here; close by; ei 
ae,ke hele mai ne'i, here, he is coming now. 

E-iA, adv. Here ; in this place ; used 
in answer to the question auhea oe ? Ans. 
Eia wau la, here am I. Note. — Eia, here, 
is in contrast with aia, there. 

Ei-A, adj. pron. This. Syn. with keia. 

Ei-NEi, comp. pron. This one, present; 
this person ; this thing. 

E-i-wA, num. adj. See Iwa. Nine; the 
number nine ; also written aiwa. 

E-0, V. See O. To answer to a call; 
to say here to one calling. lob. 13:22. No 
ka mea, ua eo kakou i ke Akua ; penei ka 
kakou eo ana ia ia. 

E-o, s. The answer to a call. 

E-o, V. To gain or win in a bet or 
wager; ua eo wau ia oe, I have gained you, 
1. e., the bet. Laieik. 97. E ko. 

2. To give as an equivalent in a bar- 
gain ; to have made an honest, bona fide 
bargain ; no ka mea, eo ko kaua kuai ana 
me ka ae like. 

E-o, adj. See Eo, v., to gain. Fin- 
ished; made an end of; complete; puni 
eo, a fiill accomplishment. 

E-o, s. A calabash or other vessel brim- 
ful of food ; he aloha i ka ipu ka eo. 

E-0-E-KA-LA, {adv. phrase) for eole e 
kala ; long ago ; not lately. 

E-o-LA-Ni, adj. Stretching or reaching 
up to heaven, i. e., very high ; eolani na 
kia ka moku kiekie. 

E-o-NO, num. adj. Six. See Aono. 
Simple form, ono. 

Eu, V. To rise up, as one who has been 
sitting. 

2. To ascend from an humble to an ex- 
alted situation. 

3. To excite or stir up one to do a thing. 
1 ^a/. 21:15. aku la o Poki ia Kalai- 
wahi, eu, hoi kaua ma Oahu, Poki said to 
Kalaiwahi, come on (up,) let us two return 
to Oahu. 

4. Hoo. To collect; to call out, as a 
company of soldiers on an emergency ; to 
excite to tears ; ia manawa, e /loew ana ke 
aloha, e hoolale ana i na wai maka. The 
root, eu, is often doubled, giving intensity; 
as, hooeueu, to excite, stir up, rouse to ac- 
tion. See EuEU. 

Eu, s. A rising up to do something; 
aole ana eu ae, he did not get up, i. e., did 
not exert himself. 

2. In the abstract, mischief ; theft ; mur- 
der, and the like. Laieik, 104! Note. — Ka 



EHA 



67 



EHU 



€U also means a peculiar sensation of the 
skin, a creeping numbness, like maeele or 
malanai; holo ka cw ma ka lae. 
Eu, adj. Disobedient; mischievous; he 



E-u, V. To live; to crawl here and 
there, as worms in a putrid, dead body ; 
eu ka ilo, apuupuu ka ili, eu ka nalo, eu 
ka naio, eu mai ka opae ; e nee, e kolo 
paha. 

2. To steal ; not quite so strong as ai/i?<e. 

3. To trouble by asking favors. 
E-u-A-NE-Lio, s. Gr. The gospel; the 

life and labors of Jesus Christ as described 
by one of the Evangelists. 

2. The system of salvation as revealed 
in the New Testament. Mat. 11:5 ; Gal 1:G. 
Ke kauoha hou, ka olelo maikai. 

Eu-EU, r. 13th conj. oi eu; see above. 
IIoo., conj. 15th. To stir up ; to influence 
one to action. 2Pe<. 1:13. Often syn. with 
hoala. 

2. To stir up one to perform his duty. 2 
OiU. 24:6. Eaeu ka lehelehe o ka wahine 
nuku wale, the lips of a scolding woman 
make trouble. 

Eu-EU, s. A stirring up; an excite- 
ment. 2 Pe/. 1:12, 13. 

E-u-LU, V. To cut or crop off a branch 
with some smaller branches; e oki aku i 
ka exdu me na lala liilii; ''no ka lau ka 
exdu pipili ka lani, oki ka honua." See 
Ulu, to grow. 

E-U-LU, s See Ulu, to grow. A branch 
cut off to be planted again ; a layer. 

2. The top and branches of a tree which 
are cut off and left as good for nothing. 

E-u-NU-HA, s. Gr. A eunuch; one cas- 
trated. Mat 19:12. 

E-U-NU-HA, V. Gr. Hoo. To make one 
a eunuch. Mat. 19:12. 

E-u-WE-KE, P. To open; to take off, as 
a man takes off irons from one confined. 

2. To burst open. 

3. To dash upon, as a wave does a double 
canoe by rising between them. 

E-HA, V. To be hurt ; to be sore ; to be 
painful ; to suffer ; eha ka naau. the heart 
is pained. Hoo. To suffer in any way, as 
in sickness or pain, or by punishment ac- 
cording to law. justly or'unjustly. 1 Pet. 
4:15, 16. Fig. To cause hurt : to grieve 
one. Epcs. 4:30. 

E-HA, s. Pain ; soreness of any kind ; 
sorrow ; suffering of punishment ; a hurt ; 
affliction. 1 S(tm. 1:11. 

E-HA, adj. Sore ; painful ; hurtful, 

E-HA, num. adj. Four; the number 
four. See Aha and Ha. 

E-HA-E-HA, V. Conj. l^oieha. Hoo. To 
give pain ; to afflict. Aa/i. 29:7. To chas- 



tise; to punish. KanlS:5. To grieve,!, e., 

to cause grief to one. Hal. 95:10. To vex. 

Kin. 21:12. 
E-HA-E-HA, s. Suffering; torment; pain; 

grief. 
E-HA-E-HA, adj. Intensely painful. 1 

Nal. 12:4. 
E-HA-E-HA, adv. Painfully; grievously. 
E-HA-HA, V. To loll ; to pant, as a dog 

or hog after violent exercise, or with heat. 

See AuAUA. 
E-HE, adj. Huluiia mai kuu lani kuu 

alii ehe. 
E-HE-A, V. To call; to call aloud; per- 
haps the imperative mood of hea, to call. 

See Kahea. 

E-HE-E-HE, V. To cough ; to cough 
slightly ; to hack. 

E-HE-E-HE, adj. Pertaining, or belong- 
ing to a cough ; mai eheehe. 

E-HE-u, s. The wing of a fowl ; na mea 
eheu, winged animals. Kiii. 1:21. Fio. 
Care ; protection ; eia no au iloko o na 
eheu o ko kaua makuahine,; the wing, as of 
an eagle. Puk. 19:4. Oukou. e na hoa 
(scholars of the Sem.) o na eheu o ke kaka- 
hiaka nui. Eheu takes both forms of the 
article ka and ^^e. See Eheheu. 

E-HE-U, adv. As wings ; as if with 

wings. Isa. 40:31. 
E-HE-HEU, s. A wing. See Eheu. 
E-HE-NA, V. See Hehena. 
E-Hi, V. To tread upon; to trample 

down ; to kick. See Hehi and Hahi. 
E-Hi-A, int. adv. How many? 
E-Hi-A, V. See Eehia. 
E-hi-e-hi, v. To slander ; to spread 

evil reports of one. See Aiiiahi. 
E-Hi-KU, num. adj. Seven; also ahiku 

and hiku. 
E-Hi-NA, adj. Reddish; sandy; applied 

to the hair. 
E-Hi-PA, V. To crook ; to bend. 
E-Hi-PA, s. A crook. 
E-Hi-PA, adj. Crooked. 
E-Ho, s. A stone idol; he akua o Lono* 

kaeha. 

2. A collection of stone gods. 

3. A monument ; a stone pillar set up 
as a memorial. Kin. 28:18: also Km. 35:14. 
Name of a ])ile of stones set up to attract 
the attention of fishermen. 

4. A swelling or bunch internal, a kind 
of disease. 

5. Name of a stone put inside of an ani- 
mal in cooking. 

E-ho-e-ho, v. See Eho, 3. 

E-HU, s. The spray of the surf. 



EKE 



68 



ELA 



2. The steam of boiling water. SeeMAHU 
and Kehu. 

3. One of the servants of the king. 
E-HU, V. Hoo. To drive away; to scare 

away, as hoe's or hens. 
E-HU, adj. Red or sandy haired ; ruddy 

in conntenance ; florid. 1 Sam. 16:12. 
E-HU-A-Hi-A-Hi, s. Lit. The red of the 

evening. 

2. An epithet of old age. 
E-HU-A-WA, s. A species of strong grass 

or rnsh from which cords are made ; also 

written ahiiawa. 
E-HU-E-HU, s. A Strong wind blowing 

severely; aka huhumanu ehuehu ka makani, 

inoino lepolepo ka moana ; hakukai ka ale 

ka moana i ka ehuehu o ka makani. 
2. Darkness arising from dust, fog or 

vapor. 
E-HU-E-HU, adv. Angrily; furiously; 

in a raging manner, as the wind. See Ehu. 

Ku ehuehu, huhu, inaina. 
E-HU-KA-KA-Hi-A-KA, s. LiT. The red of 

the morning ; an epithet* of youth. See 

Ehuauiahi. 
E-KA, s. Costiveness ; filth. 

2. Name of a sea breeze at Kona. 
E-KA, s. The upper part of a bunch of 

bananas ; he lila wale no mai ka eka luna 

a hiki i ka pola. 
E-KA, s. Eng. An acre (of land); a 

measured quantity. Isa. 5:10. 
E-KA, adj. Dirty; unclean; foul. Isa. 

57:20. 

2. Costive ; filthy. 
.8. Curly, as a Negro's hair. 
E-KA-E-KA, adj. See Eka. Dirty; cov- 
ered with filth ; very dirty. 
E-KA-HA, s. Name of a parasitical plant. 

2. Name of a hard kind of bush which 
grows in the sea. 

3. Also the name of a fern-like plant. 
E-KA-HA-KA-HA, s. Name of a species 

of sea-weed. 

2. Name of a plant, large, long leaf. 
E-KA-KU, s. The rolling of a stone down 
a pali ; kaa ka pohaku, ula ka pali, he 
ahaia? he ekaku. 
E-KA-LE-si-A, s. Gr. A church ; a body 
of professing christians. Oih. 8:1. 
2. He ekalesia, a church member. 
E-KE, s. A pocket; a bag; a small 
sack. Luk. 9:3. Eke kala, a money bag 5 
a purse. loan. 12:G. Syn. with hipuu. 

2. Name of a kind of net ; properly, the 
bottom or bag part of the net. 

E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice; applied to 
canoes ; perhaps to other things. 

E-KE-E-KE, V. To be in pain; to be 
pained, as the bowels on pressure. 



2. To be pained, as the mind stung by 
an offense. 
E-KE-E-KE, s. A piercing, stinging pain. 

2. Displeasure, arising from an offense. 

3. The feeling one has when that which 
he prizes is spoken against or injured. 

E-KE-E-KE, adj. Hurt; pained, as the 

striking at something hard. 
E-KE-E-KE, V. To brush off, as a fly or 

insect. 
E-KE-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice, &c. 

See Eke, adj. 
E-KE-E-KEi, V. To be too short. Hoo. 

To shorten ; to make short. See Ekekei. 
E-KE-u, s. A wing of a bird. Hal. 17:8. 

Syn. with eheu. See Ekeke and Ekekeu. 
E-KE-U, adj. Proud; haughty; applied 

to a person neatly dressed, who despises 

others. Syn. with Haaheo. 
E-KE-KE, ) 5, Awing; the wing of a 
E-KE-KE-U, ) bird. See Eheu and Ekeu. 
E'KE-KEi, adj. Short; too short; shorter 

than something else ; applied to clothes, 

strings, &c. 
E-KE-KEU, s. A wing, &c. See Ekeke 

above. 
E-ke-ke-mu, v. To open or move the 

lips, as in speaking, but without sound. 
E-ke-mu, v. To open, as the mouth. 

2. To utter by the organs of speech. 2 
Kor. 12:4. 

3. To speak audibly or intelligibly. Kin. 
24:21. 

4. To speak out ; to reply to a question. 
Kin. 45:3. 

5. To answer in reply. los. 22:21. 

6. To come forth in any way. 

7. To operate as a cathartic. 

E-Ki, adj. See Elaueki. Pertaining to 

the top of a ki leaf. 
E-Ki-Ki-LAU. See Eei. A word used in 

a dirty mele. 
E-Ko, ) s. Dirt; filth, &c. Spoken 

E-KO-E-KO, ) of a person unwashed. 
E-KO, ) adj. Dirty ; filthy, as in 

E-KO-E-KO, ) former times, when it was 

kapu to bathe. See Eka. 

E-Ko-LU, adj. num. Three; the number 

three ; also akolu. See Kolu. 
E-KU, V. To root, as a pig; {motiofoeti 

in utero;) to dig in the ground, as a plow. 

Laieik. 107. 
E-KU-LE, s. A species of fish. 
E-LAA, ) adv. Together with ; along 
E-LAA-HOI, ) with ; likewise ; thus ; in 

like manner ; as also ; the same ; alike ; 

the same as; penei,.etoa ka mea ole ana. 

See Laa. 



ELE 



69 



ELI 



E-LAU, s. The straight top of a tree, 

or of a sugar-cane. 

2. The end of one's finger ; the point of 
a bayonet : the bearded part of a spear. 

.S. The commencement of a breeze of 
wind. 

4. The pointed end of a substance. See 
Welau and Welelau. 
E-LAU-E-Ki, s. A bayonet. 

E-LAU-I-KI, E-LA-WAI-KI, OT E-LAU-WAI- 
Ki, s. The top of the ki h'aves. 

E-LE, V. To be dark; black; to be dark 
colored ; not clear. 

E-LE. An intensive added to many 
words ; very : much ; greatly. &c. 

E-LE-AO, s. Name of a worm that de- 
stroys food ; he ilo, he mea e make ai ka 
ulu o ka ai. 

E-LE-E-LE, adj. See Ele. Dark col- 
ored ; black ; blue ; dark red ; brown. 
See Uliuli ; also Lipolipo. 

E-LE -E-LE, s. Darkness ; ua like ka 
eleele me ka uliuli. 

E-LE-E-LE, adv. Darkly; without much 
light ; ke hele elede nei au.I.walk in dark- 
ness, loh. 30:28. 

E-LE-E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces ; to 
break easily. See Elekk below. 

E-LE-E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken; sim- 
ilar to helelei; pohaku eleku. 

2. Unhandsome ; unsightly ; applied to 
a homely, lean, or insignificant person ; a 
good for nothing man. 

E-LE-E-LE-Pi, adj. Dashing different 
ways, as waves affected by different winds. 
2. Applied to men of different minds : 
as, eleele2?i ka waha o kanaka. 

E-LEi-0, V. To go after anything pri- 
vately, as a mouse after poi. 

E-LE-u, adj. Alert. 

E-LE-u-Li, s. A kind of kapa ; kapa 
eleull no Funa. 

E-LE-HEi, adj. Too short for the pur- 
pose designed ; one leg too short ; as au 
oopa, wawae pokoli. See Ekekei. 

E-LE-HEI, s. Shortness; want of length ; 

i ka elehei, i ka mumuku. 
E-LE-HEU, s. Anger; rage. 
E-LE-HEU, adj. Angry; very angry; in 

a raging manner. 
E-LE-KA, s. Eng. The elk; an animal. 

Lam. Haw. 6:1. 
E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces. See Ele- 

ELEKU. 

E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken; similar 
to helelei ; pohaku eleku. 

2. A good for nothing man ; a coward ; 
applied to a homely, lean or mean insig- 
nificant person. See Eleelbku. 



E-LE-KU, s. A species of stone ; he po- 
haku eleku, a brittle stone. 

E-LE-LE, s. A messenger; one sent by 
authority. Nah. 21:21. An ambassador; 
ka mea i hoounaia'ku ; a representative to 
transact the business of another ; one sent 
to carry news. 1 Sam. 4:17. Often syn. 
with luna. 

E-LE-LO, s. Art., ke. The tongue of 
man or beast ; the organ of spe«'ch ; the 
instrument of communicating good or evil. 
lob. 20:1G. See Alelo and Lelo. 

E-LE-LO-LU-A, adj. Tongue-tied. 

E-LE-LO-LU-A, s. A tongue-tied person. 

E-LE-LU, ) s. A cockroach; elelulii' 

E-LE-LE-LU, ) Hi. the small cockroach; 
elelu papa, the flat, broad cockroach. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, V. To be or become old ; 
to have the evidence of decay ; mostly ap- 
plied to men ; sometimes, fig., to other 
things. Heb. 8:13. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, s. An old man ; an 
aged man ; olelo ino aku la ia i kekahi 
mau demakule, he spoke reproachfully to 
certain old men ; ukiuki iho la ua mau 
elemakule la. Mostly applied to persons ; 
sometimes to things — the works of crea- 
tion. Hal. 102:26. ^ 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, odj. Old; aged; decay- 
ing, as men advanced in life, but often in- 
definite. "WTien one has not seen a child 
for some time, and the child has grown 
considerably, he exclaims, ka, ua elemakule 
no, why, he has become an old man. 
Note. — The same idea applied to an old 
woman would be luahine. 

E-LE-Mi-0, V. To taper ofl* to a point. 

E-LE-Mi-o, adj. Tapering to a point. 

E-LE -MI-HI, s. Name of a four-footed 
animal in the sea. 

E-LE-PAi-0, s. A species of bird. Laieik. 
29. Also, 
2. A species of kalo with spotted leaves. 

E-LE-PA-NE, s. The sea elephant; a 
seal ; a walrus. 

E-LE-PA-NE or E-LE-PA-Ni, s. Eug. The 
elephant. 

E-LE-PA-NE, adj. Niho elepane, ivory. 
1 Nal 10:22. 

E-LE-pi, s. Name of a four-footed ani- 
mal found in the sc-a. 

E-Li, V. To loosen or break up earth ; 
to dig in the ground, as a pit, hole or ditch; 
e kohi ; e eli oukou i ka lua a poopoo, dig 
the pit until it is deep : alalia, e kanu aku 
i ka laau, then plant the tree : ua eli lakou 
i ka auwaha a hohonu, they dug a ditch 
very deep. 

E-Li-E-Li, r. To dig repeatedly. See 
above. 



EMO 



70 



ENU 



E-Li-E-Li. Elieli kapu, elieli noa. 

E-Li-MA, num. adj. Five; the number 
five ; also olima. See Lima. 

E-LO, adj. Wet; to soak, as kapa with 
rain ; pulu kahi kapa i ka ua, elo wale, a 
kapa was wet with rain, and all soft. 

E-Lo-E-LO, adj. Very wet. See Elo. 
Ua pulu eloelo wale ko lakou aahu i ka wai- 
maka, their robes were soaked soft with 
their tears. 

E-LO-E-LO, V. To moisten; to make 
wet 5 Kaelo keia malama, ke eloelo nei 
na huihui i ke kai, o Kaelo ia ke eloelo nei 
i ka ua. 

E-LO-WA-LE, V. To be wet; dirty; de- 
filed. 

E-LU, V. To crumble to pieces. 

E-LU-A, num. adj. Two; the number 
two. See Alua and Lua. 

E-MA-NU-E-LA, s. Heb. God with us ; 
Emmanuel ; a name of Jesus Christ. Mat. 
1:23. 

E-ME-RA-LA, s. Eng. Name of a pre- 
cious stone. Puk. 28:18. An emerald. 

E-Mi, V. To fall behind, as one of sev- 
eral persons walking together. 

2. To decrease in number. 

3. To retire back ; ebb ; subside, as the 
tide ; to diminish in quantity. Kiyi. 8:1. 

4. To take an humble place after occu- 
pying one higher. 

5. To think one's self of little conse- 
quence. 

6. To despond ; to flag, as the mind or 
spirits ; to fail, as the courage. 

7. Hoo. To diminish. Fuk. 21:10. To 
shorten ; to make few ; to sink back with 
fear ; ke hoemi nei lakou i kau hana. 

E-Mi, s. In?raM5ic,aflat; the character b. 

E-Mi-E-Mi, V. See above. To fall be- 
hind, &c. ; e emiemi iho la lakou i ka uala 
nui a hahai ae la i ke anamiu o ka uala. 

E-Mi-E-Mi, adv. Backwardly; lazily; 
falling behind ; mai hele emiemi i hope, 
mai hopohopo, mai makau, e hele aku i 
mua, do not fall behind, tremble not, fear 
not, go ahead. 

E-Mi-KU-A, V. To go backward. 

E-MO, V. To be long; to delay; to put 
off ; not much used, except with the nega- 
tive ole ; as, emoole, which see below. 

E-Mo, s. A waiting ; a delay. 

E-Mo-o-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; he 
hikiwawe. Kin. 27:22. Suddenness. Gah 
1:6. 

E-Mo-o-LE, adj. Emo9.ndole. Quickly; 
soon ; active ; punctual ; aole erao ! O how 
quickly ! 

E-MO-o-LE, adv. Suddenly. Oik. 2:2. 



E-Mu, V. To cast away; to throw away. 

Hoo. The same ; e hookuke, e kipaku. 
E-NA, V. To be in a rage, as in anger. 
2. To burn, as fire ; ua ena loa ka ula o 

ka mai, the sick person is red with heat ; 

ke ena loa ae nei, wena. 
E-NA, adj. Red hot; raging, as fire; 

epithet of an oven when red hot ; applied 

also to anger. 

2. Angry ; wild ; untamed, as an ani- 
mal ; full of fury. 

3. Jealous, as a bird of a snare, or fear- 
ful, as a villain of good men ; threatening, 
as some kinds of clouds that threaten a 
storm. 

E-NA-E-NA, V. To bum, as a raging 
fire ; to be hot. Kanl 32:22. Spoken of 
anger. 

2. To be strongly offensive to the smell, 
as the stench of a dead carcass ; enaena ka 
pilau ka lio make ; ua enaena Kilauea i 
ka pele. 

3. Hoo. To heat, as an oven. Hos. 7:4. 
E-NA-E-NA, s. A raging, furious heat. 

Dan. 3:19. 

E-NE, V. To creep, as a child first at- 
tempting ; ua ene ke keiki, the child has 
begun to creep. 

2. To creep along ; to get near an ob- 
ject ; ene aku la au e pehi i ka pohaku. 
Hoo. Hooene aku la na kahuna i ka laau 
halalo. 

E-NE, s. The commencement of a child's 
creeping. 

E-NEi, adv. For nei; here; this place; 
this neighborhood. Kol 4:9. Mahea ko 
enei kamalii? where are the children of 
this place ? See Anei, here. 

E-NE-HE, V. See Anehe. To be ready 
to do a thing ; prepared for it ; enehe aku 
no ka lima e lalau, the hand was ready to 
catch hold : enehe aku la laua e holo aku. 



enemy. Fuk. 

Nal. 21:20. 



E-NE-Mi, s. Eng. An 

23:22. He raea e ku e ai 
E-NE-NE, V. 9th conj. of ene. To move 

itself, as a thing of life. 

2. To bore a small hole in order to make 
a larger. 

3. To file or rasp gently. 

4. Hoo. To move itself, as a chicken in 
the shell. Lam. Haw. 12:2, 1. 

E-NO, V. To be wild ; easily made 
afraid, as an animal partially tamed. See 
Hoo. 

E-No-E-No. See Maenoeno. 

E-NU-HE, s. A species of worm, large 
and striped. See Axuhe. On Maui it is 
ciiWed peelua. Hepuko,hepeelua. Note. — 
The word is used for worm, generally in a 
moral sense, that is, 
2. A poor, helpless, despicable creature. 



I 



71 



I 



Hal 22:6. Worms. Kanl 28:39. Fio. Ap- 
plied to men. Isa. 41:14. 
3. A caterpillar. ler. 51:14. 
E-PA, V. To be deceived; to be led into 
error. 

2. To be deceitful. 

3. To steal. 

4. To backbite ; e wahahee, e hoopuni- 
puni, e alapahi. 

5. Hoo. To act basely or treacherously ; 
also, epaepa with hoo ; auhea oukou e ka 
poe i kapa ae nei, be pono ka hooqmepa? 
Epa wahahee, to get up a lie or false re- 
port. IfaL 119:69. 

E-PA, s. One who is false to his trust. 

2. An act of villainy ; fraud, or artifice. 

3. Falsehood ; forgery, by getting prop- 
erty in the name of another ; haku epa, one 
who speaks falsely to the hurt of another. 

E-PA, adj. False; deceitful. 

E-PA, s. Beb. Name of a Hebrew meas- 
ure; an ephah. Lunk. 6:19; Puk. 16:36. 

E-PA-E-PA, V. See Epa above. 

E-po-DA, s. Heb. An ephod ; a part of 
the official dress of a Jewish high priest. 
1 Sam. 2:18. 

E-WA, V. To crook ; to twist ; to bend 
out of shape. 

2. To act improperly ; to pervert. 

3. To mock ; to vex ; to trouble. Hoo. 
Hooewa ae mahope kuai ka hale ; e hoewa 
ae ma ke kua ; e hoewa aku ma ke kala ; 
hoewa nuku mua : he sneered at the house 
and afterwards bought it ; it was crooked 
on the back side, it was crooked at the end, 
it was crooked in front. Anat. Generally 
in the reduplicated form. 

E-WA-E-WA, L'. To mock; to vex; to 
render one uncomfortable. 

2. To act unjustly or unrighteously ; to 
pervert justice. Ezek. 18:25. 

3. Hoo. To cause mockery; vexation, &c. 
See Maew.4. and Maewaewa. 

E-WA-E-WA, s. Injustice ; a turning 
aside from right. Hah 9:8. 



E-WA-EWA, adj. Unequal; unjust; ir- 
regular in structure, as an irregular bone. 
Anat. 4. 

2. Grinning or expressing anger ; ap- 
plied to the mouth and eyes ; as, he maka 
ewaewa, he waha ewaeioa. 

E-WA-E-WA, adv. Unjustly, respecting 
persons in judgment, j^of. 3:15. With par- 
tiality. 1 Tim. 5:21. 

E-wA-E-wA-i-Ki, s. A lohe oe i ka leo 
o ka ewaewaiki e hoonene ana. La'mk. 
149. The imaginary voice of a female 
spirit who had died, and her unborn infant 
with her. 
2. Name of a bird on Hawaii. ♦ 

E-WAi, s. A swelling under the armpit 
or groin ; also awai ; he auwakoi. 

E-WA-LU, num. adj. Eight ; the num- 
ber eight ; also aicalu and walu. 

E-WE, V. To grow again after being 
cut off, as a stalk of sugar-cane ; ke ewe ka 
aa ; alalia kukulu na "lii a pau i ewe ai, he 
heiau hoouluulu ua ia. 

E-WE, s. The navel string. 

2. Ke eice o ka huamoa, the white of an 
egg. loh. 6:6. 

3. The abdominal aorta ; be ewe, ke ewe. 

4. The place of one's birth and where 
his ancestors before him were born ; kona 
ewe hanau. See Tewe. placenta. 

E-WE -WE, s. The love, affection and 
remembrance one has for the place of his 
birth and where he has spent his first years; 
o ke aloha mai ia oukou me ke ewewe o ka 
noho pu ana, malaila mai no ke aloha ana 
ia oukou. 

E-Bo-Ni, s. Eng. Ebony, a species of 
black wood. Ezek. 27:15. 

E-DE-NA, s. Heb. Name 'of the garden 
planted for our fii'st parents. Kin. 2:8. 

E-VA-NE-Li-0, s. Gr. The gospel ; the 
history of Jesus Christ ; the news of salva- 
tion. See EuANELio. Mar.l:\. 



I. 



1 the third letter of the Hawaiian: 

* ? alphabet. Its sound is that of ee in Eng- 
lish, or that of the French i. _ _ j 

I is the medium of communication be- \ 
tween an active transitive verb or a verb , 
of motion and its object. See Gram. § 105, 
p. 49, d and e; also. Gram. Syntax, Rule 
19. Before proper names of persons and 
pronouns, the i becomes ia. See note Gram. 
p. 49. 

I has a variety of significations, and is 
used for a variety of purposes. 



I, prep. To ; towards ; in ; at ; unto ; 
by ; for ; in respect of; above ; more than ; 
on account of, &c. 

I, adj. Sting}'. 

I, adv. When; while; if. 

I, conj. If; that; a contraction perhaps 

of ina. 
I. A sign. 1st. Of the imperfect tense 

of verbs. 

2. A sign of the subjunctive mood ; a 

contraction of ina. 



lA 



72 



IAN 



3. As a sign of a tense, it often has the 
meaning of a potential ; that ; as, ua hai 
aku ail i lobe oukou, I have spoken, that 
you might hear. See Grcmi. § 209, subj. 
mood, 4th form. 

4. The sign of the imperative mood, 
passive in certain cases ; as,i kukui,i wai, 
i nobo, bring a lamp, water, &c. 

1 with an apostrophe before it, is a con- 
traction after a of the preceding word, for 
ai ; as, malaila kahi i waihoia'i ka waiwai, 
for waihoia ai. 

I, V. To speak ; to say, in connection 
with the thing spoken or said. Kin. 1:3 
and 20. 

2. To address one 5 to make a speech to 
one ; often syn. with olelo. Kin. 3:1. I 
mai la ia i ka wahine, he said to the woman 
(after this follows what was said.) 

3. To say within one's self. Kanl. 18:21. 

4. To pronounce a single word, as a sig- 
nal. Lunk. 12:6. 

5. To give an appellation, and syn. with 
kapa. Isa. 32:5. To designate the name 
of a person. 0(7*,. 9:36. 

I, V. To beget, as a father. 

I, s. Name of the papaia fruit and tree. 
See Ii. 

Ia, v. Hoo. To enter; to be received, 
as into the mouth. 

Ia, v. To beat or pound, as in making 
kapa. 

Ia, s. The name of the mallet used in 
beating kapa. 

Ia, prep. Used before proper names of 
persons, and before pronouns, as i is be- 
fore common nouns. See I, prep. It signi- 
fies, to ; of; for ; by ; with ; on account of 5 
in respect of, &c. See Gram.. § 126, 6. 

Ia, adv. In the beginning of a sentence, 
and before a pronoun, it refers to time ; 
when ; at that time, &c. ; as, ia lakou i 
noho ai ilaila, while they lived there ; ia 
manawa. make iho la ke alii, at that time 
the chief died. 

Ia, pers. pron.^ third pers. sing. He; 
she ; it ; more rarely in the sense of it, for 
which Hawaiians use a periphrasis ; thus : 
ia kanaka, ia wahine, ia mea, kela, keia, 
&c. Gram. § 137, 140, 3d. 

Ia, pro7i. adj. This ; that ; according as 

the thing referred to is present or absent. 
Ia annexed to verbs, forms the passive 
voice of all the conjugations ; as, ua oio/iaia 
mai kakou, we are beloved. This sign of 
the passive voice may be annexed to the 
verb and form one word, or it may be sepa- 
rated, one or more words intervening ; as, 
ua lawe main ia ke dala, the money was 
taken secretly. Gram. § 211. Notk. — 
Sometimes letters are inserted before the 
ia; as, aioahia, it is bitter, for atoaia. 



I-A, s. A fish ; the general name of all 

sea animals, also those in fresh water ; ua 
kapaia na mea a pau ma ke kai he ia, na 
mea holo a me na mea holo ole ; aia no 
kekahi mau ia maloko o ka wai mauka 
ka aina. 

2. Meat of any kind, in distinction from 
ai, vegetable food ; ka ia wale no i koe 
ia ia, the fish only remained to him (i. e., 
Dagon.) 1 Sa7n. 5:4. Note. — The names 
of the fish formerly kapu for women to eat 
were : kumu, moano, ulua, honu perhaps, 
and the ea. 

Ia, s. Pronounced yah. Eng. A yard 
in length. 

Pa, s. The galaxy or milky way. 

Ia-o, s. Name given to a small fish 
used for bait. 

2. Name of a bird somewhat like the 
moho. 

Ia'-u, p7'07i. pers., 1st pers. A contrac- 
traction of ia au; theauialo (accusative or 
objective case) of au; me ; to me ; for me ; 
by me. &c. Gram. § 126, 6th auialo. 

Ia-u, s. Name of a species of small fish. 

I-A-HA, adv. int. See Aha. For what ? 
to what ? iaha la ka makemake ? for what 
is the desire ? 

I-A-Ho-NA, V. To be near to death, but 
desirous of living ; to wish to live or re- 
cover from sickness ; iahona paha a ike 
aku, kuu make paha ia. Laieik. 180. 

I-A-Ko, s. The number forty; a round 
or whole number, as we say, a dozen ; it 
is applied mostly, if not exclusively, to 
counting kapas ; perhaps to a few other 
things ; a me ka iako kapa he nui loa, and 
the very many forties of kapas. 

I-A-Ko, s. Name of the arched sticks 
which connect a canoe with its outrigger ; 
o ka iako waa, ka hau ka iako paa. 

I-A-KO, s. The name of a class of per- 
sons skilled in clearing, emptying and re- 
fitting a canoe upset in a storm at sea ; ka 
poe i aoia i ka holo moana a me ka luu kai 
i na iako, oia ka poe i aoia e kamai ka 
hull pu. 

I-A-Lo-A, u. To embalm. KtTi. 50:2. To 
bury dead bodies with perfumes 5 to pre- 
serve dead bodies by salting them. 

I-A-LO-A, s. A dead body embalmed and 
preserved ; a lawe ae hi oia i Ivona mau 
ialoa a pau. Laieik. 123. 

Ia-lo-ko, s. Ia, prep., and loko, internal. 
That which is inside ; what belongs inside. 
See Loko. 

Ia-na, s. Heb. A word translated owl 
in Isa. 13:21. The ostrich perhaps. 

Ia-nei, adv. Ia, prep., and nei, here. 
Here ; at this place. Isa. 45:14. 

Ia-nu-a-ri, s. Eng. The name of the 



lES 



73 



m 



first month in tho year; adopted by Hawai- 

ians from the Romans through the English. 

The name of the ]{awaiian montli nearly 

corresponding is Kaelo. S<'e />. Malo 12:(J. 
Ia-wi, s. Name of a small red bird. 
Ia-gu-a, s. Eng. Name of the animal 

jaguar. 
Ia-se-pi, s. Gr. A jasper; a precious 

stone. P".A'. 28:20; 7/o(7c-. 21:11. 
Ie, V. To insult; to provoke; to pick 

a quaiTel. 
Ie, s. Canvas; zenani, fine linen; white 

cotton cloth, lole ?e. 

2. A vine used in making })askots, also 
in decorating their persons ; he ie o ka 
naheleh<;le. 

3. A material braided into hats by the 
women ; he ulana ?e papale ka na wahine 
hana. 

4. Name of a stick used in beating kapa; 
he ie kuku. 

Ie, adj. Flexible ; limber, like cloth 
or a vine ; he lole le, he kanaka le ke ona 
i ka raraa. a man is limber (like cloth) 
when he is drunk ; he lapa ; he noho ie, he 
papale ie, he ipu ie. 

I-e-i-e, s. The leaves of the ie formerly- 
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, 
generally made into wreaths ; he ieie hue- 
wai. he ieie hula. 

I-E-i-E, adj. He poo ieie no Hilo ; a kind 
of lei for tlie head used by llilo people. 

I-E-I-E, V. To be decorated with leaves; 
to be dressed in wreaths. 

2. IIoo. To be ennobled: to be dignified. 

I-E-I-E, adj. Boo. Proud ; pompous ; 
light minded. 

I-e-i-e-wa-ho, 5. Name of the sea or 
channel between Oahu and Kauai : hoi 
mai no ma ka moana o ka leleicaho. he re- 
^turnetl by the ocean of the leievaho. 

I-e-i-e-we, s. The envelop of a fetus; 

placenta ; seciuulines feminarum parturi- 

entium. 

2. The uterus ; the womb ; ka aa. ka 

alualu. 
Ie-ho-va, s. Heb. The name of the one 

eternal, living and true God. in opposition 

to all other gods. I.sa. 4."):ri. C. His name 

and attributes have been accepted by Ha- 

waiians. 
I-e-we, s. The navel string connecting 

the new-born infant with the mother. 

2. The infant itself; a youug one just 
horn. Kanl 28:57. 

3. The after-birth. 

I-e-le, s. a chief; a king; he alii, ke 
alii. 

I-e^^e-ru-na, s. Heb. A poetical name 
for the Israelitish people, signifying up- 
right, beloved. Kanl 32:15 — 33:5. 

10 



I-i, adj. Sour; mouldy; musty, as food 
injured by long standing. Svx.with puna- 
helu. 

2. Covetous; close: niggardly. 

I-i, V. To be mouldy, &c., as food; ua 
u loa ka ai. 

2. To be lost; forgotten, as something 
formerly known ; ua ii na olelo kahiko. ua 
nalowale. 

I-i, 5. Mould ; rust ; anything indi- 
cating age or decay. 

I-i, V. To collect; to gather up, as small 
things; to bring together. See Xoii. Ua 
ko waa, ke ii nei ka aha. 

I-I, s. A gathering together ; a collect- 
ing, as of small things ; ka noii ; ua hele i 
ka ii hana : he pii no i ka ii poaaha, they 
go up to collect mulberry bark. 

I-i, s. A rejoicing with an audible voice, 
like a chant ; o ka mea lea i ke olioli. aia 
a loaa ka ii iloko o ka pun : a singing in 
the throat, like the gurgling of water run- 
ning from a calabash ; c oluola ana me he 
huewai la ; oia ka ii. 

I-i, s. A heavy weight, difficult to lift ; 
he kaumaha. he koikoi ka pupu. 

I-i, s. A person hard hearted, cruel and 
selfish ; ka hooii puahi ole a ka ua iuka 
wale no e haakeke ai. 

I-i, s. Name of a bird, partly red, bill 
hooked. SeeAi'.vxK. Hemanu liiliiulaula; 
he apapane kekahi inoa. 

2. Name of a species of fish around Molo- 
kai : ka pna ii. 

3. A kind of fern. 

4. Name of the papaia : also written ?*. 

I-I? \ adj. Stinted; unthrifty; choked 
I-I-I, ) with weeds; applied to* vegetables 
or animals. 

2. Mortified or hmmbfcd, as a person by 
the overbearing conduct of another ; re- 
strained. 

3. Tight, as a rope in a hole. 

4. Close : ]iarsinionious. See Ii 2. 
I-i-A-AO, s. Hard mouldy poi. 

I-i-i, s. A child of slow growth, many 
years, little statiu'e : aole nae ka Hi loa. a 
nonoi no hoi ; aia he uuku nui ae. Ua ike 
au i kahi keiki i komo Hi, aa no hoi ke 
kino ke nana aku. 

I-I-I, adj. Little; small; d\varfish; he 
puaa Hi, a small hog ; he laau Hi. a small 
tree ; also, ka pulu Hi, little cotton ; ka 
ipulu Hi. 

I-i-i, s. Smallness; littleness; inferior- 
ity; ka Hi, ka aa, ke noiuoi, ke kupalii. 

2. Name of a plant eaten in time of 
scarcity. 

I-i-i, V. To choke; to restrain; to hedge 
up. 



10 



14- 



lU 



I-i-i-KA, s. A scar; a contraction of the I-o-e-na, adj. Wild; savnge; untamed. 



skin from a v/ouncl 

I-i-i-NA, V. To desire strongly. See Iini. 

I-i-KA, adj. Small; little in size; he 
wahi manini iika, a small raanini, i. e., a 
kind of fish ; ke kalo iika, the little kalo ; 
lie wiwi, he olala. 

1-i-KE, adj. See Ike, to know. Quick 
to learn; ready; smait; having gained 
knowledge. 

I-i-MO, V. See Imo. To wink repeat- 
edly ; to wink often. 

2. To convey some idea by winking. 
Sol. 6:13. 

1-i-Ni, V. To desire ; to wish for ; to 
long after. Km. 31:30. 

2. To fear or expect the loss of a thing 
which we very much love. 

3. To desire strongly to have or do a 
thing. 2 Sam. 13:39. Ke iini nei ka naau 
1 ka pono. the heart desires that which is 
good. 

1-i-Ni, s. A strong desire ; ka imi nui, 
the greatly loved one. Laieik. 114. Ka 
makemake nui me ka ikaika. 

I-i-wi, s. A small red bird ; also iawi. 

I-i-wi-po-LE-NA, s. The name of a bird 
mentioned in Laieikawai 29, 80 and 149. 

I-o, s. A species of bird ; a hawk. 

I-o, s. Name of a game. 

I-o, s. Lean flesh ; the animal muscle. 
Anat. 3. A muscle ; he io ku e, an antag- 
onistic muscle. Anat 26. 

2. Flesh in general. Puk. 29:14. 

3. Flesh, i. e.. person. Oihk. 16:4. 

4. One's flesh, i. e., kindred; relation. 
Kin. 29:14. Io maha, the muscle on the 
side of the head. 

[-0, 5. Part; portion; reality; truth; 
verity. Ezek. 12:23. 

1-0, s. A forerunner; one who announces 
the approach of a chief. 

I-o, adj. True; real; not imaginary; 
na paa ka manao o kanaka he akua io no 
o Lono, the minds of the people were firm 
that Lono (Captain Cook) was a real god. 

I-o, adv. Truly ; really ; verily ; cer- 
tainly ; oiaio, truth. Io is a strong inten- 
sive. Pela io no ka hana ana a lakou ; 
aohe io o ka hewa, the wickedness is great. 

I-o, adv. /, prep., and 0, there. Yonder; 

aia no ia io, there he is yonder. See 0. Io 

la nei, adverbial phrase, hither and thither. 
I-o, prep. Nearly syn. with ia; used 

before proper names and pronouns. To ; 

towards. lob. 5:1. But implying motion. 
I-o, V. To flee; to hasten away with 

fear. 
I-o, V. To be loaded with bundles ; ua 

alaulau. 



as a wild, ferocious animal ; he plena, hihiu, 
I-o-i-o, V. To peep, as a chicken ; also-^ 

piopio. Isa. 10:14. Misprinted oioi; to 

chatter. Isa. 38:14. To whisper, as ghosts 

were supposed to do. See Hanbhanb. 
I-O-I-O, adj. Peeping, as a chicken ; he 

manu loio. a swallow, ler. 8:7. 
I-O-I-O, V. To look this way and that, 

as a thief about to steal ; ioio na maka o 

ka hohe wale. 
I-o-i-Oy V. To appear above water, as a 

shark's fin when swimming 

kuala ka mano i ka ili kai. 
I-o-i-o, V. To project upwards, as a 

point of a mountain ; ioio ae ana o Puuo- 

nioni e oni ae ana e like me Maunakea. 
I-o-i-o-LE-A, adj. Brisk; lively; light 

in traveling ; mama ma ka hele ana ; also, 
2. Angry ; quick tempered. 
I-0-i-o-LE-po, s. A bearer of tidings ; a 

messenger to carry news. 
I-0-KU-PU, s. Io, flesh, and kupu, to grow 

up. A polypus, name of a disease in the 

nose ; a gum-boil ; lampers in a horse. 
I-o-LA-NA, V. See Lana. To float in the 

air, as a bird. 
I-o-LE, s. A mouse. Oihk. 11:29. lole 

nui, a rat or rabbit ; a mole. Isa. 2:20. 
I-o-LEA, adj. Wild; untamed, as an 

animal ; he puaa iolea, hihiu. 
I-0-LE-NU-i, s. A rat, especially the large 

wharf-rat. 
I-o-LE -RA-BA-Ti, s. Hawaiian name for 

the rabbit, a foreign animal. 
I-o-Liu, s. The lean flesh inside the 

backbone of beef, &c., adjoining the ribs. 

Note. — The flesh outside is called uhau. 

lo-MA-HA, s. See Io, muscle, and Maha,. 
side of the head, temple. The muscle on 
the temple or temple muscle. Anat. 6. 

I-o-Mo, V. To throw a stone into the 
air which falls into the water. 

2. To leap, as a person into the water, 
provided he does not spatter the water. 
lloo. The sansR. 

I-0-po-NO, s. Name of a class of persons 
formerly who were entrusted with the care 
of the king, and whose business it was to 
guard his person and effects, lest some one 
should obtain his spittle and garments, and 
thus have power to pray him to death. The 
poe iopono were generally high chiefs. 

2. A friend ; a relation of one whose 
faithfulness might be trusted ; he hoahanau 
iopono no kela nou, ua make no oe he io- 
pono. 

1-tr, s. Name of a particular kapu, re- 
lating to femalf^s. 

I-Tj, adj. Prohibited; sacred; tabooed; 



IHE 

applied to everything within the reach of 
the kapu ; iu kahi o ke alii, ano, inakau. 
sacred is the place of the chief, it is conse- 
crated, it is to be feared. 

*I-u, s. A consecrated place ; he kapu 
ke alii, noho i ka iu la, the king is kapu, 
he sits in the sacred place. 

I-u, V. Hoo. To lay a kapu for a par- 
ticular time; e /iooiwaku i kekahi niauawa. 

I-u-i-u, V. To be afar off; high up ; to 
live in some sacred, kapu place. Note. — 
The ideas of ^«r off or Ji'ujk up seem to be 
connected with sacredness. or separation 
from evorytliing common. See IIkmolki.!;:. 

I-U-I-U, s. A place supposed to be afar 
off or high up above the earth or beneath 
the ocean, sacred to the dwelling place of 
God ; ke Akua noho i ka iu'm, the God 
dwells afar off; i ka welau o ka makani, 
at the further end of the wind ; he onolii 
ku i ka moana, an eye-ball standing in the 
ocean, i. e., the center of the ocean. 

J-u-i-u, adj. What is high up or afar 
off; he poiuiu, he poliuliu. 

I-u-KA, adv. I, prep., towards, and uka, 
inland. A direction opposite from the sea ; 
inland ; up the mountain. 

lu-LAi, s, Eng. Name of the modern 
seventh month, July, answering to Kaaoua 
of the ancient Hawaiian division. 

lu-Ni-PE-RA, s. Eng. Name of a tree 
not found on these islands ; juniper ; laau 
iunipera. 1 J^al. 19:4. 

lu-Pi-TA, s. Eng. The planet Jupiter; 
the Hawaiian name is Kaawela. 

lu-Bi-LE, s. Heb. A year of release from 
service. Oikk. 20:9, 11. 

lu-Bi-LE, adj. Of or pertaining to jubi- 
lee or the year of release ; makahiki iub'de. 
Oihk. 25:28. 

Iu-DAi-0, s. A Jew ; a descendant of 
Abraham. 

I-HA, V. To be intent upon ; persevering 
at ; to desire greedily ; ua iha wale no, he 
gives his whole attention. 

1-HA-i-HA, adj. Firmly drawn, as a rope; 
ua ihalha ke kaula, ua maloeloe, strained. 

I-HA-i-HA, adj. Ua ihaiha ka puukole i 
ka mimi, ua iheihe ; ua hele a ihaiha wale 
ka poe haua hcwa, e hana mau ma ka hewa; 
to draw in, restrain, as one desiring to ful- 
fill a call of nature, and is restrained by 
the presence of some one ; so also having 
a desire to lasciviousness. 

I-HE, s. A spear. los. 8:18. Ihe hulali, 
a glittering spear; a javelin. XaJu 25:7. 
He the pakolo ; ihe pahee a me na ihe o, the 
hand staves and the speai's. 

I-HE-A, adv. int. I and keay where ? To 
what place? whither? ihea oukou? where 
are you going ? 



75 ^IHO 

I-HEE, adj. Still; quiet, as the weather; 
he ihee no ka la malie. 

I-HEE, V. To mn from ; to escape ; e 
ihee ana i ka ia (kawelo) i ka raua o na 
waa, 

I-HEE-HEE, L*. To pour into ; to slip 
easily, as oil into a bottle ; e iheehce ana I 
ka aila iloko o ka huewai. 

I-HE-i-HE, s. A species of fish of the 
sword kind, but small : kaawili iheihe. 

I-Hi, V. To peel offthe bark from a stick. 
Kin. 3():.r/. 

2. To peel ; to flay the skin from an ani- 
mal ; e ihi i ka ai. to take the skin from 
food (kalo or potatoes) ] a ihi i ka ili o ka 
manini, t-o peel the skin from the manini 
(a species of kalo) ; e hoopoholo, e maihi ; 
ua ihi ka la, ua wela ka pahoehoe, the sun 
is peeled off", i. e., the clouds, the smooth 
rocks are hot; na ihi ke ka])U o ke alii, 
the kai)u is taken off. Lit. Peeled off. 

I-HI, s. The name of a plant growing 
on the mountains, the r<jot. used in native 
medicines, slightly cathartic ; also, 

2. A plant like the pig-aorrel, which is 
called ihi makole. 

I-Hi, adj. Sacred; hallowed. Hal.l2:\^. 
Generally applied to high chiefs, 

I-Hi-i-Hi, adj. Sacred; holy. Jo5. 24:19. 
No mixture of evil. Isa. 0:15. 

2. Majestic ; dignified. h?ee lur, adj. 

I-HI-I-HI, s. See Ihi above. Name of a 
plant: he ikiihi makole. he ihiihi ai. 

I-hi-i-hi, interj. An expression of sur- 
prise at seeing anything uncommon or out 
of the ordinary course of things: he Ima- 
olelo kahaha. a word expressive of aston- 
ishment. 

I-Hi-i-Hi, V. Hoo. To put on dignity or 
importflnee. 

I-Hi-Hi, adj. Angry; cross; offended; 
imsociable ; he kanaka ihihi; displeased 
with ; disaffected to ; parsimonious ; he 
kanaka ihihi, e aua no. stingy. 

I-Hi-Hi, u. To neigh, as a horse. 

I-Hi-MA-NU, s. Name of a large creature 
of the ocean, one and a half or two feet in 
diameter: perhaps hihimanu is a better 
orthography. Uneu. 

I-Ho, V. To go down; to descend, as 
from a higher to a lower place. Nah. 12:5. 
To go down from an eminence. Puk. 19:24. 
E iho ana i ka pali. descending a precipice. 

2. Hoo. To cause to descend ; to bring 
down, as a punisinnent. 1 Xal. 2:9. 

3. To cause to fall. Ezc.k. 20:20. 

I-Ho, s. The pith of a vegetable ; he iho 

laau ka mea raawaena o ka laau, the pith 

of a tree is what is in the center of the tree. 

2. In geography, the pole of the earth ; 

he iho ko ka bonua a puka ma ua aoao 



IHU 



76 



IKE 



elua, tbo earth has a pith (pole) coming 
out at Loth sides; ka iho kukui. See Ihoiho. 

I-HO, s. Name of the inferior kapas in 
a set, the best being the kilohana. 

I-HO. A verbal directive, which implies, 

1. Motion or tendency downward. 

2. It implies succession, and is used 
much in narrative tenses ; generally fol- 
lowed by la. Gram. § 233, § 234, 3d 5 § 
237. § 239. 

I-HO is also used after adverbs of time, 
and expresses succession of time ; as, ma- 
hope iho, after that. Lmik. 1:1. Uu) nei, 
just now. 

I-Ho, following nouns or pronouns, is 
equivalent to self or selves; as, e malama ia 
oukou iho, take care of your selves; eia 
ko'u manao no'u i/io, here is my opinion of 
myself. It is equivalent to own after a pos- 
sessive ; as, kona iho, his oion. 

I-HO'i-Ho, s. The solid, heavy part of 
timber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
of something soft ; hele mai ia me ka pu a 
me ka pololu a me ka ihoiho kukui. 

I-Ho-i-Ho-KU-Kui, s. A string of kukui 
nuts, used for torches. 

I-Ho-LE-NA, s. A species of banana which 
were permitted to be eaten under the kapu 
system ; eia na maia a Papa e ai ai, o ka 
popolu, o ka Iholena. 

I-Ho-NA, s. Iko n-ndi a7ia. A descending; 
going down ; a path descending a hill. 

I-HO-PE, adv. i, prep., and hope, end. 
Back; backward. lieh. 10:38, 39. 

I-HU, s. The nose of a person. Im.65:5. 
The snout of an animal. Sol. 11:22. The 
bill of a bird ; the bowsprit of a ship ; the 
fore part of a canoe, &c. ; e homai ka Ihu, 
give me a kiss. Laieik.72. Note. — Hawai- 
ians kissed by touching noses. Laieik. 119. 
Oia ka manawa e loaa'i kou ihu i ke keiki 
Kauai ; a proverbial expression, or it may 
be a misprint for ike. Laieik. 126. 

I-HU-A-NU, s. Ihu, nose, and anu, cold. 

1. Name of a wind upland of Kawela ; 
ka ihuanu,''he makani ia no Kawela, mauka 
mai. 

2. Name of an odoriferous tree or shrub 
of that place. 

I-HU-o-LA-o-LA, s. Flu, nose, and olaola, 
to snore. 

1. A breathing hard ; a snoring. 

2. A snoring nose. 
I-Hu-HA-NU-NU, adj. Ihu, nose, and ha- 

nurm, to breathe hard. A hard breathing 
nose ; hard breathing ; snoring. 

I-HU-i-Hu, adj. A word used in con- 
temning another. 

I-HU-KU, V. Ihu, nose, and hi, to stand. 
To turn up the nose in anger or contempt. 

See IJiuPii, 



I-HU-KU, s. Anger; contempt. 

I-HU-KU-KA-Ni, adj. Ihu, ku and kani, 
to sound. Hard breathing. 

I-HU-MAA, adj. Disobedient; mischiev- 
ous ; manomano ke keiki ihiimaa oe, you 
are a child of frequent disobedience. 

I-HU-NA, adj. Mischievous; applied to 
persons ; kolohe. 

I-HU-NA-NA, adj. Snoring ; a snoring 
person. See Ihunono below. 

I-HU-No-NO, V. Ihu, nose, and nono, to 
snore. To snore in one's sleep. See Noxoo 
and None. 

1-HU-PA-PA, ) (i(j[j^ XJiii^ nose, and papa, 

I-HU-PE-PE, ) flat, or %)epe, mashed. De- 
pressed ; flat or depressed nosed. 

I-HU-PE-PE, t9. A flat nosed person. Oihk. 
21:18. Puka ihu, a nostril. Nah. 11:20. 

I-Hu-PH, V. Ihu, nose, and pit, to go up. 
To turn up the nose in contempt. 

I-Hu-pii, s. A word of contempt. Lit. 
A turned up nose. 

I-KA, V. To float ashore, as a drowned 
person ; a ao ia po, ika ia aku la ia kanaka 
iuka Ukumehame ; to be driven on shore 
by the surf. 

2. To be turned aside, as a vessel by the 
wind and current. Oih. 27:41. 

3. To fall off, as a vessel before the wind. 

4. To run before the wind. Hoo. To be 
thrown up on the bank of a kalo patch. 

I-KA, s. Name of the sides of a kalo 
patch, or of a mala where the grass is 
thrown; oia ka mea e malu ai na Vka, i lilo 
ole ka mea kanu a kekahi i kekahi. 

I-KA, adj. Drifting; inclined to fall off 

before the wind ; making leeway. 
I-KAi, adv. I, prep., towards, and hai, 

sea. Towards the sea; the opposite of 
iuka, towards inland. 

I-KAi-KA, V. See Ika 3 and 4. To exer- 
cise muscular strength ; to be strong ; ua 
ikalka kona lima, his arm was strong. 

2. To be strong mentally or morally; to 
be courageous ; persevering ; energetic. 
Kanl. 31:0. 

3. Hoo. To make strong, as one weak in 
body. 

4. To be courageous in mind. 

5. To be persevering in business. 

6. To exhort one to be strong, energetic, 
persevering, &c. 

I-kai-ka, s. Strength; power; valor; 
zeal ; perseverance. 

1-XAi-KA, adj. Strong ; hardy ; perse- 
vering. 

I-KAi-KA, adv. Strongly; perseveringly. 
1 Olhl. 10:2. 

I-KE, V. To see, perceive by the eye. 



IKI 



77 



iILT 



2. To see, perceive mentally, i. e., to 
know ; iinderstund. 

3. A form of sending love to an absent 
one ; as, e ike akii oe ia mea, do you salute 
such a one. 

4. To receive, as a visitor or a messenger. 

5. To know ; to have carnal knowledge 
of. Kin. 4:1 and i:):o. 

(>. Hoo. To exhibit; to show; to_ point 
out ; to cause to know ; to give testimony 
in a court concerning one. 

I-KE, s. Knowledge; instruction; ka 
ike, the person having kncjwledge. Fuk. 
4:11. Understanding. Kaid. 4:0. A part- 
ing salutation ; as. e ike. 

I-KE-A, V. Used for ikeia, the passive 
oi ike. Gmim. § 211. It has also the regu- 
lar passive ikeia. To be seen; to be known; 
to appear. P«/c. 10:10. 
2. IIoo. To l>e exhibited ; manifested. 

I-KE-A-KA, I'. //(B, to know, and aka, 
clear. To know clearly ; to jjcrceive dis- 
tinctly. Srx. with ikepaka, ikelea. 

I-KE-i-KE, V. See Ike. To see ; to know, 
&c. IIoo. To explain ; to exhibit ; to show ; 
to bear witness. Sol. 10:32. 

I-KE-i-KE, s. Hoo. A testimonial; a 
superscription. 

I-KE-I-KE, adj. Showing; witnessing. 

I-KE-MA-KA, s. Ike, to See, and maka, 
the eye. An eye witness ; one that sees with 
his own eyes, or knows a thing of his own 
knowledge ; a Avitness. Icr. H2:10. 

I-KE-MA-KA, I". Ike, to see, and maka, 
the eye. To know positively ; to see with 
the eyes. 

I-Ki, adj. Small; diminutive; little; 
often used in compounds ; as, kamaikl. 
keiki, the little one, &c. ; he wahi mea 
uuku. he liilii. 

I-KI, adv. Not at all ; nearly ; ke hoo- 
koe iki nei no ka aie o ke aupuni^there re- 
mains very little of the government d('l)t. 

I-KI, V. Hoo. To spare ; to hold back ; 
to make small. Im. 54:2. 

I-KM-Ki, V. To be pressed ; to be com- 
pelled to do a thing ; to be com])elled to 
act or not to act against one's will. 

2. To be weary of refraining from. ler. 
20:9. 

3. To pant for breath, as one dying. 

I-Ki-i-Ki, s. A confinedness ; want of 
room. 

2. A close, tight room. 

3. Severe pain ; panting for breath : 
strangulation : the pangs of death. 

4. A siege of a city. ler. 10:1). 

1-Ki-i-Ki, adj. Close and hot, as the con- 
fined air of a crowded room. 

2. Tight, as a bandage or clothes made 
too small. 



I-Ki-i-Ki, s. Name of the fifth month 

of the Hawaiian year. 
I-Ki-Ki, s. Disquietness ; suffering. Hal. 

38:2. Stilling for want ^>t' air ; hot. 
I-Ki-Ki, s. See Ikiiki above and Oikiki. 

Name of a month. May. 
I-Ki-MA-KU-A, s. Name of a kind of stone 

out of which the maika stones were made. 
I-KO, V. To imitate. Syn. with hoko. 
I-KO-i, s. A buoy ; a float. See Lalea. 
I-KU, int. A word of encouragement to 

persons about to exert themselves in any 

exercise, thus : iku, ikuku, oinaua, oimo- 

kuo, oia, ka holo no ia. 

I-KU-A, s. Ancient name of one of the 
months; also written ik».i':a ; October. 

I-KU-i-KU, s. An offensive smell. Syn. 
with okaoka. 

I-KU-WA, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian months. See the above. 

I-KU-WA, adj. A lohe oe i ka leo ikuwa 
(bird singing) a na manu. Laifik. 149. 

I-KU-WA, (;. Ka leo o na kahuli e ikuica 
ana ; singing like birds. Loieik. 14!>. 

I-LA, ) 5. A dark spot on the skin; he 

I-LAA, ) wahi eleele iki ma ke kino. 

I-LAi-LA, adv. Theauialoof Zaz7a; there; 
in that place ; to that place. Gram. § 165:2, 

I-LAi-LAU. See Laulele. 

I-LA-Lo, adv. The auialo of Mo, down ; 
down; downwards; below. Gram. § 161. 

I-LA-MU-KU, s. An officer whose busi- 
ness it was to enforce the orders of a chief, 
or of a judge. 

2. An executioner ; a destroyer. Kanl. 
16:18. 

3. An executive officer. 1 Olhl. 23:4. 

4. In modern times, a marshal ; a sherifi. 

I-Li, L". To strike, rub or scrape on the 
ground, as a canoe, boat or ship. Kin. 8:4. 

2. To strike or run aground, as a ship : 
to strike a rock. 

3. To be cast away; ua Hi ka moku a na- 
haha.the ship stranded and was broken up. 

4. To rest on land, as a boat when the 
water subsides : to stick fast. 

5. To lay upon one. as good or bad. i. e.. 
to make responsible. Xah. 18:1. 

6. To come upon one, as a good or a 
blessing. Kanl. 28:2. Also. 

7. As a curse or evil. Kanl. 28:15. 

8. To fall or come to one. as an inherit- 
ance, or to become one's by inheritance. 
los. 24:32. 

9. To inherit, as land. Kin. 15:8. 

10. To i)ass over, as the moon over the 
surface of the ocean : ua Hi ka mahina ma- 
luna o ka Hi o ke kai. 

11. IIoo. To cause one to inherit, as an 
estate, i. e., to give one an inheritance. 



ILI 



78 



ILI 



12. To bring upon one, as evil, 1. e., to 
coni9 upon one, as a judgment ; to fasten 
the charge of evil upon one. 

13. To count or consider a thing as be- 
longing to one ; to impute, or attribute 
Boraething to one, &c. Kin. 15:6. 

14. To attribute to another a plan which 
was partly his own ; hoolli aku la na ke 
kahuna wale no ka olelo, a huna i kaua 
iho, he attributed the plan to the priest, 
and concealed his own part. 

15. To cause a transfer of property or a 
kingdom to another ; i hooili pono aku ai 
Kaahumanu i ke aupuni no Liholiho, that 

■ Kaahumanu might transfer the kingdom to 
Liholiho as his. 

16. To lade, as a beast of burden ; to take 
in, as a passenger on board a ship; kehoo- 
Ui nei i ka ukana o ka moku. 

17. To be stopped, as a stone rolling down 
a hill, i. e., to strike. 

18. Applied also to a person pursued in 
battle until he is angry with the pursuer, 
and turns upon his adversary with such 
fary that he also runs in turn. 

I- LI, s. The stranding of a ship on a 
shore or rock. 

2. The descent of property from parents 
to children. 

.3. The dashing of one thing against an- 
other. 

1-Li, s. The skin of a person or animal. 
loh. 16:15. Eia mai na ill o kanaka, he 
keokeo kekahi, he ulaula kahi, he eleele 
kekahi. 

2. The bark of a tree ; the outer rind of 
any vegetable ; the husk or shuck of fruit. 

3. The surface of the ground or sea ; na 
ka la e hoomalamalama i ka Hi o ka honua, 
the sun enlightens the surface of the earth; 
maluna o ka ill kai kona hele, his going 
was upon the surface of the sea. 

4. Mea Hi, whatever is made of skin. 
Nah. 31:21. 

5. The surface of any substance ; elua 
no ano o na ill, o ka III laumania, a o ka 
Ui hualala. Anahon. 

1-Li, s. The name of a small district of 
land, next smaller than an ahupuaa. There 
are thirty-three His in the ahupuaa of Hono- 
lulu. 

I-Li, s. A small, smooth stone worn by 
the water ; a pebble. 

I-Li, s. In geometry, a side ; a surface ; 
Hi o ke kai, surface of the sea ; Hi o ka 
aina, surface of the land. 

I-Li-AU, 5. A species of bush in the for- 
est ; nana aku he ka moloaa ka iliau. 

I-Li-A-Hi, s. Sandal-wood ; a deeply 
scented, hard wood, formerly a wood of 
traffic. 

I-Li-E, s. A kind of vine; with its roots 
gears are made in the skin in mourning for 



the dead or kutnakena. The operation is 

called kuni. 
I-Li-i-Li, 5. See Ili above. Small, smooth 

stones worn by the water ; pebbles. iS'oL 

26:8. Gravel. Isa. 48:19. 
2. Small stones used in playing at ko- 

nane. Laleik. 38. 
I-LI-I-LI, V. Hoo. To collect; to gather 

in, as the fruits of harvest. Isa. 17:5. 

2. To gather up ; to pick up, as fuel. 
Nah. 15:32. 

3. To gather, as grapes of a vintage. 
Kanl. 24:20, 21. 

4. To collect together, as small pieces of 
anything. 

5. To obtain, as property. Kin. 12:5. 
\Va hooiliili ai, harvest time. -Note. — Hoo- 
iliili is the opposite of hoolei. loan. 6:12. 

I-LI-I-LI, 5. Hoo. A gathering in; a col- 
lection ; a harvest. 

I-Li-o, s. A dog; ilio hihiu, a wolf; 
ilio hahai, a greyhound. Sol. 30:31. 

2. The cross beam of a house. 

3. Fig. A catamite. Hoik. 22:1-6. 

4. A stingy, close man. 

I-Li-0, adv. I hele aku, ea, mai maka- 

raaka ilio i ka huelo ka ike, a proverbial 

expression : the end of a friendship that 

once existed, false friendship remains. 
I-Li-0-E-HA, s. A species of fish. 
I-Li-o-HA, s. A species of limu having 

broad leaves ; he liniu lau palahalaha. 
2. Also a plant with small leaves. 
I-Li-o-HAE , ) s. Epithet of a wolf; 

I-Ll-o-Hi-Hiu-HAE, ( a fierce, cross dog. 

Lam. Haw. 23:1, 1. 
I-Li-0-LE-Lo, V. iZi and oZcZo, to talk. To 

go about tattling ; retailing scandal ; e imi 

olelo, hooholoholo olelo. 
I-Li-0-MA-KA, s. Hi, skin, and omaka, 

prepuce. The foreskin. See Omaka. 
I-Li-HAV, s. The bark of the hau tree, 

of which ropes are made ; he kaula ilikau. 
I-Li-HEE, s. A shrub, the bark of whose 

root is very acrid ; also hiliee. 
I-Li-HE-LO, s. Name of the class of 

farmers who worked but little ; o ka poe 

mahiai liilii, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 

ilihelo. 
I-Li-HiA, V. To be astonished at an 

event. Oihk. 26:32. 

2. To be offended, as with a servant who 
has done mischief. 

3. To be in great fear ; ua ilihia makou 
i ka makau maoli. 

4. Hoo. To cause fear or trepidation ; 
me he raea la e hooilihia ka olelo a na ka- 
huna. 

I-Li-Hi-A, adj. Quick tempered. 
I-Li-Hi-A, s. Great fear; trepidation; he 
makau, he weliweli. 



ILI 



79 



ILU 



I-Li-Hi-LAU-NA, V. To reach or arrive 
at ; to associate with. 

I-Li-HO-LO, s. Name of those who worked 
at mabiai only a part of the day. See Ili- 
riLo. 

I-Li-HU-NE, adj. Hi, skin, and hune, poor, 
i. e., poor to the skin. Poor ; ck'Htitute of 
property ; without clothing. 

I-LI-HU-NE, V. To be poor; without prop- 
erty. 2 Sam. 12:1. The opposite of waiwai. 
Hoo. To make or cause one to become 
poor. 1 Sam. 2:7. 

I-Li-KAi, s. Hi, surface, and /cai, sea. 
liiT. The surface (skin) of the sea ; the sur- 
face of any substance. 

I-LI-KAI, adj. Horizontal ; kaha ilikai, 
a horizontal line. Ana. Jlon. 4. 

I-Li-KA-LA, ) s. iZi, skin, and A-a^a, rough; 

I-LI-KA-NI, ) epithet of the shark skin. The 
skin stretched over and fastened to a cocoa- 
nut shell, which formed a land of drum ; 
peuei e hana'i, o ka puniu, o ka ilikala 
(shark skin paha.) ka pili me ka i)ilali o ke 
kokui, a paa, kakoo me ke kaula a maloo, 
waLho a maloo, alalia, hookani iho me ka 
uhane. 

I-n-Ki, V. To dash ; to strike against, 

1. As a weapon of war. 

2. As rain in a storm. 

3. As water in a torrent ; i ka manawa 
e kaua ai, iUki iho la ka pohaku me ka 
laau, nahoahoa ke poo ; i ko laua hele ana 
i ka makaikai a Koolau, iliki iho ana ka 
ua ; aolc o kanamai o ka iliki ana nuii a 
ka wai o na kahawai. 

I-Li-Ki, s. A dashing; a striking against, 

&c. 
I-Li-Ki, s. A varnish made of the kukui 

bark, laui, opuumaia, &c. 
I-Li-KO-NA, s. A wart; a smalj, hard 

protuberance on the skin ; ho puupuu ino 

paakiki, wanawana liilii. 
I-Li-KO-LE, )adj. m, skin, and kole, 
I-LI-KO-NE, ) raw. Very poor; destitute. 

so much that life is undesirable ; e aho ka 

make la Milu, loaa ke akua o ka po, it is 

better to die by Milu and be received by 

the god of night. 
I-Li-KO-LE, adj. Not thoroughly ripe, as 

the cocoanut ; not oolea loa ; he niu iUkolc. 
1-Li-Li-HiA, adj. See Ilihia. Excited; 

filled with fear. 

2. Dignified ; full of dread. 

I-Li-LU-A, s. Hi, skin, and liia, second. 

1. The second or new skin : applied to 
old age. 

2. The seventh stage of life — wrinkled 
skin. 

3. An aged person ; he pakaka ka ili. 
I-Li-LU-NA, s. Ili, skin, and tea, upper; 



above. Lit. The upper skin, i. e., the sur- 
face of a thing ; the top. 

I-Li-MA, 5. A shrub with green and yel- 
low flowers ; the shrub is used for fuel. 
See Apiki. He apiki, he lei apiki. 

2. The name of a region next below the 
apaa on the side of the mountains. 

I-Li-MA-NO, s. Hi, skin, and mano, shark. 
Lit. The shark skin; used for making drum 
heads ; oia ka ili i hanaia i ka pahu haeke- 
eke. 

I-Li-NA, s. A burying place where many 
are buried (where only one is buried, it is 
called hunakele) ; a grave. 2 Oihl. 34:4. 
With kiqxtpau, a burying place. Kin. 49:30. 
A sepulchre. Neh. 2:5. A tomb ; same as 
hale kupapau. 

2. 7/oo. An inheritance. Kanl. 18:2. A 
possession. Kin. 48:4. 

3. An heir ; one to whom an estate or 
inheritance has fallen or is to fall ; he raea 
e hooili ai ka waiwai a ka moa i make. 

I-Li-NA-WAi, s. Hina and wai, water. 
A place where a brook loses itself in the 
ground. Lit. The grave of the water. 

I-Li-PA-LA-PA-LA, s. Hi, skin, and pala- 
pala, to write. A skin written upon ; a 
parchment. 2 Tim. 4:13. 

I-Li-Pi-LO, s. Name of the farmers who 
worked all day till dark ; o ka poe mahiai 
nui a po ka la. ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 
ilipilo; those who worked little were called 
ilihelo. 

I-Li-WAi, adj. Hi, surface, and ivai. 
water. Horizontal ; level. Ana. Hon. 4. 
He kaha illwaiy a horizontal line. See lu- 

KAT. 

I-Li-WA-Hi-WA-Hi, s. Hi, skin, and zvahi, 

covering. A sword scabbard. 
I-Lo, s. A maggot ; a body worm. lob. 

7:5. 

2. A worm consuming vegetables. Puk. 
16:20. 

3. Worms of various kinds : na ilo ilima. 
na ilo ))aka. na ilo liilii e ulu ae ana ma ka 
nahelehele. 

I-LO-i-LO, V. To be wormy ; full of 
worms, as meat, or as worms on vegeta- 
bles ; ua iioilo ka ia. ua kau ia nae e ka 
iloilo liilii. JIoo. Ua hooUoilo ke kahuna e 
make. 

I-LO-i-LO, adj. Wormy; full of worms 
or maggots. 

I-Lo-KO, prep. I and loko, internal. In ; 
inside of; within. G^ram. ^ IGl. 

I-LO-Li, s. A Strong smell ; scent ; ap- 
plied to the shark ; ka iloli o ka mano. 

2. The unpleasant sensations of preg- 
nancy. 

I-LU-NA, prep. 1 and luTia, above. Up , 
upward: upon; above. Gi-am. ^ 161. 



IMU 



SO 



INA 



I-LU-NA, adv. Up; upward. 
I-Mi, V. To search for a thing as lost ; 
to look after with a view to find. 

2. To seek, as for knowledge, for riches, 
for pleasure. 

3. E hni hala, to seek some evil against 
one ; to devise devices. Jer. 18:18. To .seek 
occasion against. Ban. 6:4. 5. 

1-Mi-i-Mi, tv Freq. of the foregoing. To 

seek earnestly or diligently for a thing ; 

Tia mi mii wahi dala no ke kino ; wQ^imiimi 

wahi noho lion aku. 
i-Mi-HA-LA, V. To seek occasion against. 

See Imi above. 
1-Mi-HA-LE, 5. Epithet of one who is a 

seeker of property, in distinction from one 

who is to possess it, who is the noho hale; 

Kamehameha ka imihale, o Liholiho ka 

noho hale. 
i-Mi-HA-LE, V. To seek an inheritance 

for one's children, as Kamehameha did and 

left it for his children. 
i-Mi-HiA, V. Pass, of i?ni for i7)ma. To 

besought; looked for. Ezek. 5:17; also 6:1. 
I-Mi-0-LE-LO, V. Imi and olelo, word, 

speech. 

1. To lie ; to obtain a thing by false 
statements. 

2, To prattle ; to tell tales ; to slander. 
I-Mo, 1). To w-ink. Hal. 35:19. See 

Amo. Conj.5th, u?uo. to wink ; to triumph, 
as one in mischief. Sol. 6:13. 

2. To snap, as the eyes on drinking some- 
thing very acid. 

3. To twinkle, as a star ; hno on iho na 
maka o ke koa, kuku ka lihilihi, okalakala 
ka hulu o ke koa, pai o kukae me ka naau. 

I-i\io, s. E lele i ka imo o ka lani; a 
look ; a looking. 

i-MO-i-MO, V. See above. To wink re- 
peatedly; to wink fast. loh. 15:12. Ua 
imobno na maka i ka ue. 

1-Mo-i-MO,' ar/i7. Very high; very far off; 
at a great distance ; poiuiu loa ; ua kauia 
na hua o ka niu iluna loa, a imoimo ke 
nana aku, the fruit of the cocoanut hangs 
very high, it is very high (there is winking) 
to look at it. 

I-MU, s. A place for baking made by 
heating stones under ground ; an oven for 
baking vegetables or meat. Puk. 7:28. 
See also Umu. 

I-MU-A, prep. 1 and mua, first. Before ; 
in front of; in presence of; imua no o 
Kekuokalani a make ; aole i hoi ihope, 
imiia no ka poe koa a make. 

I-Mu-Li, prep. I and muli, remainder. 

Behind ; coming after ; in the rear. 
i-MU-LOA, s. Imu and loa, long. A long 
oven ; an oven for baking men. 



I-MU-LOA, V. To perform the process of 
baking men, sometimes as offerings to the 
gods and sometimes for medicinal purposes. 

I-NA, V. To judge ; to set in order ; to 
settle a difficulty. 

2. To pry up ; to raise by means of a 
lever. 

3. To sound, as from a distance ; e ina 
mai ka leo o mea e hea mai. 

4. To modulate or ease off, as the sylla- 
bles at the end of a mele line ; ina "leo ; 
hooina leo, same. 

I-NA. Used in an imperative inviting 
sense, come on ; go to ; let us do (some- 
thing) ; mostly in the plural ; ina kakou. 
&c. A'm. 11:4; also 37:20. Adverbially ,\ie 
quick ; used in exhortation, to make speed; 
ina hoi. Luk. 20:14. Come on, let us do 
this or that ; ina no, though ; albeit. Ezek. 
2:6. 

I-NA, s. A species of sea egg', poke 
ina ; he ia poepoe kalakala. 

I-NA, adv. With 7io, for indeed. 

I-NA, conj. If; it implies condition, and 
is usually followed by a corresponding 
ina, answering to then, in the last member 
of the sentence ; as, ina i makemake mai 
oe ia mea, ina ua kii mai oe, if you had 
desired that thing, then (if) you would have 
come for it. 

I-NA, iiiterj. O that. lob. 29:2. I wish 
that. iV'eL 22:29. Would to God. PHfc.l6:3. 
Ina no wan i make nou, that I had died 
for thee. 2 Sam. 18:33. Ina aole makou e 
hiki mai, that we had not come. Lale'ik. 67. 

I-NAi, s. The little delicacies which 
give relish to food ; condiments. 

I-NAi-NA, V. To hate. Kin. 37:4. To 
be angry with ; to grieve. 

2. To have the feelings hurt by another's 
conduct; to abhor; to dislike. 0;7;fc. 26:15. 

3. IIoo. To excite one's anger or rage. 
ler. 32:31. 

I-NAI-NA, ir. To shake; to move; to 
stir ; paonioni. 

I-NAi-NA, s. Anger; hatred. Kin. 3:15. 
Malice ; wrath. 

2. The reddish evacuation which pre- 
cedes labor ; ua hemo ka inaina o ke keiki, 
kokoke paha ka manawa e hanau ai. 

I-NAi-NA, \adj. Angry;, abominable; 

I-NAI-NA-IA, ) hateful ; causing one to be 
angry. Oihk. 18:29. 30. 

I-NA-HE-A, adv. int. When? at what 
time? referring only to past time; inahey. 
oe i hele mai ai ? when did you come ? ine- 
hinei, yesterday. 

I-NA-LE-0, s. Any word which stands 
before nouns to limit and direct the sense; 
in fjranwiar, a preposition. 



INO 



1-NA-LU-A, s. A basket used in catching 
fish ; he hiu-hue, he hiau hihi.he mea hopu 
ia. 

I-NA-MO-NA, s. The meat of the kukui 
nut roasted and pounded up with salt as a 
relish for food. 

I-NA-NA, V. To walk about idly, without 
any definite o])ject; to loaf about. 

1-NA-NA, ) ,,, Ij^ip. Let me see ; let me 

I-NA-NE, ) hear; show it to me; exhibit 
it, &c., according to the subject. Note. — 
The last form, inane, is better language 
than the other. 

I-NE, conj. If; used less frequently than 
%na. See Ina, conj. 

I-NEA, s. Fruitless labor; hard toil with 
little reward ; na hoa o keia ima, o ka poe 
nana e waele. 

I-NE-A, adj. Hard to be obtained, cost- 
ing much time and labor with liability to 
los-s ; kuu hoapili. hoa inea, my compan- 
ion, a friend hard to he obtained; o keia 
wahi inea, this hard living place. Hoo. E 
o'u hoa hooinea, my long tried friend. 

2. Deceitful; vain; useless. Sol. 11:18. 
He hana inea ka hewa, sin is labor with- 
out reward ; he hana inea ka inn rama. 
rum drinkina; does not pay. 

1-NEi, adv. Here. See Ianei. 

I-NE-Hi-NEi, ) adv. Yesterday. 2 Nal 

I-NEI-HI-NEI, ) 9:26. Ineldnei keia la aku, 
day before yesterday ; fig. loh. 8:9. See 
Nehi. 

I-NE-KA, ) 5, Eng. Ink; Hawaiian word 

I-NI-KA, ) icaicleek. 3 loan. 13. 

I-Ni-i-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch a little ; to 

I-Ni-HA, s. An inch, 
pinch often or frequently. See next word. 

I-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch ^vith thumb and 
finger; to snatch away; to carry otf; kaili, 
lawe lilo ; to pinch off, as the bud of a 
plant. 

I-Ni-Ki-Ni, 5. E7ig. Indians; applied to 
the aborigines of America; he nui na lahui 
Inikini e noho ana ma Amerika, many are 
the tribes of Indians in America. 

I-NO, V. To hurt; to injure; to render 
uncomfortable ; oia ka mea e ino ai ke 
kino, that is what ii^jures the body. 

2. To be or become worthless. ' ler. 18:4. 

3. Hoo. To disfigure. Oihk. 19:27. To 
trouble with evil. Puk. 7:27. 

4. To punish ; to afUict : to sufl>r evil. 

5. To reproach ; to vex ; to tease ; to 
haras.'?. 

6. To curse. 

I-No, s. Iniquity. Puk. 37:7. Deprar- 

ity ; anything which is contrary to the gen- 
eral good. 
2. The poor quality of a thing ; eia ke- 



81 IPO 

kahi, ke ino o ka pepa a me ka inika, the 
2)oor quality of the paper and ink. 

3. The substance in the intestines ; ho- 
nowa. 

4. JToo. Violence ; iniquity ; cursing. 

5. A gale ; a storm of wind and rain ; 
he ino huhu, a horrible tempest. 

I-NO, adj. Bad ; wicked ; vile ; sinful ; 
mea ino, an abomination ; an evil thing. 
Mat. 24:15. 

I-NO, adv. Badly; wickedly. 

I-NO. A strong intensive, used in both 
a good and bad sense ; it expresses very 
great feeling of affection or hatred : aloha 
ino, very great love, or with a peculiar 
tone of voice, very great contempt ; he 
mea minamina ino ]<a waa, a thing of very 
great loss is the canoe. 

I-No-i-No, V. See Ino above. To make 
sad ; to be grieved : no ke aha la i inoino 
ai kou maka? why is your countenance 
sad? Neh.2:2. 

2. To be very tempestuous, as the sea. 
lona. 1:1.3. 

3. Hoo. To defile ; to deface : to pollute. 
I-No-i-No, s. Badness ; worthlessness ; 

indecency; ua like ka inoino me ka pu- 
puka, a rac ka pelapela, a me ke alauka. 

2. A bad disposition ; a mind for doing 
harm. Laieik. 101. 

I-NO-I-NO, adj. Very poor; lean; miser- 
able ; despicable. 

I-NO-A, s. A name ; name of a person, 
place or thing. 

I-NO-A. Kainoa, an adverbial expres- 
sion ; just as if: I thought ; kainoa ua pan 
loa na kanaka Hawaii i ka ike an. 1 ihougfd 
all the people of Hawaii knew how to 
swim ; it is connected with some degree of 
surprise, or contrariety of opinion. 

I-NU, V. To drink, as water or any 
liquid. 

2. Hoo. To cause to drink. Xah. 20:8. 

3. To give di'ink to ; to water, as a flock. 
Note. — this verb sometimes takes the syl- 
lable ha between the causative hoo and 
the verb ; as. hoohainu. Kin. 24:14. 

I-NU, ^. Drink; any liquid for drink- 
ing ; he iyni awa. awa drinking. 
Inti aku i ka awa o Koukou 
Ka awa laii hinalo aala 
Awa o Mamalahoa he hoa — e. 

I-NU-WAi, s. hiu, to drink, and wai, 

water. Name of a sea breeze at Lehua on 

Kauai. 
I-NU-wAi, s. Epithet of such Hawaiians 

as have signed the total abstinence pledge; 

ka poe puali inuijcai, the army ot icater 

drinkeis. 
I-po, V. To cohabit before marriage or 

without man-iage ; to practice lascivious- 

ness ; to commit fornication. 



IPU 



82 



IWI 



I-po, s. A sweetheart ; a paramour. 
Jer. 4:30. 

l-po-i-po, adj. Boo. Making lascivious 
gestures while ea ling. 1 Pet 4:3. Ahaaina 
lioorpoipo, a ]asci'\'ious feast. 

I-pu, s. A general name for all kinds of 
gourds, calabashes, melons, pumpkins, &c. 
" 2. A general name for small containers, 
as dish, cup, mug, tumbler, &c. Kanl. 
23:25. Each kind is designated by some 
additional word expressive of its quality or 
use, which see under their own names. 

1-pu-Ai, s. A vessel (calabash) for con- 
taining food ; a me kana mau ipual 

I-pu-Ai-MA-KA, s. Ipu, ai and maka, 
green ; fresh. A melon ; a fruit to be eaten 
raw. Nah. 11:5. 

1-pu-A-Hi, s. Ipu, cup, and ahi, fire. A 
censer. Nah. 4:14. 

I-piT-A-LA, s. Ipu, cup, and ala, odorif- 
erous. A box for containing odors ; also 
a musk-melon. 

1-pu-AU-AU, s. Ipu and auau, to wash. 
A wash-basin ; a laver. Puk. 30:18. 

I-pu-A-wA, s. Ipu and mva, bitter. The 
bitter calabash. 

i-pu-A-WA-A-wA, s. See above. The bit- 
ter or poison calabash. 

I-PU-iA, s. Ipu and ia, meat; fish. A 
meat dish ; a flesh pot. Puk. 16:3. 

I-pu-i-Ni-KA, 5. Ipu and i?iika, ink. An 
inkstand. 

I-pu-HAO, s. Ipu and hao, iron. An iron 
pot. 2 ^xd. 4:38.' 

I-pu-HA-o-LE, s. Ipu3.ndihaole,{oTeignev. 
A foreign qm, i. e., a water-melon. 

I-pu-Ho-LOi, s. Ipu and koloi, to wash. 
A laver ; a wash-basin. 1 Mil. 7:38. 

1-pu-HO-LO-Ho-LO-NA, s. Ipu and holoho- 
lona, crawling things. A calabash for fish- 
ing worms. Lam. Haw. 25:4, 3. 

I-PU-KA, s. See PuKA. A door; agate; 
a place for entering a house or an inclosure. 
Puk. 32:27. A window ; the gate of a city. 

I-pu-KA-iA, s. A calabash for containing 
fish {ka inserted); o ke aloha ka mea i oi 
uku ka maikai mamua o ka umeki poi a 
me ka ipukaia, love is that which excels in 
excellency the poi dish and the Jish howl. 

I-pu-KA-LTJA, s. The name of a vegeta- 
ble. 

I-pu-KA-pu-A-Hi, *. Ipu and kapuahi, a 
fire place. A censer. O'lh. 16:12. 

I-pu-KU-Kui, s. Ipu and Imlad, fruit of 
the kukui. A candlestick ; a lamp. Puk. 

I-pu-KU-Ni-A-LA, *. Ipu and kuni, to 
burn, and ala, incense. A censer. Nali. 
16:6. 



I-pu-LA-AU, s. Ipu and laau, wood. A 

wooden vessel. OUik. 15:12. 
I-pu-LEi, s. Applies to a person with 

a large body and small legs ; a word of 

reproach to the people of Kohala ; ipulei 

Kohala na ka moaeku. 
I-pu-LE-Po, s. 7pM and ?e2?o, earth ; clay. 

An earthern vessel. O'llik. 15:12. A cup ; 

a potter's vessel. Hal. 2:9. 
I-pu-LU, s. Pulu iii, ipulu iii. See Pulu. 

The i does not belong to the word. Fine 

pulu. in distinction from pulu haapu. 

I-pu-Nui, s. Ipu and nui, large. The 
sea of Solomon's temple. 2 Nal. 25:16. 

l-pu-pu, s. Ipu and pu, fruit of the 
squash kind. A pumpkin ; a squash. 

I-pu-WAi-AU-AU, s. A wash-bowl ; ina 
lawe ia mai kona ipuwaiauau ; this epithet 
used to be applied to those who kept the 
genealogies of the chiefs, because they 
managed to wash the characters of the 
chiefs so far as their pedigree was con- 
cerned ; ua kapaia ka poe kuauhau he ipu- 
loaiauau no na alii e hoomaemae ai. 

I-pu-BA-KA, s. Ipu and baka (Eng.), to- 
bacco. A tobacco pipe. 

I-pu-Ti, s. Ipudindti{E7ig.),te3i. A tea- 
pot. 

I-WA, 7iu7n. adj. Nine ; the number 
nine ; also ahm and e'lwa. 

1-WA, s. A thief; the word comes from 
O'uoa, a notorious thief who lived long ago 
and obtained the surname of Oiwahue,i.e., 
Oiwathief. 

I-wA, 5. The name of a large bird with 
black feathers. 

I-wAE-NA, prep. In the midst; between; 
among. 

I-wAE-NA-KO-NU, s. The center of a cir- 
cle ; the middle ; in the midst of. Lunk. 
20:42. 

I-wA-i-WA, adj. Learned; intelligent; 
skillful. See Aiwaiwa. 

2. Also the name of a plant ; he mea ulu 
e like me ka palaa, ua ulana pa ia me ka 
papale mauu. 

I-WA-Ho, prep. I and waho, out of. Out; 
out of ; without. 

I-wA-KA-LU-A, 71U771. adj. Tweuty ; the 
number twenty; with the article it l)e- 
comes a noun. 

I-wi, s. A bone. 

2. The midrib of a vegetable leaf. 

3. The side of an upland field of kalo. 

4. A cocoanut shell ; the rind of sugar- 
cane. 

5. The stones stuck up along the bound- 
aries of ills, or rather lands ; sometimes a 
low stone wall ; e kuhikuhi i ka uoi okoka 
poe kahiko wahi i mahiai, to point out the 



o 



boundary stones of the places where the 
ancients cultivated. 

6. Any liard broken material ; the rem- 
nants of other things, as corn cobs, the re- 
mains of lime pits ; paiwi. 

7. Used KKi. for near kindred. Kin. 
29:14. Alaila pomaikai kaua, ola na iwi 
iloko ko kuuamau laelemakule. Laie'ik. 
9. Then we iwo shall be happy, our de- 
scendants shall live in tlie days of our old 
age. See the names of some of the bones 
of the human frame below, lie iml halua 
oe ; he hoi kau i ka awaloa, reproachful 
epithets. 

1-wi, s. The name of a small bird with 

red feathers ; o ka i?c?, he ulaula ka hulu. 
1-wi, V. To turn aside ; to be crooked, 

as the eyes of cross-eyed persons. 
I"Wi, ) adj. Crooked ; pointed ; 
I-wi-i-wi, ) curved, as most bones are ; 

ina i ehuehu me ke kikala, he hulu iwi ia 

puaa. 
I-wi-A, s. Iwi and a, the jaw. A jaw- 
bone. Lmik. 15:15. 
I-wi-AO-Ao, s. Iwi and aoao, side. A 

side bone ; the rib. 2 Sam. 2:23. 
I-wi-i-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; thin. Lit. 

Bony. 
I-wi-A-LA-LO, s. Iivi and a, jaw, and 

Mo, under. The under jawbone. 
I-wi-A-LU-NA, s. Iwi and a, jaw, and 

bma, upper. The upper jawbone. 
I-wi-E-LE-Lo, s. Iwi and elelo, the tongue. 
' The tongue bone. Anat. 14. 
I-wi-o-LE, s. Name of certain kinds of 

koi or adz ; o ka iiciole kekahi koi. 
I-witO-pe-a-pe-a, s. Name of a bone in 

a person's head. A^iat. 8. The bat-bone. 
I-wi-u-LTJ-NA, s. Iwi and uhma, pillow. 

The bone of the upper arm. Lit. The pil- 
low bone. 
I-wi-u-MAU-MA, s. Iwi and 

breast. The breast bone. 
I-wi-Hi-LO, s. Iwi and hilo, thigh. The 

thigh bone. Anat. 21. 
I-wi-HOE-HOE, s. Iwi and hoehoe, paddle. 

The shoulder bone ; the shoulder blade, 
I-wi-HO-PE, s. The skull bone of the 

back part of the head. Anat. 7. 



umauma, 



ss o 

I-wi-HU-A, s. Anat. 6. 

I-wi-KA, s. IioiaBdka. A bone near the 
seat. 

I-wi-KA-E-LE (i-wi-ka-la), s. The hull of 
a ship : tlie body of a canoe ; kalai ia ka 
iicikaele. 

I-wi-KA-LA-KU-A, s. The bones of a fish 
which run up from the l)a^ kbone. 

I-wi-KA-LA-Lo, s. The bones of a fish 
which run down from the backbone. 

I-wi-KA-NA-KA, s. Iici and kanaka, hu- 
man being. A human bone. i\ali.Vd:\C<. 

I-wi-KA-NA-NA, s. Name of a bone in 
tlie front part of the head. Anat. 8. 

I-wi-KA-No, s. hoi and kano, handle. 
The bone of the fore arm which joins the 
wrist. 

I-wi-KE-E-LE, ) s. The keel of a ship or 

1-wi-KE-LE, ) boat. See Iwikaele. 

I-wi-KU, s. Iwi and Im, to stand. One 
of the bones of the lower leg. Anat. 21. 

I-wi-KU-A-Moo, s. Iivi and kuamoo, liz- 
ard. The bones of the back ; the back- 
bone. 

I-wi-KU-A-Moo, s. One who attended the 
person of a high chief, executed his or- 
ders, ttc: ko ke alii man iiciJcunmoo ponoi. 
Laieik. 35. See Ita.mi"ku and PoELAMUKr. 

I-wi-LAE, s. The bone of the forehead. 
A7iat. 6. 

I-wi-LEi, s. The shoulder bone; the 
collar bone ; also, 

2. The measure of a yard. i. e.. from the 
breast bone to the end of the longest finger. 

I-wi-MA-HA, s. The cheek bone ; "he 
wahi iwi ewaewa ia. Anat. 7. 

I-wi-pi-Li, s. The double or united bones 
of the arm or leg. 
2. A stalk of grass. 

I-wi-poo, s. The skull bone. Lu7ik.9:b3. 

I-wi-po-NA, s. A joint; the bones of a 
person separated from each other and all 
jumbled together ; hai pu ka iicipona i ka 
uwe. See Iwi and Pona. 

I-wi-pu-HA-KA, s. The bones of the loins. 

I-wi-pu-Ni-u, s. The skull bone. 

I-BE-KA, s. Name of an animal; the 
ibex. Sol. 5:19. 



O. 



f\ the fourth letter of the Ha^^'aiian 

^-^ 5 alphabet. It is the easiest sounded, 
next to a. of all the letters. Its sound is , 0. This letter is prefixed to nouns, both 



tity ; some say maliope, others say mahoppy. 
The first is the more correct. 



mostly that of the long English o in note. 
hone. &c. There is a difference in some 
words among Hawaiians as to the quan- 



common and proper, as well as to pro- 
nouns, to render them emphatic or definite. 
This should be carefully distinguished 



o 



from the preposition. It may be called 
the emphatic. It is used ia particular- 
izing one or more persons or things from 
others. The o emphatic stands only before 
the auikumu or nominative case. Gram. 
§53. 

O, prep. Of; belonging to; ka hale o 
ke alii, the house of the chief ; it is synon- 
ymous with ko ; as, fco ke alii hale, the 
chiefs house ; but the words require to be 
differently disposed. In a few words it is 
interchangeable with a. See A prep. As, 
ka pane ana o ka waha, and ka pane ana a 
ka waha, the opening of the mouth. 

O, s. A place, but indefinitely ; mai o 
a 0, from there to there ; throughout. Puk. 
27:18. From one side to the other; io a 
to ae, this way or that way ; here or there. 
More generally used adverbially ; as, 

O, adv. Yonder; there; ma o aim, be- 
yond ; mai o a o, from here to there, or 
from yonder to yonder, i. e., everywhere. 
It takes the several prepositions no, ko, i, 
ma, mai. Gi^am. § 165, 2d. 

O is sometimes prefixed to the impera- 
tive mood instead of e ; as, o hele oe, go 
thou, instead of e hele oe ; o hoi oukou i na 
la ekolu, return ye for three days. In this 
case, for the sake of euphony, the o may 
take a u after it ; as, ou hoi olua, return 
ye two. 

O, C071J. Lest. This is one form of the 
subjunctive mood ; as, mai ai oukou o 
make, eat not lest ye die; also. Nah. 14:42. 

O, V. To pierce, as with a sharp instru- 
ment ; to dot into ; to prick ; to stab. Syn. 
with hou and ou. See Ou. 

2. To thrust ; to thrust through ; to gore, 
as a bullock. Puk. 21:28. A o iho la ke- 
kahi i ka polulu, some one pierced him 
with a long spear. See Oo. Pass. To be 
pierced, stabbed ; hence, to be killed ; to 
be pierced with a spear ; mai oia ke ka- 
naka i ka ihe. Oia, passive of o, to plunge 
under water, as a canoe or surf-board. 

3. To extend or reach out, as the hand 
or finger 5 o ka mea e ae mai, e mai lakou 
i ko lakou lima, those who assent, let them 
stretch out their hands ; to stretch out the 
hand to take a thing. Km. 8:9. 

4. To stretch out the hand to trouble or 
afflict. Puk. 8:2. 

5. To dip, as the fingers in a fluid. Oihk. 
4:6. Hoo, for hoo-o. To stretch out, as the 
hand. Puk. 14:27. To thrust in the hand 
or finger into an orifice. Anat. 45. 

O, V. To call for a thing desired. Sol. 

2:3. 
2. To answer to a call. ler. 7:13. To 

answer to one's name when called ; aohe i 

o mai, he answered not. 
O, s. Art., ke. An instrument to pierce 

with 5 any sharp pointed instrument ; a 



84 OAQ 

fork ; a sharp stick ; ke bipi, an ox goad. 
Lunk. 3:30. Ke manamana kolu, a three- 
pronged fork. 1 Sam. 2:13. 

2. The effect for the cause ; a sharp pain 
in the body ; a stitch in the side, as if 
pierced by a sharp instrument ; a keen 
darting pain in the side of the chest. 

0, s. Provision for a journey; travel- 
ing food. Puk. 12:39. E hoomakaukau 
oukou i no oukou, prepare /ood for your- 
selves (for your journey) ; provision for a 
voyage ; ke kalua iho la no ia o ke holo 
i ka moana, that was the preparing the 
provision to go on the ocean. 

O, s. The sprit of a sail. 

O, s. The sound of a small bell; a tink- 
ling sound. See Oe. 

0-A, V. To burst over, as a swollen 
stream. 



over the point intended. 

3. To shout, as a multitude of voices. 

4. To roll, as a stone over a hill, or toss 
it over. 

5. To change conversation. 

0-A, V. To gag ; to heave, as one sick 
at the stomach. 

2. To split, as a board or log. See Ooe, 
OwA and Oaoa. 

0-A, V. To be bereaved of children; to 
have lost one's children. 

2. To be bereaved of parents; to become 
orphans. 

0-A, adj. Bereaved; reduced to orphan- 
age, as parents of children, or children of 
parents ; aole pono na keikioa makua ole, 
uncomfortable are children bereaved of pa- 
rents. 

0-A, s. A species of wood resembling 
mahogany. 

0-A, s. A rafter of a house. 

2. The timbers in the sides of a ship. 

3. Name of the five parallel lines on 
which music is written. 

0-A-AA, s. The name of large threads 
in cloth. 

2. Similar appearances in bad potatoes 
when cooked. 

0-AE-AE, adj. A little watery; not 
solid ; oaeae ke kalo. 

0-A-o-A (o-wa-o-wa), adj. Split; shat- 
tered ; cracked, as wood ; he laau (xioa. 
See Oa 2. 

0-A-O-A, s. The sound of water bub- 
bling, as in a spring, or as water running 
out of the neck of a calabash. 

0-A-o-A, V. To gurgle, as water purling 
or running unevenly, as through the neck 
of a calabash ; oaoa ka wai o ka huewai ; 
oaoa ka nuku ka huewai pueo. 



OAN 



85 



OEN 



0-A-o-A. Ua oaoa au ; ua oioa ae 

ou ; ua oaoa ka iiio. 
0-A-O-A, adj. Calm ; serene ; joyful. 
0-A-o-A-KA, V. To glitter; to glisten; 



to spangle. 

0-A-o-A-KA, s. Name of a shell fish of 
the sea. 

0-AU, 'pers. pron., 1st pers. sing. See 
Au. I ; the o is emphatic, and soundi'd 
quickly with th(* toUowing a, it becomes 
to, aa loau; when the o is a little more 
heard, it becomes oioau', hence the several 
forms : 

1. Au, I, simple form. 

2. Oau, I, with o emphatic. 

3. Wau, I, the o and a sounded quickly 
together — w. 

V Oioaw, I, the third form again em- 
phatic — owau. See these several forms in 
their places. 

0-AU, V. To mew, as a cat. See Owau. 

0-AU (oa-o-au), s. The name of a spe- 
cies of fish ; he oopu o«m, he oaoau, he olu- 
heluhe. 

0-A-in, s. Name of a kind of stone 
used in polishing canoes and wooden cala- 
bashes. 

0-A-KA, V. To open suddenly; to open, 
as the mouth in the beginning of a speech; 
ua hoaka ae la oia e olelo aku ia lakou. 

2. To open, as the eyes. 

3. To open, as a book, a door, &c. Fig. 
To open the mouth, i. e., to have made a 
promise or vowed a vow. Lunk. 11:35, 36. 

0-A-KA, s. The opening of the mouth 
to speak; ka oaka ana o ka waha, ka 
ekemu ana. Sol. 8:6. 

2. The reflection of the sun on any lumin- 
ous body. 

3. A glimpse, glance or flashing of light; 
he oaka ana ae o ka uila, the flashing of 
lightning. 

0-A-KA-A-KA, s. Repeated glancing; 

flashing, &c. See Oaoaka. 
0-A-KU-A, s. Name of the 14th day of 

the month. See Akua 2. 
0-A-LA, V. To toss up and whirl over 

and over. 

2. To cast or throw away. 

3. To rear, pitch and kick up, as an un- 
])roken horse ; oala ka lio, he lio liolo ino 
me ka oala mai a hope. 

0-A-LA, s. A tossing or brandishing, as 
a cane in the hand. 

0-A-LA, adj. Name of a weapon or club 
thrown in fighting in war ; o ka poe ike i 
ka laau oala. pa aku i ka newa. 

0-A-LA, s. The name of a species of fish. 

0-A-MA, s. Name of a kind of fish. 

0-A-NEi, adv. Is it there ? is it yonder ? 



loko 0-A-po-Ko-LE, 5. See Oa, lines in music, 
aud PoKOLE, short. In music, sl leger-line. 
0-E, pers. pron.^ second pers. sing. 
Thou ; you ; like au, it often takes o em- 
phatic, as ooe ^ ooe no kau i manao ai, yotc 
thought of yourself; e noho oe me ka ma- 
kaukau, do yon sit ready. 
0-E, r. See O. To prick; to probe; 
ke oe aku nei ia ia oukou me ka laau oioi, 
he pricks you with a sharp stick ; to pick 
up. as with anything sharp. 

^"E» \ V. To grate harshly, as one 
0-E-O-E, ) tiling rubbing against another. 

2. To whiz, as a ball or grape-shot 
throtigh the air. 

3. To make an indistinct continued sound : 
heaha la keia mea e oeoe ae nei ? what is 
this thing that whizzes by us so ? 

4. To murmur, as a purling brook or 
running water. 

^■E, } s. A continued indistinct 
0-E-o-E, ) sound, as an axe upon a grind- 
stone ; as a pen drawn hard upon paper. 

2. The continued sound of the surf; the 
soimd of a ship passing through the water; 
the sound of an army marching at a dis- 
tance. Syn. Avith nehe. pawewe, kamumiu 

0"E> } s. An inverted cone. 

0-E-O-E, ) 2. Epithet ot a man who walks 
genteelly ; superiority in some respects : 
kukulu ka oe, spoken of one riding or nm- 
ning swiftly on foot. 

3. Epithet of a beautiful woman. 

4. A lengthening; a stretching out of 
the neck. Isa. 3:16, 5. A monument ; a 
pillar or sign of something. 

C^-E, ) adj. Long ; applied to the 
0-E-o-E, ) neck of a person or thing; oeof 
hoi ka a-i, he maikai no uae. long are their 
necks, but still they are handsome ; oeoe 
ka a-i o ka manu nene, long is the neck of 
the goose. 

2. Applied to a sail ; he pea oeoe, he ki»»- 
kie, a long, high sail ; applied to a house : 
hale oeoe; kukulu hou i hale oeoe a kupu. 

^'■E, ) 5, A drumming and singing 

0-E-O-E, ) together; ke oe omua, he wahi 
pahu kapu e ku ana iloko o omua ; kauo 
aku la \yakea ia Papa ma ke o'e omua. 

0-E-o-E, s. A species of fish. 

0-E-o-E-o, adj. Of diflferent heights, 
some taller, some shorter. 

0-E-o-E-wE, adj. Moving; fluttering, 
as a leaf in the wind ; o oe ia e ka lau ot- 
oewe, lau kai)alili, thou art it, thou moviyig 
leaf; leaf fluttering. 

0-E-HA, adj. See Ohaa. Broken or 

bent, as an arm or log. 
0-E-No, adj. See Ahuoeno. Laieik\ 

112. Kauai mats. 



OIA I 

O-i, V. To project out or over; to go 
beyond ; exceed ; generally with mamua. 
loan. 13:16. 

2. To be Inore in any way ; to be more 
excellent ; to be greater naturally or mor- 
ally ; to be better. Puk. 1:9. To be ex- 
cessive in some condition 5 as, ua oi paa 
loa, aole e hemo,. it is very firmly fixed, it 
will not be moved. 

3. To limp ; to walk stiffly. 

4. To approach ; to draw near to, as in 
speaking to one. Kin. 44:18. 

5. IIoo. To go beyond a prescribed 
limit, iwfc. 3:13. Opposed to /loemi. Kanl 
13:1. Ua hooi aku oe i ka lono, thou ex- 
ceedest the report. 2 Olhl. 9:6. 

6. To be sharp, as a knife, hatchet or 
spade. Hal. 45:5. 

7. To sharpen ; to set on edge, as the 
teeth. Ezek. 18:2. To sharpen, as a knife, 
on a steel or whetstone. SeeKsPA. Oikepa, 
a sharp instrument. 

O-I, s. Excess; superiority; greatness. 
Kanl. 7:7. 

2. An uneven number ; difference in 
numbers, as in substraction. 

3. The sharp edge or point of a weapon; 
hence, 

4. OflFensive or defensive weapons; arms. 
Luk. 11:22. The sharp points of broken 
glass bottles ; ua maikai ka omole mawaho ; 
aka, ina e naha ka omole, ua piha loa oloko 
1 ka oi. 

5. The name of a small tree. 

6. In music, a sharp. 

O-i, adj. First; most excellent; greater; 
the best. 

2. Sharp ; full of sharp points ; sharp, 
as a knife ; ka hoana oi, the sharp hone ; 
ke apuapu oi, the sharp file. 

3. Poor; thin in flesh, that is, having 
sharp features. 

0"!' \ adv. While ; whilst ; during 

0-l-Al, ) some time when a thing was 
doing ; e hele i ka malamalama, oi kau ke 
ea i ke kino ; oi hull wale lakou ia ia, vjhile 
they sought for him in vain ; while yet. 2 
Sam. 3:35. 

0-iA, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He, 
she, or it ; the is emphatic. See Ia. 
Gram. § 53 and 54, 3. Oia no wau, I am 
he ; ka laau hua ole, oia kana e oki aku, 
the branch not fruitful, that he cuts off; it 
is not so often used for things as for per- 
sons ; oia iho no, he by himself. 1 Nal. 
18:6. 

0-i-A, i;. To continue ; to endure ; to 
remain the same ;, oia man no ia, it is 
always the same ; he oia ka mea hawawa i 
ka heenalu.hai ka papa, the awkward per- 
son alvxtys breaks the board in riding on 
the surf. IIoo. To consent ; to affirm ; to 
assent ; to confess ; to admit a truth or 



6 010 

fact ; to profess. Kaiil. 2Cr.o. To avouch. 
Kanl. 26:17, 18. Note.— The ideas of being, 
existence, continuance, firmness and truth 
are from the same root, and has the same 
form as the third pers. sing, of the pro- 
noun, and supply in some measure the 
place of the substantive verb. See Gram. 
§ 136, 1st. 

0-I-A, s. Yes; verity; truth; B.ho koo, 
same. 

0-i-A, adv. Yes ; it is so ; a strong af- 
firmative. 

0-i-A, s. A species of fish. 

0-i-Ai, adv. While ; whilst, &c. See Oi. 
Oial e oia ana kakou i kcia manawa, lohile 
we are living at the present time. 

0-iA-i-o, s. Oia, truth, and io, real. 

1. Truth ; verity ; w^hatistrue ; upright- 
ness. 

2. IIoo. A pledge ; a thing given in 
pledge for another ; a pawn. Km. 38:20. 

Oi-A-i-o, u floo. To declare to be true ; 

to affirm; to verify; to prove. 1 Nal. 8:26. 
2. To confess as an article of belief ; to 

acknowledge ; to trust in. Kanl. 1 :32. 
Oi-A-i-o, adv. Truly; verily; of a truth. 

loan. 3:3. A strong asseveration of truth. 
Oi-A-io, adj. True ; not false ; he oiaio 

maoli kana mau hana, aole keekee iki. 
Oi-A-NA, int. Indeed! truly! Laieik.S. 
Oi-A-NA, ) ^, i^p^ Let it be seen ; let 
Ol-A-NE, ^ it appear; show it me, &c. Syn. 

with inane. Oiane kau palapala, show 

your book ; sometimes written oiana. Syx. 

also with hoike. E oiajie oe i kau olele. 

Oi-o, 5. Name of a species of fish. 

2. Name of a kind of stone used in pol- 
ishing canoes. 

3. Name of a species of small bird. 

O-io, s. A company or troop of ghosts ; 
he huakai uhane ; the same in respect of 
ghosts as huakai is in respect of men. 

O-i-o, s. A long bundle of salt or fish ; 
he oio paakai ; he io kekahi inoa ; also 
called io. 

2. The name of a fish that burrows in the 
sand ; ka oio ka ia noho ma ke one. 

O-io, s. O, fork, and io, flesh. A flesh 
hook ; a flesh fork. Puk. 38:3. 

Oi-oi, V. To rest from fatigue, partic- 
ularly the fatigue of walking. Kah. 10:33. 

2. To move sideways ; to turn the side 
to one. Puk. 20:15. 

3. IIoo. To shoot out the lips, as in scorn. 

Oi-oi, s. Something sharp; excessive. 

Fig. a trial. 
Oi-oi, adj. Sharp ; full of sharp points ; 

mea oioi. pricks ; sharp things. 
2. Forward ; presuming. 



OIL 



87 



00 



O-io-io, V. To pass and repass by num- 
bers in quick succession. 

Oi-o-i-NA, s. See Oioi, to rest. A rest- 
ing ; a resting place for travx'lers, where is 
found some accommodations more than 
usual; a pile of stones; a tree; a bush. 
&c. Kin. 42:27. 

Oi-oi-KU, V. To struggle ; to contend 
with some difficulty, as traveling in deep 
mud ; oiolku ka hele ana o ka raea nui. 
See Omu. 

Oi-HAA, s. A person with crooked limbs, 
but not so much as to hinder from busi- 
ness. See OiiAA. 

Oi-HA-NA, s. Oi, principal, and ha?ia, 
work. 

1. A special duty or business ; the work 
peculiar to one ; an occupation ; a trade. 
Oih. 18:3. 

2. Duly; employment. Kin. 47:3. Ser- 
vice. 

3. An observance ; custom ; ministry ; 
labor ; calling ; office. 

4. Onc's tools ; instruments or apparatus 
for any business. Puk. 27:3. Na kapu 
kahiko' a me na oihana wahahee, the an- 
cient kapus and the false customs, i. e., 
customs founded on false notions ; na oi- 
hana lapuwale, foolish customs ; ke hoike 
mai nei na kumu a kakou i keia oihana o 
na aina naauao. 

5. The name of the book of Acts in the 
New Testament. 

Oi-HA-NA-A-Lii, s. Oihana 3Lnd alii, king. 
A history of the acts of kings ; name of the 
books in the Old Testament called Chron- 
icles. 2 Nal. 13:8. 

Oi-HA-NA-KA-HU-NA, s. Oikaua and ka- 
huna, priest. 

1. Priesthood; the exercise of the priest's 
office. Nah. 18:1. 

2. Name of the book Leviticus. 
0-i-Ki-pu-A-HO-LA, s. The name of a 

pestilence in the time of Waia. 
0-i-Ki-i-Ki, s. Name of the fifth month. 
0-i-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a month ; same 

as ikiki. 
Oi-KU, V. To struggle, as one walking 

in deep mud. See Oioiku. 
Oi-KU-WA, s. Name of the tenth month. 
0-i-Li, V. Khiihed withioili. To twist; 

to roll up. 

2. To roll up a cloth, kapa or paper. 

3. To untwist; to spring back, as a bun- 
dle, when it gets loose ; e opeope ia wahi 

• mea a paa, o oili aku ia mea, hoka kakou. 
See Wilt. 

4. To feel uneasv ; to be agitated with 
fear. 

5. To faint ; to be discomposed : to be 
ngitated with strong emotions. Mde Sol 
5:6. 



6. To ascend ; to mount up, as an object 
seen at a distance ; oili ka hale kula o 
Lahainaluna ke nana mai i ka moana ; to 
rise in the mind, as a thought j oili mai la 
keia manao hou iloko o'u, this new idea 
came up into me. 

7. To project ; to extend beyond ; sim- 
ilar to kelaj e oili ae ana ka holo ana ; ka 
oili ae no ia hele ana iwaho ; o ka oili ae 
mawaht) o ka upena holo ana. 

0-i-Li, s. The region of the heart ; the 
seat of fear ; lele ka oili, a fright ; the seat 
of judgment ; conscience ; ka mea maloko 
e hoapono ana, a e hoahewa ana. Kamak. 
Lele ka oili o ka lani ; lele i ka lani o ka 
oili; ka lani, oia ka mea e lele ana me 
he koki la ia, me he hokulele la. 

0-I-LI, s. Name of a small fish; also 
laciwi. 

0-I-LI, adj. Ke keiki oili wale, an un- 
timely birth. Kck'iJi. G:3. Ka manu oili 
leo lea o ke kakahiaka, the bird of the 
morning unfoklinrj a lovely voice. 

0-i-Li-LA-PA, s. Name of a species of fish. 

0-i-Li-LE-PA, s. Name of a species of 
small fish in the ocean resembling, but a 
little larger than the uwiwi. Note. — Per- 
haps this is the same as the foregoing. 

0-i-Li-LU-A, V. To go before; to project 
one thing before another. See Hookela. 

0-i-Li-PU-LE-LO, t'. O'dipulelo ke ahi o 
ka maile; to send lighted fire brands down 
a pali in the night, formerly a sport for 
chiefs. 

0-i-Li-WA-LE, adj. Relating to an un- 
timely birth ; prematurely unfolded. Ke- 
kah. G:3. 

0-i-Lo, s. He nahelehele liilii loa, e 
oilo ae ana ilalo ; grasps and other vegeta- 
bles when it first springs up. 

0-i-LO, s. Name of a species of fish ; he 
oilij puhi. 

2. The springing up or first shooting of 
plants and vegetables. 

0-i-LU-A, adj. Oi, edge, point, and hca, 
double. Double edged ; two edged, as a 
sword ; same as makalua. 

0-i-wq, s. See Iwi, s. The substantial 
part of a thing; that which gives character 
or adds ornament ; the upper naked per- 
son of a well built man ; o hele a hoike 
aku i ko oiiri i ke kumu ; maikai ka oim o 
mea. kihi peahi lua, maikai ka oiici k« 
nana aku. pakaka. 

Nani ka oin'i o Hilo i ka lehu* 
Ke kui la i ke one i AVaiolama 
Nani ke kino o ia laau, he laau. 

0-0, V. To ripen ; to become ripe, as 
fruit. los. 3:15. 

2. Applied to men ; he kanaka oo loa, a 
full grown man ; he kanaka elemakule, 
ua 00. 



001 6 

3. To come to maturity, as children 
grown up to manhood. 
0-0, V. See 0, to pierce, dot into, &c. 
To crowd or cram into, as tobacco into a 
pipe : e oo iho i ka ipubaka i paa ai ka 
Ipubaka ke puhi aku ; e nounou. 

2. To crowd herbs, &c., of an inflamma- 
tory nature into the vagina of a female to 
procure abortion. 

3. To pierce with a sharp instrument the 
foetus in the womb ; oo no lakou ina keiki, 
ua nui na kamalii i make pela. See Ao- 
MiLO. He nui wale na wahine i oo i ka 
lakou mau keiki i ka manawa e hapai ai. 

4. To commit infanticide generally, of 
which the Hawaiians had a variety of 
methods. 

5. To stab or pierce, as with a spear ; 
00 iho la laua 1 ko Keeaumoku kua i ka 
pahoa, they two stahhed the back of Kee- 
aumoku with a pahoa. 

0-0, s. Name of the process by which 
a child was killed in the womb. 

0-0, s. The instrument anciently used 
by Hawaiians in cultivating the ground. 
Originally it was made of some hard wood 
flattened and sharpened at one end so as 
to dig with. The kinds of wood were the 
alahee, ulei, kauila, the uhiuhi, &c. Iron 
since its introduction has taken the place 
of these kinds of woods. 

0-0, s. Name of a species of bird liv- 
ing in the mountains in the daytime and 
flies to the sea at night ; a small brown 
bird, web-footed. 

0-0, s. Name of a species of bird found 
in great numbers on Plawaii ; the feathers 
were much valued by the chiefs for orna- 
menting their persons. 

0-0, s. Name of a large fly brush. 

0-0, adj. Ripe; mature, as fruit. ler. 
24:2. 

2. Applied also to full grown young 
people ; ai oo mua, first ripe fruit. Puk. 
22:29. 

O-o-A-Hi, s. Oo and aki, fire. A fire 
shovel. 2 Oikl 4:11. ka mea ike i ka 
ooahi o Naalono ; iele ka papala ooahi o 
ka pali. 

0-0-E, pers. pron., second pers. sing., o 
emphatic. See Grayn. § 131. Thou ; you. 
See Oe. In the following cases it seems to 
be used in the auipili ; ooe ke kukulu ana 
keia hale ; ooe ka humu ana a keia pea. 
Ooe is used often in Lcdeikaimi for oii, of 
thee ; nawai ke kama ooe. Laie'ik. 176. 

0-OE, V. To split, as a log or a board; 

ooe, aku la ia me ka laau no *ka menemene 
i ka lalau aku me ka lima. 

O-oi, V. To be sharp ; pointed ; ooi na 

kakalaioa, the kakalaioa are sharp ; ooi na 
puakala, the puukalas are sharp. See Oi. 



3 OOL 

O-oi, s. Roughness ; anything with 
sharp protuberances; ua like ka ooi me ke 
kalakala. 

O-OI, adj. Sharp; prickly, ibs. 23:13. 
Mea ooi, sharp things ; briers. Lank. 8:7. 
Nahele ooi, thorns. 2 8am. 23:G. Mea ooi, 
sting of a wasp or asp. Hoik. 9:10. 

0-0-0, V. To crow, as a cock. Mat. 
26:74, 75. Syn. with kani. 

0-0-0, s. Any small vessel for contain- 
ing water to drink ; he ooo no ka wai, he 
kioo, kiahaaha. 

0-0-0, V. To shrink away. 

2. To be very careful of one's person or 
property. 

3. To be parsimonious. 

0-ou, V. To call aloud ; to cry after 
one to make him hear ; ua oou aku la au 
ia ia i lohe mai ai, aole oia alawa mai. 
Kam. 

0-0-HAO, s. Oo and hao, iron. The iron 
00. See Oo. Applied lately to the plow 
for tilling the soil. 

0-o-HOLT, s. Oo and hou, new. The 
name given to the plow as an instrument 
for tilling the soil; the new oo, i. e., the plow. 

0-0-HU, V. To bend over, as the shoul- 
ders of a carpenter or any mechanic from 
the constancy of work ; oohu ke k\ia o ke 
kanaka no ke kulou mau i ka hana ; ba- 
nana, kuaoohu; ua oohu ke kua, he is 
stoop-shouldered. 

0-0-HU, s. A stoop-shouldered man. 
2. The swell of the sea rolling down 
from the north part of Hawaii ; when it 
comes from the south point, it is called 
kahela. 

0-0-HF, adj. Crooking; bending out- 
ward. 

0-o-Ki, V. The 5th conj. of oH. To cut 
off; to lop, as the branch of a tree. Mar. 
11:8. To cut off, as a rope. 

2. To cut up, as wood for fuel ; ke ooki 
nei au i ka wahie ; ooki ae la lakou 1 ke 
kaula ka waapa, they cut off the rope of 
the boat. 

3. To cut off, as the limb of a person. 
Lunk. 1:6. 

4. To divorce, as a married person ; ke 
ooki nei au i kuu wahine no ka hewa ; 
ooki i ka piko la, e ka hoahanau, a speech 
of one friend to another when tht^y are at 
variance and can not agree. 

0-0-LA, s. A blister on the foot; a ston« 
bruise on the bottom of Uie foot. 

0-0-LA-PU, s. A blister; the rising or 
swelling up of clothes in a tub of water. 

0-0-LE-A, V. See Oo, the instrument 
formerly made of hard wood, and Lea, an 
intensive, much, very, &c. To be hard : 
severe ; cruel in treatment ; to strengthen ; 



OOL 5 

to make firm, as bones do the animal sys- 
tem. Anat. 1. 

2. Physically, hard ; unyielding. 

3. Morally, rough ; selfish in manners. 

4. Hoo. To harden ; to render ohdurate, 
either naturally or morally ; to harden, as 
the neck, i. e., to be obstinate. 2 Nal. 
17:14. Mai hooka i ka hana ana.e hana no 
me ka oluolu. 

6. To be stout ; strong ; confident, as in 
using words. 3/d. 3:i;i. To harden; make 
bold ; fearless, as the face. Ezek. ikS. 
0-0-LEA, s. Physicalhj, strength ; con- 
fidence ; hardness ; severity. Olhk. 25:16. 

2. Morally, surety ; stern justice. Horn. 
11:22. Opposed to lokomaUad. 

3. Strength ; place of confidence. Hal 
18:2. Ka ikaika, ka nawaliwali ole, ka 
paakiki. 

0-0-LEA, adj. Hard; compact; unyield- 
ing. 

2. Stiff; forward; obstinate, ^an?. 31:27. 
Untractable; disobedient; hoo, same; hoo- 
kahi malama hookupu dala ooka, on the 
first month they collect hard money as 
taxes. 

0-0-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. The name of the 
seventh day of the month. 

0-o-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. Ka hiku o na la o 
ka malama ; eha oia mau la i kapaia ia 
mau inoa, o ka icahc, o ka aiwa, a o ka 
umi. 

0-o-LE-KU-KO-LU, s. The ninth day of 
the month. 

0-0-LE-KU-LU-A, 5. The name of the 
eighth day of the month. 

0-o-LE-PAU, s. The tenth day of the 
month. 

0-o-LO-Hu-A, s. The fruit of the popolo. 

0-o-LO-KU, V. Olo, flexible, movable, 
and ku, to rise. 

1. To be in a state like the sea when the 
current and ^nnd are opposite ; to act like 
a chopped sea. 

2. To be stormy or tempestuous, as the 
sea ; kupikipiki io. 

3. Applied to the mind ; to be troubled; 
agitated. 

0-0-Lo-KU, s. The raging of the sea; 

ka ooloku ana o ke kai i ka ino. 
0-0-LO-KU, adj. Boisterous; stormy, as 

the sea. 
0-0-LO-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
0-o-LO-Li, adj. Contracted or narrow, 

as a place pinched up; as toes within tight 

shoes. 

0-0-LO-Lii, adj. See Olo and Lii, small. 
Thin ; narrow ; narrow, as a road ; ma ke 
ala oololii aole nahelehele. See Oi.oli. 
OloUl is the more correct orthography. 

0-0-Lo-pu, s. A mouthful of food or 
12 



) OU 

water ; he oolojm ai, he poolopu wai. Moo- 
olelo Haw. p. 114. 

0-0-LO-PU, ac?;. Swelled full; distended, 
as a sail, a tumor, <S:c. 

O-o-MA, s. An open spout ; the nose of 
a pitcher ; a pitcher itself. 

2. A gouge ; a person with a sharp nose. 

O-O-MA, adj. Open, as the mouth of a 
person ; as the nose'of a pitcher ; he kiaha 
ooma wai, a pitcher. Luk. 22:10. The flare 
of a bonnet, &c. ; epithet given by Hawai- 
ians to the bonnets of the first missionaries' 
wives ; he papale ooraa ka ! 

0-0-NUi, s. Name of a species of fish. 

0-o-PA, i\ To be lame ; to limp for 
lameness. 2 <SVrm. 4:4. 

0-O-PA, s. A lame person. Mat.W.lb; 
Olhk. 21:18. 

0-O-PA, adj. Lame, as by walking ; 
lame, as an arm with bard labor; lame, 
having lost a foot; lame, as a cripple; lame 
naturally ; he wawae oopa. hapakue. 

0-0-PA-LAU, s. Oo, the name of the 
Hawaiian digger, to which is added from 
the English tlie word palau (plow.) Hence, 
a plow for cultivating the ground ; he oo- 
palau ka oo a ka bipi e kauo ai. See Oo- 
HAO and Oonor. 

0-o-PA-LAU, V. To plow ; to guide a 
plow. 1 Nal. 19:19. 

0-0-PU, s. Name of a species of small 
fish living in fresh water rivers and ponds. 

0-0-pu-HA-puu, s. Nameof a fish which 
is caught far out at sea. 

0-0-pu-HU-E, s. A species of fish with 
a rough skin, which is poisonous, if eaten. 
2. A name of the bitter calabash. 

0-0-PU-KAi, s. A species of oopu living 
in the sea. See Oopi'. 

0-o-PU-LU-UA, adj. The liver of an ani- 
mal served up with other things as a sauce; 
he ake puaa, he ake oopuhma. 

0-0-PU-poo-PAA, s. Another species of 
oopu, similar, if not the same as oopukai. 

Ou, pers. pi'on., second pers. sing., gen, 
of oe. Thine ; yours ; belonging to you. 
Sometimes it is used for kou, thy ; thine ; 
as, me ou poe kanaka, instead of me A'ou 
poe. &c. ; ou mau kamalii. thy children. 
Gram. § 132, 1. 

Ou is sometimes used for o in the im- 
perative ; as, ou hele oukou. Mai. 2:8 : 
Xeh. S:5. See Gram. § 192, last sentence. 
The of this imperative is often written ou^ 

O'u, pers. pron., first pers. sing., geni- 
tive ot*«u. My : mine ; of me ; belonging 
to me. Gram. § 124, 1. 

0-u, V. To lean the breast on a piece 
of wood in order to float ; to ascend upon, 
as a float. 



OUL 



90 



OHA 



0-u, 5. A float. See Mono. 
Ou, V. To steal. 

2, To break off the top of a plant, bud 
or leaf. 

3. To commit a small offense ; e om ka 
muoii ka wa iki ; e ou ka muou o ka 
baka. 

Ou, V. To hide away ; to escape pun- 
ishment for a crime ;*aole wahi e aii ai ka 
poe hewa i keia manawa, ua paa i ke kana- 
wai ; he ou nei ka poe hewa i kahi papa 
popo. 

Ou, V. See O, verb, and Hou. To 
pierce or puncture, as with a sharp instni- 
ment ; e om, e hooeha i ka puupuu i ke 
poo, to lance or pierce the swelling on the 
head. 

Ou, s. Name of a species of bird on 
the mountains ; o ka ou, ua like ia me ka 
moa opiopio ; he omaomao kona hulu. 

0-u-A, i;. To stretch out. 

0-u-A-KA, V. To be open ; to be full of 
holes. See Owaka and Oaka. 

0-u-o-u, s. A sharp quick sound, as of 
the kapa mallet ; kani ouou ke kani ana a 
ka ie kuku. 

2. The sound of a drum when struck ; e 
kani ouou ana ka leo o ka pahu ; ke kani 
o ka ouou kuamuamu, the sound of the 
sharp voice of railing. 

Ou-ou, V. To be full of hard lumps, as 
poi not well pounded ; he ouou ka ar, he 
hakuhaku puupuu. 

Ou-ou, s. The name of a small bird. 

Ou-ou, adj. Thin ; feeble ; he puka- 
puka, he kunono. 

Ou-o-LE, s. Firmness ; fearlessness. 
See Ou, to hide away. 

0-uo-uo, adj. Growing thriftily, as 
plants; no stinting; mahakea kupu lau 
ououo ole. 

Ou-Ho-LO-Ai, s. A kind of mamaki kapa 
which is dyed or painted different colors 
on each side. 

Ou-Kou, j9er5. pron., second pers. plural. 
Ye ; you. 

0-u-Li, s. A change in the appearance 
of a thing. 

2. Character; kind; description; applied 
to many things ; he ov.li okoa ; ua maopopo 
ka ouli ka poe hana hewa, ma ka lakou 
hana ana. 

3. A sign ; a token of the approach of a 
storm or calamity ; an omen ; a sign in the 
Leavens. , 

4. Form ; change ; meaning of a word. 

5. A sign of something expected; an 
earnest or pledge ; e lawe i ka ouli ao, me 
ka ouli hana i pono ai oe i ka maka o kau 
poe haumana. 



6. A sign or signal of divine authority. 
Puk. 4:28. 

7. A wonder, i. e., a thing wondered at. 
Isa. 8:18. A token of some evil. Isa. 44:25. 
In grammar, mood or mode ; as, ouli hai, 
indicative mood. 

0-U-LI, s. Name of the god of those 
who prayed people to death ; ka inoa o ke 
akua o ka poe anaana. 

Ou-MU-A-MU-A, s. See Muamua. The 
name of the foremost soldier or the front 
rank in battle. 

0-u-NAu-NA, s. The name of a four- 
footed animal in the sea. 

0-u-PE, ) ^. To vex; to trouble; 

0-u-PE-OU-PE, ) ^ to put to hazard ; to ill 
fate ; e oupe mai kuu akua ia oe. 

2. To be limber or weak, as the point of 
a pen ; oupe ka maka o ka hulu. 

3. To make limber or bend, as a stick. 

4. To cause to fall, or to put down. 2 
Oihl 25:8. See Okupe. 

Ou-WA, s. Auhea kakou a pau loa e o'u 
poe hoa ouwa man la wela nei la, where 
are we all, my fellow young cocks of these 
hot days ; also oua. See Moaoua. 

Ou-WA, s. A person living with stran- 
gers till he becomes as one of the people, 
but still does not feel at home. 

Ou-RA-NA-TA-NA, s. Eug. The Orang- 
outang. 

0-HA, s. The small sprigs of kalo that 
grow on the sides of the older roots ; the 
suckers which are transplanted. 

2. A branch from a stock. Isa. 53:2. A 
sucker from the root of a plant or tree. 
Isa. 11:1. Fig. ler. 23:5. 

3. A stick for ensnaring birds ; he laau 
kapili manu. 

0-HA, s. A salutation between the 
sexes ; rather a call, as halloo ! to attract 
attention, and when the person looks 
round, then beckons. 

0-HA, V. To salute, as a man a woman, 
or vice versa ; to call to one at some dis- 
tance, and when he looks, then beckons to 
him. 

0-HA, adj. Sick from grief or care. 

0-HAA, s. The name of a fish; also 
oeha ; ke opae ohaa. 

0-HAA, adj. He wawae ohaa; a person 
with crooked or distorted limbs. 

0-HAi, 5. A flowering shrub resembling 
a locust. 

0-HAi-KAU, s. Name given to a sledge 
obtained from Captain Cook which was 
worshipped. 

0-HA-o, s. A swelling of the body from 
sickness ; ka ohao o ka ilio, the swelling of 
the dog. 



OHA 



91 



OHE 



0-HAo, V. To weed ; to cultivate ; to 
dress land. 

0-HAO, adj. Swelled or dropsical; ka 
opu ohao ; puffed up ; swelled full, as the 
bowels with wind or water. See Ohaohao. 

0-HAo, s. Name of a rope to tie dogs 
with. 

0-HAo, V. To tie, as a rope or string ; 
to bend on ; applied mostly to dogs ; e 
ohao i ka ilio a paa. 

0-HA-o-HA, 5. The fond recollection of 
a friend ; joy ; great desire ; strong aftoc- 
tion. 

0-HA-O-HA, adv. Thriftily, as oha shoots; 
like ohas ; ulvi ohaoha na laau kanu, the 
trees planted grow tJcHftily. 

0-HAo-HAo, V. See Ohao. To swell, as 
the belly or body; to be full, as with much 
eating ; ua hookuku, ua nopu. 

2. To rise up, as a thought in the mind. 
See Ohao. 

0-HAo-HAO, adj. Puffed up ; swelled 
full, as the bowels with wind or water ; he 
ohaohao ka opu, he ekeeke ke lomi iho. 

0-HAO-HAo-LA, s. A false speech ; a lie ; 
a contradiction from what one has said be- 
fore; na olelo au i lohe ai he ohaohala 
wale no ia, aole i like pu me kau i olelo 
ai, ohaohaola, ohalahala. 

0-HAO-HA-LA, adj. Thrifty ; rank, as 
vegetables. See Ohaha and Ohaoha. 

0-HAo-HA-LA, s. A pleasant delightful 
sound. 

0-HA-HA, adj. Plump ; rank ; thrifty ; 
flourishing ; referring to vegetables. Kin. 
41:5. Ka ulu maikai ana o ka mea kanu. 

0-HA-HA, s. Name of a plant, arbores- 
cent lobelia ; a vine growing on trees ; a 
parasitical plant. 

0-HA-HA, adj. Swelled ; puffed up ; en- 
larged. See Haha. 

0-HA-KA, V. Ua okaka, ua pololi; to be 
disconnected, but near together ; to have 
a crack between. 

0-HA-KA, adj. Open ; not joined ; not 
fitted together ; he mao ohaka, he mao 
hakaka. 

0-HA-KA-LAi, s. Oha and kalai. A stick 
to rub or polish with, as a file or other in- 
sti'ument. 

0-HA-KU-LAi, V. Oha, a shoot, and /cu- 
lai. to push over. To bend off the young 
kalo from the old to give it room to grow. 

0-HA-KU-LAI, s. A hard protuberance 

on the joints of the human body, as the ! 

knees, hips, ankles, &c.; also called haupuu. j 

2. A protuberance in the flesh. 

0-HA-LA, adj. Green; young; not ripe. ' 

0-HA-LAU, s. The soft tops and blossoms I 



of kalo leaves made into a luau ; often 
made where kalo grows plentifully. 

0-HA-NA, s. A family. 2 Sain. 9:1. A 
brood of birds. Kanl. 22:6. A litter, as 
of puppies or pigs ; an offspring ; a tribe. 
los. 14:1, 2, 3. All the young of one ani- 
mal ; ka ohana moa, ka ohana ilio, &c. ; 
Ghana uuku, an endearing appellation for 
little children ; ofcaim hipa, a flock of sheep. 

0-HA-NA, adj. Of or relating to a fam- 
ily ; he mohai ohana, a family sacrifice. 1 
Sam. 20:29. 

0-HA-NA, s. A family of parents, chil- 
dren and servants living together ; o ke 
kakae no ia o ka lepo o Lahaijialima me 
he ohana moa la. 

0-HE, s. Art., ke. The bamboo ; the 
outside was formerly used for knives on 
account of its hardness ; a reed generally. 
2 Not. 18:21. 

2. A measuring reed. Hoik. 11:15. Ohe 
kani, a flute ; ohe nana, a spyglass ; puna 
ohe, a spoon made of bamboo. 

3. Name of a forest tree ; timber soft, 
like kukui, white, good for making kuku- 
luaeo. 

0-HE, s. A bundle. See Ohi. 

0-HE, s. Art., ka. Name of a musical 

instrument of the flute kind ; hookahi au 

mea malama, o ka ofie a kaua ; aia malama 

pono oe i ka ohe. Laieik. 122. He ohe 

mana. lb. 
0-HE-A, adv. inter., the genitive case of 

hea. Of where ? of what place ? Gram. 6 

160. 
0-HEA, V. To weed; to hoe. See Oheu. 
0-HE-A, s. An arrow not well fitted ; a 

matter of play for children ; he pua lele 

ole, he pua ohea. 
0-HE-A, adj. Lazy after eating; tired 

of work ; no inclination to work ; he mo- 

lowa, hoihoi ole, ohea i ka la. 
0-HEA-HEA, adj. Warm; tasteless, as 

warm water ; he wai oheahea, he wai 

mama. 
0-HE-A-LA, s. Ohe and ala, sweet. Sweet 

cane ; a vegetable offered in sacrifice. Isa. 

43:24. Sweet calamus. Puk. 30:23. 
0-HEE, s. O, to pierce, and hee, squid. 

To take squid by spearing; i ksLohee lakou, 

they are spearing squid. 

0-HE-o-HE, adj. Half erect, not flat or 
horizontal, but as a steep roof of a house ; 
ku oheohe. a kulu ole. 

0-HE-o-HE, 5. The bamboo; a reed gen- 
erally 'See Ohe. 

0-HE-u, V. To weed or hoe, as pota- 
toes ; to dig over a garden. # 
0-HE-U, ) t,. See Heu. To come 
0-HE-u-HEU, ) out, as the beard of a 



OHI 



92 



OHI 



youug man ; oheuheu, ua oheu ae no hoi 
kou pimkole, make kuu makua. 

0-HE-HA, adj. Slow; lazy in work. See 
Heha, molowa. 

0-HE-KA-PA-LA, s. Oke, bamboo, and 
kajjala, to print. A piece of bamboo carved 
for the purpose of printing kapa 5 he ohe 
kakan. 

0-HE-KE, adj. Fearful; bashful; mod- 
est ; humble ; he oheke wale ko ke kua- 
aina kanaka, the country people are mod- 
est and diffident ; he oheke ole kanaka wahi 
alii, the people about the chief are without 
modesty. 

0-he-lOh ) 5. a species of small 

0-HE-LO-HE-LO, ) fruit of a reddish color; 
the Hawaiian whortleberry. See Helo. 

0-HE-Lo-HE-LO, ttdj. Having the color 
of the ohelo, i. e., a light red ; he hainaka 
ohelohelo, he silika ohelohelo. 

0-HE-Lo-PA-PA, s. A strawberry. 

0-HE-Mo, adj. Weaned ; broken off, as 
from sucking ; as a child from the breast. 
See Hemo. He ukuhi ohemo na keiki. 

0-HE-Mo, V. To discharge freely from 
the bowels, as in a dysentery. 

0-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, adj. Faint ; languid ; 
weak ; omino, alalohe, nawaliwali. 

0-HE-NA-NA, s. Ohe, bamboo, and nana, 
to see, look. A spyglass. See Ohe. 

0-HE-wA, V. O, to pierce, and hewa, 
wrong. To make a false stab at a person 
or thing. 

0-HE-wA-HE-wA, adj. Far gone with 
sickness ; dead drunk ; dim-sighted ; ohe- 
waheica mai la na maka, the eyes do not 
see plainly ; not able to see from intense 
light or other cause ; liable to mistake 
what is seen. See Hoohewahewa. 

0-Hi, V. To gather up, as things scat- 
tered ; to glean. Kanl. 24:21. To collect 
together. Nah. 11:32. 

2. To collect, as fruit; to gather in a 
harvest. Oihk. 19:9, 10. 

3. To pluck, as fruit, and carry away; 
to collect together, as property ; ua ohiia 
ka waiwai ; to collect ; to sweep in, as in 
coUecthig the spoil of a conquered en- 
emy. 

4. To carry away by force ; equivalent 
to hao ; aohe pu oloko ka pa, ua pau i 
ka ohiia e na kanaka mawaho, there was 
no gun in the fort, they were all taken away 
by the people without. 

5. To choose out. Sam. 17:40. 

6. To receive ; to be taken into the care 
or fi'iendship of one ; ohi mai o Liholiho i 
poe punahelc nana ; pau ae la ke kui i ka 

^ ohiia i makau, all the nails were collected 
for fish-hooks. 

7. To receive, as the interest on money. 



8. To take up and protect, as an orphan. 
Hal 27:10. 

0-HI, s. A collecting, as of money or 
property, implying difficulty ; the collect- 
ing the fruits of a harvest. 2 Oihl. 31:5. 
The collecting, as debts. 

2. A bundle or collection of something ; 
as, he ohi wauke, he ohi kalo, a bundle of 
wauke, a hundle of kalo. 

0-HI, s. For oke, bamboo. Laieik. 22. 
A misprint perhaps. 

0-HI, adj. False; deceitful; waha oki, 
a lying mouth : he wahahee ; he puaa ohi, 
a female hog that bears no pigs ; he alii 
ohi, oia ke alii nana e ae ke kapa moe. 
Note. — Another native says that ohi is the 
appellation given to a female animal upon 
the first bearing of young. See Isa. 7:21. 
After two or three productions she is called 
kumidau. 

0-Hi-A, s. A contraction for ohiia. A 
forcing ; constraining ; compelling. 2 Kor. 
9:5. 

0-HI-A, s. Name of a species of large 
tree, the timber used for various purposes, 
but especially for making gods. See other 
species below. 

2. The name of a class of gods under the 
general name of akuanoho. 

0-Hi-A, 5. A deciduous fruit somewhat 
resembling the apple. 

0-HiA-Ai, s. Name of the tree that bears 
the ohia fruit; ohia apane, the ohia with 
red blossoms. 

0-HiA-HA, s. Another species of the 
ohia tree ; hili ohiaha a hooluu. 

0-HiA-LE-HU-A, s. OMa and lehua, name 
of a blossom of certain trees. Another spe- 
cies of the ohia, bearing beautiful blossoms. 
See Lehua. 

0-Hi-E, adj. Wicked; perverse. See 
Hie or Hiehie, and Ohipua. 

0-Hi-o, s. A hahai i ka ohio, a me ka 
Ohio unuunu. 

0-Hi-o, s. The thinking; the reflection 
of the mind upon a beloved but absent ob- 
ject. 

2. The undulating motion of the air over 
a smooth plain in a hot day. 

0-Hi-o, V. To stir and loosen the ground 
around a vegetable. 

0-Hi-o-Hi, s. See Ohi. Falsehood ; de- 
ceitful talk ; boasting ; bragging ; ohiohi 
pukupuku. 

0-hi-o-hi, s. The small straight branches 
of trees ; ohiohi ke kupu ka laau ; ohiohi 
ke kupu ana ae. 

0-hi-o-hi, v. To have substances of 
various colors united, or a substance of 
various shades of color, as mahogany tim- 
ber, curl-maple, curly koa, &c. 



OHI 



93 



OHU 



2. To be very beautiful ; pleasing to look 
at; handsome. 

0-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio. To stagger or 
reel, as one intoxicated ; to be slightly in- 
toxicated, so as to produce the desire of 
sleep. 

2. To do a thing but slightly. 
.3. To shut the door lest loafers should 
come in. 

0-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. The dizziness of slight 
intoxication. 

0-Hi-u, V. To thatch in a particular 
manner. 

0-Hi-u-Hi-u, s. Name of a species of 
fish found at Kawaihae ; at other places 
they are called uhu. 

0-Hi-KAU, V. To mistake ; to make an 
error in speaking ; ohikau wale aku no. 
See Ohipua. 

0-Hi-KAu, s. A mistake ; a blunder in 
speaking. 

0-Hi-Ki, s. Name of a particular man- 
ner of thatching ; ua ohiki ka raaka i ka 
laau; \ia,ohikiia kalaau i kaai i kawawae. 
2. Name of a species of small crab or 
sand spider. 

0-Hi-Ki, V. To shell, as one shells beans ; 
e ohiki a hoihoi aku i ka pulupulu. 

2. To put in 5 to cram down ; e ohiki 
iloko. 

3. To pry up, as a stone. 

4. To lance or open, as an abscess. 
0-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To persevere, as when 

one expects a favor by asking. 

2. To pick, as the teeth ; ohikihiki i ka 

niho a pilo. 
0-Hi-LO, s. Name of the first day of 

the month among Hawaiians; same ixshilo. 
0-Hi-NA, V. Ohi and ana. To have one's 

property swept away for debt ; ohi^m au- 

papa, same as pau ka waiwai. 
0-Hi-NU, V. To roast, as meat. Isa. 

44:1G. To hang up and turn round by the 

fire for roasting ; to roast over or before a 

fire ; ua ohinuia i ka uwahi. 

0-HI-NU, s. The piece of meat roasted 
as above, or a piece for roasting. 1 Sam. 
2:15 ; Isa. 44:16. 

Ka ohinu lelc uwahi manu e 

ka manu ai leleu. 

2. The name of the stick which turns 
while the meat is roasting. 

0-Hi-NU-Hi-NU, V. See Ohinu. To roast 
much or often. 

2. To be parched and dried, as the skin 
or as roast meat ; ua ohinuhinu ka ili, ua 
upepehu. 

3. To be smooth and shining, as a swelled 
skin ; hence, 

4. To be sick. 

0-Hi-PA, V. To VOW ; to take a vow. 



2. To perform a vow. 

3. To speak that which is false. See 

HOOHIPA. 

0-Hi-PU-A, adj. Wicked; naughty; per- 
verse ; he ohipua ka olelo ; careless or 
negligent in speaking, whether truth or 
falsehood. 

0-Ho, V. To cry out; more often kooko; 
to exclaim, cry out, as many voices ; to 
cry out, exclaim, as a single voice ; hooho 
ae la ia leo nui, a pane mai la ia me ka 
hooho ana, auwe ! pau ! See IIooiio. To 
cry out, as a flock of birds on being fright- 
ened ; oho ae la ka auna manu i ka ilio. 

0-Ho, s. The hair of the head. Mat. 
5:3(j. Or human hair ; oho hiua, gray hair. 
Kin. 42:38. See Lauoho. 

2. The loaves of the cocoanut trees from 
their resemblance to hair; wehe ke kaiaulu 
i ke oho o ka niu, the strong wind loosens 
the leaves of the cocoanuts. 

0-Ho-A-KA, s. The name of the second 
day of the month ; same as hoaka. 

0-Ho-KU, s. Also the name of the sec- 
ond day of the month. 

0-Ho-KU, s. The name of the fifteenth 
day of the month, that is, the day that suc- 
ceeds the day of the full moon. 

0-Ho-KUi, s. Oho, hair, and kui, to join 
together. A wig, made awkwardly, for- 
merly worn in war. Kum. Haw. 10. 

0-Ho-Li, V. See Holi. To question for 
information. 

0-HO-MA, adj. Destitute; without con- 
veniences ; ua ku au i ka pa ohoma, a ua 
kokoke mai kona la. 

0-HU, s. A fog; a mist; a cloud. Fuk. 
24:16. Smoke; vapor. Ioh.36:27. Ka. ohu 
e uhi ana i ke kuahiwi, the light cloud that 
covers the mountains. Syn. with awa, fine 
rain ; also noe, spray. 

2. The breath of a person in a cold morn- 
ing ; o ka ohu no ia o ke kanaka. See 
Mahu. 

0-HU, V. To roll up, as the sea that 
does not break. Laieik. 91. To swell high, 
as water ; ohu iluna ka wai ; ua piha a ohu 
iluna ke kai. 

0-HU, s. A roller or swell of water that 
does not break. 

2. Name of a place raised up for any 
purpose. See OiriKU and Aiiua. 

0-HU-A, s. The family part of a house- 
hold, as children, servants, domestics, so- 
journ(n's. &c. ; the master and mistress are 
not generally included. Kin. 12:5. Ka 
ohua ia o Ilinahele me Kuula. 

2. Applied to the passengers on a vessel. 

0-HU-A, t'. To glide ; to slip off, as the 
glancing of the arrow in throwing the 
arrow ; ua ohua kau ka ana i ka pua. 



OHU 



94 



OKA 



0-Hu-A, s. Name of the young of the 
fish called manini. See Makaliiohua. 

0-HU-A, 5. Name of the thirteenth day 
of the month ; properly hua. 

0-Hu-A-Li-KO, s. A species of fish like 
the manini. 

O-HU-A-Li-Biu-KA-LA, s. A species of 
small fish. 

0-Hu-A-Li-PO-A, s. A species of small 
fish. 

0-Hu-A-PAA-WE-LA, s. A species of fish. 

0-Hu-A-PA-LE-MO, s. A species of small 
fish. Laieik. 12. 

0-HF-i, V. To twist round, as in pull- 
ing out a tooth. 

2. To snatch or rescue, as in pulling a 
child from the flames. 

3. To pick or pull out a sliver from the 
flesh. 

0-HU-i-HU-i, V. To twist round and 
draw out, as a tooth ; ohuihui i ka niho ; 
ohuihui 1 ka naio, to pull up the naio (san- 
dal-wood.) See Ohui. 

0-Hu-o-HU, s. A myrtle wreath worn 
around the neck. 
2. A blackish kind of kapa. 

0-HU-o-HU, adj. Large ; heavy ; bur- 
dened ; ohuohu o mea i hele mai la ; ohu- 
ohu o mea i ka lei. 

0-HU-O-HU, V. To dress in uniform. 
2. To decorate, as a room ; to dress out, 
as a ship ; to put on wreaths, &c. 

0-HU-KU, s. A small, flat elevation ; a 
platform. 

2. A protuberance; a round or blunt 
protuberance of earth, stones or other 
material. Syn. with puu, hua, ahua, wawa, 
&c. 

0-HU-KU, V. To stick out; to be prom- 
inent in some part ; ua ohuku ke poo. 

0-HU-LE, V. To be or become bald- 
headed. Isa. 15:2. hsie ohule. Oihk.l3-A0, 
41. Hoo. To make the head bald. Ezek. 
29:15. To make one's self bald. Oihk.21:5. 
Ka lauoho ole o ke poo, oia ka ohule. 

0-HU-LE, s. A bald-headed person. 2 
Nal 2:23. 

2. Baldness itself. Mik. 1:16. Ohule pa- 
hukani i ke aluia. 

0-HU-LE, adj. Bald; bald-headed. 

0-HU-LU, s. Potatoes of the second 
growth ; old sprouted potatoes ; ka uala 
kahiko. 

0-Hu-LU, adj. A person that sails or 
goes on the ocean ; he kanaka ohulu no ka 
mo ana. 

0-Hu-MU, V. To complain of or find 
fault with the conduct of some person or 
of something done. Neh. 5:1. To complain 
secretly or privately. 



2. To confer privately concerning an 
absent person, either with a good or bad 
design. 

3. To confer clandestinely ; to murmur. 

4. To speak against one. Puk. 16:7. To 
complain of persons. los. 9:18. To con- 
spire against one; to grumble secretly; 
to be discontented. 

5. To congratulate one's self; to think 
in one's own mind; to lay out or plan any- 
thing secretly within one's self. 2 Sam. 
13:32. 

0-HU-MU, s. A murmuring or complain- 
ing. Puk. 16:12. 

2. A secret conference or council. Kin. 
49:6. He ohumu kipi, a conspiracy. Ezek. 
22:25. Ohumu wale, a grumbling ; a com- 
plaint without cause. 

0-HU-NA, s. Name of the eleventh day 
of the month. See Huna. 

0-HU-NA, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

0-HU-NE, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

0-Hu-NE, s. A disease of the skin j the 
itch ; mai puupuu liilii. 

0-KA, V. To set a decoy ; to ensnare ; 
to place a bird in such a position as to 
catch or tempt another. 

0-KA, V. To move the lips, as in speak- 
ing, but without sound ; e oka wale ana no 
ka waha, the mouth only was moving. 
2. To blow the nose. 

0-KA, V. To be small ; few in number 
or quantity ; aohe oka mai o ka bipi, there 
were not a few of cattle. See Okana. 

0-KA, s. Dregs ; crumbs ; small pieces 
of things, as saw-dust, filings, &c.; oka pa- 
laoa, chafi". Hal 83:13. The refuse or 
worthless part of a thing. Isa. 1 :25. 

2. An offensive smell; he pilopilo, he 
wai no loko o ka oka awa ; he wai oka no 
ke kukui. 

0-KA, s. A top made of a small gourd. 

0-KA, s. Eng. An oak tree or wood. 
Kin. 12:6. Laau oka, an oak grove or tree. 

0-KA, adj. Small ; fine ; little ; kaula 
oka, a rope made of any fine substance, as 
tow or pulu. Lunk. 16:9. 

0-KAA, V. To spin, as a top. See Kaa. 

0-KAA, s. A top ; ka niu okaa. 

0-KAi, s. A butterfly. 

2. A large company following one ; a 
crowd moving from place to place. Syn. 
with huakai. Okai lua ka hele a kanaka, 
kakai lua ka hele a kanaka. 

3. Kekahi aoao o ka waha o ka upena 
malolo. 

4. Ka okai o ke kulina lalani. 

0-KAi, adv. Of or belonging to the sea 
(the opposite of owfca); towards the eea. 



OKA 



95 



OKI 



0-KA-o-KA, V. See Oka, 13th conj. To 
reduce to powder ; to beat small. 2 Sam. 
22:43. To be broken up fine. los, 9:5. To 
break into small pieces ; to shiver. Dan. 
2:35—7:7. With liilii, to be utterly de- 
stroyed. Dan. 8:25. 

0-KA-O-KA, s. Dust ; small particles, 
&c. See Oka. Puk. 32:20. Fine dust; 
dregs. Hal. 75:9. An intensive; he oka- 
oka liilii me he oka la. 

0-KA-O-KA, s. An oflfensive smell; oka- 
oka pilopilo me he oka la. .Soci Oka 2. 

0-KA-o-KAi, s. Sickness ; a heaving of 
the stomach before vomiting ; sickness of 
the stomach from a bad smell. 

2. Sweet, unfermented poi; hepoimana- 
nalo. 

0-KA-HAi, adj. Insipid; unpalatable. 
See HuKAi and Hukauukai. 

0-KA-KA, s. A name given to foreigners 
in former times. 

2. In after times the name was transferred 
to a company of substantial business men 
belonging to Kamohameha I. 

0-KA-KAi, s. See Okai 2. A crowd of 
persons moving about after a chief. 

0-KA-KA-LA, s. A shivering; the sensa- 
tion of cold from the application of a cold 
substance, as water, &c. 

2. A cold tremor from fear, from sudden 
danger. 

3. A chill ; a shivering. 

4. The name of a rough kind of cloth ; 
ka lole okalakala ulaula. 

0-KA-KA-LA, V. To Stand up stiffly and 
roughly, like the bristles of a hog ; as the 
hair of one in great fear. See Kala. 

0-KA-KA-LA, adj. Cold; chilly. 

0-KA-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 

0-KA-LA, V. To bristle up with anger. 
See Kai.a, to be rough. 

0-KA-LA, s. Numbness or a disease 
(maele) of the head, as if the hair stood on 
end ; akahi no ka okala o ko'u poo. 

0-KA-LA-KA-LA, V. To be astonishod ; to 
shudder ; to quake. Syn. with kunahihi. 

2. To be boisterous or raging, as the 
wind ; to rage with anger. 

3. To be intent, or strongly desirous of 
doing a thing. Laie'tk. 39. 

0-KA-LE-KA-LE, s. Name of a red fish. 

0-KA-NA, s. A district or division of 
country containing several ahupuaas ; o 
Kona, a o Kohala a me Hamakua, akolu 
okana; he mau okana iwaena o ka moku. 
See Kalana. 

2. A division of food in dividing it out. 

0-KA-NA, adv. A contmction ofo/jaand 
ana. Oka. to be small, few. and ana, the 
participial termination. See Gram. § 34. 
Generally preceded by aole ; as, aole okana 



mai ka nui, not small the quantity or num- 
ber, i. e., a great deal; not a little or a few; 
aole okana mai na la o kona mau maka- 
hiki. Kekah. 6:3. The days of his years 
are very many ; aole okana mai o kona 
waiwai, there is no end of his wealth; aohe 
okana mai o kona hewa, there is no bound 
to his wickedness ; aole okana mai ka oli- 
oli. Oih. 20:12. They were not a little joy- 
ful, i. e., a good deal. Note. — It is a word 
used in strong expressions or in exagger- 
ated descriptions. 

0-KA-TO-BA, s. Eng. Name of a month ; 
October. 

0-KE, V. See Kb and Hooke. To urge 
upon. Jloo. To press upon ; to pursue 
hard after. 

2. To crowd together to hear or see a 
thing. 

0-KE, s. Epithet of a person who goes 
from house to house quickly ; he kanaka 
mama i ka hele kau hale, oke i kela hale i 
keia hale, oke wahahee ; talkative. 

0-KE, adj. Rotten; torn; good for noth- 
ing ; okeoke. 

0-KE -A, s. A kind of gravel or sand ; 
the white sand of the sea. Note. — It is the 
name for sand on Oahu. 

0-KE-A-pi-Li-MAi, s. Name of that class 
of persons who have no houses of their 
own, and thus attach themselves to those 
who have for the sake of a house. They 
were also called unupehiiole. 

0-KE-A, adj. Hot, as stones heated to 
whiteness : he okea ka imu, ahulu. 

0-KEE, V. To turn round, as the wind; 
to change. 
2. To eddy, as water; okee mai kekaomi. 

0-KEE, s. A changing a direction, as 
the wind ; an eddy, as in water. 

0-KE-o-KE, adj. Talkative. See Oke. 
Paapaaina, popopo. 

0-KE-NA, s. Name of a plant used in 
coloring. 

0-KE-NA, adj. Yellow. 

0-Ki, V. To cut off; to cut in two, as 
any substance : as, oki laau. oki pohaku. 

2. To end or finish any talk or business. 
Kin. 11:8. 

3. To cut up root and branch ; to de- 
stroy in any way. 

4. To stop ; put an end to ; e oki i ke 
kamailio. to cease talking. Kin. 17:22. 

5. To cut off; to separate from privi- 
leges ; to punish. Oihk. 7:20. 

6. To cut grain, as a harvest. Ka7il. 
24:19. 

7. To cut off one's head. 

8. To cut off food, as a famine ; oki loa 
iho la ka aina i ka wi, the land is utterly 
destroyed by famine ; to take possession 
of ; to be subjected to the influence of, as 



OKI 



96 



OKG 



intoxication ; inii iho la ke Alii me kona 
Kuhina, a old mai la ka ona a ka awa. 
Laieik. 34. Ina he kaikamahine, e okiia 
ka piko ma ka hale, ina he keikikane, ma 
ka heiau e oki ai ka piko o ua keiki la. 
Note. — This verb takes tia before the im- 
perative mood ; as, ua oki, stop ; ua oki 
pela, stop there. IIoo. To stop ; to cease ; 
to end ; to cut short ; to terminate ; to de- 
fer a decision ; the opposite of hoomaka, 
to begin; to cause to stop; cease. Pwfc. 5:4. 
To cut and gather in, as a harvest. Oihk. 
19:9. To cut off; destroy. 2 JS-al 23:5. 
Note. — Oki loa and hooki loa imply a de- 
structive process according to the nature 
of the case ; as, oki loa ka hana i ka pau- 
maele ; oki loa ka waiwai i ka popopo ; 
hence, 

0-Ki, V. To be miserable; destitute; 
hungry ; in want of all comforts. 

0-Ki-A, V. Passive of oki for okiia. To 
be cut off, &c. Has. 8:4. 

0-Ki-o-Ki, V. See Oki. To cut frequently; 
to cut into small pieces. 

2. To reap and gather in, as a harvest. 
Oihk. 23:10. 

3. To divide into small pieces. Oihk. 
1:12. To cut into small pieces. Lunk. 19:29. 

4. To divide out land among chiefs or 
people ; okioki na 'lii a me na kanaka i ka 
aina o Hawaii ; to cut up ; destroy, &c. 

0-KI-O-KI, adj. Cutting; dividing, &c. ; 
oia ka mokii i loaa mai ai ka pahi okioki, 
that was the vessel from which was ob- 
tained the cutting knives. 

0-Ki-LO, s. Afar off; at a distance; a 
space between two places. 

0-Ki-LO, V. See Kilo. To look earnestly 
for something ; to watch for ; okilo ia, to 
look into the water for squid ; to look for 
fish, as a fisherman. 

0-Ki-LOA, s. A destruction ; a cutting 
up; a breaking down. Jer. 44:39. See Oki, 
note. 

0-Ki-LOA, V. To be dirty; filthy; pol- 
luted ; to be dirty all over. 

2. To be defeated in one's purpose ; to 
try in vain. Laieik. 64. 

0-Ki-NA, s. Oki and aiia, a finishing. 

1. The cutting off of wood or cloth. 

2. Modernly, the finis or ending of a 
book. 

0-Ki-poE-poE, 15. Oki, to cut, and poe- 
poe, around ; circularly. To circumcise ; 
to be circumcised. Kin. 17:10. Used also 
with omafca, to circumcise. Pie/c.4:25. See 
the substantive below. 

0-Ki-POE-poE, s. See the verb. A cut- 
ting around ; circumcision. Note. — This is 
a new coined word, used in the Hawaiian 
translations of Scripture for circumcision ; 
the Hawaiian word was kahi, to cut, and 



omaka, the foreskin. The Hawaiian ex- 
pression for circumcision anciently was 
kahi omaka, slitted. See Omaka. Okipoe- 
poe, oia ke oki ana i ka omaka ; he kahe 
ana o ka ule o na kamalii ma Hawaii i ka 
manawa aku nei. See Kahe, to cut longi- 
tudinally. 
0-KO-A, V. To be another; to be unlike 
in some respects ; ua okoa ke kanaka wai- 
wai, ua okoa ke kanaka ilihune, the rich 
man loas one thing, the poor man was an- 
other, i. e., very different. 

2. To be different from another thing ; 
to be a different person or thing. 

3. To be besides ; over and above ; not 
reckoned in. 1 Nal. 10:15. 

4. To be unlike in appearance ; ua okoa 
ke ano o na helehelena o na kanaka, ua 
okoa na holoholona, different -from each 
other are the countenances of men, differ- 
ent are those of beasts. 

5. IIoo. To cause a difference ; hookoa 
mai kau hana i ka makou. 

6. To set aside ; to put off to another 
time ; to defer. 

0-KO-A, s. The totality of a thing; the 
whole. Ezek. 15:5. 

0-KO-A, adj. Different ; another ; sep- 
arate ; distinct from ; unlike. 

2. A whole as distinct from a part. 

3. Whole as distinguished from broken ; 
he waa okoa ia, i. e., a canoe not broken ; 
he waa nahaha ole okoa, a canoe not broken 
at all, whole ; he malama okoa, a whole 
month. A'a/i. 11:20. He mea o/coa, another 
thing. 

0-KO-A, adv. Wholly ; entirely. 1 Nal. 

11:6. Altogether ; the all of a thing ; e 

kau okoa, to put all. Oihk. 8:27. 
0-KO-o-KO, s. A blaze ; anything red 

hot, as the iron from a blacksmith's forge; 

as stones thrown out of the volcano; a fiery 

redness. Laieik. 176. 

2. Any one in a dazzling dress. 

3. The zeal of a soldier pressing boldly 
into battle. 

0-Ko-o-Ko, V. To burn, as the sensation 
of the itch ; okooko ka maneo : or the ery- 
sipelas. 

0-Ko-o-Ko, adv. Ragingly; heatedly, &c. 

0-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal, as a sore ; 
ua okohe kahi eha ; to begin to granulate, 
as a wound ; also applied to the bark of 
trees growing again. 

0-Ko-HE-KO-HE, V. To begin to heal. 
See Okohb. 

0-KO-HE-KO-HE, s. A Small kind of mus- 
cle attached to wood that has been taken 
from a ship or from salt water. 

0-KO-Ho-LA, adj. O, to pierce, stab, &c., 
and kohola, a whale. Whale piercing ; o 
ka nui o an moku i ku mai, oia na moku 



OKU 



okohola, the greater number of ships which 
anchor here are whale-stabbing ships, or 
simply whale ships. 

0-KO-KO, V. To be red like blood; to 
be red with heat. See Koko. 

0-Ko-Ko, s. A heat so intense as to be 
red. Dan. 3:22. A red heat. 

0-KO-KO, adj. Boiling, as lava ; lam- 
bent, as flame. 

0-KO-LE, s. O and hole, raw. 

1. The anus ; kahi malalo e heme ai ka 
honowa. 

2. The posteriors ; o ke oi iho la no ia o 
ka okole, me he okole waliine la, i. e.. a 
very shamel'ul thin jr. See Kole. 

0-Ko-LE-HAO, s. The name given to an 
iron try-pot, brought ashore and made into 
a still. 

2. The vulgar but expressive name given 
to liquor which natives and some foreign- 
ers distill from ki root ; so called from 
the name of the pot above mentioned. 

0-Ko-LE-E-Mi-E-Mi, s. Name of a specics 
of fish. See next art. 

0-KO-LE -HA-WE-LE, s. Name of a spccies 
of fish ; same as above. 

0-KO-LE-KE, s. A kind of namu; a spe- 
cies of language got up for vile purposes ; 
eia kahi hewa hou, o na olelo hou, o ke 
kake. o ka nehiwa, o ka okoleke. Lam. 
llaxo. 13:4, 1. 

0-Ko-LE-MA-Ki-Ki, 5. Name of a plant 
with small leaves, which grows thick like 
the koali. 

0-KO-Lo, adj. Slippery, where one is 
liable to fall ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. 

0-KO-Mo, V. To calk a ship or vessel ; 
ka poe haole e okorno ana i ka ropi ma ka 
aoao ka moku, the foreigners were calk- 
ing (driving in the rope) on the sides of 
the ship. 

0-KU, V. To show a thing to one se- 
cretly, lest another should see it and de- 
mand it. 

2. To set a bird near a snare to catch or 
tempt another ; e hooku aku i ke poo, e 
oku aku i ka lima. 

0-KU, s. A giving secretly that no one 
else may know. 

0-KU-o-Ku, V. Hoo. See Oku, v. 

0-KU-o-KU, V. To rise up, as the bow 
of a canoe or ship by the waves in a storm. 
2, To rear and pitch, as an unbroken 
horse ; holo okuoku ka lio pupu. 

0-KUU, V. To sit up because one has no 
place or conveniences for lying down ; to 
sit up, as one on the deck of a vessel when 
the water dashes over, because it is better 
than to lie down ; the idea is to keep the 
head up. 

13 



97 OLA 

2. To sit in a meditating posture with the 
head reclined. 

• 3. To sit with a covering over the shoul- 
ders, and arms across the breast, as if cold. 

0-KUU, s. Name of a great pestilence 
which swept over the islands while Kame- 
hameha I. was living on Oahu about 1807. 
Great multitudes were swept off. The name 
okuu was given to it because tin; people 
oJcuu wale aku no i ka uhane, i. e., dismissed 
freely their souls and died. See Kuu, to 
let go. 

0-KU-HE-KU-HE, s. Name of a species 
of fish. 

0-KU-KU, V. To erect ; to turn up, as 
the head when one is swimming ; to raise 
up, as the head of a fish above water. 

2. To think ; to reflect, as when one is 
unexpectedly accused of a wrong. 

0-KU-KU, s. Name of a species of fish, 

the ahuluhulu. 
0-KU-KU-Li, V. To be satisfied; full, as 

with food or drink ; to have enough. 
0-KU-Li-KU-Li, V. To be fat ; rich ; sweet 

tasted, as high seasoned food. See Kuui- 

Kum. 
0-KU-LI-KU-LI, V. To eat of sweet things 

till one is sick. 
0-KU-LU, s. Name of the sixteenth day 

of the month. See Kulu. 
0-KU-MU-LAU, s. See Kumulau. A leaf 

or sprout that grows out of the root or 

stump. 
0-KU-PE, V. To sprain the ankle; to 

stumble. Ileb. 12:13; Rom. 11:11. 
0-Ku-pu, )p. To rise up and 

0-KU-PU-KU-PU, ( cover with dark shades, 

as clouds ; especially applied to those out 

at sea. 
0-LA, s. A recovery from sickness ; a 

state of health afier sickness ; an escape 

from any danger or threatened calamity. 

2. A living, that is, the means of life, 
food ; e pii ana au i ke ola. I am going up 
(the hill) for life, i. e.. to procure food" 

3. Life : the period of one's life ; living ; 
while one lives. 

4. Life ; salvation : deliverance from 
spiritual death. Note! — This last (4) defi- 
nition is a modern one introduced with the 
Christian system, and is often used in the 
Hawaiian Bible along with definitions Ist, 
2d and 3d. 

0-LA, V. To be saved from danger; to 
live after being in danger of death : to re- 
cover from sickness ; to get well ; i mai la 
Kamehameha, ina e ola keia mai ana 
o'u : to enjoy an escape from any evil. 

2. To live upon, or by means of a thing 
without which one would die ; ola no hoi 
na iwi, proverbial expression : poverty 



OLA 



98 



OLE 



(bones) shall be supplied, prosperity shall 
flourish. Laieik. 124. See Iwi 7, 

3. Hoo. To cause to live, i. e., to save 
one, or to save alive. los. 6:25. To cause 
to escape, as one in danger ; to deliver 
from. Fuk. 14:30. To heal; as a disease. 

4. To save, i. e., cause to escape from 
future misery. See note under the noun 
for the new modern idea of the word. 

0-LA, adj. Alive ; escaped ; living in 
opposition to dead; o kou alii make no, a 
me kou alii ola. 

0-LA, ) p. The sense from the 

0-LA-O-LA, ) sound. 

1. To gaggle ; to gargle water in the 
throat. 

2. To snore. 

0-LAE-LAE, s. A bitter calabash, having 
bitter meat and seeds. 

0-LAi, s. Art. ke. An earthquake. 1 
Nal. 19:11. He haalulu honua. 

2. A piece of pumice-stone, used in pol- 
ishing canoes. 

0-LAi-LA, adv, Theauipili of laila, there. 
Gram. § 165, 2. Of there 5 of that place. 

0-LAo, V. To hoe up weeds, as in a 
garden ; to hoe up weeds and hill up the 
earth around vegetables. Syn. with oheu. 

0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition, or bubbling 
up of water. 

0-LA-O-LA, V. To gargle, &c. See Ola. 

2. To bubble, as water entering a cala- 
bash and the air coming out. 

3. To snore in sleep ; olaola, ka ihu me 
he puaa la. 

0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition ; a bubbling 
up of water, as from a spring. 

0-LAo-LAo, V. See Olao. To weed; 
dig round, as a plant. Isa. 5:6. To dig 
with an 00 or. spade. 

0-LA-Ho-NU-A, adv. Thoroughly; en- 
tirely ; altogether ; o ka hoomaka ana. ua 
like no ia me ke ao ana i oloJwnua i ka 
palapala ; i olahonua, i pan ka noho heraa- 
hema ana. See Honua, adi\ 

0-LA-HU-A, s. The fruit of the popolo ; 
a species of berry ; he olelo hoomahua a 
ka olahua ka mai, loaa hua. 

0-LA-LA, V. To dry; to wither; to warm 
by the fire until withered, as green leaves; 
a loaa mai ka lau hala, alalia, olala ma ke 
ahi. 

2. To grow lean, as a fleshy person ; to 
pine away. Ezek. 33:10. 

3. To be lean in flesh ; the opposite of 
kaha. Isa. 17:4. See Lata. 

0-LA-LA, adj. Lean ; poor in flesh ; ap- 
plied to animals. 

2. Small; stinted; applied to vegetables. 

O-LA-LAU, adj. Silent ; dumb ; out of 
one's mind ; ulula, pupule. 



0-LA-LA-LAE, V. See the foregoing. Ta 
be out of one's mind ; pupule. 

0-LA-LE, 5. Name of a species of fish. 

0-LA-Li (o-la-li-la-li), adj. Bright; shin- 
ing ; glistening. 

0-LA-Lo, adv. The auipili of lalo. Of 
or pertaining to what is below or under. 
Gh^am. § 161. 

0-LA-Ni, V. To dry or roast by the fire ; 
e ala'e oe, e olani i wahi baka no kaua, get 
up and dry the tobacco leaves for us two ; 
e olani iho hoi ha. 

0-LA-PA, s. Name of a tree in the moun- 
tains. 

0-LA-PA, V. To be moved, as the stom^ 
ach ; to rumble, as the bowels ; applied to 
the stomach or bowels ; e olapa, e nahu. 

2. To flash, as lightning; olajm ka uwila. 
Laieik. 163. 

3. To move, as a muscle or bone. Anat. 
19. 

0-LA-PA-LA-PA, s. A ridge between two 
ravines. 

2. The rough protuberances of a preci- 
pice. 

3. A rough place; pii i na olapalapa 
wai, a he anu. 

0-LA-PA-LA-PA, adj. Rough; uneven, as 
the surface of the ground ; full of ravines. 
2. Full of corners or projections. 

0-LA-PA-NAi, V. Ola, alive, and panaiy 
to redeem. Hoo. To save by a substitute; 
to redeem. Puk. 13:5. O ka poe i hoola- 
panaiia, the redeemed ones. Isa. 35:9. 
Syn. with kuai hoolaia. Isa. 35:10. 

0-LA-pu, V. To raise a blister. 

2. To act deceitfully, treacherously, fool- 
ishly ; e hokai, e hoolapu. 

3. To catch fish with the hands as the 
oopu is caught ; to stir up water with the 
hands ; olapu i ka wai i ka lepo ; properly 
holapu. 

0-LE, s. The eye tooth. 

2. Name of a kind of fish. 

3. A pau na kui eha, a pau na ole eha, a 
ma ia ao ae o Huna ia la. Ole applies to 
four days in the month, so called because 
it was unsafe to go to sea on account of 
high surf, as the tides would be high. 

0-LE, V. To be not ; to cease to exist. 
1 Sam. 2:31. To pass away. loh. 24:24. 
A e ole loa hoi, and to be no more. Hal. 
39:14. Aole e ole. Luk. 21:9. A ua ole ia, 
and it is gone. Hal. 103:16. 

2. To not, or not to do a thing, with an 
infinitive. Horn. 8:32. 

3. 7/00. To deny ; refuse ; make void ; 
abrogate. 

4. To answer, or plead not guilty to a 
charge. 

6. To refuse ; forbid ; rebuke. Note. — 



OLE 



99 



OLE 



Ole often has the form of a verb, when it 
serves only to express negation. 
O-LE, s. Nothingness; vanity; in vain. 
Oihk. 2G:20. Aole ka ole, without fail; the 
not ; the negative ; ka ole, no existence. 
Ezek. 12:19. 

2. The want ; the lack ; the destitution 
of a thing ; make ia no ka ole o ka ai, he 
died for the not (want) of food. lob. 4:11. 

3. IIoo. A denial ; a want of truth ; ina- 
bility ; nothingness. 

O-LE, adv. A negative; no; not; nor; 

a particle of deprivation like un and less 

in English. See Aoi.k. Aole is used before 

a noun or verb, and ole after it. 
O-LE, V. To speak through the throat 

or through a trumpet. 
O-LE, s. A speaking-trumpet. 

2. A kind of large sea sh<.dl. 
0-LE-A, adj. Shining; hot; oleako. la; 

of sound, loud; piercing; olea ke kani ; 

same perhaps as oolea. 
0-LE-o-LE, s. Name of a board set on 

posts with notches on it to hang calabashes 

on. 



0-LE-LO, V. See Leo, voice, and Lelo, 
the tongue. To speak ; to say ; (it implies 
a more formal or longer speech than i or 
hai); to converse. 

2. To teach ; to call ; to invito, as to a 
feast, loan: 2:12. 

3. To give a name. Isa. .56:7. E olelo 
hooweliwcli, to threaten. Oik. 1:17. E olelo 
liooino, to curse. A'^al. 22:17. E oldo hoo- 
inaikai, to bless; e olelo hoonani. to glorify; 
e olelo pohihi, to speak mystically, darkly, 
/oan. 10:25. Opposite to ole^o a/ca/ca. loan. 
IH:20. 

0-LE-LO, s. A word ; a speech ; lan- 
guage. 

2. Counsel ; plan ; promise ; an address ; 
he mau olelo umi, the ten commandments. 
Pak. 34:2H. Kana olelo, his word, i. e., that 
which one has spoken ; kona olelo, what is 

I said about him ; kahi e olelo ai. an oracle ; 

I a place to utter an oracle. 1 yal. ti.VJ, 20. 

I 0-LE-Lo, adv. Pane olelo, to speak a 

I word; to answer a word. 2 Sam. 3:11. 

' 0-LE-LOA, adv. Ole, not, and loa, an in- 
tensive. Not at all; by no means; entirely 
destitute ; without thought. 



0-LE-o-LE, V. Hoo. To deny; to deny | Q-le-lo-ao, v. Olelo, to speak, and oo, 



a charge repeatedly 
0-LE-O-LE, V. To talk thickly and in- 
distinctly, as one very angry and scolding. 

2. To grin like an idol ; oleole mai ka 
waha o na 'kua kii o na heiau ; oleole no 
ka waha o ka wahine nuku. 

3. To make notches in anything; to dove- 
tail two pieces together. 

0-LE-O-LE, adv. Indistinctly, as a sound; 

inarticulate ; kani oleole kawaha o kauila. 
0-LEO-LEo, V. To act as one angry; to 

rage, as the ocean ; oleoleo la i ka moana 

kau mai ana. 

2. To be uneven, as waves ; to rise and 
fall. 

3. To be in confusion. See IIoo. 
0-LE-HA, V. To fix the eyes ; to set 

them in a sqiiinting manner. See Leua. 
Oleha na maka i ka pololi. 

0-LE-HA, s. Name of a play or game 
in which the eyes are set. 

2, A setting or fixing of the eyes, as in 
death ; o ka oleha make, make ae no ia. 

0-LE-HA-LE-HA, s. The dazzling or blind- 
ing of the eyes by an intense light of the 
sun ; ka olehaleha o na maka i ka la. 

0-LE-HA-LE-HA, adj. Dazzliug; blinding 
to the eyes on account of intense light. 

0-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. Name of the seventh 
day of the month. 

0-LE-KU-LU-A, s. Name of the eighth 
day of the month, 

0-LE-KU-Ko-Lu, s. Name of the ninth 
day of the month. 



to teach. To give counsel ; advice in state 
affairs. 2 Oifd. 22:3. Oleloao mai o Vane- 
kouva ia Kamehameha e hooki i ke kaua, 
Vancouver advised Kamehameha to cease 
going to war. 

0-LE-LO-AO, s. Counsel ; advice in im- 
portant matters. 2 Sam. 15:31. 

0-LE-LO-Hoo-HE-wA, s. An accusation ; 
a charge of wrong against one. 

2. The act of speaking against others. 

3. Backbiting. 
0-LE-Lo-Hoo-po-MAi-KAi, s. A promiscj 

a promise of a blessing. 1 Xal. 2:24, 
0-LE-Lo-Hoo-po-No, s. Rigliteousncss. 

lob. 29:14. 
0-LE-Lo-KU-PAA, s. OUlo and ku, to 

stand, and part, fast. An ordinance ; an 

established decision. 1 .Srt/n. 30:20. A legal 

decree : Judgment. Puk. 15:25. 
0-LE-Lo-MAi-KAi, s. Olelo, word, and 

maikal. good. The gospel ; the preaching 

of the gospel. 
0-LE-Lo-NA-NE, s. Olslo, a word, and 

nane, a riddle. A proverb. Kani. 28:37. 

A riddle ; parable ; enigma. Mat. 13:3. 
0-LE-LO-PAA, s. Olelo and paa, fast. A 

precept; a command, llal. 119:87. 
0-LE-LO-PAi-PAi, s. Olelo, word, and 

paipai. to :>tir up. An exhortation. Mai. 2:1. 
0-LE-MU, V. To banish one from his 

place ; to cast off; olemu hue.kole ka aina 

paipai. 

0-LE-MU-KAA, s. See Lemu and Kaa, to 
roll. Lit. The rolling thigh ; epithet of a 



OLI 



100 



OLO 



man who often moves from place to place, 
who gathers no property and never be- 
comes kuonoono. quietly settled; "the roll- 
ing stone gathers no moss." 
0-LE-NA, s. See Lena, yellow. Name 
of a plant ; the turmeric, the 'root of which 
is used in dyeing yellow ; it also forms an 
ingredient in curry ; it resembles the awa- 
puhi ; also a yellow color, from the root. 
0-LE-NA (o-le-na-le-na), adj. Y^ellow, 
from the plant. See above. Coloring yel- 
low. 
0-LE-PA, V. To cast about; to scatter 
round ; to be turned up or over ; ua olepa 
ke kaupaku o ka hale. See Lepa, a small 
flag floating in the wind. 
0-LE-PA, s. Odor; odoriferous; he mea 
ala. 
2. A clam ; a kind of flat cockle. 
0-LE-PAU, s. The tenth day of the 

month. 
0-LE-PA-LE-PA, V. See Lepa. To flap, 
flutter or wave in the wind. 

2. To be blown in diflbrent directions 
by the wind, as a sail ; olepalepa ka pea. 
0-LE-PE, s. The name of a kind of fish 

resembling the pipi. Aiiat. 6. 
0-LE-PE, V. To turn, as a door on a 
hinge ; to turn one way and another, as 
the helm of a ship. 

0-LE-PE-LE-PE, 25. The Opening fre- 
quently of a door or window shutter ; ka 
wehe pinepine i ka puka. 

0-LE-PE-LE-PE, adj. Partially closed up, 
as a window; puka olepelepe, a lattice win- 
dow. Mel. Sol. 2:9. The term applied to 
window shutters. 

0-LE-po-LE-po, adj. See Lepo. Out of 

order, as the bowels. 
0-LE-wA, V. See Lewa. To be unfixed; 

not firm ; to be movable ; changeable. 

2. To be soft ; flowing ; applied to poi. 

3. To be unstable ; liable to be over- 
turned, as a law ; ua olewa ke kanawai o 
ka aina haunaele, the law is liable to be 
overturned in a land of disorder ; aneane 
olewa io ke kanawai, the law is nearly nul- 
lified. 

0-LE-WA, adj. Fickle ; changeable ; 

swinging; applied to one who often changes 
his place of residence. 

2. Not firmly established ; of partial ap- 
plication, as a law ; ineffectual ; ua olewa 
io ke kanawai minamina ino ; he hee, mau- 
mau ole, paa ole. 

0-Li (o-li-o-li), V. To sing; to sing with 
a joyful heart ; to be glad ; to exult ; to 
rejoice. Pak. 18:9. E oli i ka oli, to sing 
a song. Lank. 5:12. Hoo. To cause joy ; 
exultation, &c. 



0-Li (o-li-o-li), s. Joy; exultation; glad- 
ness ; delight ; pleasure. 

2. A song. Laieik. 69. A singing. Hah 

96:1. Ka olioli nui o na mea a pau i ka 

hoihoi ana mai o ke aupuni. 
O-LI-O-LI, adv. Joyfully; cheerfully. 

Hal. 96:2. 
0-Li-Li, adj. Withered ; stinted ; not 

fully grown ; applied to fruit. 
0-Li-NA, V. To play; e lealea, e walea. 
0-Li-NA, adj. Of or pertaining to play; 

aha olina. a meeting for play. 
0-Li-NO, V. To shine brightly; to shine 

with splendor. 
0-Li-No-Li-NO, V. See Olino. 
0-Li-NO-Li-No, s. Brightness; splendor; 

glory. 2 Sam. 22:13. 

2. Such intense brightness as to dazzle 

and bewilder the sight ; ka ohewahewa 

ana o ka maka i ka malamalama. 
0-Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Where the intense 

light of the sun has shined ; hence, 
2. Parched; dry, as land; lepo olinolino. 

Isa. 35:7. 
0-Li-VA (o-li-ve), s. Eng. An olive tree. 
0-Li-vA (o-li-ve), adj. Olive; belonging 

to an olive ; lau oliva. Kin. 8:11. He laau 

olivai an olive tree. 
0-Lo, V. To rub, as on a grater; to 

rub, as kalo or cocoanut on a rough stone 

to grate it fine. 

2. To rub up and down, as the motion 
of a saw, particularly of a whip-saw. 

3. To roll with fat, as the flanks and hips 
of a very fat animal ; hence, 

4. To saw. 1 Nal. 7:9. 

0-LO, V. To be loud, as a sound; to 
make a loud sound, as of many voices. 

2. To sound, as a voice of wailing ; to 
make a doleful noise. ler. 7:29. E do no 
wau i ka pihe ; e olo pihe ana, moaning ; 
bemoaning one's self. ler. 31:18. 

0-LO, s. See Olo, to rub up and down. 
A saw, from its motion ; also pahi olo, a 
saw. 

2. A double or fleshy skin ; the moving 
flesh of a fat animal. 

3. The swing-gobble of a turkey. 

4. A very thick surf-board made of the 
wiliwili tree. Laieik. 90. 

0-LO, s. A loud wailing ; a lamenta- 
tion ; makena. See Pihe. 

0-Lo-A, s. Mulberry bark soaked until 
soft in water. 

2. The name of small white kapas for- 
merly put over the gods while the prayer 
was said, thus : i puaa, i niu, i maia, i oloa. 

3. A gift made to a child at the time or 
soon after it was born. See Kopn.i ; see 
Laieik. 101. 

0-Lo-A-LU, s. A place where the prop- 



OLO 



101 



OLO 



erty of a chief was stored up ; he oloalu o 
ke all! o kahi e waiho ai ke kapa o na 'lii. 
2. The sound of many voices at once, of 
many horns blowing at once, of many cocks 
crowing together, &c. 

0-LO-A-LU, V. To seize or grasp, as sev- 
eral persons at the same thing ; ke aluka 
ana o ke kaui ana o ka moa ; ke oloalu ana 
o na kanaka e hao e aluka. 

2. To dodge, where many things are fly- 
ing thickly ; oloahi i ka ihe ke nui loa. 

0-LO-i, V. To rub, as the stone rubs 
kalo as well as pounds it. 

2. To run upon or over, as a vessel runs 
.over or upon a canoe, or a cart over a man, 
or anything drawn over a man. 

3. To run aground, as a canoe, or on to 
a stone ; olol ae la ka waa i ka pohaku. 

0-LO-o-LO, V. SeeOLO. To hang loosely, 
as fat under the chin or on the calf of the 
leg. 

2. To vibrate or swing, as a saw. Isa. 
10:15. 

3. To fall behind ; to loiter. 

4. To lose favor with one. 

5. To be denied that which was before 
freely given. See Oloolo below. 

0-Lo-o-Lo, s. The calf of the leg, from 
the flexibility of the muscle. 

2. A bundle done up loosely ; a loose 
bundle of poi. 

O ka puhi o ke ale la a hu 
Ka oloolo ka hee o kai uli la, 
Lehu ka hooloolo o ka alaala. 

0-LO-o-Lo, V. See Olo. To make a 
great sound of wailing, or as many wailing 
together. 

2. To roar or rush, as the sound of water; 
mai hooloolo oukou e ku auanei i ke au 5 o 
ka mea e hooloolo ana ia ia e ku oia i ke 
au ; oloolo na kahawai ku ka pihea i kai, 
the brooks roar like the roaring of the sea. 
Note. — It is not easy to see the connection 
between olo — oloolo to sound, as the voice 
of wailing, and olo — oloolo to swing, vibrate, 
&c., unless the latter be the radical mean- 
ing, and the voice of wailing be so ex- 
pressed on account of the vibratory motion 
of the voice in mourning and wailing, 

0-LO-O-LO, s. A sound like many horns 
blown at once. 

0-Lo-o-Lo-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, 
as the limbs of a fat person ; olooloka na 
wawae uunui maikai. See Oloka. 

0-lo-o-lo-na, s. See Olona. The cords 
or ligaments that bind together the bones 
and muscles of the animal system. 

2. Duty ; oflfice of one ; service. 

3. Baggage, or any kind of property to 
be taken when one removes ; e nana ana 
oia i ka oloolona nui e pono ole ai keia 
manomano kanaka. 

0-Lo-u, u. See Alau. To strike, as the 



knuckles on anything hard; to make a rap- 
ping noise. 

0-Lo-HA-NA, s. Eng. All hands; the 
name given to Mr. John Young, 

0-LO-HE, V. To turn pale in the face 
from fear or pain, ler. 30:6. 

0-LO-HE, s. The epithet of a man that 
is a robber and skillful at the luu, 
2. Ke akua o Kamaomao. 
3 Skillful, as one able to direct or over- 
see the work of others ; applied morally 
also to universal skill. 

0-LO-HE, adj. Rigid; immovable with 
fear; he kanaka olohe uwi paa i ka makau ia. 

2. Sick, as a woman in child birth ; he 
mai olohe keiki ia no na wahine. 

3. Bare ; destitute of verdure ; ka lua 
olohe ke alialia. he lua olohelohe. 

4. Bare ; free from hair on the body, 
chin, eyebrows, &c. 

0-LO-HE -Lo-HE, V. See Olohe. To be 
destitute ; empty. Kin.\:2. 

2. To be destitute of; to be naked; with- 
out clothing, loan. 21:7. Olohelohe ke kue- 
maka ; ua olohelohe ka aina, destitute of 
verdure. 

0-LO-HE-LO-HE, s. Nakedness ; destitu- 
tion of clothing or covering, Ilo'ik. 'i:l8. 

0-Lo-HE-LO-HE, adj. Destitute; naked; 
bare of vegetation, as a barren field, 

0-LO-Hi-o, V. See Ohio. 

0-LO-Hu, s. Name of a stone to roll in 
a kind of play. See Ulu. 

0-LO-HUA, s. A berry somewhat like 
the whortleberry, the fruit of the popolo. 

0-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, as the 
soft limbs of a fat person when walking ; 
oloka na wawae. See Olooloka. 

0-LO-KAA, V. Olo and kaa, to roll. 

1. To roll ; to roll over and over, as a 
stone. Mat. 28:2, To roll away ; to roll 
to a place; to roll off, as a burden; to take 
away, as a reproach, los. 5:9, Olokaa 
lakou i ka pohaku mai luna a i lalo. 

2, To roll otf upon another ; to transfer, 
as a debt ; ua olokaa aku au i ko'u aie a 
pau, I have paid oft' (rolled) all my debt, 

0-LO-KE, adj. Clamorous and incohe- 
rent, as the constant talk of one deranged; 
oloke ka waha. See Pioix)ke, 

0-LO-KEA, V. Olo and kea, cross ways. 

To cross ; to vex ; to thwart one in his 
plans; e kau o/o/<-ea. to throw together cris- 
cross, as sticks of wood. 

0-LO-KEA, adj. A heap of bones thrown 
together promiscuously, 

2. A cross or gibbet. Eset 5:14. 

3. A kind of ladder, such as is made by 
tying sticks horizontally on erect poles. 

4. The frame on which the people climbed 
and stood in putting up a house. 



OLO 



102 



OLU 



0-Lo-KEA, 5. In the form of a cross, or 
several crosses ; laau olokea. 

2. Applied to the disposition ; cross ; 
fretful ; disobliging. 

0-LO-KE-LE, s. The name of a stream 
or valley on Kauai. 

0-LO-Ki-Ki, V. To loosen, as a board. 

0-Lo-LA, s. A species of the mullet 
when small. 

0-LO-Li, V. Olo and li for Hi, small, lit- 
tle, &c. To be narrow. Isa. 28:20. To be 
contracted, as a path. 3fat. 7:14. 

0-LO-Li, adj. Narrow; contracted; dif- 
ficult. 1 ^'al 6:4. 

0-LO-Li-LO-Li, V. To be tough, water 
soaked, like kalo. See Loliloli. 

0-Lo-Lo, V. Olo, to rub, the 9th conj. 
of olo. To rub with the hand ; to polish. 
Syn. with anai. 

0-Lo-Lo, adj. Uneven, like a bundle 
jutting out at the corners. 

0-LO-ME-A, s. A species of tree; same 
as vnaimea ; olomea i paio aina e mai la ; 
used in producing fire by friction. 

0-LO-ME-A, s. The name of a striped 
hog ; ina i onionio ka hulu o ka puaa ma 
ka loa, he olomea ia puaa. 

0-LO-ME-HA-Ni, s. A placo where dirt 
and filth are thrown. 

0-Lo-Mi-o, V. To contract, as the toe of 
a shoe ; to pucker up, as the mouth of an 
eel ; to corrugate, as the skin of a healing 
wound j olomio iki ka hele a ke aloha ; pa- 
lanehe la i hele aku nei. 

0-Lo-Mi-o, adj. Smooth and tapering; 
verging to a point, but with a smooth sur- 
face ; meomeo, nuku puhi, olomuo, olomua. 

0-Lo-MU-A, s. Olo and mua, the front ; 
fore part. The foreskin. ler. 4:4. Olomua 
kahi omaka o ka ule ; ka omaka. 2 Sam. 
3:14. 

0-LO-MU-o, s. Olo, to rub, and muo, to 
open, as a bud. 

1. The bud of a blossom before it blooms: 
ka maka o ka pua aole i pohole. 

2. The prepuce that is cut off in circum- 
cision ; ka olomuo o kahi omaka. 

0-Lo-NA, s. A shrub, the bark of which 
dressed resembles bleached hemp or flax, 
and is made into small cords. 

2. The name of the cord itself; hence, 

3. Flax; hemp; linen. Puk. 9:31. 

4. A cord ; tendon of a muscle of ani- 
mals or men. Kol. 2:19. A muscle. ^S'oL 3:8. 
Olona hao, an iron sinew. Isa. 48:4. The 
hamstring of an animal. Kin. 32:32. In 
simjery, a ligament. Anat. 1:24. 

0-LO-NA, adj. Flaxen; pertaining to 
linen. ler. 13:1. Ka lole olona maikai ; he 



ie nani olona; ua aahuia i ka lole olona 
aiai keokeo. Hoik. 15:6. 

0-LO-PA, V. To break up or break to 
pieces ; similar to ulupa. 

0-LO-PE, s. A house fallen down and 
persons in it. 

2. A house broken up without people. 

0-Lo-PE-Lo-PE, s. A species of small 
shrimp found in kalo patches. 

0-LO-PU, V. To hold in the mouth with- 
out swallowing ; olopu ae la kona kapa i 
ka makani. IIoo. IIoolopu ae la oia i ka 
pea i ka makani. 

0-LO-PU, 5. Hooinu iho la oia i ke keiki 
i ka olopu wai ; a mouthful, as of food or 
drink ; hookahi olopu ai a me ke kiaha wai, 
one mouthful of food and a cup of water. 

0-LO-PU-A, adj. Ulili nae olopua. Laieik, 
142. 

0-LO-WAE, s. The fat, the movable flesh 
on the calf of the leg ; wawae he mau olo- 
wae. 

0-LO-wA-LU, s. See Oloalu. O ke olo- 
walu o ke kapu o ke alii ; kahi e kau ai ke 
kapa o ke oloalu. 

0-Lo-WA-LU-puu, s. Name of a place 
where many hillocks stand near each other. 
See also Ktnikinipuu. 

0-Lu, V. To feel comfortably; to be 
agreeable ; to have the sensation of satis- 
faction. 

2. To please ; to be pleased ; to regard 
with favor. 

3. To be cool, as with a salubrious 
breeze ; olu ka wai ke hm aku ; olu ka ma- 
kani ke pa mai koaniani ; olu Lahainaluna 
i ka makani maaa. 

0-LU, s. The vibrations or springing 
motion of the rafters of a house made by 
the wind. See Ufaipai. 

2. An arch : a bending of timber in a 
house ; a bending or yielding without 
breaking. 

3. The squirming contortions of a worm 
on a fish-hook. See IIolu, Pio, &c. 

0-LU, adj. Cool ; refreshing. Lunk. 
5:28. Comfortable ; easy ; pleasant to the 
sight ; benign ; contented. 

2. Clear ; pleasant, as the voice ; o ka 
olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona ma- 
nao, the clearness of the voice makes clear 
the thought. 

3. Limber, so as to bend in all direc- 
tions without breaking. See Olu, s. 

0-L[j, s. A cool breeze ; he koaniani. 

2. Coolness ; a refreshing sensation. 
0-LU, adj. Epithet of certain kinds of 

fish or shells; as, ka papai olu; ka ulu 

olu ; he wahi leho olu. 

0-LU-A, pers. pron., second pers. dual. 

You two. Oram. § 132, 2d. 



OMA 



103 



OMA 



0-LU-Au, s. Name of a ceremony in the 
worship of Kanaloa ; ua kapaia keia hana 
ho oluau. 

0-LU-E-KE-LOA-HOO-KAA-MO-E-NA, S. Epi- 
thet of a person who funned the chief while 
he slept ; o ka mea kahili i ko ke alii wahi 
raoe ai. he oluekelouhookaitmoena ia. 

0-LU-o-LU, V. See Olu. To be comfort- 
able ; to be gratifled ; to be contented ; 
satisfied. Lulc. 3:14. 

2. IIoo. To comfort ; to please ; to con- 
sole ; to please one ; to render a thing 
agreeable. 

3. To treat kindly ; to be favorable ; to 
comfort one ; to cheer. Kanl 24:5. Ua 
oliiolu ka noho i ke kan o na 'lii raaikai, it 
is pleasant to live in the reign of good 
chiefrf. 

0-Lu-o-LU, adj. Cool; refreshing; agree- 
able, &c. See Olu. O ka makani oluolu, 
oia ka mea e pale ai i k'a wela o ka la 



modern times, a bake pan ; kn wale iho no 

ia hale i ke oma ; e uhao i ka puaa f ke 

oma i moa raaikai. 
0-MA, s. The highest officer of the king; 

Kalanimokii was Kaahumanu's oma; Kinau 

was the oma of Kauilceaouli. 
O-MA, s. A small adz or koi. 
0-MAi, adj. Soft; flexible; limber. 
0-MAi, s. See O and Mai. To answer 

to a call ; omai ke alii none ia inoa. 
0-MAi-MAi, adj. See Mai, sick, weak. 

Weak ; void of strength ; sick. 
0-MAo, s. A bunch of food. 

2. The cover or wrapper of the food. 

3. A round bundle, as of food ; sharp 
above and round below ; ka omrxo ai, or ai 
onmo. 

0-MAo, s. Name of a species of small 
bird ; it resembles the ou only ; its feath- 
ers are dark colored. 



2. Large and fat, as a fat and weak man; I 0-MAO, adj. Green ; greenish in color; 
kanaka oluolu, an easy, good-natured man. | he manu omao ; he leho omao. 

s. A species of fish of 0-mao, s. A child always crying ; he 



0-LU-HE-LU-HE 

the oopu kind ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he 

oluheluhe. 
0-Lu-LE-LU-LE, adj. See Lule, to shake. 

Large ; fat, so as to have the fat shake in 

walking ; applied to men. 
0-Lu-LE-LU-LEA, adj. FoY oluleluUia. 

Large ; fat, &c. S<.'e the foregoing. 
0-Lu-Lo, s. A person cast away. 

2. A statue ; a figure. 

3. Food that has become sour and rotten, 
as melons. 

4. A long water calabash. 

0-LU-Lo, adj. Castaway; shipwrecked; 

he kanaka olulo i make ka waa i ka moana. 
0-LU-LO-LU-LO, adj. Large; fat; shak- 
ing with fat, as a man. See Oia'i.elui.e. 
0-LU-LU, s. A person of portly habits, 

but lax in joints. See Oi.u. 
0-LU-NA, ado. The auipili of luna. Of 

or belonging to what is upward or above. 

See Gram. ^ lOL See FirxA. 
0-LU-pi, s. The falling do\Mi, as a child; 

an upsetting ; he kaekae ka ohqn mat ka 

wai i olu ka puu. 
O-MA, V. To solicit silently a favor; to 

hiut a desire for a favor. 

2. To open the mouth, as a child about 
to suck: keo?)?a ae nei ka pahi i kamaunu; 
o ke oma aku no ia e lalau ia ia. 

3. To strike with the hands ou the surf- 
board. I 

O-MA, s. The space between two annies 
where the sacrifices were ottered. ! 

2. The preparations previous to war. 

3. Name of the man first killed in a bat 
tie. 

O-MA, s. An oven ; a baking place ; in I 



omao la ka uwe o ke keiki, o ka omao wale 
no ia e uwe ai. 

O-MA-o-MA, V. To solicit silently a 
favor. See Oma. 

O-MA-O-MA, V. To be afraid to speak to 
one for fear of giving offense ; ua oma(yma 
aku no ka waha e pane aku ia ia. hilahila 
mai no hoi au. See Oma. 

O-MA-O-MA, s. The bosom ; the breast. 
See Umauma. ka waha o ka puhi la oma- 
oma. 

0-MAo-MAO, adj. Green, as grass or veg- 
etation. 

2. Blue, as the .sky. 

Ua omaomao ka lani, ua kahaea luna, 
Ua pipi ka maka o na hoku- 

0-MAo-MAo, I'. To be or appear green, 
as vegetation ; ua omaomao ua nahelehele 
i ka uliuli o na mauu o ke kula, ua puia 
make i ka nani. 

0-MAO-MAo, s. Name of a precious stone; 
an emerald, from its green color. Jloik. 
21:20. 

0-MAU, t'. To gird, bind or tie on, as a 
sword ; i ka wa i hele ai lakou i ke kaua, 
omau no lakou i ka pahi. Lnnk. 3:16. To 
sheath, put up. as a sword. 

2. To tuck in, as the outer edge of a 
pan to fasten it ; e oma^i iho a paa ka lole. 

3. To sew ; to stitch together ; to baste 
cloth. 

0-MAU, s. A tucking in of the edge of 
a pan. which is tucked in under to fasten 
it on the body. 

2. A sheath, as for a sword. 

3. Omau i ke ala paa ole i ka omaum, 
in the path not hard by frequent use (per- 
haps.) 



OMI 



104 



OMO 



4. A pining sickness, isa. 38:12. English 
translation, a piece cut off; a fragment ; a 
thread, &c. Heh. Ka paa maopopo ole, ka 
omaxi wale iho. The idea seems to be, 
something unfixed ; insecure ; something 
firm in appearance, but liable to give way; 
temporary. 

5, Name of a species of fish-hook. 
0-MA-KA, s. The fountain head of a 

stream. 

2. The springing up of vegetables. See 
Maka, the eye, the bud, &c. 

3. The nipples of a female. Ezeh. 23:3. 
Omaka waiu, the breast. Kanik. 4:3. 

4. The foreskin in males that was cut off" 
in circumcision. Kanl. 10:16. Note. — Cir- 
cumcision was formerly practiced among 
Hawaiians. 

5. Ka omaka wai o ka niu ; ka omaka. 
ka omua ke poo ; ua halu ka omaka wai i 
kai, ua lepo ka omaka wai i kinohi. See 
Olomua. 

6. The name of a fish. 
0-MA-LE-MA-LE, s. A species of fish ; 

the same as the male ; the young of the uhu. 
0-MA-Li, V. To be weakly in body ; 

sickly ; ua omali ke kino, he mai paaoao. 
0-MA-LI, adj. Weak ; feeble with sick- 
ness. 

2. Unripe ; wilted, as fruit ; he ipu omali 

00 ole, an unripe, soft melon. 
0-MA-LI, s. Weakness of body; infirm- 
ity of the system ; ka omali, ka nawaliwali, 

ka paaoao. 
0-MA-Li-o, adj. Broad; extended; flat, 

as flat land. See Kahuaomalio. 
0-MA-LU-MA-LU, adj. Cloudy and dark, 

as when the sun does not break out at all. 

See Malu. 
0-ME-o, V. Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 

See Opuu. 
0-ME-o-ME-o, adj. Ulaula, meomeo ; 

Red ; blushing, as people ; yellow, as ripe 

fruit : orange, musk-melon, &c. 
0-ME-GA, s. Gr. The name of the last 

letter of the Greek alphabet, the great ; 

hence, 

2. The last, ka welau, in opposition to 

kumu ; an epithet of Jesus Christ. Hoik. 

2i:G. 

0-ME-RA, s. Heb. A dry measure; an 
omer. Puk. 1G:16. 

0-Mi, V. To wither ; to droop, as vege- 
tables ; not to grow or vegetate ; e ulu ole 
o ke kanu ana, he loi homi. 
2. To droop; lose flesh, as a person. See 

HOMI. 

0-Mi, adj. Withering, as a tree with 
few roots ; he kukui aa ole omi. See Homi 
and HouMiMi. 

0-Mi-o-Mi, V. See Omi. To wither; to 



lose flesh ; to droop ; applied to men or 

plants ; to stop growing. See Omiomi. 
O-Mi-Ko, s. Lean and unproductive soil. 
O-Mi-KO, adj. Unfruitful, as ground that 

yields nothing. 
2. Stinted in growth, as vegetables ; he 

loi omiko. 
O-Mi-Li-Mi-LU, s. See Paopao, the name 

of a fish. 
O-Mi-LO, V. See Milo. To spin ; to 

twist, as a rope ; to spin, as thread. See 

HiLO. To twist with the thumb and finger; 

also in drilling a small hole. 
2. To produce abortion. 
O-Mi-LO, s. The name of a medicine 

used in procuring abortion; he laau lapaau; 

applied to the operation or to the medicine 

used in procuring abortion. 
O-Mi-Lo-Mi-Lo, V. To destroy or cause 

the death of an unborn infant ; ina i ike oe 

he kaikamahine, e omilomilo ae au. Laieik. 

11. 
O-Mi-Bii, V. To droop ; to wither, as a 

plant. 

2. To lose flesh, as a person ; ua omimi 

ka ulu ana o keia laau. 
0-Mi-Mi, 5. A fading ; a decaying ; a 

withering of animal or vegetable life. 
2. That which is of small or slow growth. 
O-Mi-No, V. To wither; to droop. See 

Omi. 
O-Mi-NO, s. A stinted person; a sickly, 

crying child. 
O-Mi-NO, adj. Stinted ; sickly, as a child; 

he keiki omino. uwe wale; withered; with- 
out flesh ; small ; uuku, io ole. 
O-Mo, V. To suck, as a child. Luk. 

22:29. 

2. To draw up, as a pump. 

3. To cleave together, as if by sucking. 

4. To evaporate, as water, and pass into 
the clouds ; ua omoia ke kai e ka wela, a 
lilo ia i mau ao. 

O-Mo, adj. Sucking; keiki omo waiu, 
a sucking child. Nah. 11:12. He mea omo 
waiu, a suckling. 1 Sam. 22:19. He mea 
omo, a thing that sucks, i. e., a child. 

O-Mo, s. A cover to a calabash or pot. 
2. The name given to a long, narrow 
kind of adz ; koi omo. 

0-Moo-Moo, V. O ka lepo i omoomooia, 
ahahauia, oia kekahi hale; an oval adobie; 
any long, oval shaped body, as balls of pia. 

O-Moo-Noo, s. He lapa, he kualapa, he 
moo. 

O-mo-ha, s. a figure used in printing 
kapa. 

O-Mo-HA-LU, s. Name of the twelfth 
day of the month ; properly mohalu. 

0-MO-Ki, V. To stop up with a cork, 



ON A 



105 



ONA 



bung or stopper, &c. ; ua paa i ka omokiia 
i ka pani. 

0-Mo-Ki, s. A cork ; a stopper of a bot- 
tle ; a bung of a cask ; tbo stopper of a 
calabash, &c. 

0-MO-Ki, V. To jump from a high place 
into deep water, a sport for children ; 
omoki lua ka wai o ke keiki akamai i ka 
lelekawa. See Umokt. 

0-Mo-Ko-KO, s. Omo, to suck, and koko, 
blood. A horse leech ; a blood-sucker. 
Sol. 30:15. 

0-MO-LE, adj. Round and smooth ; he 
huewai omole ; hence 

0-MO-LE, s. A glass bottle ; a bottle ; a 
cruse. Xal. 17:14. A phial ; a polished 
cane ; a large, fat, smooth hog ; he puaa 
nui keia, he omole nei ka hulu. 

0-MO-LE-A, s. A species of tree. 

0-MO-LE -0-MO-LE, ) adj. Eound and 

0-MO-LE-MO-LE, ) smooth. See Omole. 

0-MO-Li-u, V. Ovio, to suck, and /iw, 
bilge water. To absorb or discharge bilge 
water from a canoe or ship; to pump water 
from a ship. 

0-MO-Li-u, s. Omo and liu. A ship 
pump. Note. — The word pcmma has been 
introduced from the English pump. See 
Pauma. 

0-MO-MO, V. See Omo, to suck. To put 
the end of a thing into the mouth to wet 
it; a omomo ko ke kanaka waha i ua pua la. 

0-MU-A, V. To tie up the wound of the 
foreskin when cut off in circumcision. 

2. To tie a string around the fore end of 
the pua or cane top to make a papua for 
playing that game ; e omua ke kumu o ka 
pua i ke kaula. 

0-MU-A-MU-A, s. The bulb of a flower 
before it blossoms ; omuamua pua. 

0-MU-E, ) adj. Sweet scented ; 

0-MU-E-MU-E, ) odoriferous. 

0-MU-o, s. See Omua above. Omuopua. 

0-MU-o-MU-o, s. The upper and young- 
est leaves of the sugar-cane, ki, &c. ; as, 
omnomrio ko ; omuomuo ki ; the huli of the 
kalo makua. See Mi'o. a bud. 

0-MU-o-Mu-o-PU-A, V. Muo and jma, a 
flower. To swell out, as the bud of a 
flower. 

0-MUU, V. To begin to grow, as a veg- 
etable. See Omua and Omko. 

0-MU-KU, V. See Pahupahu. Kamak. 
To cut short : to cut oft'. 

0-NA, V. To be drunk ; to be intoxi- 
cated. 1 Sam. 25:36. Ua waiwai loa ia 
haole, ua ona. spoken sarcastically ; to be 
under the influence of intoxicating drinks. 
2. To be delighted or ravished; i ona 
mau mai kona aloha iloko ou. Sol. 5:19. 
14 



3. Hoo. To make one drunk. 
0-NA, s. A State of intoxication, as pro- 
duced by alcohol, tobacco and awa. 

2. Dizziness of the head. 

3. A kind of nettling or pricking of the 
skin, attended with some pimples. 

0-NA, adj. Drunk ; intoxicated. 
0-NA, pers. pron., the auipili of ia. Of 

him ; of her ; of it ; his ; hers ; its ; rarely 

in the neuter gender ; belonging to him, 

&c. 6^ram. § 137-1.39. 
0-NA-o-NA, a^J. Weary; fatigued; faint, 

as from traveling. 

2. Faint ; dizzy, from weakness or want 
of food : poniuniu. 

3. Applied to food ; unpalatable ; ono 
ole ; wai onaona, bad tasted water ; hue- 
wai onaorui, bad smelling calabash. 

0-NA-o-NA, adj. Beautiful ; graceful ; 
pretty faced ; he mau maka onaona, he 
maikai, he nani ; ka wehiwehi i ka ona/jna 
i ke ala ; beautiful ; applied to the eyes 
and face : rosy cheeks. 

0-NA-O-NA, s. A pleasant, odoriferous 
smell, as of a rose ; aka e hai aku i ke ala 
ame ke onaona, ame ka pukue o ka na- 
auao ; onaona ala, a pleasant smell ; me 
ka honi ala onaona, alaila hoi ka makani 
ala onaona, e nu ana ma ke kaena nei ; 
maluna o ka onaona ala launa. 

0-NAU-NA, V. To come around, as fishes 
when a baited hook is let down. 

0-NA-u-NA, adj. Neat ; graceful ; pretty. 

0-NA-HA, V. To curve or bend round, 
as a semi-circle or a half bounding line ; 
onaha na kihi o ka mahina, the points of 
the moon bend round. 

2. To spread or crook, as the legs ; ap- 
plied to one whose legs or knees spread 
wide apart ; used in hailiili. 
0-NA-HA, adj. Crooked j bending, as 
an aged person ; he wahine onaha Kale- 
peamoa ; crooked, as one's legs ; wawae 
onaha. 
0-NA-HA, adv. Crookedly; in a bent 
position ; ke waiho onaha mai la ka lima, 
the armJies half bent. See Xaha, broken. 
0-NA-HA-NA-HA, I". This word is used 
in all the senses of onaha above ; as, ona- 
hanaha na kihi o ka mahina. Ac. : he ka- 
naka wawae onahanahn ke liele mai. &c. 
0-NA-HA-NA-HA, s. The halo of the 

I moon (doubtful.) 

I O-NA-HA-NA-HA-iA-UA, r. See above. 

j Onahanahaiaua ke kihi o ka moku ; pona- 

I hanaha ka moku me ka aina. 

, 0-NA-LU-NA-LU, adj. Having a high 

I surf, as the sea ; onalunalii ke kai. See 

j Nalu. 

' 0-NA-NA, s. Name of the third month 

i of the year ; more properly Nana. 



ONI 



106 



ONI 



0-NA-NA, adj. Perhaps a contraction of 
ona and ana, partially intoxicated. Weak; 
awkward ; unskillful ; he kanaka onana, 
ikaika ole, hemahema. 

0-NA-WA-Li, adj. See Nawali. Weak; 
not strong ; awkward ; nawaliwali. 

0-NA-WA-LI, s. An unripe, bitter melon 
or squash ; he ipu awaawa oo ole. 

0-NE, s. The sand; ke one o kahakai, 
the sand of the beach ; ke one i Mahina- 
hina ; ke lele la ke one i Maoholaia. 

0-NE, V. To be sandy; to have sand 
in plenty ; ua one Kaupo, ua ka ka ai i ka 
Ina. 

0-NE-A, s. One, sand, and a, burning. 
(So called by Hawaiians when they first 
saw gunpowder.) Lit. Burning sand, that 
is, gunpowder ; ke onea ka pauda, ka mea 
e lele ai ka poka ; ua pau na kanaka i ke 
onea o ka haole. See Pauda (powder,) 
which has since been introduced. 

0-NE-A, adj. Destitute; all gone; vacant. 

0-NE-A-NE-A, s. An open country ; a 
desolate place where nothing grows ; ka 
ulu ole na mea kanu. 

0-NEA-NEA, V. To appear open and 
clear ; to lie in fair sight, as a hill or moun- 
tain. 

2. To be desolate ; waste ; unfruitful, as 
a tract of country. 

0-NEA-NEA, adj. Left alone ; clear of 
verdure, as land ; desolate ; unfruitful ; 
waste, as laud ; mahakea, nahelehele ole. 
See Neoxeo. 

0-NEi, adv., the auipili of nei. Of this ; 
of here ; of this person ; opposite to olaila, 
that there. Note. — Though often printed 
as one word, o nei are really two words. 

0-NE-o-NE, V. To be broken; cracked, 
as a melon, so the meat may run out. 

0-NE-O-NE, V. The flowing out of the 
meat of a melon. 

2. The cracks through which it flows out. 

0-NE-O-NE, adj. Soft; flowing; fine; 
dwindled to nothing, &c. ; pepehi i na ka- 
naka a oneone. 

0-NE-u-LA, adj. Great; extended; vast. 

0-NE-HA-NAu, 5. One, sand, and kanau, 
born. The place of one's birth; native- 
born place ; one's native country where he 
and his ancestors lived ; e ike auanei i ko 
kakou onehanau, we shall soon see our 
native-born place. 

0-NE-LAU-E-NA, 5. Somc imaginary land 
or country where the god Kane lived or 
came from ; he aina i ke onelauena a Kane, 
he aina i Kahiki, aia ilaila ke onelauena ; 
he aina momona ke ano. 

0-Ni, V. To move ; to stir, but to move 
only through a small space ; aole e hiki 



ke oni 1 ka nawaliwali, he was not able to 
move from weakness ; to turn the body in 
a restless mood. 2 Sam. 20:12. 

2. To ascend with a zigzag motion, as a 
kite ; lele ka lupe iluna o ka lewa oni ae 
ana. 

3. To stretch out, as land into the sea. 

4. To swim or move about in the sea. 
Oihk. 11:10. 

5. To move on in a steady course of life; 
e oni wale no oukou i kuu pono a, con- 
tinue to move on in my course. Kauoha a 
Kam. 

6. To move, as a sign of life, in opposi- 
tion to moe malie, a sign of death. 

7. To move from one position to another; 
ua oni kela mai kona kala a hiki ma keia 
kala, he moved from his end of the house 
to this end. 

8. To move about ; to be busy ; dili- 
gent ; to move to and fro ; e oni ana no ia 
me ke kulapa ana ; e naku, e lapa, &c. 

0-NI, adj. Uneasy; restless, es in pain. 
0-Ni, s. Uneasiness ; a shifting from 

place to place ; epithet of a living being, 

the moving. Ezefc. 47:9. 
0-Ni-o, 5. Cloth printed, especially in 

spots ; the printed figures on calico. 
0-Ni-o, adj. Spotted ; printed, like cal- 
ico or kapa. 
0-Ni-o-Ni, V. See Oni. To dodge; to 

move back and forth, as the ears of a horse; 

onioni no na pepeiao, moe imua a moe 

ihope ; ua onioni ka lupe me he ao la, the 

kite floats like a cloud. 
0-Ni-o-Ni-o, adj. See Onio. Striped ; 

spotted, as a cloth; as animals. Kin. 80:32. 

Variegated, as with colors ; humuhumu 

onio7iio, broidered work. Puk. 28:39. Hoo. 

Kapa hoonionio, broidered work. Ezek. 

16:10. 
0-Ni-o-Ni-o, V. To be spotted ; ua onio- 

nio kikokiko ka leopadi. 

2. Eoo. To embroider ; to work figures 

on cloth. Puk. 28:39. 

0-Ni-u, V. To spin, as a top made of a 
cocoanut ; hoka i oniula kona lae. 

0-Ni-u, s. A top for spinning ; a play- 
thing for children, generally made of a 
cocoanut. 

0-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi. See Oninihi. 

0-Ni-Ho-Ni-HO, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

0-Ni-KA, s. Gr. Onyx ; name of a pre- 
cious stone. Jvm. 2:12. 
2. Also, a spice. Puk. 30:34. 

0-Ni-Ki, a^y. Flat; smooth, as a surface. 

0-Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki. I ka pawa haahaa oniki- 
niki. 

0-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. Fat; plump, as the 
cheeks of a man. See Uninanina. 



ONO 



107 



ONO 



0-Ni-Ni, V. To blow very softly, as the 
beginning of a breeze. 

2. To excite or stir up waves in a calm ; 
to cause a ripple on the surface of water. 

0-NI-NI, s. A very slight breeze of air 
like that which occasions a ripple after a 
calm ; he wahi ordni iki inai ; applied only 
to a gentle wind when it covers the sea 
with ripples ; oninl loa mai na hua ; he 
07WU makani ; the first beginning of a sea 
breeze ; a putt" of wind. laa. 57:13. 

2. The word is ai)pliod to one of imper- 
fect vision when trying to read ; onbii ke 
kanaka i ka ili wai. 

0-Ni-Ni, V. To close or shut the eyes 
on account of too strong light ; ua onmi 
na maka i ka malaraalaraa, ua kahuli ka 
onohi, ua ano e ka maka. 

0-Ni-Ni, adj. The state of one almost 
dead ; he lelehu, he kapakahi, he kuhikee, 
he kokoke make loa. 

0-NI-NI, s. A kind of surf-board. 

0-Ni-Ni-Hi, s. Young kalo ; the tops of 
kalo. See Pauaxihi. 

0-Ni-No-Ni-NO, V. To be dazzling like 
the sun ; ua oninonino na maka i ka la ; 
to blind the eyes by a dazzling light. See 
Olixolixo. 

0-Ni-NO-Ni-NO, adj. Dazzling ; dnii- 
sighted through a strong light. 

0-Ni-PAA, V. Oni and paa, fast. 

1. To be fixed ; firmly bound together. 
Hal. 111:8. To be steadfast. Hal. 140:11. 
To bo immovable. 

2. To be persevering. Sol. 10:24. Ua 
onlpaa loa ke aupuni o ka Mesia. Hoo. To 
establish firmly. lev. 42:10. 

0-Ni-PAA, adj. Firm ; strong ; fixed : 
immovable; he nauwe ole, he kulanalana 
ole ; he hale onipaa a paa loa. 

0-NO, V. To be or become sweet; to 
relish, as food ; to have a like or relish for 
sweet food. Aln. 27:4. To have a sweet 
taste. 

2. To be sweet, that is, good to eat ; eat- 
able. Kin. 3:6. 

3. To desire greatly to taste or eat a 
thing; ono iho la kekalii man kanaka i ka ia. 

4. To be savory ; ua oiio, ua mikomiko, 
ua onoono. 

5. Morally, to have a relish for virtue. 

0-No, V. To disrelish food, as a sick 
child or person without appetite. Hoo. 
Hooioi, lioono, hoonoono. 

0-NO, s. Sweetness ; that which is 
pleasant to the taste either in eating or 
drinking ; ka ono o ka puu i ka ai ana a i 
ka inu ana. 

0-NO, adj. Sweet ; palatable ; relisha- 
ble ; ala ono, a sweet savor. OUik. 1:9. 
He kanaka hua ono oe. Proverb. 



0-NO, s. Name of a very large species 
of fish, the parents of the opelu ; o ke ano 
makua o ka opelu ; computed at one-sixth 
of the whole. 

0-NO, adj. The ordinal of six; the sixth; 
used with the article. Gram. 115:4. Aono, 
eono, six. 

0-No-o-NO, adj. Palatable; hence, pleas- 
ant ; comfortable. 

0-NOU, V. To entice ; to allure ; gener- 
erally for a bad purpose. 

2. To give a thing deceitfully ; to give 
away, as one's daughter in marriage for a 
selfish pui7)0se. 

3. To give the products of a land to an- 
other, not to the owner. 

4. To secrete by craft ; to turn aside 
from what is right. 

5. To push against one, as if to push him 
down ; to do things in a hurry. 

6. To persuade one to leave his proper 
station for an improper one. 

7. To change employment. 

0-NOU, s. An enticement ; a false giv- 
ing ; a seduction ; an enticing, alluring, 
(fee, of one. Laielk. 198. ka onou wale 
ana o na makua i ke keiki, the enticing of 
parents their children (to vice.) 

0-NOU, s. The name of a small bird ; o 
ka onou he manu eleele ia. 

0-NOU, adj. Seductive ; alluring ; de- 
ceitful. &c. 

0-Nou-Nou, V. See Onou above. To 
entice ; seduce ; persuade. Notk. — This 
form is frequentative of 07iou, and used in 
all its senses. 

0-NO-Hi, s. The center of the eye ; ka 
ojwhi o ka maka. Zek. 2:8. 

2. The eye-ball ; the apple of the eye ; 
kii onohi. the little image in the eye; so 
haku onohi; hence, 

3. The center of a thing ; the excess of 
a thing ; applied to darkness. Sol. 20:20. 
I. e., the profundity of darkness ; ke onohi 
ka pouli, where darkness is concentrated. 

4. It is applied to light or heat; o ka 
onohi ka umu ahi enaena. the center of a 
raging, fiery oven ; ka Avaenakonu o ka 
lapalapa ahi. the center of a flame of fire ; 
ke onohi o ka la, the center of the sun ; 
ke Alii e moe mai ana i ka onohi pono o 
ka la. Laieik. 176. He ao onohi opua kii- 
kau. 

0-NO-Hi, s. Ike aku la oia e ku ana ka 

onohi iluna pono o Maunalei. L<deik. 25. 
0-NO-Hi-Ai-A, s. Onohi and aia, bad, &;c. 

A watery or sore eye. 
0-NO-Hi-u-LA, s. A deep red ; a species 

of red color. 
0-NO-Hi-No-Hi, V. Ua onohinohi ka maka 

ka hoku. 



OPA 



108 



OPE 



0-NU, V. To swell ; to enlarge ; to 

spring. See Pehu, to rise up, as a swelling. 
0-NU, s. A swelling ; a wen on the 

neck or head ; anything growing up and 

increasing. 
0-NU-HE-NU-HE-A, adj. Fat; very fat; 

shaking fat ; applied to men when bloated 

very much. 
0-PA, V. To press; squeeze, as the head 

of a child. Anat 6. 
0-PA, adj. See Oopa. Lame ; fatigued ; 

wearied. 
0-PA, adj. Huikau, laiki, kulipee. 
0-PA, s. A limping, walking, as one 

sore or disabled ; ke kulipu, ka huikau, ka 

laiki. 
0-PAE, s. A very small fish ; a shrimp; 

a crab. 
0-PAE-o-HAA, s. A species of small fish, 

but a little larger than the opae. 
0-PAi-PAi, V. To shake ; to bend in and 

out, as the rafters of a house ; opalpai ka 

mauna, the mountain trembles. Laleik. 163. 

0-PA-o-PA, adj. See Opa. Wearied ; 
fatigued ; lame from walking. See Oopa. 

0-PA -HA, s. A house, the rafters of 
which have been broken. 
2. A thin, shrunk up face. 

0-PA-HA, V. To be bent in; as the roof 
of a (grass) house partly fallen in. 

2. To sink down ; to be depressed ; to 
fall in; uaojxtha ka hale,uahina, uahilala, 
a ua poll aku iloko. 

0-PA-HA, adj. Bent in ; indented ; 
pressed down. 

0-PA-KA, adj. Having regular sides, as 
a square or octagon. 

2. Having hewn or flat sides, as a square 
piece of timber ; e kalai a opaka, the tim- 
ber is hewed ; ua kalai opakapaka, the 
timber is hewed on all sides. 

0-PA-KA, V. To hew smoothly; to hew 
and leave no knots ; e kalai a e hoopau i 
ke ino. 

0-PA-KA, s. A ravine on the side of a 
mountain. 

2. The geometrical figure; a prism. Ana- 
hon. 

0-PA-KA-PA-KA, adj. Hewed on all sides; 
made flat or square. 

0-PA-KA-PA-KA, s. Name of a species of 
red fish. 

0-PA-LA, s. Refuse litter, such as old 
straw, leaves of trees, dried grass, or any- 
thing worthless which may be burnt or 
felewn away by the wind. Hal. 1:4. Light 
rubbish ; different things mixed together. 
2. Fig. The rabble; people without char- 
acter ; aole i lilo kanaka i ka hcwa me 
Poki, he mau opala wale no ka i lilo me 



ia, the people did not tarn to wickedness 
with Poki, some of the chaff (unstable 
men) only went with him. 

0-PA-LA, adj. Dirty; filthy; bad; un- 
pleasant ; ua lemua opala. a long, disagree- 
able rain. 

0-PA-Li-PA-Li, s. A small or low pali ; 
a place of low palis. 

0-PA-PA, s. Proper name of the wife 
of Akea or Wakea ; they are represented 
as the ancestors of the Hawaiian race. 
Note. — The o is no part of the word, it is 
only emphatic, yet it is sometimes so 
written. See Papa. 

0-PE, V. To tie up in a bundle ; to 
bundle up for carrying away. Puk. 12:34. 

0-PE, s. A bundle; a long bundle; a 
bundle made up for carrying ; ope papa, 
ope lole. 

0-PE -A, V. To be turned or to lean to 
one side. 

2. To turn ofi", as when land is takea 
away, perhaps for a fault, perhaps not ; ua 
laweia ka aina, opeaia ke kanaka. 

3. To drive one away ; hakaka laua, a 
opeaia o mea e mea. 

4. To bind one's hands behind his back; 
ojoeazakona mau lima; to cross; to tie cross- 
wise ; to treat ill. 

5. To abuse or treat one evil without 
reason. 

6. To judge unrighteously. Sol, 18:5. 

7. To treat the gods with contempt and. 
risk the consequences. See Pea. 

8. To throw over one, as a kapa, or as a 
child over the shoulder. 

0-PE-A, s. A cross, as sticks crossed. 
See Pea and Kea. The cross stick which 
holds up the outer and upper end of a sai!. 

0-PE-A, s. Used probably for opeiflj, what 
is bound up ; a testicle. 

0-PE-A, adj. Villainous; perverse; not 
trusty. 

0-PEA-PEA, s. A bat, an animal between 
fowls and quadrupeds. Kanl. 14:18. So 
called from the shape of the wings being 
similar to the ancient sails (pea) of their 
canoes. 

0-PEA-PEA, s. A species of shell fish. 
2. Kalo lately planted, from the shape 
of the young leaves. 

0-PE-o-PE, V. See Ope. To tie up 
tightly or frequently, as a bundle. 

2. To tie and hang up against the side 
of a house for preservation. 

3. To fold up, as clothes. lohn. 20:7. 

4. Fig. To bind up, as knowledge. Isa. 
8:16. Opeope ke akamai a waiho malie 
iloko o ke kanaka noonoo, wisdom is bun- 
dled up and laid away quietly in the man's 
mind. 



OPI 



109 



OPU 



O-PE-LE, V. To rest securely or quietly 
in a place ; noa ke akua kapii ka opde. 

0-PE-LE-PE-LE, 5. A flat, Weak cakbash, 
partly broken; also, a frail water calabash. 

0-PE-LU, s. Name of a species of fish ; 
mackerel ; opela ka okoa ia iho ka mokn. 
2. The name of one of the two fish which 
accompanied Pili when he came to the 
islands ; aku was the name of the other. 
D. Malo. 4:13. 

0-PE-LU-NU-i-KAU-iiAA-Li-LO, s. The son 
of Pele and Kainai)iiaa, who became a god. 

0-Pi, V. To fold up, as kapa or cloth. 
See Ope. 

2. To sink in, as the mouth when the 
teeth are .2;one, 

0-PI, s. The folds in cloth or kapa; 
the depressions made by folding kapa or 
cloth ; akepakepa mai la no ia ma ke opi a 
pan. 

0-pi-o, adj. Young; juvenile, as a per- 
son. 2 Sam. 18:29. As an animal 5 bipi 
kane opio. Nah. 28:19. 

0-pi-o-pi, V. See Opi. To fold up, as a 
garment or kapa. 2 Nal. 2:8. 

2. To put in order ; opiopi lua ka auwae 
me he waha kao la. 

0-pi-o-pi-o, V. See Opio. To be young; 
tender, as a plant or tree ; as a child or 
animal. 1 Sam. 1:24. 

O-pi-o-pi-0, adj. Young, as a person or 
animal; immature; unripe. Puk. 24::5. Ap- 
plied to persons ; opposed to kahiko. los. 
6:21. Applied to fruits ; uala opiopio; re- 
cent ; new ; late ; as, he mai opiopio, a new 
or recent disease ; junior ; a son of a 
father of the same name. 

0-Pi-Hi, s. A species of shell fish. 
2. A stamp in native cloth. 

0-pi-Hi-pi-Hi, s. A particular kind of 
mat, not the finest kind, though pretty fine. 

0-Pi-KA-NA-LA-Ni, 5. Used in poetry for 
something laid up far ofl'; liele ana i Opi- 
kanauuu i Opikanalnni. 

0-pi-KA-NA-NUU, s. See the above. Hele 
ana i Opikananmi i Ojiikunalani. 

0-Pi-Ki, V. To bend over, as in nodding 
on going to sleep; to bond u]), as the legs; 
to come together, as a trap. iSee UriKi. 

0-pi-KO, s. A species of grass ; a spe- 
cies of tree ; he kojiiko. 

0-Pi-KO-Pi-Ko, s. Name of a disease; 
ho mai opikopiko i ano e ka ili e like me 
ka pala, ulaulu a kookeo ; ke opikopiko o 
ka ili. ina e hoopiliia ka hee, ola 1 ka ili, 
ua opikopiko ka ili. 

0-pi-Ko-Pi-Ko, s. Anxiety; concern; so- 
licitude ; depression of spirits in view of 
danger. 

0-pi-Ko-pi-Ko, V. To be anxions about 



an event ; to be concerned about some im- 
pending danger. 

2. To be troubled, as the sea in a storm. 
0-Pi-Li, V. To draw up ; contract, as 
one with the cramp or with cold weather ; 
Oinli loa iho no ka nui loa o ka ua. 

2. To be cold ; to shiver with the cold. 

3. To draw up or compose one's self on 
a bed. Kin. 49:33. 

4. Fro. Ua opili ka maka i ka anu i ka 
wai, nolaila loaa ole ka manao, haalulu a 
make no hoi. 

5. To bend or contract, as the knees in 
kneeling ; oi noho kukuli a opUl ae na 
wawae i ka anu i lalo ka lepo. Kin. 49:33. 

Opi/i la o pooleele o opu kalakala 

Ua iku, he kua nui kua loa, 

He kua noho i ka iuiu.— //e tvahipule. 

0-Pi-Li, s. A cold; a shivering; a con- 
traction of the limbs and muscles through 
cold or with the cramp. 
2. The cramp itself. 

0-pi-Li, adj. Stiff with wet and cold ; 
benumbed. 

0-pi-Lo, V. To break out afresh, as an 
old sore. 

2. To have a relapse in the recovery of 
a disease ; to bring back a sickness ; mai 
hele oe i ka auau, opilo ko mai i ka wai. 
See PiLO. 

0-pi-Lo, s. A person who is often sick 
and has become thin in flesh, is said to be 
a kanaka opilo. 

0-pi-Lo-pi-LO, adj. Dirty; muddy; miry, 
as a soft, slumpy road ; ua nui na wahi 
opilopilo ma ke alanui Makiki, ua poho- 
poho loa ka wawae i kahi ino i ka lepo. 

2. Dirty ; bad smelling, as stagnant 
water ; corrupt ; he opilopilo no keia opu 
puaa. 

0-Pi-Lo-Pi-LO, V. To be dirty; bad smell- 
ing. &c. ; ke opilopilo nei no ka wawae i 
ka honowa. See Pn.oriLO and Pii.o. 

0-po. See in Hauopo. Opo, in good 
order ; even ; plainly done. 

0-PO-Ho-KA-NO, adj. Stingy' ; close; not 
willing to part with anythVug good ; o ka 
poe lakou opohokano, he kukuiolelo wale 
no ia, aole e ai ana. 

0-PU, V. To expand, as an opening 
flower. See Onr. 

2. To grow, as a fetus. Hal. 139:16. 

3. To swell up ; to be full, as the belly 
of a fat person ; opu mai ka opu. 

4. To rise up, as water ; opu ka wai. 

5. To live idly ; lazily ; ke opu wale ae 
nei no. ka noho wale ; noho wale iho no, 
loaa ole. 

6. To sit with the knees gathered up. 

7. To leap oft' or over, as a horse ; e opu 
aku mao. 

0-PU, s. A protuberance with an enclo- 



OPU 



110 



OPU 



sure, as the belly, stomach, bladder, &c. ; 
as, opu ke kai, the heart, belly (midst) 
of the sea ; the crop of a bird. Oihk. 1:16. 
The maw of animals. Eanl 18:3. The 
womb. Lunk. 16:17. A round, liver-like 
substance in the hog and other animals. 

2. The name of a heap upon which a god 
stands ; a bunch or bundle of small wood, 
grass, weeds, &c. ; a hill or bunch of kalo 
growing together. See Opuu. 

3. The disposition of a person ; state of 
mind. See the compounds Opuao, Opuino, 
Opdkopekope, &c. Opu is here syn. with 
naau. Note.— The Hawaiians suppose the 
seat of thought, intelligence, &c., and also 
the seat of moral powers, as the choice and 
practice of good and evil, to be seated in 
the small intestines; hence, naau or opu 
(the small intestines) is used for what we 
should call the heart, i. e., the seat of the 
moral powers. See Naauao, Naaupo, Naau- 
INO, compared with opuao, opuino, &c. See 
Naau. 

0-pu, adj. Skillful at diving into the 
water, so as not to spatter ; opu ia wahi 
kanaka ; opu 1 na kea ka pau ai ole, fisher- 
man's phrase. 

0-PU -A, s. Narrow pointed clouds hang- 
ing in the horizon ; clouds of a singular 
shape arising out of the sea ; opua kea, 
opua eleele. 

2. A bunch ; a collection, as of bushes, 
leaves, &c. ; he opua hao wale keia no ka 
aina ; ke opua puakala. See Opu. 

0-PU-A, s. The name of a class of gods 
among the poe akua noho. 

0-PU-A, adj. Existing or hanging in 
bunches or clusters ; ao opua, clouds col- 
lected ; kahi e puka mai ai na ao opua mai 
ka mo ana. 

0-PU-AO, adj. Opu, belly, and ao, en- 
lightened. Wise hearted ; knowing ; intel- 
ligent ; similar to naauao, but less used. 

0-PU-AO, s. Knowledge ; intelligence ; 
one instructed ; he naauao, he noonoo, he 
noiau. 

0-PU-A-HA-o. No ke komo ana a (ypua- 
hao ke kanaka a make. 

0-pu-A-HU-A-WA, s. See Opu, a bunch, 
and Ahuawa, a species of strong rush, A 
bunch of grass, small sticks, &c., tied up 
in a bundle with ahuawa string. 

0-PU-A-KEA, s. Clearness ; whiteness ; 
that which shines brightly. 

0-PU-A-KEA, V. To appear, as a white 
cloud. 

Ua opuakea alalai kanukanu 

Huna i ka meheu naawe alanui a ka puukolu 

Ka makole maawe ala a ka Poukua. 

0-PU-A-Kii, s. The clouds in the morn- 
ing or evening when they take imaging 
shapes of things ; he ao opuakiikii. 



0-PU-i-NO-i-No, s. Opu and ino. An evil 
disposition ; malice. 1 Pet. 2:1. Wicked- 
ness ; depravity ; seeking evil against one. 

0-pu-i-NO-i-No, adj. Evilly disposed ; 
malevolent. 

0-PU-o-HAi, s. Opu, a bunch, and okai, 
a shrub. A bundle of grass ; a bundle of 
the ohai shrubs. 

0-PU-o-HAo, s. Name of a disease in 
which the abdomen becomes enlarged and 
hard, while the limbs are enervated ; the 
dropsy ; ka opu me ka nanaia alikiliki lalo 
o ka lemu. 

0-PU-o-PU, V. To rise up ; to swell. 
See Opu. To be swelled full, as one hav- 
ing eaten heartily. 

2. To fill, as the belly of a hungry man; 
to be full, as a water calabash with water. 

0-PUu, V. To bud, as a tree or plant j 
to shoot forth buds. Kin. 40:10. 

2. To bud, i. e., to set frnit Mat 13:26. 

3. To shoot out, as the branch of a tree. 
Mar. 4:32. 

4. Hoo. To cause to grow. Ezek. 29:21. 
Ua opuu ae kuahiwi i ka ili o ke kai, 

Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 

0-PUU, s. A bud. Nah. 17:23. The, 
germ of a vegetable ; a tuft ; a cluster ; a 
bunch of corn. Kin. 41 :5. An ear or bunch 
of wheat or barley. But 2:2. 

2. A protuberance See Puu. 

3. A whale's tooth ; ka opuu niho oko- 
hola ; opuu makamua, first green ears. 
Oihk. 2:14. Ka oxmu maia, a bunch of 
bananas. 

4. The spur of a very young cock ; ka 
opuu ana'e o ke kalakala o ka moa. 

5. A conical hill ; hence, in geometry, a 
cone. Ana. Hon. 29. 

0-PUU, s. Swelling highly, as a very 
high surf before it breaks ; ohu mai la he 
wahi nalu opjuu. Laieik. 91. 

0-PUU-puu, adj. See Puu. Rough; not 
smooth, as a rough road ; the opposite of 
laumania; the same as apuupuu; uneven ; 
hilly ; bulging or swelling out ; opposite 
to upoho ; convex. Anat. 6. 

0-PUU-PUU, s. Ma ke kule, ma ka papa- 
kole, ma ke kuekue, ma ke opuupuu. 
2. Name of a species of fish. 

0-pu-HAO, s. Opu and hao. A swelled 
belly or stomach ; i kona ai ana i ka opu- 
hao; penu no ia i ke kai me ka opuhao ; 
dropsy of the belly, ascites. See Opuohao. 

0-pu-HEA, adj. Opu and hea. Lazy ; 
inactive ; not enterprising or industrious. 

0-pu-HU-E, s. Opu, belly, and hue, a 
calabash. Name of a species of fish, spec- 
kled, said to be poisonous if eaten ; the 
fish swells up with air and floats on the sea. 

0-pu-KAE-Mo-A. Kam. voc. keu, keukeu. 
To condemn one's friend. 



OWA 



111 



OWI 



0-PU-KEA, s. See Korea, Kam. 

0-PU-KEE-Mo-A, s. An evil disposition ; 
an inclination to badness ; also naaukee- 
moa. 

0-pu-KO-PE-Ko-PE, adj. OpUy disposi- 
tion, and kopekope, morose. Evilly dis- 
posed ; malevolent. 

0-PU-LE, s. A species of fish full of 
spots ; ua paapu i ke kakau. 

0-PU-LE-PU-LE, adj. Spotted ; light and 
shade ; he kinohinohi. 
Opulepule ke aka ilalo, kikokiko i na aka, 
Paapu i na aka e like me Laliainaluna i ka po mahina, 
No ka paa i na lala ulu ame na lau o ka inaia 
Ame ka wauke, mahina opulepule o Lele (Lahaiaa.) 

Spotted, as the feathers of the nene ; he 

hulii opulepule, ko ka nene. 
0-PU-MA-KA-Ni, s. Opu, belly, and ma- 

kani, wind. A bellows ; a balloon. 
0-Pu-Mi-Mi, s. Opu and mimi, urine. 

The bladder ; the container of urine. 
0-pu-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, s. Opu and uake- 

lehele. a thicket. Ua pee i ka opunahelehele, 

he hid himself in the belly of the forest, 

i. e., in the thick forest. 
0-pu-Ni-Ni, V. To compel attendance; 

to force compliance. 
0-PU-NUi, adj. Opu and mii. Epithet 

of a large bellied man ; ina aole lio, make 

loa na "lii opumd i ka maloeloe, if there 

are no horses, the big-bellied chiefs will 

die with fatigue (of ttaveling.) 
0-PU-PA-LA-OA, s. Opuu, whale's tooth, 

and palaoa. An ornament made of a 

whale's tooth. See Oitu. 
0-WA, s. The word given and con- 
stantly used by Kukuaokalalau for seizing 

his prey. 
0-WA, V. To be split, as a board. See Oa. 
0-WAA-WAA, adj. Hilly ; full of knolls ; 

land full of knobs. 
0-WAA-WAA, s. Thick, heavy clouds ; 

clouds portending a storm ; ina i poipu ka 

lani me ka ou-aawa't. he liakuma ia. 
0-wAE, V. See AVae. To crack, as a 

thing breaking ; to tremble ; to crack, as 

dry ground. 
0-WAi, pron. int. Who ? what person ? 

It refers mostly to persons. Notk. — The o 

is the emphatic, and not an essential part 

of the word. See Gram. § 53 and 123. 
0-WA-o-wA, r. See Owa. To be full 

of cracks, as rotten wood; to be broken up. 
0-WAi-KU, s. Name of a pain in the 

chest, or breast of men or women ; he mai, 

he nae oicaiku. 
0-w"A-o-wA-KA, s. A species of shell 

fish of the clam kind. 
0-WAU, pron.., first pers. sing. I. See 

Au, Oau, and Wau. (rram. § 53 and 123. 



0-WAU, V. To answer I, in obedience 

to a call or a question ; owai ka mea pa- 
pale ie oukou ? owau aku la no hoi au, 

oioau? who among you has a straw hat? 

I ied to him I. that is, 1 answered I. 
0-WAU, s. A cat ; so called from her 

noise ; uwau is perhaps the right word. 
0-WAU, s. Name of a species of fish 

found in the rivers; he okuhekuhe, he 

akupa. 
0-wA-HO, comp. prep., the auipili of 

loaho. Of or belonging to the outside. 

Ioan.7:'2i. Out of ; external. 6-'ram. §161. 
0-vvA-KA, adj. Open ; spread open, as 

a flower. See Oaka. Open, as the mouth 

for speaking. 
0-wA-KA, V. To open, as a flower; mo- 

hola ; ua hamama, ua owaka ka pua o ka 

laau. See Oaka. 
0-wA-KA-wA-KA, s. The breaking or 

opening of daylight ; o ka wehe ana o ko 

alaula ame ka malamalama o ke kakahi- 

aka. 
0-WA-KA-WA-KA, V. To be somewhat 

light, as the light of the moon. See Waka- 

waka. 
0-wA-LA, V. To toss forward with both 

hands. 

2. To throw% as a horse his rider. 

3. To brandish, as a spear. 

4. To throw aljout one's hands. 
0-WA-Li, adj. Weak; infirm; flexible. 

See Nawali and "Walt. 
0-wA-WA, s. A ditch; a furrow; e hana 

oicawa, e auwaha. See Awawa, Kuiawai, 

&c. 
0-we-o-we-ne, s. Small kalo, &c. See 

OWEWEXE. 

0-we-he-we-he, s. See Wehe, to open. 

A definite period of time in the morning; 

a i ka oweheicehe ana o ka alaula. Laieik. 30. 
0-wE-LA, s. The time when the sun is 

hot and no rain ; vegetation dries up. 

2. Hard work on land by several people 
to get it worked. 

3. Land burnt over; scorched in the sun. 

4. Anything held near the fire so as to 
be scorched. See "Wkla. 

0-wE-NE, s. Small kalo ; lulumi i ka 
lepo, a popoi i ka mauu. a mahope loaa 
kahi oicene. 

0-wE-WE-NE, s. Small kalo, as the fin- 
ishing of a patch of food ; perhaps better 
written oiceoicene. 

0-wi, s. The name of a small shrub, a 
nuisance to farmers. 

0-wi-Li, I'. To roll up ; to twist ; to 
fold up. as the hands. 

2. To roll together, as a roll of paper 
that has been opened. Isa. 34:5. 



UA 



112 



UAU 



3. To twist a thing to make it crooked. 
See OiLi. 

0-wi-Li, s. A roll, as of cloth or of 
paper ; a skein of thread ; a roll of a mat ; 
he owili palapala, the roll of a book. ler. 
36:2. Koi owili, a koi made gouge-like for 
working the inside of canoes. 

0-wi-Li, s. Name of a very thick surf- 
board made of wiliwili. 



0-RE-NA, s. Heb. Name of a tree. Isa. 

44:14. English translation, an ash. 
0-SE-FE-RA-GA, 5. Name of a bird in 

Oihk. 11:13. 
0-SE-PE-RA, s. The ospray; name of a 

bird in Oihk. 11:13. 
0-SE-TE-Ri-KA, s. Eug. An ostrich. lob. 

30:29. 



u. 



TT the fifth letter of the Hawaiian 
'^ 5 alphabet. It represents generally the 
sound of the English oo, as in too, coo, fool, 
&c. ; but when preceded by i, it sometimes 
has the sound of the English u or yu; as, 
wain, imiyu ; iuka, yuka. 
U, V. To protrude ; to rise on the toes ; 
to prepare to stand up ; to draw out, as a 
pencil from a case. 

2. To weep. Mat. 5:4. To grieve ; to 
mourn. Hal. 38:6. E u hele, to go about 
mourning ; to mourn for, i. e., desire earn- 
estly ; i kekahi manao o'u e u nei, e ao 
kakou i ka leo o ka himeni. 

3. To drip or drizzle, as water ; to ooze 
or leak slowly, as water from a kalo patch 
or from the crevices of a rock : e kahe ae. 

U, V. To be tinctured or impregnated 
with anything ; as, ua u ka pipi i ka paa- 
kai ; ua u ke kapa i ka mea hooluu 5 u ke 
kapa i ka ua. 

U, s. The breast of a female. Ezeh. 
23:8. 

U, s. Grief; sorrow; expression of af- 
fection ; like me ke aloha, ame ka u, ame 
ka uwe ana. 

2. The breast. Uik. 23:29. The pap ; 
the udder ; hence, with wai, milk, i. e., 
waiu. Lit. Breast water. 

3. Unwillingness ; not disposed to do. 
U-A, V. See Gr. uo, Malay ujan, to 

wet ; to rain. To rain ; ua iho la ka ua, 
he ua nui loa. Lit. The rain rained, it was 
a very great rain. 

2. Hoo. To send or give rain ; to cause 
to rain. Kin. 7:4. 

U-A, s. Rain ; water falling from the 
clouds. 1 Bam. 12:17. 18. Rains were di- 
vided by Hawaiians into ua loa, long rains; 
uapoko. short rains; ua hea. 

U-A, adj. Vain ; useless ; to no profit. 

U-A, adv. In vain ; to no purpose ; ma- 
nao no ka poe kahiko ua luhi ua ka lakou 
hana ana. 

U-A, pro?i. dem. adj. Ua before a noun, 
and la or nei after it, forms a strong de- 
monstrative adjective pronoun; this; that; 



as la or nei is used. It refers to some noun 
that has just been mentioned. Ua kanaka 
nei, this man (just spoken of) ; hiolo ua 
mau hale la, those houses (just mentioned) 
have fallen down. Gram. § 152. 

U-A prefixed to verbs, marks the fourth 
form of the preter tense. G7-am. § 187. 

U-A-A-u-LA, adj. Bad smelling ; filthy. 
See Aaua. 

U-Ai, V. See UwAi. To open or shut, 
as a door. 

2. To extend ; hoonee. See Huai. 

U-Ai, s. A door for stopping an en- 
trance. See UwAi. 

U-Ao, 11. See UwAo. To interfere ; to 
procure peace between contending parties; 
to intercede ; interpose ; reconcile ; a na 
kekahi alii manuwa Amerika i uao ; to take 
one's part. 

U-AO, V. To mew, as a cat. See below. 

U-Ao, s. A cat, from the noise. See 
also OwAU and Uwau. 

U-AU, s. A leather bag. 

2. A species of bird that dives in the 
water. 

U-AU, adj. Tough, as kalo. See Uaua, 

U-A-u-A, adj. Poor ; naked ; destitute. 

U-A-u-A, s. Pride; haughtiness; acting 
the spendthrift. 

2. The name of a kapa or pau colored 
yellow ; ina i hooluu ia ka pau i ka olena, 
he uaua ia. 

U-A-UA, adj. Proud ; haughty ; arro- 
gant ; vain. 

U-A-UA, adj. Strong; tight; fast; un- 
broken. 

2. Tough, as some kinds of kalo ; paa, 
paakiki. 

U-AU-A, s. A noise ; a confused noise, 
as of an army or multitude ; the noise of 
wailing ; he olopihe. 

U-A-u-A-LA, s. A strong smell of decay- 
ing food ; the smell of rotten potatoes ; 
wekoweko. 

U-AU-KE-wAi, s. The name of a large 



UAN 



113 



UIU 



bird the size of a turkey; breast and wings 
white, back black. 

U-A-HAU, V. To imbed in ; to lay in, 
as brick or stone in mortar. See LTruu, 
Aimt. 19. 

U-A-Hi, s. U, ooze or milk, and aki, fire, 
that is, smoke. A cloud ; a vaporous ap- 
pearance. See Uw.uii. Notk. — /^'a/ais un- 
doubtedly the better orthogiaphy. 

U-A-Hi-WAi, V. E kulu ana. See Wa- 
WAi. To be desirous of some evil; to lust 
after ; to be j^reedy for. 

U-a-ho-a, adj. Hard, as an unfeeling 
person; unkind; uii;;^enerous ; ])a.ssioiiaU'. 

U-A-KA-HA, s. Stiffnes.s ; applied to the 
neck. 

U-A-Ko-Ko, s. See Koiula, Kam., Pu- 
NOHU,&c. A cloud standing erect and hav- 
ing different colors, somewhat like the rain- 
bow. 

U-A-LA, s. See U and Ala, sweet. The 
sweet potato. 

2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 
Anal 18. 

3. A name of a certain kind of leho, a 
sea shell. Sometimes written uwala. 

U-A-LA-AU (u-wa-la-au), v. See Wa- 
LAAU. To cry out ; to make a great noise ; 
to cry out in a confused manner, as a great 
multitude. Isa. 22:2. 

U-A-LA-AU (u-wa-la-au), s. An outcr}^; 
a loud noise in conversation ; a confused 
noise. 

U-A-LA-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Uttla, potato, and 
kahiki, foreign. A foreign or Irish potato. 

U-A-LA-Pi-LAU, s. Uala, potato, and pi- 
lau, strong scented. A turnip ; a radish. 

U-A-LE-HA, adj. Lazy. See Hoopala- 

LEHA. 

U-a-le-he, V. To strip one of his prop- 
erty ; to dispossess one ; hemo. 

U-A-LO, V. To cry; to call out; to com- 
plain; to call for help. llal.-i:i. SeeUoi.o. 

U-A-LO, s. A complaining; a crying to 
one for help. 

U-A-NA, adv. Ua, sign of the perfect 
tense, and na, quiet, enough. &c. See Na, v. 
It is enough ; it is sutticient ; a plenty. 

U-A-NA-OA, V. Ua as above, and na, sat- 
isfied, and oa, sick. To have no relish for 
food. 

U-A-NA-OA, adj. Wanting an appetite ; 
disrelishing food. 

U-A-NEi, adv. Adverb of time future ; 
it refers to something to be done or some- 
tliing to take place hereafter, but at no 
great distance of time ; soon ; by and by : 
hereafter. The full form is auanei y- it'is 
contracted by dropping the initial a, after 
a word ending in a. Dan. 1:10. 

15 



U-A-Nii, adj. Too salt ; miko loa. 
j U-E, V. To weep; to cry; to cry in an 

audible manner. 
I 2. To sigh ; to have inward anguish ; to 

be afflicted. 

3. To have pity upon. 

4. To salute ; to love. 

5. To cry to one for relief in distres-s. 

6. To enter a complaint. See Uwk. 
U-E, V. To hitch or shove along a lit- 
tle ; to shake. See Xaue. Iloo. To cause 
a movement or shaking. 

U-E, s. The wrenching of a stick; the 
turning of a screw. 

U-E, s. A kind of mat made without 
trimming the luuhala. 

U-E-UE, V. See Ue, to shake. Neko- 
neko, nikuniku, pilupilu. JIoo. To cause 
to shake ; to shake violently ; hooewaewa 
ma ka nuku, me ka h(j(maueue ae. 

U-E-UE-Ko, s. A bad smell ; a stench. 
See Weweko. 

U-E-UE-KO, adj. Filthy ; unpleasant to 
the smell. 

U-E -PA, s. Eng. A wafer; better written 
icepa ; better still icefa. 

U-E-WA-LE, s. Ue, to cry, and wale, 
without cause. A coward. 

U-i, V. To ask a question ; ui iho la au 
penei. ahea ka nui o na haumana? to in- 
quire of; ua ui'm mai oe e ke alii e oleic 
aku, thou art asked by the chief to speak. 

2. To milk; to squeeze out milk. See 
Kowi. 

3. To wring out. as washed clothes. 

4. To creak or squeak, as new shoes in 
walking. 

5. To grate, as the teeth. 

U-i, s. A question ; a series of ques- 
tions ; a catechism ; an interrogation ; he 
ui no na haumana o ke kulanui, a question 
for the scholars of the high school. 

U-I, s. A youth ; a young person ; 
youth generally; strength. Kin. 49::). 

U-I, adj. Young; strong; well propor- 
tioned ; applied to young and vigorous 
men. Rut. 2:9. 

Ui-io, V. To question ; to interrogate. 
See Ui. 

U-i-u-i, V. To squeak, as new shoes ; 
to gnash the teeth. vSee Ui. 

U-i-u-i, s. Arrow-root. See Pia. 

2. A beer made of the ki root. 

3. The fermented juice of the sugar-cane. 
See UinA. 

U-i-u-wi, s. A tooth ; a small, young 

tooth. 
Ui-u-iA, s. A kind of beer made of cane 

juice. 

Ui-ui-Ki, t\ To shine, as a light throuc^h 



uo 



114 



UUK 



a, small aperture 5 to shiue through a small 
aperture into a dark room. 

2. To glimmer feebly 5 ua luuiki iki mai 
kahi malamalama iki ma Hawaii nei. 

Ui-ui-Ki, s. A small hole through which 
light may shine ; he puku uuku, he wahi 
hakaliaka uuku, i puka mai ka malama- 
lama na hoku liilii loa, i ike poAvehiwe- 
hiia. 

Ui-ui-Ko, s. An unpleasant smell. See 
Ueueko. 

Ui-ui-wi, s. The name of a species of 
tish ; the oili. 

Ui-HAA, adj. Weary with a long dis- 
tance. 

2. Idle, i. e., without work ; burdened 
with work, but desiring it. 

U-i-Ki, s. See UiuiKi. A small aper- 
ture ; he hakahaka. 

Ui-Ki, s. Eng. The wick of a lamp or 
candle. Mat. 12:20. Better written wlk'i. 

Ui-LA, s. Lightning. Zek. 10:1, Keahi 
e holo ikaika ana iloko o na ao na. 

Ui-LA-Ni, V. To struggle ineffectually 
to get away from a person ; to struggle in 
vain to get out of difficulty ; uilani ae la 
makou j mehea la e hemo ae ai? we are 
struggling ineffectually ; by what means 
shall we break away? The Avord is also 
used in a moral sense ; aole anei he uilani ? 
is he not in difficulty? Lalelk. 206. 

Ui-LA-Ni, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; self 
exhortation. 

(J-i-Li, V. To steer, as a canoe. 

U-i-NA, V. Ui and a7ia. See Ui 4. 

1. To crack ; to snap, as a whip. 

2. To crack, as a rope or string of a lei. 
Laieik. 145. 

3. Tobreak, asapieceof wood. Note. — 
It is the noise made by the breaking, and 
not the breaking that makes the ubia. 

U-I-NA, s. See UiNA, v. A report of a 
])istol ; the noise of a gun ; the cracking 
of the lingers; a guttural break in pronun- 
ciation between two vowels. 

U-0 (u-wo), V. To cry out; to bellow, 
as a bull ; to roar, as a lion ; e uo no ka 
liona i kona Ico me ka ikaika loa. 

XJ-o, V. Ka 210 ana i ka lei, ke kui ana 
me ka manai, a uo aku i ke kaula; to fasten 
by tying or braiding for a certain purpose; 
to splice two ends of rope. 

XJ-o, 5. The jingling of money. 

U-o, s. Ka uo, ka aeae, ka wall, ka 
uouo ; the soft fluidity of poi mixed thin 
with water and clear of lumps. 

U-o, adj. Ka poi uo, ka ai uouo ; soft ; 

paste like ; fluid, as soft poi. 
U-O, adj. Quality of a species of ohia; 

ka o'.iia uo, uouolea iuka. 



U-o-A, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Uo-u-o, adj. See Uo, soft. Soft; paste 

like, as poi wet with water ; clear ; fine ; 

without lumps. 
Uo-uo, adj. See Uo, to cry out. Roar- 
ing ; crying ; having a strong voice ; he 

kanaka uouo Kamehameha. 
Uo-uo-LEA, s. A species of ohia; ka 

ohia uo, uouolea iuka. 
Uo-Ki, V. Contraction of ua oki; used 

in the imperative mood ; stop ; cease ; be 

done ; leave off. See Oki. 
U-o-LO, V. To call upon one ; to call 

upon ; to complain. Hal. 4:1. See Ualo. 
U-u, s. Masturbation; onanism; ule- 

hole. 
U-u, V. To practice onanism; e ule- 

hole. 

2. To pull off or pluck, as a flower ; e 
hele oukou e uu mai i pua kilioopu. Laieik.. 
1!)2. To strip with the hand, as leaves. 

3. To hoist, as a sail ; e uu ae i ko kakou 
pea ; ua uuia kahi pea, a koe no kekahi. 

4. To draw out, as India rubber ; to pull 
out, as a pencil from its case, &c. 

U-U, V. To groan; to be in a suffering 
state. Puk. 0:5. 

U-U, s. A stammering; an impediment 
in speech. 

U-u, adj. Stammering; speaking hesi- 
tatingly and indistinctly. 

U-U, s. A species of fish of a red color. 

U-u-i-NA, i;. To be brittle ; to break, as 
glass. 

2. To crack the joints of the fingers. 

3. To squeak, as shoes. See Ui, Uiui, 
and Papaina. 

4. To crepitate or grate, as the two ends 
of a broken bone ; more properly applied 
to the joints of the backbone when pressed; 
kamumumu. 

U-u-u, V, See Uu. To stammer ; to 
be impeded in speaking, as one affected 
with the palsy. 

2. To strip frequently, as in stripping off 
leaves. 

U-U-U, adj. Hoarse; stammering; una- 
ble to speak intelligibly. Isa. 32:4. 

U-u-HAi, s. The door or door frame of 
a house. See Uuat. 

U-u-KU, 1'. See Uku, a genus of small 
insects. To be small ; little ; few. 

2. To diminish in size. 

3. To malve or be few in number. los. 
7:3. kela mai ka mea e uuku ai na ka- 
naka o ia wa, that sickness was what re- 
duced the number of people at that period. 

4. 7/00. To reduce ; to make few. Nah. 
2G:54. To make few ; applied to words. 
Kekah. 5:2. 



UHA 



115 



UHA 



U-u-KU, s. A little man; a dwarf; a 

diminutive person. 
U-U-KU, adj. Little; small; diminutive; 

few. 

U-u-LU-HA-KU, V. To Stir up poi as a 

lazy man. hence the poi will be lumpy. 
U-u-LU-KAi, adj. Large, fleshy and 

weak, as a fat man. 

2. Full or hanging, as the cheeks of one 

who is somewhat ill or fat ; uhekeheke, 

upehupehu. 
U-U-LU-KAI, V. To be large and fleshy, 

but weak. 
U-LU-HA-KU, adj. Weary ; lame with 

walking or carrying a burden. 
U-u-MA, V. To pinch the skin with the 

hand ; uma. 
U-u-Mi, V. See Umi. To choke ; to 

throttle ; to strangle ; ua uumiia ke keiki 

e ka wahine kolohe ; e kaawe, e kinai. 

2. To make great exertions. 

3. To restrain, suppress, as the passions; 
to mortify. Kol 3:5. To refrain from 
weeping when deeply affected. Kin. 43:31. 
To restrain, hold in, as compassion. Isa. 
63:15. 

4. To keep to one's self, as a saying or a 
speech ; immi i ke aloha, to refuse to love. 
1 loan. 3:17. Uumi i ka manao, to refrain 
from speaking, i. e., to choke the thought. 
A uumi ia Kiwalao me ka lei o manu ma 
kona lima, he choked Kiwalao with the 
wreath of bird's feathers on his arm. See 
Umi. 

U-u-Mi, s. A choking; killing, as of in- 
fants ; ke uumi kamalii kekahi hewa ka- 
hiko o keia aina. See Umi. 

U-u-MU-i-KU. I ka elehei, i ka uumuiku. 
See MuMiiKU. 

U-u-PE-KU-PE-KU, s. I ka uupekupeku a 
ka noheo; that wiiich is unequal in length, 
some long and some short ; the practice of 
defilement and pollution of the sexes ; ap- 
plied to persons of known lewdness. 

U-u-wA, adj. Slippery ; smooth ; pau 
na iwi i kekahi mea lahilahi auica, oia ka 
wahi ka iwi. Anat. 4. 

U-u-wAi, adj. He wawai, he pipiwai- 
Uu for uuku. and icai, water. A very lit- 
tle water. 

U-HA, V. To belch up wind. 

2. To hawk up mucus ; to hawk, as a 
means of raising phlegm from the throat 
or lungs. See Pi iia. 

3. To swell ; to distend, as the stomach. 

4. To squander ; to misspend ; to w'aste ; 
to misuse property. See Uhafua. 

U-HA, s. The thigh ; the thigh of a per- 
son. Lunk. 3:16. 
2. The ham of a hog. 



3. The lap of a woman. 2 j!sal 4:20. 
Uha hoali, the heave slioulder. Olhk. 7:34. 

4. The enlarged intestine near the anus 
of beasts ; the alimentary canal. 

U-HA, adj. Slipping away ; not easily 
held, as a cunning rogue. 

2. Greedy ; craving ; eating often. 

U-HAE, V. To tear; to rend, as a gar- 
ment. Oihk. 10:G, Ua uJtaela ka lole, ua 
uhaeia ka moena. See Hae and Hakhae. 

U-HAi, L'. See Hal To break in two, 
as a stick ; to break, as a bone. 2\ah. 24:8. 
To break, as the neck. Pak. 13:13. 

2. To break, as a covenant. Kani 31:16. 
To break, as a law ; ua uhai ke kanawai : 
to disregard, as an agreement ; to break 
away, as from a yoke or bondage. 

3. To jerk or pull out ; to tear out or 
off by force, as a Ijranch from a tree. 

4. To pound up or break to pieces, as 
with a rod : to break off, as a horn. Lan. 
8:8. 

5. To follow; chase; pursue. Laieik. 71.. 
To overrun ; to treat with contempt. See 
Hahai. 

6. To speak to ; to say to one ; ke uhai 
mai nei ka naaupo ia makou e hoohalikeia 
ka mea naaupo me ka mea naauao. 

U-HAI, s. E hilinai ana no ia maluna 
o ka uhai ; the door shutter of a room or 
house ; e pane mai i uhai. 

U-HAI, s. The door, or properly the door 
frame of a house ; ke kikihi o ka hale. 

U-HAi-A-HO-LO, V. Uhai and /lolo, to run. 
Lit. To break away and run; to run. as in 
a race ; to fly ; to hasten after a thing ; ke 
uhaiaholo nei na kanaka ma kawaiwai.me 
ke kukini nui ma ia aoao me he mau elele 
na ke alii o ka lewa. 

U-HAi-A-HO-LO, s. A swift running; an 
eager pursuit after a thing. 

U-HAO, L'. See Hao. To put into ; to 
fill ; to put into, as into a bag. Kin. 44:1. 
Or into a basket or other container: ua 
uhaoia ka ai iloko o ka umeke : i ka raa- 
nawa e uhao ai i ka poka i ka pu. See 
Haiiao. 

U-HAO, s. The line of lean flesh each 
side, but outside of ihe backbone; the lean 
flesh inside is called iolin ; na io e moe lua 
ana maloko o ke ka o ka puaa a pili aku i 
ke kuamoo. See Ioliu. 

U-HAU, V. To pile together; to build 
up. as the walls of a city. 2 Othl. 32:5. 

2. To put in. as clothes into a chest; t-o 
pack. See Uhao. 

3. To lay brick or stone into the walls 
of a house or city. Xeh. 3:2. 

4. To pile one thing on another. 

5. To whip : to scourge ; ke uhaula la 
ke kua o ke kanaka i ke kaiila ; to strike : 
to smite. OUi. 12:23. 

6. To pinch ; to aflBict ; to press. 



UHA 



116 



UHI 



U-HAU, s. A whip to strike with. 
Nalmm. 3:2. 

U-HAU -A, s. The stones; the testicles 
of the male. lob. 40:17. 

U-HA-u-HA, V. See Uha 4. To live in 
a wasteful manner 5 to squander property. 
2. To live in every indulgence of pas- 
sion ; a noho uhauha ke alii me ka inn 
rama ame ka aie, the king lived in a revel- 
ing manner, drinking rum and going into 
debt. 

U-HA-U-HA, adj. Riotous ; gluttonous ; 
reveling. 

2. Tough ; applied to kalo. See Uaua. 

U-HA-U-HA, s. Moral madness ; folly. 
Kekah. 1:17. 

U-HAU-HAU, V. See Uhau. To crowd 
on ; to press forward. 

U-hau-hau, s. Weakness ; tremulous, 
as of old age. 

U-HAU-HAU, adj. Weak ; tremulous ; 

. tottering with age ; fearful. 

U-HAu-HA-LA-LE, adj. Large, fat and 
unwieldy, as a very fat person; also weak. 

U-HAU-HU-i, s. Name of a religious cer- 
emony in the pule anaana; same as auhau- 
huL 

U-HAU-Hu-MU, V. Uhau and humu, to 
unite. To lay stones smoothly in a wall. 

U-HAU-LA, V. To waste ; to be prodigal 
of; e hoomauna. 

U-HA-KA-KAu, s. The office of one of 
the king's attendants. 

U-HA-Ki, V. See Uhai, k inserted. To 
break, as a stick or staff. Isa. 14:5. To 
break, as the bones. Isa. 38:13. * 

2. To break, as a covenant. ler. 11:10. 

U-HA-Ki, adj. Broken, as some brittle 
substance ; hu ulu uhaki; he kuapuu, i. e., 
a broken or humpbacked person. 

U-HA-KU, V. To put together ; to bun- 
dle up ; to roll together. 

U-HA-LE-HE, s. A vulgar word used by 
children; similar to ?ca/?a/;ee; heiihaleheoe. 

U-HA-LE-HE, adj. Broad ; wide, as a 
hole ; uhalehe ka waha ; uhalehe ka puka. 

U-HA-LE-NA, adj. Lazy; full by over 
eating. 

U-HA-Lo-A, s. Name of a small shrub 
growing in dry places, used in making 
scars on the skin something like blisters. 

U-HA-LU, adj. Hungry; weak from 

hunger ; destitute. 
U-HA-LU-HA-LU, adj. Applied to the 

visage ; gazing ; staring. 

2. Water-soaked ; tough, as kalo. 

U-HA-LU-LA, adj. Lazy ; slow ; weak ; 
cowardly. 



U-HA-LU-LA, s. Weakness ; laziness ; 
cowardice. 

U-HA-MU-A, s. Uha and mua, first, fore. 
The shoulder of an animal. Ezek. 24:4. 

U-HA-NE, s. See Hane and Hanehane 
in the meles. The soul ; the spirit of a per- 
son. Oilik. 5:1. He mea ninau i na uhane 
ino, a consulter of evil spirits. Kanl. 18:11. 
He kino wailua. 

2. The ghost or spirit of a deceased per- 
son. 

3. The Spirit ; applied to the third per- 
son of the Trinity. Joan. 1:32. Uhane He- 
molele, the Holy Spirit. Note. — Hawaiians 
supposed that men had two souls each ; 
that one died with the body, the other lived 
on either visible or invisible as might be, 
but had no more connection with the per- 
son deceased than his shadow. These 
ghosts could talk, cry, complain, whisper, 
&c. There were those who were supposed 
to be skillful in entrapping or catching 
them. 

U-HA-NE, adj. Spiritual. 1 Kor. 15:44. 
Partaking of the spirit or soul. 

U-HA-NE, adv. Me ka hoi uhane aku 
hoi i Kauai. Laieik. 95. Their flesh eaten 
by the birds, they would return as to their 
souls only to Kauai. 

U-HA-NUi, adj. Weak ; feeble ; having 
little physical strength ; not able to bear 
a great weight ; he mea uhanui ke kanaka 
ikaika ole. 

U-HEA, s. The cover of a pot. Note. — 
This may be an erroneous orthography for 
uhia, a contraction of uhiia, covered. 

U-HE-u-HE, adj. Offended. See Uhe- 

LEHE. 

U-HE-u-LE, s. A word used in vilifying 
and reproaching another. 

U-HE-KE, adj. Languid; weak; imbe- 
cile. 

U-HE-KE-HE-KE, adj. Full; plump; ap- 
plied to the cheeks ; papalina uhekeheke. 
2. Large, fleshy and weak, as a fat man. 

U-HE-LE, V. To bark; to peel bark from 
a tree or banana. 

U-HE-LE -HE, adj. Offended. 

U-HE-Mo, 11. See Hemo. To break off; 
to separate into parts. 

2. To divorce, as man and wife ; alalia, 
kuha aku la o Wakea i ko Papa mau maka 
a uhemo iho la laua, then Wakea spat in 
Papa's face and they two were divorced. 

U-HE-NE, ) D. See Henehene, to 

U-HE-NE-HE-NE, j mock. To use vile and 
lascivious language between the sexes. 

U-Hi, V. To cover over a thing so as to 
hide it; to cover or hide, as the water covers 
what is in the bottom of the sea. Puk. 
15:10. 



UHO 



117 



UHU 



2. To cover, i. e., spread over the coun- 
try, as an array. Nah. 22:5. To cover ; to 
hide, as a sin, i. e., to forgive it. Neh. 4:5. 

3. IIoo. To veil; to cover with a veil, 
as the face. Kin. 24:65. 

4. To spread over a cover ; to conceal. 
as a cloud. Kin. 9:14. Uhi uha mai ka 
pele ka lua ahi, uhi mai ka leo o ke ahi 
ka pele. 

5. To be smothered, as the voice of one 
by the voices of many ; ua uhiia kona leo 
c ka haukamumu. Laicik. 22. 

U-Hi, s. A covering; a veil. Pw^. 26:14. 

2. A fence ; a protection. 
U-HI, s. A yam, a vegetable; grows in 

the ground. 
U-HI, s. Name of a small shell fish. 
U-Hi-A-PA-NA, V. See Pakuikui, Kam. 
U-Hi-u-Hi, V. To thatch a house poorly 

witli banana leaves ; he ako paa ole. 
U-Hi-u-Hi, s. Name of a timber tree on 

Kauai ; wood a dark red color, very dura- 
ble, very hard. 
U-Hi-Ki-NO, s. Uhi, to cover, and kino, 

the body. A covering for the body ; a 

shield. Hal. 35:2. 
U-Hi-NA, s. A net for taking fish. 
U-Hi-Ni, s. An insect something like a 

grasshopper ; the word has been used in 

the Bible for grasshopper. Is'ah. 13:33. 

For locust. Puk. 10:14. Mai ai oe i ka 

uhini ; by a change of letters. See Unihi. 

Uhini huluhulu. a canker worm. Nahum. 

3:15. Uhini hulu ole, the palmer worm. 

loel. 1:4. JJJdni opio hulu ole. loel. 2:25. 
U-Hi-Ni, adj. Thin ; slender ; small ; 

almost broken ; puahilo. 
U-Hi-Ni-PAA-WE-LA, s. The parent of 

the uhini ; uhinipaaicela, oia ka uhini 

raakua. 
U-Hi-Ni-Pi-Li, s. The leg and arm bones 

bound up together; he akua uhinipili • 

they were worshipped in that condition. 

See Unihipili. 
U-Hi-Ni-pu-A, s. See Uhini. The young 

uhini before it has wings ; oia ka uhini lii- 

lii aole eheu. 
U-hi-nu, v. To take advantage of a 

man's ignorance in a bargain ; to deceive 

in that way. 
U-hi-paa, v. Uhi, to cover, and paa, 

fast. To cover up entirely so as to be out 

of sight, as a cloud or fog. Ldifik. 10. 
U-hoi, v. See Hoi, to return. To return 

from following one ; to turn back. 2 Sam. 

2:26. 

2. To unite together ; to live and sleep 

together, as a man and wife onceseiiarated. 
U-ho-la, V. See Hola. To unfold; to 

spread out. as the wings of a bird. 
2. To spread down, "as a mat. 



3. To spread out or smooth, as a cloth 
that has been ruffled up. 

4. To wrap up, as to wrap up one in bed 
clothes; to spread out, as a net. Hal. 140:5. 

5. Fig. Applied to the mind ; to calm ; 
to soothe; to prepare for hearing a message, 
good or bad. 

6. To open, as the mind ; to enlighten. 
See HoHOLA and Holahola. 

U-ho-le, v. See Hole. To skin ; to 
strip off the skin of an animal ; to peel the 
bark from a tree ; to peel off the skin, as a 
banana ; e maihi. 

U-HU, V. To groan from pain; to com- 
plain of suffering. 

2. To complain of an injury done to one. 

3. To think hard of; mai nhu nui wale 
oe i ka hoi i kou wahi iho, do not think too 
hard of going back to your own place. 

4. To bolt, as a horse. 

5. Hoo. Mai hoouhu aku oe i ka hole o 
ka lio ; to groan ; to cough. See Kamliiu. 

U-HU, s. A cry of grief; grief; hard 
feeling ; no keia olelo a ua haole la, o ka 
uhu koke ae la no ia e holo. 

2. The groaning of persons. 

3. The grunting of hogs ; kani uhu, a 
deep groan. 

4. Name of a fish the size of a salmon. 
U-HU, adj. Wasteful ; improvident. 
U-HU-AO, V. To rush ; to struggle. 
U-HU-E-LA, s. A species of red fish. 
U-HU-E-LE-E-LE, s. A species of fish. 
U-Hu-u-HU, V. See Uhu. To neigh, as 

a horse. ler. 5:8. To bray, as an ass. 

2. To cough frequently.' 

3. Hoo. To cause a neighing or groan- 
ing, &c. 

4. To hem ; to hawk, as in clearing the 
throat. 

U-HU-U-HU, s. A neighing, as of a horse. 
ler. 8:16. A frequent coughing ; he kunu- 
kuuu. 

U-Hu-HA-LA-HA-LA, s. Name of a fish. 

U-HU-Ki, V. To pull up, as grass or 
weeds ; to root up, as weeds or small trees. 
ler. 11:19. 

2. To root up. destroy, as a people. 
Aynos. 9:15. See Hlri. to pull ; draw. 

o. To rob ; to take violently what is an- 
other's. 

U-Htj-Ki-WA-LE, s. A seizing and taking 
away what is another's : a robbery. 

U-HU-PA-KA-Li, s. Uhu, a fish, and ;>a- 
kali. to deceive so as to catch. The fish 
used as a decoy in catching other fish ; oia 
ka uhu e hoowalewale ai, e kaana mai ai 
na uhu e a hei i ka upena. See Uhu. fish. 

U-HU-Pi-Ko-u-LA, s. Name of a fish ; a 
kind of fish and a way of catching it. See 
Uuu, fish. 



UKA 



118 



UKI 



U-KA, s. The shore; the country inland ; 

opposed to kai. 
U-KA, V. To send ; to convey ; mostly 

with hoo ; to send, as a letter. 2 Sam. 11:14. 

To send, convey, as money or goods. 2 

Oihl. 16:3. 

2. To bring upon one, as evil. los. 23:15. 

3. To consume ; to destroy ; to devour. 

4. To cast up; to make a road. Isa. 57:14. 

5. To add to : to make more of. 1 Nal. 
12:11. 

6. To commence an attack, as in a bat- 
tle ; ekolu paha la e kaua ai ; alalia, hoo- 
uka nui. 

7. To throw upon, as goods or property 
on board a vessel. 

U-KA, V. To address in calling a hog ; 
i kuu manao, aole manao o ka puaa; ina e 
olelo aku ke kahu, e i aku ia me neia, uka — 
uka — u mai ka puaa. See Uhu, s. 

U-KAE, adj. Dirty; filthy; hoggish. 

U-KA-u-KA, V. Hoo. To throw or pile 
upon, as baggage on a vessel or canoe. 

2. To gormandize; to eat as long as one 
can ; ka ai nui ana a ono ka puu. 

U-KAU-KAi, adj. Yoxukaukaai. Large, 
fat and feeble. 

U-KA-HE-wA, V. Uka, to make an at- 
tempt, and hewa, wrong. To make an at- 
tempt and miss ; to attempt and not per- 
form. 

U-KA-KA, s. The female of the bird oo. 

U-KA-LE-KA-LE, adj. Decoitful lying. 
See HooKALEKALE. He kanaka ukalekale, 
aole oiaio. 

U-KA-Li, V. To follow after ; to follow, 
as people in a train of a chief; hahai, a 
ukali i ke alii. 

2. To accompany one ; to go with. Sol 
7:22. 

3. To be sent after, as a package. 2 
Sam. 11:8. 

U-KA-Li, adj. The younger; the smaller; 
applied to shot sent from the gun at the 
. same time with the ball; called poka ukali 
because they follow after the ball ; called 
also pokii, the younger brothers (of the 
ball.) 

2. Following, i. e., accompanying ; at- 
tending upon ; ma na waa ukali o ke alii. 
Laieik. 112. 

U-KA-LI, s. Name of the planet Mer- 
cury ; so called from its following close 
alter the sun. 

U-KA-LI, adv. After; behind, like one 
following after ; hele ukali hou, they went 
following after. Laieik. 72. 

U-KA-NA, s. See Uka and Ana. A send- 
ing ; something sent. 

2. Property or something to be conveyed 
to another place. 



3. Baggage on or to be put on a canoe 
or vessel. 

4. Any movable property. JKn. 46:6. A 
bundle ; one's substance. los. 14:4. 

5. The calabashes, remnants of food, &c., 
after a family has eaten. Laieik. 86. 

U-KE, V. To strike, as the cloth mallet; 
to tick, as a watch. See Puke and Koele. 

U-KE-KE, 5. Name of an ancient pulsa- 
tile musical instrument among the Hawai- 
ians; aharp. l<S'am. 10:5. Ka wfce/ce hahau. 

U-KE-KE, s. A shuddering; a chill. See 
Haukeke, anu, lia. 

U-KE-KE, ) A . ri- 1 

TT ' > 5. A species of bird. 

U-KE-KE-KE, ) ^ 

U-KE-LE, V. To be muddy; slippery. 
See Kele. 

U-KE-LE-KE-LE, adj. Muddy ; miry ; 
slippery from mud, as a road. See Kele, 
mud ; mire. 

U-Ki, s. A plant or shrub, sometimes 
used in thatching houses ; there are three 
kinds ; the leaves of these bushes could be 
used only in tentporary shelters ; kamala 
uki, he hana wikiwiki ; kamala uki kau 
hana ana was jestingly said when one 
thatched badly, leaving holes, as in a shel- 
ter made quickly ; applied in this sense to 
all thatching. 

2. Name of the grass inside of the house, 
as the pili was outside. 

U-Ki, V. To provoke ; to do that which 

irritates one ; used mostly with hoo, or in 
the frequentative form, as ukiuki. 

U-KI, 5. Name of a kind of grass. 

U-KI, adj. Partaking of the quality of 
uki ; as, kamala uki, a shanty covered with 
uki leaves ; unsubstantial ; applied also to 
cloth ; as, lole uki, blue cloth. 2 Oihl. 
3:14. 

U-KI, V. To have a strong offensive 
smell ; to smell unpleasantly. See Ukiuki, 
adj. 
U-Ki-u, ) s. The shell of the kukui 

U-Ki-u-KI-U, ) nut ; ka ili a kukui. 
U-Ki-u, ) s. The name of a north 

U-Kl-U-Kl-U, ) _ wind ; similar to the hoo- 
lua; he makani kiu. 

U-Ki-u-Ki, V. To be offended ; to be 
vexed ; provoked ; to be very angry. 
Neh. 4:1. 

2. To treat with contempt ; to be in 
anger at one. Kanl.ld:6. To be displeased. 
2 Sa7n. 6:8. 

3. To scold ; to be indignant ; to treat 
vindictively ; to hate. Kin. 50:15. Ua like 
ka ukiuki me ka inaina ; ukiuki iho la ia 
no kona nele ana i ka aina ole, he was very 
angry for being deprived of land. IIoo — 
na. The same meaning. 



UKU 



119 



ULA 



U-Ki-u-Ki, V. To be gently in motion, 
or to have a little strength, as waves ; uki- 
uki ka aleale ana. Aniani, aheahe, nahe, 
&c., uJchiki and malanai are strong in the 
order in which they are here placed, mala- 
nai being the strongest. 

U-KI-U-KI, s. Contempt; anger; rage; 
envy ; disaffection ; wrath. Kurd. 2'J:27. 
Fig. with ninini. Ezck. 2{) -A :\, 21. 

U-Ki-u-Ki, adj. Papaw/tiw/iTzkamakani, 
a strong blowing wind. 

2. Strong smelling; offensive; he ukiuki 
ka waha o ka niea pnhi baka ; pilopilo. 

U-Ki-Hi, adj. Sores at the corners of 
the mouth. 

2. "Well spoken, as a fluent person in 
speaking; he waha rt/aVu", hoopololei, miko- 
raiko ka waha. 

U-Ki-KE, s. Name of an ancient musical 
instrument ; a kind of jewsharp. See 
Ukeke. 

U-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-Ko, s. An offering which one carried 
with him before Wakea when he died. 
Human sacrifices were offered for this pur- 
pose ; he vko keia oihaua a ke kahuna — a 
moa ae la ka puaa uko. 

U-Ko-KO-LE, adj. Sore ; inflamed ; ap- 
plied to a partial inflammation of the eye. 
See KoLE. 

U-Ko-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-KO-LE-KO-LE, adj. Reddened or in- 
flamed, as the eye ; he ukolekole ka maka. 

U-KU, V. To pay ; remunerate ; to pay, 
as a fine. Puk. 21:30. To pay a tax or 
debt. 

2. To compensate either good or bad, 
according to what has been previously 
done. Puk. 34:7. Sy\. with hoopai. 

3. To reward ; require or demand pun- 
ishment for an ofTense. 

4. To bring evil upon one, as a punish- 
ishment. 

5. Pass. To be punished ; to be paid, as 
wages ; e uku hewa, to punish ; e uku mai- 
kai, to reward. 

6. IIoo. To reward ; to pay for a benefit. 
2 Sam. 19:36. To lay a fine upon one. 
Kanl 22:19. 

U-KU, s. Wages or reward for work 
done. Xah. 18:31. 

2. Fine for a misdemeanor ; iiku hoopai. 
punishment for a crime. Laieik. 212. Tax 
or tril)ute to a ruler. 

3. A pledge for a debt. Kanl. 24:6. A 
pledge for a thing lent. Kanl. 24:10. 

4. He iiku mare, a dowry. Puk. 21:10. 

5. A price for a privilege ; a he uku no 
kou kokoke aku. a price for your approach. 
Laieik. 99. 

U-KU, s. Name of a o^enus of small in- 



sects ; uku poo, a head louse ; uku kapa, a 

body louse ; uku pepa, the book insect ; 

uku lele, a flea, &c. The root is probably 

uku, to be little or small. See Uuku. 
U-KU, s. A species of fish. 
U-KU-i, s. A reward. See Uku. 
U-KU-u-KU, adj. Very small ; little. 
U-KU-Hi, V. To pour, as water into a 

cask ; to fill a vessel with any fluid. los. 

9:13. Uk)ihi iho la a piha na pahu, they 

poured into the casks till full. 

2. To get or obtain water ; i holo mai e 
ulaihi wai a loaa ka ai i ola, they come 
here to obtain water (Lit. To pour water 
in) and to get provisions. 

3. To wean, as a child from the breast. 
Kin. 21:8. Equivalent to haalele xcaiu;^ 
hooki i ka ai waiu ana o ke keiki ; keiki i 
ukahiia, a weaned child. Ilal. 131:2. 

U-KU-Hoo-PA-NEE, 5. C/A;M, pay, and ^00- 
pance, to put off; i. e., interest on money 
lent ; usury. I.m. 24:2. 

U-KU-KA-PA, s. Uku, louse, and kapa, 
garment. A kapa louse ; a body louse ; 
he uku no ke kino o ke kanaka. 

U-KU-KU-Hi, V. To put or pour into, as 

liquid into a vessel. See Ukuhi. E kiaha- 

aha. 
U-KU-LE-LE, s. TJhi and lele, to jump. 

A flea. 1 Sam. 24:15. 
U-KU-PA-NAi, s. Uku, pay, and panai, 

to redeem. A pledge for a payment. Puk. 

22:26. Security for a person or thing. Oih. 

17:9. 
U-KU-PE-PA, s. Uku and pepa {Eng.), 

paper. The insect tliat eats paper or books. 
U-KU-poo, s. Uku, louse, and poo, the 

head. A head louse. 
U-LA, s. Ula, red. A lobster, from its 

color ; he ia iwi mawaho : also, 
2. A species of fish ; also written ulaula. 
U-LA, ) i;. To be or appear red, as 

U-LA-U-LA, ) the end of a blaze of fire, or 

of a lamp ; to be red. Isa. 63:2. 
U-LA, ) s. Redness; a scarlet color. 

U-LA-U-LA, S Puk. 25:4. Red. v. 5; ua 

like ka ulaula me ka weo ; name of a red 

fish. See Ui.\. 
U-LA, ) adj. Red, as a blaze seen 

U-LA-U-LA, ) in the night ; purple ; ka- 
naka ula. 
U-LA-0-KO-KO, adj. Ula and kolo, blood. 

Red, as fire, or anything painted bright 

red : red. as blood, or blood red. Note. — 

Sometimes the last a falls out in speaking, 

thus. !//'( — koko. 

U-LAE, s. A species of fish. 
U-LAi-A, i*. To live in solitude, as a 
hermit, on account of disappointment. 



ULE 



120 



QLI 



U-LA-u-LA, s. See Ula above. Ka weo- 
weo, ke kolekole ; the redness of the flesh 
when the skin is rubbed off. 

U-LA-U-LA, adj. See Ula abote. He 
helohelo ; slight red ; reddish. 

U-la-u-la, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-LAU-LAi-LA, s. Name of a child ille- 
gitimately born of a chief and a common 
woman. 

U-LA-u-LA-KE-A-Hi, s. TJlaula, red, and 
ke aid, the fire. 

1. The name given to liquor when first 
distilled, from its color ; also, 

2. A name applied to the god who pre- 
sided over the business of distillation ; no 
Ulaulakeahi ke kiaha raua o ka rama, for 
Ulaulakeahi the first cup (distilled) of rum. 

U-LA-Hio-Hio, adj. Ula and ioio. The h 
is probably euphonic. Really red. See 
Ulaokoko of the same meaning. 

U-LA-Hi-WA, adj. Ula, red, and hiwa, 
black. Purple ; dark red. 

U-LA-LA, V. To act insanely ; to be out 
of one's right mind. 

U-LA-LA, s. Insanity; madness. Kehah. 
9:13. 

2. A crazy person. 

U-LA-LA, adj. Crazy; demented; out of 
one's senses. 

U-LA-LE-LE, 5. A favorite ; one highly 
esteemed. 

U-LA-NA, V. To weave ; to plait ; to 
braid ; to intertwine, as vines. Puk. 28:32. 
To wreathe; to weave. 2 Nal. 25:17. E 
%dana moena, to braid or weave a mat. 

U-LA-NA, adj. Lying still or calm, as 
the surface of water unruffled by wind. 

2. Idle ; unemployed ; lulana, heha, mo- 
lowa. 

U-LA-NA, adj. Iwi ulana. Kam., B. 2, 
p. 7, 3. The prophecy or expression of the 
kilokilo when looking upon a person in 
good health, meaning he will soon die. 

U-LA-PAA, 5. Ula, red, and paa, fast; 
concealed. The ossa vagina of females. 

U-LE, V. To hang; to swing; to pro- 
ject. 

U-LE, s. The penis; the genital of men 
and male animals; o ka ide no paha ke 
mene ; haha ia i ka ule o Kanekii. 

2. A tenon for a mortice. 

3. The pointed part of the post which 
enters the ci^'otch of the rafter. 

U-LEi, s. Name of a tree, the timber 
very hard ; from this tree instruments were 
made for cultivating the earth, as the oo, &c. 

U-LEi, V. To open; to uncover; to sep- 
arate ; helei, uwehe, wehe. 

U-LEI, s. An opening; uncovering; ka 
helei, ka uwehe. 



U-LE -U-LE, s. A sty on the edge of the 

eyelid ; ka uleule o ka maka. 
U-LE -U-LE, adj. See Ule. Pendulous 

hanging down ; projecting out. 
U-LE -U-LE -le, v. To ride on horseback 

kaukaulelewaihui. See Polehelehe. 
U-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tight 

applied to a bundle ; paa ole. 
U-LE-Hi-LO, s. The gonorrhea ; same as 

loaiki. 
U-LE-HO-LE, V. Ule and hole, to peel. 

To practice onanism or masturbation. 
U-LE-Ho-LE, s. Onanism; masturbation, 

&c. 
U-LE-KA-Hi, s. Ule and kaki, to cut. A 

name for circumcision. 
U-LE-PAA, s. Epithet of a man who has 

not known a woman ; the same as 'puupaa 

applied to a woman. 
U-LE-PE, V. To stand erect, as the comb 

of a cock. See Lepe. To stand erect, as 

the hair when one is cold. 
2. To be rough. 
U-LE-pu-AA, s. Ule and puaa, a hog. 

The name given by Hawaiians to a screw 

auger, gimlet, or any instrument of that 

class. 
U-Li, adj. Blue; cerulean blue ; green, 

as a meadow ; whatever is green among 

vegetables. Puk. 9:22. Pertaining to^ a 

dark or dusty color ; uli ka wai o ka niu. 
U-Li, s. The blue sky; ka poe nana 

xdl o ke alii, the foretellers of the weather. 

Laie'ik. 36. 
U-LI, s. The name of a god to which 

a prayer was addressed in the pule anaana. 
U-LI, s. A canoe steerer for the king's 

canoes ; one of the king's special servants. 
U-LI, V. To steer a canoe or ship. See 

HOEULI. 

U-LI, V. To gurgle; to make such a 
noise as when water is poured out of a 
calabash or a cocoanut ; e neneke ; xdi ka 
wai o ka niu. 

U-LI, s. Name of a species of kalo. 

2. Name of a species of fan leaf cocoa- 
nut ; ka uli, ka loulu, ka hawane. 

U-LI, s. The personal appearance or 

fitness of a person for any duty ; applied 
particularly to runners as they appeared 
to the poe kilokilo; e nana no ka poe nana 
\di, e like me ke kukini. 

U-Li-E-0, s. See Uli. The appearance 
of a person as fit or unfit for a duty or of- 
fice, including his mental fitness ; hele mai 
ka poe akamai e nana i ka idieo o kckahi 
kukini. 

U-Li-u-Li, adj. See Uli. Blue. Pule. 
25:4. Green. Kanl. 12:2. Dark colored. 



ULU 121 



ULU 



loh. 6:16. Black. Mel. Sol. 5:11. Ka mo- 
ana uliuli; ka lole uliuli. 
U-Li-u-Li, s. Green things; verdure; a 

pasture, loel. 1:19. 
U-Li-Hi, s. An advanced state of old 

age ; feebleness ; loss of hair ; want of 

strength. 
U-Li-Hi-Li-Hi, adj. He mea ulikiliki; a 

running, as a low vine lik<! the kowali, 
U-Li-KA, adj. Wet; soft to the touch. 
U-Li-KA-Li-KA, V. Ninanina, linalina; to 

adhere to, like wax or any gluey substance; 

like mud or clay ; like kalo that is loliloli. 
U-LI-KA-LI-KA, adj. Sticky ; adhesive, 

as mud ; he lepo ulikalika. 
U-Li-Li, s. A species of bird. 

2. A small kind of gourd used for a top 
to play with ; also called uHuliu. 

3. A ki 
kanikani. 

4. A religious ceremony in the pule ana- 
ana, the same as auhauhui. 

5. The name of a hula; henlili kahi hula. 
U-Li-Li, V. Ke ulili anapu nei i kuu 

manawa. Laieik. 118. To exhibit the trem- 
ulous motion of the hot sunlight upon a 
flat, smooth surface. 

[J-Li-Li, s. A ladder. 

2. A whistle made of bamboo, in which 
fire was put and bio wed upon. 

U-Li-Li, adj. Ladder like ; ala ulili, a 
ladder. See Alauaka. 

U-Li-NA, adj. See Lina. Soft, as the 
flesh of a fat person ; full fleshed ; plump. 
2. Soft and tough, as clayey ground. 

U-Li-NA-Li-NA, adj. Fat ; plump ; soft 
to the touch ; tough ; adhesive, as cold 
clayey ground. See Linalina and Uaua. 

U-Lo-No, V. To cry, as in distress ; to 
make a complaint ; to cry, as one in prayer 
or in suffering. Hal. 30:2. 

U-LO-NO, s. A cry of distress ; the voice 
of crying. iZ«i 9:12. He leo pule. 

U-LU, V. To grow, as a plant. Isa. 53:2. 

2. To increase in any way ; to grow, as 
a disease in the skin. Oihk. 13:39. 

3. To become strong or excessive, as in 
anger, with puni. Piik. 32:22. To grow 
or increase, as good or evil in a comnui- 
nity. 

4. To grow up, as men. Toh. 31:18. 

5. To grow in size and strength, as an 
infant. 1 Pet 2:2. 

6. To be extensively known, as a report. 

7. To have spiritual possession, either 
good or bad; to be inspired; in this sense, 
mostly in tlie passive ; as. uhda or xiluhia. 
Mat. 8:16. To influence the affections. 

8. To poke the hot stones out of the hole 
in which food is to be baked in order to 
put in food : e ulu kakou i ka umu. to 

16 



throw out the stones of the oven when hot. 
See Uluumu. 

9. To stick fast, as meat or bones be- 
tween the teeth of the eater. 

10. Hoo. To caiise to spring up, as seed 
sown. Fig. ko'u makemukc nui, e hoo- 
ulu i ka hana ana ma ka pono, my great 
desire is to increase in good works. 
U-LU, s. Name of a tree ; the bread- 
fruit ; the fruit good for food, the timber 
for building, for canoes, &c. 

2. Name of a stone used in a play. At 
Maui and Oahu this stone was ca\h' d olohu. 
See Olohu. 

3. Name of the game where the said 
stone was used. 

4. Name of an oven for baking food. See 
Umu. 

U-LU, adj. Of or belonging to what 
grows, as fruit. Fig. ler. 2:3. 

2. Wet. See Pulu. Ulu ka palapala i 
ka ua. 

U-LU -A, s. Name of a large kind of fish. 

2. A kind of vegetable forbidden to 

women to eat ; ina i ai ka wahine i ka niu 

paha, he maia paha, he uhi.a paha. nuike ia. 

U-LU-A, V. To assemble together, as 
men ; ua ulua mai kakou ma keia wahi. 

U-LU-A, s. For iduia. See Ulu. A col- 
lection ; a gathering together ; an assem- 
bly. 

2. A forest or garden of breadfruit trees; 
ka haha ulu, ka hopuhopu ana i ke kanaka 
e pepehi a make. 

U-LU-A, s. Name of the sacrifice ob- 
tained by the kapopo. 

U-LU-A-0-A, V. To gather in great num- 
bers, as people ; to come together irregu- 
larly; to make confusion in an assembly. 

U-LU-A-0-A, s. Confusion ; want of reg- 
ularity in an assembly of men. 1 Kor. 
14:33. 

U-LU-A-o-A, adj. Gathered together, as 
people ; confused and noisy. 

U-LU-AU-NUi, s. The name of a wind 
off Hilo ; xduaimui. he makani pono ole ke 
ku ma ke awa o Hilo. a bad wind for 
coming to anchor in the harbor of Iliio ; 
the north wind, attended with raiiL 

U-LU-A-HE-WA. 

U-LU-A-LA-NA, V. Uiu and alalia^ an of- 
fering. To offer upon an altar : to go up 
upon an altar. See Alana. 

U-LU-A-MO-HAi, s. The name of a fish. 

U-LU-EO, s. Name of a tree ; timber 
very durable, even more so than uhiuhi. 

U-LU-iA, r. See Ulu. Vbiia is the pass- 
ive. To be possessed by a spirit : to be 
inspired : more often written with h in- 
serted, uluhia. See Uluhia below.. 



ULU 



122 



ULU 



U-LU-o-A, s. He puoa ; standing- erect ; 

standing uprightly. 
U-LU-u-LU, V. To grow up; to grow 

thick, &c. See Ulu. 

2. IIoo. To cause to grow up. 

3. To excite ; to stir up ; to provoke to 
anger. See Naulu. 

U-LU-U-LU, V. To work or turn about 
in the mouth, as a person eating sugar- 
cane ; uluulu no ma ka waha. 

2. Hoo. To gather together. Kin. 29:8. 
To collect, as things scattered ; to lay up ; 
to assemble, as a people. Nah. 11:16. 

3. To lift up ; to carry ; to convey to a 
higher place ; e kau ae iluna i ke kapa. 

U-LU-U-LU, s. A gathering ; an assem- 
bly of people for any purpose. IIoo. A 
convocation, &c. Oihk. 23:3. 

U-LU-U-LU, s. Name of a species of fish 
net ; upena uluulu. 

U-LU-U-LU, V. To lift up one's dress on 
passing over water or mud. 

U-LU-U-LU, adc. O ka hana me ka 
ikaika, me ka hele uluulu amekahelekipa- 
lale ; laboring strongly ; with energy. 

U-LU-u-MU, s. The stick by which the 
stones are thrown out of an oven when 
heated. See Ulu end Umu. 

U-LU-HAi-HAi, s. See Uluku. The feel- 
ing of the mind under the influence of fear 
with uncertainty as to the result, mixed 
with strong desire. &c. 

U-LU-HA-oA, adj. Thick, as rough jagged 
rocks among grass and bushes ; uluhaoa 
enaena maloko o ka nahele. 

U-LU-HA-LA, s. A forest or thicket of 
hala trees ; ka uluhala o Polou. 

U-LU-HEE, s. A species of plant or shrub. 

U-LU-Hi-A, I'. See Ulu and Uluia above. 
Uluhia, h inserted, to be possessed by a 
spirit ; to be influenced or under the direc- 
tion of some spirit without the person. 
Mat 4:24. 

U-lu-hu-a, v. Ulu, to grow, and hua, 
envy. 

1. To trouble ; to give concern. 

2. To be tired with one's company ; to 
be weary of one's visit. 

3. To be vexed or troubled with any 
matter. Laieik. 78. To be weary with 
doing or repeating a thing. ler. 15:6. 

4. To be Aveary with life. loh. 10:1. 

5. Hoo. To cause grief or trouble. Sol. 
10:1. To be much v«xed. Ezek. 22:5. 

U-LU-HU-A, s. Discouragement ; want 
of confidence ; disappointment ; self dis- 
pleasure. 1 Nal. 20:43. 

U-LU-Hu-A, adj. Displeased ; angry ; 

discontented ; disaffected. 
U-LU-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Ulu and kahiki, for- 



eign. A foreign breadfruit tree, i. e., the 
fig tree, from the resem}>lance of its leaves. 
U-LU-Ku, V. Ulu and A'w, to stand. 

1. To have a strong desire to perform 
anything. 

2. To be restless at night or to lie sleep- 
less. 

3. To be troubled ; restless, as the sea ; 
kupikio ; same as kiaa. 

U-LU-KU, 5. Restless ; sleepless ; de- 
siring strongly to possess or to obtain a 
thing. . 

Ka uluku uluhaihai 

Komia e uia koia.— Me^€. 

U-LU-LA, s. Name of a bird translated 

owl. Kanl. 14:15. 
U-LU-LA-AU, s. Ulu, to grow, and laau, 

tree. 

1. A thicket of trees ; a wood. 

2. A habitation of wild beasts. Jos. 17:18. 
lie ululaau! ua nei ae la iloko o ke kai, 
it is a forest ! it has moved into the sea ; 
the exclamation of Hawaiians on first see- 
ing the ships of Captain Cook. 

U-LU-LE-LE, s. A favorite ; one highly 

esteemed. 
U-LU-LU, V. To rejoice ; to be gay; to 

be cheerful ; e hoohoihoi, e hooolioli. 

2. IIoo. To pretend to be what one is 
not. 

3. To flatter the gods ; to be a favorite. 
U-LU-LU, s. A rejoicing; gladness; self 

satisfaction ; being on good terms with the - 
gods. 

U-LU-LU, s. Name of a small fish net 
which was sunk deep in the water and en- 
tangled the fish. 

U-LU-LU, adj. Rough; not smooth; ka 
huluhulu. ka manumanu. 

U-LU-MAi-KA, s. The name of a game. 
2. Name of the stone used in playing the 
game. See Ulu; alsoMAiKA. Note. — Since 
the introduction of bowling-alleys, ulu- 
mmka has been applied to the game of 
bowls. 

U-LU-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See HOOMAHIE. 
To appear or affect an extra appearance in 
dress or in personal behavior, as we say 
like one possessed. 

U-LU-MA-NO, s. Name of a violent wind 
which blows from the south and other quar- 
ters, in the night only, on the west side 
of Hawaii. Kamehameha ma were once 
wrecked by it off Nawawa; a whole village 
was burnt to light them ashore. 

U-LU-MO-KU, s. A collection or fleet of 
ships ; a navy ; applied to the arrival of 
whaleships. 

U-LU-NA, V. To support the head ; to 
bolster up, as a weak person. 

2. To sleep upon, as a pillow ; to make 
a pillow of. Kin. 28:18. 



UMA 



123 



UMI 



3. To tie up a bundle for a pillow ; e 

pela uluna, to make a pillow. See TKhx. 
U-LU-NA, s. A pillow. Kin. 28:11. 

Kuhi makou ua kau ke poo i ka uluna, we 

thought we had laid our heads upon the 

pillow. 

2. The upper part of the shoulders where 

they unite with the neck. See IIokua. 
U-LU-NA-HE-LE, s. Ma na kuamoo ame 

na ulunahele auie na loko; a growing luxu- 
riantly, like fruit in a good soil. 
U-LU-PA, V. To break into pieces. 1 

Sam. 2:10. To dash into atoms. Jlal. 2:9. 
2. To beat fine. Isa. 27:9. E wawahi, e 

hoopau. 
U-LU-PA, s. A breaking to pieces; a 

breaking up fine. 
U-LU-PAA, s. The state of virginity. 

See Ulepaa. 
U-LU-PE, V. To be wet; to be cold. 
U-LU-Pii, V. To be wet and cold from 

rain ; to be shivering from cold and wet. 
U-LU-PII, adj. Wet and cold from rain ; 

shivering. 
U-LU-PU-Ni, V. To be or to wax hot, as 

one in anger. Pufc. 32:19. See Ulu 3. To 

swell, as in anger. See Punl 
U-LU-WA-LE, V. Vlu, to grow, and wale, 

of itself. To grow wild ; to grow without 

cultivation. 

U-LU-wE-Hi-WE-Hi, s. JJlu, a thicket, 
and loe/iiioe/ti, thick; tangled, as vegetables. 

1. An overgrowth of verdure ; the thick 
intertwined leaves of a forest. 

2. A general name for thick vines in a 
forest ; ka nahelehele nui a rnaluna i ka 
lau o na laau. 

U-MA, V. To screw; to press, as a vice; 
to grasp or hold. 

2. To pry, as a lever. 

3. To wrestle ; to throw down in wrest- 
ling. 

4. To throw over from an upright posi- 
tion ; e hoohina, e kulai. 

U-MA, s. A vice ; a pressure ; a push- 
ing over or down ; a kind of wrestling to 
try strength. 

2. The name of a game ; o kekahi lealea 

ka uma. 

U-MAU-MA, s. The breast; the bosom. 
Fuk. 4:6. The breast, i. e.. the meat of the 
breast. Pn/r. 29:20. fr//u((o/i« lioali. wave 
breast. Nah. 18:18. Vmanma lull, wave 
breast. Oihk. 7:34. Kahi nuiwarna o na 
waiu. 

U-MAU-MA, adj. Of or belonging to the 
breast ; he pale umauma, a breast plate. 

1 Sara. 17:5. 

U-MAU-MA-LEi, s. A name of a species 
of fish. 



U-MA-LEi, s. Name of a disease in the 

chest. 

2. Name of a species of fish. 
U-MA-LU, .<?. The brow of a hill ; he 

umalu o ka pali. 
U-ME, V. To pull ; to pull after one ; 

to draw out. as a drawer of a bureau. 

2. To lengthen, as a sound. 

3. Fig. To incline one to go after an- 
other. Mel. Sol. 1:4. 

U-ME, s. A drawing out; a pulling; a 
lengthening out, as a sound. 

2. A name given to the character '^ hold 
in music. 

3. A kind of a lascivious play in the 
night ; he lealea o ka ume i ka po. 

4. The grass and thatching on the cor- 
ners and ridges of a house. 

U-ME, adj. Mea ume, something draw- 
ing ; attractive. Fi<;. Mea ume, the mi.s- 
tress of a lover; hele aku o Hauiliki a i ka 
mea ume. Laieik. 114. See No. 3 of the 
preceding. 

U-ME-u-ME, V. See Umi. To pull ; to 
hook ; to draw. 

2. To struggle, as two persons for the 
same thing. See Paumkume. 

U-me-u-me, s. Name of a game. 

2. E kalai ia na moo a padi i ka umeumeia. 

U-me-ke, s. a poi calabash; full form, 
umekepoi. See next. 

U-m^-ke-po-i, s. a poi calabash full of 
food, much valued by Hawaiians ; o ke 
aloha ka mea i oi aku ka maikai mamua o 
ka umekepoi ame ka ipukaia. 

U-Mi, adj. The number ten ; ka umi^ 

the tenth. 
U-MI, V. To be ten in number. Ki?i. 

18:32. 
U-MI, V. To lengthen out the breath. 

See Ume. To suppress the breath. 

2. To choke ; to strangle ; to press upon 
one so as if) stifle him. 

3. To crowd in ; thrust down. 

4. To seize hold of the neck, as if to 
choke. Mat. 18:28. 

5. To suppress a rising emotion. 

6. To kill, as an infant in the practice of 
infanticide. See Umikeiki and Umikamalii. 

7. Hoo. To cause to choke; strangle. &c. 

U-MI, adj. Strangled; pressed; killed; 
mea umi wale. Oih. 15:20. 

U-Mii, s. A kind of disease or pain in 
the side attt>nding disease. 

U-Mi-u-Mi, V. The 13th conj. of U7ni. 
To choke ; to strangle : to kill. 2 Sam. 
10:4. 

U-Mi-u-Mi, s. The beard ; hair on the 
chin ; ka huluhulu o ka auwae. 



UNA 



124 



UNE 



2. A kind of moss which fastens the na- 
hawele, a kind of shell fish, to the rocks. 

U-Mi-u-Mi, adj. Thick; large, as the 
branches of trees ; na lala umiumi. Isa. 
If): 8. 

U-Mi-HAU, s. Name of a strong east 
wind which blows all before it. 

2. The name of the last hog sacrificed 
when on the point of going into battle; ua 
kapaia keia puaa he piiaa umihau. 

U-Mi-KA-MA-Lii, ) s. Umi and kamalii, a 

U-MI-KE-I-KI, ) child. The practice of 
infanticide, mostly by pressing or choking 
to death. Note! — The infant was gener- 
ally killed by choking or pressing on its 
first presentation; but if the mother had 
great affection for it, it was buried alive in 
the ground. Umikamalii, oia ke kinai ana 
i ke keiki a make iloko o ka opu o ka ma- 
kuahine. Nui na hewa o ka wa kahiko, o 
ka umikamalii. many were the errors of 
ancient times, infanticide. 

U-Mi-Ki, V. To pinch with all the fin- 
gers. 

2. To scratch ; to bruise ; e wawalu, e 
wau, e uwau. 

U-Mi-Ki, s, A pinching; a scratching of 
the skin ; e awalu ana me ka hoopohole i 
ka ili ; ka waluwalu. 

U-MI-KI, s. A large gourd. 

U-Mi-WA-LE, s. Umi, to choke, and wale. 
The seizing of a person by the throat ; a 
killing by strangulation. 

U-Mo-Ki, s. A stopple of a calabash ; a 
cork of a bottle ; a bung of a barrel. See 
Omoke. He um.oki pu, the wad of a gun. 

U-MO-KI, V. To Stop up, as with a stop- 
ple or bung. 

U-MU, V. To bake, as in an oven ; to 
dig ; to heat ; to cover up ; to do all that 
belonged to the process of baking food 
under ground. See Imu. 

2. To collect; to place together; to leave 
together, as in making an oven. 

U-MU, s. An oven. Oihk. 2:4. A place 
for baking food ; a furnace. Neh. 3:11. 
Umu hooheehee, a furnace for melting 
metals. Ezek. 22:20. 

U-MU-A-Hi, s. Lit. A fire oven ; a fur- 
nace. Kin. 15:17. 

U-MU-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unso- 
cial ; niggardly. 

U-MU-LE-po, 5. Ujuu and lepo, earth. A 
furnace for trying metals. 

U-NA, V. To send one, as on business. 
Hoo. The same; to commission to go. Nah. 
13:17. 

2. To send to one with a demand. los. 
2:3. 

3. To exercise authority over one in send- 
ing. 



U-NA, s. A sending, especially sending 

one on business; o ke kena e holo i kahiki 

e imi waiwai. 
U-NA, adj. Sore or stiff' from hard work ; 

tired ; weak ; fatigued ; exhausted. Lunk. 

4:21. 

2. Dull ; stupid ; drunk. 

3. Tired or weary, as a man sitting still. 
See Unauna same. 

U-NA, V. To be weary ; fatigued from 
labor. Note.. — This word is probably the 
same as una, to send, as sending on busi- 
ness may cause fatigue. 

U-NA, s. Weariness; fatigue, &c. 

U-NA, s. The shell of the turtle or tor- 
toise. 

U-NA, ) ij^ To pry up, as a stone ; 

U-NA-U-NA, ) to loosen by prying ; more 
properly ime. See Une. 

U-NA-o-A, s. The barnacle on the outer 
plank of a ship. 

U-NA-U-NA, V. To send. See Una. Hoo. 
To send on repeated errands. Sol. 10:26. 
To send new orders frequently. 

2. To exercise authority over. Mat.20:25. 

U-NA-U-NA, adj. Tired ; weak ; ex- 
hausted. See Una, to be weary ; dull ; 
stupid. 

U-NA-u-NA-HE, ) adj. Soft ; melodious, 

U-NA-HE, ) as the voice ; he leo 

unahe. 

2. Thin ; soft, as kapa ; he unahenahe ke 
kapa. 

U-NA-u-NA-Hi, ) y. To scale, as a fish; 

U-NA-HI, ) to scratch off the scales; 

e hoopau i ka unahi o ka ia mawaho. 

U-NA-HI, s. The scales of a fish. OikJc. 
11:9. Scaly things; unahi laau ; ka ili 
oolea i ka ia mawaho. 

U-NA-HI, adj. Scaly ; hard. 1 Sam. 
17:5. Thin ; flexible, like a scale. 

U-NE, V. To pry, as a stone with a 
lever ; to bear down, as with a lever ; to 
edge on ; to pry up out of the dirt, as a 
stone ; to loosen. 

U-NE, s. A lever for prying with ; a 
prying ; a lifting up. 

2. The action or quality of a lever. 
Anat. 1, 

U-NE-A, s. Indolence; indiflference ; stu- 
pidity. 

U-NE-u-NE, V. See Une. To pry up; 
to loosen, as a stone ; to remove or turn 
over, as stones. Kekah. 10:9. 

2. To disturb, harass or A^ex one ; o ka 
hookolokolo hewa, e uneune ana ia ame ka 
imihala. 

U-NE-u-NE-A, adj. Sickish at the stom- 
ach ; having no relish for food. 



UNU 



125 



UPA 



U-NE-LU-NE-LU, adj. Fat; soft; pliable. 
See NoLUNOi>u. Unelunelu kau haehae ana. 

U-Ni-Hi, s. A species of grasshopper. 
SceUHixr. He mea eheu liilii me he pinao 
la, a little winged thing like the dragon- 
fly ; he rnea lule. 

U-Ni-Hi, ady. Small; thin; spindle 
legged ; hence, 

2. Weak ; without strength. 

U-Ni-Hi-pi-Li, s. The leg and arm bones 
of a person. See Uiiimpili. He kanaka 
mai loa a hiki ole ke hele mawaho ; ua 
unihipili leo, aole hiki ke pane mai, having 
a feeble voice, not able to speak; ua uuku 
ka leo. Unihipili was one name of the class 
of gods called akuanoho ; aumakua was 
another ; they were the departed spirits of 
deceased persons. 

U-Ni-Hi-pi-Li, adj. The qualities of some 
gods; na akua w^i/A/pi^', amenaakuamano. 

U-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. Plump ; fat ; ap- 
plied to the cheeks of a person. See Oni- 
NANA. and Ulinat.ina. 

U-NO-A, adj. Raw; uncooked. 

U-Noo, adj. Not well cooked, as food ; 
applied to vegetable food ; when applied 
to meat, it is kolekole ; but this last is some- 
times applied to food ; unoo ka ai, unoo ka 
malakeke. 

U-No-u-NO, V. To be red ; inflamed, as 
the eyes. See also Nounou. 

U-NU, s. A place of worship; a tem- 
ple ; he heiau, he luakini. 

U-NU, s. A coward. 

2. Small stones or chips of stones for 
propping up and sustaining large ones. 

3. A prop or wedge. See Makia. 

4. The small stones used to fasten the 
posts of a house when erected in the ground. 

5. Any small stones. 

U-NU, V. To drink; same as inu; unu 
awa, to drink awa. 

U-NU, V. To make up into a round 
heap ; to shorten. 

U-NU, adj. Made round ; heaped up, &c. 

U-NU, V. To prop up ; to help hold up ; 
e unu iki ae paha ka pono, to help a little 
perhaps will be well^ to shove back or re- 
tract, as the skin in amputation. 

U-NU-A, V. To put or thrust into, as a 
spear into a man. 

2. To breathe into a bamboo. 

3 To put in and tread down, as feathers 
or pulu into a cask in order to put in more; 
e unua iho i ka hulu, alalia hahao hou ; ua 
unnaia ka wawae. 

U-NU-u-Nu, V. To prop up. See Unu. 

Iloo. E hoounuunuia. 
U-NU-u-NU, s. Something gathered into 

heaps ; applied to soldiers who are cow- 



ardly and shrink from fighting ; alalia, o 

aku imua me he unuuna la ke ano. 
U-NU-U-NU, adj. Piled up, as several 

ohias in one hand ; ame ka ohia unuunu 

ma ka lima. 
U-NU-Hi, V. To draw out in various 

ways. 

2. To take, as a ring from a finger. Kin. 
41:42. 

3. To take out, as the hand from one's 
bosom. Pule. 4:6. 

4. To draw out ; unsheathe, as a sword. 
Puk. 15:9. 

5. To let fall from a bundle. But. 2:16. 

6. To draw out, as from a ditch. 

7. To take away a part ; to substract, as 
in arithmetic. 

8. To translate from one language to an- 
other; i unuhiia mai kaolelo Hawaii a i ka 
olelo Beritania. See Num. 

U-NU-HI, adj. Perfect; good; skillful; 

wise ; he hemolele, he maikai, he akaraai, 

he naauao. 
U-NU-NA, s. A pillow; something for 

another to rest on. See Uluna. 
U-NU-NU, s. Young ohia timber used in 

making gods. 

2. A stick erected as a sign of kapu. 

3. Name of a wind or sea breeze at Puu- 
loa. 

U-NU-NU, V. To pull or scrape off the 
hair of a dog or hog preparatory to cook- 
ing. Note. — It was done by laying the 
animal on a fire. 

U-NU-PE-Hi-i-o-LE, s. Name of a class 
of persons who adhered to others for the 
sake of a house. 

U-PA, V. To act, as the jaws in eating; 
to open and shut, as the mouth in eating 
or speaking. 

2. To devour with greediness. 

3. To chew, as food, i. e., the action of 
the jaws in chewing. 

U-PA, s. Any instrument that opens 
and shuts after the manner of shears, scis- 
sors, a compass, bellows, &c.; a carpenter's 
compass. Isa. 44:13. The action of the 
material heart in receiving and sending 
out blood. Anat. 44. Notk. — Cutting in- 
struments were formerly made ot shark's 
teeth. See the compounds of the upa class. 

U-PA, adj. Strong, as a man who does 
a great deal of work or rows fast in a canoe. 

U-PAA, V. hele e ke kama e upaa me 
ka pipine. 

U-PA-A-Hi, s. Upa and ahi, fire. Tongs. 

I Puk. 25:38. 

I U-PAi, adj. Long; tall; slender; loihi, 

I piopio. 

' U-PAi-PAi, V. To bend, as the rafters of 

I a house in a sti'oug wind. See Opaipai. 



UPE 



126 



UPU 



U-PAi-PAi, s. The bending or vibration 

of the rafters of a house in a wind. 
U-PA-u-PA, V. See Upa. To open or 

act, as the mouth in speaking or in prayer; 

e upaupa ana i ka waha me he mea pule la. 
U-PA-u-PAi, V. To hover, as an owl or 

other bird just before darting on its prey ; 

to remain suspended in the air, as an owl ; 

e upaupai i na eheu ; e peahiahi. 
U-PA-Ko-Li-KU-Ku-i, s. Upa ^Yid IcoU ^Yld. 

kukui. Snuffers. Puk. 25:38. 
U-PA-MA-KA-Ni, 5. Upa and makaid, 

wind. Bellows. ler. 6:29. 
U-PA-LU, V. To be young ; beautiful ; 

comely. 

Ua upalu wale i ke oho o ke kupukupu 
Pepe ka maka o ka ahihi ka makahelei o 
Malaila— e. — Mele. 

U-PA-LU, adj. Beautiful ; splendid ; 
lovely. 

U-PA-PA-LU, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

U-PE, s. The muciis or secretion of the 
nose ; petuita ; a ua kaumaha nui an i na 
waimaka ame ka upe o na makaainana a 
pau. Mai makamaka wahine i ka upe ke 
ola. Haw. Frov. 

U-PE, s. A living with quietness and 
propriety after having been mischievous 
and wicked ; ka upe, opepe, hoolulelule ; 
e upe ana i na malua nui o Hawaii. 

U-PE-HU-PE-HU, V. To be swollen ; en- 
larged. See Pehu. 

U-PE-HU-PE-HU, adj. Large; fleshy, but 
weak, as a fat man. See Pehu. 

U-PE-NA, s. A net for taking fish; a 
snare for catching birds ; e malama i ka 
tipena nanana, take heed to the spider's 
web ; upena papale oho, net work. Isa. 
3:18. Fig. Anything for entrapping one 
in evil ; ua makau au i ka upena o ka make, 
I am afraid of the snares of death. 

2. The cord of which fish nets were made; 
ke aho i hooliloia i upena. 
Ka upena kuu kanaka a Lono, 
Ka upena mahae e niake ai ka luhia 
Ka lalakea, ka mano ka mano ai a ka lani. 

U-PE-NA-MA-Ki-Ni, s. Ka upenamakini a 
ka poe kii ai ia ke ahi a ka po, e kinai au 
e pio — e. 

U-PE-NA-NA-NA-NA, s. Upena and na- 
nana, spider. The web of the nanana, a 
certain kind of spider. See Nanana. 

U-PE-PE, V. To be flattened down ; 
crushed. 

2. Applied to the mind ; to be broken 
spirited; to be humble; to act awkwardly, 
like a backwoodsman. 

U-PE-PE, adj. Weak; feeble, as a per- 
son sick; dry; without sweetness, as sugar- 



cane ; applied also to kalo ; kapae ke kea 

upepe o ka hei — e. 
U-PE-PE-Hu, adj. Swollen, as the flesh 

of a person. See Pehu. 
U-Pi, V. To sound, as water when 

squeezed out of a sponge. 
U-PI, s. The noise made by walking 

when the shoes are full of water. 
U-pi-u-pi, V. The frequentative of upi. 
U-pi-Ki, V. To shut suddenly together, 

as the jaws of a steel trap ; to entrap. 
U-PI-KI, s. A trap. /sa. 8:14. A snare; 

anything deceitful ; a treachery. Fuk. 

34:12. 
U-pi-Ki-Li-MA, s. A handcufl*. 
U-pi-Ki-Pi-Ki, adj. Shutting up; folding 

together, as a foreign fan ; he mea upiki- 

piki, he peahi maikai no. 
U-Po, V. To desire strongly ; to lust 

after ; to covet. See Ipo and Upu. 
U-Poi, V. To sink, as in water; to sink 

deep. 

2. To move, as a bird moves its wings ; 
to cover with the wing. Isa. 10:14. 

3. To break over, as the surge forming 
the surf ; to spread or cover over, as any 
large covering. Laieik. 104. 

4. To bring one's legs together, as when 
theue is need of concealing ; applied to 
men or women when discovered without a 
pau or malo on. See Poi and Popoi. 

U-Po-Ho, V. To be flattened down or 
fallen in, as the roof of a house; to be con- 
cave, as a surface. Anat. 6. See Opaha. 

U-po-PO, V. To strike together, as the 
hollow palms of the hands, making a hollow 
sound ; e halehale, e poopoo. 

U-PU, V. To desire strongly ; to be 
strongly attached to a person. Laieik. 136. 
To lust ; to covet. See ITpo, 

2. To be long, as one who goes to an- 
other place to make a long visit ; aoe upu 
aku nei au, ke hoi mai nei no. 

3. To swear or vow ; hoohiki ; to vow, 
as when a man vows not to eat the food of 
his land till he catches a certain fish, or 
vows that the child then born shall eat the 
sugar-cane that is then planting ; ua upm 
ke kanaka i kana ai a loaa ka ia. 

U-PU-u-PU, 5. The desire to see a per- 
son after separation of some time ; ka upu- 
upu ole aku. See Hoo. 

U-PU-U-PU, V. See Upu. To be not long; 
not to pass a long time; to be not long after 
a certain event. Laieik. 106. 

U-PU-KA, s. A gate ; the various forms 
are, puka, aipuka, ipuka. upuka and kani- 
puka. See the first in its place. 

U-PU-PA, s. The name of an unclean 
bird in Kanl. 14:18 ; the lapwing ; also 
Oihk. 11:19. 



UWA 



127 



UWl 



U-WA, V. To cry out ; to exclaim aloud ; 

to shout, as the voice of a multitude. Oih. 

12:22. 

2. To cry out together ; to make an up- 
roar ; to be in commotion. Laieik. 'Jl. 
U-WA, s. An outcry ; the sound of 

many voices in contusion ; hakaka iho la 

lakou me ka uioa nui. 

2. A joyful shouting. 2 OUil. 15:14. 
U-WAi, V. To open or shut, as a door. 

See Uai. 
U-WAI, s. A door, &c. See Uai. 
U-WAO, V. To intercede in behalf of 

contending parties. Jlth. 7:25. To make 

peace. 
2. To intercede in behalf of the guilty. 

ler. 7:1(). To reconcile. See Uao. 
U-WAO, s. A peace-maker. Mat. 5:9. 

An intercessor. 
U-WAO, adj. Peace-making; meauwao, 

an intercessor. Gal. 3:20. 
U-WAU, s. A species of bird; a kind of 

water fowl. 
U-WAU, V. To scratch the skin ; to 

pinch with the fingers. See Umiki. 
U-WAU, s. A cat, from her noise. See 

OWAU. 

U-wAu-WA, V. See Uwa. To cry out 
in a clamorous manner. Mar. 15:14. 

U-WAU-wA, s. A frequent shouting, as 
a disordered multitude; a noise of revelry. 
Puk. 32:17. 

U-WAU-WA, V. To be tight; fast; hard; 
e linalina, e moku ole, e paa. 

U-WA-Hi, s. U and aki, fire. Smoke. 
Puk. 19:18. See Uahi. Ao uioahi, a vapor- 
ous cloud ; a fog. &c. ; uwahi umuhao, the 
smoke of a furnace. los: 8:20. 

U-WA-KA, V. See Oaka. To open, as a 
door ; to open, as the mouth to speak. 

U-wA-LA, s. Name of a certain kind of 
the leho, a sea-shell. 

U-WA-LA, 5. SeeUALA. C/and aZa, sweet 
or odoriferous. 

1. The sweet potato. 

2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 

U-WA-LA-AU, V. To make a noise, as a 
multitude. Puk. 33:17. See Walaau. 

U-wA-LA-AU, s. A tumultuous noise ; a 
great confused noise ; a shout. See AVa- 
laau. Note. — Uicalaau is a noise made by 
the mouths of men; it applies also to birds 
sitting together in a frequented place called 
kula nianu ; other noises are called kocle, 
haluhi, &.C. 

U-WA-Lo, V. See Ualo. To cry out; to 
call aloud. See Uwaiaau and Ualo. To 
call upon one in a way of entreaty. Laieik. 
71. 



U-WA-LU, V. To scratch, as a cat. See 
UwAU. To pinch with the fingers ; to 
pucker up. 

U-WA-NA-AO, V. See Wanaao. To dawn, 
as the first light of morning. 

U-WA-NA-AO, s. The dawning of day- 
light. See Wanaao. 

U-wA-Ti, s. Eng. See Wati. A watch ; 
a time-piece. 

U-WE, V. See Ue. To weep; to mourn; 
to cry for help for one's self or others. 
Kah. 11:18. To mourn. Kiyi. 32:2. 

2. To cry in behalf of one. i. e., to pray 
for him. Puk. 8:8. 

3. To bewail; to lament for. Oihk. 10:16. 

4. To cry out for pain; pepehi iho la na 
kanaka, a ?<ioe ae la ua mau haole la no ka 
eha. the men (natives) struck them, and 
those foreigners cried out for pain. 

5. To salute, as friends. Mat. 5:47. To 
bfd good-by at parting. Oih. 18:18. 

6. To bray, as an ass. lob.G.o. To low. 
as an ox. Job. (1:5. 

U-WE, adj. That which pertains to 

mourning or lamentation. Puk. 32:18. 
U-WE, s. A movement. See Ue, to 

hitch. A jerking movement ; he wee, he 

mea e lele ana ma ka lewa. 
U-WE, V. See Ue. To jerk; to shake; 

to move ; to hitch along ; mostly found in 

the compounds naicc, nane. kc. 
U-WEU-WE, V. Hoo. To move a little 

without moving much; to pretend to move 

or leave one's place without doing it. 
U-WE-HE, V. See Wehe. To open; to 

untie ; to uncover. 
U-WE-KA, s. Epithet of a very trying 

child ; applied to a crying child ; kani hoi 

kela wahi uiceka ; kani papala mai la hoi 

ua uweka nei. 
U-wE-KA-WE-KA, adj. Troublesomc ; 

crying ; dirty, as a child. 
U-wE-KE, V. To open ; to open wide, 

as a door. Jloo. To cause to be opened. 

See Wehe. 

U-WE-KO, V. See Weko. Bad smelling, 
as food ; to smell like sourt'd food ; as 
rotten potatoes, Arc. 

U-WE-KO, s. The smell of rotten pota- 
toes or other lood. 

U-wE-KO-wE-KO, s. A strong reeking 
smell of decaying vegetables ; ka uauala. 
ka pilopilo. 

U-WE-NE, r. To break wind slightly. 

U-WE-NE-WE-NE, adj. Hoo. Dirty in 
one's habits ; stinking. 

U-wi, V. See Ui, to wring; to squeeze. 
To wring, as water from clothes. Lunk. 
6:38. 



HA 



129 



HA 



2. To gnash or grind with the teeth. 
Hal. 112:10. 

3. To wring, i. e., to squeeze, as in milk- 
ing an animal. Isa. 66:11. 

4. E uwi i ka poo, to wring off the neck. 
Oihk. 1:15. 

U-wi-A, V. For uwiia, the pass, of uwi. 
To break ; to injure ; to upset ; e nahae, e 
hulipu. 
U-WI-A, s. An injury done by rubbing 
or dashing against. 

ua make paha keia 
E uwia wale ia nei — a. 

CJ-wi-u-wi-A (ui-ui-a), v. To rub or dash 

one against another ; to assemble thickly 

together. 

2. To make or create a shade. 
U-wi-u-wi-Ki, s. Place of small holes ; 

full of small holes, through which anything 

can go. 
U-wi-Ki, V. To be full of small holes, 

through which light may pass; e hakahaka 

liilii. 
U-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as light 

through small apertures. 
U-wi-LA, s. See Uila. Lightning. ler. 

10:13. 



U-wi-Li, V. To mix together, as grass 
and mud in making adobies. 

U-wi-Ni-HE-PA, s. A brick; so called 
from Captain Winship, who brought the 
first bricks to the islands. 

U-wi-wi, s. A species of small fish. 
See OiLi. 

U-wo, V. See Uo. To cry out ; to pro- 
claim as the watch in the night, ''all's 
well." 

2. To bellow, as cattle. 

3. To roar, as a ravenous beast ; as a 
lion. Lunk. 14:5. 

U-wo, s. A crying out; a bellowing of 
cattle. 1 Sam. 15:14. A roaring of beasts. 

U-wo, s. See Uo. Food well pounded ; 
soft and flowing to the touch. 

JJ -wo, adj. SeeUo. Soft; well pounded, 
as poi. 

U-wo, V. See Uo. To drive or expel 
something from a hollow substance; e kui, 
e manai, e uo i ka lei i ke kaula. 

U-wo-u-wo, s. Name of a species of 

ohia on the hills. 
U-Ri-MA, s. Heb. The urim worn by 

the Jewish high priest. Puk. 28:30. 



H. 



¥¥ the sixth letter of the Hawaiian 

•*"* 5 alphabet. It represents, as in English, 
the sound of an aspirate. It is frequentl}- 
euphonic, particularly between the verb 
and its passive termination ia ; as, maluhia 
instead of maluia. In this case it is some- 
times changed for I,- as, kaulia for kauia. 
See Oram. § 48, 

Ha. a particle expressing strong affirm- 
ation, stronger than no ; as, oia hoi ha, so 
it is indeed ; truly ; certainly ; indeed ; i 
mai ia, ua hewa ha oe, he said you are in- 
deed guilty; e hele hoi ha wau. I will surely 
go. Puk. 2:7. 

Ha is often prefixed to the original root 
of a word, or inserted when it takes the 
causative hoo ; as, inu, to drink ; hoohainu, 
to give drink ; like, to be like ; hoohalike, 
to resemble. It is also often prefixed to 
the roots of words without any apparent 
modification of the sense ; in other words, 
the sense is variously modified; a.s,hauli, a 
dark color. See Uli, blue, &c. Lalo, down:, 
halalo, to turn the eyes and head down, to 
think, reflect. 

Ha is also used in reciting meles in the 
middle of a line as a, o, e, &c., are at the 
end for the voice to rest upou while can- 
tillating, as he ana ha nui keia no ke auhee 



la, where ha has no meaning except as the 
voice protracts the syllable. 

Ha, num. adj. The number four ; gen- 
erally prefixed by a or e. See Aha and 
Eha. Ma seems to be the original word 
for the numeral four ; as, wawae ha, four 
feet. It becomes an ordinal by prefixing 
the article ; as, ka ha, the fourth. Mat. 
14:25. I ka ha o ka la, the fourth day ; i 
ka ha o ka makahiki. Oihk. 19:25. 

Ha, s. See the foregoing. On fours; by 
fours ; e hele ana ma na ha, going on four 
(feet.) Oihk. 11:20. 21. 

Ha, v. To breathe ; to breathe with 
some exertion ; to utter a sti'ong breath ; 
different from ha7iu, to breathe naturally. 
loh. 15:30. It is connected with hanu in 
Kin. 7:15. 

2. Fig. To breathe revenge. Oih. 9:1. 

3. To breathe upon ; ha ke Akua i ka 
lewa, God breathed into the open space. 
Mele of Kekwpuohi. To breathe out ; to 
expire. 

Ha, s. a breathing ; a strong breathing. 

2. A strong forced breath, as of anger. 
loh. 4:9. 

3. The expression of anger. 2 Tes. 2:8. 

4. Fig. Light ; transitory, as a breath or 
breathing. Hal. 62:9. 



HAA 



129 



HAA 



Ha, s. In music, name of the fourth 

note from the key. 
Ha, s. The lower end of kalo tops or 

leaves when cut off from the root; the same 

also of cane tops ; the lower part of that 

which is cut off. 

2. The stem of a kalo leaf or of sugar- 
cane. 

3. The outside leaves of the kalo when 
outside leaves are killed with cold or 
drought; ua maloo ka Aa, ua pala ke kumu ; 
ha ko. ha kalo, ha maia. . 

Ha, s. a trough for water to run through; 
a water pipi^ ; in modern times, a lead or 
iron pipe through which water flows. See 
Hawai. 

Ha, v. To dance; ha ana, a dancing; 
more generally written haa, which see. 

Ha, s. a species of wood ; ohia ka or 
haa. 

Haa, v. To dance ; connected among 
Hawaiians with singing. 1 Sam. 18:6. As 
an act of worship formerly among the Jews. 
2 Sam. 6:14. 

Haa, s. a dance ; a dancing, as in idol- 
atrous worship. Puk. 32:19. 

Haa, s. Name of a shrub or tree. 

Haa, adj. Short ; low ; humble ; gen- 
erally doubled, haahaa. which see ; ohi 
kukui kanuukea ka haa. 

Haa is often used in some words for the 
causative prefix instead of hoo ; oftener 
found in the Tahitian dialect. 

Ha-a-a, 11. To acknowledge one as a 
friend ; to treat with hospitality ; to ex- 
hibit affection for ; to love. 

Ha-a-a, adj. Friendly; kind; hospita- 
ble. 

Ha-ae, s. Saliva or spittle, especially 
the saliva when worked up in the mouth 
into foam ; hence, 

2. The name of a beer made of the sugar- 
cane when fermented and foaming. The 
beer was intoxicating. 

Ha-ae, u. To drizzle ; to drip ; to slab- 
ber at the mouth. 
Haa-i-kai-ka, v. To revile ; to grin. 
Ha-ao, s. a multitude following. 
Ha-ao, adj. Driving, as rain with wind; 
epithet of a rain of Auaulele ; ua haao. 

Kuu haku i ka ua haao — e — 

My lord in the driving rain. 

Ka lele la ka ua mauka o Auaulele; 

The rain flies quickly upland of Auaulele. 

Lele ka ua, lele pu no me ka makani. 

The rain flies,— flies with the wind. 

Haa-haa, V. See Haa. To be low; 
humble. 

2. To live quietly ; e noho malie. 
■ 3. IIoo. To make low ; to humble ; to 
17 



abase. Ezek. 8:21. Applied to those who 
are proud. Isa. 2:17. 
4. To subdue ; to put down. Kanl. 8:2. 

Haa-haa, adj. Low ; short, as a man. 
2. Fid. Humble; meek; sorry; cast down. 
2 Cor. 7:6. See Haa, adj., alcove. 

Haa-heo, v. See Heo. Haa is the caus- 
ative tor hoo. Girim. § 212, 3d. See Tahi- 
tian Diet., art. haa. To strut ; to exhibit 
pride in dress or movement. 

Haa-heo, s. Pride; haughtiness. See 
Hko. Oihk. 26:19. He haaheo,he mea anei 
ia (! pono nona iho? haughtiness, is that a 
thing to benefit himself? 

Haa-heo, adj. Proud; lofty; haughty; 
magnificent ; applied mostly to persons. 

Haa-kea, s. a species of fruit ; in Isa. 
5:7 it is translated in English by icild grapes; 
a species of weed ; in Job. 31:40 translated 
cockle. 

2. The fruit of a shrub, of which beads 
are made, something like grapes; the name 
of the plant is akia. 

Haa-kei, v. Haa, causative, and kei. 
See Kki. To be proud; high minded; vain- 
glorious ; to be puffed up. 

Haa-kei, s. Causing pride. 

2. A proud person ; a scoffer ; a con- 
temptible person ; o ka haaheo, he mea 
paha ia e make ai no ka poe haakei, pride, 
that is a thing perhaps to kill the scoffer. 

3. Pride ; haughtiness. 

Haa-kei, adj. Proud; assuming the 

dress and character of another. 
2. Scoffing; scorning. Hal 1:1. 
Haa-ke-ke, v. Haa, causative; also hoo 

and keke. See Keke and Ke. To strive ; 

to cause strife ; contention ; to be angry ; 

to scold. 
Haa-kei-kei, v. See Kei and Haakei. 

To vaunt in pride ; to be insolent. 
Haa-ko-ae, Haa, causative, and koae. 

1 . Name of a species of bird that is white. 
See KoAE. 

2. A high precipice. 

Haa-koi, r. Haa, causative, and loi, to 
force ; urge. 

1. To practice onanism ; applied to one 
alone. See PrAiu. 

2. Fig. To labor hard and obtain noth- 
ing. 

Haa-koi, s. The practice of onanism. 

Haa-koi-koi, v. Haa, causative, Sindkoi. 
To practice venery. like dogs or hogs. 

Haa-koo-koo-wa-le, s. Haa (or hoo, Sind. 
kookoo. See Hakoko, to wrestle. A wrest- 
ling; a striving in the exercise ot wrestling 

Haa-ko-hi, v. Haa, causative, and kohi, 
to hinder ; hold back. 

1. To cause a restraint ; to choke. 

2. To have or endiu-e strong labor pains, 



HAA 



130 



HAA 



as a female 5 to be in strong labor. Km. 

35:16. 

3. To travail in child-birth. Gal 4:19. 
Haa-ko-hi, s. Labor pains. 
Haa-ko-ko-hi, v. The 7th conj. of kohi, 

haa fov hoo ; intensive. 

1. To have or suffer hard labor pains. 

2. To draw one thing out of another with 
difficulty. 

Haa-ko-ko-hi, s. Strong labor pains of 
a female. 1 Tes. 5:3. 

Haa-ko-ko-hi, adj. Suffering from strong 
labor pains. Hal. 48:6. 

Haa-ku-a-li-ki, s. Name of an office 
among the followers of the king. 

Haa-ku-e, s. The name of the person 
who swings the fly brush over the chief 
when he sleeps ; ka mea nana e kahili i 
ko ke alii wahi e moe ai, he haakue ia. 

Ha-a-le, v. Contraction for kaa, caus- 
ative, and ale, a wave or swell of water. 

1. To cause to be full ; to swell up, as 
water. 

2. To be deep; to overflow; to rise high; 
haale ka wai, the water rises. 

Haa-le-le, v. Haa and lele, to fly. 

1. To cause to fly, that is, to forsake ; to 
give up, as a man his wife ; as a child its 
parents. 

2. To leave off"; forsake, as a job of work 
before it is finished. 

3. To reject ; cast off. The following is 
often used in the same sense, though really 
as follows : 

Haa-le-lea, v. Pass, of the foregoing 
with the i dropped. Gram. § 211. To be 
left; to be thrown away; to be cast off, &c. 

Haa-le-lea, s. That which is thrown 
away or forsaken. 

2. Name of a process in making gods. 

3. The name of the man sacrificed on 
cutting down a tree to make a god. 

Ha-a-li, v. To spread out or spread 

down, as a cloth ; generally written 
Ha-a-lii, v. SeeHAALi. To spread out; 

to spread down, as a mat, kapa, paper, <Src, 

See Lir. Isa. 37:14. 
Ha-a-li-a-li, s. The lips of a fish, or 

the cheeks of a fish. 
Ha-a-li-a-li, v. To catch by the neck, 

as a fish. 

2. Used./if/rtra/ii)e/?/, and applied to men. 
Haa-li-li. See Hoolili. 
Haa-li-li, v. See Haalii. To spread; 

to spread out, &c. 
Haa-li-lo, adv. Kani haalilo, nu ka 

hinihini. 
Haa-lou, v. Haa and lou^ to bend in 

sorrow. 

1. To cause to bend in sorrow. 

2. To sigh ; to weep in afiSiction or grief. 



Haa-lou-lou, v. See foregoing. To be 

dejected ; grieved ; sorrowlul. 
Haa-lou-lou, adj. Cast down in mind ; 

dejected : sad. 
Haa-lu-lu, v. //aa, causative, and Zz^Zm, 

to shake. 

1. To cause a trembling ; to shake ; to 
tremble. 

2. To be troubled, or to tremble with 
fear. 

3. To be out of joints, as bones. 

4. To be in gi-eat disorder ; to be in a 
state of trepidation. 

Haa-lu-lu, s. A trembling ; a trepida- 
tion. Fuk. 15:15. 

2. A shaking, as the earth in an earth- 
quake. 2 Sam. 2:8. 

Haa-ma, v. Tobegin to ripen, as ohias, 
oranges, &c.. but not get soft. See Hooama. 

Ha-a-no, v. To boast; to exalt; to ex- 
tol. See next word. See Hoano. 

Haa-noi, s. Boasting language ; olelo 
haanou. 

Haa-nou, v. Haa, causative, and 7iou, 
a puff of wind. See Nou. 

1. To be pleased or gratified with the 
admiration of another. 

2. To be puffed up with flattery. 

3. To be inflated with pride ; akena. 
Haa-nou, adj. Boasting ; olelo kaaiiou, 

boasting language. 
Haa-nui, v. Haa and nui, great. 

1. To praise greatly ; to extol ; to boast. 
Sol. 20:4. 

2. To exaggerate; to triumph. 2 Sam. 
1:20. Sy\. with akena and haanoi. 

3. To speak great words. 2Pe^. 2:18. To 
magnify one's self. Dan. 18:11. 

Haa-nui, s. The boasting of something 

received or favor obtained. 
2. A boaster ; one who brags. 
Haa-pu, v. To desire strongly; to yearn 

for. 
Haa-pu, adj. Na hana naauao haapu, 

the strongly desired labors of learning. 
Haa-pu-ka, v. Haa and puka, to cheat. 

To gather up ; to scrape together the good 

and the bad, anything and everything for 

property. Sol 13:11. 

Haa-pu -Ku, v. To unite several children 
or other friends in one's affection ; pilikia 
iho la oloko. haapuku mui la ka manao ana. 

Ha-a-wa, s. Name of a tree; also written 

hoawa. 
Haa-we, v. Ha for haa, and awe, to 

carry. To carry on the back ; to put upon 
the back or shoulders for carrying. Syx\. 
with waha. See Awe and Lawe. 

Haa-we, s. A burden. Isa. 58:6. A 
pack carried on the back. Lmik. 11:46. 



HAE 



131 



HAI 



Haa-we-a-we, s. The growth of pota- 
toes from some being left when the crop 
was dug ; ka haiipuupu, ka okupu. 

Haa-wi, v. Ha for ho or hoo. See Hoawi 
and Awi, a root which has not yet been 
found. 

1. To give ; to grant to another. 

2. To help ; to assist. 

3. To offer or propose for a thing. 

4. To commend to one's care; hwiwl aie, 
usury. Kanl. 23:20. Haawi lilo ole, to lend. 
Kanl 24:10, To give ; with nmu, to as- 
cribe praise. 7.s'a. 42:8. 

Haa-wi-na, s. Haaioi and ana, a par- 
ticipial termination. 

1. A giving ; a giving out ; hence, 

2. A portion ; something given ; a gift ; 
a part assigned to one. Rom. 11:29. 

3. In school, a lesson appointed to be 
learned. 

4. A present from one. Syn. with makana. 

5. A gift, that is, ability to do a thing. 
1 Kor. 12:4. 

Hae, s. See Haehae. Something torn, 
as a piece of kapa or cloth. The Hawaiian 
signals were formerly made of torn kapa ; 
hence, in modern times, 

2. A flag; ensign; banner; colors. IM. 
20:5. The flag of a ship, &<;. ; ke kia, ame 
ka pea, ame ka hae, the masts, the sail, and 
the flag. See Lepa. 

Hae, adv. A word expressive of deep 
affection for another ; as, aloha hoi hae, 
from the deep yearning, breaking or tear- 
ing of the heart. See Haehae below. 

Hae, s. a species of wood. 

Hae, v. To bark, as a dog. Isa. 56:10, 

Hae, adj. Wild; tearing; furious; fero- 
cious ; cross ; he ilio hihiu hae, a ferocious 
wild dog ; applied to a wolf. 

2. The growling or snarling of a cross 
dog. 

Hae, v. To tear in pieces ; to rend, as 
a savage beast. See Namae. Often used in 
the double form. 

Ha-ei, v. To look ; to peep ; to look 
slily. See Kiei and Halo. 

Hae-hae, v. See Hae. To tear or reml, 
as cloth or a garment. Kin. 44:13. With 
aahu. los. 7:G. 

2. To tear in pieces, as a savage beast 
does a person. Kia. 37:33. To tear, as a 
garment, through grief or indignation. 
Nah. 14 :G. 

3. To rend, as the mountains in a hurri- 
cane. 1 Xa?. 19:11.4. See Hae. «(/r., above. 

4. To be moved with compassion ; to 
sympathize with one. Kanl. 2S:'62. Haehae 
na maka, haehae ke aloha. 

Hae-hae, s. Strong affection for one. 
2. A strong desire for a thing, as a starv- 
ing man for food. 



Hae-hae, s. Name of two yards per- 
taining to a particular house of Lono. 

Hae-hae-ia, adj. Torn; injured. Kin. 
31:39. Rent. los. 9:4. 

Ha-e-hu, i\ To grow thriftily and large, 
as a tree or plant, itotatoos or kalo. 

Hae-kai-kai, v. To grin. 

Ha-e-le, v. To go or come as mai or 
oka is used. Sy\. witli helc. See Hele. 
But requires a dual or plural subject. 
Xah. 4:.5; Xah. 9:17. 

Hai, V. Often syn. with hae. See above. 
To break, as a bargain or covenant. 2 
Kal. 18:12. 

2. To break open ; separate, as the lips 
that are about to speak. 

3. To speak of; to mention. Pitfc. 23:13. 

4. Tot<'ll; declare; confe.«s; relate. Pv.k. 
18:8. Ke hai ole, not to tell ; to keep se- 
cret, los. 2:14. 

5. To break off; to stop doing a thing ; 
as. aole hai ke hoihoi aku. he does not cease 
(begging) though sent away. Note. — The 
ha of this word is sometimes doul)led. then 
it has the form of hahai. to follow, but its 
signification is to break away or tear away; 
as. hahaiia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the 
ensign of those priests teas broken away. 

Hai, v. To put or place in, as in a box; 
hai aku i ke alii o lakou iloko, then they 
jjut their chief inside. 

Hai, s. a broken place ; hence, 

2. A joint of a limb ; ka hai a mawe, the 
elbow joint. 

Hai, pron. or adj. Gram. ^ 15, 14:3. 
Another ; another person ; no Jiai. for an- 
other; m hai, to another. Keh. 5:5. Hoo- 
kahi no makamaka. o oe no, aole o hai, one 
only friend, thou art he. there is no other. 

Ha-i, v. To be vain ; proud. 

Hai, s. Name of the god of the poe 
kuku kapa. 
2. A sacrifice at the altar. 

Hai, s. Name of a particular form of 
gathering dead bodies slain in war. 

Hai-a, s. An assemblage ; a number, 
especially of persons ; it is used as a prefix 
to other words. 

Hai-na, s. Hai, to speak, and ana. A 
speaking ; a declaration. 

Hai-ai, v. To do over again. 

2. To tie up a bundle of food anew ; to 
tie up. as fagots. 

3. To cook over again. 

Hai-ao, s. Hai, sacrifice, and ao, day. 
A sacrifice offered in the daytime in dis- 
tinction from haipo. a night sacrifice. 

Hai-a-o, s. a modern word ; hai, to de- 
clare, and ao, to teach. A sermon ; a pub- 
lic declaration ot religious truth. 

Hai-amu, V. 



HAI 



132 



HAI 



Hai-a-no, s. Grammatical term ; hai, 
to declare, and ano, the meaning or qual- 
ity. An adjective. 

Hai-a-wa-hi-ne, s. See Haia, a com- 
pany, and Wahine, woman. The united 
assemblage of a number of wives of one 
man exclusive of the favorite one among 
several. 

2. A wife of secondary quality; not a 
favorite wife. 2 Sam. 13:3. A concubine. 
iunk. 19:1. A kept mistress. 

Hai-a-wa-hi-ne, v. To multiply wives; 
as, nani kona haiawahine ana, wonderful 
his multiplying wives. 

Hai-e-a, s. a species of fish. 

Hai-i-noa, s. Hai, to declare, and inoa, 
name. In grammar, the word declaring 
the name ; a noun or substantive. 

Hai-0-u-li, v. Hai, to declare, and ouli, 
tlie sky. To prognosticate ; to declare fu- 
ture events from observing the heavens. 

Hai-o-u-li, s. a prognostication from 
observing the sky. Isa. 47:13. Kindred 
with kilolani and kilokilo hoku. 

Hai-o-la, s. Hai, to declare, and ola, 
life ; salvation. 

1. One who preaches or declares there 
is salvation for men. 

2. The declaration of such a fact. 

Hai-o-le, adj. Hai, to break, and ole, 
not. Bold ; hard ; impudent ; unpacified ; 
stubborn. 

Hai-0-le-lo, s. Hai, to declare, and 
olelo, word. 

1. A preaching ; a declaration of the 
word (of God.) 1 Cor. 1:21. 

2. To make a speech or an address. 
Laieik. 115. 

Hai-u-la, s. The red or yellow appear- 
ance of the dust raised by a whirlwind ; 
the same to some extent in a waterspout. 

Hai-hai, v. To follow ; to pursue ; to 
chase. See Hahai. 
2. To run a race. 

Hai-hai, v. See Hai, to break. To 

break ; to break in pieces ; to break, as a 
yoke. Kin. 27:40. To break off, as the 
branch of a tree. Rom. 11:17. To crush, 
as a flower. Laieik. 142. 

2. To break, as a law or command. Nah. 
15:31. 

3. Hoo. To tease ; to vex ; to make one 
cross ; to provoke. 

4. To go through the process of separat- 
ing the flesh from the bones of a dead per- 
son ; to dissect ; ua haihai o Kamehameha, 
alalia hoi mai o Liholiho mai Kawaihae 
mai. 

Hai-hai, adj. See Haihai, to break. 
Brittle ; easily broken. 



Hai-hai, s. A state of brittleness ; lia 
bility to break. Anat. 2. 

Hai-hai, s. See Hai, to break. A breach, 
or breaking of a law. 

Hai-hai, adj. Proud; vaunting; lasciv- 
ious. 

Hai-hai, v. To show one's self haughty, 
strutting, lascivious. 

2. To feign one's self out of his senses in 
order to escape death from one upon whom 
he has practiced sorcery. 

Hai-hai, v. See Hai, to speak. To con- 
sult or talk together, as two or more per- 
sons on business. 

Hai-hai-a, adj. See Aia. Ai repeated 
to give intensity and h inserted. Wicked; 
unreasonable ; vile. 2 Tes. 3:2. Profane. 
Heh. 12:16. Ungodly. 1 Tim. 1:9. 

Hai-hai-a, s. Ungodliness. 2 Tim. 2:16. 

Hai-hai-a, v. To court the favor of the 
gods, or rather perhaps to use various arts, 
as by getting herbs and medicines and of- 
ferings to prevent the gods from hearing 
another's prayers. 

Hai-ha-na, v. Hai, to declare, and ^awa, 
to do, i. e,, to declare something done. In 
grammar, a verb ; a modern word. 

Hai-kai-ka, v. To mock by making wry 
faces ; to make another word by the trans- 
position of letters. 

Hai-kai-ka, adj. Grinning; expressing 
anger ; he haikaika kona maka ame kona 
waha. 

Hai-ka-la, s. Name of a fatal disease 
of which waiiki was the medicine. 

Hai-ka-la-mu-ku, s. Name of a disease 
equally fatal with the above, in which the 
same medicine was used. 

Ha-i-ki, adj. Ha and iki, small. See Iki. 

1. Narrow, as a passage; pinched; scanty. 

2. Suffering for want of food. 
Ha-i-ki, v. To be pinched for want; to 

be pinched with hunger. Mar. 2:25. To 
be desolate ; bereaved. Laieik. 142. 

Ha-i-ki-a-ka, v. To grin; to make wry 
faces. See Haikaika. 

Hai-la-we, v. To exchange, as in bar- 
ter ; to give one piece of property for an- 
other. 

Hai-le-a, adj. See Loea. Ingenuity; 
skill iu doing a thing. 

Hai-le-po, v. Hai, to break forth, and 
lepo, dirt. 

1. To evacuate the bowels. 

2. To be sick with the disease called /lai- 
lepo. 

Hai-le-po, s. a name of a disease or 
sickness in former times. 

2. Name of a large living creature of the 
sea. See Heuimanu and Hahalua. It was 



HAl 



133 



HAI 



forbidden to women to eat under penalty 

of death. 
Hai-le-po, v. Na maka o kekahi poe e 

hailepo ana, nolaila no ka hailepo ame ka 

olelo ihaiha. 
Ha-i-li, s. Ha and Hi, skin ; surface. 

1. A spirit ; a ghost. 

2. The impression of something fondly- 
remembered; halialia wale mai no ke aloha, 
hoanoano wale mai no me he halli la e kau 
iho ana maluna, love brought the fond re- 
membrance, it brought solemnity as if a 
spirit rested on him ; lele ke aka o ka 
manao, leleiaka i ka lani ; lele ae la ka 
haili o ka ia nui iluna. 

Ha-i-li, v. To cry out suddenly; to give 
an alarm. 
2. To gasp; to pant for breath. SeeAiLi. 

Ha-i-li, 5. A temple. 

Hai-li-a, v. To be frightened ; to start 
suddenly from fear. 

Ha-i-li-a-ka, s. See Haili and Aka, 
shadow. A ghost ; a spirit. See IlAn.r. 

Ha-i-li-i-li, v. Root probably hai, to 
speak, and Hi (see Ili, hoo 7), to use pro- 
fane language. 

1. To revile the gods; to swear pro- 
fanely ; to curse. 

2. To speak disrespectfully of one. Piik. 
21:17. 

3. To reproach ; to blackguard ; to re- 
vile, ler. 15:10. 

Ha-i-li-i-li, s. Cursing; profane lan- 
guage ; he hoino. 

Hai-li-li, v. To have the feelings of 
sorrow and affection on the death of one 
very dear ; ua make hailili e. 

Hai-li-ma, s. Hai and lima, the break 
of the arm, i. e.. the elbow. In measure, 
the distance of the elbow to the end of the 
fingers; half a yard or a cubit. Ezek. 6:3. 

Hai-lo-aa, s. Hai and loaa, to obtain. 

1. A key or answer to a question ; a 
declaration of what one has found out. 

2. The name of a little book called a key 
to an algebra. 

3. A key or clue to intricate propositions. 

Hai-lo-na, v. To cast or draw lots. 
Oih. 1:28. To distribute by lot. 

2. To certify by actions that something 
will be done. 

3. To make a signal for some purpose. 

4. In modern times, to play at dice. See 

HO.VTLOXA. 

Hai-lo-na, s. a mark, sign, character 
representing a thing, as a letter represent- 
ing a sound : an arithmetical sign. itc. 

2. A lot in casting lots. 2\eh. 6:55, 56. 
Whatever is iised in casting lots. Oih. 1:2S. 

Hai-lo-no, v. Hai and lono, the news. 
To tell the news ; to spread a report ; aohe 



a hailono iki. 2 OiU. 20:24. I. e., none at 
all (escaped) to tell the news. 

Hai-lu-ku, v. Hai and lulca, to slaughter. 
To stone. Puk. 17:4. To stone to death. 
Oih. 7:59. To pelt with stones ; okena ae 
la ke alii e hailuku i ua poe la, the king 
sent word to stone to death those persons; 
e hoonou, e hooulua, e ahuku. 

Hai-lu-ku, s. A stoning to death ; kill- 
ing one by stoning him. 

Hai-ma-lu-lu, adj. Soft ; effeminate ; 
deliberate at work ; weak in body or per- 
son ; haimahdu i ka ua a ka naulu, weak- 
ened by the rain of the mist. 

Hai-ma-na-wa, s. Name of a species of 
white kapa rather thin. 

2. Name of the school book used at La- 
hainaluna in teaching chronology. 

Hai-na, v. a verb formed from the 
contracted hai ana. See Hai. To tell ; to 
relate ; to declare ; to speak. 

2 To break, as a command ; as a law. 
See Hai 1. 

3. To break, as a stick ; hence, 

4. To reject; to destroy; to take no care 
of, as one sick. Note. — The ideas of speak- 
ing, declaring, &c., seem to be nearly con- 
nected in Hawaiian with breaking. 

Hai-na, s. A speaking; a declaration; 

a conversation. 
2. A breaking, as of a stick or other 

thing ; a breaking of a law. 
Hai-na, v. To abuse ; to be stingy of 

food ; to withhold food from those who de- 
serve it. 
Hai-na, adj. Cruel; unmerciful; hard 

hearted. 
Hai-no-le, 1'. See Kinaunau, Kam. 
Hai-na-ka, s. E?ig. A handkerchief; a 

napkin. Puk. 28:4. Also spelled haiiiika. 
Hai-na-ki, s. The name of a prayer on 

gathering in the property tax for the chief. 
Ha-i-nu, V. See Inu. Hoo. To give 

drink to one; to cause to drink. Kin. 29:3. 

Note. — The syllable ha is often inserted 

1)etween the causative hoo and the verb. 

See Ha. 
Hai-po, s. Hai, a sacrifice, and ;», night. 

Name of a sacrifice oftered in the night in 

distinction from haiao. 

Ha-i-pu, s. Ha, the but-end of a leaf, 
and ipu. a gourd. The stem of a gourd 
leaf used in medicine. 

Hai-pu-le, v. Hai, to speak, and pule, 
to pray. 

1. To speak or say a prayer to the gods. 

2. To worship visibly. 

3. To exliibit the character of a wor- 
shipper : to practice religious rites. 1 Nal. 
8:28. Ina e makemake oe e haipule, if you 
wish to practice religious duties. 



HAO 



134 



HAO 



4. To consecrate a temple ; to prescribe 
the forms of religion ; nana (na ke alii) e 
haipule na heiau poo kanaka, oia hoi na 
Inakini. 

Hai-pu-le, s. a devotee ; one addicted 
to worship; a pious person; a saint. Epes. 
1:1. 

2. Piety; profession of religion; outward 
worship. lak. 1:26. 

Hai-pu-le, adj. Pious ; devout ; reli- 
gious ; religiously disposed ; a ike mai o 
Vanekouva he alii haipule o Kamehameha, 
&c., when Vancouver saw that Kameha- 
meha was religiously disposed, &c. 

Hai-wa-le, adj. Rai, of another. An- 
other's only. 

Ha-0, v. To rob; to despoil. Mat. 12:29. 
To strip one of property; to plunder. 
Lunk. 2:14. 

2. To kill and plunder. 1 Sam. 27:10. 

3. To strip one of his garment. Kin. 
37:23. To take by little and little ; to col- 
lect together. 

Hao ka Koolau, pau na mea aloha, 
Koolau was robbed of all endeared things. 
Ahu iho ka pua wahawaha i Wailua, 
The despised blossoms were collected together at Wai- 
lua. 

Note. — It was formerly the practice of the 
chiefs to punish offenders for all offenses 
less than death, by stripping them entirely 
of their property ; this practice continued 
until the people had a written code of laws. 

Ha-0, v. To put less things into a 
greater ; to put into ; to take up and put 
into ; to take up by handfuls. 

2. To shovel dirt. See Haohao below. 

Ha-o, v. To wonder at; to be aston- 
ished ; mostly haohao. 

Ha-0, s. a robber ; a plunderer. Lunk. 
2:14. 

Ha-0, s. Name of any hard substance, 
as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast. 

2. The name of a species of wood ; name 
of a tree. 

Ha-o, adj. Strained tightly ; hence, 
hard, &c. ; in the phrases hao na kepa, the 
spurs are iron, applied to a horse running 
swiftly ; also, hao na polena, the bowlines 
are iron, applied to a swift sailing ship ; 
hao ka lima, applied to one working hard. 

Ha-o, adj. Thin ; poor in flesh ; wiwi, 
emi iho ke kino a olala. 

Ha-o-a, adj. Hot ; burning hot, as the 
sun ; wela loa ; e na hoa o ka la nui haoa 
o ua kula nei, e imi mua kakou i ka pono 
o ka naau, O companions of the great burn- 
ing sun of the high school, &c. 

2. Suflfering pain ; severe affliction from 
the pain of burning. 

3. The fear of being burnt. 

Ha-o-a, s. The fierce burning heat of 
summer. Laieik. 119. 



2. The pungent bitter matter vomited 
from the stomach ; sourness ; sourness of 
the stomach ; heart-burn. Anat. 53. 

Ha-o-a, v. Pass, of kao instead of kaoia. 

To be taken, as by an enemy ; to be taken 

by violence; to be given up, as to an enemy. 

2. To take, as an ensign in war. 1 Sam. 

4:11. 

Ha-oa-pu-hi, s. Among ^shermen, name 
of the stick used instead of a hook in catch- 
ing eels. 

Ha-oe, v. To be uneven, as points of 
a substance ; to rise one above another ; 
haoe ka ale o Hopoe i ka ino, the waves of 
Hopoe stand up, are erect in the storm. 
See Ha without the hoo. 

Ha-oe -oe, v. See before. To make a 
rushing noise, as wind upon the trees ; ha- 
oeoe ka ohia, he ua nui ino Kaeleawaawa, 
loli i ka ua e, the ohia trees give a sound, 
Kaeleawaawa is in a great storm, it bends 
to the great rain. 

Ha-oe-oe, adj. Uneven, as points which 
stick up, or as waves of the sea ; haoeoe na 
ale ke kai. 

2. Applied also to men running where 
some are before and some behind ; haoeoe 
na kanaka e holo mai la. 

Hao-hao, v. To doubt ; to discredit ; 
to distrust a statement. 

2. To be troubled in accounting for an 
event ; to be restless ; sleepless at night ; 
haohao hoi keia po o'u, aole wau i moe iki. 
Laieik. 198. 

3. To marvel ; to wonder. Isa. 63:5. To 
be astonished. Isa. 52:14. 

4. To be in doubt respecting one's char- 
acter. Gal. 4:20. Haohao hewa, to think 
or design evil. 

5. To seek for ; to hunt after ; to search. 
Hao-hao, v. To distribute ; to give^ 

equally to many; e haawi like me ka puu- 

nawe. 
Hao-hao, v. To dip up with the hands; 

to measure by handfuls. 
Hao-hao, s. Disappointment ; doubt ; 

uncertainty. Laieik. 105. 
Hao-hao, adj. Soft; immature, as fruit; 

as a soft cocoanut. 
Hao-hao-a, s. Places so covered with 

broken lava that one cannot walk on them; 

kapu ma ka haoa ka haohaoa lani. 
Hao-hao-a-la-ni, s. The reverence and 

affection formerly felt by the people for 

their chiefs ; he kuliau lalapa o ke kapu la. 
Hao-hao-na, v. To spring up in the 

mind, as love for a friend. 

2. To have the recollection of a person 

by one who is separated from him. 
Hao-ka-nu, v. Hao and kanu, to bury. 

To plant ; to plant or bury a thing with 

earth brought from another place. 



HAU 



135 



HAU 



Hao-ki-lou, s. Hao, iron, and kilou, 
hook. An iron hook. 

Ha-o-le, adj. White; he keokeo ; ina 
i keokeo ka hulu o ka puaa a puni, he haole 
ia puaa ; he pnaa haole. 

Ha-o-le, s. See the above derivation. 
A person with a white skin ; hence, a for- 
eigner ; but Hawaiiuns say haole eleele for 
a negro. 

2. A person from a foreign country ; an 
alien. Note. — The foreigners who arrived 
first at the islands were white persons. 

Hao-ma-na-ma-na, s. Hao, iron, and 
?j?rt?iom«?ia. divided. A gridiron; so called 
by natives from the divided irons. 

Hao-na, s. Name of some calabashes 
for food when first cooked. 

Hao-wa-ha, s. Hao, iron, and waha, 
mouth. The iron of the mouth, that is, a 
bridle bit. Hal. 32:9. 

Hao-wa-le, s. Hao, to rob, and wale, 
without cause. Robbery ; a taking an- 
other's without right. 

Hau, s. Name of the land breeze that 
blows at night ; hence, any cool breeze ; 
be hau kekahi raakani mauka mai, ua ma- 
nao ia mai loko mai o ke kuahiwi kela ma- 
kani. Note. — This word has several forms. 
It usually takes ke for its article instead of 
ka ; but the ke is sometimes united with 
it, and then it becomes kehau. This how- 
ever requires a new article, which would 
be ke, ke kehau ; but this article also some- 
times adheres to the noun, and thus re- 
quires a new article still ; hence the differ- 
ent forms of the word : hau, kehau. and 
kekehau, all of which take corresponding 
articles. 

Hau, s. The general name of snow, ice, 
frost, cold dew, &.C. : i hoomanawanui ai 
boi kaua i ka hau huihui o ke kakahiaka, 
when we two also persevered in the cold 
frost of the morning ; Jiaa paa. hoar frost. 
Pti.k. 16 :U. In the same verse hau is ren- 
dered dew ; snow. Nah. 12:10. 

2. The rough bristles of a hog when 
angry ; huhu ka puaa. ku ka hau ; hence, 

3. Anger ; applied figuratively to men. 

4. Name of a species of soft porous stone. 
Hau, s. Name of a tree or large bush; 

the bark was sometimes beaten mto a fine 
species of kapa called kapa hau. Laieik. 
112. 

2. A kind of dance used for lascivious 
purposes, accompanied by singing. 
Hau, v. To swallow; to gulp do\\Ti, as 
the smoke of tobacco. 

2. To inhale ; to snufF up, as the wind. 
le)'. 2:24. 

3. To snort, as a horse. ler. 8:16. 

Hau-a, I'. To whip ; to apply stripes 
to one; to chastise. Sol. 19:18. SceHAHAU. 



Hau-a, s. A whipping ; a stripe ; a 

chastisement. Sol. 19:29. 

Hau-a-pu, s. a yearning; a strong feel- 
ing for one. vSee IIaltpi'. 

Hau-e-ka, v. Hau and eka, filthy. To 
be defiled ; to be filthy ; unclean. 

Hau-e-li, s. Hau, frost, snow, ice, and 
eli, to dig. Name of the native Glauber 
salts which are dug up out of caverns in 
the rocks on the Island of Hawaii. 

Hau-i, s. The title or epithet of a chief, 
as noble, a descendant of kings, Ac. ; o 
Haui ka lani, ke alii kiekie. he kumu alii. 

Hau-oi-ao, s. a kind of fish net. 

Hau-o-ki, s. Name of a medicine given 
to women in labor, similar to slipjjery elm. 

Hau-o-ki, s. a kind of palsy or perhaps 
stiffness of the limbs, as when one is chilled 
with cold ; having been long in the water. 

Hau-o-le, adj. Hau, frost, dew, &c., 
and ole, not. Without dew, 'as a barren 
place. 

Hau-o-li, v. Hau and oli, to sing. See 

Oli. To sing; to rejoice. 2 Sain. 1:20. To 

express joy by singing; to be joyous. Hoo. 

To cause joy ; to make glad. Ilal. 86:4. 
Hau-o-li, s. Joy ; rejoicing ; gladness. 
Hau-o-li, adj. Joyous ; glad. 
Hau-o-li-o-li, v. Intensive form. To 

take delight in ; to rejoice in. Ilal. 119:77. 
Hau-0-ma-lo-lo, s. Name of a species 

of fish net. 
Hau-o-po, v. To lay in good order, as 

stones in a wall; to stand evenly; he wahi 

i nini, i kumanoia a maikai. 
Hau-o-po, s. What is put together in 

good order ; a good, well finished work. 
Hau-u-pu, s. Deep affection for one; a 

yearning over a beloved object. See ll\i- 

AiT and IlAirr. 
Hau-hau, v. To lay stones in a wall ; 

to build with stones. 

Hau-hau, v. To strike ; to smite ; to 
beat. See Hahai'. 

Hau-hau, adj. See Hau, cold, &c. Cool, 
as where the heat is separated from a thing. 

Hau-hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; of- 
fensive to the smell. See IIai'na. 

Hau-hi-u, v. To bind up ; to tie up, as 
a bundle; e hauhill a paa. bind it up tightly. 
See Hnj. 

Hau-hi-li, s. Carelessness in doing a 
thing ; no ka mikioi o ka hana. aole no ka 
hauhill . for the niceness of the work, not 
for the slovenliness. 

Hau-hi-li, adj. Diverging from the 
straight path ; blundering : false ; not to 
be depended on for truth. 



HAU 



136 



HAU 



2. Crooked or blind, as a path in the 
bushes. See Hill 

Hau-ka, s. In gambling, when one wins 
he says hauka ; a foreign word perhaps. 

Hau-kae, v. See Hookae. To deface ; 
to blot out; to squander; to behave shame- 
fully. 

2. To do a thing carelessly ; ina e hau- 
hili a haukae ka oukou hana, if you do 
your work in a slovenly and careless man- 
ner. 

3. To be filthy ; dirty in appearance. 
Hau-kae, s. Filthiness ; carelessness ; 

also, 

2. A mean fellow ; a babbler ; a trifling 
talker. Oih. 17:18. 

Hau-kae, adj. Slovenly done ; foul ; 
unclean ; impure ; wicked. 

Hau-kai, v. See Haukae, v., above. 
To erase, blot out and destroy. 

Hau-kai, adj. See Haukae, adj. Care- 
less ; unprepared. 

Hau-kau, s. The state of the sea in a 
chopped sea something like the kai kupi- 
kio, very difficult to urge a canoe through it. 

Ha-u-ka-u-ka, s. See Ukauka 2, to eat. 
A ringworm. 

Hau-ka -MU-MU, s. Hau and kaymimu, a 
rustling sound. 

1. The confused noise of a multitude; iia 
uhiia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka 
aha, his voice was drowned by the confused 
noises of the multitude. Laieik. 22 

2. The low or indistinct conversation of 
two persons. Laieik. 80. 

Hau-ke, v. To hunt, as for prey ; to 
fall upon ; to catch ; e hauke uku, to hunt 
lice in one's head. 

Hau-ke, s. The act of hunting lice; ka 
haule ana i ka uku poo. 

Hau-ke, s. The sea-egg. See Hauke- 

UKE. 

Hau-kea, s. Hau, snow, and kea, white. 

The white snow ; the whiteness of snow in 

cold countries ; ka haukea o Maunakea. 
Ha-u-ke-u-ke, v. To shiver much and 

intensely with the cold. 
Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. The name of a small 

sea animal. 
Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a shell fish 

that has many prongs two or three inches 

long. 

Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a small in- 
sect that adheres to the skin of persons, 
similar to the ane ; haukeuke, he ane, he 
mea e pili ana ma ka ili o ke kanaka, ua 
like me ke kane. 

Hau-ke-ke, v. To shiver with the cold ; 
to be contracted with cold, as the muscles; 
haukeke mai ana ka lehelehe, minomino na 



lima, eleele ka lihilihi, the lips quivered 
witn the cold, the hands were wrinkled, 
dark were the eyebrows ; to be in pain 
with the cold. loh. 33:19. 

Hau-ke-ke, s. A shivering with the cold. 

Hau-ke-ke, adj. Cold ; shivering with 
cold. 

Ha-u-la-u-la, v. See Ula, red. To be 
a little red ; a haulaula ka waha i ka laau. 

Hau -LA-LA-PA, s. The high ascending 
blaze of a large fire. See Lapalapaahi. E 
ku haulalapa, e lapalapa. 

Hau-la-ni, v. To root, as a hog; to 
plunge, as a canoe. 

2. To be restless in one's grasp ; to 
squirm ; e oni ; to try to free one's self 
when held fast. 

Hau-la-ni, adj. Uneasy; seeking free- 
dom from restraint; restive; he mauli hau- 
lani. 

Ha-u-le, v. To fall; to fall from a per- 
pendicular state; to stumble; to fall down. 

2. To come upon one, as a new set of 
feelings ; to come to or arrive at a place ; 
to encamp ; a haule lakou i Kailua. 

3. To loosen ; to let go ; to unfold. 

4. To become void ; to lack ; to fail ; to 
be wanting ; to fall dead. • 

5. To overturn; to destroy; to seek after; 
to fall upon for destruction. 

6. To fail in coming to pass or to be ful- 
filled, as a promise. los. 21:45. To fall, as 
one to fail in his moral or religious char- 
acter. Heh. 6:6. 

7. Boo. To cause to fall ; with ua, as 
rain, i. e., to cause to rain. 1 AaZ. 18:1. 

8. To throw one's self down on to a thing. 
1 Sam. 31:4. To cause to fall, i. e., destroy, 
as an army. Ezek. 32:12. To be rendered 
void, as a law. 

Ha-u-le, adj. A thing lost; dropped. 

Ollik. 6:3. Kekahi mea haule. 
Hau-le-na, s. Contracted from haule 

ana. A falling, that is, whatever falls ; a 

gleaning. Oihk. 19:9. 

Ha-u-li, s. See Uli. Anything of a 
dark color ; the dark shadow of an object ; 
dark clouds ; the deep blue sky. 

2. Fig. A stain upon a person's char- 
acter ; ka hauli o ka mea hewa ole, e nalo- 
wale ia, the stain upon a person's character 
without fault will soon vanish. 

Ha-u-li, adj. Dark ; swarthy ; tawny ; 
shadowing ; darkish ; shady. 
2. Cool, having lost warmth. 

Hau-lii-lii, v. Hau, iron, and liilii, lit- 
tle. A factitious word got up by Hawaiian 
cooks, and means, to broil on the gridiron; 
they call the gridiron hauUilii, i. e.. little 
irons ; with some, syn. with hoomakaukau, 
to get ready. 



HAU 



137 



HAU 



Ha-u-li-u-li, v. The intensive of ^wZi. 
To be dark, &c. 

2. To be in a slight state of commotion ; 
applied to the rippling of the sea when the 
wind just begins to blow. 

Ha-u-li-u-li, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

Hau-ma-ka-i-o-le, s. Epithet of an ad- 
vanced state of old age, when the eyes are 
dim, the steps totter, and the breath short. 

Hau-ma-na, v. To be or act, as a scholar. 

2. IIoo. To teach, as one teaches scholars; 
to make scholars or learners of persons. 

3. To teach them some art, or convey to 
them some knowledge they had not before. 

4. To instruct, as a scholar or apprentice 
in any art or handicraft. 

Hau-ma-na, s. A scholar; an appren- 
tice ; a disciple. Mat. }0:l. 

Hau-ma-nu-ma-nu, adj. Full of holes, 
cracks or crevices. See Maxu. 

Hau-me-a, s. Name of the mother of Ke- 
kauakahi, the war god. 

Hau-mi-a, v. To defile ; to pollute ; to 
be either morally, physically or ceremoni- 
ally unclean. Hoo. To defile naturally, 
morally. Kin. 34:2. Or ceremonially, to 
stain ; defile. lol 3:5. 

Hau-mi-a, s. Contagion; ceremonial de- 
filement from contact or contiguity to dead 
bodies. 

2. Morally, from various wicked prac- 
tices. 

3. Things forbidden under penalty of 
death, stronger than kapu,- uncleauness, 
&c. Oihk. 15:2, 3. Defilement. Gal. 5:19. 

Hau-mi-a, adj. Unclean ; impure. 
2. That which defileth. Oihk. 5:2. 

Hau-na, s. The strong offensive smell 
of meat. 

Hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; offen- 
sive to the smell. 

Hau-na, s. The striking of the hand or 
other substance in i)layiiig the kilu ; a i 
ka umi o ka haiuia kilu. a laua. Laieik. 
114. 

Hau-na-e-le, v. To flee in war; to 
suffer the consequences of such fiight; that 
is, to forsake houses, homes, and the gen- 
eral loss of all comforts. 

2. To be in confusion, as in a mob or 
general disobedience to laws. Puk. 32:25. 

3. To be in doubt or peri)lexity of mind. 

4. IIoo. To stir up the people ; to make 
popular disturbance in a government. 
Puk. 32:25. Note.— The English transla- 
tion 7i€le and hoonele in this verse is prefer- 
able. 

Hau-na-e-le, s. The excitement and 
disturbance of war. 
18 



2. Any popular commotion or disturb- 
ance. 1 Sam. 4:14. 

Hau-na-ma, s. a strong offensive smell, 
but less so than hauna; he wahi pilau uuku. 
See Hauxa. 

Ha-u-pa, v. To eat much; to swell up, 
as the stomach from eating too much. 

2. To be greedj in eating. 

3. To act, as the jaws in eating fast. See 
Upa. 

Hau-pee-pee, v. To play hide and seek; 
e peepee akua ; to play hide and seek, as 
children. 

Hau-pee-pee, s. The play of children, 
hide and seek. 

Hau-pia, V. To mix together (pia) arrow- 
root and cocounut and bake it ; to cook 
arrow-root and cocoanut together. 

Hau-pia, s. The substances of arrow- 
root and cocoanut mixed together and 
baked for food. 

Hau-po, s. The lower end of the breast 
bone ; the place where the ribs unite. 
2. The thorax. See Houpo. 

Ha-u-pu, v. To excite ; to stir up, as 
the affections or passions. 

2. To suffer with anxiety ; to be much 
excited or moved ; ua haupa honua ae la 
ka makaula, the prophet was much excited. 
Laieik. 157. 

3. To rise up suddenly in the mind, as a 
thought. 

4. To stir up one to recollection; alalia, 
e haupu ia lakou me ka homanao. 

Ha-u-pu, s. The sudden excitement of 
the passions. Note. — This word was used 
in a moral philosophy for conscience, or 
the internal monitor ; o ka mea i nanea 
palaka ka haujm. alalia aole e ole kona 
hewa. Afterwards lunamanao was used. 

Hau-puu, s. Any hard bunch or pro- 
tuberance on the joints or limbs. 

Ha-u-pu-u-pu. 

Hau-puu-puu, s. a hard protuberance 
on the joints, as on the fingers or wrists. 
See Haiitu. 

Hau-puu-puu, adj. Swollen, as the 
ground by frost ; uneven, as with bunches 
of hail, or with heaps of salt in the salt-pits. 

Hau-wa-la-au, v. To gabble where all 
talk and none hear. 

2. To get into confusion, as an assembly 
disagreeing in opinion ; alalia fiauicalaau 
loa ae la ka lehulehu. then the multitude 
fell into great confusion. See Walaau. 

Hau-wa-la-wa-la-au, s. See the fore- 
going. Noise, as of many talking or bawl- 
tng at once without cause or meaning. 

2. Mere gabbling without cause ; make 
ka alii o Nunu ma Koolau, kahaha kahi 
poe, i mai kanaka, he hamoalaioa^aau wale 



HAH 



138 



HAH 



no, when the chief Niinii died at Koolau, 
some were astonished, but the people said 
there was nothing but a great talk. See 
Walaau. 

Hau-wa-na-oa, v. To extend; to stretch 
out. See Wanaoa. 

Hau-wa-wa, v. To talk in vain, con- 
fusedly or in disorder. See Wawa. 

Hau-wa-wa, s. Confusion ; disorder, as 
a multitude talking at once. 

Ha-ha, v. See Ha. To breathe hardj 
to pant for breath, as in great haste. 

2. To feel of 5 to move the hand over a 
thing. Kin. 27:12, 21. 

3. To feel, as a blind person ; to grope ; 
to feel, as if searching for something. Isa. 
69:10. ' 

4. Hoo. To manipulate; to manufacture; 
hoohaha paakai, to manufacture or make 
salt. 

5. To strut ; to act the fop ; to walk 
about like a cock turkey. 

Ha-ha, 5. Hoo. A swelling or puffing up. 
Ha-ha, s. The inside of kalo tops used 

for food ; the whole top is called huli. See 

Ha. 
Ha-ha, s. A sort of wooden net used 

for catching the oopu, a fresh water fish, 

from brooks. 

2. The board on which fishermen place 
their nets. 

3. Name of a tree. 

Ha-hae, v. See Hae. To rend; to tear, 

as a garment. 
2. To break ; to separate into parts ; to 

split, as lauhala, lengthways. 
Ha-hai, v. To follow; to pursue. Puk. 

14:4. To chase ; to follow literally. 

2. To follow one's example ; ua ha?Mi 
nui na kanaka a pau mamuli o na "lii e 
noho ai, all men generally followed after 
the chiefs for the time being. 

3. To break ; to break to pieces ; to 
break, as a law. See Hae and Hahae. 

Ha-hai, v. See Hai, to speak. To tell ; 

to talk about ; e hahai ana no lakou i na 

moeuhane, they were telling their dreams. 

Laieik. 143. 
Ha-hai, s. A breaking ; a disjoining ; 

a separating. See Hae. 
Ha-hai, s. Name of a disease on the 

upper part of the thigh or groin, occasioned 

by impure connections and habits. 
Ha-hao, v. See Hao. To put or thrust 

in. Oihk. 10:1. To cram down. 

2. To put into, as a person into prison. 
Oih. 16:24. 

3. To throw or cast wood into a fire. 

4. To put into a particular place; to put, 
as money into a purse ; to put. as into a 
basket. Mat. 13:48. 

5. To put into one's head ; to suggest to 



the mind ; to put words into one's month. 
2 Sam. 14:19. 
Ha-hau, v. See Haua. To whip; to 
strike with a cane, stick, rod, or sword. 

2. To scourge ; to chasten. Puk. 5:14. 
Hahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka haole, 
his back was whipped with a rope by a for- 
eigner. 

3. To inflict plagues. Puk. 32:35. To 
smite with blindness. 2 Hal. 6:18. 

4. Hahau ai, to thrash, as grain. 

5. To hew stones. 2 Nal. 22:6. 
Ha-hau, s. That which is put or laid 

upon, as a burden, or punishment; stripes. 
Ha-hau-a, v. See Hahau above. To 

scourge ; to whip ; to strike. 
Ha-hau-hu-i, s. Name of a religious 

ceremony in the pule hoopiopio ; same as 

uhaulmi. 
Ha-ha-hi, v. The frequentative or 5th 

conj. oXhaM. To tread upon. i?aL 91:13. 

To trample down. Isa. 63:3. Root hahi. 

See also Hehi and Em. 
Ha-ha-ku, v. The 5th conj. of haku. 

To tie together in a bunch ; to tie up, as 

feathers in a fly-brush. 

2. To fold up ; to put in order. See 

Haku. 
Ha-ha-le, v. To flatten down; to sink 

in. 

2. To be hungry. See Halehale ; also 

Opaha. 
Ha-ha-lu, v. To be internally defective, 

as wood worm-eaten or rotten inside. 
2. Fig. Applied to a hungry man. See 

the root Halu. 
Ha-ha-lu, adj. Rotten or defective in- 
wardly ; applied to wood, kalo, potatoes, 

&c.. that are decayed inwardly. 

2. Applied also to one hungry ; ua ha- 

haJu, ua pololi ka opu. 

Ha-ha-lu, s. Name of a species offish. 

Ha-ha-lu -a, s. Name of a species of 
fish, forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
alty of death ; also, name of a sea animal 
similar to or the same as ihimauu and hihi- 
manu. 

Ha-ha-na, v. See the root Hana, to 
work. To be warm ; applied to the heat 
of the sun. 

2. To be warm from hard work. 

3. To cook popolo, laulea, akeakea, &c., 
with hot stones. 

Ha-ha-na, s. Warmth ; a genial heat. 
Ha-ha-na, adj. Very warm, as the heat 

of the sun, the weather, or the effect of 

labor. 
Ha-ha-ha-na, v. See the root Hana, 

and Gram. § 225. To cause to work ; to 

do ; to do frequently ; pela laua i haha- 

Imna ai. 



HAK 



139 



HAK 



Ha-ha-no, v. To use the syringe ; to 

give an injection. See Hano. 
Ha-ha-paa-kai, s. See Haha and Paa- 

KAi, salt. A salt bed ; a place where salt 

is made by evaporation of the sun. See 

Haha 4, hoo. 
Ha-hei, v. To follow; to push with the 

shoulder ; e pahu pu ma ka hokua ; he 

puaa hahel, a pushing or fighting hog. 
Ha-hei, adj. Fat; plump; full, as the 

flesh on a healthy shoulder ; also hfhei. 
Ha-heo, v. To be proud, especially of 

dress or equipage ; to put on airs of supe- 
riority. See IIeo. 
Ha-heo, adj. Proud; proud of dress or 

anything gavidy. 

2. Haughty in manner. 
Ha-hi, V. To tread upon; to trample 

down ; to tread out, as grain. 1 Tim. 5:18. 

To stamp with the feet. Ezek. 6:11. To 

tread or trample upon. See Eni and Heui. 
Ha-hi, s. A treading upon ; a trampling 

down ; an overturning. 
Ha-hi-ha-hi, v. Freq. of the foregoing. 

To tread or trample upon frequently. 
Ha-hi-li, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Ha-ho, v. To become poor in flesh ; to 

fail ; to want strength ; e wiwi iho ma ke 

kino. 
Ha-hu, s. Having taken so much drastic 

medicine that nothing is left in the bowels. 
Ha-hu-a-lo, s. The tail fin of a fish. 

See HuELO. 
Ha-ka, v. To stare at. FiCx. Hal. 22:11. 

2. To look earnestly at a person or thing 
for evil. JM. 10:8. 

3. To set one's eyes upon a thing with 
desire. Dan.. 10:15. Often connected with 
j3ono as an intensive. Oik. 1:10. Syx. with 
nana, and sometimes with maka. 

4. A haka mai na m(»a ma ka lani. 
Ha-ka, s. A hole ; a breach, as in a 

side of a house ; hence. 

2. A ladder, i. e., the cross sticks and 
spaces between. 

3. An artificial hen-roost ; hanaia i haka 
no ua moa la e kau ai. 

4. A building not tightly inclosed, hav- 
ing many open places. 

Ha-ka, adj. Full of holes or crevices ; 
many spaces. 

Ha-ka, i\ To quarrel ; to spar; to dis- 
pute ; to contend. See H.vkaka. 

Ha-kae, V. Probably for ^^A-fl ae. To be 
unsound ; to be weak : frail : applied to a 
person out of health : applied to other 
things deficient in strength. 

Ha-ka-0, v. To go naked ; to walk 
about destitute of clothing. 

Ha-ka-o-le-lo, v. Haka, to quarrel, and 



oldo, word. To lay blame upon one ; to 
accuse falsely. 

Ha-ka-o-le-lo, s. Name of one whom 
a chief employs to report the errors of the 
people ; the epithet of parents in govern- 
ing their children, having the right to sus- 
tain and govern them. 

Ha-kau, v. To look slim and tall, as a 
person whose flesh is wasted from his limbs. 

Ha-kau, adj. Slim; tall; poor in flesh. 

Ha-kau, v. To fight together, as two 
cocks ; to practice cock-fighting. 

Ha-kau, v. See Haka. To fight ; to 
contend. 

Ha-ka-ha, v. To delay ; to detain. 

Ha-ka-ha-ka, v. See Haka. To be full 
of holes; unsound; cellular; to be hollow, 
as a bone. Anat. 4. To be empty. 

2. Hoo. Fig. To be open ; to be pene- 
trable, as the ear to sound, i. e., to listen. 
Isa. 48:8. E hoohakahaka i ka pepeiao i 
wahi e komo ai ka oleic. 

Ha-ka-ha-ka, s. That which is full of 
holes or open spaces. 

2. Fig. Want ; deficiency ; loss. 

3. Empty room ; place unoccupied : me 
or ma ka hakahaka, in the place of. Esff. 
2:4. He hakahaka ka naau for pololi. hun- 
ger. Isa. 29:8. One in the place of an- 
other. 1 Xal. 1:30, 35. 

Ha-ka-he-le, v. To walk with meas- 
ured steps, as one weak. See Akaiiele. 

Ha-ka-ka, v. See Haka. To quarrel ; 
to contend; to fight. 2 -Saw. 14:6. But 
often only in words. Kin. 26:20. To de- 
bate. 

2. Hoo. To set at variance ; to cause 
strife ; e hoohakaka ana i na bipi. 

Ha-ka-ka, s. A fighting ; a quarrel ; a 
contention ; a controversy. 2fik. 6:2. 

Ha-ka-kae, v. To rend ; to tear ; to 
separate into parts. See Haka and Kxe. 

Ha-ka-kai, v. To be swelled. See Ku- 

lUKAKAI. 

Ha-ka-kau, f. Haka, a ladder, and kau, 
set up. 

1. To be suspended, as on a haka. 

2. To stand with a slender footing, as on 
the edge of a canoe looking for squid : ke 
hakakan la ke kanaka me he kioea la, the 
man stands like a kioea (a long-legged 
bird.) 

Ha-ka-kau, s. a place to hang things 

upon. 

2. A thin, spare, tall man. 
Ha-ka-kau-lu-na, c<f. Name of the stools 

on which double canoes were placed when 

out of water : also ake. 

Ha-ka-kau-pi-li, v. To stand intent 
upon any sound, like a thief. 
2. To be ready to fly from the approach 



HAfe 



140 



HAK 



of any one ; e kaii me he iwa la i ka lai, e 
lele aheahe malie ana. 

Ke hakakaupili me he iwa la i ka lai, 
Ke aka lele au a ka la hiki ole, 
Ola ka maka ia Eohala pali uka. 

Ha-ka-ke, V. To Stand on stilts ; to 
stand, as a spider on long legs. 

2. To stand huddled or crowded together. 

Ha-ka-ku, s. a frame for drying fish 
for the chiefs which are kapu. 

Ha-ka-la, s. The gable end of a house. 
See Kala. Aia mahea ia ? aia ma ka hakala 
ka hale. 

Ha-ka-li-a, v. Hakaia, the I inserted. 
Gram. § 48. To be hard ; difficult to ac- 
complish. Kin. 18:14. 

2. To be dilatory; slow in doing a thing; 
ua hakalia ka amo ana o ka maka, slow was 
the Aviuking of the eyes. 

3. IIoo. To defer or put off doing. Kekah. 
5:4. 

Ha-ka-li-a, s, a difficulty in doing a 
thing ; meeting with obstacles ; a deten- 
tion ; he hewa nui, o keia hakalia o lakou, 
the great error was this slowness of them. 
See explanations in the next. 

Ha-ka-li-a, adj. Long in doing a thing; 
dilatory ; slow ; taking too much time ; 
also, 

2. Careless; unthinking; holo makou me 
ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka hakalia. 

Ha-ka-li-na. 

Ha-ka-lu-nu, s. Extreme old age when 
one is no longer able to walk ; hele o mea 
akauka hakalunu. 

Ha-ka-mo-a, s. HaJca, to quarrel, and 
moa, a fowl. Cock-fighting ; the name of 
a game practiced in former times ; o ka 
hoJcamoa kekahi mea makemake nui e na 
'lii. 

Ha-ka-ne-ne, v. To be swelled; puffed 
up ; e maimai, e ukeke. 

Ha-ka-ne-le, adj. Thin; spare in flesh ; 
ua hakande oe i ko oukoa hiki ana mai ; 
applied to man and beast. 

Ha-ka-po-no, v. See Haka. To look 
earnestly at; to look steadfastly; to direct 
the eyes upon. 2 Nal. 8:11. 

2. To stare or gaze at ; to be amazed ; 
to see something to be wondered at. Isa. 
13:8. Note. — These two words are often 
written separately as well as together, and 
then pono is used as an intensive adverb. 

Ha-ke, s. See Hoo. To resist; stand 
against. See Ke and Hookee. To displace; 
put aside ; put away. 

Ha-ke-a, adj. See Kea, white. Pale, 
as one sick. 

Ha-ke-lo, ) fj^j^ Hanging down 

Ha-ke-lo-ke-lo, 5 in swelling or pendu- 
lous bunches, as the mucus from the nose 



of a child ; applied to swellings of internal 
parts, as the uterus; hakelo or hakelokelo 
ka hupe. 

Ha-ki, v. See Hai, k inserted. To break, 
as a piece of wood ; to break, as with the 
hands. Hal. 18:34. To break, as a bone, 
Hal. 34:20. Pass. Hakia for hakiia. to be 
broken. Oihk. 26:26. Fig. Applied to the 
punishment of wicked men. loh. 24:20. To 
break, as the teeth, that is, one's power 
crushed. Note. — The word applies mostly 
only to such things as are somewhat brittle. 

Ha-ki, adj. That which is easily broken; 
haki wale, brittle. 

Ha-ki-a. Pass, of kaki. See above. 

Ha-ki-a, s. a pin; a nail. Syn. with 
makia and kakia. 

Ha-kii, ) ^. To tie fast ; to make 

Ha-KII-KII, ) fast by tying. See Nakii. 

Ha-ki-u, v. See Kiu. To spy out; to 
look at ; to examine ; alalia, hakiu like iho 
la lakou i ka mea a lakou i iini ai. 

Ha-ki-ha-ki, v. 13th conj. of haki. To 
break in pieces, as wood; to break fre- 
quently. Hal. 76:3. 

Ha-ki-lo, v. To observe narrowly; to 
watch closely and attentively. 

2. To look at what one is about to do. 
Luk. 14:1. To watch one's actions or con- 
duct, generally to find occasion, or with 
some evil design. 31ar. 3:2. 

3. To eaves-drop or listen secretly, ex- 
pecting something bad ; ua hakilo aku au 
ia mea ma e ohumu ana. 

4. To act the spy. See the root Kn.o. To 
watch, as a thief does if any one sees him. 

Ha-ki-na, s. Contraction for haki ana, 
a breaking. A piece broken off ; a piece 
of a thing ; a remnant ; hakina ai, a piece 
of food. loh. 6:12. A part; a portion, &c. 

Ha-ki-na-o-le-lo, s. Used for syllable 
in the music Gamut. 

Ha-ko, v. To be dignified in one's bear- 
ing; to appear honorable ; to be noble in 
form ; ua hako kona helehelena, ma kona 
mau maka. 

Ha-ko, s. The leaf of the sugar-cane ; 

wakawaka o Mano e moku ae ka hako. 
Ha-koi, v. To dash, as water against 

water. 

2. To be agitated, as water carried in a 
dish unsteadily ; hakoi ka wai. 

3. To be unsettled, as one's thoughts 
when in trouble. 

Ha-koi, adj. Heavy; weighty, as lug- 
gage, &c. ; kaumaha, koikoi ; heavy ; bur- 
densome. 
2. Fig. Heavy, as the heart. 

Ha-koi, s. An action productive in chil- 
dren of paraphimosis. 



HAK 



141 



HAK 



Ha-koi-koi, v. To rise or swell up, as 
water. 

2. Fig. Ma ka haale o ka manao e pii 
iluna me he wai la e hakoikoi iloko o ka 
manawa, through the overflow of thoughts 
rising up like water, the affections flow 
within. 

Ha-ko-ha-ko, adj. See Hako. Portly; 
dignified in appearance ; noble in person^ 

Ha-ko-ko, ) y^ To wrestle ; to con- 

Ha-KOO-koo, ) tend with another to cause 
him to fall. Kin. 32:24. Fio. J^pes. 6:12. 
NoTK. — Ilawaiians write the word in both 
the forms. The last syllables are equally 
long and accented. 

Ha-ko-ko, ) j. A wrestling ; conten- 

Ha-KOO-KOO, ) tion of strength between 
two persons to cause each other to fall; eia 
kekahi lealea, o ka hakookoo, here is one 
pastime, nyrestlinq. 

Ha-ko-na, adj. Scorched or dried black, 
as breadfruit which hangs on the trees long 
after the season is over, when one side be- 
comes parched and black with the sun ; 
he hakona ka hua iilu. 

2. It applies also to the side lying long 
on the dirt ; the other side is kua paa. 

Ha-ko-na-ko-na, adj. Rough ; dark ; 
clouded ; uneven. 

Ha-ku, v. To dispose of things in order; 
to put in order. 

2. To arrange or tie feathers in a kahili; 
to make a wreath or lei ; e haku i ka lei ; 
e haku oe i lehua. Laieik. 146. 

3. To put words in order, as in poetry ; 
to compose a song. 

4. To rule over people, i. e., to put and 
keep them in order ; to act, as a lord over 
men. 

5. By a change of letters, haku for kahu, 
to bake fish with hot stones. 

6. Fio. The forming of a new afiection 
in the mind; ka manawa 1 haku ai ke aloha 
ma ka naau. 

7. IIoo. To rule over ; to direct otliors. 
Oihk. 25:43. Haku mele, a composer of 
songs, i. e., a poet; nana ia 1 haku, he com- 
posed it. 

Ha-ku, s. A lord ; a master ; an over- 
seer ; a ruler. Oihk. 21:4. 

2. A hard lump of anything; the tongue 
of a bell ; a padlock ; a hard bunch in the 
flesh ; the ball of the eye; haku onohi; the 
name of several species of hard stones for- 
merly used in working stone adzes ; ua 
kapaia kela mau pohaku, he haku ka koi 
ka inoa. 

Ha-ku-ai-na, s. Haku, lord, and aina, 
land. A land-holder, i. e., one who man- 
ages the land and the people on it under 
the chief or owner. 

Ha-ku-a-kea, s. A phrase in praise of 



Lono; a lord of extensive power; papa ka 

Juikuakea o Lono. 
Ha-ku-a-pa, ) i;. Haku and apa and epa, 
Ha-KU-E-PA, ) false. To speak falsely; to 

speak to the hurt of one ; to detract. 
Ha-ku-a-pa, ) s. a false speaker; a de- 
Ha-KU-E-PA, ) tractor. 

2. A false report ; evil speaking. 1 Fet. 

3:16. 
Ha-ku-e, s. a species of sea-egg with 

many prongs. 
2. The prongs of such fish. See IlAKn. 
Ha-ku-e-ku-e, s. The prongs of the 

hakue. 

2. The ringworm. See Hauiiauka. 
Ha-ku-e-pa, s. See Hakuapa. 
Ha-ku-i, v. See Kui, to sound out. To 

reflect sound, as an echo. 

2. To sound in every direction, as thun- 
der rumbling through the heavens : e kani 

mahope o kekahi kani ana me he kihili la ; 

to reverberate. 
Ha-ku-i, v. To be sickish or a little sick 

at the stomach ; hoopailua. 

2. To make attempts at vomiting. a.s one 
sick at the stomach ; hakui wale mai no, 
aole luai mai, he was merely sick at the 
stomach, he did not vomit. 

3. To flutter ; to palpitate, as the heart. 

4. To shoot, as pain in the chest ; hakui 
maloko o ka houpo ; e apo ka oili. 

Ha-ku-i, v. To roast blood in cooking ; 

hakui koko. 
Ha-ku-i, s. The blood of hogs when 

roasted for eating. 
Ha-ku-i, s. The horn of the sea-egg. 

See Hakue. which is probably the more 

correct orthography. 
Ha-ku-ia, adj. See Haku. Bound ; 

braided ; wreathed together, &c. Laieik. 

112. 
Ha-ku-i-ku-i, v. To crack, as breaking 

timber ; to sound ; to make the noise of 

breaking timber. 
Ha-ku-0-hi-a, s. The lord of the ohia 

trees. 

2. The ohia tree of which an idol wavS to 

be made ; a i ka la i pii aku ai i ka haku- 

ohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai 

ua kii ohia la, on the day they went up for 

an ohia tree some man would die, to give 

eflicacy to the idol. Note. — The species of 

ohia used was the ohiaapane. Hakuohia 

the same as kiiohia. 
Ha-ku-0-le-lo, v. HaJai and olelo, to 

put words together. To accuse falsely; to 

detract ; to slander. 
Ha-ku-0-le-lo, s. a false accuser; a 

detractor. 
Ha-ku-o-ne, s. Haku, lump, and oTze, 

sand. Name of a small division of land, 



HAL 



142 



HAL 



similar to or smaller than a koele cultivated 
for the chief. See Kuakua. 
Ha-ku-o-no-hi, s. Baku, a hard lump, 
and onohi, the eye-ball. The apple of the 
eye ; the little image in the eye. See Kii- 

ONOHI. 

Ha-ku-ha-ku, v. See Haku, to put to- 
gether. To fold up, as kapa ; to put in 
order ; to arrange. 

Ha-ku-ha-ku, adj. Full of hard lumps ; 
lumpy. 

Ha-ku-ha-le, s. Haku, m3iSier,Rnd. hale, 
house. The master or owner of a house. 
Puk. 22:8. 

Ha-ku-ha-na, s. a word applied to the 
appearance or motion of the clouds ; he ao 
hakuhajia. 

Ha-ku-kai, v. Haku, lumpy, and kai, 
sea. To be in perturbation, as the sea; to 
be stormy. See Ooluku. 

Ha-ku-ko-i, V, See Hakukai. 

Ha-ku-ko-le, v. To blackguard; to re- 
proach in filthy language. 

Ha-ku-ko-le, s. A blackguard; a vile 
person. 

Ha-ku-ma, s. a thick cloud; one threat- 
ening a storm. t 

Ha-ku-ma-ku-ma, v. To lower; to frown; 
to look threatening, as clouds portending 
a storm. Mat. 16:3. 

2. To be rough or pitted, as from the 
scars of the small-pox; hakumakuma ka ili. 

3. To be thick together ; to be thick, as 
a board. See Kumakuma. 

Ha-ku-ma-ku-ma, adj. Lowering, as 
clouds threatening a storm. 

2. Pitted, as the skin with disease. 

3. Thick ; set close together. 

Ha-ku-me-le, v. Haku, to compose, and 
mele, a song; poetry. To compose or make 
poetry. 

Ha-ku-me-le, s. A poet; one skilled as 
a poet ; a composer of songs. Nah. 21:27; 
Oih. 17:28. 

Ha-ku-pe. See Kupehe. 
Ha-ku-pe-he, v. SeeLoLOHi. To speak 

carefully as to truth and propriety; to roll, 

as a ship with but little wind. 

Ha-ku-wa-hi-ne, s. Haku, a lord, and 
wahine, a female. A female master, i, e., a 
mistress; the wife of a chief or noble. Gal. 
4:22. 

Ha-la, v. To miss the object aimed at. 
Lunk. 20:16. Nou mai la ia, a hala ka po- 
haku ; nou hou mai la ia a hala hou no ; a 
i ke kolu o ka nou ana, pa aku la; he threw 
and the stone missed: he threw again and 
missed again ; the third time he threw he 
hit. 



2. To be gone ; to pass away ; to pass 
over. 

3. To proceed ; to pass onward ; to go 
beyond. Nah. 22:18. To pass away, as 
time. 

4. Hoo. To miss the object ; to cause to 
err ; to be guilty or blame-worthy. 

5. To depart from a command, or act in 
opposition. Kanl. 1:43. To err in opinion; 
to disobey ; to object to a request or com- 
mand ; to refuse obedience. Eset. 3:3. To 
transgress. Nah. 14:4. 

Ha-la, s. A trespass ; a sin ; an offense ; 
a transgression. 

2. A matter of offense. Kanl. 9:21. 

3. A law case ; e imi hala, to seek occa- 
sion against. Lunk. 14:4. Lawe hala, a sin- 
ner ; hala ole, without sin ; without cause. 
Puk. 34:7. 

Ha-la, adj. Sinful ; wicked ; kanaka 
hala, a sinner ; one often breaking some 
law. 

Ha-la, adv. Sinfully; in a state of sin; 
hanau hala, born a sinner. 

Ha-la, adv. (Referring to space past 
over) onward ; throughout ; even to ; up 
to ; he pa pohaku a hala i ka lani, a stone 
wall (reaching) dear up to heaven. Kanl. 
1:28. Also a hala, clear up to. Kanl. 9:1. 

Ha-la, s. The pandanus tree. 

2. The pine-apple. 

3. A species of fish. 

Ha-lai, s. The lulling of a strong wind ; 
a calm. See Lat and Lae. 

Ha-la-io, adv. The I is probably sub- 
stituted for n. Well done ! clever ! brave ! 

Ha-la-i-wi, s. See Halawi, to scruti- 
nize. Looking earnestly at a thing with a 
desire to obtain or possess it ; halaiwi me 
ka manao e lawe malu. 

Ha-la-0, v. To feel pain, as the eye 
with some mote in it ; to have pain in the 
eye from a mote ; halao ana i kuu maka. 

Ha-la-0, s. Pain in the eye from some 
small mote. See Lao. A small particle of 
something moving in the eye. 

Ha-la-oa, v. To project ; to stretch 
out ; to extend upwards, as the mast of a 
ship ; to project, as tbe horns of the sea- 
egg. 

Ha-la-oa, «f?;. Projecting; standing up. 

Ha-lao-lao, v. To be small; thin in 

flesh ; poor, as small stunted weeds or 

brush on poor land. 
Ha-lao-lao, fl(^j. Small; stunted; poor; 

thin. 
Ha-lau, v. To be long ; to extend ; to 

stretch out. 
Ha-lau, s. A long house with the end 

in front ; used mostly for canoes. 
2. Name of a hen that has had chickens. 



HAL 



143 



HAL 



Ha-la-ha-la, v. See Hala. To turn 
aside ; to go astray ; mostly used in the 
causative hoo. 

2. To object to one ; to decline a propo- 
sition ; to find fault with one's words or 
conduct ; aole hoohalahala kekahi o lakou, 
not one of them found fault. 

Ha-la-ha-la, adj. Bitter; sour; brack- 
ish ; ko halahala, sour or ft^rmented cane. 

Ha-la-ha-la, s. Name of a species of 
fish ; the uhu. See Uiiuiiai.ahala. 

Ha-la-ha-la-wai, adv. Slippery ; wet, 
as a road ; running ; ua kelekele lialaJicda- 
wai i ka ua. 

2. Wet, as a sore eye. 

Ha-la-hi, v. To miss, as anything 
thrown at another. 

2. To dodge any missile. 

3. To fly near to one, as a stone or other 
missile thrown. 

4. To hum while passing through the air. 
Ha-la-hi, s. A hissing or whizzing of 

any projectile passing through th^ air. 
Ha-la-hu-la, s. Name of a particular 

aha used in pre])aring for war. 
Ha-la-kau, v. To place one thing on 

top of another. 

2. To lean over ; e haukau. 
Ha-la-ke-a, s. The name of a kapa 

when dyed with the niu. 

2. The name of upright posts inside of 

houses ; o na halakea, oia na kia e ku ana 

maloko o ka hale. 
Ha-la-la, adj. Long and curving, as 

hog's tushes ; halala ka niho o ka puaa 

kahiko. 

2. Applied also to men exposing them- 
selves. 

3. A large bunch of bananas. 

Ha-la-lo, v. Ha and lalo, downward. 

1. To take hold of with the arms under, 
as in taking up a child or anything else. 

2. To drop the head downward, as in 
deep thought. 

3. To begin to think. 2 Oihl. 20:3. To 
think within one's self; pela kuu halalo 
ana ia'u iho, so I thought within myself. 

4. To think or reflect on the moral ac- 
tions of others. Kekah. S:d. 

5. To look earnestly at a thing near or 
far off j to think closely. 

6. To look internally; halalo iho la no 
au a loaa no. 

7. To search closely or look for a thing 
with effort. 

Ha-la-lo, v. To administer an injec- 
tion. See Hahaxo. 

Ha-la loa, s. The name of a species 

of fish. 
Ha-la-na, v. Ha and la7ia, to float. 
1. To overflow, as water over the banks 



of a river, or over a levee or low land. 
Amos 9:5. 

2. To float on the surface of the water. 

3. To be overflowed, i.e., to be drowned. 

4. Hoo. To flood; to overflow with a 
flood, /srt. 54:9. 

Ha-la-na-la-na, v. See Halana. To 
overflow ; to flow thick and fast, as the 
tears of one weeping ; nolaila i halanalaaa 
ai lakou me ka haloiloi i ko lakou wai- 
maka ; to shed tears. 

Ha-la -PA, v. In a prayer, to bring to 
pass ; to pray that a thing hoped for may 
be granted ; halapa i ke mauli kukala ia 
hale hau. 

Ha-la-wai, v. To meet, as two persons ; 
to meet, as two lines in an angle. 

2. To assemble, as persons for business 
or for public worship. 

3. Hoo. To cause to meet with, i. e., to 
find. Kin. 27:20. 

4. To come to one for assistance. Hal. 
59:4. 

Ha-la-wai, s. A meeting ; a place of 
meeting ; the place of union between the 
heavens and the earth ; the space between 
them ; same as lewa and hookui. See Hoo- 
KUi. D. Malo 5:5. 

2*. A meeting or assembly of people for 
business or public worship. 

Ha-la-wai, adj. Of or pertaining to 
meeting ; hale halawai, a house for a pub- 
lic meeting. 

Ha-la-pe-pe, s. a tree ; the hala tree, 
a s))ecies of the pandanus; he laauano like 
me ka hala. 

Ha-la-pi-a, s. The white hala ; hala 
keokeo. 

Ha-la-wi, v. See Halaiwi. To scruti- 
nize ; to look critically at. 

Ha-le, s. a house ; a habitation ; a 
dwelling place : mostly for men. 

2. A sheltered and 'inclosed place for 
any purpose. Note. — In ancient times 
every man was supposed to have six dif- 
ferent houses of some size. 

1. The heiau, house of worship where the 
idols were kept. 

2. The mna, the eating house for the hus- 
band, and distinct from the eating house 
of the woman. Husband and wife never 
ate together. The mua was kapu to the 
wife. 

3. The noa. the separate house of the 
wife, but was free for her husband to enter. 
The woman ate in the hale 7ioa. 

4. Hale aina. the eating house of the wife. 

5. The kua, the house where the wife 
beat out kapa. 

6. Hale pea. the house of separation for 
the wife during the periods of her infirm- 
ity. They had other houses and for other 
purposes, but these were considered neces- 



HAL 



144 



HAL 



sary fixtures for every person in respecta- 
ble standing. See the above words in their 

places. 
Ha-le-ai-na, s. Hale and aina. See 

AiNA. The eating house for the woman ; 

one of the houses anciently used to eat in ; 

the mua was the eating house of the man. 

See Hale. 
Ha-le-a-ka-la, s. House of the sun ; 

name of the high mountain on East Maui. 
Ha-le-a-lii, s. Hale and alii. A chief's 

house; a palace. 1 Oihl. 29:19. Hakalii 

palaoa, an ivory palace. Hal 45:8. 
Ha-le-0-ne, s. a place made by men 

for a temporary residence ; sand or soft 

dirt made into a house; kukulu lakou i 

lialeone, ua kapaia he hale puone ; more 

properly puu one, a sand pile. 
Ha-le-0-pe-o-pe, s. Hale and opeope, to 

fold up, as clothes. The name of the house 

where the chief's wardrobe was kept. 
Ha-le-u, v. To comb ; to clear out ; to 

purify ; to cleanse. 
Ha-le-u-ma, s. See Heleuma. 
Ha-le-u-mu, s. Hale and umu, an oven. 

Name of Lono's house. 
Ha-le-hau, s. Hale,h.o\ise,3.iadhau,the 

hau tree. A house built of hau timber'for 

the use of the gods. 
Ha-le-ha-la-wai, s. Hale and kalawai, 

to meet ; assemble. A mfeeting house ; a 

synagogue ; a place of meeting. 
Ha-le-ha-le, v. To sink down; to fall 

in ; to flat down, as the roof of an old 

house. 
Ha-le-ha-le, s. A place deep down; a 

pit ; halehale poipu, deep under the surf. 

Laieik. 133. 
Ha-le-ha-le, adj. Deep down, as a pit 

dug ; deep, as a cavern. 
Ha-le-hei-au, s. Hale and heiau. See 

HEIA.U. One of the. houses of an establish- 
ment. See Hale. 
Ha-le-hoo-lu-hi, s. Hale and luhi. A 

house of bondage ; hence, 

2. Fig. Slavery. Lmik. G:8. A place of 

bondage. Tuk. 13:3. 
Ha-le-hoo-ki-pa, s. Hale and kipa. See 

KiPA, to turn in and lodge with one. A 

lodging house ; a house for strangers. See 

Halkkifa. 
Ha-le-kaa, s. Hale and kaa, to roll. 

1. Any carriage with a top or covering. 

2. A chariot. Puk. 14:7. 

Ha-le-kau-a, s. Hale and kaua, war. 
A fort; a tower; a fortification. Lwik. 
9:51, 52. 

Ha-le-ka-hi-ko-kau-a, s. Hale, kahiko, 
armor, and kavxjb, war. An armory ; a 
place for storing or keeping arms. 



Ha-le-ka-ma-la, s. Hale and kamala, 
a temporary shed. 

1. A house quickly and slightly built. 

2. A temporary shed : a booth ; a taber- 
nacle. Mar. 9:5. 

Ha-le-ki-a, s. Hale and kia, a post ; a 

pillar. A portico to a house ; a verandah 

supported by pillars. 1 Nal. 7:6. 
Ha-le-ki-ai, s. Hale and kiai, to watch. 

A watch tower ; a tower. Lunk. 8:9. 
Ha-le-ki-pa, s. Hale and kipa, to lodge 

a traveler. An inn; a lodging house. Puk. 

4:24. 
Ha-le-ko-ko, s. Name of the house 

where the hoalii slept ; ua kapaia ka hale- 

koko ka hoalii. See Hoalti. 
Ha-le-ku-a, s. Hale and kua. One of 

the houses of a residence. See Kua. 
Ha-le-ku-ku, s. Hale and kuku, to beat 

kapa. Name of the house occupied by the 

woman in beating out kapa. See Kua 

under hale. 
Ha-le-ku-la, s. Hale B,nd kula [Eng.), 

school. A school house. 
Ha-le-ku-pa-pa-u, s. Hale and kupa- 

pau, a dead body; corpse. A tomb; a sep- 
ulchre. 2 Sam. 19:37. A grave. 1 Nal 

13:22. 
Ha-le-la-au, s. Hale and laau, wood ; 

timber. A wood house, in distinction from 

a grass covered house. 
Ha-le-la-na, s. Hale and lana, to float. 

A floating house ; applied to Noah's ark. 
Ha-le-la-na-la-na, s. See Halelana 

above. 
Ha-le-la-la-la-au, s. Hale, lala, a 

branch, and laau, tree. A house made of 

branches of trees or other slight materials; 

a booth ; a shanty. Oihk. 23:42. 
Ha-le-le-lo, s. Caves supposed to be 

in the ocean. 
Ha-le-le-po, s. Hale and lepo, dirt ; 

earth. A mud house ; a house built of 

adobies, or sun-dried brick. 
Ha-le-le-wa, s. Hale and lewa, swing- 
ing. A portable house ; a tent. los. 22:4. 
Ha-le-lo-le, s. Hale and lole, cloth. A 

cloth house, i. e., a tent. Syn. with hale- 

lewa. 2 Sam. 7:G. Poe humuhumu hale- 

lole. Oih. 18:3. 
Ha-le-ltj, s. Hcb. A psalm; nahalelu^ 

the psalms of David. 
Ha-le-lu, V. Heb. To sing praise to 

God. ler. 31:7. 
Ha-le-lu, adv. E mele halelu aku ia 

ia, to sing praises. 1 Olhl. 16:9. 
Ha-le-lu-a, s. Hale and lua, a pit. A 

tomb ; a sepulchre ; a grave. 1 Sam. 2:6. 
Ha-le-lu-a-paa-hao, s. Hale and lua, 



HAL 



145 



HAL 



pit, and paa and hao, iron. A prison bouse. 
See Halepaaiiao. 

Ha-le-lu-ia, v. Heb. imperat. Praise 
the Lord. 

Ha-le-ma-lu, s. Hale and malu, cool ; 
shady. A shaded house ; a shed. 

Ha-le-ma-lu-ma-lu, s. Same as above. 
Kin. 49:14. 

Ha-le-mo-e, s. Hale and moe, to sleep. 
A sleeping house ; one of the houses of a 
Hawaiian house-hohler. See Moe. 

Ha-le-mu-a, s. See Hale. Name of one 
of several houses of a house-holder in 
former times; the house where the husband 
ate his food. 

Ha-le-na-le, s. Clear moonlight. 

Ha-le-pa-a-ni, s. Hale and paani, to 
play. A play-house ; a theater. 

Ha-le-paa-hao, s. Hale and paa, fast, 
and hao, iron. A house of confinement ; a 
prison house. 

Ha-le-pa-hu, s. Hale and pahu, a box. 
Name of a particular house in the war cere- 
mony. 

Ha-le-pa-paa, s. Hale and papaa, se- 
cure. A store-house. Kin. 41:56. 

Ha-le-pa-kui, s. Hale and pakui, to 
splice. A fortified house; a tower. Kin. 
11:4. A pyramid. 

Ha-le-pe-a, s. Hale and pea, filthy and 
unclean. See under Hale. A house where 
the menstruous women formerly were 
obliged to remain. Laieik. 171. Note. — 
The people might go to each woman's 
house, but the priests could not. 

Ha-le-pi-0, s. Hale and pio, an arch. 

A particular kind of a house. 
Ha-le-po-ha-ku, s. Hale and pohaku, 

stone. A house built of stone ; a stone 

house. 
Ha-le-po-ki, s. The name of the heiau 

where the Id ones of the king were depos- 
ited. 
Ha-le-pu-kau-a, s. Hale, pu, a gun, 

and kaua, war. A fort ; a tower ; a house 

of defense ; a castle. 

Ha-le-pu-le, s. Hale and pule, to pray. 
A prayer house ; a house of worship ; a 
meeting house. 

Ha-le-pu-na, s. Hale and puna, lime. 
A house plastered with lime. 

Ha-le-pu-pu, ) s. Hale and pupupu, 

Ha-LE-PU-PU-PU, J poor; frail. A tempo- 
rary, frail house. Isa. 1:8. 

Ha-li, v. To bear ; to carry ; to con- 
vey ; hall mai, to bring ; hali aku. to take 
or carry away. 

2. To bear, as a burden, yah. 10:17. 

3. To carry, as a child. Eanl. 1:31. 

19 



4. To carry, as an armor bearer. 1 Sam. 
31:4. 

5. Fig. To bear the sin of others. Oihk. 
10:17. 

Ha-li, s. Contraction of halii. That 
which is spread down, as a mat, a carpet, 
a cloth spread out. 

Ha-li-a, v. Pass, of hali for haliia. To 
be carried ; borne, &c. 

Ha-li-a, ii. To have a fond recollection 
of a person or thing. Laieik. 116. See next. 

Ha-li-a, s. A symptom; a premonition; 
the first beginning of a feeling ; ke kau e 
mai nei ia'u ka ladia o ka makau, ame ka 
weliweli. Laieik. 180. 

Ha-li-a-li-a, v. To have a recollection 
of a friend ; e halialia ana no nae ke aloha 
ia"u ma na wahi a kaua i ao ai. 

2. To become intent, as the mind, or 
fixed, as thoughts which keep one wakeful. 

3. To spring up, as thouglits or alfoctions 
in the mind ; halialia ke aloha. See Lia. 

Ha-li-a-li-a, s. The rising of a fond 
recollection of a person or friend in the 
mind ; ke kau mai nei ka halialia aloha ia 
lakou ; malaila no ka halialia aloha ana, 
there was the beloved recollection. Laieik. 
34. . 

Ha-li-a-li-a, adj. Beloved; cherished; 
remembered with affection ; ka nfanao ha- 
lialia a'u i ka manao i ke ao- 1 have a fond 
remembrance of the desire for instruction. 

Ha-lii, v. To spread out and lay down, 
as a sheet or mat. 

2. To spread upon or over, as a garment; 
to spread or cover over, as snow over the 
tops of the mountains. Laieik. 112. 

3. To spread out, as grass or hay. 

4. To expose to view as something that 
had been concealed, los. 7:23. 

5. To spread, as grain upon a cloth. 2 
Sam. 17:19. To spread over, as a sheet. 

Ha-lii, s. The out or under side of 
leaves of certain plants; the under or dried 
leaves of plants ; laele. 

Ha-lii-ku-li, v. To be hard ; disobedi- 
ent ; stubborn. 
2. To be thick. 

Ha-lii-lii, v. See Halii. To spread out 
or over frequently. 

Ha-lii-pi-li, v. To spread over a region, 
as a shower, like the spreading of a mat ; 
haliipili i ke kula o Lele. the shower ex- 
tends over the plain of Lahaina. 

Ha-li-u, v. To turn towards or from, 
as mai or aku is used. 

2. To turn one's attention to a thing ; to 
turn round to look. 

3. To turn the ear ; to listen. 

4. To turn aside from following one. 2 
Sam. 2:21, 22. 



HAL 



146 



HAL 



Kanl 



5. To turn from a direct road 
1:40. With pepeiao, to listen. 

6. To turn towards one with love and re- 
spect; manao iho la au e hcdiu ae i ka Haku, 
I determined to turn to the Lord. 

7. Hoo. To cause to turn, as the atten- 
tion or care. 1 AaZ. 8:58. 

Ha-li-u, s. What the fundament is 
wiped with ; a word which Kamehameha 
applied to Keoua when he threatened to 
join kings against him. 

Ha-li-ha-li, v. The frequentative of 
hali. To convey frequently ; to bring ; to 
carry. Nah. 11:14. 

Ha-li-ke, v. To liken; to resemble; to 
be like. 

2. To give equally ; to equalize in dis- 
posing of things. 

3. Hoo. With me, to compare ; to do as 
one does ; to resemble some one in con- 
duct. 1 Nal. 14:8. See Like. Note. — Like 
is the root, ha is euphonic. Gram. § 48 and 
211, 2. 

Ha-li-na, s. Hali and aTia. A bearing 
or carrying ; hence, 

2. A bearing, or personal appearance ; 
form; more gcnevaWj halinalina. SeeLiNA. 

Ha-li-na-li-na, s. See Halina. Resem- 
blance or similar appearance ; he helehe- 
lena like. 

Ha-lo, v. To turn ; to look ; to look 
at ; a halo aku la au mahope ; to sweep 
round. 

2. To spread out, as the hands in the act 
of swimming. Jsa. 25:11. 

3. To look out ; to peep ; to look slily 
or shy. 

4. To rub, grind or polish. 

Ha-lo, s. The motion of the fins of a 
fish in swimming 5 the motion of the side 
fins of a shark ; the motion of rubbing or 
polishing. 

Ha-lo-a-lo-a, v. To be rough or uneven, 

as with stones. 
Ha-lo-a-lo-a, s. Rougkness. 
Ha-lo-i, ) 27. To be about to weep ; 
Ha-LO-i-LO-I, ) to have that deep feeling 

that exists just before the tears flow. 

2. To shed or pour out tears. 

3. To wipe the eyes when weeping ; to 
wipe the tears of grief ; me ka haloiloi i ko 
lakou waimaka no ke aloha. See Haluko- 

LOKO. 

Ha-lo-i-lo-i, s. The state of feeling just 
as one is about to weep; deep internal feel- 
ing- 

Ha-lo-i-lo-i, adj. Weeping ; shedding 
tears ; ka maka haloiloi ka ohia, the 
iceeping eyes of the ohia. 

Ha-lo-ke, v. To rub against each other, 
as the ends of broken bones. Anal 26, 



Ha-lo-ke, adj. Sprained or broken, as 
a limb. 

Ha-lo-ko, s. a puddle of water stand- 
ing after a rain ; a small pool of water. 

Ha-lo-ko-lo-ko, v. To stand in pools, 
as water after a rain ; hence. 

2. To be about to weep ; to have deep 
affliction. See Haloi. 

Ha-lo-ko-lo-ko, s. Small pools of water 
after a rain. 

2. Drops of tears as they flow from the 
eyes. 

Ha-lo-ko-wai, s. a pool of water; a 
small lake ; na waipuna huihui, na ha- 
lokowai. 

Ha-lo-ku, v. To bubble up, as when a 
heavy rain falls into water ; haloku ka ia 
Kiiluhaipo. 

2. To disturb the surface of smooth water, 
as when many small fish come to the sur- 
face. 

Ha-lo-la-ni, s. The flight of a bird that 
sails round and round with but little mo- 
tion of the wings ; lele ka pinao o Halo- 
lani, lele i ka lani. 

Ha-lo-li-i-li, adj. Lazy; idle; useless, 
as a canoe made in the mountains, and 
there lies and rots ; Mano kapu o ke ka- 
ele haloliili. 
2. Applied to lazy, useless persons. 

Ha-lu, ) y^ To be thin ; lean, as 

Ha-LU-ha-lu, ) a person poor in flesh. 

2. To be hungry for food. 

3. To be greedy after what is another's ; 
to confiscate property, as chiefs in ancient 
times. 

Ha-lu-a, v. To lie in wait for one. 1 
Sam. 22:13. Hoo. To lie in wait in order 
to kill or injure one. ler. 9:8. 

Ha-lu -A, s. A ripple on the water; the 
rising up of water by the wind ; he nao 
kuku. 

2. A streak, stripe or seam, as of a stock- 
ing. 

Ha-lu-a, adj. Striped; seamed; streak- 
ed ; he lole halua; he kilika halua. 

Ha-lu-a-lu-a, v. See Lualua, soft ; 
flexible. 

1. To be soft; flexible. 

2. To bo weak. 

Ha-lu-a-lu-a, s. Softness ; weakness ; 

flexibility. 
Ha-lu-a-po, v. Halua and po, night. 

1. To lie in wait in darkness. 

2. Hoo. To waylay ; to lurk for one ; to 
lie in wait for a peison with a design to 
kill him. See Halua. 

Ha-lu-a-pou, v. To plant out bananas. 
Ha-lu-i, ) y. See Lull To turn ; to 
Ha-lu-LI, ) twist ; to shake. 



HAM 



147 



HAN 



Ha-lu-ku, v. To wallow in the mire, 
as a hog. 2 Pet 2:22. 

2. To lap water, as a dog ; e kope i ka 
wai me he ilio la. 

3. To use the paddle in rowing. 
Ha-lu-ku-lu-ku, v. To fall, as a heavy 

shower with a heavy sound ; to drip, as 
water in a shower-bath. 



Hal. 35:21. Fig. To cause to open the 
mouth. IM. 81:10. 

Ha-ma-ma, adj. See Hama. Open; dis- 
closed. 

Ha-ma-ma, adv. Openly; standing op^n, 
as a door. los. 8:17. 

Ha-ma-re, J s. Enff. A hammer. Lu7ik. 

Ha-me-re, 



5 } s. Eng. 
, S 4:21. 



Ha-lu-la, y. To become calm, as wind | Ha-me, s. Name of a tree supposed to 



after blowing 

Ha-lu-la, s. A calm ; stillness, as the 
sea without wind. 

Ha-lu-le-lu-le, v. Ha and lule, to be 
shaken. To be weak; yielding; to be fle.x;- 
ible. 

Ha-lu-lu, V. To roar; to rage; to roar, 
as thunder; as the sound of a heavy wind; 
to roar, as the sea. Isa. 5:30. Hahdu aku 
la ka pohaku i ke kahakai, the rock thun- 
dered off to the sea shore ; hahdu ana o 
laua ma kapuka o kahale. shook violently 
the door of the house. 

Ha-lu-lu, s. A noise of a chariot and 
horsemen rushing to battle. 2 Xal. 7:6. 
The noise of rushing water. Hal. 42:7. The 
sound of thunder or wind. loh. 3:8. Ha- 
hdu hekiW. Hoik. G:l. 

Ha-lu-lu, s. The name of a fabulous 
bird in ancient times killed by the chief 
Waukulenuiaiku ; o hahdu, o ka mani kani 
halau. 

Ha-lu-na, v. To summon men to work. 

2. To breathe hard, as when the nose is 
filled with mucus. 

3. To snore. 

Ha-ma, v. To open, as the mouth. 

Ha-mau, v. imper. Silence ; hush ; be 
still. Lunk. 18:19. Alalia, hea mai la ia 
makou, i mai la, hamau kakou. then he 
called to us and said, let us be still. 

Ha-mau. v. With the imperative form 
e hamau, to keep silence as an act of wor- 
ship. Zep. 1:7. 

Ha-mau, adj. Silent, as a person who 
refrains from speaking. Sol 10:19. Re- 
straining speech. 

Ha-mau, adv. Silently. Sol. 11:12. 

Ha-mau, s. A species of the ohia tree. 

Ha-ma-ku-a, s. The name of two dis- 
tricts of land; one on the north-ea.'^tern 
side of Hawaii, and the other on the north- 
eastern side of Maui. 

Ha-ma-kuu, v. To raise up and stand 
erect, as the hair with the tingers. &c. 

Ha-ma-ma, v. The 9th conjugation of 
the verb hama. To open wide, as a door ; 
to open, as the mouth. See Hama. 

2. To gape, as the earth. Xah. 10:30, 32. 

3. To open, as a door, box or book. 

4. Hoc. To cause to open; to open wide. 



be very superior for the finest cabinet work. 

Ha-me, s. 

Ha-mi-ha, v. To make calm, as the sur- 
face of the sea. 

Ha-mo, v. To stroke over with the hand; 
to wash the face ; to rub or brush, as in 
cleaning clothes. 

2. To besmear with blood ; to plaster 
with lime ; to anoint with oil. Fuk. 29:2. 
Or ointment. 2 Sam. 12:20. 

3. To bend or crook the arm, as in doing 
the foregoing things ; to crook round ; to 
bend round, as an oval surface. 

4. To be exactly circular, as a good cal- 
abash ; ua hamo ka ipu. See Ana. Hon. 10. 

Ha-mo, adj. Anointed ; plastered ; be- 
smeared ; ina hele ke kanaka me ke poo 
hamo palolo, if a man went with head he- 
smeared with white clay ; mea hamo, oint- 
ment ; perfume. 

Ha-mo-u-la, s. Hamo, rubbed over, and 
ida. red. A kind of kapa colored or stained 
red ; similar to kuaula. 

Ha-mo-ha-mo, v. Freq. of hamo. To 
rub ; to feel frequently ; to touch ; to rub 
the hand over a surface. 

Ha-mo-ha-mo, s. Name of an office ex- 
ecuted by one of the servants of the king. 

Ha-mo-le, adj. Bounded and smooth, 
as the edge of a board. 

2. Small, as the eyes ; he maka hamole. 

Ha-mu, v. To eat fragments of food; 
to eat the skin ; to pick bones ; to scrape 
up and eat what is left ; e ai hama. 

Ha-mu, s. The refuse of food. 

Ha-mu -i-Li, s. The class of persons about 

a chief; a distinct class of persons with 

superior privileges. 

Ha-mu-ha-3IU, v. To cnimble up into 
fragments. 
2. To eat fi'agm?nts. See Hamu. 

Ha-mu-mu, s. a low indistinct rumbling 
sound; an indistinct sound of conversation. 

Ha-mu-mu-mu, r. To talk in a low in- 
distinct manner ; to wliisper. 2 Sam. 12:19. 
To talk in a low voice just above a whisper. 

Ha-na, t\ To do ; to work ; to cause ; 
used in the most extensive sense ; to act ; 
to labor. 
2. To make ; to do a thing ; to affect ; 



HAN 



148 



HAN 



to produce. i2om. 3:32. To perform a duty; 
to cause a thing ; to build, as an edifice. 

3. To form for a particular purpose. 

4. To observe a ceremony; to keep a 
command. Pwfc. 12:47. Pass. To cause to 
be done, i. e., to become. Puk. 15:25. 

5. To be or become warm. See this in 
the compounds Hahana, Ma or Mehana, 
Hanahaxa, and Koeuana. Note. — Hana is 
qualified by other words ; hana paa, to 
bind ; imprison. Luk. 3:20. Hcma is often 
used in a causative sense. Oih.3:12. Hana 
hou, to proceed to do again, or something 
similar. Oih.5:S. ^ana make, to destroy; 
kill. Bom. 14:15. Haiia kanawai, to keep 
a law. Hana is often causative of the fol- 
lowing verb. Isa. 42:2. Hana ino, to do 
badly. Hana kumu ole, to do without 
cause. Hoo. To cause or compete. Ezek. 
14:23. To work ; to afflict. Puk. 1:13. To 
refresh ; to renew. 

Ha-na, s. Work; labor; duty; office; 

calling; trade, &c.; hana mana, a miracle; 

hana a ka lani, the doing or the work of 

the chief. 
Ha-na, s. Name of the white or wauki 

kapa. 
Ha-na, s. Name of the middle post of 

a house ; pou hana. 
Ha-na-a-le, v. To pester ; to hector ; 

10 rally. 
Ha-nae, v. To blunder in doing a thing; 

to labor at trifles. 
Ha-nae, s. Vain labor; trifling effort; 

a blunder. 
Ha-na-ea, v. See Hana. To do; to 

work ; to make a thing, 
Ha-nai, v. From hana iixid ai. To feed; 

to nourish, as the young. 

2. To support, as those in need. 1 Nal. 
18:4. 

3. To feed, as a flock ; to feed ; to sus- 
tain, as a people. Kanl. 32:13. 

4. To entertain, as strangers ; e hookipa 
i na malahini ; hanai waiu, to give suck ; 
to suckle, as an infant. Mat. 19:24. 

5. To act the part of a parent towards an 
orphan. 

Ha-nai, s. One fed or sustained by an- 
other ; a foster child ; a ward. 
Ha-nai, adj. Nourished ; fed ; applied 

to the receiver ; a servant, &c. Luk. 1 :54. 

Fig. Keiki hanai, a foster child. 
2. Applied to the giver; as, makua /lanai, 

a foster parent ; he alii hanai. &c. 
Ha-nai, v. To skim along the ground, 

as a bird. 
Ha-nai, s. Name of the strings that 

surround a calabash. 
2. Kite strings. 
Ha-nai-a-hu-hu, v. J3a?^a^, to feed, and 

hu, to swell out. 



1. To feed or stuff with food, as a favo- 
rite hog or dog. 

2. To make a pet of a hog so he will fol- 
low everywhere. 

3. To feed, as a child or any young ani- 
mal from birth ; he keiki hanaiahuhu na'u. 

4. To be fed or brought up by hand, as 
a cosset or any young animal. Hoo. The 
same ; ua hoohanaiahuhu ka puaa i ka poi. 

Ha-nai-a-hu-hu, adj. Full fed; plump; 
swelled out ; puaa hanaiahuhu, a pet hog 
well fed. 

Ha-na-i-li, s. Hana and ili, the skin. 
A tanner; a manufacturer of leather. Oih. 
9:43. 

Ha-nai-pu, s. The feeding of a god with 
the person who carried him ; o ke kanaka 
nana e amo ke akua ia ia no e hanai aku 
ai, ua kapaia he hanaipu. 

Ha-na-oi, s. Hana and oi, sharp. A gen- 
eral name for cutlery, as knives, &c.; such 
things as are sharp ; a unuhi ae i ka ha- 
naoi, then he drew out his knife. 

Ha-nau, v. To come from or be sepa- 
rated, as a young animal from its mother ; 
to be born. 

2. More rarely used in an active sense to 
bear or bring forth, as a mother. Kin. 16:1. 
Note. — The translators of the Hawaiian 
Bible have used the word in the active 
sense for want of a better term, but Hawai- 
ians seldom do ; it mostly expresses the 
act of separation of the child from the 
mother ; hence in a neuter or passive sense 
often, there was horn to or for (such a one) 
so and so. Kin. 5:3, and throughout. 

3. Hoo. To cause to be born, i. e., to 
beget, as a father. 

4. To bring forth, as a mother. Nah. 
11:12. Hayiau ana, the being born, i. e., 
the birth. Mat. 1:18. 

Ha-nau, s. Child-birth. 

Ha-nau, adv. Hoo. Ka holoi hoohanxiu 
hou ana, the washing of regeneration. Tit. 
3:5. 

Ha-nau -a-nau-a, v. To whisper. See 
Hawanawana. 

Ha-nau-ho-pe, s. The second child in 
relation to the first, or the third in relation 
to the second, &c., even to the last, accord- 
ing to the connection. 

Ha-nau-ka-hi, s. Hanau, born, and kahi, 
one. The one born, i. e., an only child of 
parents ; the only born. Sol. 4:3. 

Ha-nau-ka-ma, adj. Hanau and kama^ 
a child. Child bearing ; fruitful in chil- 
dren ; epithet of a mother having borne 
many children. 

Ha-nau-mua, s. Hanau and mica, the 
first ; the first born of parents. 
1. The first child. See Hiapo and Maka- 

UlAPO. 



HAN 



149 



HAN 



2. Fig. Ka hanaumua o ka make, tlie 
first born of death. loh. 18:3. 
Ha-nau-na, s. For kanau ana. Is used 
for relations in general. KinAlil. Equiv- 
alent to hoahanau. See Kin. 47:3. 

1. A circle of relations of the same fam- 
ily. 

2. A succession, as of father, son, grand- 
eon, &c. 

3. A generation, i. e., people living at 
the same time. Ein. 5:1. 

Ha-nau-wa-lea. See Hanawalea. 
Ha-nau-wa-ha-paa. See Hanawaha- 

PAA. 

Ha-na-ha-na, v. To be severe; to be 
hard ; to affect evilly ; to afflict, as a fam- 
ine. Kin. 47:13. 

2. To be fatal ; deadly, as sickness. 

3. To be warm, as from violent exercise; 
to be warm, as by the sun or fire. Note. — 
This word is often used by foreigners as an 
intensive of hana, to do quickly or fre- 
quently, but Hawaiians never use it in this 
sense unless in imitation of foreigners. See 
Hana. 

Ha-na-ha-na, adj. Warm; heated, as 
with exercise or other ways. See Hahana, 
Mehana, &c. See the root B.ajsa. 

Ha-na-ha-na, adj. Disagreeable to the 
smell 5 offensive ; stinking ; hanahana ka 
ai awaawa. 

Ha-na-ha-nai, s. See Palipali. A place 
near the top of a pali on the ascending side. 

Ha-na-ha-nau-na, s. Hana, a redupli- 
cation, and hanauna, a generation. A rela- 
tion ; a kindred ; relations by friendship. 

Ha-na-ha-nau-na, adj. Cotemporary 
born ; of the same age. 

Ha-na-he-mo, v. Hana and hemo, to 
loosen. To loosen ; to let go ; to untie. 

Ha-na-he-bio, s. a feeble state of health; 
state of weakness. 

Ha-na-hi-o, v. Hana and kio, to lean 
over. 

1. To cause to lean or push over from an 
upright position. 

2. To stagger in walking; to go here and 
there. 

Ha-na-hi-o, s. A staggering; a walking 
crookedly. 

Ha-na-hi-hi-u, ) s. Hana, a work, and 

Ha-na-HI-ki-u, \ hihiu. wild. A strange 
work; a miracle. Note. — The last form, 
hanahikiu, was found in a Haw^aiian manu- 
script, but it may be a mistake for hanahi- 
hhi, therefore both are inserted. 

Ha-na-hi-hi, adj. Hana and hiki. Wild; 
uncivil ; untamed. 

2. Branching, as a vine, &c. 

Ha-na-ho-kai, v. Hana and hohai, to 
waste. To behave foolishly; to behave 



carelessly ; to act the spendthrift ; to do 
mischief. See Hokae. 

Ha-na-kai, v. Hana and kai ; same as 
}tc)k(u. To erase; to blot out; better written 
/iana/iae. 

Ha-na-ma-na, s. £a?ia and twotm, super- 
natural power. The words are often sepa- 
rated ; as, hrnia 'mana. 

1. Something done above or beyond 
human ability; a work of the gods; hence, 

2. Used in the Bible for a miracle. Note. 
Hawaiians supposed there was a class of 
gods having superhuman power, and next 
to these were the highest chiefs, who were 
reverenced as gods. Kamehameha was one. 

Ha-na-ma-nu-ea, v. To blunder ; to be 

careless ; to be slow in movement. 
Ha-na-na, adj. Crooking inwardly ; 

bending ; flowing away. 
Ha-na-na, v. See Halana, a change of 

I for n. To flow, as water ; to overflow, as 

a stream its banks ; to overflow land. 
Ha-na-nai, v. To be lofty ; proud. 
Ha-na-nai, s. Loftiness ; pride. 
Ha-na-paa, v. Hana and paa, fast ; 

tight. To fasten; to make fast; to tighten. 

The full form is hana a paa. 
Ha-na-pe-pe, v. j0awa and j9epe, broken 

fine. 

1. To bruise greatly ; to crush ; to hurt 
severely. Hal. 44:19. 

2. Fig. To be pained. Ezek. 6:9. 
Ha-na-wai, v. Aia hanaioai kou makua- 

hine. Laieik.lll. Twice syx. with mai. lb. 

1. A euphemism for kahe koko. 

2. To void urine. 

Ha-na-pi-lo, ^ adj. Hana and pilo, pu- 

Ha-no-pi-lo, > trid or bad smelling. 

Ha-nu-PI-LO, ) Hoarse ; speaking with a 
low hoarse voice, as with a cold or sore 
throat. See these words in their places. 

Ha-na-wa-le, v. Hana and loale, only. 

1. To do for the sake of doing ; to do 
something without reward, i. e., gratuit- 
ously. 

2. To work without design as to the end. 

3. To labor in vain. 

4. To do or say a thing in sport. 
Ha-na-wa-le, s. A gratuitous work; a 

benefaction. 

Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, s. a boisterous, noisy 
person. 

Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, adj. Obstreperous ; 
full of noise in talk. 

Ha-na-wa-lea, v. Hayia and walea, sa.t- 
isfaction. 

1. To live, act or do as one pleases. 

2. To be satisfied with one's self or one's 
condition. 

3. To be contented. 



HAN 



150 



HAN 



Ha-na-wa-lea, 5. Self satisfaction ; 
contentment ; quietness. 

Ha-na-wa-na-wAj v. Hawanawana. by- 
inversion of letters, which see. To whisper. 

Ha-ne, s. He nui ka hane ma kekahi 
alii ; irregularity (perhaps) in living. See 
Hanehane. 

Ha-nea, v. To have no appetite. 

2. To be indolent ; inefficient; stupid. 

Ha-nea, s. Havioig no appetite ; loss 
of strength ; indolence. 

Ha-nee, v. Ha and ?iee, to slip; slide 
along. 

1. To fall flat, as a decayed house; to 
flat down; to tumble down, as a stone wall. 

2. To slip or slide down, as an avalanche; 
uakapaia o Kaholo mahope o kahanee ana 
o ka pali, it (the place) was called Kaholo 
(the moved) after the sliding down of the 
pali. See Nee. 

Ha-nee -nee, v. Intensive of the above. 
To hitch along ; me he oopa la haneenee ae 
la ka nee, as a lame man hitches along his 
pace. 

Ha-ne-ha-ne, v. To cry; to wail, as 
the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do. 

Ha-ne-ha-ne, s. The wailing or crying 
of the spirits ; hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o 
ka hanehane, me ka leo uwe ; (the air) was 
filled with the voices of lamentation, and i 
crying out and the sound of wailing. 

Ha-ne-ne, v. To blackguard ; to use 
vulgar, filthy language. 

Ha-ne-ne, s. Low, vulgar, filthy lan- 
guage ; blackguardism. 

Ha-ne -RE, num. adj. Eng. A hundred. 

Ha-ni, v. To step lightly; to walk 
softly. 

2. To graze or just to touch in passing, 
as a canoe does a rock. 

3. To pass quickly through the air with 
a humming noise. 

Ha-ni-u, s. Ha, but-end or stem of a 
leaf, and niu, cocoanut. The thick large 
heavy end of a cocoanut leaf used in beat- 
ing the sides of kalo patches. 

Ha-ni-ha-ni, v. To make first or slight 
advances in tempting to adultery. Hoo. 
The same. 

Ha-ni-le, v. To prepare for company; 
to receive company. 

Ha-ni-na, s. a pau, an ancient w*oman's 
garment colored with olena or turmeric. 

Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoo and Hanihani. 
No right ; no portion ; no part in a thing. 

Ha-ni-ni, v. See Nini and Ninini. To 
overflow ; to run out, as water from a ves- 
sel full of liquid ; to spill. 

2. To pour out, as water. 2 Sam. 14:14. 
To pour down, as a powerful rain. Jsa. 45:8. 



3. To be gone ; to disappear. ler. 49:7. 

Ha-no, s. The asthma ; a cough ; a 
wheezing with the breath ; a cough, a sig- 
nal of one's presence. Laie'ik. 146. la wa 
no kani aku la ka hano, then he emitted a 
cough. Ih. 

2. A syringe for giving injections; a 
squirt-gun. See Hahano. 

Ha-no, v. To use, as a syringe; to in- 
ject. 

Ha-no, ) 2;. To breathe naturally, as a 

Ha-NU, ) well person. Hoo. The same. 

Ha-no, ) s. The breath ; the power of 

Ha-NU, ) breathing. OtA. 17:25. The nat- 
ural breath. 

Ha-no, adj. Desolate; lonely, as a place 
uninhabited ; silent ; still. 

Ha-no-a-le-wa, s. a temple ; a place 
for sacrifice. 

2. The oven of the temple ; he heiau,iie 
luakini. 

Ha-nou, V. Hano, to breathe, and u, 
pain ; grief. To pant; to breathe with dif- 
ficulty. 

Ha-nou, s. a hard or difficult breath- 
ing ; the asthma. 

Ha-no-ha-no, \ V, To honor; to exalt,- 
to triumph, 
to have the honor that 



I" 



Ha-nu-ha-nu 

2. To be rich 
wealth gives. 

3. Hoo. To raise to honor, glory, &c. 

4. To exercise authority or dominion. 
Hal. 91:15. 

Ha-no-ha-no, s. Glory; honor; pomp; 

splendor ; excellency ; especially such as 

arises from wealth. 
2. Wealth ; the privileges of wealth. 
Ha-no-ha-no, adj. Glorious; honored; 

grave ; sober ; dignified. 1 Tim. 3:4, 11. 

Also, 
2. Proud; haughty. 
Ha-no-na, v. To drag a long fishing 

line towards shore ; to lie along stretched 

out, as a long line. 
Ha-no-na-no-na, s. An artificial pond 

made, but in letting in the water it will 

not hold. 
2. AJi^ahawai that overflows with water, 

but the rain stops and the stream is dry ; 

he hanonono, he panonono. 
Ha-no-no-no, adj. Cracked ; full of 

holes ; hakahaka, pukapuka. 
Ha-no-pi-lo, v. To be hoarse ; to speak 

in a deep-toned voice ; to speak, as one 

without a palate. See Hanapilo. 
Ha-no-pi-lo, adj. Hoarse ; speaking 

with a deep-toned voice. 
Ha-NU, v. See Hano. To breathe; to 

emit air from the lungs. Laieik. 104. 
2. To beat ; to throb, as the pulse. 



HAN 



151 



HAP 



3. To act with energy. 

4. To be so exceedingly angry that one 
cannot stand still, that he runs one way 
then another,, ranting, scolding and threat- 
ening all that come in his way. 

5. IIoo. To breathe furiously or angrily. 
Pwfc. 15:8. 

Ha-nu, s. The breathing; the natural 
breath. 

2. Breath; spirit. Fro. 2 0ilil.9-A. Eanu 
wale, mere existence without enjoyment; 
vanity. loh. 7:16. 

3. IBreath, i. e., anything evanescent; 
vanity. Hal. 39:5, 11. 

Ha-nu, adj. Na mea hamc, the breath- 
ing things, i. e., people. Jos. 10:40. 

Ha-nui, s. Ha Vindnui, great. Thebut- 
end of the stem of a cocoanut leaf. 

Ha-nu-i, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-nu-ha-nu, v. To smell; to smell, 
as a dog following the track of his master ; 
e hmm-.x'kii hamihanu ana ka ka ilio e loaa 
ai ka hookapuhi. 

Ha-nu-nu, v. To bend over; to be stoop- 
shouldered. See OoHU. 

Ha-nu-nu, a<f;'. Stooping; bending over, 
as a stoop-shouldered person. 

Ha-nu-pi-lo, v. See Hanopilo and Ha- 

NAPILO. 

Ha-nu-a, v. To be low ; level ; plane ; 

fiat ; to lie flat. See Honua. 
Ha-nu-a, adj. Level; plane; flat. 
Ha-nuu, s. Stairs; steps for ascending ; 

uneven places. See Nuu. 
Ha-nuu, adj. Rising by steps ; ala ka- 

nuu. Puk. 20:23. 
Ha-nuu-nuu, u. SeeHANUu. To ascend, 

as upon stairs ; to go up stairs. 

2. To lay one thing on the top of another. 

3. To be uneven, as stairs; as protuber- 
ances on a plane. 

Ha-nuu-nuu, s. Stairs; steps, &c. 

2. Uneven ; irregular places on a plane. 
See Haxuu and Nuu. 

3. Irregular flashes of flame ; also, 

4. Vibrations of sound. 
Ha-nuu-nuu, adv. Irregularly; not 

smooth; unequally; ina i ulaula lianuunnu 
ke ao, if the clouds be imeqnally red. 
Ha-nu-ha-nu, s. Name of a pastime 
among the ancient llawaiians ; kekahi lea- 
lea o ka hamiJianu. 

Ha-nu-na-nu-na, s. The rising of fumes 
from the stomach to the nose, as in drink- 
ing soda-water, or after eating highly fer- 
mented food, as new risen poi. 

2. The hard breathing from the stoppage 
of the nose. 

Ha-nu-pa, s. Ha and 7iupa, deep mud. 
A deep muddy pit ; a dark hole. 



Ha-nu-paa, s. Hanu and paa, tight. A 
cold or catarrh. 

Ha-nu-pau, s. Hanu, to breathe, and 
■pan, to finish. The gasping of a dying per- 
son ; the giving up of the spirit ; he hanu- 
paiL ka make. 

Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, v. Ha and 7mpa, sod; 
muddy. To be muddy ; soft ; to find it 
difficult to walk from slipperiness. See 
Hanui'a. 

Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, adj. Slippery; muddy, 
as a road bad from deep nnid ; unsteady, 
as by walking in a bad road ; allowing the 
feet to sink in, as a sandy or very dirty 
road. 

Ha-nu-pi-lo, v. See Hanapilo and Ha- 
nopilo. 

Ha-pa, v. To diminish; to make less; 
to decrease ; to be partly done, as a job of 
work. 

Ha-pa, s. An indefinite part of a thing; 
a few ; a small part. 

Ha-pai, i\ To lift up ; to elevate ; to 
take up ; to carry. 

2. To raise the hands, as in taking an 
oath. Kin. 14:22. 

3. To honor; to praise; to exalt for pa.st 
deeds ; to recompense. Eset. 6:6. 

4. With pu, to assist one in his business; 
to act together. 

5. To take up, that is, commence, as a 
speech. Nah. 23:7. 

6. To conceive, as a female ; to become 
pregnant. Oihk. 12:2. Hoo. To conceive. 
Fig. Kah. 11:12. 

Ha-pai, adj. Having conceived; preg- 
nant, as a female ; kou ?iapai ana. thy con- 
ception. Kin. 3:16. Hapai ana, the con- 
ception (of females.) 

Ha-pai-a-na, s. See Hapai above. 

Ha-pau-ea, s. Ha, breath, pan, all, and 
ea, life. 

1. Short breath ; applied to invalids and 
aged persons. 

2. Weakness ; feebleness. 

Ha-pa-u-mi, s. Hapa, part, and wm, 
ten. A tenth part ; a tenth. Kin. 14:20. 
Note. — This word has been used errone- 
ously by llawaiians to mean a small coin, 
six and a quarter cents, which is not a 
hapaumi of any known coin: hapaumi is 
ten cents, or one-tenth of a dollar ; hapa- 
icalu is one-eighth of a dollar, or twelve 
and a half cents ; hapaha is one-fourth of 
a dollar, and hapalaa is one-half of a dollar. 

Ha-pau-pau, adj. Besmeared; dirty; 
obscured, as glass, furniture, &c. ; ua ha- 
paupau ke aniani, ua hapaupau ka papa, e 
holoi ae. ^.. 

Ha-pa-ha, s. Hapa, part, and ha, four. 
A fourth part of a thing. ]\'ah. 23:10. A 



HAP 



152 



HAW 



quarter; speci/ica%, the sum of twenty-five 
cents, or a quarter of a dollar. 

Ha-pa-ha-pai, v. See Hapai and Hoo- 
LEiLEi. To lift or toss up, as a child. 

Ha-pa-ko-lu, s. Hapa and kolu, three. 
A third part of a thing. 

Ha-pa-ku-e, v. To be twisted in the 
legs and feet ; to be deformed ; to be crip- 
pled. 

2. To stammer or be slow in speech, as 
an aged person ; ma ka olelo a na elema- 
kule, ua lohi ke kamailio ana, hapakue ka 
waha i ka olelo. 

Ha-pa-ku-e, adj. Crooked ; deformed ; 
crippled. 
2. Stammering ; hesitating in speech. 

Ha-pa-ku-i, v. To stammer. See Hapa- 
kue. 

Ha-pa-la, v. See Pala. To defile ex- 
ternally ; to disfigure ; to besmear. 

2. To daub ; to paint ; to plaster with 
lime. Kanl. 27:2. 

3. Fig. To be satiated, i. e., stained, as 
with blood. Isa. 34:6. 

4. To be soft, as kalo killed with cold or 
drought; ua hapala ke kalo, ua pala ke 
kumu. 

Ha-pa-le, s. a shovel or trowel. 
Ha-pa-li-ma, s. Hapa, part, and lima, 

five. One-fifth; a fifth part of a thing. 

Kin. 41:34. 
Ha-pa-lu-a, s. Hapa, part, and lua, two. 

One-half; a half part. Piik. 24:6. This 

word is used specifically for half a dollar 

as hapaha is for twenty-five cents. 
Ha-pa-pa, s. a stratum of rock covered 

with thin earth ; a stony place. 
2. Earth covered with stones. 
Ha-pa-pa, adj. Shallow, as earth above 

the rock ; shallow ; not deeply planted, as 

seed ; o kahi hapapa i ulu ole a mae koke. 
Ha-pa-pa-pa, s.'and adj. Very shallow, 

&c. See above. 
Ha-pa-wa-le, s. Hapa and wale, only. 

Only a part ; a few ; *a small portion. 
Ha-pa-wa-lu, s. Hapa and walu, eight. 

The eighth ; the eighth part of a thing ; 

specifically, the sum of twelve and a half 

cents. 
Ha-pe, adj. Wronsgj incorrect. 
Ha-pou, s. Name of a soft porous kind 

of stones. 
Ha-po-po, adj. Dim-sighted; almost 

blind ; blear eyed, as one who cannot see 

clearly ; hapopo ka maka. 

Ha-pou-pou, adj. Blurred; darkened 
or whitened over, as the eye ; e like me 
poaeae ; hapoupou ka maka*.. See Hapopo. 

Ha-pu, s. Name of a vegetable eaten 
in time of famine. 



r-KA, ) -y. Xo gather up everything; 
r-KU, ) to collect together indiscrim- 



Ha-pu-ee, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-puu, v. To be many; to be multi- 
tudinous ; to abound in plenty ; thick to- 
gether. 

Ha-puu, adj. Many; abounding; plen- 
teous. 

Ha-puu, s. Name of a species of large 
fern ; the root is eatable in time of famine. 
See Kahapuu. 
2. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-puu-puu, v. To be undecided as to 
what one has said ; to be not plain as to 
the meaning of something said ; ua hap)uu- 
puu kana olelo, aole akaka ; ke hapuupuu 
nei ka manao, mahope paha akaka. 

Ha-puu-puu, adj. See Hapuu, many. 
To be numerous ; hapuupuu ke lelo o Hilo 
i ka ua. 

Ha-puu-puu, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See Hapuu. 

Ha-pu-ka-o-hi-o-hi, v. To speak fool- 
ishly ; to talk nonsense ; ma ka hapukaohi- 
olii ana paha a ka waha me ka poe Kauai la. 

Ha-pu-ka-0-hi-o-hi, s. Foolish, nonsens- 
ical talk. 

Ha-pu- 

Ha-pu- 

inately good and bad ; to scrape together. 
2. To be crowded together, as thoughts 
in the mind ; pilikia iho la oloko, hapuku, 
hapuku mai la ka manao ana. 

Ha-pu-na, s. a dirty puddle of water. 
See Kio, Halokowai, &c. 

Ha-wa, v. To be daubed with excre- 
ments ; to be defiled ; to be in a pitiable 
state. 

Ha-wae, s. The white sea-egg. 

Ha-wae-kai-nui, adj. AwkWard, as in 
diving and spattering the water much ; 
haioaekainui ke kanaka i ka luu. 

Ha-wae-wae, s. a species of small lob- 
ster. 

Ha-wai, v. To pour water on an oven 
when heated to generate steam. 

Ha-wai, v. To pour or dash water on to 
an oven to increase the steam ; i hale pa- 
lima, hale hawal ma ka la hookahi. 

Ha-wai, adj. Pertaining to the place or 
business of steaming food in an oven. 

Ha-wai, s. A pipe for conveying water; 
a lead pipe, hose, &c. 

Ha-wai-i, s. Name of the largest island 
of the Hawaiian group, and gives name to 
the group. From time immemorial the 
people have called themselves "ko Ha- 
waii," and the islands "ka pae aina o Ha- 
waii," '' na moku Hawaii," «fec. 

Ha-wai-i-a-kea, s. Broad or large Ha- 
waii ; i kane na ke kaikamahine alii o 
Hawaiiakea. Laieik. 168. 



HAD 



153 



HEA 



Ha-wa-ha-wa, adj. Filthy; dirty; espe- 
cially with such dirt as sticks to one. See 
Hawa. 

Ha-wa-le, s. Lying"; deceitful; no con- 
fidence in. 

Ha-wa-li, )s.Pl place where veg- 

Ha-wa-li-wa-li, ) etation grows around 
a salt pond. 

2. A kind of slimy, sticky fish. 

Ha-wa-na, v. To whisper ; to speak in 
the ear ; to speak in a low voice. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, v. To whisper, &c. 

" See Hawana. A huki iho la ia ia, e hawa- 
naicana i kona pepciao, he pulled him to- 
wards himself to whisper in his ear; to con- 
sult aj^ainst one. Hal. 1 1 :7. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, s. Whispering; low 
talk in the ear ; soft conversation. 

Ha-wa-ne, s. The name of the palm 
cocoauut. 

2. The fruit of the tree otherwise called 
loidu; the fruit is eatable; its leaf made 
into hats. 

Ha-wa-wa, v. See Hawa. To be awk- 
ward; foolish; ignorant; not to know how 
to do things. 

Ha-wa-wa, s. Awkwardness ; igno- 
rance; without skill or energy to obtain it. 

Ha-wa-wa, adj. Awkward; unapt; un- 
skillful ; ignorant ; rude ; weak in knowl- 
edge. Rom. 1:21. Mea hawawa, a silly 
person. lob. 5:2. 

Ha-we-le, v. To lengthen; to lengthen 
by tying on a piece ; e loloa ae ; hence, 

2. To tie or lash on with a cord or string. 

3. To bind or secure by tying ; to fasten 
by tying. 

4. To bind on, as shoes or sandals. los. 
9:5. To tie or fasten on, as a sword. 1 Sam. 
25:13. As the cover of a vessel. iVa/i. 19:15. 
As armor generally. Kanl. 1:45. 

5. To shoe; to put on shoes. Epes. 6:15. 
Ha-we-le, s. A tying on; a binding on. 
Ha-we-na, s. a substance similar to 

chalk; chalk. 

2. Hoariness; the whitishness of gray 
hair ; a hoary or gray head ; hapala ia i ka 
haioena, daubed with whitishness. 

3. Applied to a gray headed man who 
has but little wisdom. 

Ha-we-we, v. To make a monotonous 
rustling sound, as one moving his feet, 
drumming with his fingers, &c. ; nehe, ne- 
neke. See Ue and Ueue. 

Ha-we-we, s. A rustling indistinct 

sound ; a slight rumbling sound. 

Ha-da-sa, s. Heb. The myrtle tree. Isa. 

41:19. 
Ha-da-sa, adj. Lala hadasa, myrtle 

branches. Neh. 8:15. 
20 



Ha-re, s. Eiig. Name of an unclean 

animal; a hare. Orhk.W:^. 

He, art. The indefinite article, answer- 
ing somewhat to Engli-sh a or an. For its 
various uses, see Ch'am. § 66, 111, Rule 6th, 
Syntax, «S:c. 

He, s. a grave; a place where one per- 
son is buried. Kin. 35:20. A sepulchre ; 
he lua kupapau. 

2. A dividing line or boundary between 
lands. 

He, s. Name of the little worm that eats 
the leaves of the cocoanut and the palm- 
leaf pandanus. 

He, s. Name of a weapon used in war; 
hawane, he laau hanaia i he kaua. 

He, v. To roar, as a strong wind, such 
as roars down the ravines ; he leo o ka 
makani kauaula ka'u i he iho nei, ke nee 
nei i na kuhawai. 

He-a, V. To call ; to give an appella- 
tion. SYX.with kapa. ioax. 13:13. To cull 
to one ; to call one. 

2. To choose ; to appoint. 

3. To sing or recite a mele ; ina ku ke 
kanaka i ka hea mele ana, if any man stand 
up for reciting a mele. See Kauea. 

He-a, s. a call ; a calling out ; a cry. 
He-a, adv. int. Which ? what ? when ? 

where? referring to place, ichere ; ka hale 
hea? what or which house? ka manawa 
hea? when? what time? &c.; it is declined 
like a noun. See Gram. § 160 and 165. It 
takes also other prefixes ; as, auhea ? pe- 
hea? &c. 

He-a, v. To eat up entirely ; to leave 
nothing uneaten. Note. — This was applied 
to the last hog that was sacrificed on the 
eighth day at the dedication of a heiau. 
The hog itself was called puaa hea, as it 
was to be entirely eaten up. Should any 
person refuse to eat of it'on this occasion, 
he would be immediately sacrificed ; or if 
any part of the hog should be left after all 
had eaten, they would all die by some 
dreadful judgment. 

He-a, v. To be red or sore, as inflamed 

eyes; to be stained or colored red. 
He-a, s. Sore eyes ; inflamed eyes. 
He-a, adj. He ua hea. See Ua, s. A 

cold rain. See Konauea, cold rain. See 

KONA. 

He-a. Used as a suffix to various words, 
as paapuAm, meaning perhaps heavy or 

smoky. 
He-au, s. Name of the place where 

fishermen set the basket in catching fish ; 
the place was artificially built : alalia ku- 
kulu hou i man heau — ma ka hema o ka 
mokupuni, me ke kukulu heau no. 



HEE 



154 



HEl 



He-a-ha, adv. int. He and aha. Lit. A 

what? what? why? 
He-a-ha, v. To what ; to ask what ; 

hmha mai la kekahi, heaha ia? a certain 

person whatted (asked what) is it? Gram. 

§ 37. See Aha. 
He-a-he-a, v. See Hea. To call; to 

call frequently ; to call out ; to call for 

help with earnestness. 
Hea-hea, v. See Hea, v., to be red. To 

imprint with spots ; to stain, especially 

with red colors ; to be smeared, as with 

red dirt. 
Hea-hea-ia, s. a calling; a voice of 

culling ; aole nae i loaa ka heaheaia mai. 

Laieik. 91. 
Hea-hea-hea, a^^j. SeeHEAHEA. Warm, 

&c. ; bald. 
He-a-hi-o, adj. Lazy; loitering behind. 
He-a-na, s. The dead body or corpse 

of one or more slain in battle. Kanl 28:26. 

A carcass of any dead animal. Mat. 24:28. 

See He, a grave. 

Hee, v. To melt ; to change from a 
solid to a liquid substance; to run, as a 
liquid ; to flow, as blood or water. 

2. To slip or glide along; to melt away; 
to play on the surf-board. Laklk. 91. See 
Heexalu. 

3. To flee through fear ; ke kaua ana, o 
ka poe i hee, makau lakou ; to flee ; to be 
dispersed in battle. Kin. 14:10. 

4. To melt; applied fig. to the heart; to 
be fearful ; cowardly. Kanl. 20:8. 

5. To be disappointed. Isa. 28:1G. To 
dip up and pour out water; to skim off the 
scum, as cream. &c. See Auhee. 

6. Imperatively, hee aku paha.be off; go 
about your business ; contraction perhaps 
for hele. 

Hee, s. a flowing, as of blood or other 
liquid. 

2. A flight, as of a routed army. 

3. A bloody issue, catamenia ; he hee 
koko ka wahine ; heeholua, to slide on the 
holua, a pastime among the ancients ; hee- 
nalu, a playing on the surf-board. 

Hee, s. The squid, from his slippery 
qualities. 

2. The rope that supports the mast; a 
stay. 

He-e-he, v. To bleat, as a goat. 

Hee-hee, v. The ISthconj. of Aee. To 
flow or melt away ; to disappear ; to be- 
come liquid ; to flee in battle ; to dip up 
water with a cup. Jfoo. To melt away, as 
an army ; hence, to flee ; to run. 

2. A word used in enforcing the highest 
kapus. 

Hee-hee, s. A boil; a sore emitting 
matter. See Hehe. Root hee. 



2. An avalanche or pali slidden down ; 
earth or dirt fallen down from a steep side 
hill. 

He-e-hi-a, v. To be filled with awe ; 
to tremble with fear. See Eehta. 

Hee-ho-lu-a, v. Hee and kolua, a ma- 
chine something like a sled upon which the 
ancients slid down hill ; a pastime among 
the ancient Hawaiians. See Holua. 

Hee-kee, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Hee-ko-ko, s. Hee and koko, blood. A 
flowing of blood ; any great flow of blood ; 
specifically, the catamenia. O'lhk. 15:25. 

Hee-ma-ko-ko, s. Name of a species of 
large squid found in the ocean, not eata- 
ble ; he hee nui loa ia ma ka moana, he 
mea ai ole ia. 

Hee-ma-ko-le, s. Squid that has been 
cured with salt, and is red. 

Hee-na-lu, v. Hee and nalu, the surf. 
To slide down the surf; to play on the 
surf-board. See below. 

Hee-na-lu, s. Hee and nalu, the surf. 
A playing on the surf, a pastime among the 
ancients; the name of their play on the surf. 

Hee-ne-hu, s. The name of a species 
of small fish ; he uahuki heenehu na ka 
lawaia. 

Hee-pu-loa, s. a fish of the squid genus. 

Hee-wa-le, v. Hee and wale, only. To 
melt easily ; to flee, as a coward in time of 
danger. 

He I, s. A net ; a snare for entangling 
and taking an animal ; applied to men. 
Sol. 29:5. 

2. A draught offish. Luke 5:4. 

3. Game caught in hunting. 

4. A cat's cradle. Bal. 

Hei, v. To entangle, as in a net. 
Habak. 1:15. 

2. Fig. To be insnared or entangled with 
difficulty. 1 Tim.. 3:7. 

3. To catch and entangle one by the neck 



4. Hoo. To catch in a net. Fig. Luke 
5:10. To entrap, entangle, &c. ; ua makau 
an i ka mea kii mai ia'u e hoohei aku, I am 
afraid of him who shall come to entrap me. 

Hei, s. The form of hanging greens 
about the house of the gods to render the 
sacrifices acceptable; i mea e hoohiwahiwa 
aku. 

2. A wreath of green leaves. Fig. An 
ornament ; o ke akamai o ka makuakano, 
e lilo no ia i hei na ke keiki, the wisdom of 
the father, it shall become a lorcath for the 
child. 

Hei, s. The name of the pawpaw tree; 

also called mili. 
2. Also the name of the fruit. 



HEU 



155 



HEH 



Hei-au, s. a small secret room in the He-u-he-u 
large temple. 

2. A large temple of idolatry among 
Hawaiians ; a temple for the worship of 
one or more of the gods ; e kukulu oe i 
man heiaii no na akua, no Ku. no 
Kane ame Kanaloa, build thou some tern 
pies for the gods, for Ku, for Lono, for 
Kane and Kanaloa. 

3. The heiau was one of the six houses of 
every man's regular establishment — the 
house for the god ; eono hale o na kanaka, 
he heiau, oia kekahi, men had six houses, 
the heiau (temple) was one. 

4. In the Bible, a high place of worship. 
2 JVd. 12:14 ; Isa. 15:2. 

Hei-e, s. a servant to a prophet who 

reported his declarations. 
Hei-hei, v. To run, as in a race ; to 

run a race. Hal. 19:5. 
Hei-hei-ho-lu-a, s. a race with the 

hoolua ; a sliding down hill on a hoolua. 
Hei-hei-na-lu, s. Heihei and 7ialu, surf, 

A riding the surf in the way of a race be- 
tween two or more persons ; an ancient 

pastime. 
Hei-hei-waa, s. a race between two or 

more canoes ; practiced much in former 

times. 
He-o, adj. Proud ; haughty ; used 

mostly with the causative haa. See Haaheo 

and HoonEo. 
He-o, s. The semen masculinum; eolu 

ka puu, i olu ka heo ? 
*^E'0> ) u. To be in haste, as an assem- 
He-oo, ) bly to disperse. 

2. To be in haste to go, as one afraid or 
not welcome. 

3. To be in doubt what way to go. 
He-o-he-o, s. The glans penis; applied 

to men and to some animals ; wiibin the 
prepuce ; loaa ka heoheo. 

He-u, s. Down or fine hair, 

2. A youngster ; a young man. from his 
down or first beard ;" kuu kane o ka wa 
heu ole, my hu5l>and from the time of youth 
(without a beard.) Laielk. 204. 

3. The quicksilver on the back of a look- 
ing-glass ; holoi lakou i ka heu o ka aniani. 
they washed off the quicksilver of the glasf* 

4. The work first done, the speech first 
made, the first movement in an affair. 

He-u, v. To begin to grow, as the 

beard ; he kanaka opiopio wale no, akahi 

no a heu. 
He-u, adj. The first shooting of beards 

in boys ; he keiki heu. a child bearded. 
He'u, ^ ) ^,, With a sharp break in 
He'u-he'u, ) pronouncing. to sing.asbirds; 

to sound, as the voice of birds ; to sound, 

as the voice of spirits with sweet sounds. 



S^ee Heu above. 
He-u-kae, v. To split, as a cane. 

2. To treat one >)adly ; to use harshly. 

3. To act the villain. See IIaukae. 
He-u-mi-ki, adj. Good. 



nie tern- He-ha, adj. Lazy; indolent; slow in 
work: oi)u/<e/«a. T'^. 1:12. Trau.-;liit<'d.v/oio 
bellies. SvN. with ulana. Molowa i ka hana, 
manaka. 

He-he, c. See Hee. To run or flow 
out, as an ulcer or the contents of a boil. 

2. IIoo. To melt or cause to become 
liquid, as metals by heat. See IIeeueh. 

He-he, i*. To laugh ; to mock ; to de- 
ride. 

He -he, s. a swelling ulcerated on the 
•skin. 

He-he, s. The upper calabash of a drum. 

He-he, adj. Ulcerous ; belonging to a 
boil ; mai hehe. Kanl. 28:27. 

2. Molten ; that which has been cast. 

He -hee, v. To melt, as metals ; to 
liquefy any solid substance. 1 Fet. 3:12. 

2. Fig. To soften, as the heart : to make 
fearful. Puk. 15:15. 

3. Hoo. To melt and cast into any figure. 
Puk. 25:12. To cause to be soft; unstable; 
e lewa. 

4. To flow ; to run, as a liquid metal ; 
he pohaku i hoohehee wale ia no. See Hee. 

He-hee, s. With mai, a running sore. 
Oihk. 13:18.^ 

He-hee, adj. Hoo. Liquid; thin; flow- 
ing ; melting. *S'o/. 17:3. 

He -HE-HEE, V. See Gram. § 225. A 
poetical form of the verb hee. to flow away, 
i. e.. to, fade, as the colors of calico ; hehe- 
hee i ka wai. to fade by washing. 

He-hei, v. See Hel' To entangle in a 
net. as fish or birds in a snare. 

He-he-0, v. E peeaniki, e koheo, e 
pueo. Kamak. 

He-he-lo, v. To be like the helo or 
oh«'lo. a reddish bruwn : hence, 

2. To be good looking ; grand ; proud. 

He-he-na, u. To be mad ; crazy ; in- 
sane, ler. 25:16. 

He-he-na, s. A madness. Kard. 2S:2S. 

2. A mad person ; hana iho la e like me 

na hehena ame na holoholona. they acted 

like madmen and brutes. 2 JN'a/. 9:11. See 

EUENA. 

He-he-na, adj. Insane ; crazy ; deliri- 
ous : raving mad. 1 Sun. 21:13. 14. 

He -HI, V. To tread upon. Kanl, 1:36. 
To trample down. See Ehi. With kapuai. 
Kanl. 11:24. 

2. To put the foot upon, a symbol of sub- 
jection, los. 10:24. 

3. To trample upon, i. e,, disobey or dis- 



HEK 



156 



HEL 



regard, as a law ; hehi na mea a pau ma- 
luna ke kanawai o ka aina, everybody 
trampled upon the law of the land 5 hehi 
berita, to trample upon or disregard a 
covenant. iMnk. 2:20. 

4. To loathe, as a full person his food. 
Sol 27:7. 

He-hi, s. a treading; a place for tread- 
ing ; kahi hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor 
where grain was trodden out. Nah. 15:20. 

He -HO, s. A cob ; a corn cob. 

He-hu, u. To pull up by the roots ; to 
root up. 1 Nal. 14:15. 

2. Fig. To root out, as a people ; malia 
paha i hehuia makou i poe nana e kuhikuhi 
i na iwi ka poe kahiko, perhaps we shall 
be rooted up as those who shall point to the 
bones (land-marks) of the ancients. 

3. To pull up for transplanting; to trans- 
plant. 

4. To carry manure for the good of a 
transplanted tree. 

He-hu, v. To summon to work or to 
war ; to warn out. 

He-hu, s. A tree pulled up for trans- 
plantation. 

2. Mist ; steam ; vapor ; spray from the 
sea. See Ehu and Hehukai. 

3. Name of a medicine. 
He-hu-kai, s. See Ehu. Hehu and kai. 

the sea. The spray of the sea. 

He-hu-na-kai, s. He and huna, small 
particle, and kai, sea. The spray of the sea, 

He-ka, ) ddj. Sore ; red, as in- 

He-ka-HE-ka, ) flamed eyes; eyelids turned 
out by inflammation. 

He-kau, v. To tie with a rope. 

2. To make fast, as in anchoring a boat 
or cask, by tying to stones or rocks under 
water. Laieik.124:. Aole e lilo, ua /le/cama. 

He-kau, s. A large strong rope for fast- 
ening boats, canoes, &c. 

He-kau, adj. Epithet of a large strong 
rope ; he kaula hekau ; strong ; firm. 

He-ke , s. A nail or pin to hang things on. 
2. One thing up over another ; a sail 
drawn up over another sail. 

He-ke, adj. Fallen, as the countenance 
with shame. 

2. Faded ; wilted, as a plant. 

3. Angry ; cross ; reluctant. 

He-ke -he-ke, adj. Weak ; faint ; des- 
titute of energy. 

He-ke-ke, adj. Hakake, leilei, pokole. 

He-ki-li, s. Art. ke. Puk. 9:33 ; Puk. 

20:15. Thunder; a voice from the clouds. 

2. Anything terrible, raging, terrific; uhi 

paapu mai la oia i na hekili ke kuko ino. 

Laieik. 196. 

He-ki-li, v. To thunder. Hal. 29:3. 
Hoo. To cause to thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. 



He-ku-ni, s. a steward. 

He-ku-pau, s. He, a grave, and kupa- 
pau, a dead body. A grave ; a place for 
depositing a corpse. Nah. 19:16. 

He -LA, \adj. Eedness of the cor- 

He-la-HE-LA, ) ner of the eye ; partial 
blindness ; ka paholehole ka ili, hela- 
hela ino ka poe i hana pela. 

He-le, v. To move in any way to a 
large or small minute distance; the quality 
of the motion is expressed by other words. 

2. To walk ; to go ; to move. 

3. To act ; to exhibit moral conduct. 1 
Kor. 3:3. 

4. To stretch, as a string or rope. 

5. Hoo. To cause one to go or pass on. 
Ezek. 16:21, To desire or pretend to go on; 
to depart ; aole nae e pono ia laua e hoo- 
hele wale i na pohaku hoohele ; hele kue, to 
go against,»as an enemy. Xwnfc. 1:10. Hele 
wale, to be or to walk about naked. See 
Helewale. Hele e, to go before ; ke hele 
aku nei ke keiki, the child grows, i. e., in- 
creases in stature ; hele liilii, helelei, to 
scatter ; to separate. See the compounds. 

He-le, s. A noose ; a snare for catch- 
ing birds. See Pahele. 

2. A going ; a passing on ; a journey ; a 
course. 

He-le-a, v. To put a noose around the 
head of a shark ; i helea ka o kai ka lani. 

He-lei, adj. Inflamed ; opened, as the 
eye, so as to turn the lid out ; he maka 
helei, an inflamed eye. 

He-lei, v. To open or spread open, as 
the legs ; to straddle. See Kuhelei. A 
specific word, and rather indelicate. 

2. To say wo by a signal, that is, by pull- 
ing down one corner of the eye slily. 

He-le -u, s. A vulgar word for the welu 

used in wiping the fundament. 
He-le-u-ma, s. Hele, to move, and U7?ia, 

to grasp. 

1. The stone anciently used as an anchor 
to hold a canoe. 

2. In modern times, an anchor of a ves- 
sel ; aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka moku, the 
anchor of the ship was not let down. Fig. 
Heh. 6:19. 

He-le-he-le, v. See Hele. To go 
through; hence, to cut up; to divide asun- 
der, as with a knife or shears. See Mahele. 

He-le-he-le-na, s. The external ap- 
pearance of a person, his form, contour ; 
especially the face of a person. lak. 1:23. 
With maka, the appearance of the face. 
Dan. 10:6. Helehelena ka poino, /ace of 
sadness. Laieik. 142. 

He-le-ho-nu-a, v. i/eZe and Aorawa, pre- 
ceding ; going before. To precede ; to go 
before ; to do previously. 



HEL 



157 



HEM 



He-le-ho-nu-a, v. Eele, a noose or snare, 
and honua, adv. To tie ; to bind ; to en- 
tangle ; to catch in a snare or net. 

He-le-ki-ka-ha, v. Hele and kikaha. 

1. To act in ignorance of what is doing ; 
to walk in obscurity. 

2. To wander a long way ofif; a pro- 
verbial expression, mai noho a helekikaha 
aku, act not without object. See Kikatia. 

He-le-ki-ki, v. Hele and kiki. See Kiki. 

To act hastily ; to do quickly ; to go in a 

hurry. 
He-le-lei, v. Hele and lei, to throw 

away. 

1. To scatter, as any small articles ; to 
spill, as water. 

2. To distill, as dew, i. e., to fall upon 
one, as music or a speech. KatU. 32:2. 

3. To slaver with one's spittle. 1 Sam. 
21:13. 

4. To scatter, i. e., to fall, as seed sown. 
Mat. 13:4. Hoo. To cast or throw away, &c. 

He-le-lei, adj. Scattered ; dropping or 
falling, as tears ; halawai oia me kana 
keiki me ka wairaaka helelei, she met with 
her son wiihjiowing tears. 

2. Broken or crumbled, so as to separate. 
los. 9:12. Crumbling, as dirt ; he lepo 
helelei. 

He-le-pe-la, v. imperat. Hele and pela, 
thus ; so. 

1. Be gone ; be off ; get out ; go just as 
you are ; often more full ; thus, e hele loa 
pela, get you gone clear away. 

2. Hoo. To cast out ; to throw away ; 
to drive off. 

He-le-wa-le, v. Hele and wale, in the 
condition one is in naturally. See Wax.e. 

1. To go about destitute of clothing ; to 
be naked. 

2. To be poor; destitute of comforts. 
See Ilihune. 

3. To go or be anywhere without any 
fixed purpose ; helewale mai nei au, I hap- 
pened to come along here. Note. — The 
words are often written separately. 

He-li-u, v. To face about ; a military- 
term. See Halui. 

He-lo, 5. Name of a species of whor- 
tleberry, of a reddish brown color ; gener- 
ally written ohelo ; hence 

He-lo-he-lo, adj. Red as the ohelo 
berry ; reddish brown. 

He-lo-he-lo, v. To be red like the ohelo. 

He-lu, v. To scratch the earth, as a 
hen ; to dig potatoes with the fingers ; to 
paw the ground, as an angry bull. 

2. To count ; to number ; to compute 5 
to reckon up the sum of numbers. Piik. 
30:12. 

3. To reckon in favor of one or against 
him ; to impute. Oihk. 7:18. 



4. To tell ; to relate ; to recount some 

past transaction. 2 Nal. 8:4. 
He-lu, s. The seeds of the puakala. 

2. Shot used in shooting birds. 
He-lu, adv. Reciting or proclaiming 

the virtues of a deceased person ; alalia, 

uwe helu mai la ia, penei, a uwe helu iho la. 

Laieik. 50. 
He-lu-ai, s. The office of a person en- 
gaged in the play of kilu ; a lalau mai ka 

heiuai i ke kilu. 
B.E-LV -I A, adj. Pass, of Mm. That which 

is counted or reckoned in. Nah. 7:2. 
He-lu-ia'na, s. See Helu. Heluia and 

ana, a number : a numbering. The being 

numbered. 1 Oihl. 27:1. 
He-lu-he-lu, v. To read ; to con over 

and over ; to read in or from a book. 
2. To recount; to make mention of some 

past transaction. 2 Kal. 23:2. 
He-lu-na, s. Helu and ana. Gram. ^ 34. 

1. A numbering, counting, &c. ; hence, 

2. A number, i. e., the result of counting, 
i/oi/c. 13:18. Ua like ka/jehoia o konamau 
niho me ko ka lio, the numbei' of his teeth 
is like that of a horse. 

He-lu-ho-i-ke, s. Helu and hoike, to 
show. An arithmeticon, a frame with 
strings of counters, used as an aid in solv- 
ing questions in arithmetic; a modern word. 

He-ma, adj. Left; applied to two op- 
posite things ; as, lima hema, the left hand, 
in distinction from lima akau, the right 
hand; welau hema (in geography), the south 
pole ; opposed to welau akau, the north 
pole; kanaka lima hema, a left-handed man. 
Lunic. 3:15. Note. — In marking the car- 
dinal points of the compass, a Hawaiian 
will place himself back to the east and his 
face to the west ; hence, his right indicates 
the north and his left the south. 

He-ma-he-ma, adj. See Heivia. Left- 
handed ; hence, 

2. Awkward, as a left-handed man ; un- 
skillful ; inexpert. 

3. Hoo. Dull of apprehension; ignorant. 
Rom. 1:31. 

4. Wanting ; lacking ; destitute. Oihk. 
22:23. 

He-ma-he-ma, v. See Hema. To be des- 
titute of; to want. KatH. 15:8. I makau- 
kau ko oukou hoi ana. aole e liemahema, 
that you may be supplied on your return 
and not be destitute. 

2. Hoo. To make destitute ; to deprive 
of; pehea kakou e hoohemahema nei i ko 
kakou ola ? how are we depriving ourselves 
of our living? 

He-ma-he-3Li, 5. Want ; need ; neces- 
sity. 

He-mo, v. To loosen ; to untie, as a 
rope ; to cast off. 



HEM 



158 



HEW 



2. To come out ; move away ; depart 
to turn ofif, as a tenant; to dispossess of 
one's land. 

3. To loosen, i. e., to sail, as a vessel; to 
set sail. 

4. To break loose from restraint or con- 
finement; to break over a boundary. Puk. 
19:21. 

5. To break off a habit ; to wean, as a 
child ; i hemo ke keiki i ka Avaiu, let the 
child be broken off from the milk, i. e., 
weaned. 

6. Hoo. To loosen, &c. ; to put away, 
i. e., divorce, as married persons ; he wa- 
hine i hoohemoia. See Oki and Hooki. 

He-mo, s. A loosening; a separation of 

things once united ; ua like ka hemo me ka 

makili. 
He -MO, adj. Loose; separating. 
He-mo-e, adj. Hemo and e, strangely, 

i. e., very much. Faint; hungry; gasping; 

near dissolution of soul and body ; dying ; 

hemoe ke aho, the breath is very loose. See 

E, adj. 
He -MO-HE -MO, V. Freq. of kemo. To 

loosen often or very much. 

2. To be weak from fear; to be unfast- 
ened. 

3. Hoo. To take away ; to separate ; to 
take off. Puk. 14:25. 

He -MO-HE -MO, s. A separating; agoing 

off; a loosening. 
He-mo-le-a-le-a, v. Hemo ?ii[\di lea, joy; 

cheerfulness. To consent cheerfully to 

one's going for, or doing a thing ; to bid 

hira God speed ; ka ae pono ia aku ; ka 

hele ana aku me ka pono. 
He-mo-le-le, v. Hemo, to loosen, and 

lele, to jump or fly off ; to be separate from 

some other thing ; hence, 

1. In a natural sense (the defect of a 
thing is supposed to have been separated), 
to be complete ; perfect ; fully finished. 

2. In a moral sense, to break or separate 
from what is wrong or evil. Kayil 26:19. 
In this passage the Me is evidently used as 
the intensive of hemo, i. e., to be entirely 
separated. Oihk. 19:2. 

3. To be perfect; lacking nothing; com- 
pleted, as a work. 1 loan. 2:5. Also in a 
moral sense. Kol. 4:12. 

4. To be perfect in moral rectitude. 1 
Nal. 8:61. To be holy; perfect. 1 Pet. 1:15. 

5. Hoo. To perfect; to finish. Ezek. 27:4. 
He-mo-le-le, s. The perfection of a 

thing. 

2. Virtue ; holiness. Oih. 3:12. A sepa- 
ration from what is evil; goodness; a state 
of glory. 

He-mo-le-le, adj. Perfect ; faultless ; 
holy; complete. Hal. l'S9:22. 

He-mu, v. To scare or drive away, as 
fowls, pigs, &c. 



He-na, s. The hollow of the thigh. 
Kin. 32:25. The buttock ; the nakedness 
of a person. Isa. 47:3. The place of the 
kauha intestine. Anai. 52. The mons 
veneris. 

He-na-he-na, v. See Henehene. 

He-na-lu, v. See Heenalu. 

He-ne, s. a bundle, as of potatoes or 
other things done up for carrying. See 

KUTENE. 

He-ne, v. To laugh at; to mock; to 

deride. See Henehene. 
He-ne-he-ne, v. To laugh in derision ; 

to mock ; to treat a person or thing with 

contempt. 

2. To cast off and forsake as worthless or 
contemptible. 

3. To be secretly pleased when another 
falls ; applied to wicked men when a good 
man falls into sin. Sol. 25:10. With the 
passive heneheneia, to be the subject of rid- 
icule. 1 Nal. 9:7. 

4. Hoo. To laugh scornfully; to reproach. 
Isa. 37:22. E henehene mai ka make ia 
lakou, death mocks them. 

He-ne -HE -NE-iA, s. Mockery; contempt. 
2 Oihl. 29:8. Superciliousness ; haughti- 
ness. 

He-ne-he-ne, adj. Disdainful; foolish; 
insipid ; aka, i ka poe hewa. he mea hene- 
hene ia e lakou ka nani o ke Akua. 

He-ni-po-a, adj. See Nipoa. Feeble ; 
debilitated ; weak. 

He-nu, v. To anoint, &c. See Hinu. 

He-nu-he-nu, v. SeeHiNUHiNU. To be 
smooth ; to be polished. 
2. To be shining. 

He-nu-he-nu, adj. Shining; glittering; 
polished. 

He-pa, s. A shaking of the limbs ; the 
palsy ; a sitting in silence. 

He-pa, adj. Mischievous; false; lazy; 
nani ke kanaka hepa. 

He-pa-he-pa, adj. A person so diseased 
that he cannot help himself ; applied to the 
palsy. 

He-pa-no-a, adj. See Panoa. Dry and 
parched, as land. 

He-pu-e, s. See Pue. A pushing on or 
along ; the rapid flow of a current. 

He-wa, v. To be wrong ; to be in the 

wrong ; to act or to be in error. 

2. To sin, i. e., to go contrary to right ; 
to transgress. Isa. 43:27. To be viciously 
inclined. 

3. IIoo. To accuse ; to find fault with ; 
to complain. See Ahewa. 

4. To condemn ; to reprove. 

5. To be under a curse ; to be accursed. 
Kin. 3:17. 



HIA 



159 



HIA 



He-wa, s. Error ; wrong ; sin ; vice ; 

often connected with ino and hala. Puk. 

34:7. 
2. The fruit or consequence of sin, i. e., 

punishment ; overthrow. Lunk. 20:41. lie 

mau hewa lele wale, little vices that spring 

up of themselves and are not punished. 
He-wa, adj. Wrong; improper; sinful; 

wicked. 
He-wa, adv. Erroneously; wrongfully; 

hcle hewa, to go wrijnj^ ; to miss the rigiit 

way. Fig. To commit sin. 
He-wa-he-wa, v. See Hewa, to be 

wrong. To make a mistake ; to commit an 

error ; mostly used in the causative. 

2. 7/oo. To forget one's appearance or 
name. 

3. To mistake one person for another. 

4. To be deranged in mind ; to be silent 
and unsociable through alienation of mind. 

He-wa-he-wa, s. A mistake of one per- 
son or thing for another. 

2. Derangement of mind from sickness. 

3. Sullen silence. 
He-wa-he-wa, adj. Crazy; unsound in 

mind ; mad. ler. 29:26. 

He -BE -DO-MA, s. Gr. A term or space 
of seven days ; a week ; a space of seven 
years. Km. 29:37. 

He-be-ra, s. Heb. A Hebrew; a man 
of the Hebrew race. Kin. 14:13. One of 
the descendants of Abraham ; mostly used 
as an adjective. 

He-be-ra, adj. Hebrew ; pertaining to 
the Hebrew people. Fuk.21:2. Also per- 
taining to the Hebrew langiuige. Liik. 
33:38. 

He-re-e-ke-la, s. Eng. Herschel; the 
planet of that name. See Astron(miia. 

Hi, v. To droop ; to be weak. 

2. To flow away, as the contents of the 
bowels in a dysentery ; to purge. 

3. To blow out with force any liquid from 
the moiith. 

Hi, s. a flowing away; a purging, as 
in dysentery. 

2. The name of the disease called dysen- 
tery ; he hi ka mai. 

3. A hissing sound, as the rapid flow of 
a liquid ; h'lkoko, a bloody flux.* Olh. 28:8. 
See HiKOKO. 

Hi-A, V. To rub two sticks one upon 
another to obtain tire. See Ailima and 
AuNAHi. E hana i ke ahi me ka aunahi, a 
maluna iho ka aulima, alalia kuolo me ka 
anai ana i mea e a i ke ahi. 

2. To reflect ; to think. 

3. To run about as wild ; to strut about. 

4. To entangle ; to catch, as in a net ; 
eha ai i ka upena. 

Hi-A, s. A reflecting; the act of think- 
ing. 



2. The person who catches or entangles 
fish in a net. 

Hi-A, adj. Roving; unsteady; also en- 
tangled. 

Hi-A. The passive termination of many 
verbs instead of ia; as, ]xa</(ta for jjauia. 
Gram. § 48. 

Hi-A-A, V. To lie awake ; to be sleep- 
less ; restless while attempting or wishing 
to sleep ; e hiaa ana no kona aloha, he was 
wakeful on account of his love. Laieik. 205. 
See tlLiKU 2. 

2. To be absent from one, as sleep ; to 
be sleepless, as one troubled in mind. 
Dan. 2:1. 

Hi-A-A, adj. Sleepless ; desiring to 
sleep, but cannot. 

Hi-A-Ai, s. Strong desire; a desire which 
keeps one awake during the timi? of sleep ; 
applied to the mind; o ka Jiiaal o ka naau. 

Hi-A-Hi-A, V. See Hie and Hiehie. To 
be honorable ; to be honored ; noble ; to 
be respected. 

Hi-A-Hi-A, V. See Hia, to rub two sticks 
for fire. To obtain fire by rubbing two 
sticks. 

Hi-A-Hi-A, s. Goodness; honor; nobility. 

Hi-a-hi-a, adj. Fading ; transitorj^ ; 
soon done. 

Hi-A-KA, V. To recite legends or fabu- 
lous stories. See Hifaka. 

Hi-A-KA, s. The recitation of legends. 

2. A particular kind of mele or song. 

3. The company of gods belonging to 
Pele ; among the cla?s called akuanoho. 

Hi-A-KU, s. Name of a place in the sea 

beyond the kaiuli, and inside the kohola. 
2. The name of the fish caught in such a 

place. 
Hi-A-LA, V. Hoo. Lam. Baw. 16:4,3. To 

be greedy of food ; to eat largely of all 

kinds of food. 
Hi-A-MO-E, V. Hi, to droop, a, until, and 

moe. ti) prostrate. 

1. To lie asleep; to sleep; to fall asleep. 

2. Fro. To rest in sleep; e Mamoe i ka 
make, to sleep in death, i. e., to be dead. 
1 Nal. 1.5:8. To die. Kanl. 31:16. 

3. To fall prostrate, as if asleep. Dan. 
8:18. 

Hi-A-Mo-E, s. Sleep; deep sound sleep; 

rest in sleep. Sy.v. with moe. ^'o'. 6:10. 
2. Iliamoe. the sloth, an animal of South 

America. 
Hi-A-po, s. The first born of parents. 

See Makauiapo. Panma, the youngest 

child, or muUhope ; first of several children. 

IS'eh. 10:36. In opposition to muUhope; me 

ka leo o na keiki hiapo. aole me ka leo o 

na keiki mulihope. 
2. The fii'st born of animals as well as of 



HII 



160 



fflU 



men. Puk. 12:12. Hiapo is also opposed 

to muli or muli loa. los. 6:26. 
Hi-E, V. To be good; excellent; grand; 

used mostly in compounds. 
Hi-E-Hi-E, V. To be excellent or good 

in appearance ; maikai loa ke nana aku. 

2. Hoo. To show a splendid appearance; 
hence, 

3. To be proud; self dignified; haughty. 

4. To be regardless of others ; to act 
shamelessly or unseemly. 1 Kor. 13:5. 

Hi-E-Hi-E, s. Hoo. Dignity in appear- 
ance ; honor. 

2. Pride ; haughtiness ; overbearing con- 
duct. 

Hi-E-Hi-E, adj. Neat; tidy; good; lively. 
2. Proud ; haughty ; o na mea hoohiehie 
ame na mea lealea. 

Hi-E-NA, s. EiLg. A hyena. Lam. Haw. 
22:1, 2 ; ler. 12:9. Note.— This last refer- 
ence is not hyena in English. 

Hi-E-NA, 5. Name of a species of stone, 
soft and porous. 

Hii, V. To lift up ; to bear upon the 
hips and support with the arms, as a child; 
to hold, as a child on the knees. Isa. 66:12. 
To carry in the arms and on the bosom ; 
ike ae la oia i ke kaikamahine e hii'ia mai 
ana. Laieik. 10. To nurse ; to tend, as a 
child. Kanik. 2:22. 

Hii-A-KA, s. A general name of the gods 
of volcanoes. See Hiaka. Hiiaka ke 
akua i hookahe mai i ke koko ma ke poo o 
kona kahu. 

Hii-KAU, V. See Hikau. To throw, as 
a stone at a person or thing ; hiikau aku la 
na kanaka i ka pohaku, the men threw 
stones at them; similar Jo now. 

Hii-KA-LA, s. Name of a species of fish- 
hook. 

Hii-LA-Ni, V. Hii, to lift up, and lani, 
on high. 

1. To nurse or take care of, as an infant 
chief. 

2. To exalt ; to praise ; to admire. See 
HooLANi and Hoonani. jkal. 117:1. 

3. To admire and obey, as a servant does 
his master. 

Hii-LA-Ni, s. Praise; exaltation; defer- 
ence paid to one dignified. 

Hii-PA-KA, V. Aole no ia e hiipaka o ka 
wahine ke kane waiwai. 

Hii-po-i, V. Hii and poi, to protect. 

1. To tend and teed, as a young child. 

2. To feed and defend, as a chief does his 
people. Oih. 13:18. 

3. To take in the arms, as a child. Mar. 
7:36. To carry in the bosom, as a child. 
Nah. 11:12. 

4. To take care of and provide for gen- 



erally ; spoken of God's care of men ; ke 
hiipoi mai nei ke Akua ia kakou. 

Hii-puu-puu. See Hipuupuu. 

Hi-o, V. To lean over; to slant; to in- 
cline from a perpendicular ; hence, 

2. To be one-sided ; to swing to and fro. 

3. To lean upon ; to trust in. Isa. 30:12. 

4. To wander. Hoo. To cause to wander. 
ler. 48:12. Mea hoohio, a wanderer. 

Hi-0, s. A slanting wind, i. e., a wind 
down a hill. 

2. The inside corner of a (grass) house, 
i. e., slanting two ways. 

3. A howling confused noise. 

4. The comb of a cock. 

5. Eructatio ventris. 

Hi-0, adj. Leaning ; oblique ; kaha hio; 
any line which is not parallel, nor perpen- 
dicular, nor horizontal, is hio. Ana. Hon. 4. 

Hi-o-o-LE, s. With stability; firmness. 
Lit. Without leaning ; me ka haipule mau 
i ke Akua me ka hioole. 

Hi-o-Hi-0, V. To draw the breath into 
the mouth, as one eating a hot potato ; 
hence, 

2. To eat in a hurry. 

Hi-o-Hi-o, s. Name of a species of fish- 
hook. 

Hi-o-Hi-o, adj. Bright red ; ula hiohio. 

Hi-o-LA-Ni, V. To. lie stretched out with 
laziness ; to sit at ease, as a chief; to be in 
a posture of thought ; e pio na wawae, e 
lele pio. 

Hi-0-Hi-o-NA, s. Hio and ana, the lean- 
ing. The features of a person; his peculiar 
gait ; the form, external appearance. Isa. 
52:14. Face ; presence. Syn, with helehe- 
lena. 

Hi-o-LO, V. Hi, flowing, and olo, to vi- 
brate. 

1. To tumble down, as a wall. Jos. 6:20. 
To fall over, as a house. 

2. To stumble or fall down, as a horse. 

3. To roll away, i. e., pass away in for- 
getfulness ; i ole e hioloia kona inoa. 

4. To become useless or void. 

5. Hoo. To throw down ; to overthrow ; 
to destroy, as a fortification. 2 Nal. 25:10. 

6. To make void ; to set aside, as a law. 
Rom. 3:31. 

Hi-o-LO, s. A tumbling down ; a sliding 

away ; a falling over. 
Hi-o-NA, s. Personal appearance; face, 

countenance, &c. See Hiohiona. Anai. 5. 
Hi-u, V. To seize ; to grasp hold of, as 

a lope. 

2. To throw a stone with violence. 

3. To be wild ; untamed, as an animal. 

4. To cry, as a sailor does in pulling a 
roi)e ; hence, 

5. To haul down a ship for repairs. 

6. To practice sorcery. 



HIH 



181 



HIK 



7. To move the hiu (see the s.) in playing 
konane, a t?ame, 
Hi-u, s. The tail of a fish, but not syn. 
with hiielo. 

2. The practice of sorcery. 

3. The name of the counter or iliili used 
in phiying konane or konene ; ina he hiu, 
a he aueo paha. a he lalani, a he punikihi 
paha, aia no i ko hiua man lunanianao. 

Hi-u-A, adj. He mea ula hiua; name of 
a game phiycd on a board of four Htniares. 

Hi-u-Hi-u, V. See Hiu. To practice sor- 
cery. 

2. To play the game konane. 

Hi-u-MA-LO-Lo, s. Hiu and malolo, the 
flying-fish. Tlie tail of the flylng-lish. 

Hi-u-wAi, s. The name of the ceremony 
of bathing in cold water in the worship of 
some of the gods. 

Hi-Hi, V. To branch or spread out, as 
vines, or as the limbs of a tree ; to grow 
thick together ; ka pikopiko, ua hihi ; hiki 
pea ka lewa. Laieik. 1G8. 

2. To be satisfied ; to have enough. 

Hi-iii, s. The running, spreading out, 
the entwining or creeping of vines, or a 
thick growth of vegetation. 

2. A cause of entangling ; an offense ; a 
cause of offense. Note. — This last sense 
mostly in the form hihia. 

Hi-Hi, adj. Thick together, as grass ; 
as vines : as men. 

Hi-Hi-A, V. That is, hihiia, pass, oihihi. 
To be perplexed ; entangled, either phys- 
ically or morally. 

2. To be in a state of difficulty or per- 
plexity. 

3. To be lost by going astray ; to turn 
this way and that "for relief. 

4. To* be offended. 

5. Boo. To entangle ; to be the cause of 
trouble. Puk. 10:7. 

6. To be entangled ; to be led astray ; 
to be the cause of evil to one. 

7. To entrap one in his speech ; to be 
offended. 

Hi-Hi-A, s. A difficulty ; a thing per- 
plexed ; a cause of trouble. 

2. A thicket of forest; ka hihm paa o ka 
nahele. Laieik. 94. 
Hi-Hi-A, adj. Difficult ; perplexing ; 

troublesome. 
Hi-Hi-A-Lou, s. Name of a plant with 

small yellow flowers. 
Hi-Hi-A-WAi, s. The name of a plant 
sometimes eaten for food. 

2. The name of a species of fish. 
Hi-Hi-0, V. See Hio. To sleep ; to fall 
asleep. 

2. To dream ; e paa ka maka a ike ka 
uhane, to shut the eyes and see with the 
soul, that is. to have a vision. Hoik. 1:10. 
21 



3. To fall asleep again after waking. 

4. To sleep soundly. 

5. To blow; to rush violently, as a strong 
wind. See Puahioiiio. 

Hi-iii-o, s. A vision. Ki?i. 15:1. A 
dream. 

Hi-Hi-u, 1-. See Hiu 3. To be wild; un- 
tamed, as an animal ; to be wild and sav- 
age, as men. 

2. To mistake in speaking, as one un- 
taught. 

Hi-Hi-u, adj. Wild; untamed; strange; 
unfriendly; unsocial; often applied to ani- 
mals that have been once tamed, but have 
become wild. Jlihiu is the opposite of laka, 
tame. Na holoholona hihiu ame na holo- 
holona laka ; he ilio hihiu hae. a wolf. 

Hi-iii-KA-E-KA, V. To tangle up, as a 
rope or string ; to tangle, as the hair ; ua 
hihia namea a nnyi, ua hihikaeka ma ka leo 
mana ; to tangle or perplex one in speak- 
ing. 

Hi-Hi-MA-Nu, s. Name of a large, broad, 
soft living creature found in the sea ; it 
was forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
alty of death. See Ihimaxu. 

Hi-Hi-WAi, s. The name of a four-footed 
animal living in the sea. 

Hi-KAU, V. To throw stones at one. See 
IIiiKAU. Ilikau is perhaps the best orthog- 
raphy. 

Hi-KA-u-Hi, adv. To no purpose ; of no 
use, &c.; aia ko'u waa/iiA;au/it maMolokai: 
hikauhi oe a holo e ka moku ; hele a hika- 
uhi. 

Hi-KA-KA, V. To stagger ; to reel in 
walking, as a drunken man. Isa. 19:14. 
To stagger, as a man carrying a heavy 
biuden. 

2. To wander ; to go astray. Isa. 47:15. 

3. IIoo. To cause to stagger, i. e., to walk 
in darkness. loh. 12:2.). 

Hi-KA-KA, adj. Staggering ; walking 

unsteadily. 
Hi-KA-KA, adj. Bent round ; curved ; 

crooked. 
Hi-KA-PA-LA-LE, s. A word used in the 

kaki or namu. unintelligible except to those 

taught. 
Hi-Ki, V. To come to ; to arrive at, as 

connected with mai or aku. 

2. To be able to do a thing ; to accom- 
plish a purpose : to prevail. Hiki is often 
used with other verbs as a kind of helping 
verb. Gram, i^ 171. 

3. Hoo. To cause to come ; to bring 
forth ; to produce. Puk. 8:3. 

4. To take an oath ; to afl&rm a thing or 
an event as true. 

5. To call or give a name to. Mat. 
22:43, 45. To name or speak of with ap- 
probation. Epes. 5:3. 



HIK 



162 



HIL 



6. To mention in one's prayers. PiJem. 4. 

7. To vow ; to consecrate ; to set apart ; 
to promise a thing especially to a god ; to 
set apart as sacred. 1 Sam. 1:11. Hoohiki 
iuo, to desecrate ; to treat with contempt ; 
hoohiki wahahee, to swear falsely ; to take 
a false oath. See Hoohiki, s. Hiki wale, 
to happen ; to come by chance. 

Hi-Ki-A-Lo-A-LO, adj. The rising and 

coming to the zenith, as the full moon ; i 

ka mahina hikkiloalo. 
Hi-Ki-E-E, V. To approach to ; to draw 

near. 

2. To bridge over a stream. 
Hi-Ki-E-E, s. An approach of one; a 

coming near to. 

2. A bridge over a stream. 

3. A raised platform for sleeping ; a sort 
of bedstead or couch ; a place for a bed. 
Puk. 17:28. 

Hi-Kii, L\ To tie ; to fasten by tying ; 
to bind, as a person. Kin. 22:9. To bind, 
as a prisoner ; to tie, as a rope or cord to 
anything. Jos. 2:18 and 21. See Nakii. To 
bind on, as a sandal ; to tie np. as a purse. 

Hi-Kii, s. A binding; a tying; a fasten- 
ing. 

Hi-Kii-Kii, V. SeeHiKii. To tie; to bind 
strongly. Mat. 27:2. 

Hi-Ki-KU, s. Hiki and ku, to rise. The 
place of the sun's rising ; poetically, the 
east. See Hikina. 

Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. Hiki and lele, to jump; 
to fly. 

1. To wake suddenly from sleep. Isa. 
29:8. To wake with affright. 

2. To jump or start suddenly from sur- 
prise or fear. 

3. To do a thing suddenly and in haste ; 
to be weak with fear from any event. Kin. 
42:28. 

4. Hoo. To wake up a person from sleep. 
Isa. 29:8. 

5. To come by surprise, as one army 
upon another, ios. 11:7. 

Hi-Ki-LE-LE, s. A sudden coming upon; 

a rising up quickly ; a sudden fright. 
Hi-Ki-LE-LE, adv. Hoo. Quickly ; sud- 
denly. Isa. 47:11. 
Hi-Ki-Mo-E, s. Hiki and moe, to lie down. 

Poetical name of the west; place of (the 

sun's) lying down. 
Hi-Ki-NA, s. Hiki and a7ia, participial 

termination. The full form is. ka fi.iki aiui. 

(a ka la), the coming (of the sun), i. e., the 

east; the place of the sun's rising. Hal. 

50:1. 
Hi-Ki-NA, adj. The eastern ; ma ka aoao 

hikina o Hawaii, on the eastern side of 

Hawaii. 
Hi-Ki-NA, adv. Eastwardly. 1 Nal. 17:3. 



Hi-Ki-WA-WE, V. Hiki dindiwawe, quick. 
To do quickly ; to be quick or smart in 
doing a thing. Hoo. To cause quickness ; 
to make dispatch. 

Hi-Ki-WA-WE, adv. Quickly; speedily; 
without delay. 

Hi-Ki-WA-LE, adv. Hiki and wale^ 
merely. What has happened; come by 
chance ; without design. 

Hi-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi. To crook; to 
bend. 

Hi-Ko-Ko, s. Hi dind koko, h\ood. A flow- 
ing of blood ; specifically applied to a dis- 
ease of the anus called emerods. Kanl. 
28:27. A dysentery ; a bloody flux. 

Hi-Ko-Ni, s. Name of a servant marked 

in the forehead ; o ka poe kauwa i hoailo- 
naia ma ka lae,ua kapaia he kauwa M/coni 

Hi-KU, adj. The seventh in order; ika 

hika o ka malama. Oihk. 16:29 ; Gram. § 
115, 2, 4, As a cardinal, seven. 

Hi-KU-Hi-KU, 5. A noise; confusion by 

many voices. 
Hi-LA, V. Not yet found in this single 

form. See the double forms and Hoo. 
Hi-LAi, adj. A word used in the prayers 

of the ancients, meaning not very clear. 

See Lanahilai. 
Hi-LA-Hi-LA, V. To be ashanued ; to be 

put in confusion; to be ashamed of. 2 Nal. 

2:17. 

2. Hoo. To cause shame ; to make 
ashamed. 

3. To have that quick agitation which 
arises from shame ; confusion, suffusion of 
the face. 

Hi-LA-Hi-LA, s. Shame ; a blushing of 

the face ; confusion attendant on shame. 
Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adj. Ashamed. 
Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adv. Shamefully. 
Hi-LA-LA, V. To bend ; to crook ; to 

l)end from a straight line. See HiKiwr. 
Hi-LE-A, adj. Lazy; indolent; doing 

nothing. 
Hi-Li, V. To braid; toplait, as a wreath; 

to braid, as the hair. 1 Pd. 3:3. To string, 

as kukui nuts ; e hili kukui. 

2. To turn over and over, as in braiding; 
to twist ; to spin ; to tie on, as Hawaiians 
formerly tied or braided their kois on to 
the handles. 

3. To deviate from the path in traveling; 
to wander here and there. Sol. 15:22. To 
miss one's way. 

4. To droop; to flag. See Milo and Will 

5. To smite, as with a sword or the hand. 

Hi-Li, s. A general name for barks 

usfd in dyeing ; as, hili kolea, hili koa, &c. 
2. A black dye for coloring kapas made 
of kolea bark. 



HIL 



163 



HIN 



3, The principle of tanning in koa and 
other barks. 

Hi-Li, adj. Turning; wandering aside. 

Hi-Li-AU, V. Eili and au, current. To 
wander; to go astray morally: to do wrong; 
he ikaika Jiiliau, strong to do evil. 

Hi-Li-E-E, s. A shrub having a power- 
ful stimulant corrosive bark. See Ilihke. 

Hi-Li-ou, s. A square braid of eight 
straws. 

2. A sickness of the bowels ; sickness of 
the stomach ; fullness of the stomach. 

Hi-Li-u, s. The voice of a shell or trum- 
pet ; the sound of one blowing a wind in- 
strument. 

Hi-Li-Hi-Li, V. See Hili, coloring barks. 
To color or dye red. or any dark color. 

Hi-Li-Hi-Li, adj. Red or brown in color; 
shaded; dark. 

Hi-Li-Hi-Li-HO-NU, adj. Rich; wealthy. 

Hi-Li-KAU, V. To accuse much, and 
falsely ; to say and unsay. 

Hi-Li-KAU, adj. Tripping in one's walk; 
stumbling. 

2. Varying in one's story ; e lauwili, e 
lalau. 

3. Walking cross-legged. 
Hi-Li-NA-E-HU, s. The name of a Hawai- 
ian month ; the tenth month of the Hawai- 
ian calendar. 

Hi-Li-NAi, V. Hili and nai, to strive for. 

1. To lean upon; to lean against. Lunk. 
16:26. 

/ 2. To trust in; to have confidence in 
one's word. 2 Nal 18:19, 20. 

Hi-Li-NAi, s. Trust; confidence; a lean- 
ing against or upon. 

2. What is leaned upon, as a table ; a 
bed or place for reclining. 

Hi-Li-NA-MA, s. Name of the ninth 

month among Hawaiians. 
Hi-Li-NE-HU, s. Name of the eleventh 

Hawaiian month. 
Hi-Li-No-Hu, s. The name of the eighth 

month. 
Hi-Lo, V. To twist, as a string on the 

thigh; to twist with the thumb and fingers. 
2. To spin ; to turn, as in twisting. See 

Hili, Milo, Wili, &c. 
Hi-LO, s. The name of the first night in 

which the new moon can be seen, as it is 

like a twisted thread ; o kilo ka po mua no 

ka puahilo ana o ka mahina. 

2. An issue ; a running sore. O'lhk. 

15:2, 3. 
Hi-Lo, adj. Spun; twisted. Puk. 26:1. 

Iwi hilo. Anai. 16. 
Hi-LO-Hi-LO, P. See Hilo, v. To wan- 
der here and there in telling a story ; to 



lengthen a speech by mentioning little cir- 
cumstances. 

2. To make nice oratorical language. 

Hi-LO-Hi-Lo, s. The sweet juice of the 
ki root, especially when there is but little 
and very sweet. 

Hi-LU, s. Name of a species of fish, 
spotted, variegated with colors. 

Hi-LU, adj. Still; quiet; reserved; dig- 
nified ; a word of commendation ; h'du ka 
noho ana o mea. 

2. Neat; elegant; powerful; magnificent. 

Hi-LU-Hi-LU, 5. See Hilu. The excel- 
It'iit; the glorious : the ijowerful. 

Hl-LU-Hi-LU, adj. Excellent; nice; beau- 
tiful. 

Hi-ME-Ni, s. Eng. from Gr. A hymn ; 
a song in sacred worship; a mele in praise 
of lehova. 2 Oihl 29:28. 

Hi-ME-Ni, V. Eng. from Gr. To hymn; 
to sing a hymn. 

Hi-NA, V. To lean from an upright posi- 
tion. 

2. To fall ; to fall down, as a house. 

3. To fall morally, as a person from a 
state of uprightness ; to relapse or decline 
from a state of rectitude. 

4. To off"end; to be offended. Joan. 16:1. 

5. Hoo. To slant over ; to throw down, 
as a person. Luk. 4:35. 

Hi-NA, s. A leaning; a falling; a caus- 
ing to fall ; a stumbling. 

Hi-NA, s. Heb. A hin, a Hebrew meas- 
ure. Puk. 29:40. 

Hi-NA, s. Name of a goddess. SeeHii^A- 
HEiji below. 

Hi-NA, adj. Gray ; hoary ; applied to 
the head ; oho Jdna. Kin. 44:29. Gray, as 
the beard ; he umiumi hina. 

Hi-NA-A-LE, s. A species of small fish. 

Hi-NA-A-LO, ) s. The blossoms of the 

Hi-NA-LO, ) hahi fruit; the leaves which 
inclose the hala fruit. 

Hi-NA-A-LO, ) adj. Aromatic ; fragrant, 

Hl-NA-LO, ) as the truit and blossoms of 
the hala tree. 

Hi-NAi, s. A container braided out of 
the ie and other materials; a basket. Oihk. 
8:2. 

Hi-NAi-A-E-LE-E-LE, s. Name of the 
seventh Hawaiian month. 

Hi-NAi-po-E-po-E, s. A round basket; a 
basket braided around a calabash ; hinai- 
hooluuluu. 

Hi-NA-HE-LE, s. Often called simply 
Jlina ; the goddess of fishes, mother of 
Aiaiakuula : Rinahek laua o Kuulana 'kua 
lawaia, mai Hawaii a Xiihau. 

Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Gray; grayish. 
2. Withered, as fruit ready to fall. 



HIP 



164 



fflW 



Hi-NA-EU-LAi-NA, V. See HiNA and Ku- 
LAiNA, to push over. To partially fall down. 

Hi-NA-Ku-LU-i-uA, s. Hina, goddess, 
kdlu, to drop, as rain, and ua, rain. The 
goddess of rain ; has two sisters, viz. : 
Hinakcalii and Hookuipaele. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, s. A species of fish. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, adj. Applied to a basket 
for catching fish ; hinai hinalea. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, V. To blow froHi aft, as 
wind favorable for sailing. 

Hi-NA-Lii, adj. Hi7ia, gray, and Hi, very- 
little. Very little gray, as the hair; whitish. 

Hi-NA-Lii, s. The name of a person 
(chief) in whose time there occurred a uni- 
versal deluge or kai a ka Hinalii; hence 
kaiakahinalii is at present used for the 
flood of Noah. Kin. 6:17. See also ke kai 
a ka Hulumanu. 

Hi-NA-Lo, s. The leaves inclosing the 
hala fruit. See Hinaalo. 

2. The flowers of the hala tree. 

Hi-NA-Mo-E, s. Hina, to fall, and moe, 
to lie down. A place of death ; often ap- 
plied to the volcano. 

Hi-NA-NA, s. Name of a very small fish, 
the young of the oopu. 

Hi-NA-WTE-NA-WE, adj. Thin; spindling; 
slender. See Unihi. 

Hi-NE, adj. Strutting; proud of one's 
appearance. 

Hi-Ni, V. To be small; thin; feeble. 

Hi-Ni-Hi-Ni, s. See Hini. Speaking in 
a small, thin voice; a whispering; hane- 
hane. 

Hi-Ni-Hi-Ni, adj. See Hini and Uhini. 
Thin; slender; pointed. 

Hi-Ni-po-A, adj. See Henipoa and Ni- 
POA. Heavy, as the eyes when drowsy or 
very sleepy ; he maluhiluhi. 

Hi-nu, v. To anoint ; to besmear, as 
with oil or grease. 

2. To be smooth ; shining. 

3. To slip ; to slide easily. 

4. To anoint. See Kahind. 

Hi-NU, s. Ointment ; substance for be- 
smearing ; momona, mea poni, &c. 

Hi-NU, adj. Smooth; greasy; polished; 
dazzling with brightness ; anointed, 

Hi-NU-Hi-NU, V. SeeHiNU. To shine as 
if anointed with oil. Hal. 104:15. To 
glisten ; to be bright ; to sparkle. 

Hi-Nu-Hi-NU, adj. Bright; shining; 
splendid, as red cloth ; glittering, as pol- 
ished stones. 1 Oihl. 29:2. 

Hi-PA, s. A little bundle. 

2. A blunder in speaking ; the use of 
words out of their ordinary meaning. 

3. Hoo. A falsehood. 



Hi-PA, V. To blunder in speaking. Hoc. 
To falsify. 

Hi-PA, adj. Hoo. He olelo hoohipa, a 
kind of mele. 

Hi-PA, s. Eng. Sheep. loan. 10:2, 3. 

Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be joyful; to express 
gladness. 

Hi-PA-KA-NE, s. Hipa, sheep, and kane^ 
male. Aram. J^in. 15:9. Hi hipakane,& 
ram skin. Puk. 25:5; Gram. § 95. Fig. 
Hipakane wawahi, a battering ram. Ezek. 
4:2. 

Hi-PA-KE-i-Ki, 5. Hipa,sheei^,dindkeikit 
the little one. A lamb. Oih. 8:32. See 
Keikihipa. Note. — The word lamb is ren- 
dered in Hawaiian by both forms, hipa- 
keiki and keikihipa. 

Hi-PA-PA-LA-LE, s. See Papal ALE. A 
speaking with readiness and correctness, 
without a tone, and not through the nose ; 
o ka hana maiau liipapalale ole, noiau papa- 
lale ole. 

Hi-po-po-TA-MU, s. Gr. The river-horse. 
lob. 40:15. The hippopotamus. 

Hi-pu, ) j,^ To tie in knots, as the string 

Hi-puu, \ of a bundle or bag. 

Hi-pu, ) 5, A knot; a fastening; any- 

Hl-PtJU, ) thing tied. Fia. Bwehe oe 1 ka 
hij)u naaupo, o make auanei oe. 

2. A bag for carrying small things in, as 
money; a purse. >Soi!. 1:14. 

3. Hipuu kala, in the English translation, 
a crisping pin. Isa. 3:22. 

Hi-puu, adj. Knotty, as a string tied 
up in knots ; tied fast ; applied to men, 
mischievous. 

Hi-puu-puu, V. See HiPuu. To tie up 
in knots ; hence, to tie up in a bundle. 

2. To tie fast ; to gird around, as with a 
sash ; aole kakou i like me na kanaka kiaJ 
alii a hipuupuu kahi malo, we are not the 
men who guard the king, belted up with 



Hi-puu-puu, s. What is tied up in knots 
or made fast. 

Hi-puu-puu, adj. See HiPuu. Tied ; 
fastened ; knotty, as tied in knots ; he hi- 
puupuu kahi malo o kahi alii, the males of 
some chiefs were tied up in knots. 

Hi-pu-KA, s. A kind of snare for catch- 
ing birds ; ka hipuka no na manu hihiu ; 
kau aku la ia i ka hipuka pahele. 

Hi-WA, adj. Black ; clear black ; ap- 
plied mostly to that which was used in sac- 
rifice to the gods, as a black hog; ina i ele- 
ele a puni ka hulu, he Mica pa ia puaa ; a 
black cocoanut, a black kiipa, &c., and 
always considered valuable ; hence, 

2. Dear; valued : beloved ; pn^cious; he 
pnaa hiwa, ho niu hiioa, he awa hiwa. 



HO 



165 



HOA 



Hi-WA, V. To be of a black color, such 

as was considered precious or valuable in 

sacrifice ; to be of a clear or pure black. 
Hi-WA, s. Any black article supposed 

to be acceptable to the gods as an ottering; 

hence, 

• 2. A precious valuable article. 
3. Applied to persons; keiki /litoa, a dear 

child. 
Hi-WAA-WAA, adj. See Momona. Large; 

fat, aa a large fleshy person ; applied only 

to persons. 
Hi-wa-hi-vva, v. See Hiwa, adj. To be 

greatly loved ; mostly with hoo. 

2. To be pleased with ; to be satisfied 
with, aa a god Avith an offering ; to be ac- 
ceptr.ble to ; e hoohiwahiioa kakou i ka 
hana, let us make the work acceptable. 

3. To pet; to treat a child, a servant or 
an animal with delicacy. Sol. 29:21. 

Hi-wA-Hi-w^A, 5^. A person or thing 
greatly beloved ; applied mostly to ani- 
mals or children ; a pet ; a beloved one. 
Kanl.33:l2. The beloved one. 2/ufc. 23:35. 

Hi-WA-Hi-WA, adj. See Hiwa. Thick; 
dense ; black, as a cloud ; glossy black. 

2. Acceptable ; desired by any one. 

3. Very precious ; greatly esteemed. 1 
Tes. 2:8. Greatly beloved. Isa. 5:1. 

4. Meek ; docile ; he keiki hiwahiica ia. 

Hi-wi, V. To diminish, as a swelling ; 
to flatten down, as a protuberance; ua/uici 
mai. See the compounds Poohiwi and Kua- 

HIWI. 

Hi-wi, s. The flat or depressed summit 

of a protuberance. 
Ho, V. To transfer, i. e., to bring here 

or carry away, according as it is followed 

by mai or aku. See Mai and Aku. Gram. 

§ 233 and 234. As, ho mai, bring here; ho 

aku, carry away. 

2. To bring ; to present. 1 Sam. 17:10. 
To give or put away, as money at interest. 
Hal. 15:5. 

3. To carry or cause to be conveyed; to 
transport ; to remove. 

4. To produce; to bring forward, as food 
on to the table. Kin. 43:31. 

Ho, V. To cry out in a clamorous man- 
ner 

2. IIoo. To cause the voice to be raised; 
to raise the voice to a high pitch. 

3. To speak together, as in voting viva 
voce; to proclaim; to shout acclamation 
of approval. Pu/o. 24:3. 

4. To shout in triumph. los. 6:5. Hooho 
olioli, to trium])h over one. JIaL 41:11. 

5. To cry out for fear ; to cry out in dis- 
tress. Nah. 14:1. 

6. To wheeze ; to breathe hard, as in the 
asthma: to snort; to blow, as a horse. See 
Hooho in its place. 



Ho, s. The asthma ; the lowing of cat- 
tle. &c. 

2. Eng. A farming utensil ; a hoe ; the 
colter of a plow. 1 Sam. 13:20. 

Ho. This syllable (see the two articles 
above) has a meaning of its own, and as 
such may enter into compound words; bu; 
very often, as will appear, it is a contrac- 
tion of hoo. (See Hoo.) The contraction 
is made before all the letters, but mostly 
where the word commences with some of 
the vowels, especially with the letter o. 

Ho-A, s. A companion ; a fellow ; a 
friend ; an assistant. It is found in many 
compounds ; as, hoapio, a fellow prisoner ; 
hoamoe, a bed-fellow ; hoahde, a traveling 
companion, &c. 

Ho-A, V. To strike on the head with a 
stick. 

2. To beat, as kapa with a stick on a 
stone. 

3. To strike, as in fighting. 

4. To drive, as cattle. 

Ho-A, V. To tie ; to secure by tying ; 
to bind; to wind round, as a rope or string; 
to rig up, as a canoe ; a ma ka wa e hoa ai 
ka waa, he kapu ka hoa ana. See A and 
HoHOA. Alalia, hoaia ka pou me ka lohe- 
lau. 

Ho-A, ». Ho for hoo, and a, to bum. 

1. To kindle a fire; to burn, i.e., to cause 
to blaze ; to make a light. Laieik. 77. To 
rage, as a flame of love ; ua hoaia ke ahi, 
enaena o ke aloha wela. the raging fire of 
hot love blazed forth. Laieik. 204. 

2. To comb or dress the hair or the head. 

3. To cast or throw away ; e hookuke ; 
hence. 

4. To commit mischief, as a child. 
Ho-A, s. A tying ; a binding. 

Ho-A, adj. Unsteady ; movable. See 

IIiA, adj. 
Ho-AA, V. See Ho for hoo, and Aa, to 

bla/.e. To kindle ; to cause to burn. 

2. To stare; to look about in doubt. See 
Aa, to be bold. 

3. To mistake; to blunder; to go astray. 

4. To challenge ; to dare ; to provoke. 

Ho-AA, s. A mistake ; a blunder ; an 
error. 

2. The kindling, i. e., small pieces of fuel 
used in kindling a fire. 

Ho-A-Ai, s. Hoa, companion, and ai, to 
eat. An eating companion ; a guest. 1 
Nal. 1:41. 

Ho-A-Ai-NA, s. lloa and aiiia, land. 

1. A person to whom the hakuaina or 
konohiki commits the care of his land. 

2. A husbandman: a tiller of the ground. 

Ho-A-A-Hi, s. Ho for hoo, a, to bum, and 
ahi, fire. Fire kindlings ; the materials for 



HOA 



166 



HOA 



causing a fii'e to burn ; e imi mua oe ia no 
ka hoaahi ana. 

Ho-A-A-HU, V. Ho for koo, and aahu, to 
clothe. To clothe ; to put on a garment ; 
to give kapa or clothes to one. Mat. 25:36. 

Ho-A-A-LO-HA, s. Hoa, companion, and 
aloha, to love. A friend. loan. 3:29. A be- 
loved companion; ia wa, ua liloko Hawaii 
nei i poe hoaaloha no na misionari, at that 
time the Hawaiians became friends to the 
missionaries. 

Ho-AA-MA-KA, V. Ho for koo, aa, bold, 
and maka, eye. To beg for a thing by- 
looking wishfully at it. 

Ho-A-A-No, V. A factitious word ; ko 
for hoo, aa, to dare, and no, a particle of 
affirmation, indeed ; truly ; hence, to have 
confidence in one's self ; to brag ; to ex- 
press bravery. 

Ho-A-A-No, dz^j. See the verb. Forward; 
presumptuous ; defying punishment. 

2. Proud ; daring 5 obstinate ; self con- 
fident. 

Ho-A-A-PU, V. Ho for hoo, and aapu, to 
warp ; bend up. To make a cup of the 
hollow of the hand 5 e hoaapu ae i kou 
poho lima, make the palm of your hand 
into a cup. 

Ho-AE, V. See Ho, v., and Ae, verbal 
directive. Gram. § 233, 5th. To move side- 
ways ; to turn a little. Note. — The ae is 
no part of the verb. 

2. To raise up ; to cause to ascend ; to 
go up. 

Ho-A-E-A, V. //o for ^0, and aea, to wan- 
der about. To pretend to wander ; to 
make as though one was a wanderer or 
vagabond in order to accomplish a partic- 
ular object. 

Ho-Ai, V. Ho for hoo, and ai, food. 

1. To stir up ; to mix ; to make poi thin 
with water that it may be fit for eating. 

2. To unite two things together, as by 
stretching or sewing kapas together. 

3. To be singular in one's conduct or de- 
portment. 

Ho-Ai, s. The union of things sewed 
together ; ka hoopili ana ma na hookuina. 
2. In anatomy, a suture ; a joining ; hoai 
manawa, coronal suture ; hoai kaupaku, 
sagittal; hoai kala, lambdoidal; hoai maha, 
temporal suture, &c. 

Ho-Ai-Ai, V. Ho for hoo, and aiai, to 
be white. 

1. To be clear ; white ; shining. 

2. To cause to be white, &c., i. e., to 
whiten ; to clear off rust or dirt from a 
substance that it may shine. 

3. To be clear, as the unclouded moon ; 
to be shining, as a light. 

4. To be proud; to be lifted up with 
pride. 



Ho-Ai-Ai, s. See the foregoing. A soft 
clear white light ; a pure light ; abstract, 
whiteness. 

Ho-Ai-Ai, adj. White ; clear ; shining. 

Ho-Ai-KA-NE, V. Ho (or hoo, ai dind kane. 
See AiKANE. 

1. To commit the sin against nature ; to 
commit sodomy ; applied to either sex. 

2. To be an intimate friend of the same 
sex. i. e., to give and receive favors from 
one of the same sex. Laieik. 81. 

3. To act the part of an aikane or inti- 
mate friend. 

4. To make friends, as two persons about 
to fight. Laieik. 47. 

Ho-Ai-KA-NE, s. A friend on terms of 

reciprocity. 
2. The house where such friends reside 

or meet. 
Ho-Ai-Ko-LA, V. Ho for hoo. SeeAiKOLA, 

Akola and Naikola. 

1. To express triumph over one with 
contempt for him ; to cause contemptuous 
treatment; to triumph over one with ex- 
pressions of vanity and contempt. 

2. To blackguard ; to triumph over an- 
other's ills ; to reproach ; ua hoaikola mai 
Palu ia oe ; to rejoice or triumph over. 
Isa. 14:8. 

3. To perplex ; to bring one into diffi- 
culty. 

4. To desire to have one put to death. 
Ho-Ai-KO-LA, s. A sneer; a sneering ex- 
pression of approval. 

2. A contemptuous cheering, calling one 
good fellow, loell done, &c. ; in an ironical 
sense, ku no ka akaiki lakou ame ko lakou 
hoaikola ana, their chuckling and their 
false cheering hit us. 
lio-Ai-Lo-NA, V. See Hailona. To sound 
the depth of water, i. e., to throw the lead. 

2. To mark ; to set a mark upon one. 

3. To cast lots for a thing. Oihk. 16:8. 
In modern times, to play at dice. 

Ho-ai-lo-na, s. See the verb. A mark; 
a signal; a sign of something different from 
what it appears to be. 

2. A sign or forerunner of something 
coming to pass or expected. Oih. 2:19. 

3. A part representing the whole. Oihk. 
2:2. 

4. Something whose real signification is 
different from the appearance. los. 4:7. 

5. A sign ; a pledgee ; a distinguishing 
mark. Pak. 3:12. A signet. Puk. 28:11. 

6. A target ; a mark to shoot at. 1 Sam. 
20:20. 

7. A lot cast, as in casting lots ; ma ka 
hoailona, by lot. Lu7ik. 20:9. 

8. A scepter; a badge of authority. 
Ileh. 1:9. See next word. 

Ho-Ai-LO-NA-Mo-i, s. See Hoailona 
above, and Moi, sovereignty. A scepter ; 



HOA 



167 



HOA 



s. In Hawai- 
ian pa^/to/oyy, the 
names of a class 
of diseases, all 
fatal ; the waiiki 



a badge or emblem of regal authority. Hal. 
45:6. 

Ho-A-i-MU, V. Ho for hoo, a, to burn, and 
imu. oven. To kindle a fire in the oven ; 
to heat the oven. 

Ho-A-i-po-o-LA, V. See Aipoola and 
PuupooLA. To gulp up wind from the stom- 
ach after eating heartily. 

Ho-AI-PU-K A-H A -LE , 

Ho-A-KAI-PU-KA-HA-LE , 

Ho-A-KA-KU, 

Ho-A-KA-KA-KAI, 
the only remedy used. 

Ho-Ai-puu-puu, V. Ho for hoo, and aipuu- 
puu, which see. To act the aipuupuu ; to 
serve out provisions ; to distribute food. 

Ho-Ao, V. Bo for hoo, and ao, to try. 

1. To try the qualities of a thing; to taste; 
to tempt ; to make trial ; assay ; to begin. 
Laieik. 184. 

2. To cohabit after marriage ; to make 
public a marriage contract after the ancient 
manner. 

3. To prove ; to put to the test. 2 Oihl. 
9:1. 

4. To undertake; to attempt. JElse^. 9:23. 

5. To hang up ; e kaulai. 

Ho-AO, s. See the verb. Marriage after 
the ancient custom of the islands. 

2. The taste of any eatable. Nah. 11:8. 

3. A temptation : a trial. Eanl. 4:32. 
Ho-AO, adj. The night of the day called 

Huna ; mamua o ka po hoao o na alii, i ka 
po Huna. 

Ho-A-o-LE-LO, s. Hoa, companion, and 
oleio, word. A companion in conversation; 
one consulted on business ; a counsellor ; 
o lakou no ko Kamehameha mau hoaolelo 
no kela mea keia mea nui o ke aupuni. 
those were Kamehameha's couns€Uo7's con- 
cerning every important matter of the king- 
dom. 

Ho-A-o-PU-i-NO-i-NO, s. Hoa and opuino, 
evilly disposed. A companion in crime ; 
one alike evilly disposed with another. 

Ho-Au, V. Bo for hoo, and au, to swim. 

1. To move gently a little ; to dodge. 

2. To bring forward and present on the 
altar of the gods. 

3. To offer a sacrifice ; to courtesy. 
Ho-Au, V. To strike; to beat with a 

stick. 

2. To wash clothes, as Hawaiians w^ash 
clothes by beating them. See IIoauau. 

Ho-AU-AU, V. Ho for koo, and au, to 

swim, or auau, to wash. To wash the body; 
to bathe; to cleanse away filth by bathing. 

Ho-AU-AU, s. See the verb. A washing; 

a cleansing by the use of water. 
Ho-AU-AU, V. Ho foT koo, SiTid auau. See 



Auau 4. To excite ; to stir up ; to hurry ; 

to quicken one to do a thing. 
Ho-AU-AU, s. Quickness in doing a 

thing ; haste. 

2. Name of a snare used in catching 

birds, like kipuka, pahele, ahele. «S:c. 
Ho-Au-AU-wA-HA, V. Ho for hoo, auau 

for av., and icaha. See Auwaua. To make 

a ditch ; to plow a furrow. 
Ho-AU-AE-puu, ) y. Ho for hoo, and 
Ho-AU-WAE-PUU, 5 auae, to be lazy. To 

be lazy; indolent; inactive; to spend time 

to no profit. 
Ho-AU-AE-puu, s. See Auae. Indolence; 

loitering ; inactive ; disposed to treat with 

c on tern I) t. 
Ho-au-hee, 1'. Ho for hoo, and auhee. 

See Hke, to flee. To cause to flee, as an 

army ; to rout ; to put to flight. 
Ho-au-hee-hee, v. See above. To con- 
verse of things generally. 
Ho-AU-Lii, adj. Nice ; well dressed ; 

straight as a stick ; skillful ; mikioi, pala- 

waiki, hoakamai. 
Ho-au-mo-e, v. Ho for hoo, and auvioe, 

to sleep. 

1. To sleep with ; to lie in one's bosom. 

2. To fondle ; to cherish in the bosom, as 
a child or a pet. 

Ho-AU-Mo-E, s. A cherishing ; a fond- 
ling, as a child or a pet animal ; fondness ; 
attachment. 

Ho-AU-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and auna, a 
flock. To collect together, as a flock of 
birds. 

Ho-A-u-NA, s. Hoa, companion, and wm^ 
to send. A companion of a messenger; one 
who accompanies a messenger. 

Ho-AU-HU-LU, I?. To converse. See Ho- 

AUIIEKHEE. 

Ho-A-HA, V. Ho for hoo, and aha, a cord. 

To make or braid together the strings for 

a calabash ; to tie up a calabash ; e hoaha 

i ka Ipu. 
Ho-A-HA-A-HA, V. To sit cross-legged, 

a la Turk, in eating. 

2. To be proud ; high-minded ; he ka- 
naka hoahaaha. 

3. To be bent up ; stunted ; crooked out 
of shape. 

Ho-A-HA-NA, s. Boa, companion, and 
hana, to work. A fellow laborer in any 
kind of business. 1 A'o?-. 3:9. 

Ho-A-HA-NAU, s. Hoa, companion, and 
hanau. to be born. A companion by birth; 
a kindred : some blood relation ; a rela- 
tive ; a brother in an extensive sense. 1 
Oihl 9:25. In a modern sense, a fellow 
professor of religion. 

Ho-A-HA-NAU-NA, 5. Hoa, Companion, 
and hatiaujia, relations. Relatives of one's 



HOA 



168 



HOA 



own clan, tribe or nation. Qal. 1:14. See 
Hanauna. 

Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, V. Ho foT koo, ttka, Col- 
lection, and aina, to eat. To cause a col- 
lection for eating ; to make a feast. 

Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Ho for hoa (one a 
dropped), and ahaaina, a fea.st. A fellow 
leaster ; one at the same feast. 

Ho-A-HE-LE, s. Hoa and kele, to go. A 
fellow traveler. los. 14:8. 

Ho-A-HE-WA, ) y. See Ahewa and 

Hoo-A-HE-WA, ) Hewa. A finding or pro- 
nouncing guilty of a crime or wrong ; to 
condemn. 

Ho-A-Hi-A-Hi, 1'. Ho for hoo, and ahiahi, 
evening. To darken; to obscure; to cause 
a thing to be obscure in vision ; to be 
neither clear nor dark. 

Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho for koo, and aho, breath. 

1. To give breath, i.e., deliverance from 
immediate danger ; to put one in safety 
from danger. 

2. To be quick; to hasten; to do quickly. 

3. To kindle a fire. 

Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho and aho, a string. 

1. To make or twist strings for a house. 

2. To tie aho on to a building. See Aho. 
Ho-A-HO, s. Quickness; rapidity. 

2. One who has escaped a place of pro- 
tection. 
Ho-A-Ho-A, V. See Hoa, to strike. The 
freq. conj. of hoa. To strike or smite fre- 
quently. 

2. To break fuel, as Hawaiians did be- 
fore they had axes. 

3. To cause the hair to stand erect; e 
hookuku ae i ka lauoho iluna. 

Ho-A-HO-A, s. A striking, smiting, &c. 
2. The name of the mallet with which 
kapa (the wauki) was beaten. 

Ho-A-Ho-A-A-KA, V. To cause a fire to 
burn ; to make a blaze ; to make a shining 
light. 

Ho-A-Ho-A-A-KA, s. A burning fire; a 
blaze ; a bright light. 

Ho-A-Hoo-LAu-KA-NA-KA, s. Hoa, friend, 
hoo, causative, lau, the numb(.'r 400, ka- 
naka, men. 

1. A friend of the increase of men ; one 
friendly to the multitude. 

2. The multitude itself; aloha oe e kuu 
hoahoolaukanaka o kahi kanaka ole, good 
morning my friend of the people-where there 
are none. 

Ho-A-Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. Hoa, companion, 
hoo, causative, and Ulna, an inheritance. 
A fellow heir to an inheritance. 

Ho-A-Hu, V. Ho for hoo, and ahu, a col- 
lection of things. 

1. To cause a collection or gathering to- 
gether. 



2. To lay up, as goods for future use. 
Mat. 6:26. 

3. To collect articles: to lay up in heaps, 

4. To lay up against one, as anger ; e 
hoahu ana i ka huhu maluna o kela poe. 

Ho-A-HU, V. To esteem lightly ; to des- 
pise ; to contemn ; to dislike ; to be dissat- 
isfied with. 

Ho-A-HU, s. An assemblage of things ; 
a collection. 

2. A collecting, as of property ; a gath- 
ering together. 

3. Dislike ; contempt for a thing. 
Ho-A-HU, adj. Disagreeable ; unsatis- 
factory. 

Ho-A-KA, V. To lift up ; to lift up, as a 
spear in fighting. 2 Sam. 23:18. 

2. To drive away ; to frighten. 

3. To open; to open the mouth in speak- 
ing. See Oaka. Hoik. 13:6. 

4. To glitter ; to shine ; to be splendid. 
Is ahum. 2:3. 

Ho-A-KA, V. Ho for hoo, and aha, to 
laugh. To cause one to laugh ; to laugh ; 
to be pleased. 

Ho-A-KA, s. A name of one of the kapu 
days ; the second day of the moon. 

2. The crescent of th( 
hollow of the new moon. 

3. The arch or lintel over a door. PiiJc. 
12:7. 

4. In speaking, a defense ; an apology. 
Ho-A-KA, s. Brightness ; shining ; a 

glittering ; a flaming torch. Nalmm. 2:3. 

Glory, as of a people, i. e., their liberty ; 

freedom. 
Ho-A-KAA, ) 2,. To covet ; to desire 
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, \ earnestly. 
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, V. Ho for hoo, and aka, 

to laugh. 

1. To cause laughter ; to cause one to 
laugh. 

2. To laugh at ; to mock ; to reproach. 
Ho-A-KAU-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 

kaua. war. 

1. A fellow soldier. 

2. One against whom a soldier is fight- 
ing ; an antagonist ; hoapaio. 

Ho-A-KAU-WA, s. Hoa, companion, and 

kauwa, a servant. A fellow servant. HoUc. 

19:10. 
Ho-A-KA-KA, V. Ho for koo, and akaka, 

clear ; explicit. To make plain ; clear ; 

to render explicit; to explain; to interpret. 
Ho-A-KA-KA, s. An explanation ; an 

opening of what is intricate. 
Ho-A-KA-KA-iA, adj. Expressed; stated; 

proved; rendered explicit; approved. Oih. 

2:22. 
Ho-A-KA-KA-KAi, s. Name of a disease, 

generally fatal. 



HOA 



169 



HOA 



Ho-A-KA-KE-A, s. Hoaka Siud kea,^ cToss. 
The arch over a door ; a lintel. 

Ho-A-KA-KU, V. Ho for koo, and akaku, 
a vision. To have a vision with the eyes 
open. See Akaku. 

Ho-A-KA-KU, s. A vision. 

Ho-A-KA-KU, s. Name of a fatal disease ; 
an internal disease. 

Ho-A-KA-LA-KA-LA, s. A bracelet made 
of hog's teeth. 

Ho-A-KE-A, V. Ho for hoo, and akea, 
broad. To make broad or wide ; to cause 
enlargement ; hence, to deliver from diffi- 
culty. 

Ho-A-KE-A-iA, s. Enlargement; escape; 
deliverance. Kset. 4:14. 

Ho-A-Ki, V. To withhold from the land- 
lord his due ; hoaki i ka hakuaina. 

Ho-A-KO-A, s. J/oa, companion, and /iToa, 
soldier. A fellow soldier ; one under the 
same leader. PiUp. 2:25. See Hoakaua. 

Ho-A-Ko-A-Ko-A, V. Ho for hoo, and 
akoakoa, to assemble. 

1. To assemble ; to come together, as 
men. 

2. To collect, as things generally. See 
Akoakoa. 

Ho-A-KU-KA, ) s. £/oa, companion, 

Ho-A-KU-KA-KU-KA, ) and kuka, to con- 
sult. A fellow counsellor ; an adviser. 
Rom. 11:34. 
Ho-A-LA, V. Eb for hoo, and ala, to rise 
up. 

1. To raise up from a prostrate position. 

2. To awake from sleep; to cause one to 
awake. 

3. To raise up ; to excite ; to stir up : 
applied to the mind. 

4. To rouse one to action. 
Ho-A-LA-A-LA, V. The intensive of the 

foregoing. 
Ho-A-LAU-NA, 5. Hoa, Companion, and 

laiina, friendly. A companion on intimate 

terms ; an intimate friend always near. 2 

Sam. 15:37. One in the habit of rendering 

kind oflBces ; a neighbor. Puk. 12:4. 
Ho-A-LA-KAA, V. Ho for hoo, ala, road, 

and kaa, to roll. To cause to roll ; to roll 

along a road. 
Ho-A-LA-LA, V. Ho for hoo, and alala, 

to cry out. See Alala. To make one cry 

out, as the alala. 
Ho-A-LA-LA-Hi-A, V. To Stir one asleep 

so as to wake him; to punch; to touch; to 

shake so as to waken one ; hocdaiahia aku 

ua kane hele loa nei au la. 
Ho-A-LA-wA-iA, 5. ^ofl. Companion, and 

lawaia, a fisherman. A fellow fisherman ; 

a fishing companion. 
Ho-A-LA-WE-HA-NA, 5. flofl, companion, 
22 



lawe, to bear, and hana, woi'k. A fellow 
laborer ; a fellow workman ; a helper ; an 
assistant. Ezer. 5:3. See Lawkuana. 

Ho-A-LA-wE-PU, s. Hoa and lawe, to 
carry, and pu, together. One who works 
with another; a partner in labor. Pilem. 17. 

Ho-A-LB-A-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and ale, a 
wave. To make or cause waves in water ; 
to stir up, as water. See Alkat.k. 

Ho-A-Li, V. To shake ; to wave an of- 
fering made to the gods; to swing: to move 
to and fro. Puk. 29:24. To wave, as an 
offering. Kah. 5:26. 

2. To offer, as a sacrifice. Xah. 8:21. 

3. To stir up, as ashes. 

Ho-A-Li, adj. That which maybe waved. 
Puk. 29:24. Mohai hoali. a wavf-oflering. 

Ho-A-Li-A-Li, V. See Hoali 2. To oflfer 
frequently to the gods. 

Ho-A-Li-A-Li, V. Ho for hoo, and diali, 
to whiten. To make white, as snow or 
paper. 

Ho-A-Lii, adj. Ho (or hoo, ^nd alii, chief; 
king. Causing a royal appearance : imi- 
tating royalty; royal; kingly; kapa Jtoalii, 
clothing of tapestry. >S'oL 31:22. 

Ho-A-Lii, s. Hoa, companion, and alii, 
chief. A contraction for hoaaUi or hoa'In. 
The companion of the king or high chief ; 
kukuluia i hale kamala no ka hoalii. a moe 
no ka hoalii ma ua hale la. 

Ho-A-LO, V. Ho for Jwo, and alo, to dodge. 

1. To shun or avoid ; to escape from. 1 
Pet. 3:11. To pass over or by. Isa. 4G:27. 

2. To skip over, as in counting; ka hana 
i kekahi la, ka noho wale i kekahi la. to 
work one day, to do nothing one day. See 
Alo. 

Ho-A-LO, s. A man that works, then 

ceases, then works by spells. 
Ho-a-lo-a-lo, v. See Hoalo. To dodge 

or pass by frequently. 
Ho-a-lo-aa, s. Hoa, companion, and 

loaa, to obtain. 

1. A fellow receiver ; a partaker with 
one. 1 Pet. 5:1. 

2. One who receives as much as another; 
ka loaa like. 

Ho-a-lo-ha, s. a contraction for hoa- 
aloha. A friend ; a beloved companion ; 
one on friendly terms. See IIoaaloha. 
Ho-a-lo-ha, ) V. Ho for /too, and 

Ho-a-lo-ha-lo-ha, { aloha, to love. 

1. To love ; to fondle; to cherish. 

2. To give thanks for something received. 
1 Kor. 11:24. 

3. To make suit to ; to pay respects to. 
loh. 11:19. To apply to for a favor. Laieik. 
72. 

Ho-a-ho-a-lo-ha-lo-ha, s. Poetic : hoa, 
companion, and aloha, love. Those who 



HOA 



170 



HOA 



converse often together, who are chief 
friends and love each other. 
Ho-A-LU, V. ^0 for /^oo, and aZw, flexible. 

1. To be flexible ; to loosen ; to hang 
down. 

2. To bow down ; to make low ; to be 
humble ; to courtesy. See Alu. 

Ho-A-LU, s. Flexibility ; pliableness ; 
humility ; a bending down. 

Ho-A-LU, adj. Yielding; bending; loose; 
hanging down. 

Ho-A-LU-A-LU, V. See Hoalu and Alu. 
To be soft ; flexible ; yielding. 
2. To bow down ; to be humble. 

Ho-A-LU-A-LU, s. Softness ; a yielding 
to any pressure ; humility. 

Ho-A-LU-A-LU, adj. Hanging loosely; 
bending down; yielding. 

Ho-A-Lu-Hi, s. Hoa, companion, and 
hihi, fatigue from labor. A companion or 
fellow laborer in anj work or business, 
whether there be much or little fatigue ; 
eia keia, e o'u hoaluhi 

Ho-A-MA, V. To begin to ripen, as oliias 
and other fruit, but not yet soft. 

Ho-A-NA, s. A hone ; a whetstone ; a 
grindstone. 

2. He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing 
stone for finishing a canoe. 

Ho-A-NA, V. To rub, as with a stone ; 
to grind, as with a grindstone. See Axai, 
But hookala is more often used for grind- 
ing, i. e., for sharpening tools. 
2. To make believe ; to make pretense. 

Ho-A-NA, s. The name of a species of 
fish, large and singularly abrupt behind, 
as if cut off in the middle ; the diodon. 

Ho-A-NA-A-NA-Puu, ) ^. See HoANA, to 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, ) grind. To twist; to 

bend ; to undulate, as the air. 
2. To throw up in heaps. 

Ho-A-NA-A-NA-puu, ) g. A crooking ; a 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, ) bending ; an undu- 

lating motion; protuberances. See Anapuu, 

Ho-A-NA-E, V. To lay up; to stow away 
for future use. 1 Pet 1 :4. 

2. To set aside ; to reserve. Iml. 6. To 
lay aside, i. e., to conceal. Note. — In Oihk. 
8:12 hoana is printed for /ioa?io, to sanctify, 
to consecrate, and in some senses hoana is 
similar in meaning to hoano. 

Ho-A-NA-Hu-A, V. Ho for hoo, and a?ia- 
/t^a, stooping; bending. To stoop; to bend 
over, as a tall, slim man who walks stoop- 
shouldered. See Anahua and Kanaijua. 

Ho-A-NA-HU-A, s. A tall, slim, stoop- 
shouldered man. 

2. Anything like a humpbacked person. 
See Kanahua. 

Ho-A-NA-KAA, V. Hoa?ia, grindstone, and 



kaa, to turn. To turn a grindstone; to grind 
or sharpen, as an edged tool. 

Ho-A-NA-KAA, s. A grindstone. See Ho- 
ana. 

Ho-A-NA-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and anapa, 
to flash ; to shine. 

1. To exhibit a flashing light ; to cause 
sudden reflected light, as from a mirror. 

2. To flash, as lightning ; to glitter. See 
Anapa. 

Ho-A-NA-PA, s. Light from reflection ; 
a bright flashing light, like lightning ; any 
reflected or sudden light. 

Ho-A-NA-PAU, V. To turn, as on hinges. 
2. To bend, as a flexible piece of timber; 
to form a curve. See Anapau. 

Ho-A-NA-PAU, s. See Anapau. A turn- 
ing ; a place of turning ; a hinge joint ; a 
bending : a crook. 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, V. See Hoanaanapuu 
above. To crook, as a piece of timber; to 
be uneven, as a rope of unequal size ; to 
project ; to make an angle. See Anapuu. 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, s. A crook; a bending; 
a protuberance. 

Ho-A-No, V. Ho for hoo, and ana, form. 

1. To reverence in the highest degree. 
Mat 6:9. To hallow. Oihk. 10:3.- To be 
holy. Oihk. 11:45. 

2. To set apart ; to consecrate ; to lay 
up, as a sacred deposit; to put by; to keep 
back. See Hoanae. 

3. Hoano e, to set apart for a particular 
purpose, either good or bad; to keep back; 
to conceal ; to embezzle property. 

4. To dare ; to venture. 

5. To be proud ; to be full of self confi- 
dence. Eom. 2:17. 

6. To change one's appearance ; to ap- 
pear what one is not ; to disguise. 2 Sam. 
28:8. 

Ho-A-NO, s. See the verb. Pride; self 
confidence; a high, daring spirit. SeeHoA- 
ANO and Aano. Boasting of one's bravery. 
See Haano. 

Ho-A-NO, adj. Sacred. Puk. 3:5. De- 
voted to sacred uses. Oihk. 5:15, 16. Con- 
secrated. 

Ho-A-No-HO, 5. Hoa, companion, and 
noho, to dwell. A neighbor ; one who re- 
sides with or near by another, los. 20:5. 

Ho-A-PAi-0, s. Hoa, companion, and 

paio, to contend. An antagonist ; a fellow 
wrestler or fellow fighter. 2 Sam. 2:16. 

Ho-A-PA-0-Ni-o-Ni, s. Hoa, companion, 
and paonioni, to struggle. A fellow con- 
tender. See Paonioni. 

Ho-A-PA-Pu-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 

pajma, to throw arrows. One who plays 
with or bets with another in the game of 
papua. 



HOA 



171 



HOE 



Ho-A-pi, V. See Hoaki. 

Ho-A-pi-o, s. Hoa, fellow, and pio, pris- 
oner. A fellow prisoner, rilem. 23. 

Ho-A-Pi-Li, s. Hoa, companion, and pili^ 
to adhere. One who attaches himself to a 
chief and goes with him constantly ; a 
friend. Hal. 15:3. An attache. Note. — 
This was the name given to the late Gov- 
ernor of Maui, from his attachment to Ka- 
mehameha L His original name was Ulu- 
maheihei. 

Ho-A-Pi-pi, V. To be united together, as 
two canoes, but not like a double-canoe ; 
he waa aole i hoapijnia, h<' waa hookuhi. 

Ho-A-Po-NO, V. Ho for hoo, and apono, 
to approve. To pronounce blanu less ; to 
approve ; to find not guilty on trial. 

Ho-A-po-No, adj. Approved as not in 
error ; right. 

Ho-A-WA, V. Ho for hoo, and awa, bitter. 

1, To cause bitterness; to make bitter to 
the taste. 

2. Fig. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to op- 
press ; more often hoaimawa. 

Ho-A-WA, s. Name of a tree or shrub. 

Ho-A-WAA, s. The tackling or rigging 
up of a canoe, tying on the ako, &c. ; o ka 
aha, he mea hoawaa ia, a e holo ai. 

Ho-A-WA-A-wA, 11. Ho for hoo, and awa- 
awa. See Awa. 

1. To be bitter to the taste ; to make 
bitter ; to cause bitterness. 

2. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to embitter 
one's life ; to curse. 

Ho-A-wA-A-WA, s. Bitterness to the 

taste. Fig. Hardship. 
Ho-A-wA-A-wA, adj. Bitter to the taste; 

severe ; cruel ; hard. 
Ho-A-wA-A-wA, s. Bitterness; sourness; 

badness. 

2. A rising in the stomach from sourness 

or other causes. 
Ho-A-wA-Hi-A, V. For hoawaia, passive. 

To be bitter; to cause bitterness; to cause 

sadness, sorrow, suffering. See Awa and 

AWAHIA. 

Ho-A-WA-WA, V. Ho for hoo, and azvaiva, 
a ditch. To make a ditch or furrow. See 

AWAWA. 

Ho-A-WE, V. Ho for hoo, and awe, to 
carry on the back. To carry on tlu' back, 
as a child or a person. See Awe and Lawe. 

Ho-A-wE, s. Ho and aive, a burden. A 
burden ; a weight carried on the back. 

Ho-A-\vE-A-wE, s. Anything made small 

or diminished. 
Ho-A-WE -A-WE -A, V. To discolor; to be 

colored a reddish brown, like red that is 

faded. 



Ho-A-AVE-A-WE-A, s. A Tcddish color ; 
an indistinct color, like the sea at times. 

Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Faded ; discol- 
ored. 

I kikohukohu hoaweawea a ke kai. — Mele. 

Ho-E, s. A paddle for a canoe ; an oar 
for a boat. 

Ho-E-u-Li, s. A rudder. 

Ho-E-HA, V. Ho for hoo, and eha, pain. 
To cause pain ; to give pain. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, V. Ho for hoo, and eha- 
ehci, the reduplication of eha. To give pain, 
bodily or mentally ; to vex ; to harass ; to 
get one into perplexity ; to oppress. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, s. Pain ; distress, either 
of body or mind ; vexation; ])eri)lexity. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Painful ; distress- 
ing ; difticult ; troublesome. 

Ho-E-Ho-E, s. See Hoe. The shoulder- 
blade, from its resemblance to a canoe pad- 
dle ; ka iwi ma ke kumu o ka iwi uluna. 

Ho-E-HO-E, V. See Hoe, a paddle. To 
row a canoe or boat here and there. 

Ho-E-Ho-E, s. Awind instrument among 
Hawaiians somewhat resembling the tiute. 

Ho-E-HO-E-NA, V. See Hoehoe above 
and Aka. To play softly on the hoehoe ; 
hence, 

2. To be joyful. See Hoene. 

3. To bore; to pierce through in boring; 
e hoehoena iloko o ka pepeiao. 

Ho-E-Ho-E-NE, L'. Tobepoor; destitute; 

sick. 
Ho-E-HU, V. Ho for hoo, and ehu, to 

scare away. 

1. To drive or frighten away ; e hoehu i 
ka puaa e ku mai nei, drive aicay the pig 
standing here. 

2. To do a thing qiiickly. 
Ho-E-LE-E-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and eleele, 

dark. To make black ; to darken. 
Ho-E-LE-i-Ki, s. Robbery ; a lying in 

wait to rob one ; deceit ; treachery. 
Ho-E-Lo, I*. To urge on ; to push along; 

to cram down ; e oliiki iloko. 
2. To kindle up, as a dame ; o ke ahi 

nana e hoeJo wela. 
Ho-E-LO, adj. Urging; throwing in. 
Ho-E-Lo-E-Lo, V. To press on ; to urge 

forward. 
Ho-E-Mi, V. Ho for hoo, and emi, to lessen. 

1. To cause a diminution ; to lessen. 

2. To shrink ; to become blunt, as an 
edged tool. 

3. To return backwards ; to fall behind. 

4. To drive back ; to put down. 

Ho-E-Mi-E-Mi, u. SeeHoEMi. To shrink 

back, as the mind ; to doubt ; to hesitate. 

Ho-E-MU, I*. Ho for hoo, and emu, to 



HOI 



172 



HOI 



throw away. To cast away ; to banish ; to 
send away; to drive off; to drive off as 
one drives off hogs. 
Ho-E-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and e7ia, to 
rage, as fire. 

1. To cause to burn ; to glow with heat. 

2. To be in anger ; to exhibit a high de- 
gree of anger. See Ena. 

Ho-E-NA-E-NA, V. To glow, as stones 
red hot in a fire. See EL\a. 

Ho-E-NE, V. To sing ; to be joyful ; to 
play well on an instrument. 

Ho-E-NE, s. Pleasure; enjoyment; oka 
hoene ku o ka uwe a ka lani. 

Ho-E-NE, V. To give an injection; e 
halalo ; to administer medicine. 

Ho-E-NE, s. A syringe. 

Ho-E-No, V. Ho for koo, and erw, to be 
wild. To run as wild ; to be scary, as an 
animal once tame, but has become wild. 
See Ahiu. 

Ho-E-PA, V. Ho for koo, and epa, to de- 
ceive. To deceive; to cheat; to act basely 
in everything. See Epa. 

Ho-E-PA-E-PA, V. Freq. of the foregoing. 
To act out a general bad character ; to 
steal ; to cheat ; to slander, &c. See Epa. 

Ho-E-WA, V. Ho for koo, and ezva, to 

turn aside. To be one-sided; to lean over; 

to sway to and fro like an old grass house 

in the wind. 
Ho-E-wAA, V. Hoe, paddle, and waa, 

canoe. To row or paddle a canoe. 
Ho-E-WAA, s. An oarsman ; one who 

rows a boat or paddles a canoe. Laieik. 35. 
Ho-i, V. To return ; to go back ; with 

liou, to return again ; imperatively, e hoi, 

and hoi, go back ; return. 

Ho-i, adv. Also ; besides ; moreover ; 
indeed ; an intensive word ; no hoi, also ; 
besides. 

Hoi, s. The name of a vine bearing a 
bulbous root, eaten in time of scarcity, 
acrid to the taste. 

Hoi, s. The name of a State of marriage 
among chiefs. 

Ho-i-i, V. Ho for koo, and ii, parsimo- 
nious. 

1. To save; to gather together little 
things. 

2. To be close ; parsimonious ; pinching 
in a bargain. 

3. To squeeze or work out of another 
some little favor. 

4. To be hard upon; to oppress; applied 
to begging for charitable i)urposes ; -o ka 
hookohukohu ame ka hoii a kanaka no ke 
Akua. See Ii and Kaii 3. 

Ho-i-i, s. Stinginess; closeness in deal- 



ing ; hard and cruel oppression upon the 
weak and poor. 
Ho-i-i-MA-KA, V. Ho for koo, ii, to be 
hard, and maka, face. 

1. To forbid or discountenance iniquity 
openly, but favor it secretly in practice. 

2. To play the hypocrite. See Hon. 
Ho-i-o, s. A species of plant, the tender 

leaves of which are used for herbs. 

Ho-i-o-LE, V. Ho for koo, and iole, a 
mouse. To cause to rush upon ; to seize, 
as a cat does a mouse ; to hold fast. 
2. To force ; to compel. 

Ho-i-o-Mo, V. Ho for koo, and iomo, to 
fall into the water without spattering. To 
bung up ; to stop, as with a cork or bung. 

Ho-i-u, V. Ho for koo, and iu, to lay a 
kapu. 

1. To lay a kapu upon a'person, place or 
thing ; to consecrate such person, place or 
thing to a particular purpose. 

2. To create fear, as fear was connected 
with this kapu. 

3. To be afraid. See Iu. 

Ho-i-u, s. Fear; trembling; anxiety. 

Ho-i-Hi, adj. Afar off; at a very great 
distance. See Loier. 

Ho-i-HO-i, V. See Hoi. Used actively, to 
return a thing to its former place ; to re- 
store ; to bring back. 2 Sam. 19:10, 11. 

2. To send back ; to dismiss. 

3. To change one thing for another. 

4. To return ; to restore, as a rebellious 
people to their allegiance. 1 Nal. 12:21. 

5. To return an answer; e hoihoi i ka 
olelo. loh. 35:4. 

Ho-i-HO-i, V. In a neuter sense, to re- 
turn ; to go back ; used for hoi. 

Ho-i-Ho-i, V. To be pleased; to rejoice; 
to be joyful. 

2. IIoo. To refresh; to assist; to give 
pleasure. 2 Tim. 1:16. To be greatly con- 
soled. Heb. 6:18. 

3. To reprove. 2 Tim. 4:2. 
Ho-i-HO-i, s. Joy; gladness; good feel- 
ing; rejoicing; cheerfulness. Rom. 12:8. 
Gratification in a thing. Neh. 4:6. Me ka 
hoihoi, me ka hauoli ame ka manao lana, 
with good feeling, with joy and with hope. 

Ho-i-HO-i, adj. Glad; joyful; gratified; 
well pleased. 

Ho-i-Hou, V. Hoi, to return, and koUy 
again. To return again. 

Ho-i-Hou, s. In ??2^^5^c, name of the char- 
acter signifying a repeat. 

Ho-i-HO-PE V. Hoi, to return, and kopCj 
backwards. To go back after an advance; 
to return to former practices after a reform- 
ation ; to revolt, as one taken captive ; to 
turn back. Icr. 6:28. 

Ho-i-KE, V. Ho ioikoOf and ike, to know. 



HOI 



173 



HOO 



2. To show; to make a display; e unihi, 
e puka iwaho ; to put outside for appear- 
ance; to exhibit; to explain, asalanguage. 

Ho-i-KE, s. That which shows or is 
shown ; an exhibition, as of a school ; a 
witness of an event ; a witness in a court 
of justice. Syx. with ikeraaka, also hoike- 
maka, an eye-witness. Filip. 1:8. 

Ho-i-KE, adj. Exhibiting; showing; 
making plain. 

Ho-i-KE, adv. Openly; visibly; clearly. 

Ho-i-KE-A-NA, s. A showing; exhibiting. 
2. The name of the last book in the 
Bible, Revelations. 

Ho-i-KE-i-KE, V. Ho for hoo, and ike, to 
know. To know, more particularly than 
hoikej to make known clearly; to commu- 
nicate knowledge ; to point out truths or 
facts. 

Ho-i-Li, V. Ho for hoo, and Hi, to strike; 
to hit. 

1. To cause to bring or to come upon 
one. 

2. To place upon, i. e., to put on board 
a ship. 

3. To strike upon, as a ship upon a rock ; 
to go ashore ; to strand. 

4. To fall to one, as property from a 
parent ; to inherit. See III 

Ho-i-Li-i-Li, V. Ho for koo, and iliili, to 
collect. 

1. To collect together, as things of any 
kind in one place. 

2. To lay up ; to heap together. 
Ho-i-LO, s. The season of the year 

answering to winter in more northern lati- 
tudes. 

2. Winter, the stormy season, from the 
interruption of regular trade winds. Iloilo 
is used in opposition to kau, the hot or 
summer season. The word is also written 
hooilo. 

Ho-i-LO, adj. Wintry ; pertaining to 
winter. ler. 36:22. 

Ho-i-LO-i-LO, V. To guess before hand ; 
to predict something future ; especially, to 
predict evil ; to tell one when he was sick 
that he would die; ihoiloilo mai o mea ia'u 
e make, a via ola ; to give up a sick person 
to die as incurable. 

Ho-i-Li-HU-NE, V. Ho for hooj and ili- 
Imne. poor ; destitute. 

1. To make one poor ; to deprive one of 
his property. 

2. To be humble ; lowly. See iLrauxE. 
Ho-i-Li-Ko-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and ilikole, 

raw skin. Like the foregoing, only more 
strong. To make very poor ; to deprive 
of all comforts. See Ilikole. 
Ho-i-Mi, V. Ho for hoo, and imi^ to seek. 
To search diligently. 



Ho-i-NAi-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and inaina, 
anger. To cause hatred ; to stir up anger ; 
to provoke one to anger. 

Ho-i-NA-i-NA, V. See Ina. To ease off; 
to hang down ; to crook. 

Ho-i-NO, V. Ho for hoo, and ino, bad. 

1. To curse one. 1 Ham. 17:43. To vex ; 
to harass ; to harm ; to injure ; to cause 
reproach. 

2. To make filthy ; to defile. See In-q. 
Ho-i-No, s. Keproach ; contempt. 1 

Ham. 17:20. 

Ho-i-No, adj. Berena hoino, bread of 
affliction. Kami 16:3. 

Ho-i-No, adv. Mai olelo hoino, do not 
revile. Puk. 22:28. 

Ho-i-NO-iA, s. That which is contempt- 
ible ; a reproach ; contempt. Kin. 30:23. 

Ho-i-NO-i-No, V. Ho for hoo, and inoino 
(see L\o), to deface. To disfigure ; to sad- 
don ; to disguise, as the face by austerity. 
Mat. 6:16. 

Ho-i-NU, V. Ho for hoo, and inu, to 
drink. To give drink ; to cause one to 
drink ; generally written hohainu. 



Ho-I-PO, 



Ho for hoo, and ipo. 



Ho-l-PO-l-PO, ( a paramour. To commit 
fornication or adultery secretly. 

Ho-i-wi, V. Ho for hoo, and iivi, crooked. 
See Iwi, adj. To turn the eye-ball from its 
natural position ; to turn the eyes aside ; 
to squint ; to be cross-eyed. 

Hoo. This word is the causative prefix 
to verbs ; as, malic, to shade, hoomalu. to 
cause a shade, to overshadow ; pono. good, 
right, hoopono, to correct, to make right ; 
akea, to be broad, hooakea or hoakea, to 
cause to be broad, i. e., to extend, enlarge, 
etc. See Gram. § 33 and § 212, and the 
conjugations 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 and 16. 

This prefix, though originally adapted to 
the verb, continues its influence though the 
verb with its causative prefix becomes a 
noun, adjective or adverb. Ua hele oia i 
ka hoike, he has gone to the ejehibition; he 
kanaka hoopnnipuni. a man causiixg decep- 
tion, i. e.. a deceitful man ; olelo hooino iho 
la, he spoke causing reproach, i. e., he spoke 
reproachfully. Before words whose first 
letter is a vowel, the last o of the hoo fre- 
quently coalesces with the vowel of the 
word following, particularly before a. e and 
o; as, hoano for hooano; hook for hooole, 
&c. (See the preceding pages from the 
word hoaa to hoo.) Some words have haa 
for their causative prefix instead of hoo j 
as, haaheo for hooheo (from heo, pride), to 
be haughty. This foinn seems to come from 
the Tahitian dialect. A few words take 
both forms for their causative, as hoonui 
and haanui, from nui, to be large. Hoaioi, 



HOO 



174 



HOO 



to give, is used for hooavoi, but Jiaawi is 
used oftener than either. 

Strictly speaking, hoo in a Dictionary 
should not begin a verb, but verbs having 
this prefix should be set in their places, 
and their meanings be modified by the hoo 
as it occurs ; as, ike, to know, &c., hoo. or 
ho., to cause to know, to show, to exhibit ; 
ikeia, to be known, hoo., to be made known, 
to be shown ; ikeike, to know clearly, hoo., 
to make known clearly or frequently, &c.; 
but a large class of words have been found 
beginning with the causative prefix hoo, 
whose roots are not known or have not 
come to light, or are out of use. It is true, 
such a root might be assumed as being in 
existence or having once existed, as Greek 
Lexicographers often assume an obsolete 
theme ; but there would be much danger 
in Hawaiian of getting the wrong word : 
hence, we know not where to put such roots 
unless we retain the hoo for the beginning 
of the word. This occasions some repeti- 
tion, but it is hoped it will not be a serious 
inconvenience. The following words be- 
ginning with hoo are such as were first 
found in that form and whose root was not 
known. They are now retained in that form 
because many are other parts of speech 
than verbs. Where the words beginning 
with hoo have been defined utider their 
roots, the definitions here will be very short 
and the reader referred to the root. 

Ho-0, V. Ho for hoo, and o, to pierce. 
See the verb 0. To pierce ; to stab ; to 
cause to enter ; to thrust or put in. 

2. To furnish 5 to supply. lob. 38:36. 

3. To stret(" . - - . 
to do a thing, 

Ho-0, V. To cause to enter; to put 
one's hand in his pocket 5 hoo iho la i ka 
poi, kukulu iwaho. 

Hoo-A, V, To break; to break up, as 

fuel ; to break to pieces. 

2. To vomit ; to be sick at the stomach. 

See HoowA. 
Hoo-A, s. A breaking up; a separating. 
Hoo-AA, ) ^. The and a coalescing 
Hoo-WAA, ) give the sound of io. See 6rra?ii. 

§ 13:7, note. 

1. To dig up, as a trench ; to dig, as with 
an 00 or spade. 

2. To wander about without friends ; to 
be destitute. 

Hoo-AE, V. See Ae, to break kapu. To 
break, as a law or kapu ; to transgress. 

Hoo-Ai-KA-NE, V. See Aikane. To make 
friends. 

Hoo-Ai-puu-Puu, V. See Aipuupuu. To 
make or constitute one an aipuupim or 
waiting servant ; to act as a servant, par- 
ticularly at waiting on the table. 



Hoo-AU-AU, V. See Auau, to wash. To 
wash the body ; to bathe. 

Hoo-AU-A-NA, ) 2;. See AuANA, to wan- 

Hoo-AU-WA-NA, ) der. To cause to wan- 
der ; to scatter ; to disperse, as a conquer- 
ing army disperses the enemy. Pass. To 
be dispersed. 

Hoo-AU-HEE, V. See Hee and Auhee, 
to run, as from an enemy. To disperse in 
battle ; to put to flight. 

2. To pillage a conquered people. 

3. Fig. To be destitute ; to be stripped 
of everything as those formerly conquered 
were; hence, 

4. To be poor ; to be destitute of every 
comfort and resource. 

Hoo-AU-wA-HA, V. See Auwaha and 
AuAuwAHA. To plow; to make a long ditch; 
to dig a furrow. 

Hoo-AU-wA-HA-wA-HA, V. Freq. of hoo- 
auwaha above. 

Hoo-AU-WA-NA, V. See Auwana. To 
disperse, as a dog disperses a flock of goats, 
or as a conqueror disperses his enemies. 

Hoo-A-HA, V. So written for hoowaha. 
To make or dig a trench, ditch or furrow. 
See Waha. 

2. To covet ; to seize upon without per- 
mission. 

Hoo-A-HA-A-HA, V. To sit cross-loggcd. 

Hoo-A-HE-wA, V. See Hoahewa. To 
pronounce one guilty ; to condemn. 

Hoo-A-Hi, V. See Ahi, fire. To set fire 
to ; to set on fire. 

2. Fig. To fire up ; to be angry for a 
supposed offense; to be troubled with jeal- 
ous feelings. 

3. To peck or dig into, as a bird with its 
bill. 

Hoo-A-HO, V. See Aho, sticks for thatch- 
ing on. See also Hoaho. To put the aho 
on a house ; to tie on small sticks to hold 
the thatching of a house. 

Hoo-A-HU, V. See Ahu, to collect. To 
gather together ; to collect ; to heap up. 
2. To put down ; to leave. 

Hoo-A-Hu, adj. Gathered; collected; 

laid up. 

2. Dissatisfied, as with work imperfectly- 
done. 
Hoo-A-KA, ) y. See Aka and Aka- 

Hoo-A-KA-A-KA, ) aka. To causc to laugb; 

to make one laugh. 
Hoo-A-KA, ) i,^ See Akaka, clear. To 
Hoo-A-KA-KA, ) explain ; to make clear 

what is intricate ; to make perspicuous ; 

to expound. 
Hoo-A-KA-MAi, V. See Akamai, skillful. 

To make wise ; to be skillful at any art or 

business ; to be intelligent. 



HOO 



175 



HOO 



2. To make a pretense of wisdom; to be 

proud of one's attainments. 
Hoo-A-KE-A, V. See Akea, broad. To 

enlarge; to spread out; to widen; to make 

broad. 
Hoo-a-la-la, v. See Alala and Hoa- 

LAiA. To cry out. as the alala ; to make 

one cry. 
Hoo-A-LE-A-LE, V. See Ale, a wave, and 

Alkale. To stir round soft poi with the 

fingers, as in eating poi ; hence, 

2. To eat poi. Syn. with miki. 

3. To make the sea into waves. 
Hoo-A-Li-A, V. See Alia. To hinder; 

mai hooalia mai oe ; to stand in the way of 
another. 

2. To cause one to stop doing a thing. 

3. To wait ; to procrastinate. 
Hoo-A-Lii, V. See Alii, chief. To make 

a chief ; to establish one in office. 
Hoo-A-LO-HA, V. See Aloha, to love. 

To cause to love; to make one's self friends. 
Hoo-A-LO-HA-Lo-HA, V. See Aloha, to 

love. To take pleasure in ; to give thanks ; 

to bless. 
Hoo-a-lu-a-lu, v. See Alualu, loose. 

To cause to loosen or slacken, as a rope ; 

to make one's clothes loose. 
Hoo-a-mo, 1?. See Amo, to carry. To 

cause one to carry or bear a burden. 
Hoo-A-NA-E, V. See Hoanoe. To set 

aside ; to set apart for a particular use. 
Hoo-A-Ni, s. A rumbling ; a movement 

of wind in the bowels. 
Hoo-A-No-A-No, V. See Hoano. To be 

solemn, as with the idea that an invisible 

spirit was present. 

2. To solemnize the mind, as for worship, 

or as in the presence of a spirit ; hooano- 

ano wale mai no me he haili la e kau iho 

ana maluna. 
Hoo-A-po-NO, V. See Pono and Hoa- 

PONO. To pronounce not guilty, i. e., to 

justify. 
Hoo-e-a, v. See Ea, to rise up. To lift 

up ; to elevate. 
Hoo-E-A-E, V. To read with a tone. 
Hoo-EU, j ^,. See Eu and Eueu. To 
Hoo-EU-EU, ) animate ; to encourage ; to 

excite. 
Hoo-e-le-e-le, i\ See Ele and Ele- 

ELE. To make black ; to blacken, like the 

gathering of clouds before a storm. 
Hoo-E-Mi, r. See Emi. To draw back ; 

to diminish in size or number ; to lessen ; 

to humble. 
Hoo-i-A, V. For hoooia. SeeOiA,v. To 

prove : to contirm ; to make evident ; to 

confirm the truth of a thing. 
Ho-oi-oi, adj. SeeOioi. Assuming; for- 



ward ; desirous of appearing conspicuous ; 
vain; conceited. 

Hoo-iA-i-0, V. Hooia and io, really. To 
prove, &c. ; to substantiate as a fact. 

Hoo-iA-i-o, s. A pledge for something 
promised. Kin. 38:20. 

Hoo-i-E-i-E, V. See Ieie, adj. To be 
proud ; vainglorious ; light minded ; fop- 
pish. 
2. To be quarrelsome. 

Hoo-i-E-i-E, adj. Proud ; vain ; light 
minded. See above. 

Hoo-i-i-KA, V. Freq. ofzA-a. See Hooika. 

Hoo-i-o, V. See Hooia above. To prove; 
to confirm. 

2. To think much of one's self; mai ao i 
na mea hewa — i ka hooio. i ka hookiekie. 

Hoo-i-HA-i-HA, V. See Iha. To draw 
tightly, as a rope ; to be indent. 

Hoo-i-HO, V. See Iho, to descend. To 
cause to descend ; to go down ; e hooiho 
ana ka waa i Oahu. 

Hoo-i-Ho-i-Ho, I". Freq. of iAo, r. Togo 
down. 

Hoo-i-Ho-NA, s. See Hooiho and Ana. 
A road leading down hill ; a descending. 

Hoo-i-KA, V. See Ika, to float ashore. 
To go ashore from a boat or canoe ; to put 
ashore, as from a canoe ; to throw on a 
bank from any water. 

Hoo-i-KAi-KA, I'. See Ikaika, strong. To 
make strong ; in a reciprocal sense, to make 
one's self strong. 

2. To strengthen ; to encourage ; to ani- 
mate. 

Hoo-i-KE, V. See Ike and Hoike. To 
show ; to make known ; to exhibit ; to en- 
lighten. 

Hoo-i-Ki, V. See Iki, little. To make 
small ; to diminish : to hold back. 

Hoo-i-Li, V. See Ili, to strike. To hit 
upon ; to put upon, as to put on board a 
ship ; to place upon, as upon the shoulders. 

Hoo-i-Li, adj. Articles of supply, as for 
tamily use ; he nui no ka maona ma ke 
kuaaina.he maona hooili^ something to eat 
and lay aside. 

Hoo-i-Li-i-Li, V. See Ili and Iliili, to 
collect. To collect in store ; to gather to- 
gether ; to gather in heaps. 

Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. See lLiNA,bur}'ing place. 
An inheritance : property falling to one 
from the death of a person. 

2. An heir ; an inheritor of the property 
of a deceased person. Kin. 15:3. 4. 

3. A buryins: place. 

Hoo-i-LO, s. The name of the rainy or 
wintry mouths, in distinction from kau. the 
summer season ; also hoilo. 

Hoo-i-LO-i-LO, V. See Hoiloilo. To 



HOO 



176 



HOO 



guess correctly ; to predict ; to tell before 

Land ; especially to predict evil. 

2. To rejoice. . 

Hoo-i-NU, V. See Inxj. To give drink 

to ; to cause to drink ; generally written 

hoohainu. For the ha, see Gram. § 48. 
Hoo-i-NAi-NA, V. See Ina, v., and Hoi- 

NAINA. 

Hoo-i-po, V. See Ipo, a mistress, io 
woo ; to court ; to solicit the affections of 
one ; applied either to men or women. 

2, To cohabit secretly ; to keep a mis- 
tress. 
Hoo-i-po-i-po, V. Freq. of the foregoing. 
Hoo-oi-oi, adj. SeeHooioi. Assuming; 
desirous of appearing at the head ; con- 
ceited ; vain. Isa. 3:16. 
Hoo-o-LU-o-LTJ, V. See Oluolu and Ho- 
OLUOLU. To comfort; to console one in 
affliction and pain; to give to body or 
mind ; to please. 
Hoo-u-A, V. See Ua, rain._ To cause it 

to rain ; to give or cause rain. 
Hoo-u-AA, or Hoo-u-wAA, adj. Open ; 
free to enter, as a harbor ; e komo no na 
moku manuwa iloko o na awa a pau i hoo- 
uaaia. 
Hoo-u-A-u-A, V. To be tight; strong; 

to draw along. 

Hoo-u-A-Hi, V. See Uahi, smoke, io 

cause smoke, steam or vapor; to burst 

forth, like steam. 

Hoo-TJ-E, ) J). See Ue and Uwe. To 

Hoo-U-WE, ) cause one to cry; to cry out 

for pain or grief. 
Hoo-u-E-u-E, V. Intensive of ^oowe above. 
To cry out ; to sob ; to sigh ; to grieve ; to 
mourn ; to cry long : to wail. 
Hoo-UE-UE, V. See Ueue, to shake. To 
cause a shaking ; to bend ; to crook ; to 
move along a little. 
Hoo-u-HA, V. To draw tightly. 
Hoo-u-HA-u-HA, V. To fatiguo ; to tire. 
Hoo-u-HA-LU, V. To bring out ; to unfold. 
Hoo-u-he-ne-he-ne, v. See Henehene. 
To laugh secretly at one ; to mock ironic- 
ally. ^ 
Hoo-u-Hi, V. See Um, to cover up. io 
overspread ; to cover up ; to wrap up ; to 
put out of sight by covering up. 
Hoo-u-Hi-u-Hi, V. See Uhi as above. 
To cover up ; to conceal in various ways ; 
to cover over ; to hide from view. 
Hoo-u-Hu-Hi, V. To trouble ; to vex. 
Hoo-u-KA, V. SeelJKAjtosend; convey. 
To put or lay upon, as to lade a horse or 
other animal ; to put on board a canoe or 
vessel; to freight; to send property by ship. 
2. To attack, as an enemy ; to make an 
attack ; to rush upon, as in battle. 



Hoo-u-KA, adj. La koouka, day of bat- 
tle ; day of attack. loh. 38:23. 
Hoo-u-KA-u-KA, V. Fiequent. of koouka. 
Hoo-u-KA-Li, V. See Ukali, to follow. 
To cause to follow ; to follow after ; to ac- 
company by following. 
Hoo-u-KA-NA, V. See XJkana, goods to 
be carried along. To bundle up or pack 
movable goods. 
Hoo-u-Ki, V. See Uki, Ukiuki and Na- 
uKi. To provoke ; to do that which will 
offend. 
Hoo-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See Uki. To cause 

one to be offended ; to insult. 
Hoo-u-KU, V. See Uku, reward. To pay 
or discharge a debt ; to pay a fine ; to pun- 
ish or reward ; hoopai. 
Hoo-u-KU, s. See Uku. A recompense; 

payment; doing justice. Jsa. 35:4. 
Hoo-u-LAU-LAU-A-KA, V. To enjoy, as 

the union of the sexes. 
Hoo-u-LE, V. See Ule, to hang down. 

To cause to hang ; to swing. 
Hoo-u-LE-u-LE, V. See Ule. To swing; 
to hang pendulous; to ease off; to crook 
or turn down. 
Hoo-u-Li, V. See Uli, to be dark col- 
ored. To make black ; to darken ; to be 
green, as the sea ; as a forest. 
Hoo-u-Li-u-Li, V. Intensive of the above. 
Hoo-u-LU, V. See Ulu, to grow, as a 
vegetable. To cause to grow, as seeds 
planted ; to sprout ; to increase in size, as 
fruit. 

2. To lift up : to release, as something 
fast ; ma kahi e paa ai ka waa, e Jiooulu no 
kekahi kanaka i ka waa. 
Hoo-u-LU-A, V. See Ulua, to assemble. 
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
to collect together, as things. 
Hoo-u-LU-A, V. To sing in order to en- 
courage men to work. 
Hoo-u-LU-u-LU, V. See Ulu and Ulu- 
ULU, to collect together. To collect to- 
gether, as men or things ; to assemble in 
one place. 
Hoo-u-LU-u-LU-wA, ) V. Ulu, to collect, 
Hoo-u-LU-U-LU-WAA, ) and icaa, canoe. 
To collect many canoes together in one 
place. 
Hoo-u-LU-HU-A, V. See Uluhua. io 
give trouble; to weary; to vex; to op- 
press ; to wear out the patience of one ; 
mai hoouluhua i ke keiki. 
Hoo-u-LU-LU, V. E hooululu akua, to 
make pretensions of being a god, or hav- 
ing a god in one. 
Hoo-u-lu-ma-hi-e-hi-e, V. See Uluma- 

UIE. 



HOG 



177 



HOO 



Hoo-u-Mi-Ki, V. See Umiki, a gourd. To! 

swell out round and full, as a largo gourd. 
Hoo-u-Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, V. Intensive of the 1 

above. I 

Hoo-u-NA, V. See Una, to send. To \ 

cause one to go on business; to send on an 

errand. 
Hoo-u-NA-u-NA, V. Intensive of M7W. To 

send frequently. 

2. To perform some part in the hoopio- 
pio or anaana. 

3. To ask or urge one to do a thing ; 
aole o'u nianao e hoounauna aku ia olua. 
jMkik. 21. 

Hoo-u-NE, V. See Une, to pry up. To 

pry up. as with a lever ; to lift by prying. 
Hoo-u-NE-u-NE, V. Frequentative of z^- 

une. To pry up. 
2. To deceive. 
Hoo-u-Noo, V. See Unoo, not well 

cooked. To be not sutticienlly cooked : 

hence, 

2. To be raw ; to be red, as raw meat. 
Hoo-u-NO-u-Noo, r. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-u-pu-u-pu, V. See Upu, to desire. 

To desire strongly ; to covet ; to lust after. 
Hoo-u-w^A, V. See Uv^a, to shout. To 

cause to cry out ; to shout ; to be clam- 
orous. 
Hoo-u-wA-u-WA, V. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-u-wA-Hi, V. SeeUwAHi. Lit. Uahi. 

To rise up, as a column of smoke. 
Hoo-u-wE, V. See Uwe, to cry. To 

cause to cry ; to make one cry. 
Hoo-u-wE-KE, v. To open. See Wehe. 
Hoo-u-WE-WE, V. SeeHoouEUE. To be 

fickle : to move about ; to shake. 
Hoo-u-wE-u-WE, r. To sound, as a bell; 

to sound, as a musical instrument. 
Hoo-u-WE-NE, ) ^. To speak in a 

Hoo-U-WE-NE-WE-NE, ) small shrill voice, 

like a weak dying person. 
Hoo-u-wi-u-wi, V. See Uwi, to wring; 

to twist. To wring ; to squeeze ; to twist. 
Hoo-u-wi-u-wi, s. The name of a shade 

tree ; he laau malumalu. 
Hoo-u-wi-Ki, V. See Uwi. To squeak, 

as new shoes ; to grind the teeth. 

2. To cause to sliine tlu-ough small holes. 

See UwiKi. 
Hoo-u-wi-u-wi-Ki, s. See foregoing 2. 

Very small holes. 
Hoo-HAA, V. See Haa, low; short. To 

cause to be low ; to humble ; to be unlike 

another ; e hoohaa, e ano e. 

Hoo-HAA, V. To be deceitful ; to get 
one's living by cheating. 
2. To be lazy; to live in a careless maaoer. 
23 



Hoo-HAA-HAA, V. See Haa, short, and 
Haahaa. To make low ; to humble ; to 
abase ; to make humble. 

Hoo-HAA-HAA, adv. Humbly; modestly. 
Rom. 12:3. 

Hoo-HAA-NU-i, V. See Haanui. Haa, 
causative, and nid, to be great. To boast ; 
to swell in glorying ; to multiply words ; 
to speak unintelligibly. 

Hoo-HAA-LU-LU, V. See Haalulu, i. e., 
Haa, prefix, and Lii.u, to shake. To shake; 
to tremble, as one in great fear. Note. — 
It appears from this and other words that 
the causative prefix haa is more ancient 
than hoo, for we have here lulu, to shake, 
and haalulu as a causative form, and this 
seems to have been incorporated with the 
word : since, however, the more modem 
causative hoo has been prefixed, thus the 
•word has two causatives. 

Hoo-HAE, V. See Hae, wild. To be wild; 
savage ; to provoke to anger. 

Hoo-HAE-HAE, I'. See Haehae. To 
make one angry ; to provoke : to tease ; to 
vex ; to trouble. 

Hoo-HAi, V. See Hai, proud. To be 
proud ; to strut about ; to look down upon 
others. 

Hoo-HAi-HAi, V. Intensive of the fore- 
going. See Haihat. To be proud ; vain. 

Hoo-HA-i-Li, V. See Haili. To be of a 
dark color ; to be dark ; dim to the sight. 

2. To take the appearance of a spirit. 

3. To be transformed, as one taking a 
new form. 

Hoo-HA-i-NU, x\ See Inu and Halnu. 
To give drink to ; to cause one to drink ; 
to quench one's thirst by drinking. 

Hoo-hao-hao, }•. See Haohao, to search. 
To seek ; to cause a search after a thing ; 
to hunt after. 

Hoo-hau-0-li, v. See Hauoli, joy. To 
cause joy ; to rejoice. 

Hoo-hau-hi-li, r. See Hili, to wander, 
and Haiiuij. To cause a blundering in 
speaking ; to talk foolishly without regard 
to truth. 

Hoo-hau-kae, v. See Haukae, a sloven. 
To be a sloven, or to act in a slovenly man- 
ner ; to be base in one's conduct. 

Hoo-HAU-Mi-A, V. See Haumia, filthy. 
To defile ; to pollute : to cause to be un- 
clean ; to contaminate ; to deface : to dis- 
figure. 

Hoo-hau-na, v. To deceive; to entice; 
to insnare. 

2. To clasp around. 

3. To seize with the hands, as something 
difficult to hold. 

Hoo-H^vu-NA, L*. To Stuff the vagina in 
order to produce abortion. 



HOO 



178 



HOO 



Hoo-HAU-NA-E-LE, V. See Haunaele. 

To cause a disturbance ; to get up a riot ; 

to do mischief in a mass. 
Hoo-HA-u-wA-u-wA, V. See Uwa and 

UwAuwA, to gabble. To talk all together; 

to make confusion by a multitude talking 

all at once. 
Hoo-HA-HA, V. See Haha, to strut. To 

be obstinate ; opinionated. 

2. To be proud ; high minded ; to strut ; 
to act the dandy ; to strut, as a cock tur- 
key; he kanaka hoohaha, hookano, haaheo, 
noho wale, aole hana ; he hoohaha kana 
bele ana ; to strut, as a person of conse- 
quence, ler. 48:29. 

3. To beat down ; to pound ; to make 
hard, as the bottom of a salt pond. 

Hoo-HA-HA, adj. Covered up ; shaded ; 

overshadowed, as by clouds ; ina i poipu 

ka lani, a aneane makani ole, he hoohaha ia. 
Hoo-HA-HA I, V. See Hahai, to follow. 

To pursue ; to chase : to follow after. 
Hoo-ha-hau, v. To make believe ; to 

pretend to be what one is not ; to put on 

the dress and appearance of another ; e 

hoano, e hoohaili. 
Hoo-ha-hu, v. To make even; smooth; 

level. 
Hoo-ha-hu-ha-hu, l\ 
Hoo-ha-ka, I). See Haka, full of holes. 

To be open : to be full of openings, cracks 

or spaces. 
Hoo-ha-ka-ha-ka, v. See Haka. To 

open ; to be full of holes or cracks. 

2. Fig. To open, as the ear ; to give at- 
tention to what is said. 
Hoo-ha-ka-li-a, l'. See Hakalia. To 

detain; to delay; to lengthen out the time. 
Hoo-HA-KA-NU, V. See Hakanu. To be 

speechless ; silent ; unsocial. 
Hoo-HA-KE, V. See Hake. To break, as 

a boil ; to thrust ; to push ; to cram in. 
Hoo-HA-Ki, V. See Haki, to break. To 

cause to break ; to break, as a stick or a 

bone. See the foregoing. 
Hoo-ha-ko-i, v. See Hakoi. To cause 

water to dash wave against wave, or against 

the sides of a vessel. 

2. To be agitated, as water in a dish un- 
steadily carried. 

'6. To swell and rise up, as water. 

4. To be agitated, as the mind. 
Hoo-HA-LA, V. See Ha la, to miss ; to 

pass on. To cause to miss the mark ; to 
dodge ; to turn aside. 

2. To transgress ; to go beyond. Nah. 
14:41. 

3. To pass by the house of a friend; mai 
hoohala oe ia ia, do not miss him, i. e., in 
throwing a apear at a man. 

Hoo-ha-la-ha-la, v. See Hala and 



Halahala. To refuse assent to the terms 
of a bargain; to break off a bargain; to be 
displeased with the proposed conditions of 
another ; to break a promise. 

2. To turn aside ; not to listen to what 
one says. 

3. To find fault with a proposal or offer. 
Hoo-ha-la-ha-la-wa-le, s. a complaint 

without cause ; an unreasonable objection 
to a proposal. 
Hoo-ha-la-la, v. See Hoohala above 
and La, day. Lit. To cause the day to 
pass away. 

1. To pass off the time; to spend the day. 

2. To endure for the present day ; ap- 
plied to sick persons ; ua pono kou mai t 
Ans. Aole, he hoohalala wale no, no ka 
make. Applied to the hungry ; he ai anei 
ka oukou ? Aole, he hoohalala wale no — 
he kamau ea. Applied also when one has 
but a little food, just enough for the day. 

Hoo-ha-le, v. See Hale, house. I'o 
rest in a house ; to stay in a house ; to re- 
ceive one into a house; to lodge; to solicit 
one to be a host or friend. See Hoaikane. 

Hoo-HA-LE-HA-LE, V. Intensive of the 

foregoing. To sink down, as the stomach 

when hungry, or like a house roof fallen in. 

2. To be hungry ; to suffer with hunger. 

Hoo-ha-le-ki-pa, v. SeeHALEKiPA. To 
entertain, as a guest ; to receive into one's 
house, as a friend. 

Hoo-HA-LE-PA-PAA, V. See Halepapaa. 
To shut up one in a tight house; to inclose; 
to secure by putting in a tight house ; to 
store ; to put in a store-house. 

Hoo-HA-Li, V. See Hali, to carry. To 
cause to bear ; to carry. 

2. To transfer to another person or to 
another place. 

3. To carry the words of one to another; 
to put words together. 

Hoo-ha-lla, v. To stir up, as anger ; 

hoohalia mai i ka inaina. 
Hoo-ha-li-ha-li, v. Intensive of kali. 

To carry or bear, as a burden ; to carry 

frequently. 
Hoo-HA-Li-KE, V. See Like and Halike. 

To cause to be like; to resemble; to make 

similar. 
Hoo-ha-li-ke-li-ke, v. Freq. of the fore- 
going. See Halike. To make alike ; to 

divide equally ; to equalize. 

Hoo-ha-li-ke-li-ke, s, a resemblance j 
likeness ; a similarity. 

Hoo-HA-LU, V. See Halu. To be or be- 
come poor or thin in flesh. 

Hoo-ha-lu-a, v. To watch an opportu- 
nity for mischic^f ; to lie in wait. los. 8:4. 
Either to kill or rob. 
2. To act as a spy ; to go secretly to do 



HOO 



179 



HOO 



a thing ; to rob ; to watch for an opportu- 
nity to see or speak to a person. Laieik. 77. 

Hoo-HA-LU-A, s. An ambush ; an am- 
buscade, los. 8:2. Poe hoohalua, liors in 
wait. Lank. 9:25. 

Hoo-HA-LU-HA-LU, V. Freq. of hoohalu. 
See IIalu and IIahalu. To be poor in 
flesh ; to be thin; to be hungry. 

Hoo-HA-LU-LU, V. See Ha lulu. To 
cause a roaring like thunder, or a lieavy 
wind; to rage; to makf a rumbling sound. 

Hoo-HA-Mo, P. See Ha mo, to rub. To 
cause a rubbing, as with the hand ; to be- 
smear, as with oil. 

Hoo-HA-Mo-HA-Mo, u. See the abovc. To 
feel with the hand frequently; to rub over; 
to anoint. 

Hoo-HA-NA, V. See Hana, to work. To 
cause to work ; to do service for another ; 
to compel to work, as a slave; to encourage 
to work. 

Hoo-HA-NAU, V, See Hanau, to bring 
forth young. To cause to bring forth, as 
a female. Note. — The word was mostly 
used in connection with the application of 
medicines designed to effect premature par- 
turition. 

2. In modern times hoohanau has been 
used in the sense to beget or cause to be 
born ; not used by Hawaiians themselves 
in this sense. 

Hoo-ha-ni, v. See Hani, to approach. 
To come near to so as just to touch ; to 
pass softly by. 

Hoo-ha-ni-na, v. See Hoohanihanl 
Also, to turn a little so as to allow one to 
pass in a narrow road. 

Hoo-HA-Ni-HA-Ni, V. Freq. of hoohani. 
To tempt slightly to adultery ; to make 
gentle advances, 

Hoo-HA-Ni-Ni, V. See Hanini and Nini, 
to spill. To pour or run out, as water from 
a vessel ; to cause to flow, as water ; also, 
as tears; \ia hooJuminiia na mapuna wai- 
maka, the foimtains of tears overflowed. 
Laieik. 203. 

Hoo-ha-no, v. See Hano, to be still ; 
undisturbed. To honor; to exalt; to be 
vain ; to be haughty ; to be self-glorious, 

Hoo-HA-No-HA-No, V. See Hano. To 

exalt one's self above others ; to conduct 
haughtily ; to raise one to honor. 

Hoo-HA-NU-A, V. See Hanua, plane ; 
level. To live independently ; to have 
enough ; to be supplied. 

2. To be level : plane, as low level 
ground. See Honua. 

Hoo-ha-nu-ha-nu, v. See Hanu, to 
breathe. To cause to breathe frequently ; 
to draw the breath in and out 



2. To resuscitate; to revive from fainting. 

3, To snuff up, as the wind. 
Hoo-ha-pai, v. See Hapai, to lift or 

raise up. To conceive, as a fomale ; par- 
allel with hoohanau. Nah. 11:12. Notk. — 
Hoohanau and hoohapai are both factitious 
words and of modern date, and are not 
after Hawaiian idiom, as the Hawaiian has 
no words properly signifying to conceive as 
a mother, or to beget as a father ; at least 
no such words have yet been discovered. 

Hoo-HEE, V. See HEE,to melt; to flow. 
To cause to melt; to flow, as a liquid. 

2. To cause to flee ; to put to flight ; to 
rout, as an army. See Auhek. 

Hoo-HEE-HEE, V. Fieq. o( kookee. Also, 
to make angry ; to vex ; to be wild. 

Hoo-HEE-WA-LE, V. To melt easily ; to 
run into liquid. 

2. To flee or run away ; to act the cow- 
ard. See IIoHK. 

Hoo-HE-iiEE, V. See Hee, to melt. To 
melt away ; to run, as a liquid ; to liquify, 
as any hard substance. 

Hoo-HEi, V. See Hei, a snare or net. 
To set a net or snare ; to be entangled in 
a snare, 

2, To beset with difficulties, 

Hoo-hei-hei, f. To sound or strike on 
the drum. 

Hoo-hei-hei, s. a drum ; a playing on 
the drum. 

Hoo-HE-o, V. See Heo, pride. To be 
proud ; vaunting ; lofty. 

Hoo-he-he-o, v. See' Heo, To swell 
out ; to be large, as a woman with a large 
pau. 

Hoo-HE-u, V. See Heu, a beginning. 
To open a speech : to commence a talk. 

Hoo-he-he-lo, v. See Hehelo. To be 
proud; to be proud of one's appearance or 
dress; to be deceitful. 

Hoo-HE-Ki-Li, V. See Hekili, thunder. 
To cause it to thunder. 

Hoo-HE-LE, adj. See Hele, to move. 
Movable ; moving. 

Hoo-he-le-he-le, v. See Hele and 
Mahkle. to divide. To go between ; to 
divide ; to separate by cutting, as cutting 
cloth with shears. 

Hoo-he-le-lei, v. See Helelei, to scat- 
ter. To scatter, as in sowing grain ; to 
throw away. 

Hoo-he-ma-he-ma, v. See Herla., left 
(hand.) To be unfurnished ; unprepared; 
not ready. 

2. To be wanting in some important qual- 
ity or thing, 

3. To cause a destitution ; to deprive of. 

4. To dislike and take no care of; ap- 
plied to all things not desired. 



HOO 



180 



HOO 



5. To set no value upon ; hoohemahema 

i ka waiwai, waiho wale a lilo ia hai. 
Hoo-HE-MO, V. See Hemo, to loosen. 

To make loose; to loosen; to set at liberty. 
Hoo-HE-MO-HE-Mo, V. Fieq. of the above. 

To make loose. 
Hoo-HE-MU, V. See HEMU,to drive away. 

To scare away ; to frighten ; to drive off, 

as hens, pigs or other animals. 
Hoo-HE-NA, V. See Hena, thigh. To see, 

feel or handle the thigh ; to take off one's 

clothes. 
Hoo-HE-NA-HE-NA, V. Intensive of the 

foregoing. To act lasciviously; to uncover 

one's nakedness; to dress so as to show 

the hena. 
Hoo-HE-NE, V. See Hene, mockery. To 

cause mockery ; to show contempt. 
Hoo-HE-NE-HE-NE, V. See the foregoing. 

To cause laughter at another's expense or 

feelings ; to mock ; to vilify. 
Hoo-HE-PA, V. See Hepa, to be silent. 

To be mischievous ; to be careless ; to imi- 
tate another. 
Hoo-he-pa-he-pa, v. SeeHooHEPA. To 

talk improperly, as imitating the talk of 

foreigners. 

2. To mispronounce words or mlscon- 

struct language ; e hookahuli i ka olelo. 
Hoo-HE-WA, V. See Hewa, wrong ; 

error. To condemn ; to convict of crime 

or misdemeanor ; to accuse one of crime ; 

to punish. See Ahewa. 
Hoo-HE-wA-HE-wA, V. See Hoohewa, 

to cause to do or be in error. To forget ; 

to mistake; to forget the name of a person. 

2. To mistake one person for another ; 
to be doubtful with regard to a thing. 

3. To be slightly deranged ; to be delir- 
ious; but not so strong a,shehena or pupule. 

Hoo-he-wa-wa-le, v. See Hoohewa 
and Wale, gratuitously. To condemn with- 
out cause; to oppress; to injure. Note.. — 
This word is often divided into two words 
in writing, and perhaps should always be. 

Hoo-Hi, V. To open ; to dissolve ; to 
act as a cathartic ; e hoomama. 

Hoo-Hi-A-Hi-A, V. To be good ; honora- 
ble ; noble in aspect and deportment. 

2. To have the outward appearance of a 
gentleman without the substance. 

3. To be proud and vain. Sec IIoomaiiie. 

Hoo-Hi-A-LA, V. To eat with greediness; 
to cram down food ; to swallow, as one in- 
satiate. 

2. In a moral sense, to swallow down in- 
iquity; no kamea, ke hoohiala ae nei oukou 
i ka hewa iloko o oukou iho. 

Hoo-Hi-A-LA-Ai, V. Hoohiala and ai, food. 
1. To stuff with food. 



2. Fig. To be intent on evil; ehanamau 

ma ka hewa. 
Hoo-Hi-A-MOE, V. See Hiamoe, to sleep. 

To cause one to sleep. 

2. To be lazy ; to be weary ; to be dull. 
Hoo-hi-a-po, v. See Hiapo. To be con- 
stituted a first born ; to have the privilegee 

of a first born. 
Hoo-Hi-E, V. See Hie, excellent. To 

make or cause to be excellent; to be grand 

to look at. 
2. To be proud; to be haughty; to carry 

a high head. 
Hoo-Hi-E-Hi-E, V. See HiEHiE, pride, &c. 

To show a proud behavior; to act proudly. 
Hoo-Hii, V. See Hii, to carry a child. 

To lift up, as a child in the arms to carry. 
Hoo-Hi-o, 17. See Hio, to lean. To cause 

to lean or slant from a perpendicular ; to 

bend over. 

2. To stagger in walking. 
Hoo-Hi-o-Lo, V. See HioLo, to fall down. 

To overthrow ; to cause to roll down or 

away ; to throw down ; to demolish. 
Hoo-Hi-u, V. See Hiu, strong; fierce. 

To be wild ; to be fierce ; to be untamed. 

2. To be unfriendly ; to be unsociable. 

3. To fear ; to be afraid. 
Hoo-Hi-Hi, V. See HiHi, to entangle. To 

cause entanglement ; to get entangled ia 
any way. 

2. To desire to get what is another's. 

Hoo-Hi-Hi, adj. Offensive ; injurious. 

Hoo-Hi-Hi-A, I'. See Hihia, entangle- 
ment. To get one into diflficulty ; to en- 
trap ; to hold fast. 

Hoo-Hi-Hi-u, V. See Hoohiu above. To 
cause fear ; to be fearful ; to make afraid ; 
hence, to make or be wild; to be untamed. 

Hoo-Hi-KA-KA, V. See Hikaka, to stag- 
ger. To lean this way and that, as a rick- 
ety grass house ; to lean over. ^ 

2. To stagger in walking, like a drunken 
man. 

Hoo-hi-ki, V, See Hiki, to come to. To 
arrive at a place, especially at a place 
designated. 

2. To vow ; to swear to a fact ; to adjure 
on oath. 

3. To swear at ; to reproach ; to revile ; 
mostly with ino. 

Hoo-Hi-Ki, s. A vow ; a promise ; a 
prayer; a swearing. Oihk. 5:1. Hoohiki 
wahahee, a false swearing. Oihk. 6:3. 

Hoo-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To bear or carry fre- 
quently ; to carry a little at a time. 

HoO-KI-KI-LE-LE, V. See HiKILELE, tO 
startle. To startle one ; to cause one to 
jump; to startle with affright; to wake one 
suddenly, as from sleep. 



HOO 



181 



HOO 



Hoo-Hi-LA, V. See Hila. To cause 

shamo ; to be ashamed. 

HOO-HI-LA-HI-LA, V. See HiLAHILA. To 
be timid ; modest ; fearful, as a bashful 
person ; hence, to be affected with shame ; 
to make ashamed ; to act with modesty ; 
to put one to shame, by his own superior- 
ity. Laieik. 138. E hoohilahila aku ai ia 
Laieikawai. 

Hoo-Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adj. Bashful; modest, 
as a backwoodsman; hehooluauui kekua- 
aina, he hooldlahila. 

Hoo-Hi-LA-LA, V. See Hilala, to bend; 
to crook. To bend, as the slim branches 
of a tree with the wind; to curve; to bend 
round, as a hook. 

Hoo-iii-Li, }•. See Hili, to wander. /To 
wander from the right path; to wande^to 
go here and there without object. 

Hoo-ni-Li-Hi-Li, V. See Hill To cause 
to wander often. 

2. To besmear with blood; to defile with 
blood. 

Hoo-Hi-Ll-U. 

Hoo-Hi-LO, V. See Hilo, to twist. To 
cause to twist ; to spin or twist, as a cord. 

Hoo-Hi-LU, V. See Hilu, to be glorious. 
To exalt; to praise; to dignify. 

Hoo-Hi-LU-Hi-LU, V. See the foregoing. 
To exalt ; to praise ; to honor ; to dignify. 

Hoo-Hi-PA, v. See Hipa. To vow; to 
perform a vow. 

2. To speak falsely. 

Hoo-Hi-PA, s. Affection ; attachment. 

Hoo-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V, To blunder in speak- 
ing ; to speak falsely. 

Hoo-iii-puu, V. See Hipuu, a little bag 
or bundle for carrying provisions. To 
make up into a bundle ; to bundle up for 
carrying. 

Hoo-Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, black ; 
acceptable to the gods. To be acceptable 
to the gods ; to be dear ; to be greatly be- 
loved ; to honor ; to treat as beloved or 
precious. 

Hoo-ho, v. See Ho, to cry out. To shout 
or cry out, as a single person; to call after 
one. 

2. To exclaim with many voices ; holo 
• ka moku makai, hele na kanaka mauka e 

hooho hele ai, the ship went on the sea, the 
men went on shore with vociferation. 

3. To make the low noise of a horse. 

Hoo-Ho, s. A shout ; an exclamation of 
joy ; to triumph. 1 Tes. 4:1(5. 

Hoo-Ho-A, V. See Hoa, to drive cattle. 
To challenge; to dare one to fight; to pro- 
voke to anger. 

Hoo-ho-a-ho-a, v. Frequentative of the 
above. 



Hoo-Ho-Ho, V. To force out; to emit 

wind. 
Hoo-Ho-Ho-No, V. See Hohono, strong 

smelling. To give or cause a strong offen- 
sive smell, like tar, sulphur and decaying 

fish. 
Hoo-iio-KA, V. See Hoka, disappointed. 

To cause a mistake or error; to disappoint 

one. 
Hoo-ho-ka-ho-ka, v. To make frequent 

mistakes or blunders ; to be disappointed. 
Hoo-Ho-LE-PAA-HAA, V. To preserve for 

another. 
Hoo-Ho-Li, f. See Holi, to do first. To 

come; out, as the first beard of a young man. 
2. To make one's first effort to do a thing. 

See HooiiEU. 
Hoo-Ho-LO, V. See Holo, to run. To 

cause to run ; to run along a road. 

2. To move in various ways ; to sail : to 
set sail, as a vessel ; to ride on horseback. 

3. To thrust the hand into, as into the 
bosom ; to stretch out the hand, as in ges- 
turing. 

4. To agree, as a deliberate assembly ; 
to pass, as a vote ; to confirm an assertion. 

Hoo-Ho-LO, s. A rider on a horse ; a 

horseman; more generally united with lio; 

as, 
Hoo-HO-Lo-Li-o, s. A horseman; cavalry. 
Hoo-Ho-Lo-MO-KU, V. Eolo and moku^ 

ship. To sail or to direct the sailing of a 

ship ; applied either to the master or men. 
Hoo-Ho-LO-Mo-KU, s. Holo and moku^ a 

vessel. One who sails or causes a ship to 

sail. 
Hoo-Ho-LU, V. See Holu, to bend. To 

bend ; to arch ; to crook ; to be flexible. 
Hoo-Ho-LU-Ho-LU, V. See HoLU, to bend. 

To bend, as a flexible piece of timber ; to 

bend, as a stick. 
Hoo-HU, 17. See Hu, to rise. To cause 

to rise ; to swell, as leaven. 

2. To bake in an oven. 

3. To start up suddenly. 

4. To run along the bank of a kalo patch. 

5. To detect : to discover. 
Hoo-HU-A, V. See Hua, fruit. To cause 

to swell, as a bud ; to produce fruit, as a 
tree ; to bring forth, as a female. 

2. To tease or vex by begging; to resort 
often to one for favors. 

3. To persevere in. as in any habit ; ke 
hoohua nei ke noi a na kanaka i kela mea 
i keia mea ; hoohua kanaka i ka inu rama, 
men persevere in drinking rum. 

Hoo-HU-A, V. Perhaps koo/iiiwa, to 
lengthen out the time. To persevere long; 
to continue in a practice: to retain a habit, 
good or bad, especially the latter. 

Hoo-HU-AE, V. See Hu. To cause to 



HOO 



182 



HOO 



overflow ; to have more than enough ; to 

allow to escape. 
Hoo-HU-A-HU-A, V. See Hua, to sv^rell. 

To cause to enlarge ; to increase ; to grow 

in size. See Mahuahua. 
Hoo-HU-A-HU-A-LAU, V. To question in 

eport or derision, the person questioned 

being ignorant of the design. 

2. To puzzle with captious questions; to 
throw difficulties in the way of explana- 
tion ; to talk strangely. 

3. To make one's self strange ; to pre- 
tend not to be acquainted. 

Hoo-HU-A-HU-A-LAU, adj. Puzzling; cap- 
tious ; olelo hoohuahualau, insidious ques- 
tioning. 

Hoo-HU-A-HU-A-LAU, V. To question with 
belief or with unbelief ; o ka poe hooma- 
loka, hoohuahualau mai i ke akua noho, the 
unbelieving question the existence of the 
resident gods. 

Hoo-HU-A-Hu-A-A-NA-LAU, V. To ques- 
tion captiously, &c. See above. 

Hoo-HU-A-KA, V. To smoke tobacco con- 
stantly. 

Hoo-HU-A-KE-EO, V. See Hua, jealousy, 
and Kaeo or Keeo. To be evilly disposed; 
to cherish a bad disposition. 

2. To reject a proffered gift ; to turn 
away with disdain ; to be displeased. 

3. To consent against one's will ; to con- 
sent in anger. 

Hoo-HU-A-KE-EO, s. Pride; disdain; con- 
tempt for one. 
Hoo-HU-A-Li, V. See Huali, to glitter. 

To shine with brightness ; to glitter with a 

pure white. 

2. To make pure ; to cleanse ; hence, to 

be shining. 
Hoo-hu-e-lo, v. See Huelo, the tail of 

an animal. To lengthen out; to make small 

by drawing out in length. 
Hoo-HU-i, V. See Hui, to unite. To 

cause a union between two or more things; 

to add to ; to add on ; to annex. 

Hoo-hu-oe, v. To wonder. 

Hoo-HU-i-PO, V. To go in the night 
without a light. 

Hoo-HU-oi, V. See Huoi, jealousy. To 
be jealous; to feel jealous towards another 
for some real or supposed advantage ; ina 
i noho lakou me kekahi alii, /loo/moi kekahi 
alii, if they had lived with a particular 
chief, another chief would have been jeal- 
ous. 

2. To allow to touch ; to permit to blow 
upon, as the wind. Laieik. 17. 

Hoo-Hu-oi, s. Jealousy; o ka hoohuoi o 
na kanaka ame na 'Hi i na misionari, the 
jealousy of the people and chiefs respecting 
the missionaries. 



Hoo-HU-oi, adj. Causing jealousy; dis- 
trusting one's faithfulness; he raea hoohuoi 
ia Halaaniani ka nalo ana o Laieikawai. 
See Laieik. 128. 

Hoo-HU-HU, V. See Hu and Huhu, anger. 
To make angry ; to provoke ; to be very 
angry. 

Hoo-hu-hu-ki, v. To act as a man and 
his wife when they quarrel and she sets out 
to leave her husband and he catches her 
and they have a tussle, that is, to Iwohu- 
Imki ; e hoonanai, e hookano. 

Hoo-hu-la, v. To destroy; to finish up; 
to punish ; to tremble for fear. 

Hoo-hu-lei, v. Eng. To cry out hurra 
(hu-re) ! to ride rapidly on a horse and cry 
iput hurra ! 

Hroo-Hu-Li, V. See Huli, to turn. To 
turn ; to change ; to cause an overturn ; 
to express in another manner the same 
thing. 

Hoo-HU-Li-Hu-Li, V. See Huli above. To 
change; to turn ; to put in order ; to over- 
turn ; to mix up. 

Hoo-Hu-NA, V. See Huna, to conceal. 
To hide ; to secrete ; to conceal. 

Hoo-hu-na-hu-na, v. See above. To 
hide frequently or thoroughly. 

Hoo-hu-ne, v. See Hune, to tease. To 
tease; to beg often; to ask something from 
another ; to entreat a favor ; to persist in, 
as in a bad habit. 

Hoo-ka, v. See Ka, to dash; to strike. 
To dash ; to strike ; to cause to kill. 

Hoo-KAA, V. See Kaa, to roll. To pay 
out money ; to pay a debt. 

2. To roll ; to cause to roll, as a wheel. 

3. To turn over o 
distress or sickness. 

4. To throw over or down a precipice, 
i. e., to roll down it. 

Hoo-KAA, s. See above. The payment 
of a debt. 

2. The rolling of a wheel. 

3. A throwing anything down a preci- 
pice. 

Hoo-KAA-0-Ko-A, ) y. Kaa and okoa, 
Hoo-KAA-KO-A, ) other; different. The 
first orthography is preferable. To make 
a difference ; to place one side ; to sepa- 
rate ; to abstain from ; to let alone. See 

IIOOKAOKAO. 

Hoo-KAA-KAA, V. See Kaakaa, to open. 

To open, as the eyes; to cause to open ; to 
cause one to see by opening the eyes. 

2. To cause to roll, i.e., to ride in a car- 
riage. See Kaa, a wheel. 

Hoo-KA-A-NA, V. To make tame or gen- 
tle; to follow alter one. 
Hoo-kaa-wa-le, ij. See Kaa and Wale, 



HOO 



183 



HOO 



only. To roil off ; to separate ; to make a 
space between. 

2. To divide off; to cause a division. 

Hoo-KAA-wi-Li, V. See Kaa and Wiu, 
to twist. To cause to turn or writhe, as in 
pain ; hence, to be in severe pain. 

Hoo-KAE, V. See Kae, to rub out. To 
hate ; to dislike ; to treat contemptuously; 
to reject. 

2. To blot out ; to kill ; to destroy ; to 
take away life ; ina i liookae niui ke Akua 
i ke ola o k(; kino, if (iod sliould take away 
the life of the body. 

Hoo-KAE-KAE, V. To (laub over ; to 
paint badly ; to defile ; to pollute, as food, 
books, mats. &c. ; niai hookaekae i ka mo- 
ena, don't dirty the mats. 

Hoo-KA-E-0, t'. See Kaeo and Keeo, to 
be quick tempered. To stir up anger in 
one ; to provoke ; to show an evil disposi- 
tion. 

Hoo-ka-e-o-e-0, v. Intensive of the fore- 



going. 
HOO-KAI, 



V. See Kai, to displace. To 
waste ; to destroy ; to put away. 

Hoo-KAi-i, V. To harden. 

2. To be hard in a bargain ; to be close ; 
to be stingy. 

Hoo-KA-o-KA-o, V. SeeKAOKAo. To put 
one's self forward; to be prominent among 
many others ; makemake no oia e hookao- 
kao ia ia. Laieik. 91. 

Hoo-KATJ, V. See Kau, to hang or put 
up. To put up upon ; to go up ; to place 
one thing upon another ; e hookau hiamoe, 
to fall asleep. Laieik. 143. 

Hoo-kau-a-he, v. Kau and ahe, light, 
gentle, as a light breeze. To fly softly or 
gently, like a kite. 

Hoo-KAU-HtJ-A, s. See Kauhua. The 
forming or growing state of the young in 
the womb. Anat. 2. 

Hoo-KAU-KAU, V. See Kau, to put upon. 
To put up ; to ascend upon : to cause to 
arise ; to lift up a thing, as a child in put- 
ting him on a horse. 
2. To gather, as clouds before a rain. 

Hoo-KAU-KAU, s. See above. The gath- 
ering of clouds before a rain regarded as 
a sign of foul weather. 

Hoo-KAU-LA-NA, V. See Kaulana, to be 
renowned. To make a person or event 
known as famous; to send abroad a report 
concerning a person or thing ; to make 
famous. 

Hoo-kau-lu-a, v. See Kaulua, to be 
slack. To procrastinate ; to delay ; to de- 
tain ; to be slow in obeying a command. 

2. To be in doubt ; to hesitate about 
doing a tiling ; to postpone a work. 



Hoo-kau-kau-lu-a, v. See the forego- 
ing. To wait ; to procrastinate. 

Hoo-KAU-MA-HA, V. See Kaumaha. To 
lay a burden upon one ; to be hard upon ; 
to trouble ; to oppress. 

Hoo-KAu-wA, V. See Kauwa, a servant. 
To make a servant of; to cause one to 
serve or to be a servant ; to act in the 
capacity of a servant. 

Hoo-kau-wa-ku-a-paa, v. See Kauwa 
and KuAPAA, to make one's back rough. 
To serve with rigor; to act under, and live 
in hard bondage. 

Hoo-kau-wa-ku-a-paa, s. Hard service; 
cruel bondage. 

Hoo-kau-wo-vvo, v. See Kauowo and 
Kauwowo, to branch out and spread, as 
vines. To cause to grow and increase, as 
vines or vegetables of rapid growth ; to 
grow thriftily, as vines or plants. 
2. To cause to multiply, as a people, 

Hoo-ka-ha, v. See Kaha, to seize. To 
extort property from another ; to cheat. 

2. To seize upon what is another's. 

3. To take property with the owner's 
knowledge, but without his consent. 

Hoo-ka-ha, s. An extortioner ; one who 
strips people of their property. Luk. 1S;11. 
Hookah'i is the result of kuko, Ua, iini,&c. 

Hoo-ka-ha-ka-ha, v. To put on many 
clothes, as children; to make a great show. 

2. To make a great heap of kapas on 
which to sit or be carried, as in former 
times. 

3. To make a display ; to exhibit finery. 
Hoo-ka-ha-ka-ha, s. A display; an ex- 
hibition ; a celebration ; hana iho la ia i 
hookahakaha no kana poe wahine, he made 
an exhibition of his wives. 

Hoo-ka-ha-ka-ha, adj. Superb ; fine ; 

nice : muking a display as a dandy. 
Hoo-ka-he, v. See Kahe, to spill water. 

To water; to cause water to flow over land; 

to cause to flow, as a liquid ; to irrigate. 
Hoo-KA-HE, s. A flowing, as of blood. 
Hoo-ka-he-a, v. See Hea and Kahea, 

to call out. To cause to cry out ; to call ; 

to raise the voice in calling. 
Hoo-KA-HEE, V. See Hee and Kahee, 

to slip or slide ofl'. To cause to slip away; 

to slip off; to flow off. 
Hoo-ka-he-ka-he, v. Freq. of hookahe. 

To wat*?r. as land ; to cause to flow, as 

water ; to wet ; to drain, as land. 

Hoo-KA-HE-LA, V. See Kahela, to bend 
round ; to curve. To come along, as the 
swell of the sea when it comes along the 
western coast of Hawaii from the south; to 
flow along, as a high swell of the sea. 

Hoo-ka-he-la-he-la, p. See Kahela 



HOO 



184 



HOO 



and KuHBLA- To bend round : to curve, 
as passing round a cape. 
Hoo-KA-Hi, u. See Kahi, one. To be or 
cause to be one ; to divide by individuals. 

2. To make one. i. e.. to resemble: to be 
similar or like something else. 2 Oihl. 
18:12. E imi kakou ma ka mea e kookahi 
ai ka manao ana. let us seek to unite our 
thoughts into one. 

3. To attend to one thing ; to make one 
out of many. 

Hoo-KA-Hi, s. A oneness ; a unity ; a 
being only one. 

Hoo-KA-Hi, adj. One ; only one, in dis- 
tinction from many. 

Hoo-KA-Hi, art. One of tlie semi-definite 
articles ; a : an : one : only one. Ch-am. § 
6?j, 6.5, 3. ' 

Hoo-KA-Hi-KA-Hi, v. See Kahi, to rub ; 
to comb. To anoint : to daub over. 

2. To rub : to polish. 

3. To comb. 
Hoo-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean 

over. To cause to lean over a little. 

2. To be a little intoxicated so as to 
stagger some. 

Hoo-KA-Hi-Ko, V. See Kahiko, to be old. 
To return to conversation and manners of 
ancient times ; to talk of former times ; to 
imitate ancient manners. 

Hoo-KA-Hi-KA-Hi-Ko, u. Frequentative 
of the above. 

Hoo-KA-Ho-KAi, V. To mix together two 
ingredients, as flour and water, spittle and 
earth. 

Hoo-KA-HT7-Li, V. See HuLi and Kahuli, 
to turn ; to change. To change the out- 
ward form of a thing: to turn over; to turn 
upside down ; to overthrow. 

Hoo-KA-Hu-Li-HU-Li, V. Frequentative of 
the above. 

Hoo-KA-HU-NA, V. See Kahuna, a pro- 
fessional man. To act in any profession : 
to act the artisan, the priest, the doctor, &c. 

Hoo-KA-HTJ-NA-HU-NA, V. See HuNA, a 
small particle. To be little, small or fine. 
See HuNAHUXA. 

Hoo-KA-KA, V. See Ka, to dash; strike. 

To break up, as wood for fuel (anciently 

Hawaiians had no axes for cutting fuel.) " 

2. To strike against ; to dash ; to break 

up fine. 

Hoo-ka-kaa, r. See Kaa, wheel. To 
turn, as a wheel : to turn round. 

Hoo-KA-KAA, s. The dark involving of 
clouds before a storm ; the rolling together 
of clouds; a thick atmosphere before a 
storm. 

Hoo-KA-KA-HA, V. See Kaha, to write ; 
to scratch. To strike : to dash against. 
2. To pierce, as on coming in contact 



like two cocks in fighting : to strike with 

spurs, as a cock. 

3. To scratch : to make marks. 
Hoo-KA-KA-HE-LE, V. E hoopopololei, e 
! hooinainau, e hookawowo. 
Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, V. To wipe or wash 
imperfectly or slovenly, as a table or dishes; 
in washing clothes when one daubs on soap 
and hardly washes it off. it is said, he hoo- 
kakekake kau hana ana, aole pan ka lepo. 
I 2. To mix medicine with food in order 
! to take it. 
I 3. To daub or paint over carelessly, as 

in coloring a ma}). 
I 4. To blot over. 

I Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, adj. Muddy ; dirty; 
! pehea ia wahi. maikai anei ? Aole, he hoo- 
j kakekake wale no. 

Hoo-KA-KA-LA, V. See Kala, rough. To 
make rough: to have many protuberances; 
to be rough with sharp points. 

2. To sharpen ; to grind on a stone. 
Hoo-KA-KA-LE, V. To make soft or 
spongy : to be soft ; to be flexible, like the 
comb of a cock. 
Hoo-KA-KA-Ni, V. To have the itch ; to 

be sore. See Mrau. 
Hoo-KA-LA, V. See Kala, rough. To 
sharpen ; to grind, L e.. to rub on a stone 
for sharpening : to grind, as a tool. 
Hoo-KA-L.^-HA-LA, V. See Kalahala, to 
pardon sin. To cause to pardon sin ; to 
make an atonement Xah. 16. 
Hoo-KA-LA-KU-PU-A, V. To lie in wait ; 
to ambuscade for the purpose of robbery; 
to act the part of spies. 

2. To entrap one in Ms words. 

3. To observe or watch silly as one plots 
mischief. 

Hoo-KA-LAE, V. See Kalae, clear sky. 

To clear off. as clouds after a rain; to open. 

as the clouds that the sky may appear ; to 

be clear, as the sky. 
Hoo-KA-LAi, I". See Kalai, to hew. To 

cause to hew : to cut. as wood or stones 

into some shape. 
Hoo-KA-LA-KA-LAi, V. See the above. 

To cut off; to smooth, as the inside of a 

canoe. 
Hoo-KA-LA-Li, r. See Kalali. To go 

quickly and straightforward. 
Hoo-ka-le-ka-le, adj. Lying ; deceit- 
ful ; treacherous. 
Hoo-KA-Li, u. See Kali, to delay. To 

cause to wait ; to wait : to delay ; to wait 

for something. 
Hoo-KA-Li-Lo-Li-Lo, V. See Kalilo. To 

draw near to death : to have the last symp- 
toms of death : to die. 
Hoo-KA-LU-Hi, V. To bend; to vibrate, 

as a leaf in the wind. 



HOO 



185 



HOO 



2. To ogle ; to bend and twist, as a fop 
or a vain woman ; e hookaluki waiokihi. 

Hoo-KA-MA, V. See Kama, a child. To 
adopt, as a child ; to make the child of an- 
other one's own. 

Hoo-KA-MA, 5. An adopted child. 

Hoo-ka-ma-hao, ?;. See Kamaiiao. To 
be or <lo something wonderful; to be trans- 
formed : to take a new form, especially a 
more s}d<Midid one. 

Hoo-ka-ma-ka, adj. As a prostitute, liv- 
ing in a state of prostitution ; he hooka- 
maka kekahi mea nni ma kahi alii. Notk. — 
This may be an erroneous orthography for 
hookamnkama. 

Hoo-KA-MA-KA-MA, V. See Kamakama. 
To prostitute one's wife or daughter for 
pay ; to prostitute one's self for money ; 
to make one a prostitute; to behave lasciv- 
iously. 

HoO-KA-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See HoOMAKA, 
to begin. To prepare the way for doing a 
thing ; to begin to do a thing. 

Hoo-KA-MA-LA-Ni, r. See Kamalani. To 
make one a favorite, especially one that 
appears unworthy to everyone else except 
the chief; to treat, as a doting parent a 
disobedient or mischievous child; to lavish 
favors on a bad child. 

Hoo-KA-MA-Ni, V. To have a very good 
external appearance, as any substance, but 
internally worthless. 

2. Applied to persons, to be deceitful ; 
to act the hypocrite ; to make hypocritical 
pretensions; to be a worthless person under 
a pleasant exterior. 

Hoo-KA-MA-Ni, s. A hypocrite. 
2. Hypocrisy ; guile. Hal. 32:2. 

Hoo-KA-MA-Ni-HA, V. See Kamaniha, to 
be rude. To be rude ; to be rough ; to be 
■wild ; to be unsocial. 

Hoo-ka-na-hai, v. See Kanahai, to de- 
crease. To be small; to be stinted; to 
make small ; to make less ; to reduce in 
size; to humble somewhat. See next word. 

Hoo-KA-NA-HAU, V. To be small ; to be 
depressed ; to make less. 

Hoo-KA-NA-OE, V. To push fofvvard ; to 
urge on ; to quicken ; to hasten in doing a 
thing. See Kanahk. 

Hoo-KA-NA-HE, V. To drive or urge for- 
ward ; to accelerate movement ; to hurry : 
to quicken. 

Hoo-KA-NA-uu-A, V, See Kanahu^, 
crooked : stoop-shouldered. To bend up- 
wards, as a crooked rafter. 

2. To rise above water, as a whale's back. 

3. To bend; to crook; to be humpbacked. 
Hoo-ka-na-ka, u. See Kanaka, a man. 

To be or act like a man : to be brave ; to 
be manly ; to act the part of a brave man. 
24 



Hoo-ka-na-ka -ma-ku-a, s. SeeKANAKA- 

MAKUA. The state of being mature, aa a 

young person of either sex ; being grown 

up. Laieik. 28. 

Hoo-KA-NA-KA-NA-iE, V. Toquicken;to 

hasten ; to uige on. See Hookanahk. 
Hoo-ka-na-le-0, v. To try hard to v^ralk 
straightly. as one who wishes to disguise 
his drunkenness. 
Hoo-KA-NA-LU-A, V. See Kanalua, to be 
in doubt. To be in doubt; to hesitate; 
to be fearful. 

2. To stalk about in a proud swinging 
manner. 
Hoo-ka-na-wai, v. See Kanawai, law, 
&c. To be enraged at ; to set off from one 
in anger; to dislike one who has been a 
friend ; hookanaicm aku la ia i kona wahi 
i hele ai, aole e hele hou ; hookatuiioai aku 
la i na makamaka. 
Hoo-ka-ne, v. To make a special friend 
j of a man ; applied only to a woman. 
I 2. To keep a lodgin<r house. 

■ Hoo-ka-ni, v. See Kani, to make a 
j musical sound. To sing ; to sing for joy ; 
I to make a musical sound. 

2. To ring a bell ; to play on an instru- 
i raent of music. 

I Hoo-ka-ni-ka-ni, v. See the foregoing. 
1 To play the ukeke ; to strike on anything 
I to make a sound. 

2. To sing often. 

3. To make a noise, as a multitude of 
voices and instruments preparatory to a 
mokomoko or boxing match: a noho malic 
na kanaka, alalia, hookanikani pihe mai. 
penei. 

Hoo-KA-Ni-Pi-HE, V. To make a great 

noise, as in an assembly for the hula and 

other assemblies ; alalia, hookanipihe mai 

kela aoao o ka aha. 
Hoo-KA-No, V. See Kano, to be proud. 

To be proud ; to be lofty in demeanor; to 

be haughty. 

2. To abstain from ; to let alone ; to 

spare ; to treat with affection. 
Hoo-KA-NO, s. SeeKANO. Haughtiness; 

pride; self sufficiency. 
Hoo-KA-PAE, r. See Kapae, to pervert. 

To turn off; to push aside; to parry off; 

to render ineffectual, as an argument. 
2. To conceal under one's kapa. 
Hoo-KA-PE-KE, V. SeeKAPEKEjtobeout 

of joint. To unloose; to uncover: to send 

forth. 

2. To lay aside, as property; to conceal. 

3. To take off; to remove, as the cover 
of a calabash ; hookapeke i ka waiwai, to 
lay aside property ; hookapeke i ka poi, to 
take off the cover ; hookapeke i ka waa, to 
conceal the canoe. 

Hoo-KA-PE-KE, s. Putting on a dress 



HOO 



186 



HOO 



and yet beiug exposed, an iucentive to 
lewdness ; eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, 
o ka hoohiehie a o ka hookapeke. 

Hoo-KA-PE-KE-PE-KE, V. See above and 
Kapekepeke. 

Hoo-KA-pu, V. See Kapu, prohibition. 
To prohibit ; to forbid ; to put under an 
interdict. 

2. To consecrate ; to make sacred ; to 
set aside for a particular use. 

Hoo-KA-pu-KA-pu, V. See Kapu. Inten- 
sive and frequentative of the foregoing. 

Hoo-KA-pu-Hi, V. To take care, as the 
kahu or nurse of a chiefs child ; applied 
only to chiefs. Note. — This is said to be 
a word peculiar to Oahu. 

Hoo-KA-pu-Hi, s. A nurse of a king's or 
a chief's child ; e na haumana, ame na 
kumu, ame na hookapuhi, ame na kahu. 

2. The kahu of an animal, as the master 
or owner of a dog ; e imi ma ka hanuhanu 
ana ka ka ilio e loaa'i ka hookapuhi, to 
seek like the dog's smelling to find the 
master. 

Hoo-KA-wi-Li, V. See Kaawili and Ka- 
wiLi, to twist. To twist ; to turn. 

Hoo-ka-wo-wo, v. See Kawowo 5, to 
roar. To make a slight rumbling noise, as 
by moving the feet, drumming with the 
fingers, &c. ; to rustle, as leaves in the 
wind ; to roar, as a waterfall. 

Hoo-KE, V. See Ke, to force ; to com- 
pel. To crowd together, as at the door of a 
house (as formerly); to elbow; to edge on 
by degrees. 

2. To get possession in a foreign country 
without permission ; applied to many for- 
eigners who have crowded themselves in ; 
to push aside any person or thing that is 
in the way. 

3. To get one into difficulty: to struggle 
against opposition. 

4. To abstain from; to let alone; to leave 
untouched. 

5. To blow the nose. 

Hoo-KE, s. A struggling against diffi- 
culty ; an urging on. 

Hoo-KE-Ai, V. Hooke and ai, food. To 
abstain from food ; to fast. 

Hoo-KE-E-0, V. See Keeo, to be angry. 
To be quickly angry ; to be wrathful ; to 
be quick tempered. 

Hoo-KEE-KEE, V. See Kekee, crooked. 

To make crooked ; to crook ; to bend. 
2. To do wrong ; to pervert right. 
Hoo-KEi, V. To set one's self above 

others literally; to take a higher seat; 

morally, to be proud ; to be self exalted ; 

alalia, hookei iho la ke kahuna nui nana i 

kai ka aha. 
Hoo-KEi-KEi, V. See Kei, to glory; to 



boast. To honor one's self ; to be proud 
of one's skill at any business ; to be vain- 
glorious ; to think much of one's self. 

Hoo-KE-0, V. See Keo, white. To make 
white ; to whiten. 

Hoo-KE-0, s. A long calabash. 

Hoo-KE-o-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To 
cause whiteness ; to be white. 

Hoo-KE-u, V. See Keu, a remainder. 
To have over and above ; to have or make 
a remainder. 

Hoo-KE -HA, V. See Keha 3, to be puffed 
up. To be puffed up ; to be proud ; to be 
self glorious. 

Hoo-KE-HA-KE-HA, V. See above and 
Keha. To be proud ; to be high minded ; 
to imitate a chief in manners and dignity. 

Hoo-KE-KEE, V. See Keekee, crooked. 
To crook ; to bend ; to pervert ; to spurn ; 
to make crooked. 

Hoo-KE-KEE, adj. Crooked ; warped ; 
bent, naturally or morally. 
2. Displeased ; offended at any neglect. 

Hoo-KE-LA, V. See Kela, to extend be- 
yond. To exceed ; to go beyond ; to be 
higher ; to be more. 

Hoo-KE-LA, s. The name of a month. 

Hoo-KE-LE, V. See Kele, to slip ; to 
slide along. To sail, as the master of a 
ship or canoe. 

2. To direct or steer a ship or canoe ; to 
hold the helm. 

3. To praise ; to extol. 
Hoo-KE-LE, s. A steerer of a canoe. 

Laieik. 45. See Hookelewaa. 
Hoo-KE-LE -KE-LE, V. See Kele, to slip, 
&c. To slip or slide easily. 

2. To sail about for pleasure in a canoe 
or boat. 

3. To bathe a child near dead with famine. 

4. To scatter w^ater ; to wet mats ; e hoo- 
kelekele i ka moena. 

Hoo-ke-le-waa, s. The helmsman of a 

canoe. 
Hoo-KE-PA, V. See Kepa, to snatch at. 

To snap or snatch at with the teeth ; to 

prick like a spur. 
Hoo-Ki, V. See Ki, to shoot, and Hoo- 

KiKi. To spill ; to drop. 
2. To shoot a gun. 
Hoo-Ki-E, V. See KiE, high. To lift up; 

to be high. See Kiekte. 
Hoo-Ki-Ei, V. See Kiei, to look sharply. 

To cause to peep ; to look slily at. 
Hoo-Ki-E-Ki-E, V. See Km and Kiekie, 

to be high. To elevate ; to lift up. 

2. To be proud ; to be high minded ; to 

lord it over another. 
Hoo-Ki-E-Ki-E, s. Pride; haughtiness; 

overbearing conduct. Nah. 15:30. 



HOO 



187 



HOO 



Hoo-Kii, V. See Kii, to go after. To 
cause to go for a thing ; to cause to fetch ; 
to go after ; to take hold of; to seize. 

Hoo-Kii, V. To grow thin in flesh; to 
dissolve ; to disappear, hr. 34:4. 

Hoo-Kii, s. Thinness of flesh; consump- 
tion. Kanl 28:22. Leanness. IM. 106:15. 

Hoo-Kii, adj. Thin ; lean in flesh. 
2. Close ; parsimonious. 

Hoo-Kii-Kii, V. To swell out, as the 
breast ; as the stomach ; to rise up. 

Hoo-Ki-0, V. See Kio, a pool; a puddle. 
To spread out ; to enlarge. 

2. To assemble together, as water in a 
lake or pond. 

Hoo-Kio-Kio, V. See Kiokio, to play on 
a i)ipe. To pipe ; to play on, as a fife ; to 
play on any wind instrument. 

Hoo-Ki-HE, V. See Kihe, to sneeze. To 
cause to sneeze. 2 Nal. 4:35. 

Hoo-Ki-Hi, V. To defend off*; to reproach; 
to persecute ; to put one under a law. 

Hoo-Ki-Kii, V. See Hookiikii above. 

Hoo-Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, V. See Kim, corner; 
edge, &c. To branch out ; to make many 
corners; to make the sides of a figure irreg- 
ular. 

Hoo-Ki-Ki, V. See Hooki, to spill. To 
spill; to drop, as water; to squii't or throw 
water, as a fire-engine. 

Hoo-Ki-Ki-NA, V. See Kina and Kikina, 
to send one on an errand. To send on an 
errand with dispatch ; to command ; to 
order ; to hurry. 

2. To scold ; to be angry. 

3. To leave suddenly, as in a great hurry. 
Hoo-Ki-Ki-No, V. See Kino, body, and 

HooKLNO. To make or cause a body ; to 

embody. 
Hoo-Ki-Lo, V. See Kilo and Hakilo, to 

look earnestly. To spy ; to evesdroj) or 

overhear ; to act as a spy upon those who 

do wrong ; e hookilo i ka he\va. 

2. To watch, as one who is doing wrong ; 

to watch slily. 
Hoo-Ki-Lo, V. To grow thin and spare; 

to waste away, as one in the consumption; 

hookilo kino ole. wiwi. 
Hoo-Ki-Mo, V. See Kimo, to strike. To 

seize ; to catch up ; to grasp, as the hand 

does a stone. 
Hoo-Ki-MO-Ki-MO, V. To be oppressed ; 

to be weighed down ; to be weary ; to be 

near fainting. 
Hoo-Ki-NA, V. See Kina, to urge on. 

To make one heavy or sad ; to oppress ; 

to make weary; to put one burden on after 

another; to add one command after an- 
other. 
2. To urge one to do a thing ; to compel 



to do it ; malia i hookina ai kuu kane ia'u 
i ka inu awa, perhaps my husband will 
compel me to drink awa. Laieik. 208. 
3. To pour down fast, as rain. 

Hoo-Ki-NA-Ki-NA, V. Frequentative of 
kina. 

Hoo-Ki-NO, V. See Kino, bod^. To em- 
body ; to give body, form or solidity to a 
thing ; to take a shape ; hookino ai ka 
honua, he gave the earth a body or shape. 
See HooKiKixo. 

Hoo-Ki-PA, V. See Kipa, to turn aside. 
To turn in to lodge. 

2. To entertain with hospitality ; to in- 
vite to enter one's Ikjusc. 

Hoo-Ki-PA, adj. Disposed to entertain 
strangers • kanaka hookipa, a man lil)eral 
in entertaming strangers; yvdhine hookipa. 
los. 2:1. 

Hoo-Ki-pi, adv. See Kipi, rebel. Kebel- 
liously; treacherously. Kanl. ViSy. 

Hoo-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to crook. To 
crook or bend, as a horn. 

2. To pull along ; to fall down. 

Hoo-Ki-wi-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi above. To 
pull along ; to seize hold of; to fatigue. 
2. To hook on to ; to crook. 

Hoo-Ko, V. See Ko, to fulfill. To fulfill ; 
to carry out, as a contract ; to fulfill, as an 
agreement or promise. 

Hoo-Ko-A, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 
act the soldier; to be brave; to be strong; 
to be fearless. 

Hoo-KO-A, V. For hooolcoa. See Okoa, 
another. To make another. 

2. To divide; to distinguish; to separate. 

3. To whirl ; to turn round. 

4. To put off; to postpone. 
Hoo-Ko-E, V. See Koe, remainder. To 

cause some to remain ; to be over and 
above ; to be left after some are taken ; to 
reserve ; to set aside. 

Hoo-Ko-E-Ko-E, i". See Koekoe, cold. 
To cause to be cold ; to be culd and wet ; 
to be chilly. 

Hoo-Ko-E-NE, I'. See Koene, shelter; 
rest. To cause rest ; to cause quietness ; 
to be free from trouble. 

Hoo-Ko-i, V. See Koi, to urge on ; to 
compel. To speak in a rough harsh voice; 
to make rough or harsh ; to urge ; to drive 
on. 

Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, V. See KoiKoi, heaviness; 
weight. To make heavy literally or mor- 
ally ; to oppress ; to treat with rigor. 

Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, s. A bearing of a burden; 
the act of making one sad ; putting one in 
circumstances very disagreeable and griev- 
ous to be borne. 

Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i-PU-A-Hi-o-LE, V. To make 
great pretensions of forbidding iniquity, 



HOO 



189 



HOO 



and at t le same time to practice it secretly. 

Note. — This is a new coined word adapted 

to modern times. 
Hoo-Ko-i-NE, V. See Koine, to hasten. 

To bo calm, as the mind ; to be at rest ; to 

be quiet. 
Hoo-Ko-Ho-Ko-LA, V. To rejoicG at the 

ovcrthiow of one's enemy ; to be glad at 

his discomfiture. See Hoonaekola and 

AlKOI.A. 

Hoo-Ko-HU, V. See Kohu, to agree ; to 
be alike. To resemble ; hookohu ke keiki 
a Daniela i kona makua ; to cause a re- 
semblance ; to make a likeness ; to set 
apart for one's self. 

Hoo-Ko-Hu, s. A favorite or chosen 
one ; one appointed first to a post of duty. 
Laieik. 104. 

Hoo-Ko-HU-Ko-HU, V. See the foregoing. 
To ask with forwardness. 

2. To afiect resemblance ; to be assum- 
ing. 

3. To make advances to a woman with 
a view to have her for a wife. 

4. To agree together. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko, V. See Koko, blood. To 
spill, as a liquid ; to flow, as blood. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-Hi, V. To be black and threat- 
ening, as clouds ; to lower. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-Hi, adj. Running low; black; 
thick ; threatening, as clouds ; he ao hoo- 
kokohi, a thick black cloud. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-KE, V. See Kokoke, near 
either in time or place ; to cause to draw 
near: to approacli. 

Hoo-KO-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw; un- 
cooked. To remain uncooked ; unfinished. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-Lo, V. See Kolo, to crawl. 
To cause one to crawl or creep. 
2. To stoop or bend down. 

Hoo-Ko-Ko-No-iE, V. To be at rest; to 
be quiet. 

2. To stir up ; to provoke. 

Hoo-Ko-LA, V. See Akola and Aikola, 
to triumph. To rejoice at the ills of an- 
other ; to express such ioy. 

Hoo-Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. To rouse up the 
Fexual passions. 

Hoo-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw, as flesh. 
To make red, as raw meat ; to look red ; 
to make raw flesh. 

Hoo-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, V. See above. To 
make raw or red, as raw or fresh meat. 

Hoo-Ko-Li-Li, V. See Kolili. To flutter 
in the wind. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo, V. See Kolo, to creep ; to 
crawl. To cause to creep or crawl along ; 
to walk bent over ; to crouch. 

2. To approach one with the intention of 
entering into conversation with him. 



3. To draw near to a chief to inform 
against one. 

4. To approach humbly to aak a favor. 
Note. — In ancient times all persons sent 
for by a chief as suspected or accused of 
an ofiense, and all who came to a chief to 
ask a favor, approached him on their hands 
and knees, crawling from a distance. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, V. Intensive of the 
above. To call to account. 

2. To question with the design of elicit- 
ing some fact ; to investigate by question- 
ing. 

3. To try an accused person ; to hold a 
court. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-NU-HA, V. Eookolo and nuha^ 
to sit doubled up in silence. To sit bent 
over in sullen silence ; not to reply when 
spoken to ; aole ou kanaka hookolonuha e 
like, you have no man sullen like him. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-NU-HA, adj. See Kolo and 
NuHA, silent. Sullen ; silent ; refusing to 
speak. See example above. 

Hoo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo, to enter; to 
sink down. To cause to enter in variou3 
ways ; to enter an aperture ; to enter the 
door of a house; to sink down into, as into 
water. 

Hoo-Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo and 
KoMOKOMO, to enter. To cause to enter 
frequently. 

2. To be supplied, as with food ; to be 
satiated with eating. 

3. To play at a game called komokomo. 
Hoo-Ko-NA, V. See Kona, to be strong. 

To be brave ; to daie ; to be hard upon. 

Hoo-Ko-Ni, V. See Koni, to taste ; to 
try. To try; to experience; to make plain. 
2. To ask or try a little by waj- of beg- 
ging or making a bargain ; to tempt. 

Hoo-Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Konini, to revive 
from fainting. To cause to shoot up or grow 
like a plant. 

2. To swell, as a bud. 

3. To convalesce, as a sick person. 
Hoo-Ko-No, V. See Kono, to invite. Ta 

invite ; to lead along. 
Hoo-ko-no-ko-no, v. See Kono, to in- 
vite; to urge. To set on; to urge, as dogs 
to fight. 

2. To entice so as to force one to do 
wickedly. 

3. To stir up or excite feeling in one. 

4. To send frequently to hurry one on ; 
to be induced to do a thing. Laieik. 128. 

Hoo-ko-no-ko-no, s. a setting on, as 
dogs to fight; a getting up a difficulty be- 
tween persona that they may fight and kill 
each other. 

Hoo-KU, V. See Ku, to stand. To cause 
to stand ; to stand erect ; to slick up in a 
perpendicular position. 



HOO 



189 



HOO 



2. To decline ; to withhold ; to refuse ; 
to be unwilling. 

3. To hold water with the paddles when 
the canoe is sailing. 

Hoo-KU-A, V. To fail in one's strength, 
as alter much and long eflort one's sinrits 
and strength begin to fail. 

Hoo-KU-A-Mi-A-Mi, V. See KuAMiAMi, the 
motion of a hinge. To make motions, per- 
haps indelicate ones, like a hinge, 

Hoo-KU-A-NU-i, V. Sec KuA, back, and 
Nur. large. To cause the back to swell ; 
to make one work hard ; to be severe ; to 
increase ; to enlarge, as a swelling. 

HOO-KU-A-KE-E-O, V. See HOOHUAKEEO. 
To act contraiy to; to go to an (^xtrcmt; in 
anything because of anger, as when a little 
is asked and a great deal is thrown to him 
in anger. 

Hoo-Ku-E, V. See Kue, to resist. To 
cause to resist ; to oppose ; to make oppo- 
sition. 

Hoo-KU-E-KU-E, V. See the above. To 
excite anger; to stir up opposition; to grin 
with a fi'own. 

Hoo-KU-E-KU-E-MA-KA-NU-i, V. See above 
with Makanui, great face. To grin most 
horridly with rage or anger. 

Hoo-KU-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to meas- 
ure. To take the measure for laying out a 
building ; to measure ; to lay out. 

Hoo-ku-e-ku-e-ne, v. See Kuene. To 
make way. 

2. To wait on one. 

3. To move back and forth, as a fan in 
fanning. 

4. To cool one with a fan. 
Hoo-KU-E-wA, V. See Kuewa, to wan- 
der. To wander about, as a vagabond; to 
go here and there without object ; to be 
friendless. 

Hoo-KU-i, V. See Kui, to join. To stitch 
together, as with a needie ; to stitch to- 
gether, as the five kapas for a pan or sleep- 
ing kapas. 

2. To pierce, as in sewing cloth or kapa. 

3. To join together, as letters in making 
a word, i. e., to spell. 

4. To meet together. 

Hoo-Ku-i, s. A joining or connecting ; 
o kahi mawaena o ka lani ame ka honua. 
ua kapaia he lewa, he hookui ame ka hala- 
wai. 

Hoo-Ku-i-KA-Hi, V. See Kuikahi, to 
unite in one. To unite in one ; to agree 
together. 

2. To make a treaty of peace and friend- 
ship. 

Hoo-KU-i-KU-i, ». See Kui, to unite. To 
unite : to join together ; to pui words to- 
gether, as in a dictionaiy. 



2. To collect in one mass. 

3. To unite by sewing, as cloth ; e hoo- 
kuikui i ka manai, a uo i ke kaula a lawa. 

4. To resemble ; to be like. 
Hoo-KU-i-KU-i, s. Something united or 

put together ; a sentence; a collection of 

words. 
Hoo-Kfj-i-NA, s. A uniting; a joining; 

a seam in a garment ; he hookubid ami, a 

hinge joint. Anal. m. 
Hoo-ku-o-e, v. To cause to be or act 

the vagabond ; to wander about without 

business or care; to live in poverty; to be 

worthless. 
Hoo-Ku-oi, V. See Oi 3. To limp; to 

walk with une(|ual steps. 

Hoo-KU-oo, V. SceKuoo, to stand ready. 
To stand ready ; to be prepared for any 
business or event ; to be in readiness for a 
call. 

2. To assume great gravity for the sake 
of deception. 

Hoo-KU-o-HA, s. A disease from the 
illicit intercourse of the sexes. See Kiioha. 

Hoo-KU-0-Ko-A, V. See KuoKOA, to Stand 
aside. To cause to stand aside ; to put 
one by himself; to make another. 

Hoo-KU-o-LO, V. See Kuolo, to shake ; 
to tremble. To shake ; to be unsteady, as 
with the palsy ; to have the palsy. 

Hoo-KU-o-Ni, V. See Kuoni, to move 
gently. To move a little ; to move slightly 
or easily ; to walk slowly ; to lag behind. 

Hoo-KU-0-NO, V. See Kuono, a bay or 
gulf. To sink in, as the eye in sickness; 
to sink down; to indent, as the land on the 
sea shore and cause a bay. 

Hoo-KU-0-NO-o-NO, V. See Kuonoono, a 
suflBciency. To be supplied ; to Lave suf- 
ficiency. * 

2. To be quiet ; to remain quiet a long 
time ; to be well established. 

3. To put in order ; to keep in order. 
Hoo-KU-o-NO-o-No, s. Persous living at 

ease having a competency of thi' means of 

living ; aole hune nui o ka poe hookuono- 

ono. he lako lakou. 
Hoo-Kuu, V. See Kuu, to loosen. To let 

go ; to dismiss ; to send away; to release ; 

to let down. 
Hoo-Kuu, adj. Let down ; loosened ; 

dismissed. 
Hoo-Kuu-Kuu, V. Freq. of above. To let 

down, as a rope ; to subside, or cause to 

retire. 
Hoo-Kir-Hi, V. See Kuhi, to think. To 

cause to guess; to suppose; to think. 
Hoo-Ku-Hi-Hi, V. To entangle; to cause 

to entangle. See Kahhii. 
Hoo-KU-Hi-KU-Hi, V. Freq. of hookuhi. 

To guess ; to think j to be imcertain. 



HOO 



190 



HOO 



Hoo-KU-Ho, V. See Kuho, the sound of 
a stone falling perpendicularly in the water. 
To sound short and qaick. as a stone fall- 
ing perpendicularly in the water. 

2. To cough 5 to cough up from the 
throat. 

Hoo-KU-KE, V. See Kuke, to drive off. 
To throw away ; to banish ; to drive off. 

Hoo-KU-KU, V. See Kuku, stuffed with 
food. To eat to uncomfortable fullness ; 
to stuff with food. 

2. To have a sufficiency ; to eat enough. 

3. To eat food voraciously ; applied to 
many eating together ; applied to one per- 
son it is hoonuu. 

4. To try or fit on, as a garment. 
Hoo-KU-KU, s. Fullness of food ; over 

eating. 
Hoo-KU-KU, adj. Full, as with food; 
satiated. 

2. Fitted ; having a resemblance. 

3. See Ku, to stand. A standing up, as 
in the practice of boxing. Laieik. 46. 

Hoo-KU-KU-Li, V. See Kuli, the knee. 

To cause to kneel ; to kneel down. 
HOO-KU-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See KuLANA- 

LANA, to walk weakly. To walk or stand 

unsteadily. 

2. To stumble ; to recede back. 
Hoo-KU-Li, V. See Kuli, to be deaf. To 

turn away from hearing; to refuse to hear. 

2. To disregard one's advice or instruc- 
tion. 

3. To bribe to disobedience. 

4. To give one's property for an evil 
purpose. 

Hoo-KU-Li, adv. Silently ; made to say 

nothing by a bribe, in the phrase 7noe hoo- 

kuli. 
Jloo-KU-Lou, V. SeeKuLOUjtobow. To 

bow down ; to cower ; to sit cowering. 
2. To cast the eyes downward. 
Hoo-KU-Lou-KU-Lou, V. To bend over, 

as in sorrow or in pain. 
Hoo-KU-Lou-Lou, V. To bend over, &c. 

See above. 
Hoo-KU-LU-KU-LU, V. See Kulu, to drop. 

To leak ; to fall in drops ; to drip ; to 

sprinkle with water. 
Hoo-KU-MA-KAi-A, V. To causc an am- 
buscade; to betray; to accuse an innocent 

person. 
Hoo-KU-MA-Ki-NA, V. To cause to wail, 

as persons for the dead. 
Hoo-Ku-Mu, V. See Kumu, foundation. 

To settle; to root; to establish; to appoint 

to a particular business or office ; to lay a 

foundation. 
Hoo-Ku-NAi-NA, V. To make a conquest ; 

to conquer; to show an extirminating 

spirit. 



Hoo-Ku-NA-NA, V. See Hookulana, n 
substituted for I. To step sideways; to 
stumble in walking. 

2. To hesitate in speaking ; to be unde- 
cided. 

Hoo-KU-Nou, V. See KuNou and KuLou. 
Lit. To stand bent. To bow. as the head ; 
to nod, as the head ; to wag the head, or 
shake it in derision; to bow; to bend over. 

Hoo-KU-NU, V. See KuNU, to cough. To 
cause to cough ; to make one cough ; to 
hack and cough. See Hookuho. 

Hoo-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To dig out ; 
to cut ; to hew, as in digging out a canoe. 

Hoo-KU-PA, V. Eng. To be or work like 
a cooper ; to act the cooper. 

Hoo-KU-PA A, V. See Kupaa, to stand 
fast. To cause to stand fast ; to confirm, 
as an agreement ; to make perpetual, as a 
promise or covenant. 

Hoo-ku-pa-ku-pa, v. SeeHooKUPA. To 
cut ; to carve ; to pare ; to dig. 

Hoo-KU-PE, V. To turn, as one's ankle 
or foot in walking ; hence, causing a stum- 
bling. 

Hoo-KU-PU, V. See Kupu, to spring up. 
To cause to grow up, as a vegetable ; to 
spring up, as a seed. 

2. To pay or gather a tax ; to pay a tax 
or tribute. 

3. To accomplish ; to perform. 

4. To give freely ; to make a present to 
one. 

Hoo-KU-PU, s. A tax ; a taxation ; a 
tribute to one in higher standing ; a pres- 
ent ; a gift ; a gratification. 

Hoo-KU-PU, adj. Liable to taxation ; 
mea hookupu, a tributary. Kanl 20:11. 
Taxed ; laid under tribute, Lunk. 1:30. 

Hoo-KU-wE-KU-wE, ) y. See Kuekue, 

Hoo-KU-E-KU-E, ) the knuckle or elbow 
joint. To elbow ; to jog with the elbow ; 
to push. 

Hoo-LA, V. To withhold openly; to be 
parsimonious. 

Hoo-LA, s. A kapa or Hawaiian cloth ; 
applied mostly to single kapas ; but on 
Kauai, used instead of the word kapa gen- 
erally. 

2. A remnant ; a piece. 

Hoo-LA, V. For hoonla. See Ola, to re- 
cover from sickness. To have ease after 
pain ; to recover from sickness. 

2. To save from danger ; to cure a dis- 
ease. 

3. To deliver or free from death. 

Hoo-LA, 5. Used for ^oooZa. Safety after 
danger ; deliverance from peril ; salvation 
as of a people. Fxik. 14:13. 

Hoo-LAA, V, See Laa, to consecrate. 



HOO 



191 



HOO 



To consecrate ; to hallow : to set apart for 
a particular purpose, especially for reli- 
gious purposes. 

Hoo-LAA-LAA, V. FoT Jwolola. See Lala, 
a branch ; a limb. To branch out, as the 
limbs of trees. 

Hoo-LA-AU, V. To ask, as a child for 
food. 

2. To swell up, as the stomach. 

Hoo-LAE-Ho-NU-A, V. See Lae, the fore- 
head, and IIoNUA, entirely. To bow or 
carry the face low, as one affecting great 
solemnity. 

Hoo-LAE-LAE, V. See Lae LAE, clear. To 
be clear ; to shine ; to be bright, as an un- 
clonded sky. 

Hoo-LAi, V. See Lai, to be still. To ap- 
pease ; to quiet, as a mob ; to be quiet ; to 
be still. 

Ho-0-LA-o-LA, V. For hooolaola. See 
Oi,AOLA, the sound of the throat in drink- 
ing. To gurgle, as water when drinking. 

Hoo-LA-0-A, ) V. To tie up, as small 

Hoo-LA-O-WA, S sticks for fuel. 

Hoo-LA-0-A, s. A hook for catching eels. 

Hoo-LAO-LAo, V. See Laolao, a bundle. 
To do up in bundles ; to tie up, as a bun- 
dle for carrying ; to tie a string around. 

Hoo-LAU, V. See Lau, many; the num- 
ber 400. To make numerous ; to make 
company for one. 

2. To take away the solitude of a place. 

Hoo-LAU -A-KA-NE -A, V. Tohide; to con- 
ceal _; to go or put away out of sight ; to 
deceive. 

Hoo-LAU-LAU, V. See Hoolaolao and 
Lattt,au. To tie up a bundle. 

Hoo-lau-le-a, v. See Laulea, to be on 
friendly terms with. To appease ; to calm 
one angry ; to satisfy an injured party ; to 
reconcile. 

Hoo-lau-na, v. See Launa, friendly. 
To be on good terms with one ; to act the 
part of a friend. 

Hoo-LAU-wi-Li, V. See Lauwili, to turn ; 
to be fickle. To cause to twist ; to take 
many positions or shapes. 

2. To go round and round in speaking ; 
to use many words in saying little. 

3. To be inconstant or fickle in doing a 
thing. 

Hoo-la-ha, v. See Laha, to spread out. 
To spread out: to widen; to spread abroad, 
i. 6., to publish extensively, as news ; to 
cause to become of general interest. 

Hoo-la-ha-la-ha, v. To bear ; to carry, 
as on a double-canoe or peleleu. 

Hoo-la-ha-la-hai, v. See Lahai and 
Lalahai, to hover over. To hover over, as 



a bird ; to flap the wings without making 

any advance, as an owl. 
2. To float in the air, as a kite. 
Hoo-LA-Ho-LA-Ho, V. See Laho, the 

testicles. To rub the testicles ; to practice 

onanism. 
Hoo-LA-HU-i, V. See Lahui, to prohibit. 

To cause to be consecrated ; to be made 

kapu ; to forbid the doing of a thing. 
Hoo-LA-KA, V. See Laka, tame, as an 

animal. To tame ; to domesticate, as an 

animal ; to take away wildness by quiet 

friendly treatment. 
Hoo-LA-KA-LA-KA, V. See above. To 

make tame, &c. 
Hoo-LA-KO, V. See Lako, a sufficiency. 

To supply ; to cause a supply ; to be fur- 
nished ; to supply for an emergency ; to 

prepare ; to get ready. 
Hoo-LA-Ko-LA-KO, V. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-la-la, v. See Lala and Hoolaa- 

LAA, to branch out. To branch out. as the 

branches of a tree ; to divide off ditferent 

ways. 
2. To lay the foundation of a work ; to 

commence a job. 
Hoo-la-la, s. A stick once crooked that 

has been made straight; he hau hana ka 

inoa ia wahi i ka hoolalaia. 
Hoo-la-la, v. To begin or commence 

a work or business. 
Hoo-la-la, v. To move aside out of the 

course, as one sailing in the surf turns off 

and goes some where else. 
Hoo-LA-LA-HAi, u. See Lahai and Hoo- 

LAUALAUAI. 

Hoo-LA-LE, V. See Lale, to urge on. 

To stir up ; to hasten the doing of a thing; 

to excite to action ; to get ready quickly 

for an event. 
Hoo-LA-LA-AU, V. To stop up a path ; 

to plant or cause bushes to grow. 
Hoo-la-le-la-le, v. See Hoolale. To 

get ready quickly ; to put in order in a 

hurry, as a house when a visitor comes un-- 

expectedly ; to hasten generally. 

Hoo-LA-NA, r. See Lana, to float ; to 
hope. To cause to float ; to be light ; to 
float upon, as upon water. 

2. To ofter, as a sacrifice. 

3. To listen with attention ; e hoolana i 
ka pepeiao. 

Hoo-LA-NA, s. Indifference in regard to 
morals and moral principles : aole e pili 
nui kekahi man hewa iloko o ka pono, o ka 
hookaulana. o ka hoolana, &c. 

Hoo-LA-NA-LA-NA, i'. See Lana and 
Laxalaxa. To cause to be light; to float, &c. 

Hoo-LA-NA-Ki-LA, V. See Lanakila, to 
overcome. To cause to triumph. 



HOO 



192 



HOO 



Hoo-LA-Ni-LA-Ni, V. To exalt ; to praise. 

2. To enjoy the privileges of a cbief. 

3. To take deceitfully (as Puniai did from 
K!aiiwa.) 

Hoo-LA-PA-LA-PA, V, See Lapa, a ridge, 
and Lapalapa. To spin rounr], as a top. 

2. To roll, as the wheel of a plow. 

3. To boil; to bubble up, as boiling 
water : to fry. 

4. To blaze, as a blazing fire. 
Hoo-la-pa-nai, v. For kooolapanai. See 

HooLA, to save, and Panax, to redeem. To 
save one by redeeming ; to buy one's lib- 
erty who is in bondage ; to redeem. 

Hoo-LA-PA-NAi, s. A redeemer. Im. 
41:14; Hal 78:35. 

Hoo-LA-PEE, V. See Lapee, to bend 
over. To bend up ; to double over ; to 
swell up. 

Hoo-LA-puu, V. See Lapuu, to bend up. 
See also Lapbe. To bend over ; to arch ; 
to crook ; to recede from a straight line. 

Hoo-LA-WA, V. See Lawa, sufficiency; 
enough. To finish; to make means suit the 
intended purpose; to accomplish a purpose. 
2. To have enough ; to be supplied. 

Hoo-LA-wA-LA-wA, V. To finish alike. 
Sec above. 

Hoo-LA-WE, V. See Lawe, to carry. To 
draw out ; to carry from one place to an- 
other ; to cause to bear or carry ; to take 
away. 

Hoo-LA-WE -LA-WE, V. See the foregoing. 
To carry frequently; to get things together; 
to muke ready ; to wait on, as a servant ; 
to do this and that. 

Hoo-LA-vvE-HA-LA, V. To Seek occasion 
against one ; to find something for ground 
of accusation. 

Hoo-LA-WE-HA-LA, s. Treachery; seek- 
ing evil of one ; a desire to detract from 
one's reputation. 

Hoo-LE, V. For hooole. See Ole, no; 
not. To deny ; to be unwilling. 

2. To contradict; to refuse assent; to 
withhold. 

Hoo-le-a, v. See Lea, to be pleased 
with. To praise; to extol; to sing praise to. 

Hoo-LE-A, s. Praise; the object of praise. 
Kanl 10:21. 

Hoo-LE-A-LE-A, V. See Lea, to please. 
To amuse ; to sport with ; to sing in order 
to attract attention. 

2. To soothe; to assuage; to alleviate 
sorrow or pain. 

Hoo-le-a-le-a, adj. Anything pleas- 
ing ; soothing, as music. Laieik. 79. 

Hoo-LEi, V. See Lei, to cast; to ihrow. 
To cast or throw away; to reject ; to drop 
carelessly. 



Hoo-LEi-LEi, V. See the above. To cast 

or throw away often. 
Hoo-LEi-LOA, {;. See Hoolei and Loa, 

long; alsoHooLOA. To extend or straighten 

the body ; to straighten out ; to make 

straight. 

2. To stretch out the arm or extend it 
straight. 

3. To stretch out the lower limbs. 
Hoo-LEi-NA, s. For hooleiana. That 

which is cast or thrown away; refuse mat^ 
ter. Dan. 3:29. See Hoolena and Hoo- 

LINA. 

Hoo-LE I- WA-LE, V. Iloolei Siud walc. To 

throw away as useless or worthless. 
Hoo-LE-o-LE-0, V. To risc and fall, as 
the waves of the ocean. 

2. To go about in confusion, as men run- 
ning hither and thither. 

3. To be uneven ; up and down, as a 
wrinkled mat or floor. 

Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HEi, V. See Lehei, to 
jump from a high position. To fly in an 
imperfect manner, as an unfledged bird. 

2. To jump from a high position. 

3. To dive into the water from a height 
See Lehai. 

Hoo-le-he-le-he-kii, v. To be disap- 
pointed ; to be baflled. 

Hoo-le-le, v. See Lele, to fly. To let 
fly, as a bird from its cage. 

2. To fix up in the air ; to flutter in the 
wind. 

3. To flutter, as a bird from fear; ua hoo- 
leleia ka oili, she was afraid, her heart flut- 
tered. Laieik. 205. 

Hoo-LE-LE-Hu, V. See Lelehu 3, to be 
sleepy. To be sleepy ; to writhe, as in the 
pangs of death. 

2. To turn sideways. 

Hoo-LE-MA-NA, V. Hoole, to deny, and 
■mana, power; authority. To deny one's 
power or authority, as the people in Liho- 
liho's time denied the authority of the 
priests and the ancient gods ; as the Jews 
also denied the authority of Jesus Christ. 

Hoo-LE-NA, s. See Hooleina. That 

which is thrown away, etc. 
Hoo-le-pe, v. See Lepe, the comb of a 

cock. To be scalloped out, as the comb of 

a cock ; to be cut out. 
Hoo-le-pu-le, v. See Hoole, to deny, 

and FuLE, prayer; religion. To deny one's 

authority to act as priest, as the people did 

after Liholiho had broken the kapu. See 

HooLEMAXA above. 
Hoo-le-wa, p. See Lewa, to swing. To 

cause to swing ; to vibrate ; to float in the 

air. 
2. To lift up and carry, as between two 

persons; to carry in a manele or palanquin. 



HOO 



193 



HOO 



3. To bear or carry a corpse at a funeral 
procession. 

4. To hang pendulous ; to hang down, 
as a flag without a hreeze. 

Hoo-LE-WA, s. A bearing ; a carrying ; 
a floating in the air. 

2. The act of bearing a corpse at a fune- 
ral ; hence, 

3. A funeral procession. 
Hoo-LE-wA-LE-wA, V. See Lewa. To 

suspend ; to swing back and forth. 
Hoo-LE-wA-LE-WA, adj. Movinfr; flying, 

as clouds that fly low ; ina e kokoke mai 

ke ao, he ao hoolp.ioahwa. 
Hoo-Li-0-Li, V. For hooolioU. To cause 

to rejoice : to make glad ; to be cheerful ; 

to be joyous. 
2. To be dazzling with brightness. See 

OlA. 

Hoo-Li-o-Li-0, V. To dazzle with bright- 
ness. 

Hoo-Li-u-Li-u, V. See Liuliu, a long 
time. To cause time to be long; to lengthen 
out time. 

2. To stay or delay a long time in a place. 

3. To get ready ; to prepare to do a 
thing. 

Hoo-Li-HA-Li-HA, V. To causc fear; to 

be afraid ; to be fearful. 
Hoo-Li-KE, V. See Like, to be like. To 

make alike ; to make equal ; to liken one 

thing to another ; to make a resemblance. 
2. To divide equally. 
Hoo-Li-KE-Li-KE, V. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-Li-Li, V. See Lili, jealously. To 

partially close the eyes on account of a 

bright light. 

2. To contract the sight of the eye ; to 
make a wry face. 

3. To make one jealous ; to cause jeal- 
ousy. 

4. To question wMth perlness ; to appear 
consequential ; to be dignified. 

6. To set up for or assume what does not 
belong to one ; hooUU ko Oahu e hookolo- 
kolo i ko Lahaina. 
Hoo-Li-Li, V. To undulate, as the air 
under a hot sun ; to undulate, as the siu"- 
face of water by the skipping of fishes. 

Hoo-Li-Li, s. The name of the place 
where the opelu are found. 

2. The putting on of airs ; a feeling of 
one's importance ; the act of creating jeal- 
ousy in another. 

Hoo-Li-Li, adj. Firm; hard; bold; dig- 
nified ; important. 

Hoo-Li-LO, V. See Lilo, to pass from 
one to another. To cause a transfer ; to 
change from one to another; to be lost; to 
deliver from one to another. 
25 



V. See LoiHi, long. To 



Hoo-Li-MA-Li-MA, V. See Lima, hand. 

To make a bargain; to Idie; to buy or sell. 
Hoo-Li-MA-Li-MA, s. A person hired to 

work. loh. 7:2. 
Hoo-Li-NA, V. See HooLEiNA.and Hoo- 

LENA. 

Hoo-Li-NA-Li-NA, V. See LiNA and Lina- 

Li\A. to be tough. To be tough and hard, 

like wax or gum. 

2. To be smoothed or polished. 
Hoo-LO-A, V. See LoA, long. To stretch 

out or extend the arms or legs after being 

bent. T^rr. To make long. Note. — Uooloa 

is said to be a Kaiuii word for hooU'iloa. 
HoO-LO-I-HI 

lengthen out : to i)rolou 
Hoo-Lou, V. See Lou, a hook. To hook; 

to pull with a hook; to draw tight: to bind 

on : to insert, as one thing into anotlier. 
Hoo-Lou-Lou, r. To bend over; to stoop 

in grief or sorrow; to cry; to weep ; to be 

afflicted. 
Hoo-Lo-UA, V. See Lou and Loua, a 

hook. To hook ; to pull with a hook ; to 

pull ; to bind on. 
Hoo-Lo-HA-Lo-HA, V. See LoHA and 

Aloha, to love. To be sick : to be weak ; 

to fade ; to fail through weakness. 

2. To hang down, as a withering leaf. 

3. To cherish ; to fondle ; to caress. 
Hoo-Lo-HE, V. See Lohe, to hear. To 

cause to hear ; to turn the attention ; to 

listen ; to regard ; to obey. 
Hoo-Lo-HE-Lo-HE, V. To give ear ; to 

pay attention. 
Hoo-Lo-Hi, V. See Lohi, to be slow. To 

make slow ; to delay : to detain. 
Hoo-Lo-Hi-LO-Hi, V. To procrastinate ; 

to postpone. 
Hoo-LO-KO, V. To insinuate ; to suggest 

as a sport. 

2. To send ; to order away. 

3. To dance : to play ; to rejoice. 

Hoo-LO-LA, V. To be dull; to be stupid ; 
to be indolent; to be unable to accomplish 
anything ; to neglect. 

Hoo-Lo-LA-LO-LA, V. Frcq. of hooJola. 

Hoo-Lo-LE, V. See Lole, skin of an ani- 
mal. To turn ; to change ; to turn out- 
side in. 

2. To skin, as an animal. See also Lou. 

Hoo-Lo-Li, V. See Loli, to change. To 
change: to alter ; to renew; to take a new- 
form. 
2. To change one thing for another. 

Hoo-Lo-Li-Lo-Li, V. See Loll To rec- 
tify ; to change ; to reform. 

Hoo-lo-lo-he, v. See Lohe. To be 
sour and to act roughly. 



HOO 



194 



HOO 



2. To be harsh in one's speech and be- 
havior. 

3. To refuse compliance with one's invi- 
tation; to refuse all approaches; to be dis- 
obedient. Laieik. fi5. 

Hoo-Lo-No; V. See Long, kindred with 
lohe. To regard ; to listen to ; to obey; to 
keep. 

Hoo-Lu-A, V. See LuA,two; twice. To 
do twice ; to repeat ; to do over again. 

2. Specifically, to bake over ; to cook 
twice. 

3. To stop up a pathway that had been 
common. 

Hoo-LU-A, s. The name of the strong 

north wind ; he ua kabi hoolua, a be ua oie 

kahi hoolna, some strong winds have rain, 

others not. 

2. The name of the rain accompanying 

the north wind ; he ua hoolua, he ua nui 

no ia. 
Hoo-LU-A, adj. Strong ; rough ; mus- 
cular ; he hoolua nui ke kuaaina, he hoo- 

pepehu. 
Hoo-LU-Ai, V. See Luai, to vomit. To 

vomit ; to cast out of the stomach. 

2. Fig. To cast out, as a people; to drive 

off. 
Hoo-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be deceitful; e 

hoopunipuni ; to go here and there ; to 

move about often. 
Hoo-Lu-A-LU-Ai, V. See Luai, vomit. To 

raise the cud. as ruminating animals ; to 

raise again. KajU. 14:6. 

2. To use means to provoke vomiting; 

a hoohialual aku la, a pan loa ka awa i ka 

luaiia. Laieik. 208. 
Hoo-Lu-E, V. See Lue, to overthrow. 

To overthrow ; to cast down; to cause to 

slide away ; to hang down. 

2. To bring forth many young, as a 

woman that has borne many children ; as 

a hen that hatches many chickens. 

Hoo-LU-E-LU-E, V, To cast down J to 

loosen ; to throw away ; to be loose, as a 

garment. 
Hoo-LU-E-LU-E, s. A gown; a loose 

dress ; a flowing robe, so called from its 

looseness. 
Hoo-LU-E-LU-E, adj. Hanging low and 

loosoly. 
Hoo-LU-i, V. To overturn the decision 

of a council. 
Hoo-LU-o-LU, V. For hoooluolu. SeeOLU 

and Oluolu, to please ; to comfort. To 

make easy; to quiet; to comfort; to be cool. 

Hoo-Luu, V. See Luu, to dive in the 
water. To plunge in a liquid ; hence, to 
dye ; to color. 

Hoo-Luu-i-Li, V. See Hooluu and Ili, 
a skin or hide. To tan hides. 



Hoo-luu-i-li, s. a tanner of skins or 

hides. Oi/i. 9:43. Notk — A later edition 

has hanaili instead of Iiooluu'U. 
Hoo-Luu-Luu, V. See Luu, to dive. To 

fish for the fish called hinalea; to dive and 

take fish in a basket. 
Hoo-LUU-Luu, s. The act of taking or 

catching fish in a basket. 
Hoo-Luu-Luu, adj. Applied to a fish 

basket ; hinai hooluulun. 
Hoo-Luu-PAA-KAi, s. Ike i ka ulana mo- 

ena ame ka hooluvpaakai. 
Hoo-LU-HE, V. To be proud; to act 

haughtily. 

2. To wither, as a leaf ; to be weak ; to 

hang down. 
Hoo-LU-HE-LU-HE, V. To hang loosely ; 

to be flexible with weakness. 
Hoo-Lu-Hi, V. See Luhi, fatigue. To 

make weary ; to oppi ess ; to make one 

work hard ; to overbear. 
Hoo-LU-Hi-HE-wA, V. Hooluki dind kew a f 

wrongfully. To oppress ; to harass ; to 

burden wrongfully. Hal. 9:9. 
Hoo-LU-Hi-LU-Hi, V. Freq. of luhi. To 

force one to do many kinds of much hard 

work. 
Hoo-Lu-LE, V. See Lule, often syn. 

with lull, to turn ; to shake. To turn ; to 

turn round ; to change. 

2. To shake, as flesh with fatness ; to be 

loose. 
Hoo-lu-le-lu-le, v. To cause a trem- 
bling or shaking. 
Hoo-lu-le-lu-le, s. a trembling ; the 

state of old age. 
Hoo-LU-Li, V. See Luli, to vibrate ; to 

shake. See Lule above. To rock ; to vi- 
brate ; to cause a motion back and forth. 

Hoo-LU-Li-LU-Li, V. See Luli, to rock, 
roll, &c. To stir up ; to awake one out of 
sleep; to disturb one's quiet; to rock, as a 
child in a cradle ; to agitate. 

Hoo-LU-LU, v. See Lulu, quiet ; calm» 
To lie quietly and still in the water, as a 
ship in a harbor ; to be calm. 

Hoo-LU-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, weary with 
labor. To cause the eyes to be heavy with 
sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be sleepy. 

Hoo-Lu-LU-Hi, s. The heavy and dark 
clouds gathering before a storm ; thicken- 
ing atmosphere before a storm. 

Hoo-LU-NA, V. See Luna, an officer; an 
overseer. To be or act as an olficer ; to be 
in authority over others. 

2. To stir up or order men to their duties; 
to act the luna. 

Hoo-LU-Ni, adj. See Hooluli. Weak; 
shaky ; a[)pl;es to persons or things where 
there is weakness. 



HOO 



195 



HOO 



Hoo-MA, i\ See Ma, to fade ; to wilt. 

To cause to fade ; to wilt, as a fiower ; to 

perish. 

2. To strike with the hands or paddle, as 

a man on a snrf-hoard. 
Hoo-MAA, V. See Maa, to accustom. To 

accustom; to practice; to exercise by i)rac- 

tice. 

2. To be ready for any business by hav- 
ing experience in it. 
Hoo-MA-AU, V. See Maau, to trouble. 

To defend off; to take an oath ; to make a 

law. 

2. To persecute ; to injure maliciously; 
to offend ; to hate ; to dislike. 

3. To foll(»vv from affection. 

4. To {JO from place to place. 

5. To be indilferent ; to ncp^lect. 
Hoo-MA-AU, s. A tempting; a trial as 

to on(^'s constancy. Ldicil,: 102. 

Hoo-MA-AU-E-A, V. See Maau and Ea. 
To work lazily; to leave one's work unfin- 
ished. 

Hoo-ma-a-ka-a-ka, v. See Akaaka, to 
laugh. To cause laughter; to make sport; 
to play a trick ; to say that which is not 
true. 

Hoo-ma-a-le-a, V. See Maalea, cun- 
ning. To act wisely ; to act craftily ; to 
act deceitfully ; to be lazy. 

Hoo-ma-a-li, v. See Ali, a scar. To 
make the trace of a thing, as the wake of a 
ship ; to make a faint track of a person 
walking; to make a slight road; to appear, 
as the scar of a wound. 

Hoo-ma-a-li-li, v. See Malili and Ma- 
au li, to assuage ; to cool. To assuage 
heat ; to cool ; to pacify, as anger. 

Hoo-maa-maa, v. See Maa, to accus- 
tom. To accustom one to work ; to teach 
one to work; to be furnished; to be ready 
for business. 

Hoo-MA-A-WE, V, See Ma a we, a small 
indetinite part. To divide out in small 
quantities. 

Hoo-ma-a-we-a-we, v. Frequentative 
of the foregoing. 

Hoo-MAE, V. See Hooma and Mae, to 
wilt; to fade. To cause to wilt, as a leaf; 
to wither; to dry. as a vegetable; to blast; 
to fade, as colored cloth ; to hang down, 
as a wilting vegetable. 

Hoo-ma-e-a-e-a, v. To disregard ; to { 
turn a deaf ear to; to refuse to listen. See 

HOOXAI.UT.U. I 

Hoo-mae-e-le, v. See Maeele. To 
pity ; to have one's sympathy excited ; ua 
hoomnedeia ka naau o ko lakou kuikunane 
i ke aloha. Laieik. 74. 

Hoo-ma-e-ha, v. To dare ; to provoke ; 
to be boisterous. 



Hoo-MAE -MAE, V. See Mae, to fade. To 

wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colors of 

cloth ; to dry up. 

2. To cleanse ; to purify ; to clear away 

filth or stench. 
Hoo-MA-E-wA, r. See Maewa, to mock. 

To mock ; to mimic ; to reproach ; to pro- 
voke. 
Hoo-MA-E-wA-E-WA, V. See the above. 

To reproach ; to sneer at ; to ridicule. 
Hoo-MAi, V. See Mai, sickness, and 

Mak. To cause sickness; to be weak; to 

be out of health. 
Hoo-MA -10, V. See Ma, to fade, and lo, 

tiesh. To grow thin in flesh ; to have little 

flcnh on th(! bones. 
Hoo-MA-io-io, V. To peep like a chicken. 

See loio. 

2. To mar ; to spoil. 

3. To cut up ; to make marks. 
Hoo-MA-i-HA-i-HA, t). See Maiiia, to be " 

energetic. To draw firmly, as a rope ; to 
be intent upon, as the mind ; to pursue 
eagerly. 

Hoo-MAi-KA, V. To be strong ; to be in- 
tent upon. 

Hoo-MAi-KAi, V. See Maikai, handsome; 
good. To make good; to correct; to make 
handsome. 

2. To bless; to ascribe goodness to one; 
to make prosperous. 

Hoo-MAi-KAi, s. See above. Thanksgiv- 
ing. Oihk. 7:15. Honor. Kanl. 2G:iy. A 
blessing. Kaul. 33:1. Favor; respect; ad- 
miration. Eset. 2:15. 

Hoo-MAi-KAi-iA, s. Honor; outward re- 
spect paid to a superior. Mdt. l:(i. 

HOO-MAI-KAI-KA, V. See Ho03IAIKA. To 
be strong ; to draw firmly. 

Hoo-MAi-LA-Ni, V. To tend, as a child ; 
to take care of; to honor. 

2. To treat mildly when one is discour- 
aged. 

Hoo-MAi-MAi, V. See Mai, sickness. To 
pretend to be sick : ua hoomnimai ae la 
oia, a nolaila. ua hala ia po. L'lleUc. 209. 

Hoo-ma-i-no, v. See Ino, badness. To 
make sad : to treat with severity. 

Hoo-MA-i-No-i-No, V. See Malxoino, to 
snlfer affliction. To afllict ; to treat with 
severity: to slander: to deride. 

Hoo-MA-o-A, V. See Maoa, pain ; lame- 
ness. To have lameness in the hip joint; 
to be weak in the muscles of the thigh. 

Hoo-MA-OE, ) ^. See Maoe and Maoi, 

Hoo-MA-oi, ) forward : bold. To be im- 
pertinent ; to speak or ask for a thing ; to 
give a hint of one's desire. 

Hoo-MAo-MAo, r. To darken ; to make 
a black or blue color. See Oiuoiuo. 



HOO 



196 



HOO 



Hoo-MA-o-NA, V. See Magna, satisfied 
with food. To feed to satiety ; to fill with 
food ; to be satisfied with eating. 

Hoo-MA-u, V. SeeMAuandMAUU, wetj 
moist. To moisten ; to wet, as with dew ; 
to soak. 

2. To be cool ; to be agreeable ; to be 
refreshing. 

Hoo-MAU, V. See Matt, to repeat. To 
be constant ; to be immovable ; to perpet- 
uate; to make fast, as an anchor in sand or 
rocks ; to keep perpetnally in action ; to 
persevere ; to go forward ; hoomau aku la 
laua i ka hele. Laleik. 101. 

Hoo-BiAu, adj. Irreconcilable ; opposite 
in natures, as fire and water; as virtue and 
vice. 

Hoo-MAU-A-KA-LA, V. To be lazy; to 
spend the day; to be indolent; to go about 
doing nothing. 

2. To accuse falsely; to laugh with 
Bcorn. Liik. 8:53. 

Hoo-MAu-AE, V. To be lazy; to be idle. 
2. To lay or place one thing on top of 
another. See Mauae. 

Hoo-MAu-iA, adj. Continual ; perpet- 
ual. Nah. 4:7. See Hoomau. 

Hoo-MAu-iu-iu, V. To become sore 
again ; to oppress more. 

Hoo-MAu-HA-LA, V. See HooMAU, to per- 
petuate, and Hala, offense. To keep long 
enmity against one ; to retain long the 
memory of an offense ; to seek revenge 
long after an offense. 

Hoo-MAU-HA-LA, s. An old grudge j cher- 
ished revenge. Laleik. H9. 

Hoo-MAU-LE-Ho, V. See Hoomau and 
Lkho, a callous bunch. To cause one to 
work hard ; to oppress ; to make one work 
all day and every day without wages. 

Hoo-MAu-NAu-NA, V. See Maunauna 
and Mauna. To waste, as property : to 
spend uselessly ; to consume ; to destroy 
without regard to expense. 

Hoo-MAU-NAU-NA, s. Waste ; useless de- 
struction of property. Mat. 26:28. 

Hoo-MA-HA, V. See Maha, rest. To 
cause to rest from fatigue or pain; to cease 
from exertion. 

Hoo-MA-HA-HA, V. See Haha, the inside 
of kalo tops. To throw the small refuse 
kalo roots on the side of the kalo patch. 

Hoo-MA-HA-LA, V. To looseu ; to un- 
ravd ; to clear up or vindicate one's char- 
acter. 

Hoo-MA-HA-NA, I'. See Mahana, warm, 
also Mkhana. To cause to be warm; to 
warm by th(! fire or by the sun. 

Hoo-ma-ha-na-ha-na, v. Freq. of above. 

Hoo-ma-ha-na-ha-na, s. Name of one of 



the last kapus ; kakali ibo la oia i pau ka 
hoomahanahana, a neenee aku. 

Hoo-ma-hi-e, v. See Hie, pride, and 
HooHiE. To be excellent ; to be grand ; 
to be noble in appearance. 

2. To be proud ; to have a high look. 

Hoo-ma-ho-la, v. See Mahola, to open, 
as a flower. To spread out smoothly, as 
clothes or kapa. See Hola. 

2. To open ; to spread open ; to expand, 
as a flower. 

Hoo-MA-Ho-LA-Ho-LA, V. Frcq. of the 
foregoing. Note. — The different forms wa- 
hola and moJiala have the same meaning. 

Hoo-MA-HU, V. See Mahu, steam ; 
vapor. To steam; to burst forth like steam. 

Hoo-ma-hu-a, v. To watch; to lie in 
wait ; to act as a spy secretly ; to mock ; 
to deride. 

2. To hide one's self; to conceal from 
view ; to dodge behind something. 

Hoo-MA-HU-A, V. To increase ; to grow 
in size ; to swell out ; more often used in 
the double form, as 

Hoo-MA-HU-A -Hu-A, V. See Mahua and 
HuA, to grow. To increase ; to enlarge ; 
to grow big. 

Hoo-MA-Hu-A-KA-LA, V. To jeer at; to 
treat with contempt. 

Hoo-MA-Hu-i, V. See Mahui, to follow 
after. To follow after ; to imitate ; to lis- 
ten to one's counsel or advice ; to imitate 
one's example. 

Hoo-MA-HU-KA, V. See Mahuka, to run 
away. To counsel or advise one to run 
away ; to assist one to leave a place or 
business secretly; to hide one's self to 
avoid work. 

Hoo-MA-HU-wA, V. To be blind, especi- 
ally with one eye. 

Hoo-MA-KA, V. To begin; to commence 
a work ; to set forth a new thing ; to com- 
mence, as a course of evil. Laleik. 191. 

2. To be wild ; to be untamed ; to be 
evilly disposed. 

Hoo-MA-KA, s. The fresh blade of a 
plant ; the first leaf of a tree. Mar. 4:28. 

Hoo-MA-KA-A-Ki-u, V. See Makakio, 
watchful eye. To spy out ; to act the part, 
of a spy; to watch with jealousy. Note. — 
This is rath('r a phrase than a word, to com- 
mence to icatch. Jfalelu 10:8. 

Hoo-MA-KA-E, V. To look at with dis- 
dain; to stand aloof from; lo be at enmity 
with ; to look askance or b(> angry at. 

Hoo-MA-KA-i, V. See Makai, a police- 
man. To be bold ; to be fearless ; to be 
assuming. 

2. To act the sheriff; to be a policeman. 

3. To be stingy; to be close ; to be hard 
to d/jal with. 



HOO 



197 



HOO 



Hoo-MA-KA-u, V. See Makau, fear. To 
cause one to fear ; to make afraid ; to 
frighten. 

Hoo-ma-kau-au-a, v. To hang or fasten 
up, as clothes to dry. 

Hoo-ma-ka-u-ka-u, v. Freq. of makau. 
To make afraid; to try to scare; e iilo ana 
oe i mea e hooiii((h:auh:au ia ai ma na ala- 
nui.thoushalt become an example causing 
fear by the load sides. Laieilr. 212. 

HoO-MA-KAU-KAU, V. SeC MaKAUKAU, 
ready; prepared. To make ready; to pre- 
pare ; to get in readiness for business or 
for a coming event. 

Hoo-MA-KAU-Lii, s. One who feigns 
friendship and eats with one while he 
watches liis opportunity to injure him; one 
acting with cunning and duplicity. 

2. Strong desire for and corresponding 
effort to obtain a thing. 

Hoo-MA-KAU-Lii, V. To be thorough 
going ; to persevere-; to hold out ; to have 
a strong desire for a thing ; e hoomanawa- 
nui a loaa mai ; he kanaka hoomakanln 
haku, a nolaila e malama pono i ka wai- 
wai ; he hoomakaulii ma ka manao i ke 
Akua. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki, V. To beg ; to ask. 

2. To design revenge ; to meditate mis- 
chief. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, V. See HooMAKA and 
Kiu, to spy. To watch with a jealous eye; 
to lie in wait to do evil. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, adj. Jealous ; suspi- 
cious; watchful through jealousy. 

Hoo-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See Makamaka, a 
friend. To be on terms of intimacy ; to 
make friends for the sake of profit or con- 
venience. 

Hoo-MA-KA-LA, V. See Makala, to 
loosen. To cause to open a little, as a door; 
to loosen ; to untie. See Kala. To loosen, 
as in taking otf one's garment. 

Hoo-ma-ka-na-he-le-he-le, v. See Hoo- 
MAKA and Nahklk, land grown up to bushes. 
To go astray in the bush; to get out of the 
road. 

Hoo-MA-KE, V. See Make, death. To 
cause death ; to kill. 

2. To wish to die; to fast. 

3. To put in a state of privation ; to 
cause thinness of flesh. 

4. To put one's self where he would ap- 
pear to be lost; mai hoopae oe (i ka aina), 
e hoomake oe i kou nalu, go not ashore, 
plunge imder your surf. 

Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, V. See Aka, to laugh. 
To excite laughter; to exercise wit. 

Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, adj. Excitiug laugh- 
ter ; witty ; he olelo hoomakcaka. 

Hoo-MA-KEE, V. To be greedy after 



property; to scrape together ; to lust after 
property. 

Hoo-MA-KE-HE-WA, V. To accuse falsely; 
to do a thing in vain. 

Hoo-MA-KE-MA-KE, V. See Makemake. 
To desire ; to wish for. 

Hoo-MA-KE-NA, V. See Makena. To 
cause mourning; to cause sorrow; to cause 
grief. 

Hoo-MA-Ki-u, V. See Km, to spy. To 
watch with a design to surprise : to watch 
for an opportunity to do mischi«'f. 

Hoo-MA-Ko-A, V. To walk, talk or act 
bravely ; to act as an officer among sol- 
diers ; e hookoa. e hookalali. 

Hoo-MA-Koi, V. To be hard ; to be stingy; 
to be close ; to be regardless ot others. 

Hoo-MA-Kou, V. See Makou, to be red, 
as the eyes. To make red ; to b<! blood 
shot, as the eyes from being long in salt 
water. 

Hoo-MA-Ko-LE, V. See Kole and Ma- 
KOLE, red, as raw flesh. To be raw, as flesh; 
to be red, as inflamed eyes. 

Hoo-MA-Ko-Li, V. See Kou, to trim; to 
cut short. To cut short ; to make small ; 
to render fine. 

Hoo-MA-Ko-MA-Ko, adj. The epithet of 
a cloud ; he ao hoomakomako, a large 
cloud, perhaps. 

Hoo-MA-KU, V. To increase ; to grow 
large ; to grow thickly. 

Hoo-MA-KU-A, V. To grow; to enlarge; 
to become thick or many. 

Hoo-MA-KU-E, V. To burden one ; to 
vex; to trouble; to be angry at; to frown 
at. 

Hoo-MA-KU-E, s. An angry look ; a 
frowning at ; a stirring up of displeasure. 

Hoo-MA-KU-E-Ku-E, V. To frown ; to 
fVown at one. 

HOO-MA-KU-MA-KU, V. See HOOMAKU. To 
increase : to enlarge ; to grow fat ; to be 
heavy, as a fat person or animal. 

Hoo-MA-LAE, V. SeeMALAE, tobecalm. 
To put on a pleasant countetu\nce ; to as- 
sume the appearance of frit*ndship when 
the heart is disaft'ected : to hide an evil de- 
sign by assuming pleasantry. 

Hoo-MA-LA-E-A, V. To be calm ; to be 
quiet ; to settle down in quietness ; ap- 
plied to the presence of one who was re- 
proached when absent. 

Hoo-MA-LAE-LAE, I'. See Laelae, clear, 
as the sky. To enlighten ; to make clear 
and pleasant ; to calm. 

Hoo-MA-LAi-LE-NA, V. See Malailena, 
bitterness. To make bitter ; to embitter. 

Hoo-MA-LA-o, V. To act the idler; to be 



HOO 



198 



HOO 



a vagabond ; to go about from place to 

place doing nothing. 
Hoo-MA-LAU, V. See Malau, to reject 

good advice. To be uubtl.eving: to be 

ungodly ; to be irreverent towards sacred 

things. 
Hoo-ma-lau-e-a, v. To be lazy; to be 

indolent. See Malao. 
Hoo-MA-LA-Hi-A, V. Pass. for malaia^ to 

be bitter. To make bitter : to be bitter. 
Hoo-MA-LA-MA-LA-MA, V. See Lama, a 

torch. To enlighten : to shine upon. j 

Hoo-MA-LA-NA, V. To throw away, as ' 

refuse matter. i 

2. To be disrespected. j 

3. To take care of. i 

4. To be large; to swell, as a dead body, i 

Hoo-MA-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. Freq. of above. ' 

Hoo-MA-LE-A, L'. See Malea and Maa- i 
Li:A. wise ; crafty. To deal wisely ; to be j 
crafty : to act wisely or prudently. 

Hoo-MA-Li-E, V. See Malie, calm; quiet, j 
To hush, as a tumult : to clear otf. as the 
sky after a storm. I 

Hoo-MA-Li-E-Li-E, I'. To appeas^, as a i 
ruffled mind: to soothe: to calm, as anger: ! 
to treat kindly. ' j 

Hoo-MA-Li-Hi-xi, V. See Malihini, a | 
stranger. To make one's self a stranger ; ! 
to become a stranger; to be foreign to one. ; 

Hoo-MA-Li-Ko, t\ To discredit. ■. 

Hoo-MA-Li-MA-Li, I". See Maldiali, to j 
flatter. To flatter ; to secure one's favor i 
by flattery. ! 

Hoo-MA-Loo, V. See Maloo, parched ; 
dry. To canse to dry up, as water ; to 
wither, as a tree or flower ; to make any- , 
thing dry. 

Hoo-MA-Lo-Hi-Lo-Hi, V. See LoHi, to be \ 
slow. To be fatigued, as by traveling ; to ! 
be lame. See MALtHiLUHi.* 

Hoo-MA-LO-KA, V. See Maloka, to be 
Bluggish ; to be stupid. To be dull : to be j 
stupid in mind: to disregard any important j 
truth : to be unbelieving ; to disobey the 
command of a chief. 

Hoo-MA-LO-LO, s. The name of the day | 
befure tlie la kapu ; hence under the chris- 1 
tian system, the la hoomaJolo is Saturday. ! 
i. e.. the day before the Sabbath. ! 

Hoo-MA-LU, V. See Malcj, a shade, 
peace, dec. To rule over, especially in a 
peaceful way ; to govern quietly; to make 
peace. 

Hoo-MA-LU, adj. Making or causing 
peace between differing parties ; raohai 
hoofnalu. a peace-offering. Puk. £0:21. 

Hoo-MA-LU-LE, V. To change from one 
furm to another ; to metamurphose, as a 
caterpillar into a butterfly. 



Hoo-MA-LU -MA-LU, adj. Overshadowing; 
shading, as clouds that run low; he ao/ioo- 
malumalu. 

Hoo-MA-NA, i\ See Mana, superhuman 
power. To ascribe divine honms : to wor- 
ship; to cause one to have regal authority. 

Hoo-MA-NAo, V. See Max\ao, to think. 
To ttirn the mind upon ; to call to mind ; 
to cause to consider; to remember that 
which is past. 

Hoo-MA-?fAo-NAo, V. See Manaonao, to 
I lament. To call tip the past with sorrow ; 
to think or reflect on the past. 

Hoo-MA-NAo-NAo, s. A reflection on the 
past ; sorrow for the past. 

Hoo-MA-NA-Kii, V. See Hoo3Iana above 
and Kit, an idol. To worship idols ; to 
worship any god except Jehovah. 

Hoo-MA-NA-Kii, s. The practice of wor- 
shipping idols; idolatry: CdlWd figuratively 
in Scripture, whoredom. 2 yald:22. Also 
vanity : a vain service ; idolatry. 2 Nal 
17:15. 

Hoo-MA-NA-Lo, V. See Manalo, sweet; 
free from taint. To purify ; to sweeten 
anything from salt or any unpleasant tast« 
or smell. 

Hoo-MA-NA-wA-LE-A, 1'. See Manawa- 
LEA. alms. To appease by a gift ; to give 
alms to the poor; to relieve the distressed. 

Hoo-i«A-NE-A, V. See Manea. To ren- 
der callous; to harden; he mea ia na ke 
kalaimoku e hoomanea i kanaka i haalele 
ole i ke alii. 

Hoo-MA-NE-0-NE-o, V. See Maneo, to 
itch. To scratch where it itches : to tickle. 

Hoo-MA-No, V. See Mano, a shark. To 
act the shark ; to be greedy. 

2. To be continually at: to persevere in, 
as one in begging. 

3. To tease with importunity. 
Hoo-MA-wAE-NA, V. To come into the 

midst of a company of people or things ; a 
i ka au hou ana o ka mea i komo i ka pua, 
hoomatcaena mai oia. 

Hoo-ME-A, V. See Mea, to trouble ; to 
eflVct. To canse something ; to do some- 
thing ; to make pretense ; to deceive ; to 
disappoint; to mtke trouble. 

Hoo-ME-HA, V. See Meha, to live alone. 
To stay at home from work ; to cease from 
work. Note. — Formerly hootneha was ap- 
plied to a la kapu. but is now used as syn- 
onymous with la hoomalolo. the day before 
the Sabbath, i. e.. Saturday. 

Hoo-me-ha, adj. Preparing for the Sab- 
bath. See HooMAi.oLo. 

Hoo-ME-LE, V. See Mele, a song. To 
cau.>^e or make a song ; to sing a mele ; to 
be joyous ; to rejoice. 



HOO 



199 



HOO 



to 



Hoo-ME-NE-ME-NE, V. See Mene, to 
have pity. To be dear to one ; to have 
compassion upon ; to' pity ; to treat ten- 
derly, as a beloved one. 

Hoo-Mi-iio, V. To build by laying one Hoo-mo-ha-lu-ha-lu, v. To crack ; to 



at ease. To entertain in one's house 
invite to one's house. 

2. To lie at ease ; to rest .securely. 

3. To break ; to crack. See next word 



thing on top of uiioHkm-. 
Hoo-Mo-A, V. See Mo a, cooked. To 

cause to be cooked ; to be thoroughly 

baked. 
Hoo-mo-ae, v. To tear or snatch away; 

to steal. 
Hoo-MO-A-KA-KA, V. Sce Akaka, clear 

to the mind. To cause to be very phiin to 

the mind ; to make one understand what 

may be intricate ; to explain. Sei? IIoa- 



break, as the auamo or stick on which 
things are carried on the shoulders of men. 

Hoo-MO-Ho-LA, V. See Mohola and Ho- 
iioi.A. To spread out widely ; to unfold, 
as the growing of a ])lant. 

Hoo-MO-Ho-LE, V. See Hole, to peel. To 
peel ; to strip the skin from an animal ; to 
peel the bark from a tree. Sc-e Uiiolk. 

Hoo-MO-KO, V. This is probably for koo- 
komo,or it may mean, to cut short. Ahoo- 
moko ka wai uki na pae. 



Hoo-MO-A-LA-A-LA, V. See MoALAALA, to ' Hoo-Mo-Ktj, V. To causc a division ; to 

cut and divide, as a land. 
Hoo-Mo-KU, s. A cutting or a dividing, 
&c. 



rise up to go. To be busy about ; to go 
from house to house; to be forward; to be 

imp(>rtinent. 

Hoo-Mo-A-NA, V. As if koomoena. To | Hoo-mo-le, v. Sec Mole, smooth. To 



spread down mats for staying over night : 
bence, 

2. To encamp, as travelers ; to encamp, 
as soldiers. See also Moana. 

Hoo-mo-a-na, adj. Encamped ; kahi 
/ioojnoana, a camping place; a camp, Oihk. 
16:28. 

Hoo-mo-e, v. See Moe, to lie down. 
To cause to lie down ; to prostrate in ado- 
ration. 

2. To speak of one's sleeping witli an- 
other, that is, of marrying together. Laleik. 
66. 

3. To lie down to rest ; to rest one's self 
by lying down. 

Hoo-mo-e-bto-e, r. To cause to lie down. 
2. To hush or put to sleep. 

Hoo-moo, v. To continue or persevere 
in laying taxes ui)<)n the peoph;: to follow 
up a pursuit : ame ka hoonwo o na puu 
waiwai, to urge or force ])eoj)le to give 
their property for such purposes as the 
rulers need ; e kaukolo, e hookoikoi. 

Hoo-MO-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See Ukiuki, hot 
and bad smelling. To cause an offensive 
smell ; to reek with oft'ensive smells, like 
an old and dirty ship, or like the breath of 
a tobacco smoker ; to be warm or stifled 
for want of pure air. 

Hoo-MO-HA-LA, V. To opcn ; to unfold 
or blossom, as a tlower. 

2. To spread, as a kapa or sheet. See 
HooMAHOLA by a change of syllables. 

3. To have a little hope, as one disap- 
pointed ; ua hoouwhaJaia kona naau kana- 
lua, Laleik. 93. 

4. To unfold, as one's inward desire ; to 
rage, as lust. Laleik. 19(). 

Hoo-Mo-HA-LU, V. See Mohalu, to be 



be shorn close ; to be cut smooth. 

2. To cause to linger ; to be slow ; to be 
behind. 

3. To refuse ; to be unwilling. 
Hoo-mo-le-mo-le, v. Intensive of the 

above. 

Hoo-mo-lo-wa, v. See Molowa, inac- 
tive. To be indifferent about a thing ; to 
be indisposed to do a thing, especially to 
work ; hence, 

2. To be lazy ; to be idle. 

Hoo-mo-mo-le, v. See Hoomole above. 
To be smooth. 

Hoo-Mu, V. See Mu, to shut the lips. 
To sit silent ; to be speechless ; to make 
no reply ; to refuse to answer. See Mu- 
Mii.E. like the English to be mum. 

Hoo-Muu, r. To cause a collection ; to 
heap together. 
2. To gormandize. 

Hoo-Mu-E, V. To be bad tasted to the 
palate ; to be offensive to the taste ; to be 
bitter ; to be brackisli. 

Hoo-MU-E-MU-E, V. Freq. of the above. 

Hoo-MU-Hu, t. To collect together. See 
Mr.Mnu-. 

2. To make a low humming sound. 

Hoo-MU-KA, V. Sec Muka, tasteless; in- 
sipid. To be tasteless ; to be insipid ; one 
ole. 

Hoo-MU-KA-MU-KA, V. To be insipid; to 
be tasteless. 

Hoo-MU-MU, V. SeeMu. To hold in the 
mouth without swallowing. 

2. To hold the mouth silent from speak- 
ing. 

Hoo-MU-MU-HU, V. See Muhtt, to hum. 
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
to gather together, as other things. 



HOO 



200 



HOO 



2. To make a low indistinct noise ; to 

soiind like an indistinct low hnm. 
Hoo-MU-MU-KU, V. See Muku, to cut 

short. To cut short ; to cut too short ; to 

break off. See Mumuku. 
Hoo-MU-MU-LE, V. See Mumule, to be 

dumb. To be silent ; to be dumb. 
2. To be out of one's mind; to be crazy; 

to be insane. 
Hoo-MU-MU-LU, V. To collect together 

in great numbers ; to be thick together, as 

swarms of flies. 
Hoo-NA, V. See Na, to be quiet. To 

cause ease ; to give quiet from pain. 

2. To obtain a refuge from danger. 

3. To search or look for a place. See 
Nana. 1 

Hoo-NAE, V. See Nae, to breathe hard. 

To breathe hard: to puff like one traveling 

fast up hill ; to be fatigued. 
Hoo-NAE-NAE, V. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-NA-E-LE, V. See Naele. To cause 

to be thick, as mud ; to be muddy. 

2. To break open ; to crack, as dried 

mud. 
Hoo-NA-i-Ki, V. To persecute. 
Hoo-NAi-Ko-LA, 11. See Aikola and Ho- 

AiKOLA. To cause to triumph over an en- 
emy ; to rejoice at a victory. 

2. To treat with contempt, as a conquered 

one. 
Hoo-NAi-NAi, V. See Hoonae, to pant. 

To sob : to breathe hard. 
Hoo-NA-UE, u. See Naue, to vibrate. 

To cause to rock ; to reel to and fro ; to 

shake, as the earth in an earthquake. 
2. To move a little; to shove along. See 

Nawe and Nauwe. 
Hoo-NA-UE-uE, V. Freq. of above. To 

rock ; to shake to and fro. 
Hoo-NA-u-Ki, V. SeellKiandNAUKi. To 

fret ; to provoke ; to make one angry. 
Hoo-NA-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See above. To pro- 
voke ; to make angry. 
Hoo-NA-u-LU, V. See Naulu, to vex. 

To vex ; to provoke. Kaiil. 2:22. To vex. 

1 Sam. 1:6. 
Hoo-NA-HA, V. See Naha, to crack or 

break, as glass. To break or crack, as 

glass. 
2. To cause to operate, as a cathartic. 

Hoo-NA-HE-NA-HE, V. See Nahe, thin ; 

soft. To bo low ; to be flat ; to be thin ; 

to be humble. 
Hoo-NA-Hi-Li, V. See Nahili, to be av^rk- 

ward ; to be slow. To lengthen out ; to 

make long, as a road by going a circuitous 

route, or by losing one's way. 
2. To hesitate ; to linger. 

Hoo-na-ho-a, v. See Nahoa, strong; 



bold. To be hard ; to be strong ; to be 

bold, as a soldier. 

2. To turn a deaf ear; to refuse to listen. 

See HooNEHOA. 
Hoo-NA-Ho-NA-Ho, V. See Nahonaho, to 

be deep. To be set deep in the head, as 

the eyes ; to be deep, as a pit. 
Hoo-NA-Hu, V. See Nahu, to bite; to 

gripe. To snap, as corn parching; to crack. 

as a pistol ; to make a report, as fire-arms. 

Hoo-NA-Hu-NA-Hu, V. See the above. 
To snap at, as a dog. 

2. To be in labor pains. 

3. To be seized by sudden pain. 
Hoo-NA-KE-LE, V. See Nakele, soft ; 

slippery. To make boggy, as land ; to be 

soft and shaky, as a miry place. 
Hoo-NA-KOA, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 

be bold ; to be brave ; to act the soldier ; 

to be fearless ; to be daring. 
Hoo-NA-KU-i, V. See Kui, to sound 

abroad. To make a rumbling noise ; to 

tremble. 

2. To spread out, as a sound from a place. 

Hoo-NA-KO-Lo, V. See Kolo, to craw], 

and Nakolo. To run along ; to spread, as 

ink on paper. 
Hoo-NA-KU-LU, V. To causo to fall in 

drops, as rain ; as perspiration. Laieik. 

118. 
Hoo-NA-KU-LU -Ku-Lu, V, See KULU, to 

drop. To drop down, as rain; to drip from 

the clouds, as rain. Isa. 45:8. 
Hoo-NA-Lo, V. See Nalo, to disappear. 

To be lost ; to vanish ; to be out of sight ; 

with wale, to be forgotten. 
Hoo-NA-Lo-NA-Lo, V. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-NA-Lu, V. See Nalu, the surf. To 

cause a swell of the sea on shore ; to rise, 

as the surf; to act, as the sea when the 

wind and tide are contrary. 
Hoo-NA-LU-Lu, V. To tum a deaf ear ; 

to refuse to listen ; to disregard. See Hoo- 

MAEAEA. 

Hoo-NA-MU-NA-MU, V. See Namu, to 
speak rapidly. To speak in an unintelli- 
gible manner. 

2. To find fault behind one. 

Hoo-NA-NAA, V. To enrage. 

Hoo-NA-NA-Au, V, See Nana and Lana, 
to float, and Au, tide; current. To cause to 
float on the surface of water ; to swim 
standing or erect ; to float here and there 
as the current goes. 

Hoo-NA-NA, V. See Na and Nana, to 
hush ; to quiet, as a child. To calm ; to 
quiet, as a child ; to hush up a difficulty ; 
to ease a pain ; to comfort ; to console. 

Hoo-NA-NA, adj. See Nana, to bark; to 
growl. Angry ; cross ; reluctant. 



HOO 



201 



HOO 



Hoo-NA-NA-u-HA, V. To be stiong; to be 

hard ; to be tight ; to drag : to draw. 
Hoo-NA-NA-Hi-Li, V. See Nahili, slow; 

lagging. To go in a crooked manner ; to 

wander about ; to mistake the road. 
Hoo-NA-NA-Ho, V. See Nanaho, deep 

down. To be deep. 

2. To be strong ; to be tight. 
Hoo-NA-NA-HU, V. See Nahu, to bite, 

and Naxaiiu and Lanahu, a coal of fire. To 

char, as wood; to make coal; to burn wood 

to charcoal. 

2. To bite ; to sting like a burn. 
Hoo-NA-NA-KA, V. See Naka and Na- 

NAKA, a crack ; a crevice. To be full of 

cracks, openings or chinks. 

2. To be unstable ; not firm, as a bog. 
Hoo-NA-NA-Ki, V. See Nanaki and Na- 

Kii, to tie ; to fasten. To bind ; to tie up. 
Hoo-NA-NE, L'. See Nane, a riddle. To 

put forth a riddle ; to propose something 

mysterious for explication. 
Hoo-NA-NE-A, V. See Nanea, easy; 

quiet. To be easy; to be contented; to be 

satisfied with one's self; to be indifferent 

to the future. 
Hoo-NA-Ni, V. See INani, also Lani, 

beautiful; glorious. To glorify; to praise; 

to exalt ; to honor. 
Hoo-NA-Ni-NA-Ni, V. Intensive of the 

above. To be proud ; to be vainglorious; 

to be haughty ; to be arrogant. 

2. To act the spendthrift; to waste prop- 
erty. 
Hoo-NA-NU-E, V. See Nanue, to swell 

up. To tremble ; to shake. See Naue. 

Hoo-NA-PAi, V. See Napai, to bend in. 
To crook ; to bend ; to arch. 

Hoo-NA-PE, V. See Nape, bending; flex- 
ible. To bend ; to crook ; to bend, as an 
elastic stick. 

Hoo-na-pe-le, r. See NAPELE,tohiirt; 
to wound. To make a wound on the head; 
to swell, as the effect of a wound; to swell 
out, as the belly. 

2. To be soft and yielding, as a boggy, 
miry place ; to shake, as a bog ; to soften, 
as the food in the stomach ; o ka opu. oia 
kahi e hoonapele ai i ka ai, the stomach is 
the place to soften the food. Anat. 51. 

Hoo-NA-PE-LE-PE-LE, V. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-NA-po-Lo, 1'. To straighten; to 

make straight. 
Hoo-NA-wA-LE, V. See Na and Hoona 

with Walk. To comfort ; to attempt to 

quiet without effort. 

Hoo-NA-WA-Li, V. See Nawali, weak; 
feeble. To be weakly; to be sickly; to 
have little strength. 
26 



2. To totter when one walks; to be thin; 

to be flexible. 
Hoo-NA-wA-Li-WA-Li, V. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-NA-wE-LE, V. See Naw^ele, fine ; 

small ; thin. To make very little ; to be 

fine, like the threads of a spider's web ; to 

spin, as a spider its web. 
Hoo-NE, V. To tease; to fret; to ask 

for food, as a child. 
Hoo-NE, s. Name ofa soft porous stone. 
Hoo-NE-A, V. See Nea, to desolate. To 

make desolate; to sweep off all; to destroy 

wholly. See Neo and Neoneo. 
Hoo-NE-A-NE-A, V. To take all away ; 

to dispossess one of everything ; to take 

all the fruits of one's land. 
Hoo-NEE, V. See Nee, to move. To 

move ; to shove along ; to rub againi^t. 
Hoo-NEE-NEE, V. See Nee, to move 

along. To push along; to move frequently; 

to shake. 
Hoo-NEi, I'. See Nei, to move. To move, 

as people in a tumult ; to move, as trees 

by the wind. 
Hoo-NEi-NEi, V. See Nei and Hoonel 

To crowd one upon another ; to move 

along, urged by others. 
Hoo-ne-o, v. See Neo, to be silent. To 

make silence ; to hush : to be still. 

2. To be silent from loneliness or deso- 
lation. 

3. To be in a wild, lonely place. 
Hoo-ne-o-ne-0, v. See the above. To 

hush to stillness ; to be still. 

2. To be still or quiet for want of people. 

Hoo-NE-HO-A, V. SeeHooNAHOA. To be 
severe ; to be bold ; to act the soldier ; to 
be brave. 

Hoo-NE-LE, r. See Nele, destitute. To 
deprive one of something ; to make desti- 
tute ; to deprive of. 

Hoo-NE-MO, V. See Nemo, to smooth 
over. To be polished; to be made smooth; 
to be nice and good. 

Hoo-NE-MO-NE-MO, V. To make smooth; 
to polish. 

Hoo-NE-NE, V. To chirp, as a cricket; 
to sing, as a cricket. 

Hoo-NE-NE, r. Ka leo o ka ewaewa iki 
e hoonene ana. Laieik. 149. 

Hoo-NE-NE, 5. The voice of a cricket. 

Hoo-Ni-AU, V. To go away and leave 
one's company secreth-. generally for some 
evil purpose ; a no keia mea (ka ikea ana 
ke kahoaka o Laieikawai), hoordau aku 
la ka Makaula i ka pule ana. Lnieik. 26. 

Hoo-Ni-AU, r. See Niau, to sail gen- 
teelly. To copy or follow those whose 
conduct is upright ; to do rightly. 



HOO 



202 



HOO 



Hoo-Ni-A-Ni-A, V. SeeNiA,baldheaded. 
To make smooth or tair the outside ; to be 
smooth, as a baldhead. 

2. Fig. To make fair pretenses. 

3. To blame or accuse falsely. See Nia- 

NIA. 

Hoo-Ni-A-Ni-AO, V. To ask questions 
often and frequently ; to question ; hooui- 
ele. 

Hoo-Ni-0-Ni-o-Lo, V. See Nioniolo, cor- 
rect; straight. To be morally straight; to 
be upright ; to be correct in practice. 

2. To be correct in principle ; to have 
right views. 

3. To go without carrying anything, 
while others perhaps are heavily loaded ; 
kaumaha lakou. a he hoonioniolo kana hele 
ana. He kanaka haaheo ka ! 

Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-LO, s. Straightness ; that 
which is correct ; upright ; me ka hoonio- 
niolo o ka manao kekahi, some with cor- 
rectness of opinion. 

Hoo-Ni-Ho, V. See Niho, to indent ; to 
set in. To lay stones in a wall ; to lay 
stones in the wall of an embankment, as 
,the lower side of a road, that is, to insert 
stones into a bank like teeth in the gums. 
See NiHO, tooth. 

Hoo-Ni-Ho, s. Stones iiiserted in a bank; 
a stone wall or hedge. 

Hoo-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Nihinihi. To 
be full of ridges ; to diminish upward. 

2. To take slender hold of a thing, as 
from fear of filth. 

3. To eat sparingly ; e ai hoonihinihi. 
Hoo-Ni-NA, V. See Nina and Lina, soft 

to the touch. To be soft to the touch. 

2. To be wet and tough, as cold land. 

3. To be weak and feeble, as one recov- 
, ering from sickness ; pili i ka mea ua ola, 

aole ola loa. 

4. Not to have full cheeks, as one sickly. 
See Papalina. 

Hoo-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, V. Fieq. of the abovc. 
See NiNANiNA and Linalina. 

Hoo-No, V. For hoo/ioTio. See Hono, to 
mend, as a garment or a fish net. To join 
together, as in mending a net ; to unite, as 
in tying sticks together. 

Hoo-NO, V. To think ; to look at atten- 
tively ; to be sharp upon. 

Hoo-No-A, V. See Noa, the cessation of 
a kapu. To cause to cease, as the force of 
a kapu ; to put an end to a kapu. 

Hoo-NO-A, V. To keep continually burn- 
ing, as a fire ; e hoomau i ke ahi ; to burn 
continually, as a volcano. 

Hoo-No-E, i\ See NoE,mist; fine rain. 
To make thin or small, like a head with 
few hairs ; to be small, like fine rain. 

Hoo-No-E-No-E, V. See Noenoe, mist. 



To make small or fine, as small dots on 

paper. 

2. To attend, as the mind to little things. 
Hoo-Noi, V. See Noi, to beg. To beg; 

to ask something of another. 
Hoo-Noo-Noo, V. See Noonoo, to think. 

To cause to think upon ; to remember ; to 

consider ; to reflect upon. 
Ho-o-No-o-NO, V. For hooonoono. See 

Ono, ready. To be ready ; to be prompt : 

to be mature ; to act the man. 
Ho-o-No-o-No, s. Promptness; readi- 
ness ; having a supply. See Kuonoono. 
Hoo-Nou, V. See Nou, to throw a stone. 

To throw a stone ; to pelt with stones ; to 

throw, as missiles. 

2. To loosen ; to send forth, 
Hoo-No-Hi, V. To cause to be red; to 

be of a reddish color. 
Hoo-No-Hi-No-Hi, V. To shine with 

brightness ; to be red. 
2. To have a different form. 

Hoo-No-Ho, V. See Noho, to put down; 
to place. To set in order; to place rightly; 
to regulate. 

Hoo-No-Ho, s. The name of a species 
of fish-hook. 

Hoo-No-Ho-No-Ho, V. To Settle; to es- 
tablish ; to collect together ; to arrange. 

Hoo-No-Ho-No-Ho, s. In the phrase Jioo- 
nohonoho akua, the act of setting up or 
worshipping the poe akua noho ; hana ino 
nui ia kekahi poe hoonohonoho akua, a ma- 
huka lakou ma kahi e aku. 

HoO-NO-HO-NO-LO. 

Hoo-No-Hu, V. To let down, as the sails 
of a ship. 

Hoo-No-KE, V. See Noke, to be ener- 
getic. To work energetically and perse- 
veringly ; to be acute in searching for the 
means to secure an end; to act with en- 
ergy and intelligence. 

Hoo-no-le, v. Used perhaps for Twne, 
to snore. 

Hoo-No-Ni, V. To joggle ; to rustle ; to 
disturb. 

Hoo-No-No-Lo, V. To chirp like a bird ; 
to warble ; to sing. 

2. To coo like a dove. 

3. To growl, as a dog. 

4. To grunt like a hog, 

5. To snort, as a horse. 

Hoo-NU-A, V. To tread upon continu- 
ally ; to do over and over again ; to act 
with energy and perseverance. 

Hoo-NU-A, s. A treading ; vigorous ex- 
ercise. 

Hoo-Nu-A-NU-A, u. To be ennobled ; to 
be honored ; to be rich. 



HOO 



203 



HOO 



Hoo-NU-i, V. See Mui, to be great. To 

cause to enlarge; to grow big; to increase. 

2. Fk;. To boast; to brag. See 1Iaani;i. 

Hoo-Nu-i-NU-i, V. Intensive of the above. 

Hoo-Nuu, V. See Nuu and Anuu, a 
raised place. To be greedy in eating ; to 
eat to great fnllness ; to gormandize ; ap- 
plied to a single person. See Hooklku. 
Hence, 

2. To swell: to rise up, as one's stomach 
from great eating. 

3. To begrudge the food another eats. 
Hoo-Nuu, s. Greediness after food ; a 

voracious appetite ; a seizing food with 
eagerness. 

Hoo-NUU, adj. Greedy after food. 

Hoo-NU-HA, (?. See Nuha, silent; tac- 
iturn. To be idle ; to be lazy ; to be in- 
disposed to do anything. 

2. To sit still, as a person unable to walk. 

3. To be disabled. 
Hoo-NU-HA-Nu-HA, V. Intensive of the 

above. 

Hoo-NU-HA-NU-HA, s. A palsied person ; 
one disabled from palsy. 

Hoo-PA, V. See Pa, to touch. To cause 
to touch; to take hold of; to hit; to strike. 

Hoo-PAA, V. See Paa, fast; tight. To 
make fast ; to bind ; to keep tight ; to de- 
tain. 

2. To tie or fasten a thing ; to make 
tight. 

3. To stop one's speech ; to be silent ; 
you have said enough. Laleik. 65. 

Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, V. See Paakiki, hard 
morally antl physically. To hold fast to 
one's opinion : to be obstinate ; to be un- 
yielding. 

2. To have no respect to other's feelings, 
person or i)roperty. 

3. To be hard in the treatment of others; 
to be hard hearted. 

Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, s. Stubbornness ; diso- 
bedience. 1 Sam. I.kJo. 

Hoo-PAA-PAA, V. See Paapaa, to dis- 
pute. To be hard upon others ; hence, 

2. To dispute pertinaciously; to contend; 
to quarrel ; to have a mental contest. 

Hoo-PAE, V. See Pae, to go ashore. To 
cause to arrive at land ; to go ashore from 
a canoe, boat or vessel. 

2. To float ashore, as anything at sea. 

3. To throw up on a bank of a kalo 
patch. 

Hoo-PAE-E, i\ See Pae, to misunder- 
stand. To hear indistinctly through some 
noise ; to misunderstand what is said ; to 
be partially deaf. 

Hoo-PA-EE, s. A desire and an effort to 
obtain another's property; a species of rob- 
bery. 



Hoo-PA-E-LE, V. SeePAELEjtobedirty. 
To besmear ; to defile ; to make dirty ; to 
blacken. FUjuraticcUj, to disturb with other 
thoughts and reflections. Laieik. 142. 

Hoo-PAE-PAE, V. See Hoopae above. To 
be driven or dashed on ^hore by the surf; 
to ride ashore through the surf. 

Hoo-PAE-PAE, V. See Pae, to sound. 
To make a loud boisterous noise in con- 
versation; to talk with a loud voice so that 
everybody can heai-. 

Hoo-PA-E-wA, s. See Paewa. Crooked- 
ness in dealing ; so dealing as to get the 
advantag(>; also, in conversation, a perver- 
sion of truth or an erroneous statement. 
It is often connected with robbery and 
murder. 

Hoo-PAi, i;. See Pai, to strike. To strike 
back: to revenge; to treat one as he treats 
us. 

2. To pay back ; to punish ; to punish 
according to law. 

3. To stir up; to excite; to reward either 
good or evil. 

Hoo-PAi, s. An avenger ; ka hoopai koko, 
an avenger of blood. Kanl. 19:(j. 

Hoo-PAi-HO, i\ To make a significant 
gesture by putting the thumb between the 
fingers. 

2. To give a warning with the hand. 

3. To tempt, or to kuamuamu ; eia na 
olelo hou e hewa ai. o ke kake, o ka olelo 
Kauai, o ka hoopaiho lima. 

4. To rub the skin from the arm ; to 
skin. 

5. To make crooked. Note. — This word 
is said to be peculiar to Kauai. 

Hoo-PA-i-Ki, V. See Pa, to touch, and 
Iki. little. To touch lightly or softly ; to 
move gently ; to move a very little. 

Hoo-PAi-LU-A, V. See Pailua, nausea. 
To be sick at the stomach ; to nauseate. 

2. To dislike greatly ; to be displeased 
with. 

Hoo-PAi-LU-A, s. Sickness at the stom- 
ach ; disgust; loathing. 
2. A disgusting sight; an abomination. 

Hoo-PAU, V. See Pacj, all. To make an 
end of a thing ; to finish ; to complete a 
work ; to cease to work. 

2. To devour ; tt> consume all. 

Hoo-PA-u, V. See Pa-u, a woman's gar- 
ment. To put or gird on the pa-u: to bind 
on one. as a loose garment : to tie around. 

Hoo-PAU-A-KA, V. See Pauaka, to be 
weary. To work without wages or reward; 
to be compelled to work gratis: to oppress 
with hanl labor ; to work here and there. 

Hoo-pau-li-na-li-na, I'. See LiNA, soft; 
yielding. To work lazily or carelessly be- 
cause of little or no pay. 



HOO 



204 



HOO 



Hoo-PAU-MA-E-LE, V. See Paumaele, to 
defile. To cause defilement or pollution ; 
to daub over ; to foul ; to dirty. 

Hoo-PAU-MA-Ko, V. See Paumako, heavi- 
ness of eyes. To have great affection for ; 
to weep over one for grief; to be sad at 
the loss of a friend or anything valuable. 

Hoo-pau-ma-na-wa, v. To waste time ; 
to play the child after one has grown up ; 
to act foolishly ; to live idly. 

HOO-PAU-PAU, V. SeeHoOPAUMAELE. To 
defile; to make filthy; to render vile; pol- 
luted. 

Hoo-PAU-PAU-A-Ho, V. See Hoopau and 
Aho, breath. To be nearly out of breath; 
to pant ; to breathe hard. 
. 2. Fig. To be weary in doing a thing ; 
to be discouraged. 

Hoo-PA-HEE, V. See Pahee, to slip. To 
slip ; to slide ; to fall prostrate ; to fall 
down ; to slide, as the feet in a slippery 
place. 

Hoo-pa-hee-hee, v. Intensive of above. 

Hoo-pa-he-le, v. See Pahele, to in- 
snare. To insnare ; to take or catch with 
a snare. 

Hoo-PA-HE-Mo, V. See Hemo and Pa- 
HEMo, to loosen. To loosen ; to slip ofi", as 
an axe from the helve. 

Hoo-PA-Ho-LE, V. See Pahole, to peel 
off. To peel ; to pull ofi", as the skin of a 
banana. 

2. To rub ; to polish. 

3. To do a thing with indifference. 

Hoo-PA-Hu, V. See Pahu, to mock; to 
push away. T( 
with contempt. 

2. To defend off; to push away. 

3. To snap, as parching corn. 

4. To beat the pahu or drum. 

5. To frighten, as one who carries the 
report of death or calamities. 

Hoo-PA-HU-A, V. To strengthen ; to con- 
firm. 

2. To sail in a zigzag manner ; to beat 
against the wind. 

3. To dance. 
Hoo-PA-Hu-PA-HU, V. See Pahu. To 

snap, as corn in the fire; to crack or make 
a report, as a pistol. 

2. To beat the drum. 

3. To do a thing very quickly or rapidly. 

Hoo-pa-hu-pa-hu, s. a drumming or 
thrumming on a pahu or drum ; a thump- 
ing ; aole wau i moe iki, i ka lioopalmpalm 
wale ia no a ao wale. LaieUc. 198. 

iHoo-PA-KA-UA-A-KA, V. See Aka, to 
laugh. To cause one to laugh ; to create 
laughter ; to make sport. 

iHoo-PA-KA-KA, V. See Pakaka, to be 



smooth. To make smooth; to swell up, as 
a swelling of the skin ; hence, 

2. To be smooth and shining ; to swell, 
as the belly so as to be smooth. 

3. To glide smoothly, as over a surface. 
Hoo-pa-ka-ke, v. See Kake and Pa- 

KAKE. To practice the kake. 

2. To talk unintelligibly except to those 
instructed in a kind of mystical language. 

3. To talk like a foreigner without learn- 
ing his language. 

Hoo-pa-ke, v. See Pake, to push away. 

To partition off ; to guard ; to defend ; to 

push away ; to allow to escape. 
Hoo-PA-KE-LE, V. See Pakele, to escape. 

To cause to escape from ; to deliver ; to 

save one from danger. 
Hoo-pa-ke-lo, v. See Pakelo, to slip 

out of. See Pakele. To slip out of the 

grasp of a person or thing, as a fish from 

the hands. 
2, To inject ; to give an enema. 

Hoo-PA-Ki, V. See Paki and Pake, to 
resist; to push away. To be hard against; 
to resist; to push; to crowd out, as an egg 
about to hatch ; to swell out ; to urge 
through any opposing substance. 

Hoo-PA-Ki-0, V. See Pakio, to drop con- 
tinually, as rain. To cause to rain fre- 
quently ; to drop down rain continually. 

Hoo-pa-ki-ki, v. See Pakiki and Paa- 

KiKi, very hard. To resist ; to set against ; 
to stir up ; to excite. 

2. To harden ; to be or act obstinately. 

3. To skim stones on the surface of the 
water. 

Hoo-PA-Ko-LE, V. See Pakole and Po- 

KOLE,to be short. To curb in; to restrain; 

to shorten ; to make short. 
Hoo-PA-KU-PA-KU, V. To be brisk at 

work ; to work quickly, without laziness. 
Hoo-PA-LA, V. See Pala, mellow; soft. 

To make soft ; to ripen soft, as dead-ripe 

fruit. 

2. To stain ; to daub ; to smutch ; to 

plaster. 
Hoo-PA-LAU, V. To engage to marry, as 

a man and woman ; to make an agreement 

of marriage. 

2. To betroth, as parents a daughter; to 

make a matrimonial alliance. 

Hoo-PA-LAU, adj. Betrothed; engaged 
in marriage, as a woman to a man. 

Hoo-PA-LAU, V. See Palau, to lie ; to 
deceive. To lie; to deceive; to act treach- 
erously. 

Hoo-PA-LA-HA-LA-HA, V. See Laha, to 
extend. To spread out ; to make broad ; 
to widen. 

Hoo-pa-la-he-a, v. See Palahea, dirty. 



HOO 



205 



HOO 



To defile; to daub over; to stain; to make 
dirty. 

Hoo-PA-LA-HEE, V. See Palahee, to 
shrink from duty. To be lazy ; to be un- 
occupied. 

Hoo-PA-LA-Hu-Li, V. To tum upside 
down ; to turn over and over. 
2. To be lazy ; to be unoccupied. 

Hoo-pa-la-le, v. See Palale, to be 
slovenly. To speak with another voice ; 
to disguise the voice ; to stammer ; to vo- 
ciferate. 

Hoo-PA-LA-LE-HA, V. See Palaleha, 
slothful. To be slothful; to be idle; to be 
careless. 

Hoo-pa-la-le-he, v. To be idle ; to 
waste time ; to be inactive. 

Hoo-PA-LA-Ni, V. To cause a strong of- 
fensive smell, as that of tar, sulphur. &c. 

Hoo-PA-LE, V. See Pale, to ward off. 
To drive off from ; to defend off when at- 
tacked ; to separate from. 

2. To be or act the defendant in court. 

Hoo-PA-LE-LA, V. See Palela, idle; 
lazy. To be indisposed to work; to be idle; 
to be lazy. 

Hoo-PA-LE-Mo, V. See Palemo, to sink 
in water. To plunge ; to cause to sink in 
water. 

Hoo-PA-LE-PA-LE, V. See Pale and Hoo- 
PALE. To separate; toward off; to loosen. 

Hoo-PA-Lo, V. See Palo, to live idly. 
To sit speechless, as one watching others : 
to sit silent and quiet, but with sly and 
wicked thoughts or intentions. 

Hoo-PA-LU, V. See Palu, to lick or lap 
water. To lick or lap water with the tongue, 
as a dog. 

2. To run out the tongue to taste. , 

3. To paint or daub over ; to blot ; to 
paint, as in painting a map. 

Hoo-PA-LUA, V. To put two things to- 
gether, as two letters in reading. 

Hoo-PA-LU-HEE, V. See Paluhee, to 
soften. To make soft ; to cook soft ; to 
cause to flow. 

Hoo-PA-LU-PA-LU, V. See Palu, soft; 
gentle. To soften ; to be solY or tender, as 
a sick person; to be young and tender; to 
be weak and flexible. 

Hoo-pa-ne, v. See Pane, to speak in 
reply. To reply back and forth in conver- 
sation ; to make a reply to what has been 
said. 

Hoo-PA-NEE, V. See Panee, to post- 
pone. To put off; to push out of place; 
to postpone doing a thing : to delay. 

Hoo-PA-NEE, adj. Put off; postponed; 

delayed; uku hoopanee. interest on a debt. 

Hoo-PA-NE-PA-NE, V. See Pane and Hoo- 



PAXE above. To speak and reply ; to an- 
swer each other, as people in conversation. 

Hoo-PA-Ni-0-Ni-o, V. SeePANio, tospot; 
to paint. To spot ; to print, as in printing 
kapa ; to variegate. 

Hoo-PA-Ni-Ni-0, V. See above. To vari- 
egate with colors ; to put different colors 
on a thing ; e wai kilikiloia. e panionio. 

Hoo-PA-NO-A, V. See Panoa, wild dry 
land. To be dry, hard and rocky, as a 
barren dry place. 

Hoo-pa-no-pa-no, v. See Panopano and 
r.M'ANo, thick ; black ; glossy. To make 
thick and black, as a cloud ; to be thick, 
glossy black. 
2. To regulate. 

Hoo-PA-PA, V. Pa doubled. See Pa, to 
touch. To touch; to feel; to take hold of 5 
to examine. 

2. To communicate with each other, as 
husband and wife. 

3. To be intimate with another person's 
wife or husband. 

Hoo-PA-PA, V. See Papa, a row ; a rank. 
To place in rows or ranks, as soldiers ; to 
lay in rank one above another; to pack in 
order, as clothes in a trunk. 

Hoo-PA-PA, s. A shelf made by placing 
sticks across the corner of a room. 

2. The condition of a female with a board 
tied on to her abdomen to secure her con- 
ception; a e hoomaemae i kona hanau keiki. 

Hoo-PA-PA, V. For hoopaapaa. To quar- 
rel ; to contend ; to dispute ; to scold. 

Hoo-PA-PAA, V. To burn ; to scorch in 
the fire, as food burnt black. 

Hoo-PA-PAi, V. See Papai, to strike 
with the open hand. To move softly or 
gently ; to move lightly. 
2. To touch or strike softly. 

Hoo-PA-PAU, V. See Pa PAu, to be intent. 
To be all engaged in a thing; to be wholly 
taken up with it. 

2. To be in earnest in a work or in an 
afl'air; to have great anxiety about a thing. 

3. To persevere. 

Hoo-PA-PAU, s. Engagedness; devoted- 
ness ; earnestness and perseverance in a 
pursuit. 

Hoo-PAU-HA, V. To exert one's self 
greatly, as in carrying a very heavy load ; 
to be strong ; to be energetic. 

Hoo-PA-PA-Li-MA, 0. See Papa and Lima, 
to touch hands. To touch, join or shake 
hands as confirmatory of a previous agree- 
ment. NoTK. — This was an ancient prac- 
tice among Hawaiians. 

Hoo-PE, V. See Pe, to anoint. To anoint 
with what is perfumed; hence, to perfume. 

Hoo-PE, adj. Perfumed; anointed with 
perfumed substances. 



HOO 



206 



HOO 



Hoo-PE, V. See Pepe, mashed; bruised. 
To break up ; to break fine ; to scatter 
abroad ; to roll over anything ; to mash it, 

Hoo-PE -A, V. See Pea, to make a cross ; 
to oppose. To accuse or punish an inno- 
cent person ; to bring one into difficulty ; 
to deal falsely or unjustly. 

Hoo-pee-pee, v. To conceal one's self; 
to go off out of sight through shame or diffi- 
dence. 

2. To deceive one ; to get him into diffi- 
culty. See HooPEA above. 

Hoo-pe-hu-pe-hu, adj. Full ; large ; 
spreading, as clouds ; he ao hoopehupefm. 

Hoo-PE-PE, V. See Pepe, soft; pliable. 
To be downcast or ashamed ; to be not 
bold ; not confident. 

Hoo-PE-PE -Hu, adj. Strong; muscular; 
energetic ; he hoolua nui ke kuaaina, he 
hoopepehu. 

Hoo-PE-PE-LU, V. See Pelu, to bend 
over. To cause to bend or double over. 

2. To be in doubt; to be doubtful which 
way to go. 

3. To talk double, here and there; e lau- 
wili, e olelo pelupelu. 

Hoo-pi, V. See Pi, to be stingy. To be 
hard ; to be close ; to be stingy. 
2. To be sour ; to be unsociable. 

Hoo-pi, s. The name of such persons 
as were economical in regard to food and 
took care of it in distinction from the waste- 
ful ; ka poe mahiai malama i ka ai. ua 
kapaia ua poe la. he hoopi aole o lakou wi. 

Hoo-pi, V. To follow ; to attend. 

Hoo-pii, V. See Pii, to ascend. To cause 
to ascend ; to go up ; to appear ; to pro- 
trude above ; ua hoopilia ka huelo o ua 
moo nui nei. Laieik. 103. 

2. To inform the chief of the fault of a 
person. 

3. To complain to one in authority of one 
in error or fault. 

4. To accuse before a court of justice. 

5. To ask a favor. 

Hoo-pii-NA, s. See Puna. The ascent 
of a hill ; a path or Voad leading up a hill. 

Hoo-pii-pii, V. See Pii, to go up. To 
ascend ; to go up. 

2. To beat against the wind ; to sail in a 
zigzag manner. 

3. To raise the cud, as ruminating ani- 
mals. 

4. To cause to flow upward, as water out 
of a spring. 

Hoo-pi-o, V. See Pio, to extinguish. To 
put out ; to extinguish, as a fire or light. 

2. To bend, as a stick; to make an arch; 
to bend over. 

3. To humble ; to reduce to servitude ; 
to make a prisoner of ; to conquer. 



Hoo-Pi-0-pi-o, V. To practice sorcery, a 

part of which was the auhauhui and hiu. 
See Anaana. 

2. To pray in the practice of sorcery. 

3. To perform other ceremonies with 
medicines, &c., in order to kill. Note. — 
The god to whom the prayer was made was 
called Fua. 

Hoo-pi-o-Lo-o-Lo, V. To be in trouble, as 
the mind. 

2. To feed a sick person with the frtiit of 
the noni. which makes one sick. 

Hoo-pi-HA, V. See Piha, full, as a con- 
tainer. To cause to fill ; to fill full, as a 
container; to put into a vessel until it runs 
over. 

2. To overflow its banks, as a stream. 

Hoo-pi-HA-pi-HA, V. See Piha. To cause 
to be full ; to overflow ; to abound. 

2. To swell up, as the stomach from dis- 
ease. 

3. To be full, as cloth gathered and 
plaited into a ruffle ; hence, 

4. To be full and flowing, as a ruffle. 
Hoo-pi-Ki-Ki, V. To be too short j to 

shorten. 
Hoo-pi-Li, V. See Pili, to adhere to. 
To adhere to ; to stick to ; to cling to. 

2. To put together the parts of a thing. 

3. To attach one's self to another; to ad- 
here to a person, as a servant or retainer ; 
no ka hoopili mea ai i loaa mai ka ai ia 
lakou. 

Hoo-pi-Li-Ki-A, V. See Pilikia, crowded 
close. To get one into difficulty ; to lead 
one into straits; to cause one to be in want, 

Hoo-Pi-Li-MEA-Ai, V. To attach one's self 
to a chief or rich person for the sake of a 
living ; to be a retainer, especially where 
not much service is required ; to serve 
merely for a living. 

Hoo-pi-Li-MEA-Ai, s. A person serving 
another merely for his livmg. 

Hoo-pi-Li-pi-Li, V. See Pili and Pipili, 
to adhere to. To put together two or more 
things into one ; to cause them to adhere 
closely, 

2. To live together in close friendship, as 
two intimate friends. 

3, To put in opposition ; to bring into 
difficulty. 

Hoo-pi-NA-NA, V. To swim standing up- 
right ; to float, as a log perpendicularly. 

2. To rise and pitch, as a vessel in a 
storm, 

Hoo-pi-pi-KA, V. To go here and there; 
to stagger. 

2. To wander ; to go into an inclosure. 

3, To go wrong in advance. 
Hoo-po, V. See Po, night; dark. To act 

in the dark. Fiu. To do ignoiantly, 
2. To give without discretion ; to act 



HOO 



207 



HOO 



foolishly without intelligence ; e hoona- 
aupo, c hoonalowale. 

3. To absent one's self slilj, as if in the 
dark; i kekahi nianawa, ike ia uiai lakou i 
ka pule, a i kekahi raanavva, hoopo loa aku, 
sometimes they appear at worship, at other 
times they make themselves dark. 

4. T6 keep out of one's sight. 

5. To be willingly blind or ignorant. 
Hoo-Po-E, V. See Poepoe, round. To 

cut off short; to cut oifscpiare, as pieces of 
sugar-cane or piecies of wood. 

2. To cut the hair alike all over the head. 

3. To make globular. 
Hoo-po-E-po-E, V. See Hoopoe above. 

To make round ; to collect into a ball. 
2. To shorten endways. 
, 3. To cut off, as a section of a log for a 

cart wheel. 
Hoo-po-i, V. See Poi, to examine by tor- 
ture. To cause to be awake; to excite; to 
stir up. 

2. To examine by torture or threats. 

Hoo-po-i-po-i, V. Freq. of foregoing. To 
smother, as a fire ; to extinguish. 

Hoo-po-i-NA, V. See Poina, to forget. 
To cause to forget ; to be unmindful ; to 
be indifferent as to business or knowledge; 
to be thoughtless. 

Hoo-po-i-No, V. See Poino, to be in dis- 
tress. To be illfated ; to be unlucky ; to 
be in distress. 
2. To be filthy ; to be unclean. 

Hoo-poo, V. See foo, the head. To g-o 
ahead ; to go forward ; not to retrograde. 
2. To be brave ; to hold fast. 

Hoo-poo-poo, V. See Poopoo, deep. To 
be deep ; to dig deep ; to sink down. 

Hoo-po-u-Li, V. See Pouli, darkness. 
To darken ; to make dark. 
2. To blind. 
Hoo-pou-pou, V. See Poupou, short, par- 
ticularly of stature. To shorten ; to make 
or be short. 
2. Morally, to be low ; to be humble. 

Hoo-PO-HA, V. See Poha, to burst; to 
break. To cause to break or burst forth, 
as a sound. 

2. To burst, as the contents of a boil; to 
overflow. 

3. To flow away. 

Hoo-Po-HAE, V. See Pohae. To cause 

to tear ; to tear open. 
Hoo-Po-HA-KU, V. See PoHAKU, astone; 

a rock. To become a stone or rock ; to 

harden ; to become as a rock or stone ; to 

be very hard. 

Hoo-PO-HA-LA, V. See Pohala, to re- 
cover from sickness. To rest; to be quiet; 
to recover from sickness. 



2. To prevent or dissuade one from giv- 
ing his consent to a bargain or proposition. 

3. To object to ; to speak against. 
Hoo-PO-HA-LA, 5. A pretense; a specious 

course of conduct. 

Hoo-po-HA-Lu, V. To make a hole or 
crevice; to split; to crack; to burst forth; 
to swell up, as a wound : to be large. 

Hoo-PO-HE-o-HE-0, V. To make a head 
on the end of a stick or other suljstance, as 
in making the neck on the top of a rafter 
on a native house; e kalai ia luna o na oa, 
a uuku, a hoopoheohco ia ko luna o na oa. 

Hoo-po-KA-KAA, V. See Pokakaa, the 
wheel of a pulley. To turn, as the wheel 
of a pulley ; to cause to roll, as a wheel. 

2, Fro. To go over and over again with 
the same story, as a verbose speaker. 

Hoo-po-KO-LE, V. See Pokole and Pa- 

KoLE, short. To shorten ; to cut short ; to 

curtail the length of a thing. 
Hoo-po-Ko-po-Ko, V. See Poko, short. 

To make short ; to curb in : to cut short. 
Hoo-po-LA-po-LA, V. See Polapola, to 

sprout. To push or urge on. 

2. To revive or come to, as one sick. 

3. To sprout ; to push out, as a bud ; to 
quicken ; to hasten on. 

Hoo-po-Lo-LEi, r. See Pololei, straight. 
To make straight ; to straighten ; to cor- 
rect; to make corrections; to put to rights. 

Hoo-po-Lo-Li, V. See Pololi, hunger. 
To cause hunger ; to fast ; to eat no food. 

Hoo-po-LU-Lu-Hi, V. See Poluluhi, dark; 
foggy. To cover the sky with dark storm 
clouds ; to thicken and darken, as clouds 
before a storm. 

Hoo-po-Lu-Lu-Hi, s. The dark gathering 
of clouds l)efore a storm. 

Hoo-po-mai-kai, v. See Poi\l\ikai, for- 
tunate. To make one fortunate; to be for- 
tunate in obtaining what one wishes; to be 
blessed. 

Hoo-po-NA-LO-NA-LO, V. See Nalo and 
PoxALoNALO, to obscurc. To appear dimly 
as scarcely discernible ; to be obscure to 
the sight ; to be vanishing. 

Hoo-po-Ni-u-Ni-u, I". See Poxiu, vertigo. 
To have a dizziness of the head. 

Hoo-po-Ni-Ni-u, V. See above and Poniu, 
dizziness. To be dizzy: to have the sensa- 
tion of a turning of the head ; to turn or 
whirl like a top. 

Hoo-PO-Ni-po-M, r. See Poni, purple 
color. To be of a black or deep blue color. 
2. To have a mixture of colors ; to be 
purple. 

Hoo-Po-NO, V. See Pono, good ; right. 
To rectify ; to put in order ; to make cor- 
rect ; to do rightly. 



HOO 



208 



HOO 



Hoo-po-No-Po-No, V. See Hoopono. To 
rule over ; to be a superintendent. 

2. To put in order ; to regulate 5 to cor- 
rect what is erroneous. 

HOO-PO-PO-LO-LU, V. See HOOKAKAHELE. 
To be weak in body ; to be unstrung, as 
the nerves and muscles. 

Hoo-pu, V. See Pu or Puu, to contract 
into a bunch. To sit shrugged up in one's 
kapa or blanket ; to shiver with the cold ; 
to sit crumped up in a bunch. 

Hoo-pu, s. For hanapu. A mediator for 
peace or war. 

Hoo-PU-A-Hi, V. See Hookohukohu and 
PuAHiAHi. To dress one's self up finely. 

Hoo-PU-Ai, V. See Puai, to flow, as 
blood. To vomit ; to cast out ; to boil up,, 
as a spring. 

Hoo-PU-A-KE-A, V. To appear at a dis- 
tance as beautiful, desirable. 

Hoo-PU-A-KE-A, s. A white cloud, or any- 
beautiful distant object. 

Hoo-pu-A-pu-Ai, V. See Puai, to flow. 
To gurgle, as one drinking from a calabash; 
to boil up, as a spring. 

Hoo-pu-i-pu-i, V. See Puipui, fat. To 
become large, fat and fleshy, as the body. 

Hoo-pu-i-WA, V. See Puiwa, to start 
suddenly. To be suddenly scared ; to 
frighten one; to be overtaken; to be seized 
by ; ua hooimiwaia ke alii kane e ke kuko 
ino. Laieik. 37. 

Hoo-pu-o-pu-0, V. To be deep. 

2. To spread abroad, as the ocean. 

3. To spread out, as all the sails of a ship. 
Hoo-puu, V. See Puu, a heap. To col- 
lect together ; to collect in heaps ; to lay 
up in store. 

2. To fill up, as the belly with wind ; to 
fill, as the heart with resentment ; hoopuu 
ae la ka'u ia ia i kana hoahewa ana ia'u. 

3. To make ridiculous gestures or faces 
in ridicule of others. See Hoopuukahua 
and HooMALOKA. 

Hoo-Puu, 5. A fullness of resentment 
of one against another ; e kuu aku i kou 
hoopuu i pau, let loose all your resentment. 

Hoo-PU-u-A, V. See PuuA, to be choked. 
To push away ; to treat with dislike. 

2. To be choked ; to have hard labor, as 
a female. 

Hoo-Puu-KA-Hu-A, V. See Hoopuu abovc. 
To make ridiculous faces and gestures to 
the disparagement of others. 

Hoo-puu-puu, V. See Hoopuu. To lay 
in heaps ; to collect. 

Hoo-pu-ha-la-lu, v. See Palalu, the 
snorting of a horse. To imitate the neigh- 
ing of a horse ; to snort like a horse. 

Hoo-pu-ha-lu, V, To spend time lazily. 



2. To explain language so as to mean 
nothing. 

3. To object to ; to refuse consent to. 

4. To magnify an offense. 
Hoo-PU-HA-LU, 5. One that acts under- 
handed ; a hypocrite. 

Hoo-PU-HA-LU-HA-LU, V. To be tough 

and watery inside; to be inwardly Unsound; 

to be of poor quality. 
Hoo-pu-HA-NU, V. SeePuHANU. To rest 

a little ; to breathe soft and easy. 
Hoo-PU-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, V. To Warm by the 

fire ; to cook. 
Hoo-pu-KA, V. See Puka, an opening. 

To cause to pass through an orifice, as 

through a doorway or through a hole in a 

fence, &c. 

2. To make a substance full of holes or 
chinks. 

3. To appear in sight, as a ship at a dis- 
tance. 

4. To emerge to light, as from darkness. 

5. To publish, as a newspaper. 
Hoo-PU-KA-KU, V. To adhere to another 

and not to one's proper lord ; ka ! kupaia- 
naha, no'u aku kuu aina, a hoopukaku oe i 
kou waiwai mamuli ke alii. 
Hoo-PU-KA-pu-KA, V. See Puka. To push 
forward ; to make prominent. 

2. To charge interest or per cent, on 
goods. 

3. To answer or reply back and forth ; 
to show one's skill in answering again ; to 
contradict, as two wl|^ are obstinate in 
conversation. 

Ho-o-pu-Ku-MO-A, V. See Opu and Ku- 
MOA, to be sour. To be evilly disposed ; 
to be envious. 

2. To be greedy after property. 

3. To be sour and selfish in disposition. 
Ho-0-PU-KU-MO-A, adj. Hard-hearted ; 

close-fisted ; selfish. 

Hoo-pu-LA-pu-LA, V. See Pula and Pu- 
LAPULA, the tops of sugar-cane. To plant 
in order to increase vegetables ; to propa- 
gate by planting ; to begin to plant a new 
kind of vegetable. 

Hoo-PU-LA-LE-LA-LE, V. See Lale and 
PuLALE, to hurry; to scare fish. To hurry; 
to hasten ; to make a stir in doing a thing. 
2. To encourage strongly. 

Hoo-pu-LE-LE-HU-A, V. See Pulelehua, 
a butterfly. To blow away, as small bits 
of paper. 

2. To act the butterfly ; to flutter about, 
as vain dressy persons. 

3. To talk much with little sense. 
Hoo-pu-Lou, V. See Pulou, to veil the 

head. To cover the head with a kapa. 

2. To sit bending the head down so as to 
keep warm. 
Hoo-pu-LU, V. To deceive; toacttreach- 



HOO 



erously ; to get the advantage of one by 

deceit. 
Hoo-PU-LU, V. To mannre; hoopulu ]oi. 
Hoo-PU-LU-PU-LU, V. To cause a stench; 

to make an offensive smell. 

2. To deceive. 

3. To protest against. 
Hoo-PU-LU-PU-LU, adj. Strong smelling; 

stinking. 

2. Deceitful ; hypocritical. 

HOO-PU-MA-HA-NA, ) ^., ScC PuMEHANA. 

Hoo-PU-ME-HA-NA, j To warm, as by fire; 
to warm by covering with clothes; to warm 
up, as food. 

HOO-PU-NA-HE-LE, V. See PUNAHELE, a 
favorite. To make a favorite of one; to 
treat one as a favorite ; applied mostly to 
chiefs who were inclined to treat one or 
more of their people as favorites. 

Hoo-Pu-NA-HE-Lu, V. See Punahelu, 
mould, spiders' webs, &c. To grow mouldy 
or musty ; to grow old. 

Hoo-pu-na-lu-a, v. See Punalua. To 
have, as a man, another woman equally be- 
loved as his wife ; to have, as a woman, 
another man equally beloved as her hus- 
band. 

Hoo-pu-na-na, v. See Punana, to sit 
on, as a nest. To sit like a fowl on eggs 
to hatch them. 

2. To hatch eggs by warming them. 

3. To brood or cherish, as a fowl her 
young. 

4. To warm, as a person by the tire. 
Hoo-pu-Ni, V. See Puni, to surround. 

To come around ; to surround. 

2. To get the advantage of ; to deceive ; 
to beguile. 

3. To be charmed with ; to desire much, 
as the desire of the sexes. Laielk. 38. 

Hoo-PU-Ni-PU-Ni, V. See Hoopuni above. 
To get around one, i.e., to deceive; hence, 
to lie ; to speak falsely. 

Hoo-pu-Ni-pu-Ni, s. Deceit; treachery; 
falsehood. 

Hoo-PU-Ni-PU-Ni, adj. Deceitful ; caus- 
ing deceit ; treacherous. 

Hoo-pu-No-NO-HU, V. See Punohu, to 
ascend, as smoke. To enlarge: to spread 
out, as a sail on a mast ; to rise up, as a 
thick smoke when there is no wind. 

Hoo-Pu-No-Ni, V. See NoNi, a plant. To 
be or to make of a reddish color ; to be 
brown. 

Hoo-PU-No-NO, V. See Punono, to dress 
gorgeously. To be noble ; to dress gor- 
geously. 

2. To have red eyes. 

Hoo-pu-pu, V. See Pupu, a bunch, as 
of grass or leaves. To collect together; to 
heap up. See Hoopuu. 
27 



209 HOO 

2. To be uncomfortably filled with food. 
See HooKUKu. 

3. To hinder; to be unwilling; to refiise; 
to hold fast. 

4. To cleave to one's home when driven 
or invited away. 

5. To breathe quick and short, as an aged 
person ; hence, 

6. To be feeble and tottering ; to walk 
like an aged person. 

7. To dispute ; to converse roughly. 
Hoo-PU-pu, 5. For hoopuupuu. See Puu- 

puu. A collection of things; a gathering up. 
2. An old person, from his walking in a 
stumbling, irregular manner. 
Hoo-PU-PU-KA, V. See Puka and Pu- 
PUKA, worthless ; full of holes. To speak 
contemptibly. 

2. To act disgracefully. 

3. To be ugly to look at. 
Hoo-pu-pu-le, v. See Pupule, crazy. 

To make one crazy; tobeoutof one's wits; 
to be insane. 
Hoo-pu-wa-pu-wa, v. See Puwa, to as- 
cend, as smoke. To hang suspended, as a 
flag, or as smoke or clouds in the air. 

2. To act proudly, as above others. 

3. To glitter with brightness. 
Hoo-wA, V. To cause to vomit ; to make 

sick at the stomach ; to flow off. 
Hoo-WAA, V. To dig a trench ; to set 

out, as plants where many are planted to- 
gether. 
Hoo-wAi, V. To move so as to make 

room. 
Hoo-wAi-Ho, V. See W aiho, to lay down. 

To leave exposed, as a woman her shame ; 

eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, o ka hoo- 

waiho. 
Hoo-wai-ho-wa-le, v. To sit in a state 

of nudity; to expose one's shame. See 

HOOWAIUO. 

Hoo-wAi-wAi, I'. See Waiwai, property. 
To make rich ; to bave a supply ; to be 
abundantly provided for ; hence, 
2. To be honorable. 

Hoo-WA-HA, v. To covet ; to seize ; to 
take with the knowledge, but without the 
consent of the owner. See Hookaha. 

Hoo-WA-HA, adj. Having a disposition 
to take another's property ; greedy ; he 
hooicaha, he alunu, he hao wale no. 

Hoo-wA-HA-wA-HA, I'. See Waha. To 

make mouths at ; to treat with contempt ; 

to ridicule ; to hate : to dislike. 
Hoo-wA-ni, r. See Wahi, to break, and 

AVawahi, to break up. To grind or break 

to pieces. 
Hoo-wA-Hi-NE, V. See Wahine, woman. 

To make special friendship with a woman; 

applied only to men. 



HOU 



210 



HOU 



2. To imitate, as a man, the manners of 
a woman. 

Hoo-WA-HU, V, See HoowAHA above. To 
rob ; to take by force. 

Hoo-WA-Hu-A, V. See WAHUA,a snare; 
a trap. To insnare ; to entrap. 

Hoo-wA-LE-HAu, V. See Walehau. To 
distill ; to flow from the nose, as mncous. 

Hoo-wA-LE-wA-LE, V. See Walewale, 
to deceive. To deceive ; to insnare ; to 
plot mischief. 

Hoo-wA-LE-WA-LE, s. The decciver ; the 
tempter. 

Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, V. To ex- 
ercise enchantment. Kanl. 18:11. 

Hoo-wE-Hi-WE-Hi, V. See Wehi, a 
wreath. To gather a bunch of flowers for 
ornament. 

2. To fix up ornaments for a person. 

Hoo-WE-LA, V. See Wela, heat. To 
burn ; to cause to be burned or scorched. 
2. To cook in the fire. 

Hoo-we-la-we-la, v. See Wela, to 
burn. To burn up ; to consume. 
2. To be lost out of sight. 

Hoo-WE-Li-WE-Li, s. Causing fear; a 
threatening of one or keeping him in fear 
in order to secure obedience or to extort 
property. 

Hoo-wE-Li-wE-Li, adj. See Weliweli. 
Fearful ; threatening ; having the quality 
of exciting fear; he ao /toowe?ii«6i?i, a threat- 
ening cloud. 

2. Exciting fear for the sake of obtaining 
property. 

Hoo-wi-u-wi-u, V. To cause to be en- 
tangled ; to entangle, as a kite. 

2. To daub or besmear one with any 
filthy substance. 

Hoo-wi-Ki, V. To open a little ; to make 
a small aperture 5 not so much as hoohaka- 
haka. 

Hoo-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, t\ See WiKi, quick. To 
hasten ; to hurry ; to do a thing quickly. 

Hoo-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to twist. To 
bind or tie up, as a bundle ; to fasten 
tightly by tying ; to tie around. 

Hoo-wi-Li-Moo, s. The name of a cer- 
tain aha ; also hulahula. 

Hoo-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to bind. 
To bind or tie up tightly; to tie up in bun- 
dles. 

2. To make afraid. See Weijweli. 

Hoo-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. To move here and 
there irregularly. 

2.. To move, as clouds with contrary 
winds. 

3. To cause darkness or obscurity by the 
commingling of dark clouds. 

Hou, V. To stab; to pierce. 1 Sam. 



31 'A. To run through the body, as with a 
spear. Puk. 19:13. 

2. To exert one's self in casting a spear 
or javelin. 1 *Sam. 18:11. 

3. To dip, as a pen into an inkstand; hou 
aku la i ka hulu i ka inika ; to dip into a 
liquid. Rut. 2:14. To moisten or soak in 
water. 

4. To thrust, as the hand into a hole. 

5. To stretch out, as the hand ; to draw 
out; to extend. 

6. To search for something, as the mind; 
hou wale aku la ka raanao i o, i o, e ake e 
loaa ; i. e., to reach after. 

Hou, V. See Hou, new. To be new; to 
be fresh ; to be recent. lob. 29:20. 

2. To repeat ; to do over again. Kanik. 
ler. 3:23. To do again as before. Lunk. 
20:31. 

3. To breathe short ; to pant. 

Hou, adj. New; recent; lately done. 
Hou, adv. Again ; recently ; anew ; 

afresh. 
Hou, s. Sweat; perspiration. Luk, 

22:44. 
2. The asthma ; shortness of breath. 
Hou, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Hou-Hou, V. To be blunt; to be obtuse; 

to be dull, as an instrument. 

2. To be persevering ; to continue doing 
a thing. 

3. To thrust through ; to drill ; to bore ; 
to pierce. 1 Tim. 6:10. 

Ho-u-LU-u-LU, V. For hoouluulu. See 
Ur.u, to grow. To collect together ; to as- 
semble, as people. 
2. To bring together things scattered. 

Ho-u-LU-u-LU, s. An assembly; a con- 
vocation. Oihk. 23:24. 

Ho-u-LU-u-LU -A-KU-A, V. See Ulu 6 and 
Akua, god. To set up one's self for a god; 
to make pretensions of being a god. 
2. To make or appoint gods. 

Ho-u-me-ke, v. For hooumeke. See 
Umeke, a poi calabash. To swell in grow- 
ing like the calabash gourd ; to swell, as 
fruit in growing. 

2. To have enough ; to be supplied with 
comforts. 

Ho-u-pe-pe, v. See Pepe, crushed; 
bruised. To be modest ; to be bashful ; to 
act as a backwoodsman; to be diffident; to 
be crushed, as the mind. 

Ho-u-po, s. The thorax ; the region of 
the material heart. Laieilc. 45. 

2. A palpitation or fluttering of the heart. 

3. The action of the region of the mind ; 
leiele ka houpo i ka olioli, the mind (or 
heart) leaped for joy. 

4. The heart. Isa. 60:5. See Haupu. 

Ho-u-po-le-wa-le-wa, v. See Houpo 



HOH 



211 



HOK 



above and Lewalewa, movable. To flat 
down, as the stomach of a hungry person. 

2. To be hungry ; to be dizzy for want 
of food. 

3. To be light or empty, as the stomach. 
Ho-u-PO-LE-WA-LE-WA, s. A hungry, 

empty stomach. 

2. Faiiitness for want of food. 

Ho-u-pu-u-pu, V. For hooupuupu. See 
Uru, to desire strongly. To tell lies, as in 
giving a false alarm, or in accusing another 
in order to clear himself of suspicion. 

Ho-u-wE-KE, V. For hoauweke. See 
UwEKK, to open wid*;. To open ; to ojjcn, 
as a door ; to open, as the mouth ; to open 
wide. See Wkmk. 

Ho-HA-NA, ». To grasp; to seize hold 
of with the hand ; to hold fast ; e ptiili. 

Ho-HA-NA, s. A measure, both hands 
full, used in giving out food, small fish, 
«fcc. ; a small measure box or calabash. 

Ho-HE, I'. Probably for fioohee. To be 
afraid; to flee. Neh. 6:11. To flee from 
fear. Sol. 28:1. To be overcome or routed; 
aole e hohe ka ilo ma ka lua ahi, e ai mai no. 

Ho-HE, s. Fear; terror. 
2. A coward. 

Ho-HE, adj. Fearful ; timorous. 

Ho-HE-HE, adj. Faint-hearted; weak. 

Ho-HE-WA-LE, s. A fleeing without 
cause ; cowardice. 

Ho-Ho, V. See Ho, to breathe. To snore; 
to breathe hard ; to gurgle, as one breath- 
ing through water in the throat. 

2. To snort, as a horse ; alalia, hoho mai 
ka lio. 

3. To cry out; to shout after. SeeHooHO. 
Ho-HO, s. Snow; the spray of water 

from a cataract. 

2. The distant sound of a small cataract. 
Ho-Ho, V. To sink down, as a canoe in 

the water. 

2 To leap or slide down, as one from a 
pali. 

3. To jet. as water into a canoe where 
there is a hole ; ke hoho mai la ka liu. 

Ho-Ho-A, V. See Hoa, to strike. To 
strike repeatedly on the head with a stick. 

2. To beat kapa after coloring that it 
may be soft; hohoa kapa, to beat kapa with 
a stick on a stone. 

3. To strike, as in fighting. 

4. To smooth kapa out by beating ; ap- 
plied to the first process in beating. 

Ho-Ho-A, s. A cane ; a staff; a war 
club, an instrument for knocking down an 
adversary. See I'ahoa. 

Ho-Ho-Hoi, V. See Hoi, to return. To 

return again. Gram. § 209. 
Ho-Ho-KA, V. SeeHoKA. To be ashamed. I 



Ho-Ho-LA, V. See Hola, to spread out. 
To unf(jld and spread down, as a mat ; lo 
sj)read out, as a kapa or garment ; hohola 
i ke kapa. Kavl. 22:17. 

2. To spread out. i. e.. to smooth a cloth 
that has been ruffled. 

3. To spread out, as a net, 8ol. 29:5. 

A. To spread up, i. e., to make up, as a 
bed. Sol. 7:1G. 

5. To spread or stretch out. as the visi- 
ble heavens. loh. 9:8. To spread out, as 
the clouds. loh. 36:29. 

6. To stretch out, as the hand. Kin. 
48:14. To spread out, as the wings of a 
bird. Kanl. 32:11. 

7. To si)read over, as darkness or dark 
clouds. Note. — Jlohola applied to the mind 
signifies 

8. To calm ; to soothe ; to prepare to 
hear or receive information. 

9. To open ; to enlighten the mind. 

10. To set forth ; to manifest. 

11. To make a gesture or stretch out one's 
hand in speaking. See Uuola and Majiola. 

Ho-HO-LA, adj. Open j opened ; un- 
sealed ; me ka palajjala i hoholaia, with an 
open letter. J^eh. 6:5. 

Ho-Ho-LE, i\ See Hole, to skin; to peel. 
To peel off the skin, as a banana ; to skin, 
as an animal. 

2. To peel ; to rub ; to file off. 

Ho-Ho-Lo, V. See HoLo, to run; to sail. 
To run ; to sail ; to glide swiftly. 

2. Pass. To be driven swiftly by the 
wind. lak. 3:4. 

3. To put out one's hand to take a thing. 
Lxink. 15:15. See Hohola 6. 

Ho-Ho-MA, V. See Homa, lean. To be 
f)Oor in flesh ; to be lean. 

Ho-Ho-MA, adj. Reduced in flesh ; poor; 
lean. 

Ho-Ho-No, V. To smell strongly, as tar 
or burning sulphur; to cause a strong of- 
fensive smell. 

Ho-Ho-No, s. A strong oflensive smell ; 
a stench; the smell of anything. Dan. 3:27. 

Ho-Ho-NU, V. To be deep, as water; 

deep down, as a pit. 

2. To be full, i. e., deep, as the sea at 

full tide. 
Ho-Ho-NU, s. The deep, i. e., the sea ; 

the depth. Pxik. \:^:'). 
Ho-HO-NU, adj. Deep, as a pit ; as a 

well. loan. 4:11. 
Ho-Ho-PA, adj. Long, thin, slender or 

spare, as a man ; he kanaka hohopa, a thin 

slender man. 
Ho-HU-LE, adj. See Ohule, bald. Bald, 

as the head ; baldheaded. 
Ho-KA, 1-. To squeeze; to press; to take 

hold of ; to gather up. 



HOK 



212 



HOK 



2. To search or look after ; to examine 
into. 

3. To strike ; to attack. 

4. To be destitute ; to perish ; to be de- 
stroyed. Hal 9:18. 

5. To fail ; to be disappointed. Bal. 
22:5. To fail ; to forsake. 1 Oihl 28:20. 

6. To be ashamed through a failure. 
Rom. 9:33. Mai lioka au imua ona, e ole 
ka ekemu ana o ka waha. 

7. Hoo. To put to shame. Hal. 44:7. To 
be disappointed; to be mocked. Mat. 2:16. 

Ho-KA, s. A mistake in understanding 
one's words. 

2. A blunder; carelessness in doing a 
thing. 

Ho-KA, adj. Destitute ; poor. 
2. Blundering ; careless. 

Ho-KAA, V. For hookaa. See Kaa. To 
cause to roll. 

Ho-KA-A-wA. Mai hele i ahuawa, hoka- 
awa ; aka, pakele ae nei paha au i keia la. 

Ho-KAE, V. For hookae. See Kae, to 
rub or blot out. To seize hold of awk- 
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing. 

2. To erase ; to blot out. 

3. To smite ; to kill. 2 Sam. 6:7. 
Ho-KAi, V. For hookai. See Kai, hoo. 

To drive ; to drive away ; to banish ; to 
dash, as a melon on the ground and break it. 

2. To disregard ; to squander ; to mis- 
spend. 

3. To turn upside down ; to destroy ; to 
blot out. Kanl. 7:24. To destroy utterly. 
Kanl. 25:19. 

4. To put away ; to do mischief gener- 
ally ; mea hokai, a destroyer. Mat 3:11. 

Ho-KAi, adj. Unprepared. * 

Ho-kai, adv. Disorderly ; mischiev- 
ously ; wickedly. 2 Tes. 3:6. 

Ho-KA-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka before. To 
feel demeaned ; to be ashamed ; hokahoka 
wale iho no ka mea haku ole, he is ashamed 
of himself who has no master. 

Ho-KA-Ho-KAi, V. See Hokai 3. To stir 
up ; to mix, as two ingredients. loan. 9:6. 

Ho-KA-LA-Lu. Hokalalu na holoholona 
ia man malama. 

Ho-KA-LE, s. A hard concretion in the 
flesh ; a kernel ; he mau wahi anoano ma 
ke kumu pepoiao, a malalo o ke a lalo. 

Ho-KA-Li, s. The loss of appetite. 

Ho-KA-Li, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 

Ho-KE-o, s. The lower of two gourds 
which compose the drum. 

2. He hulilaa, a calabash to put clothes 
in when traveling on a canoe. 

Ho-Ki, s. Eng. An ass ; a mule. Nak. 
16:15.^ Iloki keiki, a young ass. Note. — 
Eoki is the Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
English word horse, which was first used, 



but afterward lio was applied to a horse, 
and hoki was applied to the ass and the 
mule. 

Ho-Kii, V. See Kii, also HooKii. To dis- 
solve ; to pine away, as a diseased person. 
Isa. 34:4. To pine away, as with the con- 
sumption. 

Ho-Kii, s. The phthisic. Isa. 10:18. A 
consumption ; a pining sickness. Oihk. 
26:16. 

Ho-Kii, adj. Lean, low or thin in flesh. 

Ho-Ki-o, V. For hookio. To play the 
pipe ; to whistle. 

Ho-Ki-o, s. A pipe ; a whistle ; some 
musical wind instrument played with the 
mouth. 1 Sam. 10:5. 

Ho-Ki-o-Ki-o, V. Yoxhookiokio. To pipe; 
to play on the pipe. 

Ho-Ki-o-Ki-0, s. An ancient wind in- 
strument among Hawaiians, the pipe ; 
among the Hebrews. Isa. 5:12. 

Ho-Ki-Lo, V. To be sick and famished 
away. 

Ho-Ko, V. To imitate. 

Ho-Ko, s. The fleshy movable part of 
a fat person or animal. 

2. The buttock ; applied to men and fat 
animals. 

3. The inside of the thighs ; ua pili na 
lioko, or ua hui na lioko on account of fat- 
ness. 

4. The under part of the thigh. 
Ho-KO, ) adj. Large; fat; rolling; 
Ho-KO-HO-KO, S applied to the thighs of 

men, women and fat animals. 
Ho-KU, s. The asthma. See Hokii. 
Ho-KU, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 

See HoKH. 
Ho-KU, s. The name of the fifteenth 

day of the month. 
Ho-KU, s. A star; hoku lele, a comet; 

ka poe hoku o ke kaei, the planets. 2 Nal. 

33:5. The twinkling orbs of heaven. 

Ho-KU, s. A word ; a thought ; some- 
thing rising in the mind ; he wahi hoku iki 
ko'u no keia mea. 

Ho-KU-A, s. The lower and back part 
of the neck where it joins the shoulders. 
Kin. 49:15. 

2. The back between the shoulders. Puk. 
12:34. 

3. A division of men at work ; a party ; 
a company where a number of men are 
divided into several companies, one of 
them is called a hokua. 

Ho-KU-A-EA, s. Hoku, star, and aea^ 
wandering. A moving or wandering star, 
i. e., a planet. 

Ho-KU-Ao, s. Hoku and ao, light. The 
morning star ; the bright star ; the planet 



HOL 



213 



HOL 



Venus when it is the morning star. See 

also HOKULOA. 

Ho-KU-A-Mo-A-Mo, s. Hoku and amoamo, 
to wink. The twinkling or winking of the 
stars. 

2, The motion of the winking of the eyes. 
See next word. 
Ho-Ku-i-Mo-i-Mo, s. Hoku and imoimo, 

to wink. Same as above. 
Ho-KU-HE-LE, s. Hoku and hele, to move. 

A planet. See Hokuaea. 
Ho-Ku-Hoo-KE-LE-WAA, s. Holcu, Star, 
Jiookele, to steer, and waa, canoe. Name 
of a star, the appearance of which was the 
signal for sailing on a voyage ; a i ka wa- 
naao, i ka puka ana o ka holaihookelewaa, 
at the dawn of the morning, at the appear- 
ance of the star. Laieik. 36. 

2. The name of a star that appeared just 
before the birth of a higli chief. 
Ho-KU-Ho-KU, V. To breathe hard; to 

wheeze as one stuffed with food. 
Ho-Ku-Ho-Ku, adj. See Hoku, asthma. 
Having the colic. 

2. Filled with anger or unpleasant sensa- 
tions ; hokuhoku au iloko — e ake e hele a 
hookolokolo. 
Ho-Ku-LE-LE, s. Hoku and lele, to fly. 

A meteor. 
Ho-KU-Lo-A, s. Hoku and loa, great. The 
morning star. See Hokuao. also Mananalo. 
Ho-KU-pu-Hi-BA-KA, s. Hoku and picki- 
haka, tobacco smoking. A comet. See the 
next word. 
Ho-Ku-WE-LO-WE-LO, s. Hoku and ivelo- 
welo, a tail. A comet from its tail of light. 
A comet is also called by Hawaiiaus hoku- 
puhibaka, tobacco-smoking star; also hoku- 
huelo-loihi, long-tailed star. 
Ho-LA, s. The name of the root and 
stalk of the auhuhu, a poisonous and in- 
toxicating plant, the bark of which was 
used in poisoning or intoxicating fish so 
they could be caught. See Auuoi^v and 
Auhuhu. 

2. The name of the system of fishing when 
they were to be caught by poisoning. 
Ho-LA, V. To poison or intoxicate fish 

with the hola or auhuhu. 
Ho-LA, V. To open ; a hola ia ka waha 
a palahalaha ; to spread out. See Hohola 
and Uhola. 
Ho-LA-o, V. To pass by; to run on. 
Ho-LAU, 5. A collection or multitude of 
people assembled. 

2. One person together with a collection 
of fowls, or other animal.-^. 
Ho-LA-Ho-LA, ('. See Hola above. To 

poison or intoxicate fish. 
Ho-LA-Ho-LA, V. See Hola, to spread 
out. To spread out; to smooth; to smooth, 



as a kapa or cloth ; to make up, as a bed. 

Oih. 9:34. 
2. Applied to the mind, to calm ; to 

soothe ; to open ; to enlighten. See Ho- 
hola and Uhola. 
Ho-LA-PA, s. For koolapa. See Lapa, a 

ridge. The act of rising or boiling up; the 

swelling or rising of a blister. 
Ho-LA-PU, V. To stir up; to mix water 

and dirt ; to make water dark colored by 

putting in dirt. 
Ho-LE, V. To curse. 

2. To peel off; to skin ; to flay. 

3. To rasp ; to file ; to rub off. 

4. To scratch or break the bark of a tree 
or skin of the flesh. 

5. To notch the end of a spear; to make 
grooves, as in a kapa beater ; hole ie. 

Ho-LE, s. A bruise ; a scratch or break 
in the skin. See Pohole. 

Ho-LEi, V. To open ; to gape open, as 
the eyelids, or as the labia feminarum. 

Ho-LEi, s. Name of a tree used (bark 
and root) to color yellow. 

Ho-LE-i-E, V. Hole, to peel, and ie, a 
vine. To peel the bark from the ie used 
in basket making. 

Ho-LE -i-E, s. See above. The name of 
those who prepared the ie for braiding or 
weaving. 

2. Those who in connection with prepar- 
ing the ie, also pounded kapa; a mekapoe 
holeie kuku kapa. 

Ho-LE -HO-LE, V. See Hole, to peel. To 
peel; to strip off, as the skin from the flesh; 
as the flesh from the bones ; holehole iho la 
lakou i na iwi o Lono, they skinned the 
bones of Lono (Captain Cook), that is. sep- 
arated the bones from the flesh. 

2. To separate one thing from another. 

Ho-Li, V. To commence or start first; 
to go forward. 

2. To bog earnestly, in such a manner as 
that one cannot be denied. 

Ho-Li, s. The first appearance of a thing, 
as the first coming out of tbe beard of a 
young man. 

Ho-LO, V. To go fast ; to move gener- 
ally, like Jiele. 

1. To travel in any way, i. e., to run or 
ride or sail. 

2. To put or thrust in. as the hand into 
the bosom. 

3. To flee away ; to go swiftly. 

4. To run, as the thought, i. e.', to decree; 
to decide. loan. 9:22. 

5. Hoo, To ride on horseback, or on a 
camel. 1 Sam. 30:17. 

(i. To cause to ride, i. e.. to carry in any 
vehicle, as a carriage. 1 Oihl. 13:7. 

7. To slip; to cause to slide down, as an 
avalanche. 



HOL 



214 



HOL 



8. To stretch out, as the hand for taking 
anything ; to reach forth, as the hand. 
Lunk. 3:21. 

9. Hooholo manao, to take council ; to 
consult. Isa. 30:1. See No. 4. 

10. To promise ; to agree with ; to pass, 
as the sentence of a judge. 

11. To decide by vote of a deliberate 
body; ua hooholo, it was voted ; it passed ; 
it was decreed. Note. — The common form- 
ula is, ua holo ka manao, the thought goes, 
or a shorter form is, ua holo, it runs, i. e., 
the vote is carried. 

Ho-Lo, s. A running; a racing; agoing; 

a moving. 

2. A bundle ; holo ai, a bundle of food. 
Ho-LO, adj. Running ; moving ; sail- 
ing ; racing ; he lio holo, he moku holo. 
Ho-LO-AA, V. Holo and aa, the small 

roots of trees. Hence, to make a mistake; 

to run here and there ; to go wrong ; to 

blunder. See Hoaa. 
Ho-Lo-AA, adj. Destitute of property or 

of friends. 
Ho-Lo-Ai, s. See Holo, bundle, and Ai, 

food. A bundle of baked kalo. 
2. A wrapper to carry food in. 
Ho-Loi, V. To wash with water, as 

clothes ; to separate the dirt from a thing. 

2. To scrape or clean the dirt from the 
feet. 

3. To brush clothes; to wipe; to cleanse. 

4. To blot out, as a writing. 2 Nal.21.1'5. 

5. To clean in any way; ^oi!oi a maloo, 
to wipe clean. loan. 13:5. 

Ho-Loi, adj. Washed ; cleansed by- 
washing or wiping. 

Ho-LO-u-KA, V. Makani uka, wind from 
behind ; he kio, pali wauaka ma ke kua, 
makani holouka. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, V. See Holo. To walk; 
to walk about. Kin. 3:8. 

2. To sail or run to and fro. Jer.5:l. To 
go about from place to place. Luk. 13:33. 

3. Iloo. To cause to ride, &c. jS'anZ. 32:13. 
Note. — This double form, holoholo, has 
most of the senses that are attached to holo. 

Ho-lo-ho-lo, s. The name of a game 

among the ancient Hawaiians. 
Ho-lo-ho-lo-0-le-lo, v. See Holo and 

Olei,o, talk. To slander ; to tell tales to 

the disadvantage of another; to propagate 

false reports. 
Ho-lo-ho-lo-0-le-lo, s. a tale bearer. 

Olhk. Id-.m. A tattler. 1 Ttm. 5:13. Note. 

Tills is often written in two words. 

Ho-lo-ho-loi, v. See Holol To rub 
with pressure and quick motion; to rub off 
dirt ; to rub down smooth. 

Ho-lo-ho-lo-ka-ke, adj. Ke a.i kolokolo- 

kakela la e ka makani. 



Ho-lo-ho-lo-ke, v. See Holoke, to rub 
against. To strike upon; to light upon 
easily; to touch ; to rest upon, as the ends 
of a rainbow. Laleik. Id. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-Li-o, s. See Holo and Lio, 
a horse. A rider on a horse ; a horseman ; 
cavalry. 2 Oihl. 1:14. 

Ho-lo-ho-lo-mo-ku, s. See Holo, to sail, 
and Moku, ship. A sailor ; one who rides 
in a ship. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-NA, 5. See Holoholo and 
Ana, a running about. A four-footed beast; 
generally applied to domestic animals, but 
often to wild ones. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-pi-NA-AU, s. The Hawaiian 
name of the planet Mars. 

Ho-Lo-HU-A, V. Ua holokua ka manao. 

Ho-Lo-KAA, V. Holo and kaa, a chariot. 
To ride majestically. Hal. 45:4. 

Ho-Lo-KAi, s. Holo and kai, sea. One 
who rides on the sea ; a seaman ; na holo- 
kai, seafaring men. Ezek. 26:17. 

Ho-Lo-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Holo and kahiki, a 
foreign country. Epithet of a Hawaiian 
sailor who has visited foreign countries; 
ua tausani paha na holokahtki no Hawaii 
aku, there were thousands perhaps of sail- 
ors from Hawaii : o Lehua ka inoa o ka 
holokahiki nana i hoolike iwaena o Vane- 
kouva ame Kamehameha, Lehua was the 
name of the sailor to foreign countries who 
interpreted between Vancouver and Kame- 
hameha. 

Ho-Lo-KE, V. Holo and ke, to strike 
against. To run or rub against some op- 
posing object. 

2. To be stopped short, as the mind in a 
course of thought or investigation; a holoke 
ka noonoo, a kukapikiio ka manao ke loaa 
ole. 

Ho-LO-KE-LO-KE, V. To crcak ; to crep- 
itate or grate, as the two ends of a broken 
bone against each other. 

Ho-Lo-Ki-Ki, (;. Holo, to run, and kiki, 
intensive. To run or sail swiftly; to run 
headlong. 

Ho-Lo-Ko-HA-NA, V. Holo, to go, and ko- 
hana, destitute of clothes. To go about 
naked ; to be destitute of clothes, not even 
a malo. 

Ho-Lo-KU, s. Some kind of a garment; 
a long flowing garment. Hal. luy:29. A 
cloak. Isa. 59:17. 

Ho-Lo-KU-KU, V. Holo and kuku, to stop 
short. To trot, as a horse. 

2. To ride roughly or uneasily. 

Ho-LO-LA, V. The la is a particle. Ke 
holo la oe e manao ua hoka makou, you, 
O thought, have supposed that we are 
ashamed. 

Ho-Lo-Li-0, s. Holoy to ride, and lio, 



HOL 



215 



HON 



horse. A rider of a horse. Isa. 36:8. Uoo. 
A horseman ; a rider on a horse. Puk. 
14:9. 

Ho-Lo-LU-A, V. Holo and lua, double. 
To go or move two ways; to go both ways, 
like the crab; as the miihee, the papai, &c. 

Ho-LO-LU-A, adj. Creeping or running 
both ways, like tlie crab; aole e like me 
kou manao ku niuhee. ka hololua. 

Ho-Lo-MO-KU, V. IIolo and moku^ ship. 
To sail on a sliip. 

2. To rush along, as a torrent. 

Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, s. A sailor; a seaman; 
ka halepule no ka \)ov holomoku ma Hono- 
lulu ; he mau mea holomolcu, seamen. 1 
Nal 9:27. 

2. Arushing, asof water; an overwhelm- 
ing ; applied to the wick(Hl. 2 Sam. 22:5. 

Ho-Lo-NA, s. In miLsic, a close ; the end 
of a tune. 

Ho-Lo-PA-A-Ni, V. SbZo, to run, ande- 
an j, to play. To run and play like children. 
2. To sail about for pleasure. 

Ho-LO-PA-PA, V. To rule ; to control ; to 
overcome ; to prevail over ; used where 
one man conquers several others. 

Ho-LO-PA-PA, s. ^o/o and popa, a board. 
A shelf made of sticks in the corner of a 
room where kapas and other articles were 
laid. 

2. A raft for floating logs, boards, stones, 
&c. 1 Oihl. 2:16. 

3. A bridge over a small stream. 

4. An arch over a space. 
Ho-LO-wA, s. Holowa kaa, certain en- 
gines for throwing missiles in war. 2 Oihl. 
26:15. 

Ho-LO-vvAA, s. Holo and waa, canoe. A 
box ; a chest ; a trunk ; a coffin ; a cradle. 

2. A species of fishing lu't. 

3. A trough ; a watering trough. Puk. 
2:16. 

Ho-LO-WA-LE, V. Holo, to run, and wale, 

freely. To flee without cause or danger ; 

to act the coward. 

2. To go about destitute of clothing, i. e.. 

in a state of nature. 
Ho-LO-WA-LE, s. A coward ; one fleeing 

without cause. 
Ho-LU, V. To bend, as an elastic stick; 

to arch over. 
Ho-LU, s. A broad axe ; a hoe ; an adze ; 

koiholu. an adze. 

2. The depth of the sea; the deep ocean; 

the flood tide. 
Ho-LU-A, V. To glide do\Mi on a sledge ; 

to play the hoJna. 
Ho-LU-A, s. A smooth path on a side hill 

for sliding down. 

2. The name of the sled or sledge for 

sliding down hill. Note. — To play with 



the holua was an ancient pastime among 
Hawaiians. 

3. The name of the strong north wind, 
generally in the winter. 

Ho-LU-Ho-LU, V. SeeHoLU, r. To bend; 
to be flexible. 

Ho-LU-Ho-LU, adj. Ductile ; elastic ; 
springy, as a sword blade. 

Ho-LU-LU, V. To oppress. 

Ho-MA, V. To be poor; to be thin in 
flesh ; to make one's self poor. 

2. To be disappointed ; to be buflled in 
one's etft)rts to do a thing. 

Ho-MA, adj. Thin in flesh ; poor ; hol- 
low ; api)lied to the checks. 
2. Disappointed : baffled. 

Ho-MA-Ho-MA, V. See HoMA. To be des- 
titute ; to be bereaved. 
2. To be thin ; to be poor. 

Ho-MAi, V. See Ho for hoo, and Mai, a 
verbal directive, used mostly in the imper- 
ative. Lit. Cause to be this waj ; hand 
this way; give this way; bring here. Rut. 
3:15. Jlomai i wahi wai inu na'u, give me 
here some water to drink. 

Ho-ME, s. Eng. Home ; place of one's 
family and residence. 

Ho-ME-RA, s. Heh. A homer, a Jewish 
liquid or dry measure. 

Ho-ME-TA, s. Heb. A snail. Oihk. 11:30. 

Ho-Mi, adj. See 0ml Withered; sick; 
unfruitful, as a plant : sick, as a person. 

Ho-Mi-Ho-Mi, V. See Omioml To spring 
up. as a seed planted, but with feeble 
strength and produce nothing. 

Ho-NE, V. See Ne. To be saucy; to be 
playful ; to be trickish ; to tease one ; to 
run upon. 

2. To prick : to enter, as a sharp thing ; 
me he wahi kuikele la ia e hcmt nei iloko o 
ka manao, like a needle it pierces into the 
thought. 

Ho-NE, s. Mischief; a trick; teasing; 
he mea hookanikani o ka mi>ku. 

Ho-NE-A, s. Dirt; the matter in the in- 
testines not voidetl. Lunk. 3:22. See Ho- 

NOWA. 

Ho-NE-Ho-NE, V. See Hone. To be 

trickish ; to be mischievous. 

Ho-NE-Ho-NE, adj. Playing tricks ; teas- 
ing ; fretting ; not letting one alone. 

Ho-NE-Ko-A, r. See Hone and Koa, to 
be bold. To rail ; to b;* saucy. 

Ho-NE-KO-A, adj. Impudent ; undaunted; 
not afraid. 

Ho-Ni, V. To beg earnestly. See Holl 

Ho-Ni, r. To touch ; to apply a com- 
bustible article to the fire. Lunk. 16:9. 

2. To smell, as an odor. Kin. 8:21. To 
smell any perfume ; to smifi", as a candle. 



HON 



216 



HOP 



3. To feel the influence of, as the roots of 
trees do the water. lob. 14:9. 

4. To salute by touching noses (the ordi- 
* nary way of saluting among Hawaiians); 

honi iho la i ka ihu. Laieik. 203. 

5. To kiss ; to salute by kissing. Kin. 
27:26, 27. To embrace on parting ; ap- 
plied to various forms of salutation, as 
good-by, shaking hands, &c. 

Ho-Ni, s, A salutation: a kiss. Mele 
Sol. 1:2. 

2. A touch as of a match to a combusti- 
ble. 

3. A shaking of hands at parting, &c. 

4. Commanding a complimentary salu- 
tation to one; ehaawi i ko'u/toni ala aloha 
ia lakou, give them my sweet loving kiss, 
i. e., affectionate salutation. 

Ho-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. See Oninanina 
and Uninanina. Fat ; plump ; round, as a 
fleshy person. 

Ho-No, V. To- stitch ; to sew up ; to 
mend, as a garment or a net. Mat. 4:21. 

2. To join ; to unite together by sewing 
or stitching. 

Ho-No, s. A stitching; a sewing; a 
joining together; ka /io>^o ona ainaoMaui, 
the uniting of the lands of Maui. 

2. The back of the neck. 

3. The name of a kapu when every man 
must hold his hands in a particular posture. 

4. The name of a place where the wind 
meets some obstruction and is reflected 
back ; oia kahi hono e hoi mai ai ka nui o 
ka makani. 

Ho-No-A, s. See Honowa. 

Ho-No-Ai, s. See Hono and Ai, the neck. 
The back of the neck. 

Ho-NO-Ai, s. See Honowai below. A 
uniting ; a bringing together and causing 
a new relationship ; mostly brought about 
by marriage ; as, makua honoai, a parent 
by marriage, or a parent-in-law ; makua 
honoai kane, a father-in-law; makua /iowoat 
wahine, a mother-in-law. Note. — The or- 
thography honoai is better than honowai. 
See also the word Hunoai. 

Ho-no-ho-no, s. Name of a weed, very 
thrifty in growth and very hard to kill. 

Ho-no-ho-no, adj. Bad smelling. See 

HOHONO. 

Ho-NO-KAA, 5. A water course. 

Ho-no-ke-a-na, s. Name of a species of 
soft porous stone. 

Ho-No-LE, V. See Hone. To be mis- 
chievous ; to be trickish ; to be saucy. 

Hc-No-pu, s. A hai e ka lua i honopu. 
See LuMiLUMi, burnt ; scorched, as the 
ground by the great heat of the sun. 

Ho-No-wA, s. See Honea and Honoa. 
The matter contained in the intestines. 



2. Excrements; human faeces; used mostly 
in reference to chiefs. Note. — This is the 
proper and polite name of excrements. 
Ho-No-WAi, s. A uniting; a bringing to- 
gether and causing a new relationship ; 
mostly brought about by marriage ; as, 
makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a 
parent-in-law; makua /tonoai kane, a father- 
in-law; makua honoai wahine, a mother-in- 
law. Note. — The orthography honoai is 
better than honowai. See also the word 

HUNOAI. 

Ho-NU, s. The turtle; a terrapin; more 

generally applied to the sea turtle ; a tor- 
toise. Oihk.\l:2^. Note. — The /loww was 
formerly forbidden to women to eat in the 
times of the kapu under penalty of death. 

Ho-NU-A, s. Flat land ; land of an even 
or level surface, in distinction from hills 
and mountains. 

2. In geography, the earth generally, in- 
cluding sea and mountains. 

3. A foundation ; a resting place. 

4. The bottom of a deep place, as of the 
sea or a pit ; wahi honua ole, bottomless. 

Ho-NU-A, adj. Preceding ; going before 
hand ; olelo honua, the foregoing descrip- 
tion ; pule hoyiua, the former religion ; i 
kau kauoha honua ana, your charge just 
given. Laieik. 20. Ke makau honua e mai 
nei no. Laieik. 180. 

Ho-NU-A, adv. Gratuitously ; without 
cause ; naturally ; ua aloha honua anei na 
kanaka kekahi i kekahi ? do men naturally 
love each other? No ka pono a ke Akua i 
waiho honua mai ai, for the righteousness 
which God had freely manifested ; o ka 
hoomaka ana, ua like no ia me ke ao ana, 
i ola honua i ka palapala; thoroughly; en- 
tirely. Lunk. 20:25. Altogether. 1 Nal. 
11:13. 

Ho-NU-Ho-NU, V. See Honu, terrapin. 
To play the terrapin; a play where people 
crawled on all fours like terrapins. 

Ho-PA-LA, V. Ho for hoo, and pala, soft. 
To paint ; to daub ; to besmear. 
2. To blame one who is innocent. 

Ho-PA-LA-PA-LA, V. Ho for hoo, and pa- 
lapala, to write; to paint. To cause to 
write badly; to scrawl in making letters 
with a pen ; to daub with a pen. 

Ho-PA-PAU, s. Sorrow; grief of a hus- 
band or wife for the death of a companion. 

Ho-pe, s. The end or beginning of a 
thing; the termination of an extremity; the 
finishing result or termination of a course 
of conduct. 

2. A place ; stead ; office ; successor in 
a place. 

3. The finishing; the close of a period of 
time. 



HOP 



217 



HUA 



4. A particular age or time. Heb. 9:26 
in this age of tlie world. 

5. The time of one's death ; the end of 
life. 

€. The end. i. e., the consequence or re- 
sult of an action ; ma neia hope, aku, from 
this time on; ma hxhope iho, after Unit time; 
hope ole, endless. Fob. 22:5. 

Ho-PE, adj. Ending ; last ; na olelo 
hope, the last words; mea hope ole, without 
result, i. e., without profit. 

Ho-PE, adv. Adv. declinable. Gram. ^ 
165, 2 class, liehind ; after, &c. See the 
different cases. 

Ho-PE-NA, s. Hope and na (oT a?ia. The 
ending ; the bringing to a close. 

2. The end : the hindmost, as the rear of 
an army. los. 10:19. 

3. The end of a series of events. Ezek. 
7:2, 3. 

Ho-PE -PE, V. Ho for koo, and pepe, to 
mash fine. To cause to crush, as any sub- 
stance. 

2. Fig. To overbear, as the mind ; to 
humble. See Hoipepe. 

Ho-PE -PE, adj. Humble ; depressed ; 
downtrodden, as the people of a hard, 
cruel chief; o ko ke kuaaina noho ana, he 
hopepe, he hopohopo, he wiwo wale me ka 
raakau ; he hopepe ke ano o na knaaiua. 

Ho-PE-Poo, 5. See Hope and Poo, the 
head. The back part of the head. 

Ho-pi-Lo, V. See Opilo. To relapse after 
a partial recovery from sickness. 
2. To be often sick. 

Ho-pi-Lo-LE, adv. To eat slowly and 
carefully, as a sick person. See Niole. 

Ho-po, V. To fear; to be afraid; to 

shrink back through fear. 
Ho-po-Ho-PO, V. See Hopo. To fear 

much ; to be agitated by fear ; to dread ; 

to be troubled by fear. KanL 1:2. 

Ho-po-Ho-PO, s. Fear; dread; the feel- 
ing of fear. 

Ho-PO-HO-PO, adj. Fearful; afraid; hav- 
ing the sense of fear. 

Ho-pu, u. To seize upon, as something 
escaping ; to grasp ; to catch. 

2. To take, as a prisoner; to apprehend, 
as a criminal. Lunk. 21:21. To hold fast, 
as something caught. 

Ho-PU, s. A taking; a seizing; a catch- 
ing of one. 

Ho-pu-E, s. The name of a tree, the 
bark of which is used like the olona. and 
made into strings, cords, etc. 

Ho-PU-Ho-PU, V. See Hopu. To seize; 

to grasp frequently ; to hold fast firmly. 
Ho-PU-HO-PU-AU-KE-LA. 

Ho-pu-Ho-pu-A-Lu-Lu, V. See HopuHOPu 

28 



and Lulu, to tremble. To do something ia 
a state of trepidation. 

2. To prepare in haste, as a room or a 
house when company unexpectedly arrives. 
.3. To catch quickly and shake; to do 
quickly ; to make haste. 

Ho-pu-HO-PU-A-LU-Lu, s. Quickness; dis- 
patch ; a sudden effort to do a thing. 

Ho-pu-pu, V. For hoopuupuu. See Puu 
and PuLi'UU. To Ije filled or puffed up with 
wind, as the bowels, or as a bladder ; ho- 
pupu ka opu ; hopupu ka naau i ka inaina, 
filled with anger ; kai ! ka hopupu loko i ke 
aloha, wonderful ! he is internally fvU of 
love. 

Ho-RA, s. Lot. An hour; a particular 
time ; a measure of time. 

Ho-sA-NA, inter j. Heb. An exclamation 
of praise to God. Mat.2l:V.). 

Ho-SA-NA, s. Exultation ; praise. 

Hu, V. To rise or swell up, as leaven 
or new poi ; to effervesce. 

2. To swell and rise up, as water in a pot. 

3. To rise up, as a thought ; hu mai keia 
manao iloko o'u, this thought swelled up in 
me. 

4. To overflow ; to run over the banks, 
as a river. Isa. 8:7. 

5. To burst out- spoken of affection. 1 
Xal. 3:26. Or a flow of passion (hence 
huhu.) 

6. To shed or pour out, as tears. loh. 
16:20. Hu ka uhane, to have compassion. 
Isa. 58:10. 

7. To ooze out silently. 

8. To circulate, as the'storyof a murder. 

9. To miss one's way ; to deviate from a 
direct path. 

10. To come, i. e., to heave in sight : to 
make its appearance, as a ship at a distance.. 

11. To be unstable; to be inconstant^ 
Kin. 49:4. 

12. To whistle, as the wind through the 
rigging of a ship. 

13. IIoo. To meditate; to indite, as a sons'.. 
Tfd. 45:1. 

Hu, s. That which causes rising, leaven^ 

2. A class of the common people, nearly 
SY.v. with makaainana ; e ka hu. e na raa- 
kaainana. itc. Laitik. 21. ka poe hema- 
liema a naaupo. ua kapaia lakou he hu ka 
inoa, he makaainana kahi inoa. 

3. A noise; arustling, as the wind among 
trees. Laieik. 104. 

4. A top ; hu kani. a humming-top. 
Hu, adj. Fermenting, as beer or new 

wine. 

2. Leavened, as bread; mea /lu. anything 
leavened. Puk. 34:25. Berena hu ole, un- 
leavened bread. los. 5:11. 
Hu-A, V. See Huw^a. To be envious of 
another; to feel jealous of another; to 
envy ; to hate. 



HUA 



218 



HUA 



2. To quarrel with ; to be angry with ; 
to be much addicted to evil. 

Hu-A, s. Envy; jealousy; an envious 
disposition; making unfounded complaints 
against another. 

Hu-A, adj. See Huwa. Envious ; jeal- 
ous of success in another ; quick to find 
fault. 

Hu-A, V. To sprout; to bud; to bear 
fruit, as a tree or vegetable. 

2. To grow or increase in size, as fruit ; 
to increase, as a people. Olhk. 26:9. 

3. To swell up, as the foam of water. 
See HuAHUA. 

4. Una with huaolelo, to speak; to utter; 
to produce words. Kin. 49:21. 

5. IIoo. To produce fruit. 

6. To increase, as a people. Kiii. 1:28. 
To be fruitful, as a race. Kin. 9:1. 

Hu-A, s. The swelling, growing and 
maturity of vegetables ; name of the moon 
when perfectly full; the name of that night 
ig aJcua. 

2. Fruit ; offspring ; production of ani- 
mals or vegetables. Kin. 46:7. 

3. A fruit produced ; an egg ; a kidney, 
&c. Hua 00, ripe fruit ; hua maka, fresh 
fruit. Oihk. 23:14. 

4. The effect, product or consequence of 
an action; ka naaupo, he hua ia na ka ino, 
ignorance is the result (fruit) of evil prac- 
tices. 

5. A summary of one's wishes ; a short 
sentence ; e waiho mai oe i hua na makou, 
leave for us some short expression ; a word, 
an idea (said to Kamehameha I. Avhen 
dying.) 

6. A letter of the alphabet; ma ka hua o 
ke kanawai, i. e., literally; hua kena, an 
order ; a word of command ; no keia hua 
kena a kana wahine. Laieik. 198. 

7. Fruit in several senses ; as, hua o ke 
kino, children ; hua o ka aina, increase of 
the fruits of the land, i. e., means of living; 
hua o na holoholona, flocks, herds, &c. ; 
hua ala, spices. 

8. A flowing ; a going out from ; froth ; 
foam, as of one in a fit. 

9. A flowing robe ; a train. Isa. 6:1. 
Hua lole, the skirts of a garment. ler. 
13:22, 26. 

10. Seed, as of grain for sowing. Kin. 
47:23. 

11. The human testicles. Oihk. 21:20. 

Hu-A, adj. Iwi hua. Anat. 6. 

Hu-A, s. A flowing. See No. 8 above. 

The trail of a pa-u; the trail of a garment; 

the tucks at the bottom of a gown. 
2. The snapper of a whip. 

Hu-AA, V. To pry up. 
Hu-AA, V. To be displeased at impor- 
tunity or intercession. 



2. To be small ; to be stinted in grow- 
ing, as fruit. 

Hu-A-A-E-LO, s. Hua, egg, and aelo, 
rotten. A rotten egg. 

Hu-A-A-E-LO, adj. Empty; deficient; 
rotten. 

Hu-A-Ai, 5. //wa, egg, and ai, to eat. An 
egg that may or can be eaten, or an egg 
for eating. 

2. Grain ; fruit for food. Mat. 3:12. 

3. A kind of wind ; huaai malili. Kanl. 
28:22. 

Hu-A-Ai, ) ^. To dig up something cov- 

Hu-Al, ) ered in the ground ; to open, 

i. e., dig up, as opening a native oven and 

take out what is baked ; huai oia i kana 

umu iho, he uncovered his own oven. 

2. To open, as a grave; to disinter. Ezek. 
37:12. 

3. To open, as a reservoir of winds ; to 
cause the wind to blow; huai mai laKahiki 
i ko ipu makani, Kahiki thou didst open thy 
wind-box. 

4. To open upwards, as the lid of a chest. 

5. To suck or draw up water in drink- 
ing, as a beast. loh. 40:23. 

6. Hoo. To bring a wind ; to cause it to 
blow. Kin. 8:1. 

7. To turn or dig up the ground. Idb. 
28:5. 

Hu-A-A-LE, s. A pill ; a medicine in the 
form of a little ball, to be swallowed whole. 

Hu-AE, V. To rise up against; to re- 
sist ; to defend off. Hoo. To cause to re- 
sist, &c. 

Hu-A-E-LO, V. See Hua, egg, and Elo, 
wet, as a kapa ; hence, rotten ; worthless. 
See also Huaaelo. To be or become use- 
less, worthless or in vain ; e malama hoi, 
huaelo ka luhi o ka hoikaika ana, beware, 
lest the weariness in perseverance he in 
vain. 

Hu-A-o-LE, adj. Lit. Without fruit. 
Epithet of a person without character, no 
reputation. 

Hu-A-0-LE-LO, s. See Hua, a letter, and 
Olelo, speech. A word in distinction from 
a speech ; in grammar, a word in distinc- 
tion from a syllable ; the words of a song. 
Kanl. 31:30. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE, adj. Hua, seed, and ha- 
ule, to drop; to fall. Lit. Seed fallen; pre- 
maturely born ; hence, friendless ; without 
support ; no means of living ; set loose 
from any chief or parent. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE, s. See the foregoing. 
One prematurely born ; an orphan. Hal. 
109:12. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE -LA-Ni, s. The name of a 
species of sweet potato. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE-WA-LE, s. Name of cer- 
tain leaves of the potato. 



HUA 



219 



HUA 



2. The name of the potato itself. 
Hu-A-HE-Ki-Li, s. Hua, egg, and hekUi, 
thunder. Lit. A thunder egg. 

1. A hail stone; hail. Pak. 9:18, 22. 
Note. — It generally thunders during the 
hail storms on the mountains of Hawaii, 
hence the supposition that hail was pro- 
duced by thunder. 

2. The name of a plant used in medicine, 
Hu-A-HU-A, V. See Hua and Huahuwa 

below. To foam ; to froth at the mouth, 
as one in a fit. IaiJc. 9:39. To froth, as the 
sea in dashing ashore. luda 13. 

2. To turn away in disgust ; to hate ; to 
envy. A7n. 2():14. 7/(<a/H<a mai lanapuna- 
hele mua. Laielk. 31. 
Hu-a-hu-a, 5. See HuAHUA above. Foam 
or froth, as of the sea or anything causing 
froth. 

2. A bunch or kernel in the flesh, as in 
hogs or other animals ; especially applied 
where many huahuas are growing together. 

3. Small swellings about the eye, the 
forehead and neck. 

4. See Hua, to be envious. An evil eye; 
looking with disdain upon another ; envy. 

Hu-A-HU-AE, V. To open and shut with 

violence. 
Hu-A-HU-A-A-NA-LAU, V. See HUAHUA- 

LAU, also HOOHUAHUALAU. 

Hu-A-HU-Ai, V. See Huai. To boil up, 
as water in a spring. 

2. To break up; to break forth, as water. 
Nah. 21:17. 

3. To open frequently that liquid may 
flow. 

4. To tear or break the skin. 
Hu-A-HU-Ai, s. See Huai. A violent 

boiling ; a frequent opening. 

Hu-A-HU-A-Hu-A-LAU, V. To questiou 
with a design to entangle ; to put one to 
the torture. 

Hu-A-HU-A-KAi, s. A sponge. Mar. 15:36. 

Hu-A-Hu-A-LAU, V. To tempt ; to try to 
deceive ; to puzzle or try one with ques- 
tions ; to question captiously. Jfoo. To 
make one's self strange to another; to pre- 
tend not to know one. Kin. 42:7. To talk 
temptingly or deceitfully. 3 loane 10. 

Hu-A-HU-A-LAU, s. Hoo. A deceiving ; 
an endeavor to insuare one ; a temptation 
for one to say something he would not. 

Hu-A-HU-A-NA-LA, s. The same as hua- 

hualan. 
Hu-A-HU-A-NA-NA, s. Huakuajxoth^ixnd 

nana for lana, to tioat. Lit. Floating froth. 

A reproaching ; making use of reproachful 

epithets ; calling one an ignorant nothing. 

Hu-A-HU-wA, s. See Huahua. Envy. 
Gal 5:26; PlUp. 1:15. But huahua is the 
common orthography. 



Hu-A-KA, adj. Clear as crystal ; clear as 
pure water, ttc. ; bright; white; shining. 

Hu-A-KAi, V. Hua, foam, and kai, sea. 
To foam and froth, as the sea ; hence, 

2. To boil or be agitated violently. 

3. To travel in large companies, as in 
caravans. See Kaiimakai. 

Hu-A-KAi, s. See Hua and Kai. The 
foam of the sea. 

2. A sponge. See Huahuakai. 

3. A large company traveling together. 
Kin. 32:21. 

Hu-A-KAi-HE-LE, 5. See HuAKAi above 
and Hkle. to go. A great number of per- 
sons traveling together; a caravansera; a 
troop. lob. 6:18. 

Hu-A-KA-Pu, s. Hua, foam, froth, and 
kajni. The rich property about the chiefs 
and kapu to the people, was called hua- 
kapii, forbidden froth. 

Hu-A-KE, adj. Full; plump, as a healthy- 
man ; well proportioned, as a good mod- 
eled canoe. 

Hu-A-KE -E-0, s. ^Ma and ^eeo, displeas- 
ure; anger. Hardness of heart; stubborn- 
ness. 

Hu-A-KE-E-0, adj. See the foregoing. 
IFoo. Hard-hearted; stubborn; stubbornly 
bent on wickedness ; i mai la me ka oleic 
hoohuakeeo, he said to me in stuhbornitess ; 
he hoohuakeeo mamuli o ka hewa, hard- 
hearted in wickedness. 

Hu-A-KE -u, ) ddj. (In a good sense) fear- 

Hu-A-KU, ) less; bold; he kanaka Auafcu, 
wiwo ole ; he olelo huaku ma ka pono. a 
speech fearless for the right. (In a had 
sense) bold ; impudent. 

Hu-A-KE-0, V. See Huakeeo above. 

Hu-A-Ki-NE-TO, s. Gr. A hyacinth, name 
of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 

Hu-a-ku-ku-i, s. Name of schools of 
fish that show their heads above water, as 
the anai. 

Hu-a-ku-ku-i, $. Hua and kukui, the 
name of the candle-nut trcf. A kukui nut; 
the fruit of the kukui tree. 

Hu-a-la-ke, r. To tie; to bind up. Syx. 
with uakiki. 

Hu-a-la-ke, v. To swell out ; to be 
large ; to be round ; to be full. 

Hu-a-la-la, adj. Applied to surfaces, 
circular; oval; ili hualala.an oval surface; 
sithorical ; curved ; equally arched, as the 
rainbow. Ana. Hon. 10. 

Hu-A-LA-LAi, s. Name of a mountain on 
the western side of Hawaii. 

Hu-a-le-le, s. Hua, seed, and lele, to 
fly. The seeds of the plant laulele. 
2. A term expressive of hernia. 

Hu-A-LT, V. To be bright, as polished 



HUE 



220 



HUE 



metal ; to be clean ; to glitter with white- 
ness or purity, as a garment. 31at. 28:3, 
IIoo. To furbish or burnish. Ezek. 21:10. 

2. To strike. 

3. To commence a kapu of a particular 
kind. 

Hu-A-Li, adj. Bright ; clean, as a sub- 
stance polished ; bright ; polished. 2 Oihl. 
4:16. Pure whiteness ; lole huali, very 
white cloth ; shining. 

2. In a moral sense, pure ; undefiled ; 
morally good; applied to the heart. 2 Pet. 
3:1. 

3. Glittering, as a sword. Kanl 32:41. 

4. IIoo. Keleawe i hoohualiia, polished 
brass. Ezek. 8:2. 

Hu-A-Lii, adj. Hua, seed, and Hi, little. 

Small ; diminutive. 
Hu-A-Li-Li, s. The second crop of fruits, 

trees or vegetables, or degenerated fruit ; 

ka hualiU, huaraaili o Kohala. 
Hu-A-Lo-LE, s. See Hua and Lole, cloth. 

The skirts of a garment. Kanlk. ler. 1:9. 
Hu-a-lu, adj. Small; diminutive. See 

HUALII. 

Hu-A-ME-LE, s. Hua, letter, and mele, 
to sing. The notes in music ; a modern 
term. 

Hu-A-Mo-A, s. Hua, egg, and moa, a 
fowl. A hen's egg. 

2. The name of the round bone that en- 
ters the socket of the hip. Kin. 32:25 ; 
Anat. 1(). 

Hu-A-No-Ni, s. Hua, fruit, and 7io7ii, a 
shrub. The fruit or the apples of the noni; 
he kaua huanoni kekahi, some fought with 
noni apples. 

Hu-A-PA-LA-o-A, s. Hua, seed, and pa- 
laoa, Eng. (flour), bread. The seed of 
bread, i. e., wheat. Puk. 22:6. 

Hu-A-PA-LA-O-A-E-LE-E-LE, S. See HuA- 
PALAOA above and Eleele, dark colored. 
Hence, rye. as distinct from wheat. 

Hu-A-Poo, s. The side of the head. 

Hu-A-wAi-NA, s. Hua, fruit, and waina, 
grape. A grape ; coUedlvely, grapes ; the 
fruit of the vine. ' Oihk. 19:10. Iluawabia 
pala mua. the first rii)e grajjes. Nah. 13:20. 

Hu-A-BA-LE, s. Hua, fruit, and bale 
{Eng.), barley. The grain of barley, or 
simply barley. But. 2:17, 23. 

Hu-A-Fi-Ku, s. Hua and fiku {Eng.), 
fig. A fig; a bunch of figs. 2 Sam. 16:1. 

Hu-E, V. To look slily at a thing; to 
glance with the eye. 

2. To steal ; to take secretly what is an- 
other's ; hue ae la kekahi kanaka i ka apa 
■lole kukaenalo, a certain man stole a piece 
of unbleached cotton cloth. See AniuE. 

iHu-E, 15. See Hu and E. To cause to 
flow out ; to unload, as a ship. 



Hu-Ef s. A thief; one who steals. 

Hu-E, V. To dig; to throw out dirt, as 
in digging a pit. 

Hu-E, adj. Thievish ; disposed to steal. 
Kanl. 24:7. Kanaka hue. 

Hu-E, s. A gourd; a water calabash j 
hue ili, a skin bottle. 

Hu-E -IE, s. Hue and ie, a vine used in 
basket making. A demijohn, from its case 
or covering. 

Hu-E-u, s. A bold fearless man; one 
who excites to action, good or bad; soldier 
like ; he kanaka koa ; hueu oe i ke kolohe, 
you are hold in mischief ; a bold energetic 
man in action ; hooeu. 

Hu-E-u-Ai-NA, adj. Hueu and aina, e3.t' 
ing. Bold and rapid in eating. 

Hu-E-i-Li, s. Hue, calabash, and ili, 
skin. A skin bottle, such as the Asiatics 
used for containing liquids. los. 9:4. 

Hu-E-HU, V. To shiver, as with cold. 

Hu-E-HU, s. The strong (cold) blowing 
wind. 

Hu-E-HU, adj. Chilled; cold. 

Hu-E -HU-E, s. The name of the water 
on Hualalai where the last volcano broke 
out. 

Hu-E -HU-E, V. See Hue, v. To throw 
up ; to raise up ; to loosen ; to open. 

Hu-e-hu-e, ^c?j. Spreading over; grow- 
ing thickly like thrifty vines, as the koali 
(convolvulus.) 

2. Spreading over like rain ; he ua hue- 
hueia no Uli. 

Hu-e-hu-e-lo, 5. See Huelo. The tail 
end of a thing ; the last of it ; nolaila, ke 
hai aku nei an i keia wahi huehuelo manao, 
wherefore, I declare this tail end of a 
thought (last idea); loaa mai o ka huehuelo 
wale no, aole o ke kino pu kekahi, I ob- 
tained the tail only, not the body with it. 

Hu-e-ka-hi, adj. One alone ; a single 
child of a family. 

Hu-e-lo, s. The tail of a beast or rep- 
tile; ke kahili o na holoholonamakahope, 
the fly-brush at the extremity of animals ; 
huelo awa, a sting. 1 Kor. 15:55. Mai noho 
a makamaka ilio, i ka huelo ka ike, be not 
friends with the dog, for the tail will show 
it ; the tail. Puk. 4:4. The rump. Puk. 
29:22. 

2. Fig. An inferior in opposition to poo, 
a superior. Kanl. 2S-A'.]. 

Hu-e-lo-e-lo, adj. Tail like ; having 
appendages like tails. 

Hu-E-NE, s. Name of a sickness caus- 
ing panting ; want of breath. 

Hu-E-wAi, s. Hue, calabash, and wai, 
water. A water calabash, in distinction 
from calabashes used for other purposes ; 



HUl 



221 



HUl 



a large gourd ; any kind of bottle used to 

contain water. 
Hu-E-wAi-NA, s. See Hue and Waina 

(En/j.), wine. A bottle for wine ; a botlle 

filled with wine. 2 Sain. 1G:1. 
Hu-i, V. To mix ; to unite together, as 

different things ; to unite, as an aha with 

the spectators: hence, hid ka aha, to break 

up the assembly. LaieiJc. 47. 

2. To add one thing to another. Kin. 
28:9. 

3. To assemble together, as people for 
business. 

4. To agree in opinion ; to have a union 
of thought ; ua hid pu ka manao. 

5. To bend ; to turn one way then an- 
other, as the voice in rising and falling in 
reading music. 

6. To ache ; to be in pain. 

7. lloo. To add one thing to another; to 
connect. Luk. 3:20. 

8. To unite, as in a treaty ; to make af- 
finity. 1 Xal 3:1. 

9.' To collect together, as men. 

10. To meet; to mingle; to come together, 
as waters. 

11. To meet, as persons long separated. 

Hu-i, s. A uniting ; an assembling. 

2. A cluster or collection of things ; as, 
hid maia, a bunch of bananas; hid kalo, a 
kalo hill ; hid waina, a cluster of grapes ; 
Jiid niu, a cluster of cocoanuts. 

3. The flippers of the sea-turtle. 

4. The small uniting sticks in a thatched 
house, parallel with the posts and rafters 
and between them. 

5. Bodily pain ; rheumatic pain ; niho 
hid, the toothache. 

6. The name of the prayer on the morn- 
ing after the anaana. See Huiiiri. 

Hu-i, ) adj. Cool ; cold ; chilly, as 

Hu-I-HU-l, ) the morning air from the 

mountain ; i hoomanasvanui ai hoi kaua i 

ka hau hidhid o ke kakahiaka ; cold, as 

cold water. Mat. 10:42. 

Hu-i-o-PA-PA, s. The name of a prayer 

used in or near the luakini; a ma ia ahiahi 

no haule ka hidopapa. 
Hu-i-u-NA, s. Perhaps for huiana. A 

seam ; a uniting by sowing together. 
Hu-i-HU-i, s. A bunch ; a cluster of 

things, as stars. 

2. A constellation. Isa. 13:10. 

3. A bunch; applied to kalo. SeeHri2. 

4. The name of the seven stars. See 
Huiiui. 

Hu-i-HU-i, adj. Cold; chilly. See Hui 
above. 

2. Mixed ; manifold ; much ; many con- 
taining the idea of union; aloha hidhui, 
■much love. 

Hu-i-KAi, V. To mix or jumble together 



things dissimilar; to make discordant com- 
pounds ; to put several stories into one. 

Hu-i-KAU, V. See HuiKAi above. To turn 
topsy-turvy ; to mix up irregularly ; to 
throw things together without order. 

2. To accuse much and falsely ; to vary 
in narration ; to cross one's own track in 
a story. 

Hu-i-KAU, s. Confusion; without order j 
irregularity. 

Hu-i-KAU, adj. Stumbling in walking; 
without order; varying in one's story; put 
together irregularly. See Opa. 

Hcj-i-KA-Hi, adj. Lit. United in one. 
Bound up ; girded, as a man with a male, 
or a woman with a pa-u. 

Htr-i-KA-Hi, s. IName of a short malo. 

Hu-i-KA-LA, V. Hui and kala, to loosen; 
to forgive. To cleanse, as a disease ; to 
purify. 

2. To be purified. Puk. 29:23. 

3. To sanctify one's self. Oihk. 20:7. 

4. To cleanse morally. Kin. 35:2. 

5. To cleanse ceremonially. Xeh. 12:30. 
Ilidkala ole, unholy. 2 Tim. 3:2. 

6. Hoo. To cleanse ; to purify ; to sanc- 
tify. Ileh. 9:13. 

Hu-i-KA-LA, adj. Cleansing; purifying; 
wai huikala, water of purification. Xah. 
19:9. 

Hu-i-LA, V. SeeUiLA. To flash, as burn- 
ing powder ; to give a sudden light; haule 
i ka papu, e hidla na pu e. 

Hu-i-LA, s. Eng. A wheel. Puk. 14:25. 
Stx. with pokakaa. Ezek. 1:16. 

Hu-i-NA, s. Hui and ana, a uniting. A 
number ; the sum of several numbers. 2 
Sam. 24:9. E hookui i ka hidna, to add up 
the sum. Nah. 1:49. 

2. The point where two lines meet, an 
angle; the place where two roads meet; a 
corner, as of a house, fence. »fcc. 

3. In music, a close of a tune. 

4. In (jeometry. hui)ia is the general name 
for angle, qualified by such terms as desig- 
nate the various kinds of angles. 

Hu-i-NA-oi, s. Hui?ia and oi, sharp 
pointed. An acute angle. Ana. Hon. 8. 

Hu-i-NA-HA, s. Huina and Jia, four. A 
quadrilateral or four-sided figure. Ana. 
Hon. 14. Note. — Under the name hidnaha 
are the following: huinahalike, a square; 
Jndnahaha, a rectangular parallelogram; 
huinahahio, four equal sides but oblique 
angles ; huinahahioloihi. an oblique paral- 
lelogram; hxdnahakauUke.a. square or par- 
allelogram : huinahalualike. a four-sided 
figure which has two parallel sides only ; 
hidnahalikeole. a four-sided figure where 
all the sides are unequal. 

Hu-i-NA-HE-LiJ, s. Huiria and helu, to 
count; to number. A number; the .sum 



HUH 



222 



HUH 



of several numbers ; huinahelu okoa, the 
whole number. Nah. 14:29. See Heluxa. 

Hu-i-NA-Ko-LU, s. Huina^ndkolu, three. 
The general name for triangle ; thus, hui- 
nakdulike, an equilateral triangle ; huina- 
kolu elua aoao like, an isosceles triangle ; 
huinakolu aoao like ole, an irregular tri- 
angle ; huinakolu kupono, a right angled 
triangle ; huinakolu peleleu, an obtuse an- 
gled triangle ; huinakolu oi, an acute an- 
gled triangle. 

Hu-i-NA-KU-po-NO, s. A right angle. 

Hu-i-NA-LA-AU-LA-NA, s. Huiua, a unit- 
ing, laaU; timber, and lana, to float. A 
union of floating timbers ; a raft. 1 Nal. 
5:9. 

Hu-i-NA-Li-MA, s. Huina, angle, and 
lima, five. In geometry, a five-sided figure; 
huina ono, a six-sided figure; huina hiku, a 
seven-sided figure ; huiiia walu, an eight- 
sided figure, &c. 

Hu-i-NA-PE-LE-LEU, s. An obtuse angle. 

Hu-i-NA-wAi, s. Huina, a meeting or 
union, and wai, water. A meeting or col- 
lection of waters ; a pool. Puk. 7:19. 

Hu-i-NA-wAi-NA, s. Eui, bunch, and 
loaina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. 

Hu-i-Ni, V. To end in a sharp point, as 
the top of a high mast. See Winiwixi. 

Hu-i-Ni, adj. Having sharp points like 
needles. 

Hu-i-PA, s. Name of a species of stone 
out of which the maika stones were made. 

Hu-i-PA, s. Eng. A whip. 

Hu-i-pu, V. Hui, to unite, and pu, to- 
gether. To mix together; to come together; 
to unite ; to assemble, as persons. 

Hu-i-TA, s. Eng. Wheat. IZbr. 15:37; 
Puk. 29:2. 

Hu-oi, V. Hu, to swell up, and oi, to 
exceed. To have an overflow of passion. 
Hoo. To feel or express jealousy ; to have 
ill feelings towards one. 

Hu-oi, s. Hoo. Evil surmising respect- 
ing another. 1 Tim. 6:4. 

Hu-o-LE, adj. Km, leaven, and oZe, none. 
Without leaven ; unleavened ; berena /m- 
ole, unleavened bread. Puk. 34:18. 

Hu-0-No-o-No-o-LE, adj. Hu, rising up, 

onoono, comfortable, satisfied, and ole, not. 
Unsteady ; not fixed ; unsatisfied. See Ku- 

0X00X0. 

Hu-HA, adj. Something said; a report, 
but no certainty as to the truth ; he wahi 
olelo i maopopo ole, he lohe laulahea. 

Hu-HA, s. A large fleshy person, but 
weak, indolent and lazy, cither man^oman 
or child. 

Hu-Ho-Nu-A, V. Hu, to rise, and honua, 
land. To pray that the land or country 



might be overturned ; huhonua i mana kai 
ka wai e. 

Hu-HU, s. The name of a worm, a moth- 
like animal that eats cloth. Isa. 51:8. 

2. A worm or bug that bores into wood, 
rendering it full of holes. 

Hu-HU, adj. Rotten, as a calabash j 
worm-eaten, as wood. 

Hu-HU, V. See Hu, to rise up; to swell. 
To be angry; to express angry feelings by 
scolding, storming, cursing, &c. Hoo. To 
provoke to anger ; to offend. Puk. 23:21. 
To be crabbed ; to be churlish. 1 Sam. 
25:3. 

Hu-HU, s. Anger; wrath; displeasure. 

Hu-HU, adj. Angry; offended; pro- 
voked. 

Hu-Hu-i, s. See Hui. Hu doubled. A 
bunch ; a collection of things, generally 
qualified bj a following word ; as, huhui 
palaoa, a head of wheat. Mat. 12:1. Huhui 
mau, a bundle of grass ; huhui maia, a 
bunch of bananas ; huhui (hoku under- 
stood), the pleiades or seven stars. loh. 
38:31. The constellations of stars. Isa. 
13:10. See Humui. 

Hu-Hu-i-HE-LU, s. Huhui a.ndhelu,3.Yith- 
metic. Logarithms; the tables of loga- 
rithms ; ina e imi au maloko o ka huhui- 
helu, if I should compute by logarithms. 

Hu-Hu-i-KA-Lo, s. Huhui, bunch, and 
kalo. A bunch of kalo. 

Hu-HU-i-wAi-NA, s. Huhui, cluster, and 
waina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. Kanl. 
32:32. 

Hu-HU-HU, adj. See Huhu, adj., above. 
Rotten ; worm-eaten, &c. 

Hu-HU-Hu-E, V. See Hue, to steal. A 
frequentative. To steal frequently ; to 
carry ofi" at many times secretly. 

Hu-Hu-Hu-LA, V. See Hula, to dance. 
A frequentative. To dance and sing ; to 
dance much and often. 

Hu-Hu-HU-LA, V. See Hula. To dance 
and sing and play, as at a hula ; e pae, e 
hula, e like pu. 

Hu-HU-Hu-LEi, V. To ride rapidly with 
a dress fluttering in the wind ; to dance 
with kapas fluttering. 

Hu-Hu-HU-Li, V. See Huli, to turn. To 
turn often ; to turn, as many persons. 

Hu-Hu-HU-NA, V. See Huna, to conceal. 
To hide often or much ; to conceal. 

Hu-HU-HU-NE, V. See HuNE, poor; des- 
titute of property. To be poor ; to be 
stripped of all property. 

Hu-Hu-Ki, V. See Huki, to pull. To 
draw frequently ; to pull out, as in draw- 
ing cuts. Laieik. 72. To pull along. 

2. To dry up, as water ; hoomaloo. 

3. To cut down, as a tree ; e kua aku. 



HUK 



223 



HUL 



Hu-HU-KU, adj. Full of holes; puka- 

puka, popopo. See IIuiiu and Hnniiu. 
Hu-HU-LA, V. See HuLAHULA. To sing, 

dance and practic(! Uk; Ibrras of the hula. 
Hu-Hu-Li, V. See Huli, to turn. To 

turn ; to turn up ; to search ; to look here 

and there. 
Hu-HU-LU-i-i, V. Hulu, hair, and ii, 

mould like. To stand up, as the comb of 

a cock ; to stand up, as bristles ; to stand 

erect, as the hair on the flesh when one is 

wet and cold. 

2. To be wet and cold ; to shiver with 

cold. 
Hu-Hu-LU-i-i, adj. Made rough and 

ugly, as the hair or feathers of an animal 

in water. 
Hu-HU-Lu-LO-Lo-A, V. Hulu, hair, and 

loa, long. To let the hair grow long. 
Hu-Hu-NE, V. See Hune, to tease. To 

set a trap for one; to entice; to lay a bait. 
Hu-Hu-Ni, s. The sickness of hogs. 
Hu-HU-PAU-LA-AU, s. A slanderer; a 

backbiter. 
Hu-KA, V. To call hogs ; to call to one, 

as in calling hogs. 
Hu-KA, s. A term used in calling hogs. 

2. Advice ; information. 

3. Name of an herb similar to balm. 

4. A vulgar word of contempt ; hele a 
piha, huka pala, &c. 

Hu-KAA, s. A general name for pitch, 
resin or gum from a tree ; any substance 
of a resinous nature. 

2. A species of tree ; an oak perhaps. 
Isa. 1:29. The turpentine tree perhaps. 

Hu-KAi, s. Water slightly brackish ; 

drinkable. 
Hu-KAi-LO-Lo-A, s. Epithet of a person 

who always lives with one particular chief ; 

a no ma hukailoloa, o ke kanaka i uoho me 

ke alii hookahi, aole i noho me ke alii e. 

Hu-KA-HU-KAi, adj. Insipid ; tasteless ; 

unpalatable ; not relishable. 
Hu-KE-Ki, adj. Cold; shivering with 

the cold. 
Hu-Ki, t\ To draw ; to pull ; to draw, 

as with a rope. loan. -1:7. 

2. To raise ; to lift up» as a person by 
the hand. 

3. To put up upon, as one substance on 
another. 

4. To brace or prop up. 

5. To cook soft ; to soften, as vegetables 
cooked, or meat undergoing decomposition. 
See K.UTLKi. 

Hu-Ki-HEE, s. Huki, to pull, and hee, to 
slip. A gliding along ; a passing over, as 
over a bridge. 



2. A bridge for passing smoothly over a 
stream. See Pu.nek. 

Hu-Ki-HE-LEi, s. The skin about the eye 
drawn aside and the eye diseased. 

Hu-Ki-HU-Ki, V. Fieci.oihuki. To draw 
or pull frequently. Fuk. 2:10. To draw 
out ; to pull upwards ; to brace against. 

Hu-Ki-Ki, V. To be wet; to be cold on 
account of wet ; to shiver with the cold. 
See lIuKKKi and Oi'iLi. 

Hu-Ki-Ki, adj. Small; pointed; dwarf- 
ish. 

Hu-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Hu-Ki-wAi, V. To draw water, as from 
a well. 

Hu-Ki-wAi, s. One whose business it is 
to draw and fetch water. Kanl. 2'J:10. 

Hu-Ku, s. A heap of dirt or rubbish ; a 
protuberance in any way. See Oiilkl'. 

Hu-KU, adj. Prominent; projecting, as 
the forehead; he huku ka lae,he has a pro- 
jectinrj forehead. See Ouuku. 

Hu-Ku-Hi, V. See Huki. To pull by 
force. 

Hu-KU-Lii, V. Huku, bunch, and hi, lit- 
tle. To be very small ; to be little ; to be 
dwarfish. 

Hu-KU-Lii, adj. Small; little; dwarfish. 

Hu-LA, V. To pry up with a lever. 

2. To transplant, as a tree; to plant out, 
as a young tree. 

3. To cut off the tops of plants. 

4. To bejid over, as a tree; to push over 
any upright thing ; to fall over upon. 

5. To shake or tremble for fear of injury 
from another. 

6. To trample and make a beaten path; 
to tread down ; to trample upon. 

7. To shake ; to dance ; to play an in- 
strument and dance ; to sing and dance. 
2 Sam. 6:21. The same as haa and lele in 
verses 14:1 G. Alalia, hula iho la kahi poe 
alii ame kanaka, then danced certain of the 
chiefs and people. 

8. To play on an instrument. 

9. To sing ; to sing and dance together. 

10. To make sport. L>ink. 16:25. 

11. To palpitate, as the heart; to throb, 
as an artery. 

12. To move from place to place. 

13. To bore a hole; e hula apuka, tobore 
and pierce through. 

Hu-LA, ) s. Music; dancing; sing- 

Hu-LA-HU-LA, ) ing. etc. 

2. A play in which numbers dance and 
a few sing and drum. 

3. A dance ; a carousal ; the action of 
dancing. Puk. 15:20. 

4. A dance; a dancing, an expression of 
joy. Kanik. ler. 5:15. Note. — The name 
of the hula god was Lakakane. 



HUL 



224 



HUL 



Hu-LA, 

Hu-LA-HU-LA, 



i-- 



A swelling; a pro- 
tuberance under the arm 
or on the thigh ; he o ka mai mamua, a 
mahope Jnda raao a mao, a ma kela wahi 
ma keia wahi o ke kino, pehi i Imlahula ai 
2. A twitching, as of the eye ; an invol- 
untary muscular motion. 

Hu-LA, ) 2j. To swim past a cliff 

Hu-LA-A-NA, ) that projects into the sea 
and interrupts the passage along the beach. 

Hu-LA-A-NA, s. A place where one must 
swim to pass a precipice that projects into 
the sea. Lale'ik. 73. 

Hu-LA-HU-LA, s. The name of a good or 
favorable aha. See Aha, the name of a 
prayer formerly very sacred. 
2. Ka mea e hoopuka ai i ka leipoo. 

Hu-LA-HU-LA, V. To twitch often, as the 
eye ; to twitch, as involuntary spasmodic 
motion. 

Hu-LA-LE, adj. Wet; muddy, &;c. See 

HULALI. 

Hu-LA-Li, ) I,. To be muddy; to be 

Hu-LA-LI-LA-LI, \ slippery, as the ground 

on account of rain; hulalilali ke ala,pakika 

i ka ua. 

2. To have a gloss ; to glitter ; to shine. 

3. To shine, i. e., to reflect light, as a 
glass window at a distance ; ka hulalilali a 
na puka aniani. 

Hu-LA-Li, s. A shining surface; a re- 
flector of light, as a white shining kapa; he 
mea e ka hulali, ia manawa. Laieik. 121. 

Hu-LA-Ni, V. Eu, to rise,* and la?ii, 
heaven. To praise ; to exalt. See Lele- 

PAILANI. 

Hu-LEi, V. To place on high; to put up 
on a precipice ; to be lifted up, as a fe- 
male's dress by the wind. 

Hu-LEi-A, s. Name of a species of soft 

stone. 
Hu-LE-Hu-LEi, V. See Huhuhulel To 

go up and down, as children on a see-saw. 

Hu-Li, V. To turn generally in anyway; 
to turn over and about. 

2. To change; to turn over, as the leaves 
of a book ; to search here and there for a 
thing. Kin. 31:37. 

3. E hull i ka naau, to give attention to 
a thing. 

4. To turn to or towards one. 

5. To roll over and over; to roll over. or 
away, as a stone. loan. 20:1. 

6. E hull i ka manao, to change the mind 
or opinion ; hence, to repent and change 
the life. 

7. To seek, i. e., to hunt after, as a wild 
beast. Oihk. 17:13. 

8. To turn ; to change one's course in 
traveling. Kanl 2:8. 

9. Hoo. E hoohuli e i kanaka, to pervert 



the people ; to overturn ; to upset, as any 
system of government or society. 
10. To turn, i. e., to persuade one to 
change his course. 2 Jior. 5:11. See Ka- 

HULT. 

Hu-Li, s. A searching; a seeking; a 
turning over. 

2. The name of kalo tops for planting. 
See HuLiKALO. 
Hu-Li-A-MA-Hi, V. To overflow, as a 
river ; to be full of water. Hal. 78:2. ITu- 
liamahi na moku, to overflow the islands. 
Laieik. 175. 

2. In a figurative sense quite often ; as, 
kaua huliamahi. 
Hu-Li-Hu-Li, V. See Hull To turn over 

frequently; to search after. lob. 13:9. 
Hu-Li-KA-Lo, s. See Huli, s. The tops 
of kalo for planting by which the kalo is 
propagated. 
Hu-Li-LAU, s. A calabash for carrying 
clothes in a canoe. See Hokeo. 
E noho no oe e Kaohana 
Me na hulilau a kaua. — Mele. 

Hu-Li-Li, V. To be cold ; to shiver with 

the cold ; to be contracted with the cold. 

See HuHULuii. 
Hu-Li-Li, adj. Shivering, as with wet 

and cold. 
Hu-Li-Li, V. See Ulill To burn, as the 

fire ; to be warm. 

2. To undulate, as the air under a hot 
sun ; to undulate, as the surface of water 
by the skipping of fishes. 

3. To lay sticks across, as in covering a 
pit ; e liulili aku i ka laau, alalia kanu i ka 
laau. 

Hu-Li-Li, s. A fluttering blaze ; the 
vibrations of the air under a hot sun. 

2. The rolling up, as the swell of the surf 
before it breaks. 

3. A garrison ; a fort. 2 Oihl. 27:4. A 
strong place. 

4. A ladder ; a bridge. See Alahaka. 
Hu-Li-MO-KU, adv. Huli, to search, and 

moku, island. To search the island ; that 
is, everywhere, all about, every place. 

Hu-Li-NA, V. To be soft to the touch ; 
to be weak. See Lixa and Ulina. 

Hu-Li-NA, s. Euli and a?ia. A turning; 
a turning place. 

Hu-Li-NA-A-LO, s. TIuli7ia, turning, and 
alo, front. A place over against; one place 
opposite to another. Mar. 13:3. 

Hu-Li-LU-A, adj. Huli, to turn, and lua^ 
two ; double. Turning two ways ; blow- 
ing two ways, as the wind. 

2. Changing from one thing to another, 
as the thoughts. 

Me he makani hulilua la, 

Iluli ka manao— hele ka noonoo.— Me/«. 

Like a shifting wind, 

The mind changes— thought moves. 



HUM 



225 



HUN 



Hu-Li-PU, V. To turn together ; to wring, 
as wet clothes ; to press tooetber. 

Hu-Lo, V. and int. Eng. To shout ; to 
cry aloud ; to cry out huzza! hurra! 

Hu-LU, V, To be disobedient; to disre- 
gard one's commands ; not to pay atten- 
tion. See Enuha. 

Hu-LU, s. A feather of a bird. Oihk. 
1:16. A quill. 

2. A bristle of a hog ; the hair of the 
body; hula kuemaka, the eyebrows. Oihk. 
14:9. 

3. Wool ; a fleece from a sheep. Kanl. 
18:4. 

4. Name of a kind of fish-hook. 
Hu-LU, adj. Sluggish, as the mind ; dis- 
obedient. 

Hu-LU-A-NAi, s. See Hulu, bristles, and 
AxAi, to rub. A brush for painting ; es- 
pecially for whitewashing. 

Hu-Lu-i, V. To draw together, as a fish 
net when full of fish. 
Huluiia mai kuu lani knu alii— e— he.— i»/e?e. 

Hu-LU-i-i-wi, s. Hulu Jeather, and iiwi, 
a small red bird. A feathered cloak made 
or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi. 
Eia ka lani ka hahai huluiiwi. — Mele. 

Hu-Lu-0-0, s. Hulu, feather, and oo, the 
name of a bird. The feathers of the oo ; o 
ka hulu mamo, ua oi aku ia mamua o ka 
huluoo, 

Hu-LU-Hi-PA, s. Hulu, wool, and hipa 
{Eng.), sheep. Wool (Lit. Hair of sheep); 
a fleece of wool. 1 Sam. 25:7. 

Hu-Lu-Hu-Lu, s. See Hulu. Cotton; a 
fleece blanket; a fleece of wool. Lunk. 
6:37. The hair of an animal ; feathers, kc. 

Hu-LU-Hu-LU, adj. Hairy; covered with 
hair, feathers, wool. Arc. 

Hu-LU-MA-Mo, s. Hulu and 7namo, a yel- 
low bird. The feathers of the mamo with 
which war cloaks and royal robes were 
adorned. 

Hu-LU-MA-NU, s. Hulu and manu, a bird. 
A bird-feather. Notk. — lUrd's feathers 
were highly valued in former times ; o ka 
hidumanu ka mea i manao nui ia, he wai- 
wai ia. 

Hu-LU-MA-NU, s. Lit. A bird's feather. 
Name of a class of men around a chief, very 
great favorites ; a favorite of the chief. 
See the foregoing. 

Hu-BiA, s. Name of the star Aquila. 

Hu-MA-MA, s. Name of the cluster of 
three stars in a row in the constellation of 
Aquila. 

Hu-ME, V. To bind around the loins, as 
a malo ; to gird on, as a sash. ler. 13:12. | 
Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke alii malo, e j 
make no ia, if a person should bind on a ' 
29 



chiefs malo, the penalty would be death. 
Haw. Hist. 

Hu-ME-MA-Lo-MAi-KAi, s. Wearing an 
ornamental malo, i. e., imitating a chief; 
acting the fop or dandy. 

Hu-MU, V. To sew cloth ; to fasten to- 
gether by sewing. 

Hu-Mu-u-LA, s. Name of very hard stones 
out of which the ancient kois were made. 

Hu-MU-Hu-MU, V. Freq. of humu. Ta 
sew ; to stitch; to fasten l)y sewing. Puk. 
18:6. 

Hu-MU-Hu-3iu, adj. Mea kumuhumu rope 
ano e. needle-work ; embroidery. Puk. 
35:37. ' 

Hu-Mu-HU-3iu, s. A sewing; a stitch- 
ing ; a fastening together. 

2. A species of fish. 

3. A dark spot or mole on the cheek. 
Hu-MU-HU-MU-HI-U-KO-LE, ) 
Hu-MU-HU-MU-MEE-MEE, > S. 
Hu-MU-HU-IVIU-NU-KU-NU-KU-A-rU-AA, ) 

See HuMuuuMU 2, a fish. Difierent species of 
the humuhumu kind. 

Hu-Mu-NA, s. Humu and ana. A sew- 
ing ; a seam. See Kuuxa. 

Hu-NA, V. To hide; to conceal; to keep 
fiom the sight or knowledge of another. 
Kin. 26:15. 

2. To keep back truth in speaking. 1 
Sam. 3:17. 

3. To hide, as a trap or snare. 

4. To hide ; to conceal ; with maka, to 
hide the face, 1. e., to turn from. Kanl 
32:20. 

5. To conceal, i. e., to disguise one's self. 
2 Oihl. 18:29. 

6. To protect ; to defend. Hal. 64:2. 

7. Hoo. To conceal, as knowledge or 
wisdom. lob. 17:4. 

Hu-NA, V. To be small; to be little; to 

be reduced fine, as powder. 
Hu-NA, s. That which is concealed ; 

kahi huna. the private members of the body. 

Oihk. 18:6. 7. AVahi huna, same. Puk. 

20:23. 
Hu-NA, s. A small part of anything. 

Luk. 16:17. A particle of dust ; a crumb 

of food or other substance. 2 0iA/. 1:9. See 

HiNA, to be little. See other words below 

with their qualities. 

Hu-NA, s. A name of a day of the 

month ; i ka po i o Huna. Laieik. 112. 
Hu-NA-A-Hi, s. Huna and ahi, fire. A 

spark of fire. Isa. l:ol. 
Hu-NA-0-LO-NA, s. Hu?ia and olo7ia, a 

shrub, the bark of which resembles flax. 

Tow. the refuse of flax. Isa. 1:31. 

Hu-NA-Hu-NA, s. See Huna above. 

Crumbs, as of food. 



K 



226 



KA 



2. Fine rain ; spray ^ fine dust ; malnna 
na hunahuna lepo a pan ma ka honua. 

3. Little particles of knowledge ; o na 
hunahuna o ka uaauao, oia ka i loaa mai 
ia'u, the liitle parts of knowledge, that is 
what I have received ; eia ke ano o ka 
hunahuna, he wahi mea uiiku loa ia. 

Hu-NA-HU-NA, V. See HuNA, to conceal. 

To steal away and hide : to conceal one's 

self. *" 

Hu-NA-KAi, s. Huna and kai, sea. The 

fine spray of the sea. 
Hu-NA-KAu-A, s. Huna and kaua, war. 

The individuals of a war-host. los. 10:5. 
Hu-NA-KE-LE, V. To buiy a corpse se- 
cretly, as in former times, so that no one 

might know where it was and thus steal it; 

to bury one without any mark by which 

the place might be known. 
Hu-NA-KE-LE, s. A place where Only One 

body is buried secretly ; a burying place 

for only one. See the above. 
Hu-NA-LE-po, s. Huna and lepo, dust. 

Dust; very small particles of matter. Nah. 

23:10. 
Hu-NA-KE-WA, s. The van of an army; 

the front ranks ; the opposite of hunapaa; 

o ka poe mamua, he poe uuku ia, ua kapaia 

lakou he hunalewa. 
Hu-NA-PAA, s. The rear of an army, in 

distinction from hunalewa, the front. los. 

6:9. 
Hu-NA-WAi, s. Hu7ia and wai, water. A 

particle of water. 
Hu-NE, V. To tease ^ to persevere in 

entreaty. 

2. To be trickish. Hoo. The same. 
Hu-NE, V. To be poor; to be destitute; 

to be impoverished. Lunk. 6:6. To be hi 

want. Hoo. To impoverish; to strip oiie 

of property. Lunk. 14:15. 
Hu-NE, adj. Destitute of property; 

naked ; poor ; applied to persons. 
Hu-NE, s. A poor man ; e ola auanei 

ka hune, the 2^007^ man will soon recover. 
Hu-NE-Hu-NE, V. See HuNE, to be trick- 



ish. To entrap one ; to deceive ; to play a 
trick on. 

Hu-NO-Ai, s. A parent-in-law, either 
father or mother, according to the desig- 
nating terms kane or wahine. See Honoai. 

Hu-No-Ai-KA-NE, s. A fatlier-in-law. 

Hu-No-Ai-WA-Hi-NE, s. A mother-in-law. 

Hu-No-NA, s. A child-in-law. 

Hu-No-NA-KA-NE, s. A son-in-law. 

Hu-NO-NA-WA-Hi-NE, s. A daughter-in- 
law. 

Hu-PE, s. The mucus from the nose, 
snot. See Kakelo. 

Hu-PE-Ko-Ho-LA, s. See Hupe above and 
KoHOLA, whale. A kind of slimy substance 
found in the ocean (probably a living crea- 
ture) ; so called because supposed to be 
from the nose of the whale. 

Hu-pi, V. To pull or draw. See Huki 

Hu-po, V. To be ignorant ; to be wild 
to be savage ;-to be in mental darkness. 

Hu-PO, adj. Savage; ignorant; bar 
barous ; dark ; idiot like. Hal. 119:130 
He nui ka poe hupo loa ma kuaaina. 

Hu-Po-KA-Ri-To, s. Gr. A hypocrite 

Note. — This word was formerly used by 

the translators of the New Testament for 

hypocrite, but lately hookamani has taken 

its place. 
Hu-pu, adj. Angry. See Huhu. 
Hu-PU-NA, s. A collection, as of water 

in a hollow place. 
Hu-PU-NA-wAi, s. Hupuna and wai, 

water. Standing water ; a collection of 

water. 
Hu-pu-pu, s. Name of the worm that 

eats hard bread. 
Hu-wA, s. See Hua. Envy. 1 Tim. 6:4. 
Hl'-we-lo, 5. See Huelo. The tail of 

a least. 
Hu-so-PA, s. Gr. Eng. Hyssop, an herb. 

Oihk. 14:4. 
Hu-so-PA, adj. Pupu husopa, a bunch of 

hyssop ; lala Jiusopa, same. 



K. 



K 



the seventh letter of the Hawaiian 
) alphabet. Its sound varies somewhat 
from the English k sound to that of the t, 
according as the enunciation is made at the 
end of the tongue or near the root. It is 
difficult to make Hawaiians perceive the 
difference between the English sounds of 
k and t The natives on the Island of Ha- 
waii g(>nerally pronounce tlu; letter with 
tlie palate, that is, give it the k sound, 
while the natives of the Island of Kauai 



pronounce it with the end of the tongue 
that is, pronounce it as t. 

Ka in the beginning of a speech is used 

to call attention. 
Ka, int. An exclamation of surprise, 

Avonder, disappointment or disgust ; also, 

similar to hark, hush; often repeated. See 

Kahaua. 
Ka! ka! i7it. Enough; sufficient; stop. 
Ka in different parts of a sentence, con- 



KA 



227 



KAA 



tains something like an assertion with dis- 
approbation: used also on the discovery of 
a mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is used on 
expressing opposition of sentiment. Puk. 
32:17. After a verb it implies oliliqne ab- 
surdity, something unaccountable. lAike 
23:35. When the contrary takes place from 
what was ((xpectcd or attempted. Tsa. 
14:14, 15. lie kau malie ka la, o ka honua 
ka ke kaa nei ! it is the sun is it that stands 
still, the earth forsooth, that rolls ! Ka 
contains the idea of some supposed error, 
or 8om.ething wrongly done or thought. 
Oih. 11:3. 

Ka, art. The definite article, t?ie. Be- 
fore nouns beginning with the letter k, it 
is changed into ke instead of ka. See Ke. 
See Gram. § 59, fiO, Gl. Ka as an article 
often represents not only the article but 
the noun supposed to belong to it, or it 
may have mea or some other word under- 
stood (like, in another sense, the English 
what, as an antecedent and a relative); as, 
o ka aila ka (mea) iloko o kona lima, the 
oil the (thing) which, that which was in his 
hand. Oihk. 17:11. ke koko ka (mea) i 
hana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it 
makes atonement ; that is, the thing which 
makes ; o ka pono wale no ka i oi mamna 
ka hewa, righteousness only is the thing 
(that which) excels wickedness. Ka also 
as an article stands for ka mea, and ka mea 
nana, the person who, or the thing which. 
See the following passages : John 12:2, 49; 
Mat. 18:23 ; Mar. 9:7. See also Grammar, 
Syntax, Rule 6, Note 3. 

Ka, prep. Having the general sense, of ; 
belonging to ; it marks the relation of pos- 
session and is used before nouns and pro- 
nouns; it is similar in meaning to the prep- 
osition a, but used in a different part of the 
sentence. See Grammar § 105, 4. .£"« (also 
ko) before nouns is similar in meaning to 
the apostrophic s in English, and signifies 
the thing or the things hclonging to those 
nouns; as. /ca ke di\\\.hdon(jinc] to the chief; 
ka laua, tlwi of them two. See Grammar 
§ 105, 4. 

Ka, v. To bail water, as from a canoe; 
e ka oe i ka liu. 

2. To strike ; to dash ; to overthrow. 
Puk. 15:4. 

3. To strike, as to strike fire with flint 
and steel; /c-a ahi. See Kara. To block or 
split olf a piece of hard stone for the pur- 
pose of making a stone adze in ancient 
times; o ka poe ka. koi ka poe i manao nui 
ia; hele no kapoeAa koi e imi i uajiohaku 
paa e pono ai ke hana i koi ; ka makau, to 
fabricate a bone into a fish-hook. 

4. To finish or end a thing : to rest ; to 
escape from pursuit ; to flee away ; ua ka 
ilaila kuu po auhee. 

5. To radiate; to go out from the center. 



as light from the sun ; as cinders from a 
red hot iron ; to braid or knit, as a fish net 
(o ka poe ka upena) from a center point. 

6. To go out every way, as from a cen- 
ter. Kin. 3:24. See Kaa. 

7. To curse ; to express anger at one by 
wishing evil from God ; a low kind of 
swearing. 

H. To doom ; to pass sentence ; ka ola, 
ka mak<\ to doom to life, to doom to death 
(according to the plea.sure of the gods.) 

9. To catch birds in a snare. 

10. lloo. To destroy; cause to perish. 

11. To be disappointed; pat to confusion; 
to be made ashamed. 

12. A nolaila e aho hoi ke ka i ka nele 
lua. Laieik. 197. 

Ka, s. a di.sh to bail water with. 

2. A striking against; a collision. 

3. A vine, the branches of which spread 
and run. 

Kaa, v. To radiate. See Ka 5. To go 
out, as rays of light from the sun ; as cin- 
ders from a red hot iron ; to turn every 
way, as bones in a socket joint. Anat. 18. 

Kaa, v. To roll, as a wheel; e olo kaa; 
to travel about from place to place ; often 
with jL>ioti. 

2. To operate; to take effect, as an emetic 
or cathartic. 

3. To pass ofl" or out from ; to go out 
from the presence of one. 

4. To fall away ; to leave one party to 
join another. 1 Oihl. 12:19. See Kaana. 

5. To remove ; to change one's place ; 
to be transferred to another. Aa/i. 36:9. 
To cause to be done ; to be gone ; ua kaa 
na peelua, the worms (peeluas) are done, 
i. e., the time for them is past. Isa. 10:25. 

6. To be sick; to suffer pain in sickness; 
to lie or be confined with long sickness. 
7sa. 51:20. 

7. To mourn, as in the loss of relatives ; 
kaa kumakena na wahine i na kane i kela 
la i keia la. wives were sick with weeping 
for their husbands every day. 

8. To pay a debt; e emo kaa koke ae no 
ka aie a ke alii, very soon will be paid the 
debt of the chief: to postpone ; to put off; 
to put aside. Oih. 5:34. 

9. JIoo. To roll off: to remove. 

Kaa, s, a tradition ; a legend. See 
Ka.\o. 

2. A cross : same as kea. 

3. Anything that rolls or turns, as a top, 
a wheel of a carriage, a carriage itself, a 
cart, wagon or chariot. Kin. 46:5. Kaa i 
uhiia. a covered wagon. Kah. 7 :3. A grind- 
stone. 

4. The branch of a vine. 

5. A name given to all kinds of foreign 
timber, except oak. 

6. A strand of a cord; a rope; the string 
that fastens a fish-hook to the line. 



KAA 



228 



KAA 



7. A path to walk in. Hal 6:11. 

8. A shrub. 

Kaa, adv. Gone; absent; no more. 

Ka-aa, nimi. adj. The number forty. 
This perhaps is a mistake for kaau. 

Kaa-a-la-a-la, adj. Hard, as the healthy- 
body of a growing infant ; a kaaalaala ke 
keiki e hanai i ka ai. 

Ka-ai, v. To bind or tie round ; to gird 
on, as an oriental dress; to tie on, as a fillet 
on the head, or a girdle around the waist. 
See Kaei. Paai o haho aku i ke kaai. 

Ka-ai, s. The girdle around the loins 
of the gods, put round by the chief, made 
of vines ; e lawe ia mai no ko ke alii kane 
akua kaai. 

Ka-ao, s. a legend ; a tale of ancient 
times. See Kaa above. A traditionary 
story ; a fable. 1 Tim. 4:7. A history in 
the manner of a story. 2 Oihl 13:22. Aole 
i oleloia ma na fcaao kahiko o ko o nei poe 
kanaka, it is not spoken of in the ancient 
legends of this people. 

Ka-ao, v. To be calm in some places 
while the wind blows on one side or in 
gome parts ; kaao ae la ka makani ; to be 
smooth, as the sea in a calm, but not a dead, 
calm ; i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia 
makou. Laieik. 30. 

Ka-ao, s. A multitude (doubtful.) 

2. The name or the quality ascribed to 
the fruit of the hala tree when nearly ripe. 

Ka-ao-e, s. a poor man; one destitute 
of property; a wanderer; a vagabond. See 
Kaa OWE. 

Ka-ao-e, adj. Wandering ; vagabond 
like ; he hele wale, he kuewa. 

Kaa-o-ki, v. To end ; to cut short ; to 
put an end to ; to beautify ; to finish off, 
as a canoe. 

Kaa-o-ko-a, v. Kaa and okoa. To spare ; 
to let alone ; not to employ. Hoo. Same, 
Sol. 13:24. See Kaokoa. To abstain from 
a person or thing. Oih. 15:20. To with- 
draw from. 

Kaa-o-ko-a, adj. Separate from ; left 
by itself. 

Ka-a-o-na, s. The name of the second 
month of the year. 

2. A bundle of anything hung up to 
smoke or dry ; applied to fish, sugar-cane, 
&c. ; that which is smoked red or brown. 

Ka-a-o-na, adj. Red or reddish brown ; 

me he pua kaaona la, like a blossom dried 

reddish. 
Ka-a-o-we, s. See Kaaoe. A person 

that owns no land ; o ka poe aina ole, he 

kaaowe ia. 
Ka-au, 7ium. adj. The number forty; 

applied in counting fish ; kaau ia. I 



Ka-au-au-puu, s. Name of a species of 
soft porous stone. 

Ka-a-ha, s. a stick or rod having at 
one end a bunch of leaves with kapa fas- 
tened, and held by the priest while offering 
sacrifice on the heiau. 

Ka-a-ha, s. The name of a long fish. 

Ka-a-ha-a-ha, v. To grow; to increase 
in size and solidity. 

Ka-a-he, v. To be feeble; to be near 
dying; pehea o Auhea? Aole akaka ka 
pouo — ke kaahe ae la. See Ahe, a slight 
breathing. 

Kaa-ha-le, s. a wheel carriage with a 
covered top. Lit. A house-cart. 

Kaa-he-le, v. Kaa and kele, to go. To 
travel about ; to visit different parts of the 
country; to go here and there. Nah. 13:32. 
To pass over or through a country. Lunk. 
11:29. To travel from place to place. Mat. 
10:23. 

Kaa-kaa, v. Kaa, to roll. To open, as 
the eyes ; to look upon ; to have respect 
to ; to watch over. 2 Oihl. 6:20. Hoo. To 
cause to open, as the eyes. Kin. 21:19. 

Kaa-kaa-hi-ki, v. To go to a place of 
safety ; to feel secure in a place. 

Kaa-kaa-li-na, adj. See Lena. Tough; 
stringy ; not soft or pulpy ; applied to 
bananas. 

Kaa-kaa-wi-li, v. See Kaa. Hoo. To 
turn frequently ; to writhe in agony ; hoo- 
kaakaawili iho la oia no kona ehaeha, he 
writhed much, being in great pain. 

Kaa-kau-a, s. a chariot; a war car- 
riage. Lunk. 4:15. 

Kaa-kau-a, v. Kaa, to keep oif, and 
kaua. To prevent or keep off war. 

Kaa-kau-a, s. and adj. Name of a class 
of chiefs consulted by the king in times -of 
difficulty ; he alii kaakaua, he alii akamai 
i ke kaakaua ; koho oia i kekahi poe ka- 
naka akamai i ke kakaolelo, ame ke kaa- 
kaua, i mau hoaolelo nona; one skillful in 
managing war operations ; o ka mea aka- 
mai i ke kaua, he kaakaua ia. Kaakaua 
also refers to the maneuvers of the armies 
in time of battle. 

Kaa-ka-lo-lo, v. a kadkalolo o ko laua 
noho ana. 

Kaa-ko-lu, adj. Three-fold ; three- 
stranded, as a rope. Kekah. 4:12. 

Kaa-ku-a, s. a headache with dizziness 
and weakness. 

Kaa-ku-a, adv. Kukini, alalia, pili nui 
lakou, pili hihia, pili kaakua. 

Kaa-ku-mu, adj. Dull ; blunt, as a tool ; 
not sharp; koi kaakiiniu, a dn\l koioradze. 

Ka-a-la, s. The name of a mountain 
on the Island of Oahu. 



KAA 



229 



KAA 



2. The name of a porous species of stone; 
he pukapuka e like me kaala. 
Ka-a-la, s. a widow or a widower. 

2. The name of some art anciently taught 
among the chiefs ; he nui ka poe ao i ke 
kaka laau me ke kaala. 

3. The name of an instrument used in 
war. 

Kaa-la-lo, v. To talk crookedly by way 
of flattery ; to flatter ; to crouch in order 
to gain some point; to act meanly to secure 
some object. 

Kaa-le-le, v. To make a reeling mo- 
tion, as a feeble person attempting to lean 
on a staff; to reel. 

Kaa-le-le-wa, s. ifflfl, to roll, and Zez^a, 
to swing. Clouds which are driven or float 
swiftly through the air. See Kaa and Lewa. 

Kaa-le-le-wa, adj. Flying; driven 
with the wind. 

Kaa-lu-na, v. E moe me ke kaa o ke 
poo i kaahma me ka lolii ana i ke kapa a 
paa. See Keha. 

Kaa-mau-koi, s. a fishing pole; an 
angling rod. 

Kaa-ma-loo, v. Kaa and maloo, dry. To 
wipe dry ; to wring dry, as a cloth. 

Kaa-ma-lu-na, v. Kaa and maluTia, 
above. To take the oversight of business; 
to exercise an office over others. 

Kaa-me-hai, v. To backbite; to slander. 

Kaa-me-hai, s. Detraction; slander. 

Kaa-me-hou, s. The tying on of a fish- 
hook to the string. 

Kaa-mo-la, v. Kaa and mola, to turn. 
To turn round ; to be not firm ; not stead- 
fast. 

Kaa-mo-la, adj. Turning round ; chang- 
ing ; not steadfast. 

Ka-a-na, v. To make alike ; to resem- 
ble. 

2. To bring over to one's party or pur- 
pose ; to proselyte. Mat. 23:15. 

3. To fall away from one party to an- 
other. 1 Oihl 12:19. See K.v.v. 

4. To make ; to gain. 

5. To deceive ; to entrap ; to outwit. 

6. Tocompare.i.e., to resemble; to make 
like ; to be mingled in with others; ua ka- 
ana ka iho (kapa) me ka hewa ; ua kaana 
mai ka bipi hihiu maloko o ka bipi laka a 
laua, the wild cattle were mived with the 
tame. 

Ka-a-ni-au, adj. Broken ; past away, 
as a kapu; noa ke kapu; he kapu ka laua, 
noa ke kapu. the kapus of the long gods 
and the short gods are no more — noa. 

Kaa-ni-ni, v. To be agitated ; to be in 
a flutter. 

2. To run in agitation, as a child wishing 
to go with its parent who has started be- 



fore, or to be agitated as a child afraid to 

be washed in cold water; kaanini ke keiki 

i ka wai. 
Kaa-no-i, s. Desire; kuko. 
Kaa-pa-hu, v. To cut off; to cut in 

pieces. See Ap^uiu. 
Kaa-pa-la-oa, s. a modern word. Kaa, 

wheel, and palaoa, flour. A flour mill ; a 

grinding of flour. 

2. A thrashing instrument. Tsa. 41:15. 
Kaa-pa-la-oa, v. To grind ; to make 

flour. loh. 31:10. 
Kaa-pe, adj. Disobedient to orders. 
Kaa-pe-ha, s. a name given to the oil 

plant on Hawaii. 

2. The name of a large sized person — 

also of great influence. 
Kaa-pe-ka, s. a person of a large size; 

a large bodred person, like a chief. 
Kaa-pu-ni, v. Kaa and puni, around. 

To go or roll around ; to go round from 

place to place; to circumambulate; in law, 

he lunakanawai kaapuni, a circuit judge. 

Kaa-pu-ni, adj. Going or traveling 

about, or from place to place. 
Ka-a-wa, s. a large dish or hollow 

place worn by water in a rock. 
Kaa-wa-le, v. Kaa and wale, only. To 

separate, as persons or things; to separate, 

as friends. 

2. To separate, as two things that adhere; 
to open. 

3. IIoo. To separate one thing from an- 
other ; to divide between ; to create a va- 
cancy. 

4. To start in surprise; to be frightened. 

Kaa-wa-le, 5. A separation ; a space 

between two or more things ; an empty 

space. 
Kaa-wa-le, adj. Separate from; free; 

empty, as space ; empty, as a house ; state 

of being unchanged ; convenient ; fit ; wa 

kaaicale, spare time. 
Ka-a-we, v. To tie any flexible thing 

tightly around the throat ; to choke by 

tying the throat. 

2. To suspend ; to hang up ; generally 

by the neck; to strangle with a cord. los. 

10:26. Kaaice ia ia ilio a make, to commit 

suicide. Mat. 27:5. Note. — Kaaice rather 

applies to suicide; U,to a public execution 

by hanging. 
Ka-a-we, s. a suspension; a strangling, 

i. e.. death. lob. 7:15. 

2. A neckhandkerchief ; a cravat; o ke 

kaaice kekahi mea e nani ai ka a-i kanaka, 

the cravat is what adorns the neck of a 

man. 
Ka-a-we -a-we, s. Oppression of the 

chest ; sickness of the stomach ; a disease 

of the neck and chest. 



KAE 



230 



KAE 



Kaa-we-la, s. The name of one of the 

planets, Venus, the evening star. 
Kaa-wi-li, v. Kaa and will, to twist. 
To writhe ; to writhe in pain. 

2. To mix together, as different ingredi- 
ents ; mea kaawili laau, an apothecary. 
Puk. 37:29. 

3. To knead, as bread. ler, 7:18. 

4. Hoo. To torture ; to cause to writhe 
in pain ; to give pain to. ler. 4:19. 

5. To tear; to rage, as a foul spirit. Mar. 
1:26. 

Kaa-wi-li, s. A pam; a torture; a 
writhing pain. 

2. A mixture of things. 

3. A school of fish ; kaawili iheihe, kaa- 
icili auau, kaawili pukiki. 

Ka-e, v. To rub out, as a mark; to blot 
out ; to erase. 

2. To kill ; to take away. Hoo. To blot 
out; to destroy; to kill instantly; to smite. 
1 Oihl. 13:10. 

3. To make desolate. Oihk. 26:31. 
Kae, s. The brink, border or edge of a 

thing ; the exterior of the anus ; the side. 

as of a precipice, wood, lake, &c. Puk. 

25:25. The brim of a vessel or container. 

1 Nal. 7:23. The inner bark, as of wauke; 

kae wauke. 
Kae, v. To have a border or brim. Eoo. 

To hold on the brink or border ; to pro- 
tect. 
Kae, v. To spurn; to turn a deaf ear; 

to refuse to listen ; to answer foolishly. 
2. To try a kalo patch, to know if it is 

ripe enough to eat : e kae i ka loi. 
Kae, s. Contempt; a refusal to hear 

advice. 
2. A name of an office in the king's train. 

Ka-ea, v. To have no appetite ; to lose 
the appetite for food. See Kanba and Kua- 
NEA. To be indolent ; to be lazy. 

Ka-ea, s. The loss of appetite ; no rel- 
ish for food ; o ke kaea pu wale no ia. 
Laieik. 142. 

iCA-EA, adj. Having no appetite. See 
Manawahua. 

Ka-e-e, s. The name of a fruit which 
resembles a bean, used as a cathartic. 

2. Joy ; gladness, as at the arrival of a 
friend. 

Ka-ee, adj. Hard or stiff, as new kapa. 

Ka-e-e, v. To dry up, as water in the 
sun or by heat. See Kae, to rub out. He 
wahi wai, aole i kaee i ka la. 

Ka-e-e-e, adj. StifT; ragged. See Kaee 
above. Ko.eee kela, i ka onolii o kuu maka. 

Ka-e-e-le, s. The body of a canoe. 

Ka-e-e-lo, s. The name of a kind of 
food, perhaps of Borabora origin. 



Ka-ee-pa-o-o, s. Name of a species of 

fish net. 
Ka-ei, 15. To gird on ; to bind on, as a 
belt around the body ; e apo ma ka opu. 

2. To put on, as armor ; to gird on, as 
an official or extra garment. 1 Sam. 2:18. 

3. To put on, as a mourning dress or a 
loose garment. Kin. 37:34. 

Ka-ei, s. A belt; a girdle; a sash. Puk. 

28:4. Ke apo ma ka opu. 

2. In geography and astronomy, a zone of 

the earth or heavens ; na hoku o ke kaei, 

the planets. 2 Nal. 23:5. 
Ka-ei-poo, s. a turban; a diadem. lob. 

29:13. 
Ka-e-0, s. Anger or excitement against 

what is wrong ; anger at sin. vSee Keeo. 
Ka-e-o, adj. Full, as a calabash with 

food ; he aloha i ka ipu kaeo. 
Ka-eu-eu, V. To be the largest, as of 

two ropes or pieces of wood joined together; 

to be big ; to excel. 

Ka-eu-eu, s. Joy ; delight ; gratifica- 
tion ; excitement. See Eueu. 

Ka-e-ka, v. To be entangled, as a rope 
or string ; e hihia, e lauwili. 

Ka-e-ka, adv. Rolled and twisted up; 
entangled ; e will kaeka. 

Kae -KAE, V. To be smooth and plump; 
without protuberances. 

Kae-kae, adj. Young,fresh and smooth, 
as an unmarried woman who is much de- 
sired ; hence, applied to a small woman. 

2. Applied to a canoe, new ; smooth ; 
without knots, &c. ; he waa kaekae ; also, 
i mai no ia, he kihei pili nau, he kaekae ka 
olupi. 

Kae-kae, adj. Soft ; mellow ; soft, as a 
cooked potato. 

2. Light in traveling. 

Kae-kae, 5. See Kae. The narrow edge 
of a rule. 

Kae-kae, adv. See Kae, border. Hav- 
ing many edges ; by borders ; on the bor- 
ders. 

Ka-e-ke, v. To beat the drum. See Hoo- 
ekeeke. 

Ka-e-ke, s. Drum beating; the sliill of 
drumming ; he poo akamai i ke kaeke. 
Laieik. 112. 

Ka-e-ke-e-ke, v. To beat or play the 
drum, as in ancient times ; e pai pahu, e 
hookanikani. 

Ka-e-ke-e-ke, s. a kind of drum made 
of the cocoanut tree. 

2. The art of drumming ; oia ka wa i 
laha mai ai ke kaekeeke. 

Ka-e-la, s. a beam, brace or cross- 
piece. See Kaola. 



KAI 



231 



KAI 



Ka-e-la, adj. Half full; partly filled j 
unfinished. See Kaelewa^^. 

Ka-e-le, v. To increase in number; to 
be a great number ; kaele ua make, kaele 
ua ia, kaele ua kanaka. 

Ka-e-le, v. To be partially filled, as a 
calabash with fisli or food, leaving some 
empty space at the top. 

Ka-e-le -Loi, s. The sound of the drum 
in ancient times ; the roll of the drum ; 
kaekeeke. 

Ka-e-le-waa, s. An unfinished boat or 
canoe. See Kaela. lie waa i kapili ole 
ia i ka laau. 

2. The bottom of a canoe. 

Ka-e-lo, s. The name of that month 
of the year nearly corresponding with our 
January. 

Ka-e-na, s. a room in a house. Mar. 
14:15. A cabin in a ship ; a drawer of a 
bureau ; a closet of a room. See Keexa. 

Ka-e-na, v. To boast; to glory; to brag. 
1 OUil. 16:10. To make pretenses: to boast 
of what one has dune. 2 Oihl. 28:19. To 
be self-conceited : auhea la ka mea nui i 
kaena ai oukou ia oukou iho ? where is the 
great thing for which you boast yourselves ? 
See Kaeexa. 

Ka-e-na, s. High mindedness; pride; 
self-exaltation. 

Ka-e-na, adj. Excelling ; going before ; 
self-opinionated. 

Ka-e-na, adv. With certainty; surely; 
without error, &c.; no ko'u ike i kamaikai, 
ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaenu ai, from my 
knowledge of beauty, I can speak with con- 
fidence. 

Ka-e-na-koi, s. a low blackguard word ; 
e hele oe a i knenakoi. 

Kai, v. To lift up on the hands and 
carry; to lift up the foot and walk, as an 
infant in beginning to walk, or as one re- 
covering from sickness ; to step amiss, as 
a child; generally connected with hina; 
as, kai aku la ke keiki a liina iho la. 

2. To lead; to guide; to direct; kai aku 
i ke kaa, to drive a cart. 2 Sam. 6:3. To 
direct the ceremonies of the luakini ; ke 
kai ana o ka aha. Srx. with oihana. 

3. To lead, direct or bring to a place. 
Kin. 2:19. 

4. To lead into or entice, as fish into a 
net, or any animal into a trap or snare. 

5. To bring ; to take in hand ; to do 
•with ; to pull up. as kalo. 

6. To shove along : to move ; to go a 
journey ; to travel slowly. 

7. To bring, i. e..to lead ; to transfer, as 
a people from one place to another. Kanl 
7:1. 

8. Hoo. To separate or part asunder, as 
a cracked part of a canoe ; ua kai ka pili 



ka waa ; or as a door so swelled as not 
to shut ; ua kai na pili o ka pani ; to dis- 
place ; to put away. Ileb. 10:9. 

9. To take away by robbery ; to mis- 
spend ; to squander. Luk. 15:30. To re- 
ject ; to disregard. See Hokai. 
Kai, s. The sea; sea water; a flood; 
kai hooee, an overflowing flood. Dan. 9:26. 
Hence, 

2. Brine ; gravy of roast meat ; broth. 
Lunk. 6:20. 

3. The surf of the sea ; kai ula, the red 
sea ; kai piha, the full sea or flood tide ; 
kai make, the dead sea or ebb tide ; kai 
koo, a very high surf, <kc. See these com- 
pounds. 

4. A current in the sea: he kai i Hawaii, 
a current towards Hawaii. 

5. A traveling guard. 

Kai, s. See verb. No. 4. A net for fish; 
a snare for birds ; a lasso for cattle, &c. 

Kai, s. The toothache; a pain in the 
teeth. 

Kai, adj. Insipid, as food; having no 
appetite; the state of a person so suffering 
affliction as to have no desire for food. 

Kai, adv. A long time ; kai ka hana 
loa ia oe, very long the time you were doing 
it ; c hana loa kai ka loihi, it is long to do, 
how very long. See Kai, int. 

Kai, i7it. How; how much; how great. 
2 Sam. 1:19. Kai ka nani! how glori- 
ous! 2 Sam. 6:20. ^ai ka hemolele! how 
excellent! Hal. 8:1. Renowned ; wonder- 
ful ; kai ka luhi, what a weariness. Mat. 
1:13. 

Kai-au, s. a place a little ways out in 
the sea, beyond the kuaau ; also called ho- 
honu. 

Kai-a-ij-lu, s. The kilohana ; the out- 
side ; the best ; the figured one of a set of 
kapas. i. e., figuratively, something rather 
remarkable in appearance. 

2. An overhanging cloud. 

3. The space on top of a pali. 

4. A high elevated post. 
Kai-a-u-lu, s. Name of a strong wind 

ott' Waianae on Ouhu. 
Kai-a-iiu-a-kai, v. Kai and. huakai. To 
lead a large traveling company. See Hua- 

KAI. 

Kai-a-hu-a-kai, s. a large company 
traveling together. See Hiakai. 

Kai-a-hu-lu, v. Kai, sea, and kidu, 
hairy. To be in a foam, as the sea agitated 
greatly by the winds : to act. as the sea 
when current and wind are contrary, 

Kai-a-hu-lu, s. The sea in great agita- 
tion, so as to be white. 

Kai-a-ka-hi-xa-lii, s. Kai, sea, and Hi- 
yialii, name of a chief of Hawaii. See Hi- 



KAI 



232 



KAI 



NALU. The name of a great flood in ancient 
times which by tradition covered the whole 
earth, i. e., the Hawaiian Islands. See the 
story in D. Malo's work. Hence this is the 
word used for Noah's flood. Kin. 6:17. 

Kai-a-ka-hu-lu-ma-nu, s. Zaz, sea, and 
Jmlwnanii, a favorite of the king. The 
name of the flood yet to come, as the fore- 
going is the name of the flood that is past. 

Kai-a-lii, s. Name of a species of hard 
rock out of which hatchets were made. 

Kai-a-li-le, v. To be indolent, lazy or 
indifferent ; to treat with contempt any ef- 
fort to be otherwise. 

Kai-a-li-le, adj. Indolent; lazy; con- 
temptuous. 

Kai-a-li-le, adj. Unskillful; awkward; 
inexpert ; aole e loaa keia mea o ka ma- 
nao, i ka mea kaialile lomalomaaihalale. 

Kai-a-no-a, s. The name of a kind of 
fish-hook. 

Kai-a-po, s. a rising or high tide; i ka 
pii ana o ke kai, ua kapaia he kaipii, he 
kainui, he ka'mpo kahi inoa. 

Kai-e-a, s. Kai, sea, and ea, to rise. A 
rising tide; a swelling of the sea; a spread- 
ing over the land. 

Kai-ee, s. Kai, sea, and ee, to come up. 
See Kaiea above. 

Kai-e-e, s. The name of the purgative 
bean. 

Kai-e-lo, s. Water of the cocoanut 
mixed with other ingredients. 

Kai-e-mi, s. Kai and emi, to lessen. A 
decreasing or falling tide. See Kaimake. 

Kai-e-na, v. To be self-opinionated ; to 
boast ; to glory ; to make pretenses. See 
ICaena. 

Kai-e-wa, v. iTaz and cz^a, crooked. To 
be led astray ; to be tossed about. 

2. To live as it happens, sometimes well 
off", sometimes in poverty, exalted or de- 
pressed. 

Kai-e-we, s. Kai, to lead, and ewe, the 
navel string. A company following a chief ; 
ka huakai. ke kaiewe o ka lani. 

Kai-i, u. To walk buttoned up tightly; 
to strut ; to be vain. 

2. To turn away ; to refuse to listen to 
one's request. 

3. To be stingy ; to be close-fisted. See 
Hon. 

4. To tie up the throat ; to choke. 
Ka-ii, s. a kind of net for taking fish. 
Kami, s. Name of a vegetable growing 

on the mountains, eaten as food in time of 

famine. 
Ka-i-o, 5. The name of a bird like the 

pueo or owl. 
Kai-oe, s. The name of a plant or tree ; 



he pua laau no ke kaioe, the tree blossom 

of the kaioe. 
Ka-io-io, adv. Ulu ^aiozo ka nahelehele. 
Ka-io-o-le-le-pa, adj. Kalani kaioo- 

lelepa ka alapa pii moo o Ku. 
Kai-0-hu-a, s. Name of a place a little 

way out in the sea ; same as poana. 
Kai-o-ki-lo-hee, s. Name of a place in 

the sea ; same as kaiau. 
Ka-io-le-kaa, s. The name of a famine 

in former times. 
Kai-0-le-na, s. Kai, liquid, and oleiia, 

yellow. Yellow coloring matter. 
Kai-0-le-na, v. To cleanse; to purify; 

e huikala, e hoomaemae. 
Kai-o-lo-a, s. The name of a ceremony 

of tying the malo on to the god ; it was 

done by the women of the chief. 
Kai-0-pe-lu, s. a place in the sea. Syn. 

with kaiuli. 
Kai-o-po-ke-0, s. Name of a long prayer 

at the dedication of a heiau. 
Kai-u-a, ih To repeat over and over, as 

one does when drunk ; kaiua ka olelo ; he 

olelo kuawili ; e kaiua i ka hookahe i ka 

wai, continue to water ihe ground. 
Kai-u-la, 5. Kai and ula, led. The Red 

Sea. Piik. 13:18. The sea that separates 

Africa from Asia. 
Kai-u-la-la, s. Far out at sea ; out of 

sight of land. 
Kai-u-li, s. Kai, sea, and uli, blue. 

The dark blue sea ; hence, the deep sea ; 

the name of the sea beyond the kohola ; 

also called kailuhee. 
Kai-u-ltj, s. The name of the sea at 

full tide. See Kalxui and Kaipiha. 
Kai-u-we, v. Ka poe i kaiuwe pinepine. 
Kai-hee-na-lu, s. Name of a place on 

or near a reef, like kohola. 
Kai-he-hee, s. Name of an ancient 

kapu of the chiefs, connected with death ; 

also called lumalumala. 
Kai-he-he-na, s. Kai and heliena, mad. 

The raging sea. The following epithets of 

the sea are found in a prayer of Keanini : 

kaikane, kaiwahine, kaipupule, kaihehena, 

kaiulaula, kaipiliaikee — e. 
Kai-he-le, s. The laying of stones, as 

in a pavement, one beside another ; a 1 ke 

kaihele ana o na pohaku, oia no ka mea i 

kau i ka pohaku. 
Kai-he-le-ku, s. The name of the sea 
' beyond the poana, i. e.. the second space 

beyond where the surf breaks ; also called 

kaipapau. 
Ka-i-hi, v. To spin round like a top ; 

to be dizzy. 

2. To withhold what is another's; to 

keep back what is forfeited in a game. 



KAI 



233 



KAI 



Ka-i-hi, s. Dizziness ; a sense of turn- 
ing in the head. 

2. The name of a species of fish net ; he 
upena kaihi. 

Kai-hoi, s. Kai and hoi, to return. A 
falling or low tide. 

Kai-ho-ho-nu, s. Kai and hohonu, deep. 
High tide; full spa ; deep water. 

Kai-hu-a, s. High tide ; high water. 
See Kaiki. 

Kai-ka, s. The border of a cultivated 
plat; the border of a kalo ])atch. 

Kai-kai, v. See Kai. To lift up, as the 
hand. Nah. 20:11. To lift or raiso up. as 
the eyes to heaven. Svx. with leha. To 
litt up or raise, as the voice in complaint ; 
kailcai i ka leo. Xah. 14:1. 

2. To take up ; to bear ; to carry upon. 
Kin. 7:17. To carry off; kalkai no laua i 
ka pahu a hiki ma ka hakae. 

3. To take otf, as a burden ; to carry 
away ; to lift, as a weight. Isa. 40:1.5. 

4. To carry tenderly, as a child, Puk. 
19:4. 

5. To promote ; to exalt ; to favor, as a 
king a subject. Eset. 3:1. 

6. To be led or urged on, as by strong 
desire or lust; a na keia kuko, kaikai kino 
hou ia mai la. Lakik. liiU. 

Kai-kai, adj. That which is lifted up 
or heaved. Puk. 29:27. Uha mua o ka 
mohai kaikai, heave shoulder. Xah. 6:20. 

Kai-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ; 
e ka mea e pono ai ka lupe. o na laau liilii 
ame ke kaula. ame ka welu, arae ke kai- 
kaiapola, ame ke aho. 

Kai-kai-na, s. The younger of two 
brothers or sisters ; used by a brother 
when speaking of a brother, or a sister of 
a sister. But if a brother speak of a sister, 
or a sister of a brother, it is kalkunane. 

Kai-ka-0-wa, ) 2j. itjiper. Seize ; take ; 

Kai-KO-WA, ) follow; the word given by 
Kekuaokalani for seizing boys, tish, &c., 
that were not his own. 

Kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; unfre- 
quent ; here and there one. See Kakai- 

KAHI. 

Kai-ka-]\ia-hi-ne, s. a daughter; a fe- 
male descendant. Iun.2{):l'l. Note. — Ac- 
cording to analog}' this word for daughter 
should be keikiwahlne. like keikikane, but 
Hawaiians do not use it so. 

Kai-ke-a, s. The fat of hogs or other 
animals. Puk. 2D:13. Fig. Isa. 34:6. 

2. The sap of a tree, the out^^ide white, 
wood resembling in color the fat of ani- 
mals. 

Kai-ki, s. High water ; high tide. 

Kai-ko, s. a constable ; a policeman. 
See Makai. 

30 



Kai-koa-koa, s. The watery fluid of the 
bowels. 

Kai-ko-e-ke, s. a brother-in-law; a sis- 
ter-in-law ; generally designated by kane 
or wahlne. 

Kai-ko-e-le, s. a very shallow sea in 
a calm, too shallow for a canoe; he kai kui 
opihi, he malia paha. 

Kai-ko-i, s. a species of kalo ; he kalo. 

Kai-koo, s. a high surf of the sea ; a 
raging swell of the sea, 

Kai-koo, v. To roll in; to rage, as a 
high surf; kaikoo ke kai. Laielk. 16;j. 

Kai-KO-WA, l\ See Kaikaowa above. 

Kai-ku, s. a middle tide, not high nor 
low. See Kaimau. 

Kai-ku-a, s. a countrjTiian ; a back- 
woodsman. 

Kai-kua-a-na, s. The elder of two broth- 
ers or sisters ; used by a brother when 
speaking of a brother, or by a sister when 
speaking of a sister ; but when a brother 
speaks of an elder sister, it is kaikuicahine. 
When a sister speaks of an elder brother it 
is kalkunane. 

Kai-ku-o-no, s. Kai, sea, and kuono, a 
bay. A gulf; a creek; an inlet of water 
mio the land. Isa. 11:15, 

Kai-ku-na-ne, s. The brother of a sis- 
ter. Kin. 20:5. 

Kai-ku-wa-hi-ne, s. The sister of a 
brother. Kin. 12:13. 

Kai-la-na-hu-a-hi, s. Kai and lanahu- 
ahi (same as nanahuahi), a coal of tire. 
Very dark or black water of the ocean. 

Ka-i-li, t". To snatch; to take away; 
to take by force ; to take away, as one's 
pleasure and joy. loan. 16:22. To take 
away one's right. Kin. 31:31. To spoil or 
rob one's glory. Kol. 2:15. 

2. To give up; to depart, as the spirit of 
a dying person ; kaUi ke aho, to catch for 
the breath. See Aili. To breathe the last. 
Kin. 35:18. 

Ka-i-li, s. Name of a fish net from its 
use. to take away, 

Ka-i-li, adj. Waiwai A-az*//, spoil. Ezek. 
7:21. Manu kalli wale, a ravenous bird, 
Ezek. 39:4. 

Ka-i-li, s. He mea /caili, extortion; a 
taking by force. 

Ka-i-li, s. The act of taking fish with 
a hook. See Aili. 

Ka-i-li, s. The name of the great feather 
god of Kamehameha. 

Ka-i-li-i-li, r. To take and carry here 
and there. 

Ka-i-li-i-li, s. a narrow valley near 
the top of Waialeale on Kauai, a resting 
place tor kings and queens in ancient times. 



KAI 



234 



KAO 



Kai-li-ke, v. Kai and like, alike. To 

divide equally between a number of per- 
sons. Luk. 22:17. 
Kai-li-ko-li-ko, s. Kai, gravy, and liko, 

oily. Fat gravy ; the oily part of fat. 
2. The appearance of oil poured upon 

water. See Liko. 
Kai-li-ko-li-ko, adj. Fat or greasy; ap- 
plied to gravy. 
Kai-li-po-li-po, s. Kai and lipoUpo, hlue 

or black. Epithet of the deep sea, as dark 

blue or black. 
Ka-i-li-po-ni, s. a disease in which one 

falls down dead; something like apoplexy; 

he haUlponi ka make. 
Ka-i-li-wa-le, v. Kaili and wale. See 

Wale. To take without regard to right or 

to consequences; to take by force. 1 8am. 

2:16. 
2. To rob ; to plunder. OM.. 19:13. 
Ka-i-li-wa-le, s. Seizing the property 

of another ; a plunder ; a robbery. 
Kai-lu-hee, s. Name of a place in the 

sea ; same as kahili, blue water. 
Kai-mau, s. Middle tide, neither high 

nor low. See Kaiku. 
Kai-ma-ha-mo-e, s. Kai, gravy, and 

mahamoe, a fish. The gravy made for the 

fish mahamoe. 

2. The fat or grease of that fish. 
Kai-ma-ke, s. Kai and make, dead. Low 

water ; ebb tide. 
2. A calm sea; no wind ; still water ; in 

geography, name of the Dead Sea. 

Kai-ma-loo, s. Kai and maloo, dry. Low 
tide ; ebb tide, when many places on the 
sea shore are dry, or the coral and reef are 
bare. 

Kai-ma-lo-lo, s. Kai and malolo, rest- 
ing ; quiet. A shallow place of the sen 
near the shore where the sea is at rest. 

2. A place where the sea is green and 
shallow ; place of soundings. 

Kai-mo-ku, s. Middle tide, i. e., when 

the tide begins to recede. See Kaimau. 
Ka-i-na, v. See Kai, to take, and Ana. 

To take; to seize, as a fit ; as the influence 

of a wicked spirit. Mar. 9:18. 

2. To seize, as a prisoner ; to lead away 

to trial; ua uku i ke dala, ua hana, ua paa 

i ka hao, ua kaina aku imua o na lunaka- 

nawai. 
Kai-na, v. To move slowly and softly, 

as a weak person trying to walk. 
Kai-na, s. A younger of two brothers 

or two sisters ; hence, a thing that is after 

or second to another; pokii /cajna, the veiy 

younger. 
Kai-na, s. A sitting to practice sorcery; 

the practice of sorcery. 



Kai-no, \v. (Impersonal.) I thought; 



Kai-no-A, ) just as if; /c« mo he oiaio.aole 

ka ! I thought it was true, but it is not ; 

alalia, e i aku au ia oukou, ka! kainoia, 

alia e hoole. 
Kai-nu-i, s. High sea ; high tide. 
Kai-nu-nu-ki, adj. Kai and ?iwiuki. 

Irregular eb])ing and flowing, as the sea. 
Kai-pa-ea-ea, s. a calm, smooth sea ; 

same as })ohu. 
Kai-pa-pau, s. a shallow place in the 

sea, the same as the poana, or kaiohua. 
Kai-pii, s. a rising or full tide. See 

KATPraA and Kaixul 
Kai-pi-ha, s. Kai and piha, full. A high 

sea ; high tide. 
Kai-pu, s. Same as kainui and kaipiha 

above. 
Kai-puu, v. To divide out into parts or 

portions. See Puu. 
Kai-puu, s. A division or portion ; more 

commonly written puu. 
Ka-i-wi-poo, s. Ka, article, iwi, bone, 

and poo, the head. The skull bone ; the 

name of the place where Jesus Christ was 

crucified. loan. 19:17. 
Kai-u-lu, s. Wehe ke kaiulu i ke oho o 

ka niu. 
Ka-o, inter j. The article ka and o. Sim- 
ilar to kahaha; kao mai, make kela kanaka; 

it expresses surprise. 
Ka-0, v. To cr}'- out as above ; kao mai 

la mea, somebody cries out with aston- 
ishment. 
Ka-o, v. To intercede ; to mediate ; to 

separate contending parties ; to prevent 

one from accusing or slandering another. 

See UwAO. Ua kao mai oe ia'u. 
Ka-o, s. a peace-maker; an intercessor. 
Ka-o, s. a goat ; ^^ohele, a scape-goat. 

Olhk. 16:15. 
Ka-o, s. a legend; a tradition. See 

K.VAO. 

Ka-o, s. a dart ; a javelin ; a rocket. 
Ka-o, v. To throw or cast, as a dart or 

javelin. 
Ka-oo, I'. To bind ; to tighten ; to be in 

a press of people ; to be in straits. 

2. To punch, as a man does his own 
breast in the colic, with a stick or his hand. 

Ka-oo, s. Being in straits; suffering 
pain. 

2. A multitude ; applied to animals. 

3. Also, a traveling company ; same as 
huakaihele. 

Ka-o-hi, v. To fix ; to establish. 

2. To abide; to continue to adhere firmly 
to a thing or course of conduct ; to be 
steadfast. 



KAO 



235 



KAU 



to keep back. 



3. To koep ; to retain 
Laieik. 176. To restrain. 

4. To invite to stay when one is about to 
go away or further on. Luk. 24:29. 

5. To keep, i. e., to pay regard to a law 
or command. 

6. To restrain one from doing a thing by 
friendly advice. 

7. To compel or urge. 2 Oihl 21:11. 
Kaohi na 'Hi ia ia e noho,aole oiu i ac mai, 
the chiefs urged him to stay, but he did not 
consent; e kaohi i kou wawae, to refrain 
the foot from wandering, ler. 14:10. To 
restrain ; to hold back. UaL 19:13. 

8. To keep, as a promise. 1 Xal. 8:24. 

9. To choose. Jsa. 7:15. 

10. To save; to screen, as a guilty person 
from punishment. Ezek. 13:19. 

Ka-0-hi-hi-u, 5. Kao, goat, and kikiu, 
wild. The gazelle or wild goat. 

Ka-o-kaa, s. Name of a play and a 
former pastime. 

Ka-0-ka-na-ka, s. Kao, goat, and ka- 
naka, man. Name of an animal to be found 
in the desolations of Babylon ; a satyr. 
75a. 13:21. 

Kao-kao, v. To be prominent ; to pro- 
ject. 

2. To be red. 

3. To be hard to the touch. 
Kao-kao, s. The first dropping of a 

shower ; the fore part of a cloud ; ke kao- 
kao ae, e ua iuka o Kaumana. 

2. Hardness; redness; prominence. 
. 3. The venereal disease. 
Ka-0-ko-a, v. Ka and okoa, different. 
To be whole ; to be undivided. 

2. Boo. To separate from. 1 Sam. 21:4. 
To abstain from a thing ; to separate one's 
Belt from moral evil ; e hookaawale ia ou- 
kou iho i na mea haumia. 

3. To stand aloof from ; to let alone. 

4. To make one's self conspicuous ; to 
be eminent. 

Ka-0-ko-a, adj. Whole ; unmutilated ; 
he ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mai ke poo a ka 
hiu, a fish whole, uncut from head to tail. 

Ka-0-ko-a, s. The being separate ; aloof 
(from wrong-doing); o kekaokoa.hc hewa 
ole, he hihia ole, he oluolu, he maikai. 

2. A man who leaves his proper haku 
and serves another, or pays his food and 
presents to another. 

Ka-o-la, s, a stick or beam laid across 
a house from rafter to rafter to strengthen 
it ; a beam ; the beam of a house. Kekah. 
10:18. 

2. A bar for a door ; a bar across the 
gate of a city. 1 Sam. 20:7. 

3. Fig. Na kaola o ka po, the bars of 
night. lob. 17:16. 

Ka-o-la-hau, s. Kaola and kau, iron. 
An iron bar. Sol, 18:19. 



Ka-o-le-le, s. Kao, dart, and lele, to 

fly. A dart ; a javelin ; a sky-rocket. See 

Kao. 
Ka-o-lo, s. The descent of a hill or 

pali ; the going down a hill. See Kakai- 

PALi, also Olo. 
Ka-o-mi, v. To press down, as with a 

lever ; to bear down upon a thing. 

2. To press ; to squeeze out, as >vine. 
Lunk. 6:11. 

3. Fi(i. To press, as the breasts ; a eu- 
phemism for moekolohe. Ezek. 23:3. 

4. To crush ; to humble one ; e hoohaa- 
haa. 

Ka-o-mi, s. Nameof a wind; the north- 
east trade wind on the east side of Lanai, 
and about Maui. Syn. with moae. Loaa 
niakou i kekahi makani ikaika, he kaomi 
ka ipoa. 

Ka-o-mi-wai-na, s. a wine press. Mat. 
21:33. 

Ka-o-na, s. The name of a Hawaiian 
month. 

Ka-o-pa, s. a painful stiffness or rheu- 
matic affection of the limbs, which makes 
it difficult for one to stand or walk. See 
Oi'A, adj., and Oopa. 

Ka-o-pa, adj. Lame; stiff; rheumatic; 

kanaka kaopa. 
Kau, v. In an active seme, to hang ; to 

hang up ; to suspend, as an article to be 

out of the way; to crucify or hang, as a 

criminal. Kin. 40:22. 

2. To hang, tie or gird on, as a sword ; 
kau i ka pahi kaua. Puk. 32:27. 

3. To put upon or place a thing in some 
designated place ; to put in an elevated 
situation; to mount a horse; to go on board 
a ship or canoe. 

4. To overhang, as the heavens over the 
earth. 

5. To fall upon ; to embrace affection- 
ately, with ai. Kin. 46:29. 

6. To put upon one, as a heavy burden. 
Nah. 11:11. 

7. To set or fix the boundaries of a land 
or country. 

8. To put down, as words on paper. See 
Kakai". To write ; to dot ; hence, 

9. To give publicity to a thing ; to pro- 
mulgate, as a law ; i kau aku on kou i ka- 
nawai maikai, that you may establish good 
laws. 

10. To set before one, as food. 

11. To tempt, as in taking birds with a 
snare. 

12. In a neutei' sense, to light down upon, 
as a bird ; as the spirit or divine influence 
upon one. Nah. 11:26. 

13. To come down upon one unexpect- 
edly. 

14. Kau pono kona maka, to set or di- 
rect one's face or desire. 



KAU 



236 



KAU 



15. To rest upon; to stretch out or over. 

16. To come upon one, as a suflferiug or 
calamity. 

17. To rehearse in the hearing of another 
that he may learn. 

18. Akau ka hamere makekahi lima, he 
took the hammer in one hand, iww/r. 4:21. 
To lay or place the hand upon one for evil. 

19. IIoo. To set against; to resist. Lunk. 
7:22. 

20. To appoint against; to come upon. 
ler. 15:3. 

21. To bring upon; to cause to fall upon. 

22. To rest; to place. KanL 7:23. 

23. Kau aku i kau hale, to go about from 
house to house; to go about idly. See defi- 
nition 11. 

Kau, s. Season. Kin. 1:14. 

2. The summer or warm season, in dis- 
tinction from hooilo, the winter months. 
Note. — The Hawaiians had but two seasons 
in a year, viz. : the kau summer, and hooilo 
winter ; hence, 

3. A period of time when one lives. Eset. 
1:1. A specified time. Lunk.l0:8. A i ke 
kau i ke alii, ia Kamehameha, in the life 
time of Kamehameha. 

4. A time for a particular purpose. 

5. Time of indefinite length ; kau ai, a 
fruitful season ; kau wi, a time of famine. 

6. Midnight ; so called from the game 
called puhenehene, in which were five puu 
or places to conceal the noa : the first called 
klhi, second pili, third kau, fourth pllipuka 
(i. e., applied to night, 3 o'clock, A. M.), 
fifth kihipuka. Dr. Baldwin. 

Kau, s. a place ; kau kanaka laha ole, 
place where men go not ; kau kanaka, a 
place where men live ; kau kanaka ole ai, 
where there are no people. 

Kau, s. a canoe; kaukahi, a single 
canoe ; kaulua, a double-canoe. 

Kau, adj. A setting of the sun ; a rest- 
ing ; mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, from the 
rising to the setting sun. D. Mala 5:11. 

2. A sitting place, as a roost for fowls ; 
kau ka moa i ke kau, the fowl sits upon its 
roost. 

Kau, s. Name of puukapu in the game 
of noa. 

Kau, pers. pro. An oblique case of oe, 
second person. Of thee ; of thine. Gram. 
§ 132, 133. Also a prefix pronoun, thy; 
thine. Grajn. § 149, 150. 

Ka'u, pers. pro. An oblique case of au. 
Of me ; mine ; belonging to me. Gram. § 
124, 1. Also a prefix pronoun, my; mine; 
of me. Gram. § 150. 

Kau-a, v. To war ; to fight, as two 
armies. 

2. To make war upon or against. Kin. 

3. To fight for. Puk. 14:14. 



4. Hog. To cause to fight. 

5. To serve as the conquered serve the 
conqueror ; hence, with a stronger pronun- 
ciation, kauwa, a servant. 

Kau-a, s. a war ; a battle ; an army- 
drawn up for battle. 2 iVaL 28:5. Poe 
kaua, a host ; an army. Puk. 14:24. 

Ka-u-a, v. To hesitate about doing a 
thing after an engagement ; to be in doubt 
about fulfilling a promise ; to beg off; hoo- 
hala. 

2. To invite to stay. See Kaohi. Aole o 
maua mea nana e kaua mai, a liuliu ko 
maua noho kuewa ana, there is no reason 
why we two should stay and lengthen out 
the time of our sojourning. 

Ka-ua, pro. dual. We two; you and L 
Gram. § 124, 3. 

Kau-ai, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian group of islands ; ma ka hapukaohiohi 
ana paha a ka waha me he hoe Kauai la. 

Kau-ai-ka-na-na, v. To sleep in the 
day time for pleasure or comfort ; to take 
a siesta. 

Kau-au-la, s. a kind of soft porous 
stone. 

Kau-a-u-la, s. a strong wind from the 
mountains, occasioned by the breaking 
over of the trade winds ; often destructive 
at Labaina. 

Kau-a-u-la, adj. Strong; raging; furi- 
ous ; applied to the trade winds when they 
break over the hills back of Lahaina ; he 
leo ka makani kauaula ka'u i lohe iho nei. 

Kau-a-hau-a, s. Ua pau i ke kauahauaia 
na kanaka a pau i ka hana. 

Kau-a-ho-a, s. Coarse grained ; a sour 
disposition ; not easily pleased. 

Kau-a-ka, s. a person crazy, noisy with 
constant muscular motion. 

Kaua-lae-paa-kau-ana, s. The most 
offensive of language ; when used, instant 
fighting is the consequence. 

Kau-a -LAU, s. The plantain, a vegeta- 
ble like the banana. 

Kau-a-lii, s. a low chief, not a high 
one. See Kaukaualii. 

Kau-a-li-0, s. Kaua, war, and lio, a 
horse. A warrior on horseback ; cavalry, 
in distinction from infantry. 1 Sam. 13:5. 

Kau-a-lu-pe, v. To carry, as a man 
wounded in battle, without much care. 

Kau-a-mat, V. To invite, &;c. See Kaua 
2. The mai is simply a verbal directive. 

Kau-a-pai-0, s. a combat where there 
is striking back and forth. 

Ka-u-e, v. To be in fear. 

Kau-ea, adj. Having no appetite. 

Kau-e-ke-ke, adj. Short, as a coat or 
gown ; lean, as a man. 



KAU 



237 



KAU 



Kau-i-la, v. To offer sacrifice at the 

close of a kapu. 
Kau-i-la, s. Name of a species of hard 

reddish wood resembling mahogany. 

2. He oa no Puukapele. 

3. Puhi kauila. 

4. He kapu kauila. 

5. I kahialakou i pee ai anoake/mTuZa. 
Kau-i-la-hu-lu-hu-lu, s. The name of 

a prayer at the lu-iiui. 

Kau-0, ) .,,, To draw or drag along; 

Kau-WO, \ to haul, as a load. Knnl. 21:3. 
To draw morally, i, e., to endure ; to in- 
cline to do a tiling. 

2. To conduct, as a prisoner. 

3. To pray for a special })]('ssing or favor; 
applied to the worship at the time of ma- 
kahlki. 

Kau-o, ) 5, Seed; offspring; increase; 

Kau-WO, ) fruit of marriage. If Nahiena- 
ena had had a son, the old chiefs would 
say " ua loaa ke kauoy D. Malo. Hence, 
a supporter ; a sustainer. 

Kau-0, s. The yellow part or yolk of 
an egg ; kauo moa ; kauo ke akua hulu. 

Kau-0, adj. Drawing ; pulling ; drag- 
ging along; bipi kauo, a laboring ox. Oihk. 
7:23. 

Kau-o-e, s. Name of an office in the 
king's train. 

Kau-o-uo, J V. To increase or grow 

Kau-wo-WO, > rapidly, as vines; to spread 

Ka-wo-wo, ) over, as vines or other run- 
ning vegetation that grows thriftily and 
covers the ground. 

2. To increase rapidly, as a people or 
race ; applied to the peopling of Hawaii 
from the first man. 

kauouo i lani a paakani lea, 
Puapua, huahua mai la ka la manuia. 

Kau-o-ha, V, To give a dying charge ; 
to make a bequest or a parting charge, 
/sa. 38:1. Hence, to make a will. Notk. — 
Ancient wills, of course, were verbal; now, 
by law, they must be written. 

2. To give a charge on any subject ; to 
command ; to put in charge or trust, as one 
dying or going away ; kauoha ae la oia (o 
Kamehameha) ia Kauikeaouli e noho i alii 
no Hawaii nei, he (Kamehauu'ha) gave iii 
charge to Kauikeaouli to reign as king over 
the Hawaiian Islands. 

3. To commit into the hands of another. 
1 Pet 4:19. 

4. To give orders concerning a person 
or thing. A'm. 12:20. 

5. To commit to paper, i. e., to write 
down; nolaila.ke Aa«o/jrt akunei au i ko'u 
manao ma keia palapala, i ike oe i ko'u 
manao. 

Kau-o-ha, s. a will, verbal or \^Titten ; 
a command ; a charge ; a dying request. 



2. A covenant; a commission; a judicial 
decision. 

3. A determination ; a decree. 

4. Beggary. 

Kau-0-ka-hi-ki, s. Name of a species 
of ohia; o ka ohia nui kekav.okahiki i kai, 
oia ka laau o ka lananuu; out of this same 
timber the god was made for the hciau. 

Kau-0-kuu, s. The name of a sickness 
or pestilence which formerly spread over 
the Lslands ; ua kapaia ka inoa o kela mai 
(ahulau) he kauokuu, the name of that sick- 
ness was kauokuu. 

Kau-0-la-ni, v. To express admiration 
of a chief or his deeds. 

2. To express admiration generally. 

Kau-0- LU-PE, V. Kauo and lupe, kite. 
To draw ; to pull tliis way and that, as a 
kite pulls the string of him who holds it. 

Kau-0-waa, s. Kauo, to drag, and waa, 
canoe. The work or business of drawing 
down canoes from the mountain when fin- 
ished or partly so. 

Kau-ha, s. The rectum, the third of 
the large intestines. Anat. 52. 

Kau-hau, v. To strike with a whip or 
stick ; to throw a stone at. Arc. 

Kau-ha-ka-ke, adj. Short, &c. See 
Kauiiekeke and Kauekeke. 

Kau-ha-le, s. Kau, place, and kale, 
house. A small cluster of houses ; a vil- 
lage. Puk. 8:5. 

2. A house or residence of a person. 

3. A place where a house has been, or 
where one is designed to be. 

Kau-he-ke-ke, ) adj. Short, as a coat 

Kau-HE-ke-kei, (or gown, .^ee Kauekeke. 

Ka-u-hi-u-hi, s. Name of a forest tree, 
timber used for the boards of the holua 
and for oos for tilling the ground. 

Kau-hi-lo, v. To fasten with a rope the 
sticks of a building while in the course of 
erection ; he aho mai waho mai o ka hale 
i ka nu^nawa e kauhilo ai ; alalia, kauhUo 
ia ka hale a pan. 

Kau-ho-la, s. Some disease of the neck 
and chest. 

Kau-ho-la, i'. To open; to expand; to 
unfold, as a kapa folded up; as a llower in 
blooming. 

Kau-ho-lo, r. To wish and try to con- 
demn one. 

2. To try to bring one to terms or obey 
orders. 

3. To send after, and try to get one back 
who has gone. 

Kau-ho-lo-pa-pa, s. Name of a person 
who knows himself to be a chief by birth 
but others know it not. and he refuses to 
hang his clothes among those of other peo- 
ple ; ua kapaia aku ia he alii kauholopapa, 



KAU 



238 



KAU 



uo ka mea, ma ka holopapa i ikeia ai kona 
alii ana. 
Kau-hua, V. To conceive ; to become 
pregnant. 

2. To swell out, as one with child. 

3. IIoo. To conceive; to be full of. Hal 
7:14. To be full morally of evil. 

4. To put down in letters ; to reduce to 
writing ; na ko oukou kaikaina hanane 
mahoe i hookauhua la (i keia manao) i ka 
malama o Augate : hookauhua paha auanei 
kakou iloko o ka hewa. 

Kau-hua, s. The swelling out of preg- 
nant females. 

2. The longing of pregnant women, espe- 
cially the sickness of stomach. 

3. The state of pregnancy ; ua kauhua, 
ua ko, ua hapai. 

4. The act of writing down words or 
thoughts. 

Kau-hu-hu, s. a ridge or edge of a 
precipice. 

2. The pole running lengthways of the 
house to which the tops of the rafters are 
fastened ; a ridge pole. 

3. The shark that was formerly wor- 
shiped. 

Kau-kai, v. To wait for an event to 
happen, or for any change in affairs ; kau- 
kai aku nei ka pono, it is better to wait 
awhile. Laieik. 67. 

Kau-kau, i\ To set or fix, as a snare or 
net for birds. See Kau. Hal 141:9. 

2. To take counsel ; to revolve in one's 
mind, Hal 13:2. 

3. To speak to one, especially to chide ; 
to speak reproachfully; e nuku; to address 
one, as a petitioner, and in a way of com- 
plaint. Laieik. 71. 

4. To explain ; to make clear, i pohihi 
ole. 

Kau-kau, s. An appeal to one's sense 
of justice or compassion. Laieik. 76. 

Kau-kau, v. Kaukau is said to be a 
corruption of a Chinese word, and signiflcs 
to eat, to drink. It is used by foreigners 
in conversing with natives, and by natives 
conversing with foreigners. 

Kau-kau, s. A heap of stones made into 
a rude altar. 

2. A snare so placed or fixed as to catch 
birds. 

3. The name of a disease, the piles (mostly 
used on Oahu.) 

4. The snaring or taking offish; kaukau 
ulna. 

6. What is clear, explicit in expression, 
without doubt. 
Kau-kau-a-lii, s. The name of a class 
of chiefs below the king ; a prince. Ban. 
1:3. O na 'Hi malalo o ke alii nui. Note. — 
The poe kaukaualii were generally the de- 
scendants of chiefs where the father was a 



high chief and the mother a low chief, or 
no chief at all. 

Kau-kau -LE-LE, adj. Nimble ; active ; 
jumping. 

Kau-ka-hi, s. Kau, canoe, and kaki, one. 
A single canoe. See Kau. Ma ke kaulua 
o Keopuolani, a ma ke kaukahi o Hoapili, 
he waa aole i hoapipi ia, he waa hookahi. 
2. Figuratively, a oneness ; a perseve- 
rance ; steadiness in doing a thing ; ma ka 
kaukahi kana hana ana, aole ma ka lauwili. 

Kau-ka-li, v. To wait for. See Kali. 
Aole hoi kakou i haalele aku o ke kuku ame 
ka wahahee kaukali. 

Kau-ka-li, adj. See example above. 

Kau-ka-ma, s. Eng. A cucumber. Nah. 
11:5. Na kaukama ulu wale, wild gourds. 
2 Nal 4:39. 

Kau-ka-ma, adj. See Kama. He kane 
karaa. Kamak. 

Kau-ka-na-wai, v. jfiTaw, to appoint, and 
kanaioai, law. To establish or appoint, as 
a law ; as a king or legislature. 

Kau-ka-na-wai, s. One that makes 
laws; a lawgiver. Kin. 49:10. 

Kau-ka-ni, or Tau-sa-ni, s. A thousand. 

Kau-ko-ko, v. An ancient word not 
much used. To string or hand on strings, 
as a load to be carried on the mamake, 

Kau-ko-lo, v. To chase, as a fowl ; to 
follow ; to pursue. 

2. To persevere in asking a favor until 
obtained ; e hoomoo, e hookoikoi. 

3. To run and spread out, as the roots of 
a tree just under tlie surface of the ground. 

Kau-ko-lo, s. The small roots of a tree 

spreading and running every way. 
Kau-ku-kui, adj. Of or belonging to a 

candlestick or lamp. Luk. 8:16. 
Kau-la, s. a rope; a strong cord; a 

cord or tendon in the animal system. Anat 

25. 

2. Kaula uila. a chain of lightning. 

3. A bow string. Hal 11:2. 

4. A line in a book or written document. 
Isa. 28:10. 

5. A stick laid across the rafters of a 
house or the top of the posts, after the man- 
ner of a beam ; more properly written 
kaola. See Kaola. 

G. In geometry, the chord of an arc of a 

circle. Anahonua 28. 

7. A lash, i. e., the wound of a lash in 

whipping ; a stripe. 2 Kor. 11:24. 
Kau-la, 5. A prophet; one who preaches 

or announces future events. Oih. 3:24. 
Kau-lae-lae, v. To put up something 

plainly to be seen ; to exhibit clearly ; to 

make plain. See Laklae. 
Kau-lai, v. To put up in the sun to 

dry ; kapili ma ka poi, a pili ka welu ma 



KAU 



239 



KAU 



ka laau, kaulai aku i ka la a maloo ; to 
hang up, as clothes to dry. 

2. To lay aside for use. Nah. 11:32. 

3. To hang up. Puk. 26:13. 

4. To spread out in the sun. ler. 8:2. 
Kau-lai, s. The act of drying what is 

wet ; things so put up to dry. 

Kau-la-hao, s. Kaida, rope, and hao^ 
iron. A chain ; a calde ; a chain of any 
size. 

Kau-la-lei, s. a bunch; thick together, 
as a bunch of grapes. 

Kau-la-lu-a-hi-ne, s. The name of a 
rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; o ke 
kaulaluahine e moo ana ma ka aoao o ka 
waa, oia ka mea e paa ai ka ahu. See Auu, 
a mat. 

Kau-la-na, )\ To be or become famous 
or renowned ; to be celebrated for some 
quality ; ua kaulana aku k(na wahi no ka 
naauao, this place is famoufi for intelli- 
gence ; a kaulana aku i na aina e, to be 
renowned even to foreign lands. 

2. Iloq. To publish ; to spread abroad, 
as news ; to publisli evil reports. Kanl. 
22:14. 

3. To make famous or renowned either 
for good or evil. 

Kau-la-na, s. Fame; report; renown. 
los. 9:9. 

2. Government of an island; he kaulana 
ka aina. 

Kau-la-na, adj. Universally known, 
noted or remarkable for some quality; cel- 
ebrated ; notable. 

Kau-la-na-aa, s. a resting place on 
the road. See OiorxA. 

Kau-la-na-0-le-lo, s. Formerly used 
synonymous with houilinaolelo. He kau- 
oha, i. e., tlie will of a <leceased person. 

Kau-la-wa-ha, v. Kaula, rope, and 
waha, mouth. To bridle ; to rein in ; to 
restrain, as a horse. Fig. Applied to the 
tongue, lak. 1:2G. 

Kau-la-wa-ha, s. A mouth rope, i. e., 
a bridle. lak. 3:2. 

Kau-la-wa-hi-ne, s. Kaula, prophet, 
and icahhie. A prophetess. Puk. 15:20. 

Kau-lei, v. To be insecure; e kauwale 
iho iluna, aole mapopo o ka paa ; to trust 
to what will not benefit. 

2. To be deceived in our opinion of a 
thing. 

3. To be too short for the purpose de- 
signed ; kaulei ka naau. to be deceitful 
(perhaps.) Kum. llaic. B. 2, p. 2(i. 

Kau-lei, adj. Not firmly established ; 
deceptive; withoiit secure foundation; ap- 
plied to men seeking happiness in life and 
failing. 

Kau-le-o, V. To exhort; to urije or re- 



quest one to do a thing ; to enjoin, as a 
duty. Pll. 8. 

2. To charge: to command one to say or 
do something to or for another. 1 Xal. 5:8. 

Kau-lei-lei, v. See Kaulel 

Kau-le-le, v. Kau and lele, to be sep- 
arated. See Lele. To add something on ; 
to enlarge ; to be or do something besides 
what was proposed, as in making a bar- 
gain ; to add more so as to satisfy. 

2. To spread over ; to" make abundant ; 
to increase; manao iho la au, e kaulele aku 
i ko'u aloha maluna ou. 

Kau-le-le, s. An addition made to 
something ; an enlargement; that which is 
added to complete the bargain. 

Kau-le-le, adj. Over and above; added 
on ; enlarged ; very great ; he aloha kau- 
lele ia oe e ka hoalulii. 

Kau-le-le, adv. With addition; exces- 
sively ; ke aloha kaulele aku nei au ia oe. 

Kau-le-le, s. A rocket. 

Kau-le-le, adj. Flying. See Lele. 
That which is set a flying ; hoike oia i ke 
ahi kaulele, he exhibited sky-rockets. 

Kau-li-a, v. Pass, of kau for kauia. 
Gram. § 48. Sometimes written kauhia. 

1. To be hung up ; to be suspended. 
Kanl. 21:23. Hence, 

2. To kill ; to slay. Tos. 10:26. 
Kau-li-ke, v. Kau and like, alike. To 

balance or hang even. 

2. To make alike ; to make no distinc- 
tion ; to be just ; to be equal ; to be right. 
Ezek. 18:28. Syx. with ewaewa ole. 

3. To be just as good : to be as well as ; 
ua pololei. ua kaulike keia mea me ka na- 
auao. 

4. In law, to deal in equity or righte- 
ously ; to decree, decide or do that which 
is just, equitable and right without regard- 
ing the letter of the statute law. 

Kau-li-ke, s. Justice^, uprightness; no 

partiality. 
Kau-li-ke, adj. Just ; equitable. 

2. In (jeomi'tnj. parallel, as lines; kaha 

kduJike. parallel lines. Aivilum. 4. 
Kau-lii-lii, v. A'(2W and Zf/ZiV, little. To 

divide out in small quantities ; to make 

distributions on a small scale. 
Kau-lo-lo-a, v. To ask frequently for 

a thing; to tease in order to obtain a thing 

requested ; a loaa i kekahi kanaka ke koi 

hao.a lohe ke alii, alalia A,-au/o/oaJa aku la, 

a lilo mai la. 
2. To speak to one (a chief) often as to 

an oflense. 
Kau-lua, s. To be slack; to be remiss in 

fulfilling a promise ; to delay the time of 

doing a thing. Hoo. To wait ; to delay ; 

to procrastinate; also hookaukaulua ; to 

put ott^; to postpone. 2 Pet. 3:9. To lin- 



KAU 



240 



KAU 



ger in doing a thing. Kin. 19:16. To stay 
a long time in a place. 2 JSfal. 15:20. 

Kau-lua, v. Kau and lua, two. To put 
two together; to yoke or harness together, 
as two animals. Kanl 22:10. 

Kau-lua, s. The name of several things 
where two are put or used together ; kau- 
lua, a double-canoe ; bipi kaiilua, a yoke 
of oxen. 1 Sam. 11:7. Kaulua lio, a span 
of horses. 2 TVaL 7:14. 

Kau-lua, s. The name of the second 
month ; the fourth month of the summer 
season. 

Kau-lu-a-li-0, s. See Kaulua above. 

Ka-u-lu-ma-loo, s. The dry growth, the 
name of a famine. 

Kau-ma-ha, v. To be heavy, as any 
substance. 

2. To be weary with carrying a heavy 
burden. 

3. To suffer oppression from rigorous 
service. 

4. To be weary for want of sleep. 

5. Applied to the mind, to be downcast 
in mind ; to be heavy-hearted ; to be sad ; 
to be sorry ; to be grieved. Kin. 40:6. 

6. IIoo. To make heavy ; to oppress ; to 
treat one with rigor. 

7. To afflict; to make one suffer unneces- 
sarily ; to be afflicted. Olhk. 23:27. 

Kau-ma-ha, v. To offer in sacrifice ; to 
kill a victim for sacrifice ; to offer a gift 
upon an altar. Puk. 3:18. 

Kau-ma-ha, s. Weight, as of a burden ; 
weariness ; heaviness ; depression of spir- 
its ; nui ke kaumaha o kona naau no ko 
lakou luku wale ana. he was very sorrow- 
ful at such a slaughter of men. 

Kau-ma-ha, s. A sacrifice; a service 

rendered to God. 
Kau-ma-ha, adj. Heavy loaded, as a 

person or a beast of burden; burdensome; 

applied to the mind, painful. IIoo. Hard 

bearing. Puk. 23:1. 

Kau-ma-kai-0-le, s. An epithet of old 

age. See Niuokahi, one tooth. 
Kau-ma-kai-o-le, v. Kau Sindmakai, to 

look, and ok, not. Not able to see or to 

see clearly; applied to old age. Generally 

haumakaiole. 

Kau-mi-hau, i;. To appoint a kapu by 
the priest ; men were separated from their 
wives, and a hog was baked, hence the 
name to bake a hog ; a kaumihau ana ma 
ka la kaua. 

Kau-moo, v. To be inactive because of 
ignorance or uncertainty how to act; to b(i 
in doubt what to do, and hence, to do noth- 
ing ; aole makou i nu^hi i ka aina, kaumoo 
wale no, i ko akaka ole. 



Kau-mo-ku, ) tJ. To cut short ; to cut 

Kau-MU-KU, ) off; to shorten; to be unfit 
for the purpose desired. 

Kau-na, s. Four; the composite num- 
ber four. Oih.UA. See Grammar §116, 5. 

Kau-na-ko-ma, s. Kau?ia, four, and 
koma (jEng.), a comma. The four commas 
" " used in quoting another's words. 

Kau-ne, v. To be slow; to be dilatory; 
to walk or move leisurely; to cause delay. 

Kau-ne, s. Delay ; slowness in doing 
a thing ; lagging behind. 

Kau-nei-nei, v. To cut off; to shorten ; 
not to be sufficient ; to be unsteady; to be 
unfinished. See Kaulbi. 

Kau-no-a, s. a slender worm which 
when it comes upon a tree or herb, there 
is a universal withering ; ua kau mai ke 
kaunoa. 

2. The dodder, a parasitic plant. 

Kau-no-o-a, s. See Kaunoa 2. A spe- 
cies of vine which grows without a root. 

Ka-u-nu, u. To make angry; to pro- 
voke ; to express the feeling of jealousy. 

Ka-u-nu-a-na-lau, s. Name of a large 
bird on Hawaii. 

Kau-pao-na, ) y^ To weigh, as with 

Kau-pau-na, ) scales or steelyards ; to 
weigh out, as goods or money, i. e., to pay 
out. Isa. 55:2. To weigh morally, as the 
deeds of men. 1 Sam. 2:3. As one's life 
and character. Daii. 5:27. 

Kau-pao-na, ) g. Scales for weighing; 

Kau-pau-na, ) steelyards or other instru- 
ments for weighing. Hoik. 6:5. 

2. The weight of a thing. OUik. 26:26. 

Kau-pa-ku, s. Kau and paku, a parti- 
tion. The upper ridge pole of a house, di- 
viding the house properly so called and the 
bonnet or cap of the house. Isa. 22:1. 

Kau-pa-ku, v. To put on the bonnet or 
thatch the ridge of a house ; alalia, kau- 
paku a paa, pan ia hana. 

Kau-pa-le, v. Kau and pale, to defend 
off. To separate, i. e., to put a mark or 
sign of partition; to cause a division. Isa. 
59:2. To stand between ; to set or put, as 
an obstruction or division. Hal. 104:9. To 
raise a slight partition between, so as to 
stop a child. IIoo. To fence or partition 
off". Fig. To fence off", i. e., resist tempta- 
tion to evil ; liookaupale aku ia hewa. 

Kau-pa-le, s. Something coming be- 
tween two things to separate them, either 
sensibly or imaginary ; a boundary line 
between two lands; a partition in a house; 
a dam, &c. 

Kau-pe, v. To put down; to put low; 
to humble ; to crush. See Pe. 



KAU 



241 



KAH 



Kau-pi-li, v. Used in a mele as follows : 

Kaupili alo ula o Maheha, 
. ke kanaka no kuhe i ka wai. 

Kau-pi-li, s. To unite, as man and wife ; 
to love one another, as two persons. 

Kau-poo-hi-wi, I". Kau?ir\dipoohiwi,\\iQ 
shoulder. To put or place on tbeslioulder; 
to shoulder, as something heavy; as fire- 
arms, 

Kau-poo-hi-wi, adj. What is placed on 
the shoulder ; applied to a musket ; ua 
mahuahua iki ae na pu kauixjohbci, the 
numl)er of muskets (shoulder-guns) was a 
little increased. 

Kau-po-u-na, s. Another orthography 
for kaupaonu, but s(ddom used. See Kau- 
PAONA. Steelyards and scales for weighing. 

Ka-u-pu, s. Name of a large black bircl 
the size of a turkey, found mostly on Nihoa 
and Kaula. 

Kau-pu-a, 5. An elevated cloud of sin- 
gular appearance. 
2. Name of an ancient pastime. 

Kau-wa, v. See Kaua, v., 5. A ser- 
vant ; in the most general sense, one who 
serves or does the business or labors for 
another. 

1. Any subject of a king or chief. 

2. A household or domestic servant. 

3. A slave ; a menial servant ; kauica 
lepo, an order of men who sacrificed them- 
selves on the death of a chief. 

Kau-wa, v. To serve ; to do the w'ill of 
another. IIoo. To serve another, as a peo- 
ple serve a king; to serve, as a master; to 
be in a state of bondage. Puk. 14:12. 

Kau-wai, v. To pour out, as water; to 
lead along, as a small stream ; to pour 
into ; to fill with water. 

Kau-wau, s. The sickness of dogs ; 
sickness of all kinds. 

Kau-wa-hi, art. Some ; something ; 
some place ; any one place or thing. See 
Kau, place. 

Kau-wa-hi, s. Some ; some part ; a 
part of a thing. Isa. 44:16. A parcel in- 
definitely large. 7t)/(. 33:19. Kauicahi o 
ke koko, some of the blood. Note. — Kau- 
loahi as a substantive rarely takes the arti- 
cle, except when it refers to place. Mat. 
25:8. It has always the idea of a partitive. 

Kau-wa-ka-ne, s. KaiLwa and kane, 
male. A man or male servant. ZvV/x/. .kIS. 

Kau-wa-lu-pe, v. Kauwa and lupe, kite. 
To carry ; applied to persons who have a 
friend in danger from others, some taking 
him by the arms, some by the legs and 
other parts to carry him off. 

Kau-wa-wa-hi-ne, s. Kaitwa and loa- 
hine, female. A maid servant. Puk. 20:14. 

Kau-we-lu, v. To put up some signal 
31 



that the year has past and that a new year 

is begun ; ma ka malaraa o Ikuwa e kau- 

icelu ai ka makaliiki. 
Kau-we-we, s. a covering, or what is 

put on top of an imu or oven in baking 

food. 
2. A ruffle for the neck, not for the bosom, 

that is pULapilLU. 
Kau-wi-la, v. To appoint as a day of 

consecrating a heiau; o kekahi akua o Kaui- 

kauila; e hoomakaukau no ka la e kauwila 

ai ka heiau. Ldkik. 1G4. 
Kau-wi-la, s. Another orthography for 

kauila. See Kauila. A species of hard 

reddish wood found on Kauai, used for war 

spears, kapa mallets. Ac. 
Kau-wi-la, adj. A day or time under a 

kapu ; a kokoke i ka la kauicila. Laieik. 

1G4. 
Kau-wi-li, v. To mingle in with other 

things. 

2. To gather on to a moving thing, as 

people join on to a traveling party. 

Kau-wo, v. To pull; to draw, &c. See 

Kauo. 
Kau-wo-ha, v. To give a charge, &c. 

See Kauoha. 
Kau-wo-wo, v. To increase; to grow 

thriftily. See ICmoio. 
Ka-ha, v. To scratch; to make marks; 

to write ; to make marks indefinitely. 

2. To cut ; to hew, as timber. 

3. To cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip 
open, as the belly of a person. Amos 1:13. 

4. To turn about and go away; togoofi"; 
to set out to go. Laieik. 67. 

5. Hoo. To seize ; to take with one's 
knowledge, but without his con.sent ; to 
rob ; to take what is another's. See Hoo- 
KAHA. an extortion. See Makaha. 

Ka-ha, v. To stand sideways; to stand 
up on the edge like the comb of a cock; to 
tread water; to swim standing up. Laieik. 
92. 

2. To land or be thrown on the shore 
from the surf without a surf-board. 

3. Via. To press the land on the back, 
as when one lands on shore in the surf ; e 
kalia i ka nalu ; hence the proverbial ex- 
pression, ua k'lha aku la ka nalu o k\ui 
aina, means (Lit. The surf ha.s pressed 
upon my land) to have a f\imine for land, 
i. e.. to press, to squeeze the people for food. 

Ka-ha, s. A scratch; a mark; a letter. 

2. In mathematics, a line. 

3. A strip of barren land on the sea 
shore ; hence. 

4. Barren land anywhere where upland 
kalo will not grow, but the people depend 
on another place. 

5. The channel of a small stream. See 
Kauawai and Kai 



KAH 



242 



KAH 



Ka-ha, s. a kind of paper or cloth. 

2. The crack of a whip ; the report of a 
pistol. 

3. Robbery ; plunder ; rapine ; oppres- 
sion. 

Ka-ha, v. To be fat j to be plump ; to 
be full, as a well-fed animal. Km. 41:2. 

Ka-ha, s. Largeness; fatness; plump- 
ness ; aohe io o ke kaha. 

Ka-ha-a-ku-a, s. Kaha, marks, and 
akua, god. A track of a god in a desert 
place. 

Ka-ha-a-po, s. Kaha, marks, and apo, 
hoop. Lit. An embracing mark. 

1. The circumference; he umi kapuai ke 
kahaapo o kekahi, ten feet is the circum- 
ference of some. 

2. In grammar, brackets [ ]. 
Ka-ha-e-a, v. See Omaomao. To ex- 
tend over the heavens as a cloud, varie- 
gated, black, white, blue, &c. ; ua kahaea 
luna, ua hoopono i ka maka o ka opua. 

Ua omaomao ka lani, ua kahaea luna, 
Ua pipi ka maka o na hoku. 

Ka-ha-e-a, s. The name of a disease, 

the thrush; the scald head: then goes over 

the body and is called kahaea. 
2. The name of a god. 
Ka-ha-e-a, s. A singular appearance of 

the sky in the morning ; a sign of rain ; he 

kahaea ia, he aouli ua ia. 
Ka-hai, v. To gird; to bind on a girdle. 
2. To decrease, as a noise ; to cease ; to 

come to and to be quiet. See Kan.vhai. 
Ka-hai, s. A girdle ; a belt ; a fillet. 
2. Quietness ; stillness after a clamor. 
Ka-hau, v. To abate, as the wind ; pe- 

hea ka makani? Ua kahau iki mai, aole 

ikaika : e holo kakou. 

2. To be diminished, as sickness; ua ka- 
hau iki mai kou mai, ua pale ka nui. 

3. To abate, as a stream of water; kahau 
ka wai, kokoke pan. 

Ka-hau, s. The name of a play or pas- 
time ; he kahau kahi hana. 
Ka-ha-u-la, adj. See Aikahaula and 

MOEKAIIAULA. 

Ka-ha-u-le, v. Kaha, to cut, and 7de, 
penis. To circumcise. See Kaheule. 

Ka-ha-ha', int. An expression of won- 
der, surprise or displeasure. Note. — Ha- 
waiians in the use of this word express a 
great variety of shades of meaning, accord- 
ing to the pronunciation, tone of voice, &c. 

Ka-ha-ha', v. To wonder or be sur- 
prised at a thing ; to be astonished at the 
sight of a thing or at an idea expressed by 
one ; to marvel ; to hiss at ; to treat with 
contempt ; to be in doubt or perplexity of 
what one sees or hears and knows not how 
to account for; to think a thing strange. 1 



Pet. 4:4. Note. — This word is used with 
manao or naau to express wonder. 

Ka-ha-ha-ia, s. a wonder; an object 
of wonder or astonishment to the beholder, 
as something unaccountable. Kanl. 28:3. 

Ka-ha-ha-nai, s. Kaha and hanai, the 
name of the strings that surround a cala- 
bash ; hence, in geometry, the radius of a 
circle. Anahon. 23. 

Ka-ha-hui, s. Kaha, a mark, and hui, 
to unite. In music, a brace. 

Ka-ha-kai, s. iCa/^a, mark, and Arai, sea. 
The sea shore. Kin. 49:13. 

2. The sand of the sea beach. 

3. The name of the region of country 
bordering on the sea. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha, v. The 13th conj. oikaha, 
to mark, &c. To mark or scratch frequently. 
1 Sam. 21:13. To write upon paper or a 
slate. Pwfc. 31:18. To engrave on stone or 
copper ; to write in the sand or upon the 
ground ; aole anei e kahakaha ko kakou 
naau i kekahi hena o kela kanaka? To cut 
off ; to divide frequently. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha, s. Hoo. A display; a 
show of dress ; a parade, &c. See Hooka- 

HAKAHA. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha, s. An engraving ; a wri- 
ting. Puk. 28:21. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha-na, s. The clothes in 
which a corpse is dressed ; grave clothes. 
loan. 11:44. 

Ka-ha-ke-le-a-we, s. ^«^a, to cut, and 
keleawe, copper. A cutting of copper ; an 
engraving ; ka mea a ka poe kahakeleawe i 
hana'i. 

Ka-ha-ku-hi, s. Kaha, mark, and kuhi, 
to point out. In grammar, any letter, mark 
or character directing the reader to the 
margin or bottom of the page. 

Ka-ha-ki-ki, v. To pour down violently, 
as rain. 

Ka-ha-la, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ka-ha-la-ha-la, s. He kahalahala, ua 
palai. 

Ka-ha-la-wai, s. The mixing of two 
unlike substances so as to make a third un- 
like, as paints of different colors. 

Ka-ha-le-le-le-po, 5. The name of a 

famine in former times. 
Ka-ha-li-li, v. To struggle. 
Ka-ha-lo-a, s. The name of a stone 

brought before a priest in a certain pule 

anaana. 
Ka-ha-na, s. The name of a valley on 

Kauai. 
Ka-ha-ni-a, v. N inserted for I. To be 

shaven; to be cut close; to be made smooth, 

as a shaven head ; kahariia ke poo o ka 

ohule. 



KAH 



243 



KAH 



Ka-ha-pi-li, s, Kaha, a mark, and pili, 
to touch. In (jeometry, a tangent of a cir- 
cle. Anahon. 2.3. 

Ka-ha-po-ai, s. Kaka, a mark, and poai, 
to surround. In geometry, the line of a cir- 
cle ; the circumference of a circle. 

Ka-ha-poo-hi-wi, s. Kaka, fat, and poo- 
hiwi, shoulder. The fat or muscle on the 
shoulder-blade or over it. 

Ka-ha-puu, s. Name of a plant of the 
fern species growing on tlu; mountains, 
eaten in time of famine for food. See li.v- 

PUU. 

Ka-ha-wai, s. Kaha, a small stream, 

and wai, water. A brook ; a rivulet ; a 
water course ; a cascade ; a stream with 
frequent raj)ids ; any small stream. Kanl. 
8:7. 
Ka-he, v. To spill; to pour out, as 
water or blood. 

2. To run, as water; to flow, as a stream 
or river. 

3. To flow, i. 6., to abound in any sub- 
stance. Nah. 14:8. 

4. To drop ; to trickle, as tears. Ezek. 
24:16. 

5. To flow, as froth from the mouth of a 
person in a fit. 

(j. To flow, as blood from a wound. 

7. IIoo. To cause to flow or run, as a 
liquid, i. e., to water, as a land; to shed or 
cause to flow, as blood in murder. Kin. 
37:22. 

8. To cause to flow back, as the sea. 
Puk. 14:21. 

***** keaka, 

na pue o Kaikua ku i ka maka Hi, 

Hanini, ninilani e luai e ao 

E kahe e kakahi mai auanei 

Ka ouiaka wai kapu o Lono. 

Ka-he, v. To cut or slit longitudinally; 
to cut off"; with omakaAo circumcise after 
the Hawaiian manner ; to castrate ; to 
shave. See Kahi. 

2. To bind round the waist ; to gird. 

3. To begin to wither, as leaves eaten by 
a worm. 

Ka-he, s. Hoo. A flowing ; a flowing 
of blood ; he poko ma kauwaiii. he la ma 
kauwahi. he hauoki ma kauwahi. he kahe 
ma kauwahi. 

Ka-he-a, V. See Hea, to call. To call 
any one for any purpose. Olhk. 1:1. 

2. To cry to one for help ; to call upon 
one, as in prayer. Puk. 14:15. 

3. To speak ; to call aloud. 

4. To cry otit, as in pain. 

Ka-he-a, V. To be dirty; to be foul; to 

be conupt. See I'ai.ahka. 
Ka-he-a, adj. Foul; filthy. 
Ka-he-a-wai, v. To flow; to be soft; 

to run like water. 
2, To be multitudinous. 



Ka-hee, v. See Hee, to slip ; to slide. 

To slip flowers along from the needle or 

manai to the string in making wreaths. 
Ka-hei, u. To tie round, as a girdle or 

belt ; to gird on. See Kaki. 
Ka-hei, s. A belt; a band around the 

belly of a person. 

2. A sack passing over the shoulders, as 
a soldier 8 belt. 

3. A cloth for preserving goods. 
Ka-he-u, V. To clean weeds, as in a 

garden ; to put a garden in order ; to stir 

up the dirt, pull up the weeds, grass, &c. 

See 11 Kr. 
Ka-he-u-le, V. Kahe, to cut, and ule, 

the penis. To circumcise. See Kahk. 
Ka-he-u-mi-u-mi, s. Kahe, to cut, and 

umiumi, beard. A beard cutter, i. e., a 

razor. 
Ka-he-hi, v. To slip ; to mistake ; to 

slip oflf. 
Ka-he-ka, s. Na io paakai liu o na ka- 

heka. 
Ka-he -Ko-Ko, s. Kahe, to flow, and koko, 

blood. Literally, the shedding of blood ; 

ua kahekoko i ka nahua e ke anu. 
Ka-he-la, s. The name of the swell of 

the sea when it comes along the western 

shore of Hawaii from the south. 
Ka-he-la, v. To move along, as the 

kahela above mentioned. 

Kahela ka nalu o ka pae lauhala, 
Hoo aiai ke kaiko o Maliu— e. 

Ka-he-la-he-la, V. To lie spread out, 
as a person asleep, his limbs extended and 
spread apart. See Kahela. 

Kuhela, kakelahela ka lae o Lele. 

Ka-he-le, s. Lit. The going. A braid- 
ing ; a wreathing, as of vines ; a platting 
of leaves. 
2. The name of the common adze. 

Ka-he-na-wai, s. Lit. Kahe-7ia-vmi^ 
flowing of water. A water brook; running 
water. 

Ka-he-wa, v. To miss; to make an at- 
tempt but not succeed ; to try and to be 
foiled. 

Ka-hi, r. Tonibgently with the thumb 
and finger. 

2. To comb, as the hair. Note. — The 
idea is from the motion of rubbing, polish- 
ing, sawing. &.c. 

3. To cut ; to shave, as the beard. 2 
Sam. 10:4. 

4. To cut. that is, to tear ; to lacerate. 
Lunk. 8:7. See Kahe. to cut, &c. Mea 
kahi umiumi. a barber. 

5. To cut. as the hair. Lunk.\Q:\l. From 
the old manner of sawing off" the hair with 
bamboo knives. 

6. To slit open, 1. e., cut longitudinallyj 



KAH 



244 



KAH 



kahi i ka opii. kahe i ka omaka. See Kahe. 
Note. — The feeble sound of e and i so much 
resemble each other that both orthogra- 
phies are used, i, e., kahe and kahi, to cut, 
though the latter is preferable. 

Ka-hi, s. a place ; some definite place 
spoken of or understood: it does not admit 
of the definite article; often stn. with wahi. 
Kahi kuai, a market place, or simply a 
market ; ma kahi e aku, at another place ; 
kahi kakakaka o ko'u kina, the beaten place 
of my oftense; kahi hoano, a holy place; a 
sanctuary. Nah. 3:28. 

Ka-hi, art. Gram. § 65. One; some 
one; some; it takes the article ke — kekahi, 
which see. Some ; a part ; a portion ; o 
ka ia kahi na ke akua, some fish for the 
god. See Hookahi. 

Ka-hi-au, v. To give away lavishly and 
inconsiderately. 

Ka-hi-au, adj. Lavish of gifts ; wasting 
of property by indiscriminate giving ; he 
kanaka kahiau. See Kihikau. 

Ka-hi-0, adj. Proud. 

Ka-hi-o-lo-na, adj. Of cutting or peel- 
ing olona ; ma ka hale kahiolona, at the 
house for cutting olona. Laieik. 206. 

Ka-hi-u-mi-u-mi, v. Kahi and umiumi, 
beard. To shave off the beard. 

Ka-hi-u-mi-u-mi, s. a beard cutter, i. e., 
a barber. See Kaheumiumi. 

Ka-hi-hi, v. See Hmi. To entangle ; to 
choke, as weeds do plants. Mat 13:7. 

2. To sue one at law; to cause one to be 
entangled with a law or kapu. Mat. 5:40. 

3. To entangle one by accusing him ; to 
tell false stories ; to slander. 

4. To block up an entrance ; ua kahihi 
ka puka o ka hale e ka upena nanana, the 
door of the house was stopped with a spi- 
der's web. 

Ka-hi-hi, s. Entanglement; perplexity. 

Ka-hi-ka-hi, v. To scratch out, as wri- 
ting with a knife. 

Ka-hi-ka-ka-ka-ka, s. a nau no e hoo- 
komo iho ma kahikakakaka o ko'u kina. 
Kahi here is probably the noun, and kaka- 
kaka the adjective. 

Ka-hi-ka-le-na, v. To finish; to dis- 
pose of before another is aware, as if a part 
of a family should eat up the food while 
part were absent; a e anai mai kahikalena 
ku i kapa — hai ka mea haku ole ; pau loa, 
aohe mea koe. 

Ka-hi-ki, s. It takes no article. The 
general name of any foreign country ; hai 
mai la oia i na 'lii i kona holo i kahikl, he 
told the chiefs of his sailing to a foreign 
country; hence, holokahiki means any Ha- 
waiian who has been to a foreign land. 

Ka-hi-ko, s. The name of the first man 



upon the Hawaiian Islands according to 
some genealogies ; ua hou ia mai, ma ka 
mookuauhau i kapaia Ololo, he kane ia ka- 
naka mua loa, o Kahiko kona inoa, it is 
said again, in the genealogy called OMo, 
that the very first inhabitant was a male, 
whose name was Kahiko. The question 
here discussed is whether the first person 
on the Islands was a man or woman. D. 
Malo, chap. 3, 4. 

Ka-hi-ko, v. To be or become old ; to 
fade, as a flower or leaf; ua kahiko e, to 
become old prematurely ; to be ancient. 

Ka-hi-ko, adj. Old; ancient; that which 
is long past; poe kahiko. the ancients; the 
old people ; wa kahiko, old time. 

Ka-hi-ko, s. An elderly person; an old 
man; ekia man mea kahiko, e kipakuia'na, 
e hele pela, two old men, they were being 
driven away. Stn. with poohina. loh. 
15:10. 

Ka-hi-ko, v. To put on or dress in 
superb clothing ; to put on splendid ap- 
parel for appearance sake ; to be clothed 
splendidly. 3M. 6:29. 

2. To deck or put on ornaments, as an 
Eastern bride. Isa. 61:10. 

3. To adorn with royal robes, as ancient 
kings in their armor. Laieik. 112. To go 
in full armor, as a soldier equipped. Kanl. 
3:18. 

4. To be armed for battle. 

5. To show honor ; to dignify by honor- 
able treatment. 1 Kor. 12:23. 

Ka-hi-ko, s. A splendid dress ; the dress 
and ornaments, as of an Eastern bride- 
groom. Isa. 61:10. 

2. The priestly robes of Aaron. Puk. 
29:21. Na kahiko laa, the consecrated gar- 
ments. 

3. Armor ; defensive weapons ; military- 
dress. Epes. 6:13. 

4. The furniture of a house, especially 
handsome costly furniture; e hookupu paha 
no ko lakou waiwai, ko lakou kahiko o ka 
hale. 

Ka-hi-ko-kau-a, adj. Hale kahikokaua, 
house for armory. Isa. 22:8. 

Ka-hi-ko-hi-ko, v. To be very aged ; to 
be well versed in ancient affairs ; to speak 
in the language of ancient times; to follow 
ancient customs. 

Ka-hi-ko-lu, s. Three in one ; the Trin- 
ity; used only in the Scriptural sense; the 
Godhead, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. 

Ka-hi-ko-lu, adj. Three-fold ; three in 
one. 

Ka-hi-li, s. See Hili, to plat ; to twist. 
A brush generally, but especially a fly- 
brush, made of feathers bound on to a stick. 
2. Emphatically, the large brushes used 
by the chiefs; they were used as badges of 
royalty on all public occasions. 



KAH 



245 



KAH 



Ka-hi-li, v. To brush ; to sweep, as 
with a broom ; to sweep, as a house. Mat. 
12:44. To wipe. 

2. To sweep away, as the wind blows 
away light substances ; hence, 

3. To destroy. 

4. To change ; to be changeable. 
Ka-hi-li-hi-li, r. To scatter away ; to 

brush off, as small dust or light substances. 

Ka-hi-mo-e, s. Kahi, place, and moe, to 
sleep. A sleeping place ; a bedstead. 

Ka-hi-na, v. See Hina, to fall. To fall 
before one ; to be the victim ot one's in- 
trigue or displeasure. 

2. To supplant ; to take the advantage 
of one. Kin. 27:8(5. 

Ka-hi-na-lii, s. Proper name of a cele- 
brated chief in whose days was the Hood ; 
hence, kaiakahinalii, the flood. See also 
HiNALn with the article dropped. 

Ka-hi-nu, v. See Hinu. To rub over 
with oil ; to anoint. Kaiil. 28:40. 

2. To rub over or anoint, as a sacrifice, 
with a brush large in the middle. 

3. To rub or grease the runners of a sled 
or holua which was formerly used. See 

HOLUA. 

4. To roast, as meat. Kajil. 16:7. 
Ka-ho-a, v. To appease one who may- 
be angry with us ; to exhort an evil per- 
son to be good, to do right, &c. 

Ka-ho-a-ho-a, v. To be still; to behave 

quietly ; to do no evil. 
Ka-ho-a-ka, s. The spirit or soul of a 

person still living, supposed to be seen by 

priests ; nona ia kahoaka e hihia nei, he 

uhane, he haili. he uhane kakaola. 
Ka-hoi, v. To hinder ; to keep back. 
Ka-hoo-ku-i, s. a union ; a joining ; a 

uniting. See Kui and IIookui. 
Ka-ho-ho, v. To cry out or after one. 

See Hoouo. 
Ka-ho-ho, s. a crying out; a shouting; 

a calling. 
Ka-ho-kai, v. To mix up. 

2. lloo. To mix two ingredients, as earth 

and Avater; to mix up. as in making bread. 
Ka-ho-lo, I'. To work rapidly at any 

business. 

2. To row quickly. 

3. To jostle ; to be moved or put out of 
place ; e omau, e holo luna. 

Ka-ho-lo, adj. Movable; unfixed; un- 
steady. 

Ka-hu, v. To bake in the ground as 
Hawaiians do ; to cook food. 

2. To kindle or make a fire ; to burn, as 
lime in a pit; to burn, as brick. Kin. 11:3. 
To burn ; to consume. Ezek. 39:9. Syx. 
with puhi. Kahu umu. to bake in an oven: 
a contracted form is kahumu. See below. 



Ka-hu, s. An honored or upper servant; 
a guardian or nurse for children. But. 
4:16. Hence, a feeder ; a keeper ; a pro- 
vider ; kahu hipa, a shepherd. 

Ka-hu, v. To be or act as a servant. 
Hoo. To act the part of a servant; to have 
or take the care of persons or property ; 
spoken of a king, to take care of his peo- 
ple. 1 Kal. 12:7. 

Ka-hu-a, s. The prepared foundation 
of a house, i. e,, the ground cleared off and 
leveled down on which to set up a build- 
ing ; ua maikai ke kahua o kekahi hale, 
the place (for the foundation) of the house 
is good. 

2. A place of encampment for a company 
of travelers or an army ; an open space 
proper for an encampment; a camp ground; 
kahua kaua, a camp. 2 .Saw. 1:2. Kahua 
hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor. Nah. 18:27. 
Kahua mokomoko, a place where people 
assembled to wrestle. Laieik. 42. 

Ka-hu-a, s. Wrath; anger. See HuA, 
envy ; jealousy, 

Ka-hu-a, v. To designate; to point out; 
to direct. 

Ka-hu-ai, v. KahUy to bake, and af, 
food. To bake kalo in the ground. 

Ka-hu-ai, s. a baker ; one who prepares 
the food. Kin. 40:2. 

Ka-hu-ai, v. Pass. part, of kahu. That 
which is or has been burnt. 

Ka-hu-ai-na, s. Kahu and aina^ land. 
The head man of a land. 

Ka-hu -A-o-LE, s. Kahua, foundation, 
and ole,no{. A good for nothing person r, 
one useless. 

Ka-hu-a-o-ma-lio, s. Kahua, founda- 
tion, antl malio. the first dawn of morning 
light. Literally, the source of light and 
comfort. 

2, Figuratively, the source of life's enjoy- 
ments, such as food, fish, mats and all the 
fruits of the land. 

Ka-hu-a-ha-le, s. Kahua and hale, a 
house. The foundation of a house. See 
Kauua. a town ; a village ; a cluster of 
houses. 

Ka-hu-a-ha-ne-ne, s. Kahua and ha- 
nene, low; vulgar. A place used for pleas- 
ure and vile purposes. 

Ka-hu-a-hi, s. Kahu, servant, and ahi, 
fire. One who has the care of the fire ; a 
fire builder. 

Ka-hu-a-hi, v. To build a fire. 

Ka-hu-a-hoo-u-ka, .^. Kahua and hoo- 
uka, to attack. A battle ground ; a place 
selected for the contest of two armies. 

Ka-hu-a-hu-a, s. One engaged about 
the altar; one who has charge of the gods; 
a priest. 



KAH 



246 



KAH 



Ka-hu-a-kau-a, s. Kahua and kaua^ 

war. A field of battle. 
Ka-hu-a-ko-i, s. a species of pastime 

formerly on the kahua with the koi ; he 

kahu e kukele mai ai. 
Ka-hu-a-le-a, s. Name of the place 

where people assembled for play or gaming 

or other pastime. 
Ka-hu-a-mai-ka, s. The path made for 

playing at maika. See Maika. 
Ka-hu-i-la-o-ka-la-ni, s. The lightning 

flash of heaven; one of the names of Kalai- 

pahoa, supposed to be a god from a foreign 

country, who entered the nioi, a tree on 

Lanai and Molokai, hence the tree was 

called by his name ; it is very poisonous. 
Ka-hu-u-mu, v. To bake food in an 

oven ; to cook food generally. See Kahu 

and Umu, oven. 
Ka-hu-u-mu, s. One who cooks or bakes 

food. 
Ka-hu-hi-pa, s. Kahu and hipa^ sheep. 

A shepherd. loan. 10:11. 
Ka-hu-ka-hu, v. To offer a sacrifice to 

the gods ; to sacrifice ; to w